Full text of ""
DRAWIfJG NO.
A-SP-MAA53'i5
A-SP-.1AA5320
A-SP-MAA5i21
A-SP-MAA5322
A-SP-MAA532i4
A-SP-MAA5330
A-SP-MAA5510
A-SP-MAA-^Sl'D
A-SP-MAA5530
A-SP-MAA55^0
A-SP-MAA5550
A-SP-MAA61 10
A-SP-MAA61 15
REV.NO.PPS,
A-SP.
A-SP.
A-SP-
A-SP.
A-SP.
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP.
MAA6120
MAA612U
MAA6125
MAA61?^
^H\kb^2'f
•MAA6130
MAA6135
■MAA6154
MAA6160
■MAA6165
■MAA6170
A-SP-MAA6175
A-SP-MAAC176
A-SP-HA;6180
A-SP-MAA6I9O
A-SP-MAA6I92
A-SP-MAA6205
A-SP-MAA6210
A-SP-MAA6220
A-SP-MAA6225
A-SP-MAA6230
A-3P-,MAA62i«0
A-SP-MAA6260
A-SP-MAA6275
A-SP-MAA7nO
A-SP-MAA7120
A-SP-MAA7130
A-SP-MAA7210
A-SP-MAA7510
A
B
A
A
C
B
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
B
A
B
3
3
12
12
16
12
3
3
3
3
4
2
3
2
14
4
4
4
2
4
9
16
23
21
7
24
DESCRIPTION
DLIl-C.D.E ASYNC INTERFACE
DLVl 1 SLU FOR 1 I/03
DLVll-E ASYN INT.W/MODEM CTL .
DLVll-F ASYN .LN.INT.W/20 MA.
DLVll-J il-LINE SERIAL INTERFACE
DLll-W SLU/fiT CLOCK OPT.
KW11-L
KWll-P
KWl 1-W
KW1 1-K
KWVl 1-A
AA11 D/A CONVERfER
AAV1 1-A a CH 12 BIT D/A
AD01-D A/D CONVERTER
LPA1 1-K A/D CONVERTER
ADll-K A/D CONVERTER
D/A CONVERTER
MULTIPLEXER EXP
SYSTEM
12 BIT A/D FOR 1 l/C;,
PROG. CLOCK
WATCH DOG TIMER
DUAL PROG CLOCK
SYSTEM INTEG.
SUBSYSTEM
14
AA1 1-K
AMI 1-K
LPS-1 1
16 CH
IB1 1
ICS-1 1
ICR-11
DPM23
ISB-11 DEC DATAWAY CONTR.
DPM50 DIST I/O SUBSYSTEM
ARII SYSTEM
NCll GAMMA CAMERA
NCVll GAMMERA CAMERA INTERFACE
DR. 1-A GENERAL DEVICE
DRl 1-B DMA DEVICE
DR11-C GENERAL DEVICE
DRV11 16 BIT PLU-PDPII/03
DT03 BUS SWITCH
DA11-BD UNIBUS WINDOW
DR11-K GENERAL I/O
DRII-H "ENERAL PURPOSE %DMA)
8003 H CIl/BINARY
BD04 DISK INT ALARM
E1D05 LINE CONTHOL
REORDER TRAP DEVICE
LPD-11/LPC01 INTERFACE
«
C Jl
I
in
Ui
111
Mi
At
lit'
9 3 ■
c <r e
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
w
^UNUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
^'^*-* DLll-C, D, E ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
Prev. 7668001-0-5315
CHG NO ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY DATE
"t
^K
ENG
7^^ J^4^
/^c^SAf
EN-010191 S-NC 72H392)
AEPO
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5315-0-0
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACn'^JNC SPECIFICATION
Tint
MODULAR APPHOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
2.0
3.0
PLXl-C.P.E AITWCHIOWOPS IHTEKFACE
l.O ABSTRACT
The f/>Ilowins deteribca th« tytt** t«tt proetdura for th«
CLII-C through DLll-E. Bafically, a "finiabad" DLU if taken
froB the atoekrooa conaiating of ao M7800 aodula and cabla.
According to cuaCoaar apacif ieat ion, juapera auat ba cut on
tha M7800 to lalact data foraat, tba proper eryatal auat ba
inatallad, and addraaa and vaetora auat ba aaaignad. Datnila
of thia procaaa art daieribad in A-IP-OLU-0-2 "Inatallatlon
Procadura".
REQUIREMENTS
Tha ainiaua aqnipaant raquiraaanta ara:
A. PDP-11 vith 4K of corn naaory.
I. DLll intarfaea and aaaociatad cabling.
C. Soaa C7P* of tarainal.
REFERENCE DOCUMEWTJ
MANUALS: IK-DLll-TN-003
DLll Eng. Dravijga or later !•▼.
1-DD-Dlll-O
CHECKOUT & ACCEPTAMCI
PROCEDURES:
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE:
MAXHDEC LISTIH68:
A-fP-Dlll-0-3
A-SP-Dll 1-0-2
DZKLA TELETYPE TEST
DZDLA DLll-B/C/D OFF-LINE TEST
DZDLA DLll-E ON-LINE TEST
OZVTB fT05 DISPLAY TERM. TEST
DZLAC LA36 DIAGNOSTIC
DZVTC VTSO OlfPLAT TERM. TB8T
mmw
SIZE
A
C0D2
8P
I i •?»
NUUBCR
MAA;)3ib-0-0
SMttT _2 OP
fiev
A
MANL'FACTiJRlNC SPECIFICATION
CONTIHUATION SHEET
Trricft
4.0
MOnULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX \
TEST PROCEDURE
Tht nor«kl tett proc«dur« £• Co rua DLll attached to tht
cuatoner ordertd DEC terminal iueh ai LA30, VTOS, LT33, LT35,
or LA36. Refer to Section 3.0 for the appropriate MAIRDEC
number.
If the cuatoaer haa not ordered a DLll * terainal eoabination,
then the DLll abould be attached to a VTQ3, if coapatible.
Any DLll ia "VTOS Coapatible" if the DLll conforaa to the
folloving foraat:
a. 8 data bita;
b. 1 or 2 atop bita;
c. parley off;
d. baud rate: 110, 150. 300, 600, 120i). 2400, 2400/150,
1200/150;
e. EIA or current loop.
The jumpers on the M780O ehould not be altered to co-nfora to
the above list; hovevsr, the baud rate ehould be adjuated by
iwitch - as long aa it ia within the range of the cyratal -
in order to confora to a TTOS speed.
If the DLll is neither a DLll *■ terainal coabination nor
"VTOS Conpatible", then oaly an off-li»« aaintenanee teat
can be used.
Details of the teet procedure follov:
DLll-fT.P.F. :
First run DZDLA Of f-Line Teat, Prograa 0, for 2 eoaplete paaaei
DLll-E's must be run with H31S connector. Then run the first
applicable nethod below:
1. DLll * DEC terainal; run appropriate terainel teat. 8e«
MAINDEC write-up for procedure.
2. Attach to VTOS if "VTOS Coapetible** end run DZVTB, Progrea
2. "Keyboard Teet".
3. If neither 1 or 2 epplies, no further testing een be done
for DLll-C's and E'a. Por DLll-D'a juaper pins 2 and 3
on EIA connector and run DZDLA, Prograa 0, Test Si.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5315-0-0
REV
A
SBSQQSD
CM-OlOe?!* N«72-(J«2)
SHEET
OF _1
ww.^-^pi
.1
E
= «
».*5
1
ill
Ui
hi
ni
III
* s _
^^ 1 1
'Ml
DIGITAL BQUIPMEIIT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE ■ DLVll SERIAL LINE UNIT FOR PDP-11/03 - APPENDIX A
' REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
B
Prev. 7668001-0-5320
Je^jft^ssc I I ^^^^ M^y^^~
ENQ
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5320-0-0
REV
B
CN-«IOM-l«^«7tH>«t)
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANinFACrURINC SPECmCATlON
TITU
MonTTT.AW APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST - APPENDIX A
DLVll SERTAI. LIHK UNIT FOR PDP-11/03
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Th« Inttnt of thlt proctdur* la to fuaBarlze the diagnosclc writ«
up* for th« purpoa* of •xp«dl«ncy. Th« procedure has bean leapt
brlaf, and to tha point, to kaap froa confusing tha uaer. For
additional iaforaatiot, it will ba nacaaaary to rafar co tha
diagnoatic vrita up.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Vorkaanship Manual (STD 116)
11/OJ Prlntaat
2.2
2.3
LSIll PDP 11/03 Configuration and Inatallatlon Guide EK
LSIll-IN-001
2.4 LSIll PDP 11/03 Usara Manual EK LSIll~TM-002
2.5 DLVll Englnaarlng Specif Icatlona A-SP-DLVll-0-0
2.6 Mlcrocoaputar Handbook
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 DLVll Bodula
3.2 Wraparound teat connecter
3.3 Output terainal
3.4 LSI-11 standard coaputer
4,0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAINDEC 11-DVKAE DLVU Taac Diagnoatic and Writeup
4.2 MAINDEC 11-DXDLA DEC/Xll '.xarciaar and Writeup
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHItCRS
5.1 Insure wraparound coonactar la inatallad to riin DECXll.
6.0 TEST SETUP
6.1 Sat up Juapara for addraaa, vector, baud rata aa required.
6.2 Reaova capacitor C44 .005UF if aerial line device i± not a
tale- typewriter.
CSC l»HMt)-ieU4«4/X
SIZE
.A-
cooc
SP
NUMBER
MAA5320-0-0
REV
B
SHEET
OF
r
MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
^•'^*'^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.3 Install approprlat* cabl* in Jl of aodul* A-EIA lnt«rfac«
BC05C-X aodcB cabl* B-20MA currtnt loop - BC05M-Z cablt
7.0 11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TES PROCEPUIE
7.1 DLVll T««t (DVKAE)
7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriftt* load Badla.
7.1.2 Program atartlng addraaa
7.1.2.1 Load addraaa 200
7.1.2.2 S£art ||#00#, aoftvara SR dafault valua
(1000 for wrap taat) or on altarnata aattlng
(■•a 7.1.3)
7.1.3 Altarnata aoftvara SR aattinga (loc 122)
7.1.3.1 SW 15 - 1 Contlnua on arror
7.1.3.2 SV 14 - 1 Loop on arror
7.1.3.3 SW 10 - 1 Loop on taat
7.1.3.4 SW 9-1 Run wrap taat
7.1,' Taatlng othar than cnnaola DLVll'a
Supply eorract addraaa and vactor to tha following
locationa:
7.1.4.1 Loc 220 - Addraaa of racaivar CSR
7.1.4.2 Loc 222 - Addraaa of racaivar buffar
7.1.4.3 Loc 224 - Addraaa of tranaialttar CSR
7.1.4.4 Loc 226 - Addr»ta of tranaaittar buffar
7.1.4.5 Loc 230 - Addraaa of racaivar vactor
7.1.4.6 Loc 232 - Addraaa of aaaociatad PSW
7.1.4.7 Loc 234 - Addraaa of tranaaittar vactor
7.1.4.8 Loc 236 - Addraaa of aaaociatad PSW
7.1.5 Oparator Action
7.1.5.1 Inatall taat connactor in Jl
7.1.5.2 Typa ''OOG
7.1.6 Evidanca of End of Paaa andRun Tiaa
7.1.6.1 Prograa will print "END OF PASS" tiaa da-
pandant on baud rata.
7.1.7 Accaptabla arrora:
Nona
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5320-0-0
REV
B
OCC lHM2>-tw«2-N«73
SHEET
OF
§s«
na&
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE DLVll-E ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE WITH MODEM
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7668001-0-5321
APPEHPIX h
ORIQ
CONTROL
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
7g^/»< J4>le9lfe^S^K
D /t
APPO
77
*H^
3IZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
CN<«lM«>l«<M«y»^M«)
SHEET 1 OF 12
n
■^j
MANUFACTURING SPEGFICATION
TraE
1.0
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TE:^T - APPENDIX A
DLVn-E ASYHCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE
INTERFACE WITH MODEM CONTROL
INTRODUCTION
This procedure establishes the ■Inlmum test hr\6 electrical stan-
dards that a DLV11-E aust aeet to be considered acceptable for
customer shipment.
DESCRIPTION
The UL. /'-E is an asynchronous line Interface nodule that Inter
faces the LSI-11 bus to a serial communications line. The
DLV11-E receives serial data from a peripheral device and
assembles It Into parallel data for the LSI-11 Bus. In turn,
the parallel data from the LSI-11 Bus Is converted Into serial
data and Is transmitted to a peripheral device. The OLVll-E Is
unique from other DLVlls In that It offers full joden control.
Option
OLVll-E
Qty/Contents
1 - M8017
1 - H315
Description
Module
Modem Test Conn
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
1.1 Print Set MP00460
1.2 Technical Manual £IC-DLVll-TM-(Rev)
1.3 Users Guide FA-DLVll-OP-(Rev)
1.4 Lib Kit Z.'-243-RB
1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVll-E
1.6 Packaging Inst. A-SP-3700297-40-0
2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
2.1 POP 11/03 with a alnlmum of 4K of memoryind one available
slot.
2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent.
2.3 For power requirements, refer to Section 6.0.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
±
occ iMMt>-ie«.v-N«7a
SHEET
OF il
MANUF4CTUR1NC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
APPENDIX A
2.4 Wire wrap gun (OK Speed Wrap Model #BW-51&BF) or equivalent
2.5 Unwrapping tool - hand type, unwriplng tool.
2.6 Cable: (BCOIV-X or BC05C-X) or turnaround connector. See
P*96 10 '^0'^ directions on making a turn around connec-
tor that wll 1 plug Into the module.
3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
3.1 Kit # 2J-243-Re
CVDVA - DLVl-E Off line Tests paper tape and document
3.? DECXn
4.0 iw
DXDLA-H
DLVll
^
XI 1 Exerciser > av H or higher only)
MION INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 If the DLVn-E Is being tested as an option add-on. It Is
not necessary to change configured Jumpers. See tables
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for shipped configuration.
4.2 When being Installed In a customer system, It may bd
necessary to change the Jumpers as they are shipped. When
configuring, refer to tables 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper
1n:,tal latlon.
4.3 CAUTION #1 - When changing wire wraplngs, always use equip-
ment designed for that purpose, and Calibrated. Note Sec-
tions 2.4 and 2.5 for type of equipment.
«.4 TAUTICN #2 - AM wire wraping must be done to Digital's
workmanship standard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be
made to Section 3. In that text.
4.5 CAUTION #3 - All wire wraping should be done by a qualified
person. Mistakes may cause damage tr the wire wrap pin or
printed circuit board.
occ t*-(i»i) iMa-M«y]
SIZE
CODE
SP
L
NUMBER
SHEET ,J
OF
REV
A
12
MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION
TITLE
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.6 The OLVn-E can be Installed in any slot of the USI-ll BackH
plane, except the first 4 slots that are reserved for the
LSI-ll processor modules. When Installing the DLVll-E, do
not leave any open slots between the process modules and
the DLVn-E. Note that priority for each option Is deter-
mined by how close that option Is Installed to the processor
modules. The closer to the processor ^ou get, the higher
priority the option has. A picture of a typical configu-
ration Is shown below:
DATA SET CONTROL
OLVM-C
40 PIN
COkh
•C05C
OB-?;
M
0*TASET
SELL 103
• ELL 202
View FNOM MODULE SlOC OT BACKPLANE
A e c D
KOii-r
MSVtI-B
OLvn-c
MSVII-I
Mxvn
RCVfl
PffVII
I
t
i
4
OONNECTOA
ttOCK
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
Dcc i«-(stx>i Ma-Mi ?a
SHEET
OF
12
»tWUFACTURINC STECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.1.1 DLYll-E Jumper locations
aj:
^
CI
Ml
M
f5?555 fii:
mill
••PMI_
^[
»tll"-»»»«i«»J
n
9%
t1
"II
-#M \^ti
■ M
OKC IMSMMMt «M7a
tIZF
JL
CODE
NUMBER I REV
MAA5321-0-0 i A
SHEET L- OF 11
MAWUFACTURING gECmCATION
COKTINUATION tHCCT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.1.2 Jumper Definitions
I - Junper Unserted ■ program bit cleared
k " Juaper removed • program bit set
NOTE: Jumpers are Inserted to enable the function they
control except for those jumpers that Indicate nega
tlon (such as "-B") Negated jumpers are removed to
enable the functions they control.
Jumper
A3-A12
Jumpers
Installed
when ship'd
fro« Vol. Mfg.
V3-V8
A3
I
A4
R
A5
R
A6
R
A7
I
A8
I
A9
I
AlO
R
All
1
A12
I
R
R
R
I
I
R
Function
These jumpers correspond to bits 3-12 of
the addr^ns word. When Inserted, they
will c^ the bus interface to check for
a True iiditlon on the corresponding
address olt.
Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device
address 17561X for the DLVll-E. The
least significant octal digit Is hard-
wired on the nodule to address the four
device registers as follows:
X • 0
X >• 2
X ■ 4
X - 6
RCSR
RBUF
XCSR
XBUF
Used to generate the vector during an
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted
jumper will assert the corresponding vec-
tor address bit on the LSI-U bus.
This jumper selection Implements Interrupt
vector address 3008 for receiver 1nter>-
rupts and 3048 for transmitter Interrupts
on the DLVll-E.
OBC »MM*hlOM4M7I
Size COOCI NUMBER
A ISP |;MAA5321~0-o
REV
A
SHEET
OF 12
MANUFACTURING gECmCATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUIAR APPROACH lu -YSTPMg TEST - apprnhtx A
Jumper
RO
R1
R2
R3
TO
Tl
T2
T3
B6
P
I
1.2
PB
C.Cl
S,S1
H
Junptrs
Installed
when ship'd
tram Vol. Mfg.
I
R
I
I
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R,R
R
I, I
R,R
R
Func .Ion
The Module Is configured to receive at
110 bawd.
Receiver and transmitter baud rate select
Jumpers, during common speed operation.
See table 4.1.3
The transmitter Is configured for 9600
baud If spilt speed operation Is used.
Transmitter baud rate select Jumpers dur-
ing split spped operation. See table
4.1.3
Jumper is Inseri wo enable Break genera
tlon.
Jumper Is Inserted for operation with
parity.
Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd
parity. Receiver checks f^r appropriate
parity and transmitter Inserts appro-
priate parity.
These Jumpers select the desired number
of data bits (see Table 4.1.4)
Jumper is Inserted to enable the program-
mable baud rate capability.
These Jumpers are Inserted for common
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must
be removed when C and CI are Inserted)
Inserted for spilt speed operation. (Note
that C and CI must be removed when S and
SI are Inserted.)
•
This Jumper Is Inserted to assert 6HALT L
when a framing error Is received. Tnis
places the LSI-11 In the halt mode.
SIZE
A
CODE
SF
NUMtER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
DCC l«-(aMhl«i»*M7a
SHEET
Of JJL^
MANUFACnJRINC gEClFICAITON
CONTtNUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Jumper
6
•I
-FD
•FR
RS
FB
M,M1
JuRiptrs
Installed
when ship'd
Function
I
I
I
I
R.R
I
Jumper B Is Inserted to negate 6DC0K H
Mhen a BREAK signal or framing error Is
received, This causes the LSI-11 to re-
load the bootstrap. (Jumper ^B must be
removed when B Is Inserted.)
Jumper Is removed to free DATA TERMINAL
READY signal on.
Jumper is removed to force REQUEST TO
SEND signal on.
This jumper Is Inserted to enable normal
transmission of the REQUEST TO SEND sig-
nal.
Ip«:erted to enable transmi
FURCE bUi! ^i^iial {f::T ^^
data sets)
These are test Jumpers used
manufacture of the module,
defined for field use.
Ion of the
aodel 103E
during the
They are not
SIZE CODE
NUMSER
MAA5321~Q-n
REV
OKC l«-(Mah>M>-«<M7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR j^P ROACH TO SY^«;TFMp TEST
- APPENDIX A
Tablt 4.1.3
Btud Rale Seiectioi»>
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
nil
Program Control
15
14
13
12
11*
Receive Jumpers
R3
R2
Rl
RO
Baud
Trinsmii Jumpers
13
T2
11
TO
Rate
I
I
I
SO
I
I
R
75
I
R
I
110
I
R
R
1345
R
1
I
150
R
1
R
300
R
R
1
60C
R
R
R
1200
R
I
1
I
1800
R
I
1
R
2000
R
I
K
•
ft
240^
R
I
R
R
ioo
R
R
I
1
480C
R
R
1
R
7200
R
R
R
1
9600
1 ■ Jumper Inserted • Program Bit Cleared.
R " Jumper Removed ■■ Program Bit Set.
•Bit 1 1 of the XCSR (Write Only Bit) must be set in order to select a new baud rate under program control. Also,
jumper PB must be inserted to enable baud rate selection under program control.
Table 4.1.4
Dtta Bit Selections
Jumpers
Number of Data Bits
2
1
I
I
5
I
R
6
R
I
7
R
R
1
SIZE CODE
A I"
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
oac aa-(aMMMa-N«7t
SKEET J. OF
u^
MANUFACTUIUNC gEOFlCATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
^"^' MODULAR ArhROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
5.0 TEST SET UP
5.1 No sptclal test set up Is required.
6.0 FOWEIR CHECKS
€.1 Power requlreaents:
45V 4 SX • 1.0A (5.0 w)
412V £ 5S • 150 MA (1.8w)
NOTE: -12V Is generated Internally on the M8017 fro* the 4l2V
supply.
6.2 Bus Loading
Each DLV11-E places one (1) bus load on the Q Bus as de-
fined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC SID '.:0).
7.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 The DLV11-E can be tested in two (2) different turnaround
configurations.
7.1.1 The first configuration for testing would be to
plug a turnar&uid test connector directly Into the
0LV11-E. See Olagran 7.1 for vliw. This Method
should be used when It Is lapratlcal to work with
the long nodea cables or when the voluiie of DLVII-E's
requires Many cables. See Diagram 7.3 for Inforna-
tlon to aake test connector.
NOTE: This test connector has no part I and cannot be
ordered.
7.1.2 The second configuration for testing would be to
pluQ a •odeii cable Into the DLVII-E and p1u$ the
H315 turnaround connector; that is supplied. Into
the other end of the cable. See Diagram 7.2. The
Biodea cable Is not tupplltd on the 0LV11-E. A cab^e
nay be supplied to the custoaer. If there U' t
cable going to the custoner, use that one. If a
cable IS not going to be supplied, use a BC01V-X
or BC05C-X.
Size ICODCI NUMtER
A I SP I MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
tH»M>-lM»M«?t
•NEET 1^ OF
12
MANUFACTURINC STECmCATION
CONTINUATION tNCCT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACW lO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.2
Diagnostic Test
7.2.1
After configuring the DLV11-E to Section 7.1.1 or
7.1.2. load CVDVA through appropriate load nedla.
7.2.2 Starting program
7.2.2.1 Load address 200.
7.2.2.2
Start;check Section 7.2.3 for available
switch settings.
7.2.3 Available test switch settings
7.2.3.1 Bit 15 . Halt on error
14 - Loop on test
13 - Inhibit error typeouts
12 - (unused)
11 - Inhibit iterations
10 - Bell on error
9 - Loop on error
8 - Loop on test In SWR 7:0
7 - Test nunber to loop on (used
with Bit 8)
Is Indicated by a type out
noOBh CABLE
7.2.4 End of Pass
Tasr coHN ficf o»*f iX)
hdoi7
OLvii-e
L_jl_J
PJA^HAn 7.|
moi7
l_Aj
PiA^RAh 7.e
H)I5 Co^#A*
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MAA5321-0-Q ._
REV
A
OKC l«K*tt)-lM»Mft72
SHEET ..IL OF ^21
MANUrACTURWC aTECIFICATlON
CONTINUATIOM SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
y<80^7 T»«t Cotip«ctor
Farts Lilt
fart # Daacriptlon
DlagraiR 7.3
Qty Itaa f
12-10918-15
12-10089-06
91-07636-00
12-11166-00
36-11567-00
Conn. AM Pot» BSC
Sockat, Crlnp
Vlra, #26 Avg , Black
Strain rallaf
Labal (this alda up)
1
aaa notai
1
1
1
2
%
4
$
po-
lircuit Schaaatlc, Ulra List
aztarnal clock
tranaalt clock
reeaivar clock
VOTES:
salt data
racalva data
data sat raady
aac salt data
sac rac data
data tara raady
clr to aand
carrlar
raq to aand
forca busy
ring
aia loopback
Slda 1
1. Sugsaatad langth of juapart la
S 4 Inchai.
2. Actual juapar count !•
4 - doubla Juapara
2 - slngla juapara
3. On alda 2 of Barg connactor,
attach labal with idantlf Ication
**DLV11-E Taet Conn'*, (no part #
arallabla for label)
Dnlt Ataaably
Itaa #3
Sida 2
Itaa
Itaa #1
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
OKC l«-(Wt>-l«M-«M7t
SHEET ^-^- OF J2.
^
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
n
ill
at
Ml
Ui
TITLE
DLVll-F ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE WITH 20r.a
REVISIONS
APPENDIX A
t
H:
* V e
3 t 8 5
5 3**
9
Ui
REV
A
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7668001-0-5322
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
ENG
Brent MacAlonev
APPO
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
IN-01M«t«.N«7a(Mt)
SHEET 1 OF 12
MANUFACTURING SPECinCA>10N
''^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
m«t
ft to
DLVll-F /.SYNCHROWOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERPACE WITH 20ma
INTRODUCTION .
This procedure eBtabllolies the mlnlaim teit atandards that a DLVll-F
>e considered acceptable for cuateaer thlpaent.
DESCRIPTION
The DLVIl-F ie an aeynchronoua line Interface aodule that Interfacea the LSI>11
bus to a aerial cosnunlcatlena line. The DLVll-F rccelvea aerial data from a
peripheral device and aaaexublea it into parallel data for the LSI-11 bua. In
turn, the parallel data froa the LSl-11 bua is convarted into aerial data and is
tranamitted to a peripheral device. 'The DLVll-F la unique froa the DLVll-E In
that it aupporta 20aa current loop operation.
Option
DLVll-F
1.0 REFERENCE DOCUHEMTAnON
Qty/contenta
1 " M8028
Description
■odule
1.1 Print Set MP00461
1.2 Technical Manual EK-DLVll-IM- (rev)
1.3 Users Guide 13C-DLVll-0P-(rev)
1.4 Lib Kit ZJ-253-RB
1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVll-F
1.6 Packaging Inst. A-SP-370029^-40-0
2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
2.1 PDPll/03 with a ainlgun of 4K of aemory and one available alot.
2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent.
2.3 For power requireaents. refer to Section 6.0.
2.4 Wire Wrap Gun (ok speed vrap aodel #BW-515BF) or equivalent.
2.5 Unvraping tool - band type, unvraping tool.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
oec iMSM)io«i-N«7a
SHEET
OF 12
MANLTACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUU^p APPROACH TQ SYSTEMS TIIS-T - APPrlNDIX A
3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTICS
3.1 LIB Kit ♦ ZJr^253T^^B
CVDVC - DLVll-F off Itoe testa (paper tape and docxsucn'"!
3.2 DECXll - DXDLA-H DLVll Exerciser (Rev H or higher only)
A.O INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIOHS
A.l If the DLVI] la I ng te»ted aa an option add-on, It la not necesaary
to change • ^Igurei tra. See Tables 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for configu-
ration ahl ed from Volume 'Mi..^facturlng.
4.2 When being In^called In a cuatoacr ayaten, It nay be necesaary to change
the juxnpe^a as they are ahlpped. When configuring, refer to Tables
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper InataMatlon.
4.3 CAUTION II:
When changing vlre vraplnga, always use cqulpnent dealgned for that pur-
pose and calibrated. Note aectlons 2.4 and 2.3 for type of equipment.
4.4 CAUTION #2;
All %rlre %'raplngs nuat be done l:o Dlgltal'a vorkmanahlp atandard; DEC
STD 116. Reference .-hould be mde to Section 3 In that text.
4.5 The DLVll-F can be Installed In any alot of the LSI-11 BacVplane, except
those occupied by the processor ■odules. When InBtalllnb the DLVll-F,
do not letive any open slots becveen the processor modules and the
DLVll-F, An open slot would break the Interrupt acknowledge daisy chain.
Note » the priority for each option Is determined by how c loae that optloii
Is Installed to the processor modules. The closer to the processor you
*.*-' get, the higher priority the option, A picture of a typical config-
uration Ik chovn x>xx Page 3 and 4.
SIZE
CODE
SP
UUMBE
KAA5322-0
REV
A
Dec l*-(3t2) 10*2^4672
SHEET
OF .Jul
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM'S TEST - APPENDIX A
TYPICAL BACKPLANE COWriGURATION
iX/03
view moM Mooucc sioe or mck^anc
A B C D
ROii-r 1
MSV1t-t
0LVII>C
MSvn-t
mvtt
nevM
OMVH
I
t
s
4
CONNCCTOM
BLOCK
11/03
:«^
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
MC It^fthltU-tWt
SHEET
OF
Manufacturing sPEcmcATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST " APPENDIX A
OLVM-r
4C' HH
CONN
0B
DLVu-r
INCCCIVCK
TKANSMITTEN
ACTIVll
4CriN
CONN
Oivu-r
(RCCCIVCK
MSSIVC.
TRAK'SMlTTIM
MSSIVCI
40 PIN
CONN
OLVH-r
40 PIX
CONN
Oivn-r
40 PIN
CONN
BB
DLVll-F Cabling Exaaplei
CURRENT LOOP MODE
N4TC-N-
LON
•CO»M
m
MATC-N-
LOK
MATI-N-
LOK
B=^^^^B=^^D
•CO»M
40 PIN
COMN
OLV«i-r
mcccivEM
PASSIVE ,
TPANSMITTCK
ACTlvCt
MATC-N-
LOK
IIATt-N-
LOK
•COSM
Cl&ii^B
•COSM
«0 PIN
CONN
m
om-c
CIA "DATA LEADS ONLY* MODE
ot-ts
P?9>g
Q
j£fi2L
NULL MODEM CAttE
1C05C
m
MODEL tOS
OATASCT
(AUTO MODE I
SIZE COCE
lilGLJ
NUMBER
REV
A
OKC lHMthlOt»«lf7«
SHEET
OF
12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Table 4.1.1 DLVll-F JUMPER LOCATIOHS
All
AM
*«
*•
Af
Ae
Ak
A«
AJ
I
XA
lA
V4
■v»
VI
VI
S
P
b
Zi
■c
CI
't
s«
M
TJ
TJ
T1
• re
HI
«s
OCC lHM2hlOM-M47t
MANUFACTURINC SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
Mr>nTTT,&T> >PPPr>&CH Tn RVSTKMS TEST " APPENDIX A
NOTE:
TABLE 4.1.2 JUMPER DEFINITIONS
I ■ Junpcr Instrted > progriM bit cUirtd ,
R ■ Junptr removed ■ progran bit set
Jumpers ire Inserted to enable the function they
control except for those Jumpers that Indicate nega
tlon (such as * T*) Negated Jumpers are rtiioved to
enable the functions they control.
Jumper
A3-A12
A3
A4
AS
A6
A7
A8
A9
AlO
All
A12
V3-Y8
\^
Y3
Y4
V5
V6
V7
V8
Function
These JuMpers correspond to bits 3-12 of
the address word. When 1nserted» they
will cause the bus interface to check for
a True condition on the corresponding
address bit.
Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device
address 17756X for the DLVll-r. The
least significant octal digit Is hard-
wired on the module to address the four
device registers as follows: (••• table
4.1.4)
X
X
X
X
0
2
4
6
RCSR
RBUF
XCSR
XBUF
Used to generate the vector during an
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted
Jumper will assert the corresponding vec-
tor address bit on the LSI-U bus.
This jumper selection Implements Interrupt
vector address eog for receiver Inter*-
rupts and 6^8 for transmitter Interrupts |
on the DlVll-F. te« t«bl« 4.1.5.
SIZE
A
COOE
SP
NUMtER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
occ i«-<«M>>tMa4Mya
SHEET 7 OF J2_
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOnnT.AH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Jumper
Jumpers ^
installed
when ship'd
froa Vol. Kf|.
Function
RO
R1
R2
R3
I
R
I
I
The module Is configured to receive at
110 baud.
Receiver and transmitter baud rate select
Jumpers, during common speed operation.
See table 4.1.3
TO
Tl
T2
T3
I
R
R
R
The transmitter Is configured for 9600
baud If split speed operation Is used.
Transmitter baud rate select Jumpers dur-
1*^g split speed operation. See table
4.1.3
BG
P
r
1.2
PB
C.Cl
S.S1
H
I
R
R
R.R
R
I.I
R.R
I
Jumper is Inserted to enable Break genera-
tion.
Jumper Is Inserted for operation with
parity.
Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd
parity. Receiver checks for appropriate
parity and transmitter Inserts appro-
priate parity.
These Jumpers select the desired number
of data bits (see Table 4.1.4)
Jumper Is Inserted to enable the program-
mable baud rate capability.
These Jumpers are Inserted for common
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must
be removed when C and CI are inserted)
Inserted for split speed operation. (Note
that C and CI must be removed when S and
SI are Inserted.)
This Jumper Is Inserted to assert BHALT L
when a framing error Is received. This
places the LSI-11 In the halt mode.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC l*^MtMM»«i|«78
SHEET
8
OF
12
MANUFACTURING
SPECmCATION
■BOB CONTINUATION SHEET 1
""^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A ~" |
Ji^per
Jioqpftrs
ruptaXIed vfuen
Shipping froq
Vol, Maofg,
Function
. . •
•*''■' , •
B
¥
R
I
Jiapcr B it Inserted to negate BDCOK H
when a BREAK slgnel framing error le re«-
celved. This causes the LSI-11 to reload
the bootstrap, (Juaper f aust be reaoved
vhen B is inserted.)
u
2A
3A
I
I
I
These juapers are inserted to aake the
20NA current loop receiver active (Juapers
IP, 2P wist be rsBoved vhen U, 2A, end 3A
ars inserted).
IP
2P
R
R
These ere inserted to aake the 20HA current
loop receiver passive (juapers lA, 2A, and
3A aust be reaoved when IP and 2P ars in-
serted) .
AA
SA
I
Inserted to aake the 20HA current loop
transalttsr sctivs (juapers 3P snd 4P aust
be reaoved when 4A and 5A are inserted).
3P
4P
R
R
Inserted to aake the 2QNA current loop
transalttsr passive (juapers 4A and 5A
aust be reaoved when 3P and AP are insert-
ed).
V
I
Juaper is reaoved to enable the error flags
to be read in the high byte of the re-
ceiver buffer.
HI
R
When inserted, enables aalntenance bit.
M.Ml
R,R
These are test juapers used during the
asnufscture of the aodule. They are not
defined for field use.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV 1
■ ^ J
OCC l«-(M2)-aMI<M«7S
SHEET
9
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS T^T - APPENDIX A
TABLE 4.1.3
Baud Rate Selections
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Progrzun Control
15
14
13
12
11*
Receive Jumpers
R3
R2
Rl
RO
Baud
Transmit Jumpers
T3
T2
Tl
TO
Rate
1
1
1
50
1
1
R
75
1
R
1
110
1
R
R
134.5
R
1
1
150
R
1
R
300
R
R
1
600
R
R
R
1200
R
1
1
1
1800
R
1
1
R
2000
R
1
R
1
2400
R
1
R
R
3600
R
R
1
1
4800
R
R
1
R
7200
R
R
R
1
?600
1 « Jumper Inserted «• Program Bit Cleared.
R * Jumper Removed « Program Bit Set.
♦ Bit 11 of the XCSR (Write Only Bit) must be set in order to
select a new baud rate under program control. Also, jumper PB
must be inserted to enable baud rate selection under program
control .
TABLE 4.1.4
Data Bit Selections
Jumpers
Number of Data Bits
2
1
X
1
R
R
1
R
1
R
5
6
7
8
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC I*^Sta}-lM»M«72
SHEET 10 OF 12
\W%iA
TC ami
1
1
CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUrAClUluurvv orEVUTiVAiivn
^"^** MODULAR APPROACH
TO SYSTE4S TEST
- APPENDIX A
4.
1.4
Address
Juapsrs !
Selections
- inserted
1 reaoved
Address
*
A12
All
AlO A9
A8
A7
M
,A5
A4 .
A3
lloooo
at
a.
•> •>
«.
•
.
•
.
160010
•
m
•
-
-
-
-
-
160020
-.
•
•■ »
•
w
-
-
R
160030
m
•-
.- - —
•
mm
•
-
R
160040
m,
•
•* ^
•
mi
-
1
-
160050
m
•
• •
•
•
•
t
-
160060
■»
•
-
-
•
-
1
R
160070
•
-
tm <m
•
a.
-
1
1
160100
""
**
' '
it
4.
1.5
Vector Selections
JuBpers :
- inserted
1 rsMved
Vsctor
V08
V07 V06
V05
V04
V03
300
•
•
9m
-
310
-.
•
«B
R
320
•>
•>
1
-
330
•
•
t
R
340
»
1
•
-
350
•
R
-
R
360
«B
t
1
-
370
-
1
R
R
400
R
"
.-J^
•
■
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
SP
MAA5322
-0-0
A
OCC IMMO*10M4M7a
SHEET
11
GIF
12
MANUPACTURING SPEanCATTON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITU
r^QPytffl APPPPA?H TO SYSTEMS TEST - APfgNPIX A
5.0 TEST SET DP
S.l >o •pttcial t«st act up is rsqulrad.
€.0 POWEE CHECKS
t;
6.1 Powtr Itqulri
Its
"I-5V + 5X # 1>0A ( .OW)
•I-12V ISZ f 150 m (5.0V)
ROTE: -12V U gen«rat«d internally on th« M8028 from -M2V supply.
6.2 Bus Loading
Each DLVll-T placas ons (1) Bus load on ths Q Bus as dsf Inad by the
LSI-11 Q Bus spac. (DEC STD 160).
7.0 DUCHOSTIC TEST PROCEWJEE
7.1 Tha DLVll-P doaa not coaa with a turnaround connactor as doas tha
DLVll-E. Bacausa of this, tha DLVll-P will only ba tastad in tha
intamal aaintananca aoda.
7.2 Diagnostic Tast
7.2.1 Aftar ths DLVll-F hat baan chacfcad for propar Juapar configuration
load CVSVC through appropriate load aadia.
7.2.2 Starting prograa
7.2.2.1 Aftar chacki ig availablt switch sattlnga (7.2.3), st^rt
tha progrsB.
7.2.2.2 200G
7.2.3 Availabla switch aattings
.•^
Bit 15 « Halt on arror
14 - Loop oo tast
13 - Inhibit arror
12 - (tmoaad)
11 - Inhibit itarations r
10 • Ball en error
9 - Loop en error
8 •> Loop en test in 8V (7:0)
7-Q . Test nuaber to loop on (used with Bit 8)
7.2.4 End of pass is indicated by a type out.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
DSC l»4Mt»-t«UKM«?t
SHEET
12
OP
REV
A
"TT
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
DATE
9/4/79
1
a
i
i
TITLE M.A.S.T. DLVll-J Four Line Serial Interface
2
c
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Ml
Hi
III
ill
Added Appendix A (pp. 15-16) to
inciude the H3171 Distribution
Panel
ECO CHANGE
MA-
T.
MA 0 0 0 dJELEN I EWS I I
ML006
iA-f-f*
i
SIZE {CODE
A i SP
ENO
D. Ayotte
APPD
>i y/^'
41
CO/.
,J^
NUMBER
MA-A5324-0-0
REV
C
CM'OiMA^u^tytmM)
U
SHEET 1 OF 16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TniC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
DlVll-J POUR LINE SERIAL DTrERPACE
1.0 IKTRODDCTIOW
" ThlB procsdur* ••tabllshet the alniJiiai test requircacnts that • DLVII-J aust
■••t to b« considered scceptable for customer shlpacnts froa Syst.tas Manu-
facturing.
1.1 Description
The DLVll-J Is an asynchronous line interface aodule that Interfaces the
LSI-11 Bus to 4 serial coanu*<' :atl(<ns lines. The DLVll-J Is a dual-
height -3odule with E.I.;;., operation 20HA operation is available when
the DLVll-KA Is used in conjunction with the Dl.Vll-J. Although onch
line can be configured to operate at different baud raten, no apllt baud
rates are possible.
Option Qty/Contents Description
DLVll-J 1-M8043 Module
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATIOW
2.1 Print Set MP0O586
2.2 Users Guide EK-DLVU-UG- ? ? ?
2.3 Lib Kit 2J-269-RB
2.4 Ship List - Reference should be aade to Systea Manufacturing Ship List,
not Engineering Ship List.
2.5 Packaging - A - PS-9905622-0 -0
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 PDF 11/03 vlth a alnirua of 4K of aeaory and one available slot.
•S.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent
3.3 For power requl ^-^ *nts , refer to Section 7.0 D.V.M. with 3 digits
3.4 Wire vrap gun (OK speed mrap aodel #BV-515BF) or equivalent.
3.5 Umrrapplng tool - hand type, unvrapping tool
3.6 H3270-A (turnarouvid connectors) are needed for device testing.
(See Section 6.1)
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5 324-0-0
REV
C
EC *»-(9t»iMa-M«Ta
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
4.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 Kit # ZJ269-RB CVDLA - DLVll-J Test, paper tape and listing
5 . 0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 Caution #1 - When changing wire wrappings, always use equipment designed
for that purpose, and that is calibrated. Note Section 2.4 and 2.5
for type of equipment
5.2 Caution #2 - All wire wrapping must be done to Digital's workmanship
steuidard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be made to Section 3. in that
text.
6.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 Option Add-On
The DLVll-J may not require changes to the jumpers as it was configured
from Volume Manufacturing. (Refer to Diagram 6.1.1 for junqper configura-
tion). The DLVll-J Line 3 is configured for console device addresses
177560 - 177566 anc' vactors 60 and 64. For junqper definitions, refer to
Table 6.1.2. DLVll-J is capable of being tested with Channel 3 in
console node. No chianges will be required to the module when Channel
3 is console. This requires an EIA terminal or a DLVll-KA (EIA-20ma)
option/20ma terminal to be used. This configuration will require the
turn-around connectors mi.?ntioned in Section 3.f to be used in Channels
0, 1, 2. Refer to Sectiop. 6.6 fo- ado Lion of 2-DLVlx-J.
If tlie aU:x3ve terminal equijment is not available, t>ie DLVll-J is to be
run with all 4 lines turned around 'ising the turn /iround connectors
mentioned in Section 3.6. Thii» will require the DLVll-J be configured
so all lines will be consecutive ly addiessed and no console selected.
Refer to Diagr£un 6.1.1. Table 6.1.2. and Section 8 for proper diagn' -
tic setup when in this conf igurati'^n. The following is a list of
changes required to the DLVll-J so At may be run with 4 lines wrap-
ar' .'nd:
V5 = Removed
CI = X to 0
C2 « X to 0
X to H ^^ h>- *>:-
Diagnostic location 1220 must be 21 as definod in Section 8.2.4.2.
REV I
SIZE
C(^OE
NUMBER
MAA5324--G-0
C
OCC l»-(M«)IMl-r4«73
SHEET J OF
I6
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLt
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
X - Base Pin for function
0 - Loglctl 0 Pin
1 - Logical 1 Pin
CHO AND f
ChieiaV
SiLECTlOM I
riON
LINK
rAIUMTIRS
CHO
CMI
CH3
etc
:^^
}X3II
NO* *« •
Ml* Vi*
Nl* »« •
Jl
i3
£
NIO
CHO
im
CM1
im
sin
0»2S
sm
. lAUO VATf
'MLICTiC^
t
•i«-j •■(
^"
CUT
-CMITINMRCSISTON
-CHO Tf RM HI S'STON
-CH2t{RMRIS<ST0N
-CM3TCNMniftlST0N
J3
R3i}
• a^ aN?
• M3
• N3
AOORCSS AND
viCTonjL rtn$
n
•HfAKM LECTION
KMANNfLX
}CMI ANO
CH31IA
lEliCTlON
Refer to Table
6.1.2 for pin
explrnations &
juaper definitions.
J
Dlagraa 6.1.1
DLVll-J Juaper Configuration
When Supplied By Voluae Manufacturing
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtEII
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OtC lMMt|-lM8-N«7«
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACT.RING
SPECIFICATION
■n
1
CONTINUATION SHEET
1
■
'" NODULAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 1
6.1.2
\ Juaper Definitions
R • Reaovod
. •- *•
I ■ In««rt«d
• • * *
JIMPER
CONF. SHIP*D
FROM VOL MFG.
FUNCTION
Address
A5-A12
Thssc jtsipsrs correspond to Bits 5-12 of the
address word for Channel 0. The least signi-
ficant digit Is decoded on the aodule during
operation to address one of four serial line
ualta device reglaters as follovs:
X • 0 RCSR
X - 2 IBUF
X - 4 XCSR
X - 6 XBUF
A12
All
AlO
A9
A8
A7
A6
AS
X to 1
X to 1
X to 1
X to 0
X to 1
R
X
X to 0
This arrangeaent of Juaipers lapleaents the
octal base device address 176S00 for Channel
0 fvo« which Chsnnels 1 and 2 arc autonatl-
cally deteralned on the aodule.
Console Address Selection
CI and C2
.1^
These juapers allow the configuration of the
laat four addresses used on Channel 3 to be
aaslgned to the console addresses 177560-
177566. The preceding addresses of Channeli
0* 1» and 2 are not affected.
CI
C2
X to 1
X to 1
CI and C2 set to enable Channel 3 for console
operation. The base address aust be 176500.
176540, or 177500. If not set, Channel 3
will default to next consecutive address
froa Channel 2. (X to 0)
nzE
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MAA5324-0-0
Oec lHMt)-lM*«M?t
SHEET
OF.ii.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APFIOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.1.2 JuBper Dcfinltlonc cont.
JUMPE'
CONF. SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFG.
FUNCT- N
Break
Hale
Boot
X to H
B to X
V5 - V7
77
V6
V5
X
I
X to 0
This can enable the uae of a break response
while Channel 3 Is In console aode, or for
bootstrap response.
Ji<*per set to enable break generation.
Juaper has to be disabled when break is set.
Reaove juapers when Channel 3 is not console.
Vectors
Used to generate the vector during an in-
terrupt transaction. V6 and V7 designate
the base vector address and VS deteraines
the console vector for Channel 3.
This arrangcacnt iaplcaents the octal base
vector of 300 and Channel 3 at 60 and hU.
With V5 raaovad, the vector addresses for
Channel 3 will be 330 and 334.
F.D.E.S
X to 1
X to 0
X to 1
Farfty. Data Bits. Stop Bits. Odd/Even Parity
Each channel (coaaunlcatlon line) is capable
of being aet for indlvlduel line operotlon.
D pnnblcN 7 or B ilntn hflH, K oIIiiwh I'vt'n or
Oilil pertly, 1* /tllowN |»nriiy k*')***'''>( 'i*** •'• ""
parity generation, S enables one or 2 utop
bite.
Thia allov9 8 data bits to be unerl,
7 data bits, insert Jumper X to 1,
For
Jtaper inaerted for 1 atop bit.
bits, inaert Juaper X to 1.
For 2 atop
With this jtasper inserted, perity generation
and detection ia disabled. For parity opera-
tlon, inaert ju^>er X to 0.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
BKC IMtM>-lMa-M«?<
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TTIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.1.2 JuBptr Definitions cont.
JUMPER
CONF. SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFG.
FUNCTION
X to 0
S«l«ct* odd parity or cvtH parity.
Inttrt Ju«p«r X to 1.
NOTE: P Juapcr autt bt X to 0 for
••lection of odd/^vcn parity, and E
■u^t alwaya b^ in odd or cv^n •tatc;
nmvx r^aov^d.
0.1.2,3
0
1
2
3
Effective
0 to M
1 to N
2 to N
3 to T
laud Rata«
Ona baud rate wire wrap pin !• pro-
vided for ••ch channal. Th«a^ nuabers
correspond to the respective lines.
Both transmitter and receiver operate
at the aelectad •p^ed. To determine
th« baud rata for a channal. connect
the juap^r to th^ channal dasired.
and the other and to the dealrcd baud
rata pin (reference li^t b^low).
Vir^ Wrap
Pin Labal
V
T
V
V
T
L
N
K
Z
NOTE: If aore than ona channel re-
quiraa the aaae baud rate, vlre vrap
juapara aay be daisy chainad.
Configured for 9.6K baud q ,
Configurad for 9.6R baud o to M
Configured for 7.6K baud i f 9
Configurad for 300 baud
Baud Rate
31ts/Sec.
150
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
tC lMMt>-lMt-N«7t
SHEET 7
MANUFACn'RINC SPECIFIC AT10r<
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPItOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.1.2 JuBp«r Dcflnltlona cont.
JUMPER
CONF. SHIP'D
FUNCTION
• -
PROM VOL MPS.
•
• •
M
I
Maintenance Bit (not for Syateaa Manufact-
uring uaagiO
N0-N3
These jtapers deteralne if EIA (RS-422,
M0-M3
C"w^23/RS232C}) or 20iiia operation will be
uaed.
N0-N3
X to 3
Thaa* juapers arc inaerted ao the DLVll-J
will be coapatlble for both EIA RS-A23 and
M0-M3
X to 3
RS-232C alaultancoualy. For other configu-
rationa, aee below:
NOTE: When EIA RS-A23 and RS-232C configu-
ration la uaed, no tcminatlon reslatora are
to be inatalled. RIO and R23 auat be in-
atallcd.
EIA RS-422 Operation
1) M0-N3 connect X to 2
2) Nn-M3 ronnrrt X to 1
3) RIO and K23 are not required.
M) TaiBinatlng raaistora R33 (CH3), R32
(CH2). R30 (CHO), R31 (CHI) are required
•
to be 100 OWf H watt, non-wire wound
fuaible reslatora. P/N 13-00229-00
20HA Current Loop
(Requlrca operation with DLVIl-KA option)
1) H0-N3 connect X to R.(for prograai con-
.»^
trolled paper tape reader)
2) M0-M3 Connect X to 3.
3) No temination reaiatora required.
4) RIO and R23 aust be installed.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OCC l«-<M2>-tM>-M«rt
SHEET
r:
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.1.2 JtflBpcr Definitions cont.
JUMPER
CONF SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFC
FUNCTION
• •
iao,R23
The value
of Resistor RIO deteralnes the
slew rate
of both channels 0
and 1 , which
•
are slsultaneoualy set to the saae value.
Similarly.
R23 controls the slew (settling)
rate of both channels 2 and
3. These
resistors
are not required
for operation
RIO
22iC OHM
In EIA RS-
Chsnnels 0
-422.
and 1
R23
22R OHM
Channels 2
and 3
For selecting the correct value h," non-vlre
vound resistor. For RIO and
R23. use list
below:
Resistor P/N
Baud Rate
22K
13-01808-00
38. 4K
59IC
13-00525-00
19. 2K
120K
13-00539-00
9.6K
200K
13-U516-00
4.8K
430K
13-14649-00
2.4K
820K
12-03187-00
1.2K
1 MEG.
OHM
13-09595-00
p600
300
150
*-110
NOTE:
If channela 0 and 1 are split
baud rates the resistor
value defalts
to the higher baud rate
This holds
true for channels 2 and
3.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MAA5324-0.0
REV
C
occ ift-<»M>-ioba-«««7a
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO 8TSTIN8 TEST . APPENDIX A
6.2 SystttB InBtallatloB
Vh«n tht DLVll-J li bf-ing Inttallsd In a cuttoatr syttta.
It say b« nacaaaary to change tha juapara aa thay vara
ahlppad froa Voluaa Manufacturing. When configuring, refer
to Diagra* 6.:i.l ond Tabla 6.1.2 to aaaura proper inatallation.
Rtferance 6.1 for proper taat aet up.
6.3 The DLVll-J ban aany poaaibla cabling conf Iguratlona.
Dlagraa 6.3.1 JLa an azaapla of EIA Interfacing and Dlagraa
6.3.2 la an axiiapla of 20MA Interfacing.
MOTE: Reaeaber that thaaa are only exaaplee, and are not
neceaaarlly al! tha poaalble coablnatlona .
6.4 Whan Inatalllng tha DLVll-J, do not leave any open a.lota
between the proceaaor aodula or aeaory and the DLV}1-J.
The priority for each option la deteralned by how .loae that
option la Inatallad to the proceaaor aodulea. The cloaer
to the proceaaor you get, the higher priority the option haa
6.3 20MA Operation
The DLVll-J la capable of interfacing with 20MA when uacd
with a DLVll-ri option.
6.6
Option
DLVll-KA
DLVll'KB
Qty/Contenta
1-BC21A-03
1-DLV11>KB
Daacrlptlon
Cable
EIA to 20HA conv-
erter
1-EIA to 20MA Converter
Configure the DLVll-J fc 20MA operation aa described In
Section 6, ualng Diagraaa 6.1.1, 6.1.2, and 6.3.2.
A 110 baud rate clock generator circuit la contained on th -
optional DLVll-KA 20 MA option. When 110 baud operation Is
deairad, do not connect the baud rate juaper on the DLVll-J
aodule for that particular channel. The 110 baud clock will
be aupplled by tha DLVll-KA option through the Interface
connector.
Additional DLVll-J
When the firat DLVll-J ia uaod aa conaole and another DLTll-J la to
foe uaad as 4-addltional linaa tha atarting addreaa ia tha ftaae
Addreaa of the firat sodule plua 30 and the Vector ia tha Base
Address of the firat aodule plua 30.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
oac a*HMahiM«4iMrt
SHEET
10
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFiCATION
CONTINUATIOM SHEET
TTIE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
DLVIUTOMOMM OM AOOUBTIC COUTUR
a OLviig
1
-*n-
OM
AOOIATIC
n
-lirr-
p Divtu -
•aiMi
■OlMi.
It
un-
WSfu
ON
ACOUSTIC
couniM
MOOCM
on
Aoourc
counm
WOTI ti
OtVI I J 10 LOCAL tIMMNAL
[
[
IS
%*H.
OtVltJ
IfT-
I?— CE>
-•PT-
J
«•%«
-I
u:
won 71
t^T
l!|
MOTCt
1. MOOIM UKO IS A -VANUAL VtH'
SUCMASMLLtOMWlVH
2. Of C IIA ll»mc TtMMNAU
(VTti. LASS. CStaH (TCt COM
lOUimO MNTM A • r T CASLI MOM-
OIC f lA US 13X riMMINALS AM
OONNCCTIO SNULAHIV tlCI^
99109 Lf NOTM MUST tf OtOUCTIO
f MM TM TOTAL C^LI UMTH
Plagraa
6,3,1
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAAS324-0^0
REV
C
KC l«-i»MhlMa4M7t
tHECT
U
OF 16,
MANUFACTURING SFECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
(.3.2
SIZE
A
CODE
D>C lH*MMM2<M«y2
NUMBER
REV
SHEET n OF 16
JJAWUFACTURIMC SPECfflCAflON
CONTINUATION SHEET
'"^^ MOOULAt APPROACH TO 8T81BHS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0
8.0
POWIK CHECKS
7.1 Powtr R«qulr«a«nts
_ +5V + .25Ve l.OA typ. (1.25A a«x.)
•I-12V ± .36V9 O.ISA typ. (0.2A sax.)
7.2 'fl2V it present on Pin 10 of oach channel. Thl* line is
provided for the DLVll-RA option operetlon.
7.3 Bue Loeding
Each DLVll-J places (1) AC and (1) DC Bus load on the Q Bus
as defined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC Std 160).
DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCBDUBE
8.1 The DLV11*J can be tested 3 different vayt as specified in
Section 6.1. Reference should be aadc to that aection for
proper installation and conf iguratioa before diagnostics
are run.
NOTE: If the DLVll-J is configured for 4 additional lines,
the disgnostic «ust be losded vith another device as console,
Diagnostic progrr i must be aodifisd at Loc 1220 ($USWR).
Starting Program
8.2.1 Load (CVDLA) diagnostic through appropriate load
■edia. When running under APT loc 1220 ($USWR) Bust be 31
as defined in fectioa 8.2.4.2
8.2.2 Start: Refer to Section 8.2.4.1 for available switch re-
gister settings. Refer to Section 8.2.4.2 for configuration
options progras changes.
8.2.3 Initial systea type 200 C.
8.2
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMIER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OCC l^Mn-ir r«M7«
SHEET
13
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SFECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO 8T8TEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Bit
BIT POSITION
1
2
3
4
8.2.4.1 Softwar* Switch Rsglstcr Options
Halt on Error
Loop en taat (whan taating in prot'aaa)
Inhibit arror typa outs
Enabla parforaanca raporta
Inhibit itarationa
Ball on arror
Loop on arror
Loop on taat in SVR <7:0^
Muabar of faat to loop on (uaad with
*it 8). All caats pravious to tha
aalactad teat arc axacutad firat with
one itrration only.
8.2.4.2 Options
$USVm ia at location 122C in the prograsi.
Location $USWR containa all the uaar aalactabli
optiona. Tha valuaa in thia word auat confora
to tha actual board configuration, cycyii
DEFIMITIOM DEFAULT VALUE
15
> loooor
14
. 40000
13
. 20000
12
. 10000
11
4000
10
2000
9
1000
8
7
iO
400
I of data bita tranaaiittad
3-7 bita, 1-8 bita
Parity anablad
Evan odd parity
Braak ganaration anablad
Run data wrap around tcata
1
■
8 Bits
0
•
NO
0
■
ODD
1
■
YES
1
■
YES
<ll:9>
<'U:9>
^11:9>
<11:9>
0 -
1 -
2 -
Conaola Davica
No conaola aalactad
Conaola on Nodule 1
Con? ola on Nodule 2
1 - YES - con-
sole on aodula 1
Channel 3
INPORTANT NOTE;
/or disgnoatic purpoaea, all channels aust
Ha configured the aaaa, either 7 or 8 bits
^T3 End of Pass ia indicated by a type out with no errors.
SIZE
A
CODE
ISP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OCC >MSM»-lMa-N«7S
SHCCT JLi. OF JLSu,
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
PlaA* 0«A«
APPENDIX A
H317.1 DISTRIBUTION PANEL
The
need to
DLVll-J. It
a standard 19
H317:. Distrbution panel relinquishes the
use lour separate BC21B cables with the
occupies 1.75 inches of panel space in
inch rack. The H3171 incorporates an
H7004 static filter to improve the R.F. integrity
of the system. There are two mechanical
configurations available. They are as follows:
A) H3171-A (Separate Filter)
This configuration is used in conjunction with CPU
boxes that have a mounting racket for static
filters built directly into them. In this case the
H3171 distribution panel itself contains no
filter. The filter is located on the CPU bracket.
B) H3171-B (Integral Filter)
This configuration is used in conjunction with CPU
boxes that do not c nr.?ii. a bracket for static
filters. In th s cc the H3171 chassis is
elongated to acct c the catic filter directly onto
the distibution pa «.;.
Each H3171 consists of
(See figure 1 in Appendix A)
4 major assemblies.
1) Distribution Panel / Chassis (includes output
connectors)
2) BC05L Cable
3) H7004-B Filter
4) I/O Cable (7016436)
SIZE
c^ot
MA-A
m
Ti
V
OCC l«-(SttMM«-W«7X
SHEET
15
OF
16
tnm
^
■"
■■■""
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
1 CONTINUATION SHEET 1
■
^•^''^ M.A.S.T. , , 1
FIG 1
JO
J1
^'
J
J3
—
J4
/
H3171 DISTRIBUTION ^ 1
PANEL 1
/
^ ^ \
BCOSL-*^
■
OUT
IN
\
/
H7004-B-
■--
OUT
IN
/
\
I/O CABLE
•/C 16436 ^
Pi.
/
/
/
/
f
\
^
\
PO
PI
P?
P3
V
/ s
rf~ %
f :
DLV11 -J-^
JO
f '
J1
J2
J3
SIZE
A
C|pE
NUME^R
f1A-A5324-0-0
REV
C
Dec lft-<)91)-10«2^«72
SHEET i'^OF
1 6nt I
ill
it
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORiTION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE
3/10/80
TITLE M.A.S.T.
DLll-W
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
in
ill
m
1
M
Update old Back-up
MA-
ML009
L.ELCLERC
8-80
S. ESTES
8-80
SIZE ;C0DE
A I sp
NUMBER
J1A-A5330-0.0
REV
B
Sf«>«tM«k|«.N«yf4aW.'
SHEET 1 OF 12
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFlCATiON
CONTINUATION ^HEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
DLll-W
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The DLll-W is a single line asynchronous communication
interface to the PDPll Unibus. The DLll-W contains the
functionality of the DLll-A, -B, -C, and -D options. The
DLll-W also contains a line frequency real time clock (RTC)
used for timed interrupts and software timekeeping.
The serial line unit (SLU) portion of the DLll-W has
such features as split speed, odd/even/no parity select,
active/passive 20 ma. interface, EIA RS232C (data only)
interface, and a 5 to 8 bit character length. These
parameters and features are switch selectable.
2.0 RBFBRBMCB DOCUNBIITATIOII
2.1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications
2.1.1 OLll-W SLU/RTC Maint. Manual
2.2 Prints & Scheratics
2.2.1 Field Maintenance Print Set
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMBWT
3.1 Hardware and Media
3.1.1 PDPll system with 8K of memory
3.1.2 Quad SPC slot
3.1.3 DVM accurate to .01V at 15VDC
3.1.4 EIA or 20 ma. terminal
4.0 REQUIRED DIAG1I08TIC PROGRAMS
4.1 FLOAT PROGRAM .......... DZPLA
4.2 DLll-W DIAGNOSTIC ...... CZDLD
EK-DLllW-MM
MP00106
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
tiA-A5330-Q-Q
REV
iL.
OKC lH«M>-IM»N«7t
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECglCATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5.0 8PBCIAL INSTRUCT! QMS
The DLll-W is coaprised of a quad height module (M7856) ,
which plugs into a PDPl' "'PC slot. The four option
variations are listed be at
OPTION
DLll-W
DLll-WA
DLll-WB
DLll-WC
SSCRIPTION
M785D SLU/RTC Module
DLll-W, 70-08360-01 20 ma. Cable
DLll-W, BC05C-25 EIA Cable
DLll-W, BC03L-10 filtered panel
mount EIA Cable.
6.0 INSTALLATION AND T88T SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
The M7856 Nodule has many features and several operating
modes which mus^ be configured via the 5 switch packs prior
to installation. Refer to FIGURE 1 for switch location.
6.1 FLOAT PROGRAM
6.1.1 Run the FLOAT program (OZFLA) to determine
the correct address and vector settings for
the DLll-W(s). Note that this only applies
to DLll-W* 8 that are not used for consoles.
6.2 MODE ft ADDRESS SELECTION
6.2.1 The M7856 Module may be run in one of 3
modes:
MODE 1 - As a console interface with the RTC
enabled. The SLU address is 777560 and the
RTC address is 777546.
MODE 2 - As a SLU ONLY with the RTC DISABLED. The
SLU address range is 774000 to 777770.
MODE 3 - As a RTC ONLY with the SLU DISABLED. The
RTC address is 777546.
*** NOTE ♦**
For DLll-W s which will NOT use the RTC logic,
remove R63. See FIGURE 1 for location.
Refer to TABLE 1 for switch selection of ADDRESS
and MOPB.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OCC lM9MMMt<N«7t
SHEET
OF JZ
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.3 VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION
6.3.1 Vector address selection is accomplished by
setting the switch pack S2. The DLll^W uses
three vectors: one for the rece er , one for
the X-nitter, and one for the real time
clock. The X-mitter vector (XX4) is
automatically selected when the receiver
vector (XX0) is set. If the DLII-W is being
used as a console, the receiver vector
The vector for the RTC
Refer to TABLE 2 for
should be set to 60.
is fixed at 100.
switch settings.
6.4 BAUD RATE SELECTION
6.4.1 Split speed on the M7856 may be attained by
setting the transmit and receive speed
select switches to their desired values. If
split speed is not desired, set the transmit
and receive select switches to the same
speed settings. Refer to TABLE4 tor the
switch settings.
6.5 20 ma. ACTIVE/PASSIVE OPERATION
a 20 ma.
and paper
be set as
normal
active
reader
switch
6.5.1 If the DLll-W is to be used as
interface, the X-mitter, receiver,
tape reader enable functions must
either ACTIVE or PASSIVE. The
setting is for active transmitter,
receiver, and active paper tape
enable. Refer to TABLE 5 for these
settings.
6.6 MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH FUNCTIONS
6.6.1 The BREAK ENABLE function is selected by
setting ^4-1 ON. The normal setting is
GPP.
6.6.2 ODD PARITY is selected by setting SW4-2 ON.
(See 6.6.5) The normal setting is ON.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OCC 1MSM)-1M2-N«7a
SHEET
OF 12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.6.3 CHARACTER LENGTH is selected by SW4-3 and -4
(Refer to TABLE 3) . The normal settings are
OFF.
6.6.4 STOP BITS are selected by SW4-5. ON-1 atop
bit, OFF-2 stop bits. (1.5 stop bits if 5
bits per character) The normal setting is
OFF.
6.6.5 PARITY is enabled if SW4-6 is ON.
normal setting is ON.
The
6.7 Install the M7856 Module in a Quad SPC slot and
connect the cable to the berg connector on the
module.
6.8 Connect an appropriate terminal (EIA or 20 ma.) to
the DLll-W.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Verify the presence of the following voltages at
the module pins indicated:
VOLTAGE
+5VDC +/- .25V
+15VDC ■►/- .75V
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
MODULE PIN
CA2
CUl
in
to
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run
any particular situation, or for the current MAST
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are
detailed step'by-step instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST".
The DLll-W diagnostic contains three separate tests
which are to be run on the serial line unit. Testing of the
real time clock is done in the DATA TEST.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MA-A5330-Q-Q
REV
OCC l*^aMMM2-«««7t
SHEET
Of JiL^
MANUFACTURING SPECI
jvtw A'n/\iLi
HHI
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
r it ATiON
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1 DLll-W
8.1.1
DAT\ TESTS .
. CZDLD
The DATA TEST ia
capable of testing the
console interface and up to 15 consecutively
addressed and vectored SLU's. The
diagnostic assumes the following
parameters: the console address is 777560
and the vector is 60. The first of any
additional SLU's is addressed at 776500 and
vectored at 300. The diagnostic will
autosize any DLll-W s which fall within this
range.
8.1.2
Start the DATA TESTS at address 200 and set
the switch register for the desired
functions.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
15
Set to halt on error
14
Set for scope loop
13
Set to inhibit error typeout
12
Unused
11
Unused
10
Set to enable error flag tests
9
Set to loop on error
8
Set to enable break function tests
7
Set to enable data tests
with turnaround (H315)
6
Set to inhibit RTC tests (console
only)
5
Set to set-up device map (inhibit
auto-size)
4
Set to inhibit SLU tests
8.1.3
The console wi'l report the number of units
being tested and an END-OP-PASS message will
be printed after all units have been tested.
SIZE
CODE
NUMPER
REV 1
-A^
SP
MA-A5330-0-0
...i
OCC 1«-<MI|-10M-N«7a
8HCCT
OF «JII.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.2 DLll-W ECHO TEST C2DLD
8.2.1 To run th« ECHO TEST on the console
teminal, start at address 2f4. An asterisk
(*) will be printed at the terminal to
indicate that the test has started. Type a
few printable characters at the terninal and
verify that they are echoed bick to the
terninal correctly.
8.2.2 If the unit under test is not tne console
interface, it will be necessary to nodify
the following progran locations t^ reflect
the paraaeters of the unit under test. Make
sure a terninal is connected to the DLll-W.
NAME LOCATION CONTENTS
CRCSR...2654 * Address of receiver status register
CRBUP...2656 Address of receiver buffer register
CTCSR...2660 Address of trananitter status register
CTBUP...2662 Address of trananitter buffer register
CRVECT..2664 Receiver vector
CRPSW...2666 Receiver vector plus 2 (PSW)
CTVECT..2670 Trananitter vector
CTPSW...2672 Trananitter vector plus 2 (PSW)
* - CZDLD REV D
8.2.3 Run the ECHO TEST as described in step
8.2.1. Repeat step 8.2.2 for every DLll-W
to be tested.
8.3 CHARACTER TEST CZDLD
8.3.1 To run the CHARACTER TEST on the console
terminal, start at address 210. The
terninal will print 32 characters per line
and will repcfv^t every third line. Typing
any character at the terninal will halt the
test. A typical pattern is shown below:
I"i$%4' ()*+f->/0123456789: ;<->?
gABCDEPGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (\) •_
V *abcdefghi jklmnopqrstuvwxyz( I) -
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
RCV
8
OKC lHMf)-lM«4(t«7t
SHEET
OP
12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.3.2
NAME
LOCATION
CRCSR..
.2654 *
CRBUF..
.2656
CTCSR. .
.2660
CTBUF..
.2662
CRVECT.
.2664
CRPSW. .
.2666
CTVECT.
.2670
CTPSW...2672
If the unit under test is not the console
interface, it will be necessary to modify
the following program locations to reflect
the parameters of the unit under test. Make
sure a terminal is connected to the DLll-W.
CONTENTS
Address of receiver status register
Address of receiver buffer register
Address of transmitter status register
Address of transmitter buffer register
Receiver vector
Receiver vector plus 2 (PSW)
Transmitter vector
Transmitter vector plus 2 (PSW)
* -
CZDLC REV D
8.3.3 Run the CHARACTER TEST as described in step
8.3.1. Repeat rtep 8.3.2 for every DLll-W
to be tested .
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MEMBER
r4A-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OKC l»^MaM0M4iM7t
SHEET .8 OP il
MANUFACTURING SPEClFlCATiON
T»TIE '!ODOIAR APPROACH TO SISTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
PZOUII 1
M7856 MODULE LATOUT
.0
S3
SI
S2
R63
10
S4
E
2a.
W1
10
ss
MOTES -
1163 Bust be r«Bov«d if th« RTC li diaabl«d.
Th« B«rg conn«otor, J1, eontalnt a 70-0860 cabia for the DL11-VA
option? a BC05C-25 for the DL11-VB option and a BC03L-10 for thi
DL11-WC option.
Juapar VI auat alwaya be inatalled.
SIZE I CODE I
A Isp I
NUMtEII
m-A5330-0-0
OaC I«^SM|-ieM-<^71F
Rev
B
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 1
ADDRESS AND MODE SELECTION TABLE
^ + + +-- . — 4 + + 4. + + 4. + +
lADRS BIT I A10i A09I A08 1 A07 1 A06 i A05 i A04 1 A03 1 i LTC| LTCI
4. 4. 4. 4.- 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4, 4.
I SW S5 I -3 I -2 I -1 I -4 I -5 I -6 I -8 j -7 I I -9 I -10 1
+ 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4, 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I MODE 1 I OFPI OPFI OFPI ON | OPP| OPP| OPPj ON | | OPPI ON j
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. f 4. 4.
I MQDC 2 1 — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — I I ON I OPPI
4. 4. 4. 4- •*- •¥ •»• 4 + + + + •♦•
I MODE 3 I OPPI OPPI OPPI ON I OPPI OPPI ON I ON | | ON I ON I
4. 4.-^ — 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
NOTES - A switch set to ON equals a logical 0 and a switch set to OP
is equdl to a logical 1.
The switch settings for node 1 selector an address of 777560 (console
and the RTC (or LTC) address is 777546.
The address switch settings for node 2 at d user defined to select an;
address froRi 774000 to 777770. The RTC is disabled.
The switch settings for node 3 select the RTC (or LTC) address ai
777546 and the SLU is disabled.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMMR
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
MC a*i*MhieM<N«7t
•HtlT 10 Of JL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTtNUATlON SHEET
TITlt
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
VECTOR ADDKi
.ECTION TABLE
•f . + + +
I SWITCH I IS I TO SELECT VECT BIT I
+ 4. + +
I S2-4 i ON I 3 I
+ ^ + +
I S2-6 I ON I 4 I
+ + + 4.
I S2-3 I ON I 5 I
+ + + 4.
I S2-5 I ON I 6 I
+ + + +
I S2-7 I ON I 7 I
+ 4. 4. 4.
I S2-8 I ON I 8 I
4. + 4. +
TABLE 2
CHARACTER LENGTH TABLE
4. 4- 4- i-
I LENGTH IS4-4IS4-3I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I 5 BITS I ON I ON I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I 6 BITS I ON I OPFI
4. 4- + +
I 7 BITS I OFPI ON I
4. 4. 4- -».
I 8 BITS I OPFI OFF)
4. 4. 4. 4.
TABLE 4
SPEED SELECTION TABLE
4 4. 4.
I BAUD I RECEIVER I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I IS3-2IS3-3IS3-5I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 110 I OFF! OFFI OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 150 I ON i OFFI OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 300 I OFFI ON I ON I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 600 I OFFI ON I OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 1200 I OFFI OFFI ON I
+ 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 2400 I ON I ON I ON i
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 4800 I ON I ON I OFFI
4. 4. 4. „4. 4.
I 9600 i ON I OFFI ON I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
^ 4
I TRANSMITTER I
4. ». 4. 4.
IS4-10IS3-1IS3-4I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I ON I ON I ON I
4. 4. — — 4. 4.
I OFF I CN I ON I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I ON I OFFI OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4.
I ON I OFFI ON !
4. 4- + +
I ON I ON I OFFI
4. 4- ■► "f
I OFF I OFFI OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4.
I OFF I OFFI ON I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I OFF I ON I OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OCC l»^Mt>-lM<-M«7a
SHEET
Of JL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
TABLE 5
20 MA. ACTIVE/PASSIVE SELECTION TABLE
+ + + + + + +
I TRANSMIT lSl-1 |Sl-2|Sl-3|Sl-biSl-7|
+ ^ + > + + ^
I ACTIVE I ON I ON I OFF| OFF| ON |
+ 4. + + + 4. 4.
I PASSIVE I OFFI OFFI ON I ON | OFF|
4. 4. + + + + 4.
4- . 4. 4. 4. 4- + +
I RECEIVE IS3-6IS3-7IS3-8IS3-9IS3-10I
4. 4.-. 4. + 4- ■♦■ •♦■
I ACTIVE \ ON I OFFI ON | OFF| ON I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4- +- +
I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFFI ON | OFF |
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4-
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4-
IPT RDR ENAIS1-4IS1-5IS1-8IS1-9IS1-10I
4. 4. ^4. 4. 4. 4. +
I ACTIVE I ON I OFFI ON | OFF| ON I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4- + +
I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFF| ON | OFF I
4- 4. 4. 4. 4- + +
NOTE - Normal operation is to select active
transmit, active receive, and active paper
tape reader enable.
SIZE
LA.
CODE
SP
NUHtEll
IIEV
OeC 1H3MMM2-MC7X
SHUT 12 Of Jl
DIGITAL BQUIPMBNT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KWll-L - APPENDIX A
I
s
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
hi
II
tin
ajs
Prev. 7668001-»0-5510
^%>*/ gf^,
feuiSfii
Wit
SIZE CODE
A ISP
NUMBER
REV
BN^M«-l«^««/tH«M)
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTURIWG ^f ^-CIFICATION
TITIE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEHS TEST - APPBMDIX A
nai-L
LiA* Inqamaey Clock TMt
This prosraa tMCs th* KtfllL lliM ^vtfumBcy dock. I'. ^lldatM proper op«ratioa
oadsr both latampt and iioii-int«rru?t aodM. It ro^rot th« oporator to
■onitor Its op«ratloa with a dock eapablo of aooauriiit tiao 1b •oconda.
i'i».«>t'-*^»^
VD?-11 with KWllL
0 - 2000
luto Loodor
1 Binato
**\*i*t*KK
*.'.LMr<»Ji.
200 « 60 BZ, LlBO froyianey
202 « 50 B, Llao FroqnoBcy
Load «p;rroprlat« addrooa to owlteh rtfittor cod doprosa ttart aiflteh
Mo
Tm
roncH BKcismt optkib
MKFEIKHCE DOCQfElRS
Frlatoot EVll-L Dxaviag Diroetoxy
Mcanal KC-ll-BOn-D
Haimsc-U-DZKHi-A-D
MainEBC-U -DaOli-A-PB
Tha danrlca addraaa la 777S46 and Toetor addraaa la 130. It 'a on bua rar^uaat
laval 6. It la alao ratad at ooa (1) bita load.
To ba ■pqatad to an 11/35 or 11/40
Tha aodola loeatioo la alot f -3. l(
To ba ■ouatad to an 11/45 or 11/50
Tha Bodula location la alot CI. k*
vrla 73R2 to F3V2.
wrlta Clk2 to C1V2.
OtC IHMt>*lM«4M7t
Size
A
cooc
8P
NUMIER
MAA5510-0-0
SHEET «L«- OF
REV
CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION ^
Trai MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX lA
I'M* 0^ ?•! f
ThSj tMt rlagt th« ttlttyp^ b«ll at th« eoaplttlon of ■tvaral dlff*rtQt tia*
Intarvalf ov«r • period of on* aiimtft. Tram th« tlM thli t««t b«lgns, th« bell
will riat at tha and of 1.2.3.4.5.10.20.30.40.50. and 60 aaconda. it vlll than
rapaat thia aaquanca aa long aa daalrad. For varl leatioo of thla option tha
taat ahould 15 mlnutaa.
MC 1*K3MM0M4>««71
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
maa^WWj
REV
A
SHEET
OF
1?
I
i
Ui
hi
II
isi
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M . A . S . T .
DATE
TITLE
KWllP - APPENDIX A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
Prev. 7668001-0-5520
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
^t
tW ie(ew(4^^^
SIZE
CODE
£P
NUMBER
MAA5520-0-0
REV
A
KN41dM-}S4««7S-{Mt)
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITli
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
KWllP
ABSTRACT
thiM prograa t*sts th« KWll-P t««l T1b« Cloek. It contaliia a ■•rl«s of Lncrvicnttd
routia«« that taat tha control and atattia rtgiatar, count tat buffar, cotmtar, and
Intarmpt vactor addraaa uaint 10#ICBZ, lOKBZ, and 60 or SOGZ uslns '.ba axtanial
inpat vlth a taaporary Jvapar mi tha backplana to tha LTCL pin (50 o:r 60HZ) .
Thara la alao a provlaion for nianlnt two KWUP'a tlaultanaoitaly (ona a "COW**
or Knom Good) and coaiparlnt tha two.
REQuinggyrs
PDP-11
nrii-p
STORAGE
Thia progran occuplaa aanory fron 0 to 4664.
AbaoluCa Loadar
EIZCUTIOH TIME
Baalc taat raqulraa 15 aac. par paaa.
STiLRTIMG PROCEDORE
200 Baalc Taat
204 Raatart Addraaa Priaarlly Uaad by ZOR Taatar
210 Tialttt Taat
214 Doubla or Slngla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat lOOKRZ
220 Doobla or Slngla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat lOKHZ
224 Doubla or Slnfla Raal Tl»a Clock Taat 60HZ
230 Doubla or Slngla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat 50HZ
PRIHT COTS
With avltchaa 12 thru IS a^ual to '^'* (Down) tha prograa will print on arrora and
cootlaua In taat. Ball will ring at coaplatlon of a paaa.
SWITCH REGISTER OFIIOIIS
8V15 • I or UP , . . Bait on Error
8W14 * 1 or UP ... Seopa Loop
8W13 • 1 or UP ... Inhibit Printout
8W02 • 1 or UP ... Clock 2 (cow) Praaant - axacuta rapaatablllty taata (T25 +
T26)
SW00 • 1 or UP ••• Suppraaa Taata ualng axtamal fraquancy
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER T REV
MAA*iS2n-n-n A
Oac 1«H>M>-10M<M«7S
SHEET
OF 3
HAWUFACTURING SPEClFiCATION
irai MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATtON SHEET
DOUBLE HAL TIME CLOCK TESTIHG
UtiBf th« MOM dUgHMelc •• b«fort, doubl* real tia« clock t*ftlog sAy b«
aeeoapllthcd. On* clock 1« th« on« undtr tost and th« othar la a 'icnown Good'* or
GOV board.
To coov«rt a ataadard P clock to a "COW" Modula:
1. laaoTa jurapar A4
est - 772560
C8B • 772562
CTE - 772564
2. Add Jtaipar V8
Vactor Location la 504
F8V Loeatloo la 506
MOTE: Thla vactor la In floating factor apaca, caution la adviaad with raapact
to allowint factor conflicta vith othar davicaa on tha ayataa.
PROCEPPKI FOR
<f¥Xy ff ?T
1. Load addraaa 214, dapraaa atart {lOOKHZ Taat).
2. Entar tha tim via tha TTT keyboard.
3. Sat tha awltchaa in tha avltch raglatar to 000005. Tha TTY vill print tha
tiaa at 5 aacond intanmla.
4. Conaaeutlva printout will ba writtan 5.00 plua or ainua .01 aaconda of aach
otlMir. Allow tha taat to run for at laaat 10 printouta. If tha tolaranca
la tttcaadad, tha clock nodar taat la dafactiva.
5. Load addraaa 220, dapraaa atart (1#KBZ Taat).
6. Rapaat atapa 2-4.
7« Load addraaa 224, if 60BZ; or 230 if 501IZ; dapraaa atart (lina fra^uancy
taat) .
8. iapaat atapa 2 and 3.
9. CoaaactttlTa printouta will ba vithln 5.00 plua or ainna .04 aecoada of aach
othar. Typically, and 5.00 plua or ainna .2 aaconda aorat caaa dua to
poaalbla AC lina fra^uancy ▼ariatitnw allow tha taat to run for at laaat
10 printouta. If tha to»laraaea la axcaadad tha clock "Dndar Taat" ia
dafactiva.
oac it^att^iiUHtn
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMIER
MAA5520-0-0
»MECT 3 OP
REV
A
I
in
hi
II
X s S
?^ * I
DIGITAL BQUIPMKNT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
REV
KWllW ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
Prev. 7668001-0-5530
CHG NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
'T^/rJe/^/i'^sei I H^*^ lAyt —
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5530-0-0
REV
A
Ol^ltM-lff-MCTt^Mtl
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTORPiC gBLTFlCATTON
TITli
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A ,
I.
II.
III.
IV.
KWllW ACCEPTAMCE PKOCEDUKZ
TEST EOPiamTT MQOim)
1. FDP-11 CoBputar
2. 453 Tcktrtmlx 8cop« or Equlvalant
3. KWII-W Option & Print Sat
4. M7823 (Vatcbdot claar)
5. M105 (AddrMS t«lttctor)
6. H7821 (vtctor uddraat ••lactor)
7. TTY
MAIMDKCS KEQUntZD
1. DZXWC-C-PB/D
EQOIfMEHT SET-UP
1. To aawrclto tbo Ktfll'-W option, all jiap«rf nu - b« ln«tall«<l on
M7823. Thtt tMt coonoctor 7009463 auct b« usnd on KVII-W logic tost.
OPEBATOR ACTIOM
1. Lo«(l MAIBSBC-ll-DZKVKS-C Into PDPll ulng abtoluta lo«d«r. t«f«r to
protm vrlto-up, MADDEC-Il DZXHC-C-D.
2. Lond and start 200. Tba TTT will raapood as follow*
First dsfvlea addrass:
Tba operator rasponds by Inputting 6 charactars plua a carrlaga
ratuzn on tba kayboard.
Mxitmflm: First davlca addrass 772400 CR
2.1 Tba TTT raspoods as follows:
First Int. Vactor •
Tba oparator aust raspond by inputting 3 charactars plus a
carrlaga ratum on tba kayboard.
ia: "First int. Vactor - 350 CI
2.2 Tba TTT viU raspond as follow:
Priority int. Laval «
Tba oparator raaponds by inputting 1 charactar & C& (ualng
Floating Vactor, rafar to systssi configuration, should b« batwaen
DQU & DUll.)
Ezdipla: Priority int. Laval • 7 CI
Size
A
cooc
SP
MtlMSF*
MAA5510-0-0
RCV
A
OCC l«-iMt>-10M-N«7t
•MEET .2 OF L
MANUFACTURINC SPECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
IV. OPERATOR ACTION (Continued)
3. Running the Logic Teat;
The TTY will respond with the following:
Logic Test (1), Delay Test (2)*, Dynamic (3)
The operator responds by Inputting on the keyboard "1"
with a carriage return for Logic test.
The TTY will respond:
1
Logic Test
This test, upon completion, will type out
test should nin for a miniinuin of 5 minutes.
"pass" this
* Delay test (2) is part of adjustment procedure.
Note: To run the Logic test, the supplied test plug roust
be connected to the module connector. The T 3
delay must exceeu T 2 by 50 microseconds. The
adjustment of T 1 must be set to a minljium.
For details on other adjustments see KWll-^W
adjustment procedure - A-SP-KWll-W-3.
4. Running the Dynamic Test
Put bit 00 in th. switch register to get back into the
monitor or halt machine and load and start 240. if the
operator has gone back into the monitor, a keyboard
input mast be used. Type in "3", carriage return (CR) •
Dynamic test begins.
On every 100 completions of Dynamic Test, the TTY will
type "pass". This test should run for a minimum of
15 minutes .
Accepta±)le Errors
1. None J
5. Procedure for Restart After Error or Fix
1. If an incorrect character is typed vhile inputting
on the TTY, the operator may type a run out and
repeat the entire line.
2. Starting address 1000 - direct start or restart
of Logic test.
3. Starting address 220 - direct start or restart of
delay adjustment test.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5530-0-0
REV
A
OCC l«HM»*lMa-M«7S
SHEET
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KWll-K DUAL PROGRAMMABLE REAL TIME CLOCK - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
^t
Prev. 7668001-0-5540
-m.
ENO
[fY^A^t^
APPD.
SIZE
_A_
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5540-0-0
REV
A
■N^tM-l«-N«?S{Wt}
SHEET 1 vTF 3
'9M
MANUTACrURINC SPECIWCAIION ^
Wtl MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
KWll-K DDAL PlOCtAMKUtl HAL TIMt CLOCK
t.O IWTtODDCTIOII
T1i« iiicvot of thit procadurc is Zo •umariic tht diagnottic
vrlt«-ap for porpotoa of •spodioaey. All lattrttctioot eoa-
talttod in this proesduro aro kriof sad diroct for rossoas of
siaplif iestioa, so aot to eoafuss tlio oporstor vhoa ptrforaing
disgnostie tsstiag. for aoro ia-dspth tostiag iaforastioai it
irill b« nseosssry to rsfsr to tho disgaostie vrit«-vp.
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
i.O
7.0
KiritENCl DOCOmilT»
Tbo docuB«Bts listed balov srt for rsfsrtaes oaly.
2.1 Vorkasaship Maattsl
KVll-K Osar's Maaual IK-KHU-K-OP-OOl or later ravisiwa
KWll-K triatsat B-TC-KVll-K-l
2.2
2.3
2.4
KVll-K fystaa Chaakout aad Accaptaa^a Procadara A-Sf-
KWll-K-2
IKQDItED H8T I'^ wlfMtlT
3.1 PDP-11 CPv/
lEQUIKID TEST »OPTWAM
4.1 NAlllDIC-11-DZKVK KVll-K Diagaoatie aa4 Vrita-wp.
4.2 MAINDEC-ll-nZK«K DBC-Xli KVll-K Bxarcisar aad Hrita-up.
8PECI/L INSPECTIOW AKP CHECKS
S.l Hoaa
TEST SET-l?
i.l Sat*ttp adcrasc aad vac'^or
8TSTIK IWTECkAi lb Mt ' :i»^CKi)CKE
■ • p-
7.1 Load diagf- ' *: Citco systaa uadar tast usimg lo^ or high
• p<itd t.np» ii^Ajar, IXDP* or ACT-11.
fize cooc
A sp
mmm
NUMttR
MAA5540-0-0
RCV
A
CN-ot Ota- 1 *^« 7a-( MX)
SNCET
or
HANUFAcnmiNC ««ncAiiaN e«oiNo*nOM »<»t
TITU
HODUIAR
<
APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
•
7.2
Prograa
Start-Op •
t
•
7.2.1
Load Addraaa 200.
7.2.2
Start SI • 000000 (Staadard Oafault Coaditiea)
7.3
Switch
lagittar Sattiaga
7.3.1
S115 • lalt oa Error
•
7.3.2
8tl4 - Loop oa Taat
1
7.3.3
SI13 - lahibit Irror Priatoat
7.3.4
8112 - Xahibit Spaeial Taat Tjpaoat
7.3.5
SRll • Xahlbit Ztaratloaa
7.3.6
8R10 ■ Ball oa Error
7.3.7
819 ■ Loop oa Error
7.3.8
S18 - Loop oa Taat la SK 0-7
7.4
Optrator Aeti«a
Th« optrator should oksorTo sott-orroriag patatt par
appropriata ehackliata. lach paaa takaa approxlaatalj
4 aiavtaa.
7.5
Acctpcabla Irrora
•
Thara ara no aecaptabla arrora.
7.6
Procadura # Kaatart Aftar lapair
7.6.1
tapaat atapa 7.2 thra 7.5.
7.7
DBC-Zll
aad ADll-K Zaatallad
7.7.1
tafar to AOll-K Mfg. aad Plaid S/itaa Aeeaptaaea
Proeadura A-SP-ADll-K-5 Saetloa 7 for iataraetlTa
taatiag.
Size
cooe
8P
NUMBER Rev 1
MAA5 540-0-0 A 1
CN oiotM«>NC7>-()tn
SNeei
OP
I?
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KWVll-A REAL TIME CLOCK (11/03) - APPENDIX A
I
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
B
m
11
II
Ui
It
•.»
9 3
H uj .S
Prev. 7668001-0-5550
^^%^ Jf^ f^iOfft!^ \^^^J/Ci
SI2E
A
CODE
SP
CN^M»-l«-N«7tKMt)
NUMBER
MAA5550-0-0
SHEET 1 OF «♦
REV
B
■MVP
MANUFACTURING SFECmCATION
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
KWVll-A REAL TIME CLOCK (11/03)
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Tht lattnt of this proc«dur« is Co ■uaa«rli« ch« diagnostic
vricsup for ch« purpose of sxpcdisncy. Th« procadurs haa baan
kapt briaf, and to tha point, to kaap froa confusing tha uaer.
For additional inforaatlon, it vlll ba nacaaaary to refar to tha
diagnostic writaup.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Workaanship Manual (STD 116)
A-SP-KWVll-A-2 Enginaaring Spacif icat ion
2.2
2.3
EK-ADVll-OP-001 ADVll-A. KUVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll Usars
Manual
2.4 11L03 Manufacturing Spacif icat loos
2.5 Microcoaputar Handbook EB-0794a
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 LSIll Standard Coaputar
3.2 RVVll-A Modula
3.3 Output tarainal/OLVll
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 NAINDEC-11 - DVKWA KWll-A Diagnostic and Vritaup
4.2 MAINDEC-11 - DXKWF DEC/Zll Ezarcisar and Urltaup
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS
5.1 If tha systaa containa an B322 afgnal distribution panel,
connact tha KWVll-A by aaana of a BC0eR cable, Jl of oodule
to J5 of tha B322. (all 11L03 aystaas)
• ,
5.2 Whan an ADVll-A and a KVVll-A ara both praaant in tha sys-
taa, aodula Juapara (DEC 7010771) are installed froa the
KV output tab (CLK) to tha A/D clock overflow tab (C) and
froa tha KU tab (STI) to thd AD tab(s).
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5S50-0-0
REV
E
oac i«^)Mi-iMa-M«Ta
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
miE
MODULAR APPROACh TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.0
TEST SET DP
6.1
6.2
6.3
7.0
Inaurt twitch packs SI and S3 art aet for a davlca addraaa
of 170420 and a vactor addraaa of 440 raapactlvaly .
Inaura all avitchaa of switch pack 32 ara turnad off .
Inatall aodula in CPU alota A thru D02 of all 11L#3 ayatama.
11 SYSTEM INTECRATIOW TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 KWll-A Taat Dlagnoatic (DVKVA)
7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriate load madia.
7.1.2 Prograa atarting addraaaaa.
7.1.2.1 200 - Start of logic taata
7.1.2.2 204 - Raatart addraaa for logic taata
7.1.2.3 210 - 10 signal taat #1
7.1.2.4 214 - 10 signal taat #2
7.1.2.5 220 - 10 signal taat #3
7.1.2.6 230 > Production atarting addraaa
7.1.2.7 aVO - Taatar atarting addraaa
* For Fiald uaa only.
7.1.3 Altarnata aoftvara SR aattinga (176)
7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Halt on arror
7.1.3.2 SVR14 • 1 Loop on taat
7.1.3.3 SVR13 - 1 Inhibit arror typaout
7.1.3.4 SVR12 » 1 Enabla lina fraquancy rata tasting
7.1.3.5 SVRli - 1 Inhibit itarationa (abort paaa)
7.1.3.6 SVRIO - 1 Ball on arror
7.1.3.7 SWR 9 • 1 Loop on arror
7.1.3.8 SVR 8 - 1 Loop on taat in SVR<7:0>
NOTE: The aoftvara avitch ragiatar aay ba changad at
any tiaa by typing Control C. If you viah to kaap tha
currant valua, t^pa <CR>. If you .viah to chaaga the
valua, typa tha nav valua follovad by a <CR>.
*
*
*
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5550-0-0
REV
JLJ
occ l^^i9^^■^o^»^H^Jt
SHEET 3 OF JL
^
MAN jyACrURlNG SWCIFICATTON
iraf
C0NT1NUATI0M SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.1.4 Operator Acdon
7.1.4.1 S«r All SVH bit! •• d«sl2«d (default #01000)
7.1.4.2 Typ« 200G.
7.1.5 E^idcnca of End of Past and Sun Tlaa at End of Fata
typaout vill raaaabla tha follovlng azaapla:
'*EHD PASS 1 - Total arrora 0 - Good unlta 00001000
00000001" Flrat Paaa runa without Itaratlona and
takaa 30 aaconda, aubaaquant paaaat run with itara-
tlona and taka 2.3 alnutaa.
7.1.6 Accaptabla arrora: Wonc
SIZE CODE I NUMtER
A I SP I MAA5550-0"0
oac i«KMt>-iMa<«««7i
REV
B
SHEET J OF J,
i
hi
Ml
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURINC SPECinCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
AAll DIGITAL/ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
Pi
^ tti 1 :
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
Prev. 7668001-0-6110
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
'7^¥vJ^/Ftff'f€oS^ 7>^^ A^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6110-0-0
REV
A
CH-010«»-l«-N«7t^MS)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURINC SWCinCATTON
TITLI MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - AiTENDIX A
AAll DIGIIAL/AlKaOG COWVERTZR
1.0 AAll SET-UP AHD CALIBBATKW
Refer to docvn«nt A-8P-AA11-D-7
l.l Diagnostic Peckage
U> Callbretlon Teet MelnDeC-ll-D6BA
(B) Scope Optioaa Teet Maia0eC-ll-D6GA
1 2 Other Eeleted DocuMBte
(A) AAll-D D/A Sub-Syttai Mantial DCC-11-BULC-D
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6110-0-0 A
oec iftHWt>-iM2-N«7a
SrfEET
OF
II
p.
i
I
Ui
n
* t e
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
AAVll-A 4 CHANNEL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDP-11/0 3 - APPENDIX A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APf>D BY
DATE
II
liSS
Prev. 7668001-0-6115
ENQ / / APPD
CN4tM«-a«-M«ytHMt)
;s
SIZE
A
CODE
?P
NUMBER
MAA6115-0-0
YU
SHEET
OF 5
M/JJUFACTURINC SPECinCATlON
TTTLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYS'^EMS TEST - APPENDIX A
AAVll'A 4 CHAHHtL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDP~ll/63
1.0 nmtODDCTioii
Th« Inttnt of tbli proetdur* if to tuaMrix* tht di«tnor*:lc vrittup. Per
th« purpose of oxpodioncy, eht procedure has bssn kept brlsf and to th«
point, to )m«p froa confusiag tbs usar. For additional inforaation, it
will be necessary to refer to tbe diagnostic vriteup.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCDKEMTATIOII
2.1 Workaanship Manual (STD 116)
2.2 Engineerint Specification A-SP-AAVll-A-3
2.3 Deer's Manual EX-ADVll-OP-001
2. A AA^n rlnt Set
3.0 REQUIRED l»^r EQUIPMENT
3.1 LSI-11 Standard Coaputer
3.2 Oscilloscope 453 or equivalent
3.3 DVM - 5 digits or accurate null aeter
3.4 AAVll-A aodule
3.5 Output terpiaal/DLVll
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAIKDEC 11 > DVAAA AAVll-A Test Diagnostic and Write up
4.2 MAINDEC 11 - DXAAC DEC/Xll Exerciser and Write up
5.0 SPECIAL INSIRDCTIOWS AND CHECKS
5.1 RF Shield provided with AAVll-A aust be Installed over Side 1
(coaponent) of aodule.
5.2 If an H322 Distribution Panel is present, then connect AAVll-A by aesns
of a BC08-06 cable froa Jl of aodule to JIO of the H322 (all H and J
variations of 11L03)
TiTTt
CODC
SP
C.M310«3-l*N«7>-(j<»2,
NUMtER
MAA6115-C-0
SHEET
0?
KEV
A
MAfiOFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
mil
MODULAR APPROACh TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
6.0 TEST SET UP
6.1 Iniurt iwltch pack SI set up for a d«vlc« addraas of 176460. Mo vactor
is aat up iloca tba AAVll-A la not capabla of intarrup^ing.
6.2 Inatall ■odula In Expandar Box (BAll-M) slot A thru D03 of all R and J
varUtlons of llL03*a.
7.0 11 SYSTEM brTECRATION TEST PKOCEPURE
7.1 AAVll-A Tast (DVAAA)
7.1.1 Load prograa through approprlata load sadia.
7.1.2 Avallabla tast a and thair atartlng addraaaaa:
ST. ADD TEST
?0«
20A
210
214
Manual Logic Tast
Manual Saap Taat
Manual Static Calibration
Manual Dynamic Calibration
7.1.3 Altamata Softvara SR aattinga (loc 176)
7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Halt on arror
7.1.3.2 SWR14 - 1 Loop on taa*
7.1.3.3 SWtl3 - 1 Inhibit arror typaouta
7.1.3.4 SWRll - 1 Inhibit itarationa
7.1.3.5 SWRIO - 1 Ball on arror
7.1.3.6 SWR 9*1 Loop on arror
7.1.3.7 SWI 8 - 1 Loop on taat in SWR<7:0>
7.1.4 Oparator Action
7.1.4.1 Sat SWR bita aa daairad
7.1.4.2 Typa 200C (for logic taat)
NOTE; For datailad infonution on aanual rasp taat, aanual
atatic calibration tast, and aanual dynamic calibration
taat, rafar to anginaaring spacificationa SP-AAVllA-3
7.1.5 Evidanca of End of Paaa and Run Tiaa
"END PASS IZZXXZ** ia typad in 5 aaconda with no itarationa and
in 20 aaconda vlth itarationa.
7.1.6 Accaptabla Errors: Mona
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUM0ER
MAA6115-0-0
REV
A
KN010t2- ift-N« J7{ lt2l
SHEET
OF
Ill
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO, MASSACHUSETTS
?
Ml
hi
II
-e *• O w
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE ADOl-D A/D CONVERTER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
«1
Prev. 7668001-0-6120
^^^^>Wpif^u>^/t( ^^j[/yC-
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6120-0-0
REV
A
■N<«aM»-l«-N«7»^Mt)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTORINC STBCIFICATION
miE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
ADOl-D A/P COWVERTO
1.0 APOI-D SET-UF AW) nAITMATTOW
tmUx to docwrat DIC-U-MSDl-C-D
l«l ADOl-D AccttpUnc* Froeadim
R«£«r to dooaMt A-8P-A001-D-12
1.2 Diagnottio ?ack«t*
U) AOOl-D Lotlc and Calibration T««t
MaiaDEC-U-lXiAB
Kc i»H*(m-im9-N%fa
SIZE
.A.
COOCT NUMBCR T REV
SP I MAA6120-0-0 a
SHEET «2 OF 2
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
Tr'€
LPAll-K LABORATORY PERIPHERAL ACCELERATOR " APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-6124
uu^\-^^^y/.
ENG
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAA6124-Q-0
REV
A
CN-«lM»*lt4««?t^Wt)
SHEET 1 OF 1^
MANUPACnJMNC gBOFICATlON
Tinc
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
JJAll-t UBOIATOW FiaiPHlUL ACCP.HATOR
UlTtUUUCTIOli
This LPAll-K proc«<ur« MtablishM alni— checkout •piiclflcatlonf for FA&T,
alont vltb cooflguratlon raquirirof .
1.0 TEST IQPIPMEWT
1.1 Oscilloscope (100 MBs bsn^vldth mis.)
1.2 Qusd Bztsndsr Hoduls 0«9S4)
1.3 Bsz MultUsysr btsodsr Moduls (179048)
1.4 Tsktroaiz Hodsl 7D01 Uglc Aaslyssr vlth DFX Display
Forasttsr (or squlTslsnt) is rscooBsndsd but not rsquirsd.
2.0 TEST SOFTWARE •
2.1 MP00479 LFAll-K Fisld Msiateasncs Frist Sat
2.2 MPOOiei AAll-K Fiald MaiBtaaanca Friot Sat
2.3 MP00047 ADll-K Piald Maintaaanca Frint Sat
2.4 MF00090 AMll-K Fiald Maintanaaca Frint Sat
2.5 E-DD-DRll-K DUl-E CoatOMr Frint Sat
2.6 HF00048 K»ll-K Fiald Maintanaaca Frint Sat
2.7 B-DD-ARll-O Alll CuatoMr Frint tat
2.8 B-OD-LFSll-S LFSU Oosta«ar Frint Sat
2.9 IK-LFAll-SM-OOl LFAll-I iMtalUtioa and Maintaaanca Manual
2.10 lK-IMCll-<]r-001 mCll-A MalataMaca Iteaual
2.U ZJ252-iB LPAll-C Diagnoatic Fackaga
2.12 ZJ234-U BMCll-A DiafBoatic Fackaga
2.13 MUMDBC-11-SXXJPF DIC-Z-ll Haltiasar Noda Micro Coda Loader
2.14 M4IIDtC-ll-0XLFG KC-Z-U Dadicatad Noda Micro Coda Loadar
2.15 MAUDBC-ll-OZLFI OIC-Z-U IPAll-K Isarciaar
2.16 A-SF-LFSll-14 LFSll Accaptanea Frocadura
>a<aM»-M«»Mt7t
A
CODC] NUMtill
SF ! MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
•MRIT ,2— Of
MANUFACTURING gBCDTCATION
CONTINUATSON SNCE/
TITLE
MODULAR APPPOAPH Tn SYSTEMS TEST
3.0 QttaCOUT OP AH LPAll-I WITH **t'* OPTIOHS
Tharc «r« aany possible configurations for th« LPAll-K. Tborsforo, configu-
ration of the syttaa cannot ba spaclflcally given for all casaa. Tha LPAll-K
•uat ba configured according to the guidelines given In the LPAll-K Install-
ation and Malntanance Manual. Checkout of the LPAll-K cen proceed aa aoon
•a configuration hi\a been completed Checkout of an LPAll-K vlth **K"
optlona la aa folljvs:
3.1 Make surs all device addreaaea, vector addreaaes and priority levels of
the Basic LPAll-K and any additional options on the LPAll-K* a I/O Bus
are eat according to Appendix A of thla docuaant.
3.2 Make aura that Switch 7 cf E76 on the M8200-TC la set to the "OFF"
position.
3.3 Make sure that Juaqtar VI la inatallad on the H8254.
3.4 Make aura that the I/O Bua haa at laaat an ADll-K and a KVll-K on It.
3.5 Load MAINDEC-ll-DRLPA (LPAll-K Syatea Teat). Pollov operating Inatruc-
tlona contained In the vrlte up for this dlsgnostlc. Do not pstch
locstlons "SRI:** and '*St2:'*. Allow the prograa to run In Ita default
condition (1 ADll-K and 1 KiQl-K). Thla will be e quick check to aee
that the Baalc LPAll-K la functioning properly. Allow at laaat four
(4) non-arrorlng pasaaa. If there la an error, refer to the trouble-
ahootlng flowchart In Appendix B.
3.6 The following checkout inatructlona will aaauae e aaxlaua LPAll Syatea
(5 DUl-K'a, 1 XVll-K, 2 AD11-K*a. and 1 AAll-K). Oalt the aectlona
percelnlng to any options that are not Included In the configuration
that la being taatad.
3.7 Load M^jyuEC-ll-DKLPF (LPA/DRll-K Digital I/O Teat). Follow operating
insmictlons contslnad la tha wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. All DR11-K*a
ca t'^e LPAll-K'a I/O Bua will ba checked by thla dlagnoatlc. If an
error uceurs* fix or replace the falling DKll-K. The dlagnoatlc aust
be allowed to sake at laaat four (4) non-arrorlng paaaaa.
3.8 Load MAIHDEC-11-OKLPC (LPAll/KVll-K Dlagnoatlc). Follow operating In-
•tnctlons contained la the wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. Interrupt
logic la not checked by thla dlagnoatlc. If an error occura, fix or
replace tha falling KVll-K. The dlagnoatlc wiat ba allowed to aake at
laaat four (4) non-arrorlng paaaaa.
SIZE CODE
A ISP I
NUMIER
MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
tc MiMt»->SS»M«yt
SHEET
OF
14
MANUFACItJIUNC gBCIFlCATiON
CONTINUATION tNCCT
trrif
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.9 Load MAZHDEC-llDILPK (LFAll/ADll-K Diagnose Ic) . Pollow oparatlng ln>
•tructlooa contalnnd in tba vritaup for this diagnottic. Cback and
ealibrata th^ ASll-^ (•) according to A-SP-ADll-K-5 which ii included
in tha ADll-K riald Naintananca Print Sat. Uaa of thia diagnostic
appaars to tha uaar tha aaaa as if tha DZADL diagnostic vaa balng run
on an ADll-K on tha Onibua. Xntarnipt logic on tha ADll-K ia not
chackad by MD-11-DILPK.
IKJTE: Allov a 15 ainuta varaup for tha ADll--K(s) bafora calibration.
Allov tha diagnostic to aaka at laaat tvo (2) non-arroring passas of
**Auto last** aftar calibration ia coaplatad. Maka surs tha G5036 wrap-
around bodula ia in placa and that tha svitch ia in tha *'0" poaltion.
If an aai-t (Multipla Gain Nultiplaxar) is to ba installed on tha
•jataa, do ao at thia tiaa. Mmff^x to /-SP-AKll-K-S (AKll-K Manu-
facturing and Fiald Accaptanca Procadura) for inatallation and checkout .
Uaa KAINDEC-11-DSLPB instaad of MAJlDEC-ll-DZADL. Gait rafaranca to
MD-11-DZKBA (DEC/Xll Nodula).
3.10 Load NAUfDEC-ll-DRLPB (LPAll/AAll-I diagnostic). Follov operating in-
structions contained in tha vritaup for this diagnoatic. Chackout and
calibrate the AAll-K according to A-8P-AA11-K-5 (AUl-K Manufacturing
and Field Acceptance Procadura). MD-ll-DUPB will appear to the user
the saae as if MD-11-DZAAC ware being run on an AAll-K on tha Dnibua.
However » the interrupt logic on the AAll-K will not ba checked and the
aettling test square wave will not be generated. Gait referencea to
running MD-11-DXAAB (DEC/Ul Module) .
3.11 Load NAIliDEC-11-DlLPA. Follow operating inatnictions contained in the
writeup for thia diagnoatic. The addreas of locationa **8R1:" and "SR2:"
aay be found in the ayi^bol table at the back of the liating. Load
location **8U.:'* with tha appropriate bits to infora the diagnostic ss to
which options are on the LPAll-K'a I/O Bua. Load location "8R2:" with
tht appropriate bits to infora the diagnostic aa to how the optlona arc
set up for test. The FAftT area will have G5036 wraparotmd aodulcs on
all ADll-K'a praaent. Set the siritches on the C5036's to the "0" posi-
tion. 65036 wrspsround aodulei are optional in tha fiald. All DRll-K'a
will have the one foot BC08K wraparound cable installed; if an AAll-K
is praaent, it will have one of the dlaplay acopas connected (as des-
cribed in A 8P-AA11-K-5) .
Allow MAIMDEC-ll-DILPA to aake a ainiaua of aix (6) non-arroring passes.
If an error doas occur, refer to the troubleshooting charts in Appendix
SIZE
A
CODE! NUMBER
8? I MAA6124-0-0
KEV
A
oac i*-iMn-im»mtra
tHirr _i OP
HUNUFACrURlNC gPEOFlCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
XITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
4.0 CHECKOUT OF AN LPAll-K WITH AN AKll
4.1 Configure the LPAll-C vltb an ARll analog realtime eubayatea that has
previously been checked out and accepted accordl-'^ to the AUl Systea
Installation and Checkout Procedure (A-SP-ARl 1-0-4). ^ollov config-
uration guidelines given In the LPAll-K Installation and Maintenance
Manual (EK-LPAll-SM-301) .
4.2 Set the Device Address of the ARll to 770A00. Set the Vector Address to
340.
4.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address and Priority Level of the Basic
LPAll-K according to Appendix A of thia docu»>. it.
4.4 Make sure that Switch 7 of Z76 on the M8200-YC Is set to the "OFF"
position.
4.5 Hake sure that Jusper VI la Installed on the M8254.
4.6 Make sure a C5036 wraparound »odule la connected to the ARll in the
FA&T area. Set the avltch to the *'0" position. The G5036 wtaparound
nodule la optional In the field.
4.7 Load MAINDEC-11-DRLPA (LPAll-K Syate» TeSi Follow operating instruc-
tions contained lu the wrlteup for this dii.onostic. Patch location
"SRI:" to 002000. Patch location *'SR2:" to 002000 If the o5036 is
present. Allow the diagnostic to sake at least six (6) non-error ing
passes. If an error does occur, refer to the troubleshooting flowcharts
In Appendix B.
5.0 CHECTOtrr OF AN LPAll-K WITH AN LPSll
5.1 Configure the LPAIl-K with an LPSll Laboratory Peripheral Systea that has
previously been checked out and accepted according to the LPSll Accept-
ance Procedure (A-SP-LPSll-S-14) . Follow configuration guidelines
given In the LPAll-X Installation and Maintenance Manual (EK-LPAll-SM-
001).
5.2 Set the Base Device Addreas of the LPSll to 770400. Set the Vector
Address to 340.
5.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address, and Priority Level of the Basic
LPAIl-K according to Appendix A of this docuaent.
5.4 Make sure that S%rltcb 7 of E76 on the M8200-TC la set to the **0FF"
position.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAA6124-0-0
REV
-<a*2hlOS14««7>
SHEET
Or
14
MAhOnPACTURINC STECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TUIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5.5 Mak* tur* that Juapcr VI !• Inatallad on tht H8254.
5.6 Hak* aura that all A/D Channal Inputa arc ahortad to ground.
5.7 If tha LPSll haa tha LPSDRA Option, It mat hava ha Digital I/O Tatt
Cabla (7009192) coaaactad. Thla la optional In tha flald, but aandatory
in tha PAtT araa.
5.8 If tha LPSll haa tha LPSVC Option, a acopa auat ba connactad to tha
acopa control output on tha raar of tha LFSII chaaila. Kafar to para-
graph 14.0 of A-SP-LPSll'S-U (LPSll Accaptauca Procadura) for aalactlon
of tha propar acopa and ita Inatallatlon. Thla la optional In tha field,
but aandatory in tha PAAT araa.
5.9 Load NAINDEC-11-DKLPA (LPAll-K Syataa Taat) . Pollov operating Inatruc-
tlona conttiinad in tha vrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. The addraaa of
locationa "SU:" and '*SR2t*' aay ba found in tha Syabol Table at the back
of tha Hating. Load location "SIl:** vlth tha appropriate bite to in-
form tha diagnoatic that there la a LPSll on the LPAll-K'a I/O Sua. and
to infora it aa to which optlona are in the LPSll. Load location **SR2:*'
vith the appropriate blta to infoni the diagnoatic aa to how the LPSll
optlona are eat up for taat.
Allow MAIMDEC-ll-DItLPA to sake at laaat alx (6) non-errorlng paseet.
If an error doaa occur, refer to the troubleahootlng charta In Appendix
B.
6.0 LPAll-I OPTIOW ACCEPTANCE
6.1 Parfon tha option taat glTan in Section 3.0 of this docuaent if the
XJPAll-K baa **K" optiona on tha I/O Bua.
6.2 Picrfom tha option ttt«,r T*'-^ ^ Section 4.0 of thla docuaant if the
LPAll-K baa an Alll on the I/O iua.
6.3
6.4
ParfoTB tha option taat giwan in taction 5.0 of thla doc
LPAll-K haa aa LPSll oa tha I/O Bua.
t if tha
Configure BCC/Zll for tha ayataa that the LPAll-K is on. DEC/Zll for
tha LPAll-K aaat ladada MAIIIDeC-ll-DXLPP, NAIKDEC-ll-DZLPG and
MAmiC-ll-OXLPI. Vbaa raaaiag DBCZ/11 ia tha PAAT araa. run ND-11-
OKLPG aad ND-ll-AZLFl. Thay auat ba aalactad ia that order. Do not
•alaet MD-ll-mLPP aad MD-ll-OILPI if a problaa oaeaad to aziat with the
•jatoB irtiaa fha eaatoaar v«a waiag aultiuaar aoda. MD-11-DXLPP and
HD-ll-DILPC ara both loader a that ara aaad to load tha aicrocode that
ia nm bp tha MD-ll-DZLPI asarcioar. MD-ll-SXLPP la tha aierocode
loadar for tba aultioaar aoda. MD-ll-OllPC la tha aierocode loader for
tha dadieatad aoda. tf all three LPAll-K DEC/Ul aodulaa ware aelected,
irtiichawar of tha two loadara waa tba laat oaa aalactad, would ba the
oaa whoaa aicrocoda woald ba aaarciaad by MD-ll-DXLPB.
SIZE
aec iHiMhiMMw;
CODE I NUMBER
Sy I MAA6124-0-0
SHEET
REV
A
MAWur AcnmiNO wcincATioN
CONTINUATION SNCCT
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.4 eont
Patch locations "SUt** and **tt2:** of MiDnyEC-ll-MUn accordlnt to tb«
inatructloDt cootainod la tha vriteup for this DEC/Xll aodula. tun
DEC/Zll for a BioiauB of four (4) hours,
CIZC
CODE! MiiMiirn
SP I MAA6124 0-0
pp
IHMtrMM4«t7a
tMCET
.- OF
^ .■3B«iagft3KMt'^T-.,tiSr'-a.'-
MAiwPAcnmiNC ncmcAnoN
1
■■ CONnNUAT!ON SNECT
mu
MODULAR APPROACH
TO
SYSTEMS
TEST
APPmn A
•
•
Dma
DEVICB
ADDUS8
VICTOt
ASDIISS
PUOUTT
umEL
•
mcii-A
770460
*300
1C8200-TC
770470
420
5
AAll-K
770416
360
AOll-X
#1
770400
340
ADll-K
#2
770440
400
ARll
770400
340
Find
Dill-K
#1
767770
310
DUl-K
12
767760
320
9ill-K
#3
767750
330
DKll-X
#4
767740
350
~
KUl-H
#5
767730
370
KVli-K
770404
344
LFSll
770400
340
PlSMd
* Prcftrred Floatlat Vtctor Ad4rM«
•
u
1"
MZE COOCI NUMtER HEV
A » 1 NAA612I-0-0 A
ais>»4tft»-IMIWMr
1
^m^m^^ ft ^« 1 M
SNtCT
or
MAWUr ACTUMNC gBOPlCATION
▼■TU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SNCET
APPIMDZX B
MBK iPAlKK
-v.
PASS
TBf
PAIL
P2NIS
D
PEPAXR
REPAIR
PAIL
fit
YES
•ize
COOfl NUMtCR Tiiv
IP I NAA6124-0-0 i A
tiMWift
•Nin 9 OP
MANUFACnmiWC gBCmCAnON
CONTINUATION SNCCT
Tim
MOnilLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
■ASIC IPAll-K
REPAIR
FAIL
REPAIR
SiU ICOOC
A \ n
MUMtCR
MAA6X24-0-0
RCV
A
•HCET ^0 OF IL
SHCir 111. or .Jl
MAWUFACnmiNG WOFICATION
TITU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
LPAii-K WITH nr otnms
•-V PASS
(*> '
REPAIR
PUT AAll-X
ON UNXtUS
PJ^.SS
REPAIR
y^ RUM >w^
"X. DRLPr >/^'
PAIL
REPAIR
PUT ORll-iq
ON UNItUS
PASS
COMTINUATION SHEET
YES
YES
NUMtEII
MAA6124-0-0
IT
i»iaM>>a«M«M?a
•NiKT
12
OP -11.
mmm
MAIWACIUMNC MOFICATION
TITU
CONTINUATION SNCCT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
IFAll-K Win Altll
TBS
I
LOCXC
BKKOII?
YES
REFAXlt
VISUAL^
TEST
BIIKOK?.
YES
»ASS
/^ ROM >s
DRLPD
>«-
[fail
REPAIR
PASS
PEPAXK
WOTEi If DKLPA reports mi Mrrer
*~^ mLPD M \mrg\ thM tm i
•m. Bmov« tlM 10254
Ina MD-ll-ttAIA, ID-U-fiCAU
. MaIm wax% yvm do aot
4 it CABBOt W fovDd by namlBt OILPC,
t CMBMt tlM Uklbtts to tiM LPAll'a I/O
•ad r«pl«c« It with • C727 grant card.
•ad lf>>ll-OZARC to aolvo tiM preblM.
tiM OaibM Load Ipoc'a.
Wl
COOCl NUHtCII
V I MAA6124-0-0
iCV
A
n
•NUT
OF
UAHWACnmiHG PBCmCAHON
TITU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATIOM SHEET
PASS
PASS
REPAIR
¥PS
PAZL
REPAIR
■OTE:
If DUPA reports an trror, sad it taaaot hm found by miming
lf>-ll-imLPH, MD-11-MtLPX or MO-ll-OILPJ ; tlM& 70U mu»t
cooDMt thm Vtdhnm to tho LPA11-K*s I/O Buo. Umow iho
10254 M«ttlo «i4 nflaco it with a 6727 groat card, lun
lD-11-WLPC, ll>-ll-SnPD or IB-ll-OCLPI to aolvo tho probI«.
tara you do aat aicaad tba Uaibaa Load fpaca.
SIZE CODE
NUIISER
MAA6124-0-0
r
•HtiT.il. or
DIOITAI. EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T,
DATr
TITLf
ADll-K BACKUP REFEP^NCE DOCUMENTATION - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
A
DESCRIPTION
Prev. 7668001-0-6125
CHO NO
ORIQ
DATE
API>D BY
DATE
ENQ / /
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
KAA6125-0-0
REV
cN«M.->-ift.f(«7aHMa)
SHEkT I OF «♦
MANUFACTURINC MOFICATION
Tmi MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
ADii-K McwjF unnmx DocnmrE4Tiow
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
'*lt:*iUi*t
Tb* lataat of thl« yrBc«<nr» im to noMorlso tbo 41«gaoo«l« vrlto-vp
for eho purpooo of ■■fiiti«aj> All iMtnMtlOM eoBtala«4 U Chio
procoduro oro briof oai 41ro«C for roooooo of olapllfleotloa, to aoc to
confiMO tho oporotor nkos porfoiBiat 41ofBootl« tootlaf. Por aoro
lB-4opth lafooMtioa, It vill bo ooeoooory to lofor to tbo 41agMotU
vrito-op.
mmiwcE Docwprra
Tbo tfoeoMato liotod bolow »f for rofaroaeo only.
2.1 VorioMnihlp MooMl
ADll-K Uaor's Moanol IK-ADU-K-<yP-#<l
ADllHL Print Sot B-TC-^ll-K-l
2.2
2.3
2.4
ADllHC Mumfoctariag tad Plol4 9j9tm Aceopt
A-SP-ADllHC-S.
• Procodaro
1£ CUED TEST BOPIIHEW
3.1
3.2
B6S036 NolatMOMO Kit (eOMloto of • 6S034
and 0 lC08t-l eoblo).
Callbrotod DC iroltofo ooareo (BDC aodol NV116 or ofulvoloat) . T^o
•ro noodod If o wrap-oroaad aodulo is aot ovalloblo.
3.3 PDP-ll CPO.
A..1' MiZHDEC-ll-DZABL
4.2 M4IHDEC-ll-IIUn
ADll-ft OlofMotU oa< Vrlto-Op.
IIBC-Xll ADll-C mreloor oad Vrlto-Op.
Size
A
cooc
SP
NUMtCR
MAAfii25-n-n
REV
A
KN-ciovrit^fn-iun
SHICT
OF
MANUFACTURiNC SFECIFICATIOW
CONTINUATION tNECT
TITIC
Mor^TlTAR APPROACH TO SYSTFNS Tg&T
5.0 SPECLAt. INSPKCrriOW AMD CHECKS
S.I A.'i-Mirr Liu' a/D convcrtar package la aacuraly faatanad to the
AbM'> uiodula.
6.0 TKST M T-l-f
6.1 yy fiddrcsa and vacCor avitchaa par ADlI-K Mfg. and riald 8j«t«B
Ac< <piancc Procadura A-SP-ADllHC-S aactloa 2.2 - 2.3.
6.2 Inatall C5036 vrap-arouad taat card par ADllHC Mfg. and Flald
Syvten Accaptaoea Procadora A-8P-AD11-K-S aaction 6.1 If wrap-
arnmd modula la avallabla. If Cba wrap-arou&d aodula ia not
■valUbla, rafar to ADllHC Mfg. and Flal Sytm Accaptanca
procadura A-fP-AD*l-K*S ■•ctlon 6.2.
7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATIOB TIST PIOCEPOTZ
7.1 Load dlagnoatlc laco ayataa tadar taat ualag lav or high tpaad
tapa raadar, ZXDP, 9W ACT-ll.
7.2 Prograa StartHJp •
7.2.1 Load Addraaa 200
7.2.2 Start 81 • ##000# (Standard Dafault CoMlltloc)
7.3 Switch Raglatar Sattloga
7.3.1 SW15 • ^1 or Op Halt oa Error
7.3.2 8U14 > 1 or Up Loop on Taat
7.3.3 SV13 - 1 or Up Inhibit Error Trp«<Mts
7.3.4 8V12 - 1 or Up for VTS5 Dlaplay
7.3.5 SVll - 1 or Up Inhibit Itaratlona
7.3.6 8V10 - I or Up Ball on Error
7.3.7 8W9 " I or Up Loop ou Error
7.3.8 SVS • I or Up Loop oo Tact la 81 <$:?>
SIZE
A
cooc
SP
NUMaio
MAA612S-0-0
fICV
A
mmn
CM*«ieai-i»-M«ri-(itr
SHCCT ^ ^ OF
MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
COMTlNUATiON SHEET
TITIC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
lA
7.5
7.«
7.7
Operator Actloa
After the 4UfaMtlc hat baaa atartad, tkla atat^MOt la prlntad
out: "Type tha latter aad carriage return of the 4ealred teat.'*
Tiie Auto Teat (A) aheiiltf be aelected alaee It operetea all
dlagnoatle porCloaa of the AOll-K teat.
The operecor ahoal4 obeenre 2 noii<^rrorlat peaaea. tuanlnt the
Auto teat on the flrat paaa ahould take 18 mlottteaa aucceaalTa
peaaea ahould cake M aiaatea each.
Acceptable Irron
There are ao ecceptable errora.
Froeedore # ftaaUrt After lepalr
7.6.1 lepeat atepa 7.2 thru 7.3.
DEC -111 Vith nrll-K Xoetelled
7.7.1 Refer to AOllHC Mff. and Field tyotaa Acceptance
Frocedure A-fF-AOll-K-5 tectlaa 7 for latarectlve
teatlat.
A I «F I
NUMICII I RCV
MAA6125-0-0 A
f-9t%rhi99m
•MIKT < OF ^
%
l¥
f
I
t
in
li
M
fii
DIGITAL EQUIPMBNT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLK
AAll-K DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHONO
ORIG
DATE
ARPD BY
DATE
ll
I
Prev. 7668001^0-6126
''^0»r Je^r^lBufAk l^-X^u^
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUKBER
MAA6126-0-0
REV
A
■N^M>lft.M«7t4*t«l
SHEET 1 OF »♦
MAWUFACTURINC SFECinCATION
TITIE
CONTINUATtON SHEET
MDDUIAR APPPCyOi TO SY9TP6 TEST , aPPEN^^IX A
AAll-K DlCTri^ TO AMALOC COWYEITH
2.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
1.0 iffnoBOcnoii
S. parpot* of •mpoditucy. All IwtnKtloo. U thl. procodurt .ro bri.f
2; n^I for rSH- of .l^Uflctlon. .o not to ~«f«" 'J- 2"!^'
T.a pTfo«i«i 4Ut«o«tle ftlf For .or. l«-d.pth Ufo^tlon. It
will bo aoeosfory to rofor to tho diagnoatic writoup.
■IFEIZWCI DOCTMEMTATIOW
Tho doeuMnt* li«tod bolov *ro for roforonco only.
2.1 VorkMnohip Moaual
AAll-K ttftr'i MMual IK-AAllK-TH-OOl
AAll-K Print Sot
2.2
2.3
2.4
AAll-l Monufocturiat •«<» »i«W «T«"" Accoptonco Procodurt
A-8P-AA1 1-1-5
lEQCIIgD T18T gOUlPMEWT
3.1 Calibrotod DC Volt Motor
3.2 V114 or VTOl Scopo or Iquivolont
3.3 Oocilloocopo Toktrosix 453 or MuiYolont
3.4 PBf-ll CPU witk I (M4 IPC ilot
tlpUIBID «8T 8<yiWAg
4.1 MAIIWC-Il-OZAAC-A DUCWOiTIC AMD WIITIUP P0» AAll-E
4.2 MAIW)EC-ll-DUA»-A AAll-K DtO-l-H iKorcitor and Writtup
wwrikx. TWgPgCTIQMg AWD CHECKS
HOKE
Size
A
cooc
SP
NUMieil
MAA6126-0-0
REV
A
CN-01M2 l*-Nt77(J«2l
iHcrr
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITl'
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.0 TEST SETUP
6.1 8«t up addrct* and vtctor •witch«« p«r AAll-K Mfg. and Fltld SyatM
Acc«ptaoc« Proc«durt it-SP-AAl 1-1-5 Stctiona 3.4 - 3.6.
6.2 Connect tcop* c«bl« to AAll-K htg comi«ctor Jl par AAll-K Mfg. and
Piald Systoi Aeccptaact Procadura A-8P-AA11-K-5 Saction 4.2.
7.0 11 SYSTEM INTEGHATIOII TEST PBOCEPOIE
7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriata load aadia.
7.2 Prograa atartlng addraaa
7.2.1 Load addraaa 200
7.2.2 Start 000000 (SI) standard avitch aattinga
7.3 Altarnata avitch aattinga
7.3.1 Stfl5-1 Halt on Error
7.3.2 SW14-1 Loop on currant taat
7.3.3 SWI>1 Inhibit arror typaout
7.3.4 SV1>1 Storaga Scopa connactad
7.3.5 SUll-1 Inhibit taat itaratioaa
7.3.6 SWlO-1 Extaraal dalay connactad
7.3.7 SW09-1 two' a coHpliaant aoda
7.3.8 SW08-1 Loop on taat in St 7:0
7.4 Oparator Action
A maaaaga will ba typad daaignating a 2 lattar coda for tub taat
aalaction. Tha auto logic taat "AL" ahould ba aalactad first to
▼arify propar logic operation. Than "AD" ahould ba typad to run
tha visual diaplay portion.
WOTE: If acopa diaplay ia not availabla, rafar to tha AAll-K Mfg.
and Fiald Accaptance Procadura, A-8P-AA11-K-5 for altamativa
taating.
SIZE
-A-
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MAA6126-0-0
REV
A
CN 010(2 1«-N«7?(1«7|
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST . APPENDIX A
7.5 Bvidcnct of End of ?«••, or IttimaCtd tun Ti»«
7.5.1 Subttat *'AL'* tak«t Approx. 30 lac.
7.5.2 SubCMt '*AD^' taktt approx. 60 aac.
7.5.3 Subtaat '*AL** la oparator dapandant.
7.5.4 Subtaat "HL" i§ a aon-anding loop.
7.5.5 Subtaat '*KD" la a ooo-andlng loop.
7.6 Accaptabla Errora
ROHE
7.7 Procadura #B«it4irt Aftac Rap«lr
7.7.1 lapaat atapa 7.2 through 7.6.
SIZE
.A.
COOCf MiiMiirv
8? MAA6126-0-0
REV
A
CM-010«2 1*-M«73|J«2|
tHCET 4 OF 4
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
\
MANUFACTURING SPECinc ATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
AMll-K MULTIPLKXL'S E:<P.\K0EH - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
i
t
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
1
m
1i
II
Ml
it
hi
Prev. 7668001-0-6127
7^
ENG
JrA
i9f^^%tci
APPD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
w»-»nf i»-wyM<tt>
SHEET 1 OF ^
MANUFACTIJRINC SPEClFICA-nyfi
TITIC
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
AMll-K MOLTIPLEXEl EZPARDCl
1.0 IITIKODDCTIOB
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Th« int«nt of this proc«d«r« ia to tuHMrii* tho diagnoatlc vrit*-up for
the purpoao of •zpodioacy. All inatnictiona containod in this procsdurs
•ro dirset «ad hriof for roasons of siaplifieation, so «s not to eonfuss
ths operator whoa porforainf th« diainostic tasting. For aora io-dcpth
infonution. it vill ba iMcassary to rafar to tha diagnostic vrita-up.
KZFEIZIICE DOCUMEWTATICII
Tha docuaants listad balov ara for rafarancs only.
2.1 Uorkaanship Manual
ANll-K Osar's Manual EX-AallX-TH-001
ANll-K Print Sat
2.2
2.3
2.4
ANll-K Manufacturing and Fiald Sjstasi Accaptanca Procadura
A-8P-AM11-K-5.
KQUIKED gST EOPIPtgHT
3.1 Oscilloscopa Taktroais 453 or a^uivalant.
3.2 BG5036 Maintanaaca Kit (C5036 Wraparound Nodula and a BC08K-01 Cabla)
3.3 Callbratad DC voluga aourea (IDC Nodal NHOO or aquivalant).
3.4 BC061-08 cabla
3.5 ADU-K Analog Modula
RIQUIRID nST SOnWAtt
4. 1 NAIHSIC-ll-DZAOB-B AOll-K diagnostic usad for chsckout and dabug of
tha AMll-E.
4.2 M4INDBC-11-DZADB-A ADll-K DEC-X-11 axarcisar.
SPECIAL lySPECnOIIS AW) CHECKS
IK7NB
SIZE COOC
A I 8P
NUMtER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
CN-oioti i»-«t«;2.(jtai
«*iErr ^2 Qp
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTIMUATION SHEET
TITIC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.0
7.0
TEST SETUP
••1 ConnACt a BCll-T cable froa ADll-K J2 to AMll-K Jl.
Connact th« BC08R-08 cabU froa A011>K Jl to AMll-K J3.
«.2
t.3
Coimact GS036 taat aodula to J2, J4 or JS dapanding on which bank of
channala oa tha AMll-K ara to ba tattad; i.a., J2 - CH20 - 37.
J4 - CH40-57, J5 - CH60-77.
NOTE: G5036 aodula connaeta to tha AMll-K via a BC08R-01. Thia
cabla ahould ba Inatallad upaida down, i.a., A-W inataad of A-A.
11 SYSTEM IHTECTATIOW TEST PROCEDDRE
7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriate load aadia.
7.2 Prograa atart addraca
7.2.1 Load addraaa 200
7.2.2 Start 000000 (St) atandard avitch aattinga
7.3 Altarnata Svitch Sattiaga
7.3.1 8W15 - I Halt oa arror
7.3.2 Stfl4 - 1 Loop oa taat
7.3.3 8W13 - 1 lahlbit arror typaouta
7.3.4 8iri2 • 1 Halt for VTS5 diaplay
7.3.5 SVll - 1 lahlblt itaratioaa
7.3.6 SHIO - 1 Ball oa arror
7.3.7 8tf09 • I Loop oa arror
7.3.8 SWOB « 1 Loop on taat la SWR 7:0
iiZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
KN 010a}i«-M«'>-lJt2)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
rrriE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.4 OpttTAtor Action
A ■••••ga It printed vith « li«t of tubtaact that cha '«aar say
ail^^t. For aceaptanca varificarion, tha only taat to ba aalactad
'.« taat "A", tha auto taat. Baf ora runninf tha taat, a 1 location
patch ia nacaaaary to aalact ona of thraa baaa addraaaaa of tha
channala to ba taatad. lafar to Saction 6.3 for channal aalaction.
Tha location "baaa CtL" ahould ba patchad for 20 (chanoala 20-37 to
ba taatad), 40 (channala 4(K57 to ba taatad) or 60 (rhtnnala 60-77
to ba taatad).
MOTE: If BG5036 wraparound taat board ia not availabla, rafar to
tha AMll-K Hff . 6 Piald Aceaptanca Procadura A-8P-AM11-K-5 Saction
7.2 for altarnativa taating.
7.5 tvidanca of End Paaa or Eatiaatad lun Tiaa
Whan ninnint tha auto taat '*E1ID PASS" will ba typad. Each paaa of
tha auto taat takaa approsiaataly 10 ainutaa.
7.1 Accaptabla Errora
HONE
7.7 Pxocadura MLaatart Aftar lapair
lapaat atapa 7.2 through 7.6.
MOH: If analog aaction of tha option ia rapairad, racalibration
•ay ba nacaaaary. Rafar to AMll-K calibration procadura for furthar
inatructiona.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6127-0-0 A
CN-oiM2i«-M«;3-(j»ai
Ill
I!
ill
Ml
111
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
REV
5
II
ll«
> E I
* 3 * £
LSP~11 SYSTEM CHECKOUr & ACCEPTANCE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIC
Prev. 7668001-0-6130
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
-7g»y J^^/nyfA'f I ^?^s^?^/U^^C
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6130-0-U
REV
A
EH-01M«-l«>N«72-()»2)
SHEET
OF 2
MANUFACTURINC SPECmCATlON
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TT-ST , APPp4nTV a I
LPS '11 SYSTEM CHECKOUT & ACCEPTANCE
1.0 LPS -11 S«tup and Calibration
lafar to DocunanC DBC-ll-HLRiA-B-D
1.1 LPS-11 Accapcanca Procadura
Rafar to Dociaa&t A-SP-LPSll'S-14
1.2 Diagnoatlc Packaga
A) LPS-11 Taat I MAIMDIC-ll-DZLPC
B) LPS-11 Taat II MAINDEC-11-DZLPD
C) H7023 Digital I/O '"aat MAIMDEC-ll-DZLPI-A
Othar Ralatad Doctaanta
LPS-11 SyatflB Uaara Cuida DEC-11-HLRlA-B-D
SIZE CODE
A I sp
NUMBER REV
M^A6130-0-0 A
oac iHSM>-iMt-M«7a
SHEET
Of
s
i
S
II
1J|
11
lilt
* t e
rM
x «< o ^
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. .VIASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.a.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
16 CHANNEL 12 BIT A/D FOR PDP-11/Q3 - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRI^ION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
i^s
ENQ
Prev. 7668001-0-6135
^>v J^^y,
y^hjs/kr(
7^
z.
nzE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6135-0-0 A
D«^iM«-i«-«««7a^»tt)
SHEET 1 OF «♦
MANUFACrURIWC SPECIFICATION
TITIE
MQDOIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
16 CHAMWEL 12 BIT A/D FOl FDP-ll/i3
1.0 PrntPDUCTIOi
Th« Intent of thit procadura is to ■uHMrlit tbo dlAgnostlc vrltoup. For
tho purpo«« of ozpodlMBcy, tlM procoduro has boon kapt brlaf , and to tha
point, to kaap fron confualnt the uaar. For additional Infonatlon, It
win ba nacaaaarj to rafar to tha diagnostic wrltaup.
2.0 lEFEKIHCl DOCQMEIITATICIt
2.1 WorkMnahip Manual (8TD 116)
2.2 Intinaarlng Spaclfleations 8P-AD711-A-3
2.3 ADVU-A Print Sat
2.4 EK-AOni-OP-#01 ADni-A, EHtrn-A, AAVll-A, OtVll Uaara Manual
2.3 11L#3 Manufaeturinf Spacificationa
3.0 REQUnZD TEST EOmPMEWT
3.1 LSIll Standard Coaputar vith 8K of mmorj
3.2 Tast connactar 70-12894
3.3 Pracision roltaga sourca: Klactronic Davalopaant Corp. (EDC) VS-llM
or aquivalant.
3.4 ADni-A Bodttla
3.5 Output tarainal/DLVU
4.0 KEOPntlD TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAUDBC 11 - DVADA ADVU-A ParforMnca Taat Diagnostic and iiritaup.
4.2 MADIDBC 11 - OZADC DBC/Xll Exarciaar and wrltaup.
5.0 SPECIAL nrSTBPCnOMS AW) CHECES
5.1 If an H322 distribution panal is prasant, than connact A0?11-A by
■aans of a K#6t-#6 eabla froa Jl of aodula to JIO of tha H322
(aU C sad D TarUtioM of 11U3)
5.2 Whan an AD711-A and a BMHl-A ara both prasant in tho systv aodula,
jiapars (DSC 7#1#771) ara instsllad froa tha Elf output tab (CLE) to
tha A/D clock orarflow tab (C) and froa Im Etf tab (STl) to tha A/D
tab(s).
SIZE CODE
A Isp
NUMtEII
MAA613S-0-0
f M-o) MI- u-M* y t-< Mn
»«WT 3 OF
REV
,1^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFKATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MnniiTAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5.3 Two RF ihltldt %f provided with Mch ADVll-A. Th«y ara lMt«ll«d on
•acb slda of th« aodul*.
5. A If th« ADVll-A Is hookftd up to an H322. than SEL sltnal wiat ba
groundad on tha H322 to that tha A/D la ahlppad to tha cuatoaar In
alnfla andad soda. To accoapllah thla, connact a wlra batwaan J8
top acraw tarminal (SE aignal) to J7 top acraw tarmlnal (lofic GRD)
on tha H322.
6.0 TEST SET UP
6.1 Inaura switch packa S2 and SI ara aat up for a davlca addraaa of 170400,
and a vactor of 400 raspactlvaly.
6.2 Inatall aodula in alota A thru D03 of CPU box C and D varlatlona of
11L03.
6.3 Install tast eonnactar 70-12894 In Barg Connactar Jl of aodula.
7.0 11 SYSTEM IHTEGRATIOW TEST PROCEDUEE
7.1 ADVll-A Parformanca Taat (DVADA)
7.1.1 Load prograa through approprlata load aadia
7.1.2 Summary of cvallabla taata and charactar typad to axecuta.
Charactar Typad
V
C
P
L
A
Taat
Wrap around taat
C«libratlon taat
Print valuas taat
Logic tasti-
Vraparounr' ^ logic taata
* NOTE 1: Wraparound taat raqulras Barg Taat Connactar to run.
pO.i 2: Program will giva inatructiona on calibrating upon typing C.
7.1.3 Program atarting addrassas
7.1.3.1 200 - For normal tast
7.1.3.2 204 - Rastart
7.1.3.3 210 - Option ara& bum- in
SIZE
A
CODE
SP I
NUMtER
MAA6135-0-0
REV
CN-O10SM*-N«72(]«2l
SHEET
OF
MANUFACniRINC SPECIFlCATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKS'r
7.1.4 Altftrn«t« Soft««r« SI ■•ttlnta (176)
7.1.4.1
7.1.4.2
7.1.4.3
7.1.4.4
7.1.4.3
7.1.4.6
7.1.4.7
7.1.4.8
811113
8«R14
811113
8ini2
8«ai
810110
811ft 9
8ini 8
7.1.3 Op«r«cor Actios
1 Halt OB trror
1 Loop on tMt
1 Xahlbit •rrer typoouta
1 Halt for VB3 Diaplay
1 Zahlbit Itaratlona
1 Ball on arror
1 Loop on nrror
1 Loop on taat in SVft<7:0^
daalrad.
7.1.3.1 8at SVft blta
7.1.3.2 Typa 200C
7.1.3.3 Typa cbaraetar to run daalrad tait.
7.1.6 Kvldanca of Ind of Faaa
At and of paaa, tba following typaout vlll occur:
**!») PASS GOOD UHtTS li88#8W800##ll"
Thla Indicataa that ualta 1 and 2 hara run without failura.
7.1.7 Ixacutlon tlaa for aach taat la:
Calibration:
Print Valvaa:
Wraparound :
Logic:
Auto:
3 coavaraiona/nitt. 1110 baud
8 convacaiona/S aaconda I 110 baud
7 ainutaa firat paaa;32 ainutaa for
auccaaaiTa paaaaa
1 ainuta
8 ainutaa firat paaa; 33 ainutaa for
auccaaaiva paaaaa
7.1.8 Accaptabla Error a: lona
SIZE
cooc
_SP
NUMtCR I RCV
MAA6135-0-0 A
d I q
m
<N-«1MI-1«-M«y>-<S«»I
•MEIT ^^ OF 1
Ml
5
I
in
hi
Vl
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
DATE 5/7/81
TITLE M.A.S.T. IBll
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CMC NOi
ORIO
DATE
APPO BY
7^
DATE
^i
- w 5
New Release
ML0I3
C
^/aM*
m
ENQ Art Richard
APPO Bob Beck
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6154-o,Q
REV
A
KN^IMS-l»«|«7a^Mt)
si'rr ] 'flp — ^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION 8HEET
TITLI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
IBll
1.0 INTRODUCTION:
1.1 Th« IBll option is a hardwart/softwarc packaga that
allows tast and aaasuraaant instriMsnts that ara IEEE
bus conpatibla to ba intarfacad with tha PDP-11
Unibus. Tha IBll consist of a DWll Unibus to Q-bus
Intarfaca, DDVll Bdckplana, and IBVll IEEE Instrisnant
Bus Intarfaca.
2.i REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION:
2.1 Manuals k Bnginaaring Spacif ication:
2.1.1 IBll Unibus to IEEE Instrumant Bus
Intarfaca Installation Manual EK-IBllA-IN
2.1.2 DWll Unibus to LSI-11 Bus
Installation Manual
2.1.3 IBVll-A LSI-11 Bus to Instrument
Bus Intarfaca Usar's Manual
2.2 prints and Schanatics:
2.2.1 IBll Fiald Maint. print Sat
2.2.2 DWll Unibus to Q-bus Print Sat
2.2.3 IBVll-A LSI/IB Intarfaca Print Sat
EP-DWllA-IN
EP-IBVll-UG
MP00620
MP00459
MP00274
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
3.1 PDP-11 with 16K words of mamory.
3.2 Consols tarainal such as an LA36, LA120 or aqulvalant.
3.3 Appropriate load nadia.
3.4 Digital Volt Matar (DVM) , accurate to .IV % 15 volts.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA A61S4-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUPACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
irrti
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS;
4.1 CVIBB?? IBVll-A Diagnostic
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS;
5.1 Wh«n installing tht M8217 nodule into an available
Unibus backplane SPC slot, the NPG in/NPG out junper
CAl to CBl nust be removed.
6.0 INSTALLATION t TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS;
6.1 Visual Inspection:
6.1.1 Check for any structural daaage to aodules such
as broken coaponents, cut etches, etc.
6.2 Module Switch Configuration!
6.2.1 The first M7954 Module switches are configured
as follows:
Reference Figures 1, 2, and 3.
For Bus address 160150:
S2 - switches 7, 8, ft 10 on.
switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, fc 9 off.
For vector address 420;
51 - switches 1, 5f & 8 on.
switches 2, 3, 4, 6, fc 7 off.
6.2.2 Other M7954 aodules to be added to the system
will use floating address and vector
assignments.
6.3 Module Cabling:
6.3.1 Two BC05L-06 cables connect from the M82I7 to
the M9401 module. See Figure 4. The red
stripe on the cables must be adjacent to
connectors pins W/UU on both modules.
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
NUMtEII
MA A6154-0-0
REV
A
SNEIT
OF
kJ ▲ Wft fC A ^^nrfl tDIKI^ CDC^II?!/^ A Tl/^kJ
BHH
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MANUFACTuRJNG 5PtCirICATION
^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH VO SYSTEMS TEST
6.4 Hodult Plac«mtnti
Rtf«r to Figurtt 5 and 6.
6.4.1 Th* M8217 it plactd in a availabla Unibus
backplana SPC slot.
6.4.2 The M9401 nodula is placed in slot A/BIl of the
DDVll-C LSI-11 Bus backplane.
6.4.3 The M7954 Instruaent Bus module is nora^ly
placed into slot C/D01 of the DDVll-C LSI-11
Bus backplane. If more M7954 nodules are to be
added, install into slots noting device
priority. See Figure 6.
6.4.4 Ttie M9400-yB Terminator module is placed into
the slot just after the last M7954. Normaly
C/D02 of the DDVll-C.
7.0 POWER CHECKS:
The following voltage should be present on the respective
ba'Tkplane pinst
VOLTAGE TOLERANCE BACKPLANE LOC.
45 V.D.C. 4.75V to 5.25V AA2, BA2, or
CA2
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE:
Note: For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run
in any particular situation, ani for current MAST
minimum test criteria (e.g. pass-v^ounts, etc.).
refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. The
following is a list of step-by>step instructions for
executing each individual diagnostic contained in
the CHECKLIST.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER REV
A
SP
MA A6154-0-0 A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLI
CONTINUATION 8HEET
HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1 CVIBB?? IBVll-A Diagnostic
8.1.1 Starting instructions:
Starting addrasc is 200.
CVIBBA IBVllA DIAGNOSTIC
S.VR m 000000 NEW m <CR>
END PASS! 1
END PASSI 2
8.1.2 No trrors are allowed.
SIZE
A
CODE}
SP
NUMBER
MA A6154-0-O
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
15 «4 15 12 M 10 0» OS OT 0« 09 O* 03 02 01 00
STANDA»»D ADDRESS
CONFIGURATION (160150!
0
ofr orr orr orf ofr orr
OH
ON Off ON
U
BrTC
POtNTEH
BIT
_ O'IBS REGiSTEH
I • reO REGISTER
NORMALLY 0
•(RESERVED FOR
FUTURE USE)
52 INDIVIDUAL
SWITCH NUMBERS
10
NOTES:
1 OFF • Logical 0; ON* Logicoi 1
2 OMy 1K« IBS REGlSTE!? ADDRESS *! configurad «ia S2 Tht IBO REGISTER ADDRESS Qinoyt •4uOl» ih«
IBS REGISTER ADDRESS ^2 .
Figure 1 M7954 D«v.ce AddrcM Select
ion
15 '«
13
I?
10
0* ot
or
M
OS 04 OS 0?
01
00
STANDARD vfCTOR AOORCSS q^ ^f o,^^ Qff
CONFIGURATION (0004201
ON
5) inOiv<OuAl
S«'TCH NUMBCRS
0
0
I
1
0
I
C»BOR
SE»v Ct acOuEST
0 • COMMAND AND TAlkFR
1 •LISTENER
NOT USED
J
ON -Disable £»*i
•NTEBWjPTS
NCE 51
err . »,c'»Mti EN'B.E
NOTES
1 OFF • LOflitoi 0 ONMOfliCOi I
2 0«.i» 'M VECTOR ADDRESS b."t (• 4) •>• €•«»'§»'•# »'fl 5' •'•» S •"« Z •'• IBvm-A
ha.'daart - ltl«Ct«4 lo< •n* furclon* (hoan
i 5 1 - 1 OFF • li" It tM oMf »»§«••• CO"*'***' eoiMt'** '0 f*» ,t>%i«iimt»\ »w«
Si-B ON • AootMf i»ti»*< coniron*' <• c»«*«ti«« fc w* H>»ir«<»««<M but
Figure 2 M 7954 interrupt Vecior Address Sclecnon
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6154-0-0
REV
A
«*«• 4«-.t«tt)-tMB4««»|
iiii^^^l^
TT ^y^ — wi^'^^vy'm* ','j^ "' "i^ "' ' ^y^ *
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
10- 9\m
INtTKuMfNT tUS
CASlI COMNCCTO*
vccTp* AOONcn
UlCCT S«i'
ISM
(XM» HOM0i»TfS»
MONfSS SClCCT
■WITCMCS
"\ry rT~l rvT"
0
Q
D
D
0
0
T
-u-
■V-
■yr
Ul
1— 1
LI
-V-
n
-\r
Q]
0
0
D
Q
"U-| p/-! rv-
DUq^D
D
I I
I B
Figure 3 M7954 Module Swritch Locations
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6154 -0-0
REV
A
BKc a»<M0i>iM»N«yi
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
IBI I InicrcoDMCtinf Diairam
Fiqur» 4
Mc tHMt)>sMa<M«ya
SIZE CODE
A I 8f
MUMBM ^
MA-A6154-IH0
REV
tMfCT
^ OF -JL
MANUFACTURINC SFECIFTCATION
TITLR MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHfET
^oritPNOCfsson
Mooutc;
II UNIIUS
Ma7l7 INSTALLED
IN SW: SLOT
•CO5L06
CASLES
MM01
tNSTALLEO
IN SLOT AMI
MMO»YI
INSTALLIDIN
SLOT NEXT TO
ANOAFTENTHC
LAST INSTRUMENT
■US INTERFACE
MODULE
•O*
UNItUS lACKPLANI
OOvncrORODvMCK
•ACKI»LANE
M7tS4 INSTRUMENT
■US INTERFACE
MODULES
Flgttr* 3 •■• ' Option in i PDP-I I Proctssor Btti
NMNitT
MNORITV
e
tamuf
MIOMTV
B
^
ttMiV
I
BAMV
I
I
CIWWiB
I
^-M
DAMV
I CMAMliO
Pigur* 6 DDVII-C Backplane Priority Asiifnincnu
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
M^-^mU TT
o«c a«sMci-iata4««7i
SHEET
OP
I?
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M<A«S«T.
DATE
TITLE ICS-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCEDURE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
I
s
Ui
hi
n
III
I*
lilt
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
I
Zt
^3s
Prev. 7668001-0-6160
^
T^^Jj/irftf-^^^iMt
APPD
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
IM^IM»-l«-N«7«i*M}
SHEET 1 OF 16
MANUFACnjRlNC SPEClFICATlpN
Tini
CONTIMUATION SHEET
1.0
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
ICS-11 IKDUSTIIAL SUB-STSTFM PROCEDURE
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIOHS
1.1 No slota nay b« •mptj b«tv««n A005 and A007 aodulaa.
V7440 Bodul** autt navar ba loatallad In ICS flla alot #9.
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
A907 auat ba loatallad batvatn A005/A007 and tha M8030/
M8050 aodula (a) , vhan tha lattar la locatad vlthln four
(4) alota of cha AO0S/AOO7 ao(f^ul( (a).
ICS-J continuity Juapar Card auat ba Inatallad In tha "P"
connactor block of all opan alota batvaen tha flrat and
laat Intarruptlng aodula of a flla.
Marcury vattad ralay aodulaa (A005, A007, M8030. M80S0)
auat raalda In a vartlcal plana for a parlod of at laast
ona (1) alnuta, to pravant aodula daaaga raaultlng fron a
ahortad ralay.
Intarruptlng aodulaa cloaaat t . tha control aodula haa
hlgheat priority vlthln tha flla, and that flla cloaaat
to tha procaaaor haa hlghaat priority vlthln tha ICSll.
1.7 Optlona lAC-IA. lAC-IB, lAC-OA, and lAC-OB ahall ba
ayataa taatad aa IDC-ID, IDC-IE, IDC-OA, and IDC-OB
raapactlvaly .
Modulaa uaad In thaaa conf Iguratlona auat hava juapar Wl
Inatallad, only aftar coaplatlon of all ayataa taatlng.
1.8 Tha AOOS-TA la a coaputar Spaclal Syataa'a variant, that
ahall raqulra prograa aodlf Icatlona to tha In-houaa
AUTOCAT dlagnoatlc.
1.8.1
1.8.2
1.8.3
1.8.4
Rafaranca Tahla 5 for dlagnoatlc changaa.
Rafaranca A-SP-A005-0-8, Sactlon 7, for A005-YA
axplanatlon.
Flald SatTlca ahall rafaranca labia 6 for calibra-
tion taat paraaatara vhan ualng tha ICS Flald Taat
Prograa.
FA4T ahall rafaranca tha ICS Flald Taat Program
vhan parforalng ra-callbratlon of tha A005-TA.
SIZE
A
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CN 010t2 l«N«77 <J«2|
SHcrr .J OF _il
MANUPACTURINC SPECiFlCATiON
CONT1NUAT10H SHEET
Trai
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
2.0 tiygREHCK DOCDMENTS
Manuftls
Chackout Proctdur«s
Acc«ptanc« Proc«dur««
P.S. Aec«ptAOC«
Modultt T««t Proctdurtt
Entln««rlng Spaclf.itl nf
Prlnca
EK-ICSll-MM
A-SP-A6330-0-5
A-SP-7010596
A-8P-A6330-0-5
A-SP-7010S96
A-SP-ICSll-M-5
A-SP-7010327-O-l
A-SP-7011020-0-1
A-8P-14/30-0-5
A-SP-IC811-N-6
A-8P-M68S0-0
A-8P-M6870-0-O
A-8F-M8030-0-8
A-8P-M8050-0-8
A-8P-W7410-0-8
A-8F-W7411-0-8
A-8P-W7430-0-8
A-8P-W7431-0-8
A-8F-H7440-0-8
A-SP-IC811-M-4
A-8P-A005-0-8
A-8P-A007-0-8
A-SP-A907-0-8
A-SF-6330-0-8
A-8P-H1501-0-1
A-SP-IC811-M-6
B-DD' ICSll-M
B-OD-H9I2-0
B-DD-IDA-O
B-DD-ICJ-I
B-DD-ZSB-I
B-DD-IDC-0
B-DD-ZDC-I
B-OD-IAD-I
B-DD-IMX-X
B-DD-IlL-0
B-DD-7010S96-0
B-DD-7010327-0
Size
CODE
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CNOlOtI l*N«7}-<S«||
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC STBCmCATlOW
TlTlf MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHLET
APPENDIX A
3.0
MainO«c Llatlngt
AUTOCAT-11-QZICA (FA&T only)
AaTOCAT-Il-QZICB (Module T«st
only)
AniOCAT-ll-QZICC (Modul* Tttc
only)
ND>11-DZICA (Fitld S«rv. only)
lEFIREMCE TEST IQUIFMEWT
-"T~^— """""■'"'^"■""^^"^"^■"""^"""""■^
3.1 7010S96 Sytt«a Taster (in-housa).
3.2 Oscllloacopt, taktronlc 465 or tqulval«nt.
3.3 A6330. DAC Tastar.
3.4 "11** faally procaasor. vlth 8K aaaory.
A.O SPECIAL IMSPECTIOW/CIECK
4.1 Enaura ayataa coaponanta agraa vlth IC8 Una lt»>i8 on tha
Cuatoaar laqulcltlon (ora.
4.2 Enaura an alactroaagnatic ahlald la praaant batvaan tha
K8090 and tha flrat I/O aodula for aach ICS Flla Box.
4.3 Varlfy aach ICS Flla Box aodula (a) ara Inatallad accord-
ing to tha approTad priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1.
4.4 Varlfy Flla Box (a) ara aacuraly groundad to tha aountlng
cablnat and that tha lattar la aacurad ayataa povar
ground. (uaa oha aatar)
5.0 COWFICUIATIOII CUIDEIIWE8
5.1 All ICS option aodulaa ara to ba Inatallad using tha aloe-
priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1.
5.2 B912 aountlng taralnala auat not ba Inatallad In cablnata
containing sanaltlva aqulpaant, auch aa dlaka or tapaa.
8.0 TEST SET-UP
Kafar to tast procaduras A-SF-7010596-0-0 and A-SF-A6330-0-5.
Modula Configuration; aaa Tabla 1 through 4.
SIZE
A
cooc
SP
NUMtEII
MAA616Q-0-G
REV
C
CN 01Ma>«-N«7>(3t2|
SHEET
OF
MAISUFACTURINC STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHeCT
Tinc
MODULAR /PPRDACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0
STSTIM IWnCRATIOH TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 Pov«r up both th« Bjatrnm tatccr and ch« •yttaa under ttat.
Also, if th« IDA-OA option t«st«r is to b« used at thia
tlaa. It ahould also b« turned en. Allov 30 alnutaa for
thia ayataa and taat g««r to atabiliza.
7.2 IC^ll Syataas Taat Prograa
NOTE:
Thia diagnoatlc raquiraa tha uaa of a ICS ayataa
tastar.
7.2\1 Load tha ICS ayateaa taat program diagnoatlc ACTO-
CAT-11-QZIRA ualng standard Digital Loading Pro>
caduraa.
7.2.2 Sat awitch ragiatar to 200, load and atart.
7.2.3 Entar tha octal nuabar of tha fila to ba taatad.
7.2.4 Entar tha vactor addraaa of the aaaa file. Addrc;
range 23A-777.
7.2.5 Enter (aalf (cr) ). Thia will autoaatically run a
aalf taat of tha ayataa tester to verify that all
Internal vorklnga of the taater are operative.
Should errora be encountered during thia run, re-
palra should be Inatituted before procedlng.
NOTE: Systea tester cables should be disconnected
froa the following option aodules before atteaptlng
to run "self test". If not, falaa interrupt* aay
be generated by the custoaer's file. IDC-IB,
IDC-IC, IDC-IE and lAD-IA.
7.2.6 Enter (Z (cr) ) to clear any prevloua job buffer
entry.
7.2.7 Entar the I/O optiona aounted within the ICS file
to be teated. Thia file aay ba 1 or 12 poaalble
fllea on the ayatea.
7.2.7.1 Should the file configuration Include
IDA-OA optiona, (A6330) do not enter then
at thia tlae.
MOTE: It is not neccaaary to rcaove this
option while testing all other options,
but do dlaconnect the DC input froo the
IDA-OA option teat«r. (ref. A-SP-A6330 -O-C
option teat procedure) .
SIZE
A
CODE NUMBER
SP MAA6160-0-0
REV
1^
IN 01012 l«N«r2(lt2)
SHEET 5
Of JL.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITir
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST « APPENDIX A
SAMPLE ENTRY
#EA005 (CR) - Entar ona A005 In slot addrasa 00 to raal
addraaa 171000. Modula connactid to ayataa taatara ana-
log cabla.
#EA007,4 (CR) - Eotar four A007'a in alot addraaaaa 02.04.
06 and 10 raal addraaaaa 171002 to 171010 aodulaa connact-
ad to ayataa taatara analog cablaa.
#EV7411,5 (CI) Entar fiva V7411'a In raal addraaaaa 171012
to 171023iaodulaa connactad to ayataa taatar DC cablaa 0>4
#S«30 (CR) Sac alot addraaa aqual to 30. NOTE: Va ara not
running A6330'a at thia tlaa. ao alct addraaaaa 24 and 26
hava baan bypaaaad.
#EM68S0.4 (CI) Entar four M68S0'a In alot addraaa 30 thru
36. Raal addraaaaa 171030 thru 171036.
Thxa coaplaeaa Cha loading of tha progiaw job uufT^.. to
run all aodulaa with tha axcaptlon of both A6330'a.
.2.8 Typa In (L (CR) ) to obtain tha aodula antry loadad into
tha prograa. Thla ahould ba chackad againat your antry
CO varify that all antriaa vara aada corractly.
7.2.9 Aftar antaring tha aodulaa into tha job buffar. typa in
(K (CR) ). Tha prograa will raapond with t ON. Thia
will anabla tha prograa to run non atop.
7.2.10 Typa in (R (CR) ). Thia will iniciata tha taat on tha
flla box. NOTE: Should tha prograa ba haltad during
paaa 2. it ahould not ba raatarcad for 30 ainutaa. if IAD-
lA optiona ara within tha filabox ccuflguration. Thla
T\i to alloy for atabiliiat ion of flying capa aountad on
thia aodula.
7.2.11 Run tha diagnoatic for a ainiaua of (1) tiaa apacifiad,
or (1) coaplata paaa. Whichavar i^ longar .
7.2.11.1
7.2.11.2
Tha currant paaa '*ount can ba obtainad by
Cyping "p*" on- cha Cal-^Cypa. NOTE: If tha ICS
fila haa a aaxiaua lo«d of (16) analog aodulafi
(voraC caaa diagnoacir run Ciatf) a coaplata
paaa will caka approxIaat« ly ll| houra.
Connacc all I/O cablaa froa tha ICS to tha
H009 MTG panal (aftar taata hava baan run
auccaaafully in Accaptanca) . and hava QC
Inapact tha inatallation .
SIZE
-A-
CODE
NUMBER
MAAblbU-U-U
c
CN OlOfll l%-***tt lJt}|
SHCiT
OF
16
MANUFACTlJ^Ni? y^fff^ATON
C0MT1NUATI0N SHEET
Tin/
MODULAR APPROACH 7 0 SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.3 IC811 Fi«ld T«»t Prograa
MOTE
Thli dl«tno««lc r«qulr«t th« u«« of a fl«ld UDC/ICS
c«*t«r
7.3.1 l«f. Specification A-SP-ICSll-M-5 for Indapth •%-
planation.
7.4 ICS-11 8y»t««i T«it Profra* In Conjunction with A6330
DAC Taatar.
7.4.1 Dlacoonact all I/O ayata* taatar cablaa fro* tha
fllaa that wara pravloualy teatad.
7 4 2 Flva A6330'a can ba connactad to tha option taatar
at thla tl«a, but thay will hava to ba acopad lo-
dapandaatly of ona anothar.
7.4.3 Entar (Z ''1 ) on tha talatypa to claar all ora-
▼loualy antarad Joba.
7.4.4 Entar (E CI ) on tha talatypa to chack what atate
tha •'E*' coaaand la In. Tha E co»«and for thla taat
aho lid ba in tha off Boda.
7.4.5 Entar tha alot addraaa location for all tha IDA-OA
optlona wlthlo tha flla
NOTE
only (5) flva IDA-OA optlona c
an ba connact-
,d to tha taatar. If othara ara praaant, thay can
ba taatad upon tha co«piatlon of thla taat.
Exaapla of loading tachnlqua to ba ufad for IDA-OA
optlona:
#8-24 cr Sat alot addraaa aqual to 24
# E A6330. 2 ^cr> Entar A6330'a In ;lot addraaaaa
24 and 26 raal addraaaaa
0 and 1 raapactlvaly
171024 and 17102c, Joba
7.4.6 Adjuat all aattlnf
a for tha acopa, and awltcb th«
option taatar to tha flrat option (card/cabla
output) Job 0
(rafaranca A6330 option taat pr(
cadurc A-8P-A6330-0-5. )
7.4.7 Typa 1« lJO<cr>. Thla will ^»^'^*«, V"'/.?"'"
Ing on tha flrat IDA-OA option or Job 0 at alot
addraaa 171024. (aaa atap 7.4.5) ra.pa will ba
outp
tputad to tha option for acopa Baaauraaanta
SIZE
A
cooc
SP
NUMSIR REV
MAA6160-0-0 C
CNO1042 l«N«;2 ()«3l
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Trar
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0 SYSTEM IHTIGRATIOH TIST PIOCEDUIE CONT.
7.4.B Coapars th« acop* vAvtfora against tha tolarancas
Indlcatad within tha option taat procadura A-SP-
A6330-0-S. If tha option la found to ba vlthln
tolaranca, procaad to tha naxt atap. If not.rapalr
adjust, or raplaca tha option, and rataat until
accaptabla.
7.4.8.1 To adjuat tha A6330, or IDA-OA Option,
procaad as follova: (Raf. Flgura 1)
A. 71rst aaaaura tha carda rafaranca vol-
taga batvaan "TP2" and "IPC". It
should ba 4-2 volts > 2av. If out of
spac, us« tha "-^2 v~adj." pot to ad-
4"'^ ^^ vlthln tolaranca.
B. Sat tha thuabvhaal avltch to tha card
undar tast.
C. Sat tha thuabvhaal svltch to channal 0
or tha flrat voltaga output.
D. Adjust tha pot "D/A 0" gain adjuat for
chanaal 0. Tha output on tha acopa
should ba adjuatad vlthln tha ± 20av
tolaranca.
E. Sat tha thuabvhaal avltch to ch«. oal 2
or tha sacond voltaga output.
7. lapaat stap D, but usa pot aarkaJ
"D/A 1" gain adjust.
G. Rapaat atapa C thru F for rcaalnlng
tvo voltaga channals 2 and 3 (thuab-
vhaal aattlnga 4 and 6 raapactively) .
B. Rasat thuabvhaal avltch to channal 1.
This Is tha first currant output
channal.
Z. Adjuat tha currant offaat of channel 1
as closa as pcsslbla to ground by
using pot. "off 0".
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
it
eN-oio«2i»-N»7a-iJt2)
SHEET .J OF _il
MANUFACTURINQ SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITl»
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE COMT.
J. Adjuit th« current gain of channtl 1
to fall within th« raquirad ± 20 av
tolaranca.
K. Raaat tha thuabvhaai ivltch to channal
3 or tha aacond currant output.
L. Rapaat atapa I thru J and rapaat thaaa
atapa for the raaalning currant cut-
puta channala S and 7.
7.4.9 Typa "Control C" to taralnata the teat.
7.4.10 If other IDA-OA optiona have been entered, type in
fhe next job to be run. Repeat atapa 7.4.7 thru
7.4.9 until all joba have b«en teated.
7.4.11 Turn "E" coaaand on by typing "K" on the terainal.
7.4.12 Enter R 4ct7 and run all IDA-CA optiona entered in
atep 6.4.5 for (1) hour. With the "t" coaaand on,
paaa 2 will only be run during thia teat. It ia
not neceaaary to acope the outputa for thia teat.
7.4.13 Typa "Control C" to terainate the teet.
7.4.14 Repeat atapa 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of the
optiona fail, repair and repeat all testa.
7.4.15 If there are aore than (5) five IDA-OA optiona
within thia file, it will be neceaaary to repeat
atapa 7.4.5 thru 7.4.14 to teat tha reaaining.
7.5 Repeat all teata 7.0 thru 7.4.15 for all other filea on
tha ayataas configuration.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6if;.i-n-o
REV
c
CN-O10t3-1»-N«7}<)t7)
SHfET
9 OF 16
MANUFACRJIUNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE
FILE BOX > MODULE PRIORITY TABLE
PRIORITY
HOOULE
OPTION
COWfENTS
SEQUENCE
I
AC05
IAI>-IA
2
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX
^
A005
IAI>-IA
<»
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX
S
A907
ISH-IA
i
W7410
IDC-IA
7
U7411
UC-IA
H912. ♦ K40J
•
W74U
IDC-ID
9
W7440
lOC-IC
10
W7430
IDC-IB
11
W7431
UC-IB
B912, ♦ BC40J
•12
W7431
IDC- IE
13
A6330
lOA-OA
12 MAX
14
M6t70
IDC-OB
'15
M6I70
UC-OB
M912. ♦ BaOJ
16
M«8S0
IDC-OA
17
M6850
lAC-OA
H912, ♦BC40J
18
N8030
IRL-OA
19
MS050
IlL-OB
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMKR
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
di i g'i I t a
CN-ei Ota- It-M* 72-< 3tX)
•MEET 10 OF 16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Trar
MODUIAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST " APPENDIX A
TABLE 2
A005 STARDAtD JUMPER COUP I CURAT I ON
JUMPER
IH/OUT
PUNCtlON
W108
Win
OUT
IM
INTERRUPT MODE
ICS-II
AGO? STANDARD JUMPER CONPIGURATION
JUMPER
IM/OUT
PUMCriON
W21
W22
U23
W24
U2S
W26
W27
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
SEUCT HUX # I
SEUCT HUX # 2
SEUCT HUX # 3
SEUCT HUX # 4
SEUCT MUX # S
SEUCT HUX # 6
SEUCT HUX « 7
W7430 STANDARD JUHPER CONPIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
PUICTION
W58
W59
tN
OUT
INTEUUPT MODE
ICS-ll
W7431 STANDARD JUMPER CONPIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
PUNCTIOM .
W 9
WIG
OUT
XM
INTERRUPT MODE
SIZE
A
COOC NUMBER
SP I MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
SPS^QID
CN-c;Ot2-l«-N«72-(3t2)
SHEET JLL. OP 1^
COAITINUAnON SHEET 1
ll.%NUFACrUUNG SPECIFICATION
^'^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
- APPENDIX A
•
•
TABLE 3
H7440 STANDARD JUMPEl CONFICUtATION
1
JUMPER
IN /OUT
FUNCTION
W 2
IN
ICS-U
W16
OUT
INTERRUPT mOl
M8090 5TAIf»^AIlD JOMIEl C0«riCUIA'»'10«
■
rilt No.
ICSR/ICAR JUMPERS 1 1
A12 .All AID A9 AS
:i A6 A3
A4
Ai
V22 W21 W20 W19 VIS
V17 W16 WIS
vu
W13
00 OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT OUT OUT
OUT
our
01 OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT OUT OUT
OUT
IN
02 • OUT IN m OUT OUT
OUT OUT OUT
IN
OUT
03 OUT IN ZM OUT OUT
OUT OUT OUT
IN
IN
04 OUT IN IN eOT OUT
OUT OUT IN
OUT
OUT
05 ' OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT OUT IN
OUT
IN
06 OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT OUT IN
IN
OUT
07 OUT IN IN our OUT
OUT OUT IN
IN
IN
OS OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT IN OUT
OUT
OUT
09 OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT IN OUT
OUT
IN
10 OUT IN IN OUT OUT
OUT IN OUT
IN
OUT
11 OUT IN III out OUT
our IN OUT
IN
IN
JuBp«r OUT - Logic "1"
Juaptr IN - Logic "0"
SIZE
coot
mm%tn
REV
JI.
MAA61S0-0-0
C
CN-Ol Ma- 1 ••N* 7>-< 3« It
SHEET
Of ai_
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICAnON
CONTINUATION SHEET
nrif
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 4
N8090 SXAMOAII) JUMPEl COWriCUlATIOM
PILE JUMPCKS
AD7
AD6
ADS
ADU
W12
Wll
VIO
W 9
IN
IN
n
IN
IN
IN
tN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
Ui
IN
IN
OUT
III
OUT
IN
OCT
OUT
IN
IN
oirr
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
n
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
Juapcr OUT • Logical '*1"
Juapar IN - Logical "0"
H8090 STANDAIO JUMPER CONPICURATION
PiU
Vtccor
VECTOR ADDRESS .
lUMPERS 1
D8
07
D6
D5
D4
03
D2
No.
Addrtfs
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
U2
Wl
00*
234
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
01**
300
IN
our
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
02
304
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
03
310
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
04
314
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
05
320
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
06
324
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
our
IN.
OUT
07
330
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
08
334
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
our
OUT
OUT
09
340
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
10
344
IN
our
OUT
OUT
INi
IN
OUT
11
350
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
1
tt 1 n
JuBp«r OUT • Logic '^l
Juap«r !R • Logic
••am
Size
A
cooc
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CN-«lMMft-N«72H>f>l
SHEET JLL. OF
16
CONTINUATION SHEET
1
MANUFACTUKING stecifkatkin
i
^"^' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMb TlSbT - APPENDIX A
TABLE S
ADTOCAT DIACHOSTIC "PATCHES"
■ •
;
ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED
ICSll
ICRll
AUTOCAT-11-QZICA
AUTOCAT-11-QZICA
NEW CONTENTS
033210
C33722
100020
033230
033312
100420
033250
033332
100066
033270
033352
100100
033310
033372
100500
033330
033412
100466
033346
033430
100000
033350
033432
101001
033370
033452
101004
033410
033472
101066
033530
033612
101466
033550
033632
101404
033566
033650
100000
033570
033652
101401
•
.
SIZE CODE NUM8EII
_A_^j. MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CN-OIMM*-M«'M>f}t
fMECr 14 OF 16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tmf
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 6
CALIBRATION TABLE FOR A005-YA
T
Tolerance (LSB)
EDC Out:put
Bipolar Unipolar
Gain
'Channel
A005-YA A007
Averafee
Bipolar Unipolar
Bipolar Unipolar
+0V
-K)V
+0V
+0V
+5MV
-5MV
+9MV
-9MV
+10MV
■f36MV
-KOMV
+0V
+0V
•H3V
•fOV
+I80MV
■KOOMV
+3.6V
+5V
+0V
+0V
+0V
+0V
+5MV
+9MV
+ 10MV
+36MV
+AOMV
-l-OV
+0V
+0V
+0V
+1B0MV
+/»OOMV
+3.6V
4-5V
+9. 9609V +9. 9609V
-9.980AV
1000
500
250
125
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
250
125
1
1
1
10
10
10
lO
10
10
10
10
10
10
50
10
12.5
10
2.5
10
1
. 10
50
10
12.5
10
2.5
10
1
10
10
10
10
0000
0000
0000
0000
2000
6000
3A63
A315
2000
3A63
2000
0000
0000
0000
0000
3A63
2000
3A63
2000
3770
A007
6000
0000
0000
0000
0000
AOOO
71A6
AOOO
71A6
AOOO
0000
0000
0000
0000
71A6
AOOO
71A6
AOOO
7760
+A
^2
+2
±2
+5
55
+5
+5
73
+3
+3
+2
+2
+2
+2
+2
T2
•f3
+2
■»-3
+3
+2
+6
T3
73
•»-8
+10
■• mm
+5
T6
is
•f3
;^3
?3
13
44
+5
+5
* Channel to be used for each A007
A007 #
1
2
3
A
5
6
7
CHANNEL
.21
iA2
63
8A
105
126
1A7
CN-01M>U-N«yi(3«2|
SIZE
cooc
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
SNEET
15
OF
REV
C
16
.£*
f^,>--jj^^-:,i^
MAWUFACTURIWC STECiFICATlON
CONTINUATION SHttl
'^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
D
Cain C
CH 1
CH I
CH 3
CH 3
CH 5
CH 5
CH 7
CH 7
I Gain Adj.
Off 0
I Off Adj.
' Cain 1"
Off 1
I Cain Adj.
I Off Adj.
Gain 2
Off 2
I Gain Adj.
I Off Adj.
Gain 3
Off 3
Z Gain Adj .
I Off Adj.
0 TP2
o TPC
ML
0/ A 0
-BTTT
"BTTT
♦ 2V T,F.
Analog God.
♦2V ADJ.
CHO V Gain Adj.
CR2 V Cain Adj.
CH4 V Cain Adj.
CH6 V Cain Adj .
S
A6330 DAC Hodula
Top Vitw
rZGUlK 1
CHAimEL
VO -
10 -
VI -
XI -
V2 -
12 -
V3 -
13 -
CAU) -1
e
J
0 0
THUMBWHEEL SWITCH
nONT VIEW
COOej NUMBER I RCV
SP I MAA6160-0-0 I C
SIZE
CN«10t> I««M7>(M1I
SHEET .li. OF
16
!
I
s
II
Ui
;|lt
* ? c
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
ICR-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCEDURE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
B
c <T c
- ItJ s
Prev. 7668001-0-6165
TPrV J^Apfff.fiCO»(
T^I^
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
»t-Mm»-f-H%7t-i$9n
SHEET 1 OF 23
MANUFACTURING STECIFiCATION
TmE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
ICR-ll IMPUSTIIAL SUB-STSTEM PROCEDURE"
i.o syECiAL iNanpcTiotis
1.1 No ilott WMj b« MptT b«tw«tta A005 and A007 aodulat.
1.2 V7440 .aodulM auat o«v«r b« Inccallad la ICS file tiot #9.
1.3 A907 mi»t U inatallad batwaan AO05/A0O7 and cha M8030/K80S0 taodulaa
(a)» whan tha Uttar la locatad within four (A) aloea of cha A005/A007
■odulaa (a) .
lA ZCS-J continuity Juapar Card auat ba Inatallad In tha T* connactor
block of all opan alota bacwaan tha flrat and laat Intamiplng aodula
of a flla.
1.5 Marcuvy wattad ralay aedulaa (AOOS, A007, M8030, M8050) wtat raalda In
a vartlcal plana foic a parlod of at laaat on* ^1) •Inuta, to pravant
■odula daaaia raaultlnf froa a al^ortad ralay.
1.6 Intarruptlat aodulaa cloaaat to tha control aodula haa hlghaat priority
within cha flla, and that flla cloaaat to tha procaaaor haa hlghaat
priority within tha ICl-11.
1.7 Optlona IAC-IA» lAC-Zl, XAC-OA, and lAC-OB ahall ba ayataa taatad aa
IDC-ID, IDC-n, IDC*04 and IDC-OB raapacclvaly.
Modulaa uaad In thaaa conflguratlona auat hava Juapar VI Inatallad,
only aftar coaplatlon of all ayataa taatlng.
1.8 Tha AOOS-TA la a coaputar apaclal ayataa*a variant , that ahall raqulra
prograa aodlflcatlon to tha In-bouaa ADTOCAT dlagnoatlc.
1.8.1 Inf. tnbla 7 for dlngnoatlc changaa.
1.8.2 laf. A-SF-AOOS-0-8, faction 7, for A005-TA axplanatlon.
1.8.3 Flald Sarvlca ahall rafaruica tabla 8 for calibration taat para-
aatara whan aalag chm ICI-11 Flald Taac Frograa.
1.8.4 Rafaranca tha ICR -11 Flald Taat Frograa wh#a parforaing ra-
callb^atlop of tha A005-TA.
SIZE
CODE
SF
NUMSEII
lEV
B
(N OlMt l«-N*7t (]•>}
SHEET
OF
MANUPACTURWC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
THll MODULAR APr'^OACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
2.0 EiygiaiCE DOCUMENTS
MantiAla:
Chtckout Proc«dur«s:
Acocptanca Procadurta:
f.S. Accaptanca:
Modula Taat Procaduraa:
Inflnaarlng SpaclflcaClona:
Prints :
EK-ICIll-HM
A-SP-A6330-0-3
A-8P-7010596
A-SP-A6330-0-5
A-SP-7010596
A-SP-ICIlll-A-5
A-SP-7010327-0-1
A-SP-7011020-0-1
A-SP-14/30-0-5
A-SP-ICIll-A-?
A-SP-Hl 601-0-1
A-SP-M6BS0-O-8
A-SP-M6870-O-8
A-8P-il8030-O-8
A-SP-II80S0-O-8
A-SP-V74 10-0-8
A-iP-V7411-0-8
A-SP-V7430-O-8
A-8P-V74 31-0-8
A-SP-W7440-0-8
A-iP-«772-0-3
A-iP-AOOS-0-8
A-8P-A007-O-8
A-SP-A907-0-8
A-8P-4330-0-8
A-8P-11301-O-1
A-SP-ZCIll-A-1
l-01>-IC]ai-A & C
B-DD-H912-0
B-DD-niA-O
1-DD-ICJ-I
S-DD-ISH-I
B-DO-IDC-O
B-DD-IDC-I
B-DD-IAD-I
l-DD-IMZ-I
1-DD-IlL-O
B-DD-7010596-0
B-DD-7010327-O
tN-«lMM*-N«}} Dtai
size
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
H
EV
IMIIT «J_ OF
23
MAWUFACTURINC STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TtTlE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
APPENDIX A
KaloDac Llttlnirft
AUT0CAT-11M)ZI1A (FAAT only)
AUTOCAT-11-qzniB (BVH only)
MD-ll-DZIKA
HD-11-DZIU (Tlald Sanrlct onl/)
3.0 IiriRENCE TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 7010596 Syitra T«it«r (In'houfa) W I/O Eotcndar cablcf.
3.2 Otcllloscop«, ttktronlc 465 or •qulvalant.
3.3 A6330, OAC Taattr.
3.4 "11" fa^ly procMsor. with 8K Mwry.
4.0 SPECIAL giSPECTIOM/CHgCK
4.1 Envurt Syatta Coaponantt «gr«« with ICR Una Itaaa on tha Cuatoaar
taqulaltion ForB.
4.2 Eaaura an Elactroaagnatie Shlald la praaant batvaan tha K8096 and tha
flrat I/O Kodula for aach ICS Plla Box.
4.3 Varlfy amch ICS Plla Box Modula (a) ara Inatallad according to tha
approvad priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1.
4.4 Varlfy Flla Box (a) ara aacuraly groundad to tha aouatlng cablnat and
that tha lattar la aacurad Syataa Povar Grottnd. (uaa oha aatar)
5.0 COHFIGDRATIOil GUIDELINES
5.1 All ICS option aodulaa ara to ba Inatallad ualng tha alot-prlorltr
iaquanca tabla. Sac Tabla 1.
5.2 B912 aountlng tarmlnala lat not ba Inatallad In cablnata containing
aanaltlva aqulpmant, auch aa dlakc or tapaa.
^.3 ICE aodulaa ara to ba Inatallad par approvad placaaaat. Saa Flgura 1.
6.0 TEST SET~OP
Rafar to taat procadura A-SP'-7010596-0-0 and A-SP-A63 30-0-5. Module con-
figuration: aaa Tabla 1 thru 6.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMtCR
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
CN010I2 i«N«;2<]«2|
SHEET
:. OF
23
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTIi^UATION SHEET
Tmc,
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.1
Mechanical Chackout
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
Xhara ara two dlatlnct aechanlcal varlatlona to cha
ICRll: tha ICull-A, which la a cablnat ■ountable
varaloo; aad tha ICRll-C (NEMA) . which la ancloaad
for uaa in harah induatrlal anvlronaanta . Both
unita ara alactroolcally Idantlcal with tha axcap-
tlon of a haat circuit praaact only In tha ICRll-C.
Tha ICRll-C varalon will ba ahlppad to tha FA&T
llQ« on an ancloaad akld. Bafora procaadlng. It
will ba nacaaaary to reaovc tha ehlpplng container
cover. Thla la accoapllahad by reaovlng (8) bolta
at the baaa of the cover.
Reaove top
aertlon of
reer aodule cerd guldaa tc allow for In
ayatea teat cablea.
ICBll-A - Connect tha I/O teat cablea to all
optlona aounted within the fll^. except lAD-OA
(A0005), IMX-IA (A0007) or IDA-OA (A6i30) . Options
lAD-IA end IMX-IA require apeclal teat gear hard-
ware. IDA-OA option teeter. (reference procedures
ICS/ICR eyateaa teeter procedure A-SP-7010596-0-0
and IDA-OA (A6330) Checkout Procedure A-SP-A6330-
0-5 for detailed Inf'rratlon on configuring and
connecting thoee teatarn).
NOTE: Do not attempt to run IDA-OA optlona with
lAD-IA and IMX-IA optlona connected to the system
teeter.
ICRll-C - All condltlona In step 6.1.4 hold true for
the ICRll-C, but It vUl be neceaaary to add exren-
dor ceblea to the I/O Syaten Teat Cables In order
to nake the neceaaary connectlona within the NEMA
caatlng.
Thla
door
file
abou
door
exte
the
loca
cabl
conn
in t
can
to
ret
t al
a to
nder
reae
ted
e up
ectl
^e f
be beet eccoaplluhed by opening the front
the NEMA caatlng, and removing the tour (4)
alning acrews. Slide the file forwerd
X (6) Inchee. Now open both elde acceaa
the NEMA. Connect the aatlnf end of the
cable to the I/O eyatea teat cable. Snake
inlng end up Into the NEMA conduit hole
on the bottom of the caatlng. Uork the
Into the back of the ceatlng until the
on can be aada with the option aounted with
lie.
SIZE
ccoc
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SQSBDSD
CN O10«} >«-N«72 ( Jt3l
SHEET J OF 23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITir
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - AlrPENDIX A
6.1.6 It !■ btat to connect options In th« ctntar of th«
fllo and vork out to both onds. E«ch conduit hole
it ciip«bl« of •xccpting eight (8) cables, so If
sixtssn (16) options sccovpsny th« fils, both
conduit helss aust bs ussd. After all option
cables are connected, slide the file back in, and
close all three NEMA doors. All testing should be
accoBplished on the file in this aanner.
6.1.7 Insert the Master Control and Interface Nodules
(HS094, and M8098) into the provided DDllB block
or aTailable SPC slots on the systea. Be sure that
all juaper locations are correct. (lef. table 2-6)
6.1.8 Check the following herdwere for proper installation
against the ICRll Engineering Print Set iB-DD-ICRll-
A and C.
BC08 Cables (Master and Slave connectlons)-Teletype
Juaper Connector #7011332 23 foot seriel interface
cable between aeeter and slave N8098 aodules
#7011239.
MOTE: ICtll-C version only - disconnect the slave
N8098 Digital cable froa the inside bulkhead con-
nection. This la necessary to facilitate eating
of the ■•rial laterface teat cable #7011239. Route
the test cable up thro the bottoa conduit hole be-
fore connecting to the pigtail.
6.1r9 Reference the ZC8 eyateae teeter procedure #A-SP-
7010396-0-0 for proper internal conversion and
panel switch aettinga to be uaed on the aystea con-
flturatlon to be tested.
VOTIt Systea Teeter's BCll-A bus cable plugs into
lest unibue elot of the custoaer's systea. DO HOT
PLUG THI8 CAltE IMTO THE ICR riLEBOI UHDER TEST.
7.0 SYSTEMS TEST
7.1 Power up both the syetea teeter end the eystea under test.
Alec, if Che IDA-OA option tester is to be used at thia
tla«f it ehould also be tamed on. Allow 30 ainutee for
this ayatea and test gear to atabilise.
7.2 ICR-11 Controller Teett
ffOTIt it it not aecessary to have the ZCS aystsa teeter
coaaected to the systea aader test to perfora this testing.
tIZK ICOOC
A r»y
NUMUII
MAA6165-0-0
iiev
B
SNMM*-t«-M«yt-{M»
SNCCT
MANUrACTUIIINC gEClFICATlOW
^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
CONTINUATION SHEET
7.2.1 Load th« "XCl Controllar Dlagnoatle MAIMDEC-11-DZIRA
ualdg ataadard Digital Loading Procoduraa.
7.2.2 Sat awlteh raglatar to 224 and load addraaa.
MOTE: Thla atartlng addraaa Includaa povar fall
taatlng.
7.2.3 t*iaat tha avltch raglatar to 1000 and praaa atart.
ROTE: Rafaranca dlagnoatle wrlta up MAIMDEC-ll-
DZIRA-D for additional Information and awlteh aat>
tlnga if daalrad.
7.2.4 Chaek tha ayataa «ap agalnat tha ayataa eooflgura-
tlon to Inaura that all fllaa raportad on axlat,
and that all that axlat, ara raportad.
''.2.S Powar fall taat oaeh raaota fllabox on tha ayataa,
aa Inatructad to do ao by tha prograa. .....
7.2.6 Upon coaplatloa of tha Povar Pall Taat, run tha
dlagnoatle for tiaa apaelflad for avary flla on
tha ayttaa. Tharafora, a two flla ayataa will hava
a dlagnoatle r«a tlaa of doublad. Vhan tha pra-
acrlbad run tlaa haa baan raaehad, lowar awlteh 09
to taralnata tha taat and obtain tha run auaaary
typaottt.
7.2.7 Aceaptabla arror eouat for tha run auaaary ahould
ba 0. Should arrora or Una arrora ba aneountarad,
tha^ayataa ahall ba conaldarad unaeeaptabla.
lapaira shall ba Initlatad and tha prograa rarun
for tha apaelflad tlaa, until an arror fraa paaa
la aehiavad.
7.3 ICRll Syataaa Taat Prograa
NOTE: Thla dlagnoatle raqulraa tha uaa of « ICS ayataa
taatar.
7.3.1 Load tha ICE ayataaa taat prograa dlagnoatle
AUTOCAT-U-QZIIA ualng atandard Digital Loading
Procaduraa.
SIZE
cooc
SP
NUMIER REV
MAA6165-0-0 I B
d i g i!t!a
CM-«10««t«-N«7|-(3«t)
SHtn
MANIJFACTIJIUHC SPEClTiCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH 10 SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
[
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
8«t tvitch rtt(iit«r to 200 load and ttart.
Enear cha octal ntonbar of tha fila to ba taatad.
Entar tha vac tor addratt of tha saaa fila. Addratt ranga
234-777.
Entar (aalf ^er^). Thla vill autoaatically run a talf tatt
of tha ayttaa tattar to varify that all intaraal working!
of tha taatar ara oparativa. Should arrort ba ancouncarad
during this run, rapairt should ba iaatitutau bafora pro-
eadiaf.
won: fyatta taatar cablaa should ba diaeonnactad froa tha
following option aodulaa bafora attaanting r.o run "talf tatt".
If not, falia intaruptt will ba ganaratad by tha euatoaar'f
fila. ZOC-Xl, ZDC-ZC. IDC-IS, and lAD-U.
•.ar (Z^er^) to elaar any pravioua job buffar antry. •
.i.atar tha I/O optiona aountad within tha ICl fila to ba
taatad. Thia fila aayba 1 of 12 poatibla filaa on tha
(Saa rigura 2)
Should tha fila configuration include lOA-OA
optiona, (A6330) do not antar than at thif tiaa.
ayataa.
7.3.7.1
Wn: It is not naeaaaary to roaova thia option
whila taating all othar optiona, but do disconnect
tha IDC input froa ^a lOA-OA option taatar.
(raf. A-SP-A6330 option tast procadura). Saapla
antry:
#EA005<CR>Entar ooa A005 in slot addrass 00 raal address
" 171000. Hodula cocaactad to syscaa tasters analog
cable.
fEA007,4<CI>Enter four AOOT'a in slot addresses 02,04, 06.
" and 10 raal addreaaaa 171002 to 171010 aodulas
connected to systea testers analog cablaa.
#BW74n,5<CI>Bnter five V7411's in slot addreaaaa 171C12 to
" 171022 aodulas connected to aystea testers DC c^ules
0 thru 4.
#S-30<CI>8at a lot addreaa equal to 30.
' W>TI: We are not running A6330'a at this tiaa, so
•lot addreaaaa 24 and 26 have been bypassed.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMSEII
MAA6165-0-0
REV
CN010«3l*N»r}(Jt}t
SHEET
OF 23
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHf:ET
TITLI MODULAR APPROACH W SYSTfcMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
# EM68S0,4CC][>Ent«r four M68SO'f In slot addratf 30 thru
36. 2««1 «ddr«tttt 171030 thru 171036.
Thia coapltttt th« loading of tht protm job buffer to run
all aodulai with tht axcaption of both A6330'i.
7.3.8 Typ« in (L<C1» to obtain tha aodula antry loadad into tha
prograa. Thia ahould ba chaekad againat your antry to
varify that all antriaa wara aada corraetly.
7.3.9 Aftar antaring tha aodulaa into tha job buffar. typa in
(K<CI» Tha prograa will raapond with K OH. Thia will
•nabla tha prograa to run non atop.
7.3.10 Typa in (I<Ct>). Thia vill initiata tha taat on tha fila
box.
HOTE
no
TE : Ihr i tha protraa ba haltad durini paaa 2.
t ba raa rtad for 30 «inuf a. if 1A>IA optiona
it ahouli
optiona ara
^_.. -- I _ - . - ^^* ia to allow for
atabiliiation ok flying capa aountad on thia aodula.
inuti
within tht f ilaboK confiiuratiop.
7.3.11 lun tha diagaoatic for a ainiaua of (1) timm apacifiad. or
(1) ona coaplata paaa. Vhichavar ia lontar.
7.3.11.1 Tha currant paaa count can ba obtainad by typing
**p" on tha talatypa.
MOTE: If tha IC8 fila haa a aaxima load of (16)
aixtaan analog aodulaa (worat caaa diagnoatic
run tiaa), a coaplata paaa vill taka approx-
iaataly 1 hour and 40 ainuxaa.
7.3.11.2 Connact all I/O cablaa froa tha ICR to tha
■009 HTC panal (aftar taata hava baan
rua auccaaafully In Aecaptanca), and hava
QC intfact rha inatallatlon.
7.4 ICK 11 Syataaa Taat Prograa In Conjunction With lOA-OA Option Taater.
7.4.1
7.4.2
Diacount all I/O ayataa taatar cablaa frc
vara pravioualy taatad.
tha filaa that
tafaranea atapa 6.1.3 ilid^ 6.1.4 on eonnacting tha IDA-OA
option taatar if not pravioualy dona. Piva A6330'a can be
connactad to tha option taatar at thia tiaa, but thay vill
hava to ba acepad iadapandaatly of ona aaochar.
NOTE: Don't forgat to raconnact tha EDC output cabla for
tha IDA-OA option taatar.
Size cQoe
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
CNoiMMft-«»«>f mai
SHEET
OF
23
MANUFACTUIUNC SFECIFICAHON
CONTINUATION SHfLlJ
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.4.3 Eiit«r (Z<CI» o« tha t«l«typ« to cUir til prtvloualy
•Qt«r«d jobf.
7.4.4 Ent«r (K <Cl» on th« toUtypo to chtck what ittto th« 'IC"
eoMMfid it U. Th* K co«uod for thi« tt«t should b« in
tho off aodo.
7.4.5 Entor tho slot addrota location for all tha lOA-OA optiona
within tha fila.
von: Only <S) fiva IDA-OA optiona can ba eonnactad to tha
taatar. If othara ara praaant, thay can ba taatad upon tha
eoaplation of thia taat.
Exaapla of loading tachniqua to ba uaad for lOA-OA optiona
ahowQ in figura 2.
# S ■ 24 <cs> Sat ale addraaa aqual to 24
7 E A6330, 2 (ct} E. A6330'a in slot addraaaaa 24 and 26
rai:'. addraaaaa 171024 and 171026, Joba 0
and 1 raapactivaly.
Thia eoaplataa tha loading of both A6330'a ahovn in figura 2.
7.4.6 Adjuat all aattinga for tha acopa. and awitch tha option
caatar to tha firat option (eard/cabla output) Job 0.
(rafaranca A6330 option taat procadura A-SP-A6330-0-S) .
7.4.7 Typa in IJO<er>. Thia will initiata paaa 1 tasting on tha
firat ZOA-OA option or job 0 at ilot addraaa 171024. Caaa
atap 7.4.3) raapa will ba outputad to tha option for acopa
■aasuraaanta.
7.4.8 Coapara tha acopa wavaforB againat tha tolarancaa indicatad
within tha option taat procadura A-SP-A6330-0-5. If tha
option ia found to ba within tolaranca, proeaad to the naxt
atap. If not. rapair, adjuat, or raplaca tha option, and
rataat until accaptabla.
7.4.1.1 To adjuat tha A6330, or ISA-OA Option, proeaad aa
followa: (Ia2. figura 3)
A. Pirat aaaaura tha carda Eafardnca Voltaga ba-
twaan "TP2" and •'TFC'.' It ahould ba ^2 volta ♦
tev. If out of apac. uaa tha "♦2 v adj." pot
to adjuat it within tolaranea.
1. Sat tha thuiibwhaal awitch to tha card undar taat.
C. Sat tha thuabwhaal twitch to channal 0 or tha
firat voltaga output.
SIZE ICOOCi NUMBER
A I SP I MAA6165-0-0
RCV
B
fN«lM> U-M«»>(J«2|
SHEET ^0 OF Ji
MANUFACTDMNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtMS 'ifcbT - APPENDIX A
7.4.9
7.4.10
7.4.11
7.4.12
7.4.13
7.4.14
D. Adjuat pot "D/A 0" gain adjuat for chanaal 0.
Th% output on tht acopa ahould b« adjuattd
vithia tha ^20nv tolaranca.
E. Sat tha thuKbvhaal avitch to channal 2 or tha
aacond voltaga output.
r. Kapaat atap D, but uaa pot aarkad "D/A 1" gain
adjuat.
C. lapaac atapa C thru F for rasaining two voltaga
ehannala 2 and 3 (chuabwhaal aattinga 4 and 6
raapactivaly).
B. laaat chuabwhaal avitch to channal 1. Thia ia
tha firat currant output chaaasl.
X. Adjuat tha c* ^ cant offaat of channal 1 aa cloaa
aa poaalblr ground by uaing pot. "off 0"
J. Adjuat tht currant gain of channal 1 to fall
within tht rtquirtd J^ 20 vr tolaranca.
K. laaat tht thtabwhttl avitch to channal 3 or tha
atcond currtnt output.
L. Itptat atapa I thru J and rtptat thaaa stapa for
tha raauining currant output a, ehannala 5 and 7.
Typt "Control C to ttr«inata tha taat.
If othar XOA-OA optiona hava baan antarad, typa in
tha naxt job to ba run. For axaapla, Job 1 vould
ba ant trad naxt for tht Figura 2 Configuration.
laptat atapa 7.4.7 thru 7.4.9 until all joba hava
bttn taatad.
Turn "K" coaaund on by typing "K" on tht tarminal.
Ettttr t <cr> and run all XDA-OA optiona tnttrtd in
attp 7.4.5 for tlM aptclfltd. With tha "K" cooeand
on,paaa 2 will only ba run during thia tast. It
ia not nactaaary to acopt tht outputa for thia :aat.
•-P^ "Control C" to ttralnatt tht ttat.
Itptat atapa 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of the
optiona fall, rapalr, and rapaat all taata.
Size
COOC] NUMICR
SP I MAA6165-0-0
REV
aN-010Mt«-M»7t(]f«)
SHECT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYS'iiiHS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.4.15 If th«rt art nor« than (5) fiv« IDA-OA options
withiu thif filt, it will be necessary to repeat
sttps 7.4.5 thru 7.4.14 to test the refining.
7.5 Repeat all tests 7.3. thra 7.4.15 for all other files on the
aysttas configuration.
7.6 ICRll Field Ta«t Pregra*
NOTE: Thla dlagnoatlc raqulraa tha uaa of a Field UDC/
ICS Taater.
7.6.1 Rafaranca apacification A-SF-ICRll-M-5 for indepth
•xplanatlcn.
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SDIDQSD
CN-«ieMI»^«lt(J«4)
SHEET
12
Of
23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHKIJ
TITLf
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
FICtRZ 1
CONTROL A\'D INTERFACE MODULE ASSIGNMENTS AND CABLE
LOCATIONS:
Terminator card or
Unibus Out Cable
Unibus
Cable in
Remote teletype cable and ihorting
plug p/n 7008360 and 7011532 these
items must be installed befr running
test diagnostics.
BC08R
< 1 i 4
bntinuity
or peripheral
interface modulfi
00 lie or availible SPC
(Front View) »^o^«
I t i 4 r C 7 I i 1$ H H >i >* J K 'f If IIIM U U U U
Note 1
ICR File Backplane
(Front View)
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
SDIDDSD
REV
CN-010t>-l4-Nt;7-<J«2|
SHEET -^-3 OF -^^
■^
^M
■■MB
HHH
■"■
■■"
■MB
1
11 ANiii7Ar*n iDfMi^ cPET^rerir* ATiriM
MMi
1 CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MAnur Ai, lUKino SkrEA^irivAiiun
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST ~ APPENDIX A
EXAMPLE OF TYPICAL FILEBOX CONFIGURATION
NOTE; A6330 will be tested upon completion of this test.
,-i ... —
A
0)
:
-
s
r
•3
iH
CM
3
•«t
OO
s
i-t
■3
3
3
00
3
r
:
r
r
3
^
•
„
<**
■>
8
3
3
3
'
B
NO CONNECTIONS
C
^
f<*
S^
^0
^
(N
^
\D
tsi
M
^
v£>
ta
W
^
vO
«i
«l
«<
.H
fH
•H
r-i
cs
(S
C4
M
n
m
m
n
00
VO
•
0>
<r
a
«l
>s^
9
X
:
:
s
:
s
3
3
3
'
'
3
X
'
3
ao
s
D
^
2
z
s
:
s
s
s
S
z
3
3
3
3
s
3
3
CO
fH
^
>A
E
1S^
en
in
00
«t
«»
s
:
s
r^
s
3
r
3
\D
3
^?
3
3
3
<
<
H
1
<
<
H
1
Q
H
1
<
g
1
F
g
s
:
-
H
=
'
3
3
g
*•
H
"
w
*•
H
H
M
H
H
123456789 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 2^
I
Physical Slot Location
FIGURE 2
NOTE: For module address locations other than filebox 0
reference 9.1 of the diagnostic write-up autocat-11-QZIRB.
Operator entry on teletype for configuration shown in fig. 2.
•
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A.
SP
MAA6165-0-0
«
OCC l«-(3t2)lM2-N«72
SHEET 1^ OF 23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TbbT Appendix A
Cain
t
Off
t
Cain
1
Off
1
r.Jiin
?
Off
2
Gain
3
Off
3
O TP2
CH 1 I Cain AdJ .
CH 1 I or? Adj.
CH 3 I Cain AdJ
CH 3 I Off Adj.
CH 5 I Gain AdJ
CH 5 I Of f AdJ .
CH 7 I Gain AdJ
CH 7 I Off Adj.
♦ 2V T.P.
O TPC Analog Cnd.
♦2V ADJ.
CH8 V Cain Adj.
CH2 V Gain Adj.
CHU V Gain Adj.
CH6 V Gain Adj.
RET
D/A t
D/A 1
D/A 2
JUA-J
Ab330 DAC Modult
Top Viaw
t:
riGURZ 3"
imm
CHA^NKZL
CARD
n
i
1
vtf -
U -
VI -
II -
V2 -
12 -
V3 -
13 -
0
1
2
3
b
5
THUMBVKZEL SWITCH
FROMT VIEW
SIZE
i?°'j MAAgir?J^7
JL
3
I
REV
CN01M}I*-«««»7|J«>I
SHEET 15 OF 11
MANUFACTURING SfEOFICATICN
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
MODULAR APPROACH 'IXJ SYSTEMS TLST Appendix A
TABLE 1
fill aOX - MODULE PRIORITY TABU
PRIORITY
HODUU
OPTION
COWIENTS
SEQUENCE
I
A005
lAIKiA
2
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX
3
A005
lAD-IA
4
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX
$
A907
ISH-IA
4
V7410
IDC- I A
7
W74U
lAC-IA
H9U. ♦ BC40J
1
W74U
I DC- ID
1
U7440
IDC-IC
10
W7430
IDC-IB
11
W7431
lAC-IB
H9I2, * BC40J
12
W7431
IDC- IE
13
A6330
IDA-OA
1 1 MAX
14
M6870
IDC-OB
11
M6a70
lAC-OB
M912. * BC40J
U
M68S0
IDC-OA
V
H68S0
lAC-OA
H9i:, ♦BC40J
11
H8030
• IRL-OA
If
M80S0
IRL-OB
tNOiOSa t«M«7;(jt9t
SIZE
CODE
8P
NUyBEfl
MAA6165-0-0
3
SHEET 16 OF 23
MANUFACTl'RJNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
^•^'■f MODUIAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TbST Appendix A
TABLE 2
AOOS STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JU>U'ER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
UI08
Will
OUT
INTERRUPT MODE
lCS-11
A007 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
W21
U22 •
W22
W24
U25
U26
W27
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
!> ELECT MUX # 1
SELECT MUX ♦ 2
SELECT MUX tf 3
SELECT MUX # 4
SELECT MUX * 5
SELECT MUX # 6
SELECT MUX # 7
SflSDDBD
U7430 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
U59
IK
OUT
INTERRUPT MODi;
ICS-II
U7431 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
W 9
WIO
OUT
IN
INTERRUPT MODE
JCS-U
SIZE
A
cooe
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
CM oio«>i«N*ri |]«li
SHEET «1L OF
*
MANUFACTURING SPfcClFICATlCN
TITLE
CONTINUATION SHLl
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
TABLE 3
W7440 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
1 -
FUNCTION
W 2
W16
IN
OUT
rcs-u
INTERRUPT HOOK
Md09A STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
File No.
ICSR/ICAR
JUMPERS
AI2
All
AID
A9
AS
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
W22
W2l
W20
Vi9
W13
W17
WIS
WIS
wi:.
WI3
00
OUT
IN
IN
CUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
01
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
02
OUT
IS
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
03
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
CUT
IN
IN
04
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
Ol~
IN
OUT
CUT
05
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
06
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
X*4
IN
OUT
07
n;x
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN-
OH
jCT
IN
IN
OUT
• OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
CUT
09
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
10
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
11
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
Jumpj"/ OU"
r • Logic
1* t It
Jumpt:' IN
• Logic
-O"
SIZE
A
mmm^
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA61'^>5-0-0
tiV. .'Ot; l» No// I )97|
SHEET
18
RFV
B
OF 23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 4
M8094 FILE JUMPERS
File
F3
F2
Fl
FO
No.
W12
Wll
WIO
W9
IN
0
IN
IN
... . ...
IN
1
IN
IN
IN
OUT
2
IN
IN
OUT
IN
3
rj
IN
OUT
OUT
4
IN
OUT
IN
I!J
5
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
6
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
7
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
8
OUT
IN
IN
IN
9
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
10
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
11
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
Jumper OUT - Logical "1"
Jumper IN «■ Logical "0"
MB 094 VECTOR JUMPED
VECTOR ADDRESS
JUMPERS
File
Vector
V8
V7
V6
V5
V4
V3
V2
No.
Address
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
Wl
00*
234
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
01*
300
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
02
304
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
03
310
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
04
314
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
05
320
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
06
324
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
07
330
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
08
334
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
09
340
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
10
344
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
11
350
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
HI N
Jumper OUT = Logic "l
Jumper IN - Logic "O'
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
OCC 1«-(MX)-1M2-I««7X
SHEET ^^ OF «ii
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYST»SMS TEST Appendix A
TABU 5
#of InpuC
Modules
I
2
1
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
M8096 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
W7 '
W6
V3
W4
113
out
xn
in
in
out
OUC
in
i«
out
ia
out
in
ia
out
out
out
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
in
out
6<
in
out
out
in
ev
out
ia
in
in
out
out
ia
in
out
out
out
ia
out
in
out
out
ia
out
out
out
out
out
in
in
out
out
out
in
out
out
out
out
out
in
out
out
out
out
*
out
ia
s
a
a
X
X ■ Do not cart
Juap«rs miniaixt polling tiat for input aodult*. Tht ttltcttd
juaptrt short cyclt tht poll eounttr afttr tht Itst aodult addrtss
has bttn atltettd.
Znitallation of Juaptr U8 eauats an I/O aignal to bt stnt to all I/O
■odulta if atrial link ia loat for sort than 2? ainutta. (auat not
bt ustd by PAiT)
Size
A
CODC
SP
NUMIER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SQgDQSO
CN-oio«ai«-M»rr.jt}i
SHEET 20 Qf 23
MANUFACTURING SPECOTCATION'
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 6
M8098 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
Valid for etch Rev. "B" or higher.
M8098 SWITCH SETTING (ESQ)
Mode
Selection
WIO W9
W8
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
Wl
Master
Slave
In In
out out
In
out
out
In
out
In
out
In
out
In
In
out
out
In
out
in
Valid for etch Rev
. -A"
only
•
Mode
Selection
WIO W9
W8
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
Wl
Master
Slave
out out
In In
out
In
In
out
In
out
In
out
In
out
out
In
out
In
out
in
Switch
Master
Mode
Slave
Function
Sl-1
on
on
ADR 0
Sl-2
on
on
ADR 1
Sl-3
on
on
ADR 2
Sl-4
on
on
ADR 3
Sl-5
on
on
ADR 4
Sl-6
on
on
ADR 5
Sl-7
off
on
Master/Slave Select
Sl-8
off
off
Broadcast
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
OCC l«iSMhlMa4««7t
SHEET 21 OF 23
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 7
AUTOCAT DIAGNOSTIC "PATCHES
ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED
ICSll
ICRXl
AUTOCAT- 1 1 -QZ ICA
AUTOCAT-11-QZiCA
NEW CONTENTS
033210
033722
100020
033230
033312
100420
033250
033332
100066
033270
033352
100100
033310
033372
100500
033330
033412
100466
033346
033430
100000
033350
033432
101001
033370
033452
101004
033410
033472
101066
033530
033612
101466
033550
033632
101404
033565
033650
100000
033570
033652
101401
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
MC f-l»nhl—»*f7»
SHEET
OF
MANUFACrURINC SFECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 8
CALIBRATION TABLE FOR A005-VA
EDC Output
Gain
Channel
Avaraga
Tolaranca (LSB) |
Bipolar Unipolar
AOOS-VA A007
Bipolar Unipolar
Bipolar
unipolaz
■K)V -KJV
-KDV -frOV
-K)V +0V
+0V 40V
1000
500
250
125
10 *
10
10
10
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
+4
+2
±2
>6
♦3
+3
±3
+5MV +5MV
-5MV
1000
1000
10 ♦
10
2000 4000
6000
+5
±5
±8
+9MV +9MV
-9MV
+10MV +10MV
+36MV +36HV
■♦■40MV +40MV
1000
1000
500
250
125
10
10
10
10
10
3463 7146
4315
2000 4000
3463 7146
2000 4000
+5
■»-5
■»-3
+3
+3
110
+6
+5
■K)V -WV
+0V 40V
40V -WV
■K)V -KJV
50
12.5
2.5
1
10
10
10
10
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
+2
+2
+2
±2
+3
+3
+3
±3
+180MV +180MV
+400MV +400MV
4-3. 6V +3.6V
■fSV +5V
50
12.5
2.5
1
10
10
10
10
3463 7146
2000 4000
3463 7146
2000 4000
+2
+2
+3
±2
•K4
•►4
+5
+9.960<?V +9. 9609V
-9.9804V
-5.0V
1
1
1
10 ♦
10 ♦
10
3770 7760
4007
6000
+3
?3
+2
±5
* Channel to
be used for each A007
A007 #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CHANNEL
21
42
63
84
105
126
147
0€C l«HMtM0«»N«7a
TiiS
JjL
CODEF NUMBER
SPIMAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SHEET
-e
II
|3
u u
3 «
h
H
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE 8/7/80
TITLE DPM23 DISTRIBUTED l/O SUBSYSTEM
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
-4
U^xiated arxS revised
AOOOO
MLOIO
ENQ
BILL WHITBY
APP
S
554^fel^»^'
SIZE
A
COD*^, NUMBErt
SF MAA6170-0-0
REV
A
M»-«IMMMlMy»<tM|
SHEET 1 0F21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITli
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
DPH23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
1.0 INTRODUCTION . *
The DPH23 i» a ustr prograaaablt subsystta which Is bastd on
th« KDFll-AA (11/23 CPU) and intcrfactd to th« DEC DATAWAY. It
is supported undor ISX11S, supports FORTRAN and MAC«0. and usts
DPH50 Phasa 2 coaaunioat ^ons softwara. User prograas and
diagnostics Br9 downloaded froa a DPH HOST COMPUTER over the
DATAWAY.
Vhls procedure defines ainiaua test criteria for the base
DPM2:. For options added to the base, reference other
appropriate aast procedures.
The base DPM23 consists of:
BAII-NC/ND
KDFll-AA
MSVII-DD
ISV1UB
9 slot chassis and pow?r supply
CPU with aeaory aanagea'^nt
61kb aos aeaory
DEC DATAWAY Interface board set
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2. 1 MANUALS;
2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR HANDBOOK:
2.1.2 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK:
2.1.3 MSVII.D.-E USERS MANUAL:
2.1.4 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUIDE:
2. 1.5 DPM23 USERS GUIDE:
2.1.6 KDF11.AA USERS GUIDE:
2.1.7 BAII-N TECHNICAL MANUAL:
EB-1S836-18/79
EB-17723-20/80
EK-MSV1D-0P-???
EK-PIOS-UC-???
EK-DPM23-UG-???
EK-KDFII-UC-???
EK-BA11N-TM-???
2.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS:
2.2.1 DPM23 PRINTSET: MP001058
2.2.2 DLV11-F PRINTSET: MP000461
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT;
3. 1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA:
3.1.1 Valid DPM HOST SYSTEM configuration.
3.1.2 RSX11-M on appropriate host aedla.
3.1.3 Attenuation panel.
3.1.4 HEWLETT PACKARD DVN or equivalent accurate to .01V f
3.1.5 Serial line unit IE. DLV11-F and Terainal for LSI
Inforaatlon outp'ut (LOCAL MODE).
15V.
error
me u^mthim* utn
^jggjc^y
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-C
REV
A
SHEET 2 OF .21,
MANUFACTliRlNC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tine MODULAR APPRpACu TO SYSTEMS TEST
*.0 HEQUIRED DIACNOSTIC PW0CWAM3!
4.1 OPN REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT «ZP125-IID
HAME
4.1.1 DZKCI
4.1.2 DZKCH
4.1.3 CZKMP
4.1.4 DVDVC
4.1.5 CZQMC
4.1.6 OVPCA
4.1.7 CJKDA
4.1.8 CJKDB
4.1.9 CJKDC
4.1. 10 CJXDD
••OPTIONAL
DESCIIPTION MODE
Rtaot* ttrainal ttsttr Reaott
Serial but •xtroli«r Rtnot*
Task Handler N/A
DLV'11-F ttst Local
0-124k Btaory •xtroittr Local
Poa ttst Local
P-11 MNU tast Local
F-11 CPU tast Local
KEFIUAA dlag 1« Local
KEF11-AA diag 2* Local
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1.1 RSX11-M Bust ba running
DIAGNOSTICS KIT #ZP125-ID.
in tha host systaa with DPH REMOTE
5.1.2 A sarial Una intarfaet (IE. DLVII-F.DLVII-J) and tarainal
will ba rtqulrtd to run diagnostics in LOCAL MODE at tha DPM23
subsystaa. NOTE: Thasa Itaas ara usad for ttst only and ara not
shipped unlass spaoifically ordtrad with systaa.
5.1.3 Tha M8080 is always tha last itta
axcaptions that tha M8084 always occupies
optional BDV11-AA(M8012) always plugs into
en the
bus with the
slot 9.
and that the
slov 8.
«
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUUtCR
MAA 6170-0-0
SNilT
tcv
A
MAWUPACTURINC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLt NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5. 1.4 At this
on th« OPM23.
Wrltlnc only tht following options art lupportod
A. NSV11-DD
B. BDVn-AA
C. DLVII-E
D. DLVn-J
E. DLVII-KA
F. DZVn-A
G. IBVn-B
H. IPV11
I. LPVn-PA/PO
J. RXVn-BA/BD
K. RXV21-BA/BD
L. BAII-NE/NF
32K WORDS HOS MEMORY
TERMINATOR/BOOT MODULE
ASYNCHRONOUS LINE UNIT
FOUR ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL INTERFACES
20MA CURRENT LOOP OPTION
ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER
INSTRUMENT BUS INTERFACE AND CABLE
Q BUS lOCM
LINE PRINTER OPTIONS
FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS
DOUBLE DENSITY FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS
EXPANDER BOX
5. 1.5 In ofdor to run DCF11-AA diagnostic
TIME CLOCK) Inttrrupts «ust bt dlsablad,
JUMptr V4 iiust bt infltalltd on tht KDF11-AA
ttstlng. If a BDVII-AA (M8012) aodult has
(CJKDB). LTC (LINE
to aeooapllsh this
CPU Bodult prior to
bttn addtd to tht
DPM23 systta switohpaok E21 #5 sity bt turntd on inattad. In
tlthtr oast this prootdurt aust bt rtvtrstd prior to running D
BUS I/O aodult diagnostic VPCAEO. Syitf augt ihlp with LTC
Inttrrupts tnabltd. •
6.0 mSTALLATIOM AND TEST SEtUP INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 UNPACKIMC AMD INSPECTION;
*
6.1.1 Savt all paoklng aattrlal for tqulpatnt to bt shipptd that
la not oab aounttd.
SIZE
A
CODE
8P
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
SHEIT ^ OF 21
■ I
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.^ MODULE CONFIQUBATIOH SETUPS FOR DPM2J
6.2.1 KDFIt-AA (N8166) LSI 11/23 CPU HODULE
JUMPER DESICNAT
ION
JUMPER STATE
VI
IN
112
AS RECEIVED
V3
AS RECEIVED
W1»
OUT
W5
OUT
V6
OUT
W7
IN
- V8 THRU
W15
DON'T CARE
W16
IN
W17
IN
WIS
IN
*«Not«: S«« special Initruotlon at 5.1.5
Rafaranoa FIGURE 2 for Juapar looatlont.
6.2.2 H8V11-DD (MSdKI-D?) FIRST 32K
SI SWITCHPACK SWITCH STATE
ON
ON
ON
ON
IN
l¥
IN
IN
IN
IK
U9rT%no9 FIGURE H for switoh and juapar locations.
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
W2
W3
PIN 1
TO
3
PIN 5
TO
7
PIN 10
TO
14
PIN 15
TO
16
Size
A.
CODE
6P
NUMBER
REV
A
Bcc iHaMl-iau<N«?a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
6.2.3 DLV11-F (M6028) SERIAL LINE UNIT
JUMPEH DESIGNATION JUMPEW STATE
TO
Tl
T2
T8
iO
II
112
• 3
The DLVn-F is default Junpertd for console use, but the tbove
baud rate Jumpers aust be reconfigured from 110 baud operation
to 300 baud.
The DLV11-F is not a standard part of the DPM23 systea, but is a
frequent option, and is needed In FAAT for diagnostic testing in
LOCAL MODE. See FIGURE 5 for Juaper locations.
6.2.1 ISVn-B (H8080,H808«) DEC DATAWAY INTERFACE
FACTORY CONFIGURED:
CSR ADDRESS
VECTOR ADDRESS
JUMPERS
Wl
117
wn
W17
W21
THRU
THRU
THRU
THRU
THRU
W6
W10
W16
W20
W23
W1.W3,W5,W7,W9
W2,Wii,W6,W8.W10
STATE
OUT
IM
OUT
IN
OUT .
IN
OUT
160140
160U2
160144
300
304
LOCATION
M8080
H8080
M3080
M8080
M8O80
M8084
M8084
NOTE: If DLV11.J is installed in DPM23 systea its default
vector address of 300 aust b« reconfigured because of its
conflict with the ISVIUB.
Reference FIGURES 7.1 and 7,?. for Juaper locations.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
'I
REV
MC IMMthlOM-fMVI
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
T'"^*-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
6.3 CABLING OF THE DPM23
6.3.1 Cabling of the OPM23 consists of a serial bus cable
(70-15928-03) coning from the M8084 board of the ISVll-B, which
interconnects with the DEC DATAWAY cable (70-14152), which in
turn is run through an attenuation panel to simulate cable
length, finally exiting the attenuation panel and connecting to
the HOST CPU'S ISBll. Reference FIGURE 1.
NOTE: The attenuation panel is only used for test and Is not
shipped with the system.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 +5VDC 4-250MV
+12VDC >600MV
The •♦•5VDC and +12VDC regulated voltages can be measured at J7
of the backplane or, preferably at the tip jacks on the M8012
(BDVll-AA) module (if it has been added to the system). The pins
of J7 are numbered, and color coded. +12VDC and -fSVDC are
assigned the following pins and colors.
■H2VDC PIN
+ 12VDC GROUND PIN
■♦■5VDC PIN
+ 5VDC GROUND PIN
as
The tip jacks on
follows:
the M8012
2,
PURPLE WIRE
3,
BLACK WIRE
5,
RED WIRE
4,
BLACK WIRE
ule are color c
od(
£d
and
label
ed
+ 12VDC— — J3 ,
+ 5VDC 32,
GROUND Jl ,
PURPLE
RED
BLACK
If adjustment becomes necessary, remove the two power supply
mounting screws to tilt the power supply forward exposing the
adjustment potentiometers Ri for +12VDC, and R22 for 4-5VDC.
Reference FIGURES 3.1 and 3.2 for locations.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
Oec l*-0«2) 1M2-N473
SHEET
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TinC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDUWE
Th« host processor ,wh«thtr it be an 11/70 or 11/3«i along with
its ISBII'S aust bt fully checked out according to HAST prior to
connecting • DPM23 to the DATAWAY.
8 . 1 DPM23 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PHOCEDUWE
8.1.1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host aedia which
has the RSXIt-M host package lAP-FISZA-MC and install it into
DRIVE 10. Load DRIVE #0 and insure thot "WRITE PROTECT" is off.
8.1.2 When DRIVE fO is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) BOOT
the drive.
8.1.3 When the prograa asks for the date and tiat. you may
either enter the inforaation or default it by typing a carriage
return. An exauple would be 08:30 04-JUN-80.
8.1.<l The prograa will continue setting up paraaeters and will
ask: "Do you want to load IPC diagnostics froa aagtape [Y/N]:".
Type in a carriage return which will default your answer to a NO
condition.
8.1.5 The prograa will now output:
>f <EOF> (This signifiaa end of file and paraaeters are
now set) and waits for you to key in a ooaaand .
8. 1.6 Type in:
Sat /UIC«C200.2703 (This aay not be necessary if the UIC
is already at 200,270.)
Size CODE NUMBCR 1 REV
A I 8P jMAA 6170-0»0 | A
n
•HKT
8
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.2 HUM THE EKROW REPOItT TASK III ORDEW TO CLEAK OUT THE ERROR
IM '
8.2. 1 >RUN ISBRPT TTPE: <RUIIISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAT ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRIHT SUMHART (Y OR II]7II TYPE:<II>
PRIMT ENTIRE FILE (Y OR'MJTM TYPE:<II>
DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]7T TYPE:<Y>
ISBRPT... OPERATIOM COMPLETE*
TASK "ISBRPT" TERMIMATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PC.125130
PS.170000
R0«120720
RU125576
R2«125650
RSsOOCCOO
RilaH3^70
RSsOOOGOO
SP«120ft76
8.2.2 TyperCTRL C to ttrainat* ISBRPT task and ractiva baok
MCR> prospt .
8.3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER.
8.3.1 >RUN DZKCH TYPE:<RUM DZKCH>
DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA>
lUNITS (D)71 TYPE:<1>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER: (0)070 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTR^^LLER:
(0)171. TYPE:<1>
NUHBElT OF ENTERED TERMINALS. 1
UNIT«»CONTROLLEI«»LOC:CAL SB»«LUN»«
001 000 001 Oil
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES « 21, ACTIVE TERMINALS*!. TIME«8:33
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES • INACTIVE TERMINALS*1, TIME«8:34
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
REV
A
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
^rmK NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTBHS TEST
a. 3.2 Afttr r«qulr«d run tla« h«i •lapitd ttrninatt runnlni af
diagnostlo by typing CTHL C.
TASK "TTO" TCRNINATCD
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANOINC I/O
PC1OII6OOO
PS.170000
R0«000002
RIaOOOOOO
R2«000000
R3rOOOOOO
R<l«000003
R5«00000l
8P«001246
8.*i Afttr OZKCH has run.Tha trroi log aust b« ohaoktd for
•rrors that aay have ooourtd during running.
8.1.1 >RUH ISBRPT TYPEKRUH ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DCCDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARYtY OR M3?Y TYPE:<Y>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y Ol «37N -— TYPE:<N>
OUTPUT TO LINE I'RINTER [Y Ol H]7N TYPEUN>
WANT ONE CONTROLLER CY OR N]7N— I TYPE:<N>
DELETE ERROR FILE CY OR NlTN-I TYPE;<N>
ISBRPT... ERROR FILE IS EKPTY
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE
8.*. 2 Typa: CTPL C to ttralnata ISBRPT task and rtotlvt back
HCm> proapt.
8.1.3 Error reporting oan b« in th« fora of hard arrora, typtd
out laaadlataly, or soft arrors:( Errors that art loggtd by tht
trror loggtr). No errors art allowtd.
SIZE
A
CODE
8P
NUMBER I REV
MAA 6170-0-0 A
SNin 10 OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
"^^K MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.5 HUN WOM WESIDEMT TESTS OP ISVII-B
8.5.1 MC8>HUII CZKCIB TTFE:<8UII C2KCIB>
>
DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA>
I UNITS (D) 7 J, — TYPE:<1>
UNIT 1
ENTER .CONTROLLER NUMBER r (0)070 TyPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER:
(D)172 -— TTPE:<1>
SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS
UNIT««CONTROLLER«»LOCICAL SB»«LUN»»TYPE
10 001 9 0PM50.P0RT 0
START OF TESTING
END OF PASS 0, TIME « 9:29
END or PASS I, TIME • 9:31
8.5.2 After rtqulrcd run tia« hai tlapscd tcrainatt running of
tht diagnostic by torping CTRL C.
8.6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR CZKMPB
8.6.1 >RUN CZKMPB TYPE;<RUN CZKMPB>
>
CZKMPB VERSION 2,2
SELECT MODE: LOCAL. HOST, AUTO.MAP. COMMUNICATION OR EXIT
(L.H.A,C.E)L TYPE:<L>
ENTER NUMBER OF TERMINALS [D]«1 TYPE:<1>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER CO]«0-r TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINAL NUMBERS [0]«1- TYPE:<1>
NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS"* 1
UNIT««CONTROLLCR««LOGICAL SB**
10 1
At this point tht oonsola ttrainal at tha DPM23 subsystea
ooMts on lint and is usad to ask for and run subsysttn
diagnostics.
SIZE
A
CODE
8P
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
SNCET
Of
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TTTlf MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
1.7 RUN 11/23 CPU AND MEMORY DIAGNOSTICS OH DPM2J
Ste Figure 6 for tiplanatlon of nonitor Inttraotlon inputs
tnd outputs at local DPM23 tarainal.
8.7. 1 >JKDACO TTPE:<JKDACO>
157776
#2000 TYPE : <200C>
CTinSTCO KTF11-AA HMU DIAG.
SWRiOOOOOO NEV«CR TYPE:<CR>
END PASSf 1 ;TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 0
8.7.2 Aftar raqulrad run tiaa has alapsad. ttrninata running of
tha diagnostic at tha DPM23 oonsola tarainal by daprassing the
break key.
8-7.3 t760H»/000000 2 : TYPE: <7601«M/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDBC0 TYPE: <JKDBCO>
ywrrr •
#2000 TYPE:<200C>
CTTISVCO DCF11-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC
END PASS# 1
END PASSI 15
NOTE: LTC interrupts aust be disabled to run diagnostic
JKDBCO. See special instruction at 5. 1.5.
8.7.4 After required run tiae has elapsed ,terainate running the
diagnostic at the DPM23 console terainal by depressing the break
key.
Size COOC NUMBER
A I SP I MAA 6X70-0-0
RCV
A
SNtIT
OF
MANUFACTURING STECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TraC NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TBST
^•T'^ g760M*l/000000 2 TYPE: <7601**/>
TYPE:<2>
>ZQMCCO. TYPE:<20MCC0>
157771^
€2000 TYPE:<200C>
swirnyooooo NEW* cn TypE;«:«>
KTIKMEMORY HANACEMENT)AVAILABLE
HEMORY MAP
FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH H MSVn-D IRSTALLED)
NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000
END PA8S# 1
•
Abov« will b« r«e«iv*d whtn k MSVILD aodults art
install«d, typ«outs will vary with lasstr aaounts of ■•■ory. No
rtlocation will occur whan only 1 MSVII-D is inatallad.
8.7.6 'NOTE THE following two taatt ara to ba run if tha
optional KEF 11 chip is installad.
8.7.7 #7602M/000000 2 TYPE: <760 1««/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDCBO— — — . TYPE:<JKDCB0>
157776
•2000 TYPE:<200C>
CJKDCB, KEFIUA FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1
SWR • 000000 NEWbCR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS '# 1
END PASS « 2
8.7.8 Aftar raquirad run tiaa has alapsad, tarainata running of
tha diagnostic at tha DPM23 consols tarainal by daprassing tha
braak kay.
SIZE CODE I NUMBER T REV
A I SP I MAA 6170-0>0 I ^
■asaamw
SNEIT
OF
MANUFACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.7.9 f760144/»fiiBi 2— - -TYPE:<76fl44/>
TYPE!<2>
> JKDDBH TYPE : <JKDDBf>
15777«
#2000 TYPE:<200G>
CJKDDB KEPll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2
SWR - 000000 NEW -CR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS • 1
END PASS 12
6.7.10 After r«quirtd run tine has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPM23 console terainal by depressing the
break key.
8.7.11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option
■odules installed, using saae aethod used to run the CPU tests.
8.7.12 After all LSI Modules have been run, if any D BUS I/O
■odules exist within the DPN23 subsysten, load diagnostic VPCAE0
and follow procedure POO-00COA-00-0000WM~06-80SS. Reference
section 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING.
SIZE
A
w
MAA
immo
REV
MC IH«M>-lM»M«7t
SHcrr
MANUFACTURING SFECIFICAPON
CONTINUATION SHEET
. f
TITIC
NODUIAR APPROXCH TO SYSTEMS TEST
9\ U1 * U lO H« H
o o o o o o
0\ Ut * U> lO M «A
U> M> «0 «0 V0 «0
O
c
CO »l
5
M KJ M M K> M N>
DODO DO S M >:
I
I
3
I
p
L
11/70 OR 11/34.
s
8
w
f 8
I s
§
e
8
M
I
%
Z8VI I -B
OP1C23
SIZE CODE NUMBER I REV
A I 8P jMAA 6170«0-0 | A
MCMHMIhl
ft
BHCET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
KDFII-AA
(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE)
FIGURE 2
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NuyBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
occ i*^»m-i—»*fn
SHEET
OF 21
MANUFACTURING SPECUHCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
®
•
<
t
Supply AsMinMy
FIGURE
3.1
l*o»«r Supply Adiwunciitt
FIGURE 3.2
SIZE
A
caDc
SP
HAA
ms^s^
RCV
A
Bsc aM*»thtM«4ii«7a
SHEET
OF 21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
rWitCf)'
CONTINUATION SHEET
TraE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
T r
Sn^
• • •
a 1 >
■AIMT
INAM.IAMaAaL|
MUMMY / II* #
OrfMAriON
N8044-D7
Figure 4 MSVI 1-D. MSVl l-E Switch tnd Jumper Locations
SIZE
.A.
sp MAA eSfrcP-o-o
^
(MCt»iMI|.»
n
SHEiT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPBCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
ajc
^
rv
n
INI Hill 0'
• ««•
IW»M S»
f
IP
II
MT
?;SS(S
N ■ i
Figure 5
N8028
DLVll-F Junper Locationg
M«.1tT4
nnBBTSfi35sr
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M^O'^111,1
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM- TEST
MOrvrOB DVmUCnON AT LOCAL TEBMIN.U.
rmHfU
>
SKtT''
•rtypt
IT foiotw^ ISrm lAv I «• BMM kM kM
Ikt LS3-I I aad tht ofanior say «OMmaicM witk il via ODT
If faOoiWM "Ead mm" aatf Ik* oiffMM PC, adMsMi Ike
iMtnctiMMte ODT. Oivtef **7<0I44'< rmfbUtkw m
ZtopuiLil-lli
km
■ay five Airtkcr
mkatioa witk local
H LSI- 1 1 it M ODT.
rUtimm$ UMdfDtto«ia|">"toedi(
• 200O Nm to MMMior - Manii
Ireak No4 to oMsitot
760144/ Rcriiibliikw wu«ifaiiB> wik laad loaitor if LH- 1 1 ■ ui OPT
D«poa it 3 l-u4lim«ii| "VXaOKT tolh HMwilnr llwl nfefitiir wttiiM to nm aiMKhcr il»«|fM«Uc.
O«posit I PoUow "OOOOOir akofle aaaitor Ml kMt TkM it Um Um liipit by Um ofwaww.
CoBirol. FoUowiag ''>''pHiLJJ-lliaOOT.
0%itfuu
IJ777*
NX TWi
BOLD Tkai
ENDPASS DJapaakkMniapliiiLapMa.
Omtmtt^C Foflewiai kraak ki4isaiai 4ii^»«iic kaa iMfpail ai addnat phatod.
■ay iapiM fWtkar aamicticM to local moaiior
llaa^aoibafoMd.
000000 frtiemmg "710144-
Uor2).
EX
kloaitorkaa
aik X
Fl^^ £ 6
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
Hi'
OCC IMMt>-IM4-M«yt
SHEET
Of
21
MANUFACTURING SPBCIFICAIKW
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITLC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
PZGURE
"^ "^1 H>x 'vim^
REV
X
1
^•^'^^--' - ^^
•^ - -'^-^ -»*■=*— »^-aaii^''-^ '•
SHCCT
or
> ■-"■^*:
ifau.,ijia...,^...^^c.. ...-,j^-..^ ,....„ ,
■^ --■ V-' v->f^«^>^.-.---^,- , ■,\rtt^K^mmi-imtWt "'V'-
\\\
I
s
in
li
Us
lis*
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
II .'an 80
TITLE ISB-ll DFC
DA-^AWAY CONTROLLER
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CMC NO ORIQ
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
I
£5f
Prev. 7668001-0-6175
New update ECO CHANGE
MA-
AOOOO-
L.LECLERC
1-80
l-Mrii
. jStZElCODE
( 1 A I ^^
REV I
11
fy^4^^ -/^
«NMltMS-lMW7H»M)
^
W^
APPO
imhimk
Mi
^.A
%mkmm^
/
NUMBER
MAA 6175-0-0
SHEET 1 OF 7
MANUFACTURING gBCBFICATlOW
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITll
NOniUUI Aff MACN TO SIS I INS TIST
IS»-11 PtC DATAIiiY COMTHOLLH
1.0 linmCl DOOINPffATIOS
1.1 Print mU ord«r « lfP0O«52
1.2 ItaintMMUM NmimI: n-DICNP-OP, IK-DNCLlM>f
1.3 ISB-II Us«rt Guid«: EI-ISB-II-US
1.4 ISB-.11 Fitld Aootptanot Proo«dur«: A-SP-XSS-11^7
1.5 Lib lit: (KNC-11 Lib Kit) fZJ23«-iB
1.6 DZKCH Serial Sua EiaroiMr (doowtnt) fND-II.DZKCH-D
1.7 CZQIT ISI11N T«at SyatM (doouMfit) «A&^153A-41C
2.0 SiqUHED TEST EQUIWCWT
2.1 POP 11/3« or PDP 11/70 with aiiiiaui of 16K of mmory, mmm typ« of
diae load Mdia, and on* OOIUC SPC block.
2.2 SPC Bvat b« DD11-C.
2.3 SPC Buat providt ♦S, ^ISt an^ -15 volta.
2.4 Caeilliaeopa IM75 or •qiiivalant,
2.5 Digital volt Mtar
2.S Nultilayar Eitmidar Nsdula (VfO^S-llai)
2.7 Ona 16 pin I.C. elip
2.8 Taat Oabla #7014152
2.9 nraquanoy oountar aay ba raquirad.
2.10 SoM tjrpa of DTN tanainal; atioh aa a ITS01, irr803. rra05. DPN01.
VT110, or DPN50.
SIZE
A.
COK
SP
MAA 617S«0-0
mi
.JL.
ote i^^wtthimamn
SNEIT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint
NOOUUI APmOACH TO STSTINS TIST
3.0 AfAIUBU DIA0IK)8TIC PWOMWS
3.1 Stand AlMM Di^nostlos Kit #ZJ>23«-RB
M«lad«o
CZKCC
CZKCD
CZKCA
CZKa
czKcr
D»«orlptlow
SUtlo T«st, NS204 Data Path Taat
Statlo Craa Branch Taat (H8202)
Plraa Run, NB20« Data Path Taat
Llna unit Taat (N8202)
Bit Stuff Una Ukilt Taat (Ne202)
Die 1-11 Syataa Taat
KMCA
3.2 On-Mna Dlagnoatioa Kit «ZP-125-RI> (Nag tapa kit)
AP-ri52A-NC aORH BSX11N Taat Syataa Dli«noatlc
NOTE: Tba ZP-125-RD kit auat ba uaad to aya-gan a diao Uat pack
bafora on-lina diagnoatiaa ean ba run.
4.0 IBSTALUTIOi IBSTBWCTIOtS
«.1 N820A InaUllation
4.1.1 Tha NB204 aodula alioiild ba inatallad in alot #2 of tha DD11-C
SP: blook bafora install ii«. BasMva tha NPR Grant continuity
vira that runs batuaan pina CAI and CB1 on tha baok plana for
alot #2. If a systaa ohang* raquiraa raaoval of tha N8204,
thia wira auat ba raplaead.
4.1.2 Tha addraaa and vaetora for thia nodula fall into tha floating
ranga, and a atandard aatup configuration ia raquirad.
ISB-11 #
§\
#4
Addraaa
160140
160150
160160
160170
Vac tor
400
410
420
430
SIZE CODE
A I »
NUMtER
■11 ftlT'WWI
REV
nac Miwmhimthtmn
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITII
NOOULAll APPIOACH TO STSTCN3 TEST
4.2 NS202 InsUllation
1.2.1 Th9 NI202 BOdul* ihould b« insUllvd in Slot #3 of th« DDII-C
SPC block.
1^.2,2 All twliohos an th« Bodula should b« plaood In th« OPT
position, for thty srs not usotf.
1.2.3 An ISB-II Ttst Csblo #7011152 should b« rsst«n«d to ths osblt
oonntotor, sttMhsd to tho aoduls.
1.2.1 So«« typo of DPM tomlnsl should bo sttschod to th« 97011152
tsst otbls; suoh ss s RTSOI, rr802. RT803, DPM01. VT110, or
DPII50.
5.0 TEST SET UP
5.1 No spooisl Ust stt up is rsqulrsd. unltss problsas oocur running
disgnostios. If problsas ooeur, rofor to tho asintensnct asnusl for
sd justing ths lins unit olook snd rssd dsts ons shot on ths N8202
■oduls.
6.0 POWEM CHECKS
6.1 Ths ISB-11 utilisss 8 sapsrss of plus fivs volts psr ise. Csrs should
bs oisrcissd thst sny tsst stsnd, or systsa instsllstion considsrs ths
■inlata ourrsnt psr rsgulstor.
6.2 Vol tags ssttings for ths ISB-11 srs vsry oritiosl, snd s Digital volt
■stsr is rsoonsndsd for Mking say sdjustasnts. Tsst points, givsn
bslow, for Bsklng sdjustaonts should bs tsksn on ths aoduls whsn
asking -15 volt sdjustasnts on ths 11/31** only. Sst ths -15 volts
for sisctly ths ssas as ths ♦IS volt rssding, uhioh is non-sdjustsbls.
Vol tags
♦ 15
-15
Voltags Tsst Points
Noduls Tsst Point
N8202
Ne202
M8202
♦ sids of C65
- sids of C61
E 35 pin 16
6.3 Unibus Losding
The ISB-11 presents one DC and seven AC unibus loads to the system,
A maximum of 20 AC loads are acceptable before reparation by an M9202,
or a 2 ft, bus cable Is required.
SIZE
A
OCC l(MM«-lMt4««/a
CODE
NUMBER
MAI 61^ .««.
SMEf? JL^ OF
REV
MANUFACTURINO SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tm.1
NODUUI APflOACN TO STSTCNS TEST
llM IS^II pr«MnU on« DC and mvm AC iwlbut loads to th« syataa.
A Bttilaiai of 20 AC loada sr* aooaptabl* bafor* aaparatlon by an N9202
or a 2ft. bus oabla la raqulrad.
7.0 DIAGMOSTIC TEST fHOCCPmE (STAMP ALOME)
7.1 Saa Saotlon 3.0 for ordar of dlagnoatlca. The foUowlng procadura la
uaad for all dlagnoatloa.
7.1.1 Load dlacnoatlo.
7.1.2 Load addraaa at 200.
7.1.3 Sat awltoh ragiatar to all aaroa. Start prograa.
7.1.4 End of paas will ba ahoiai by typa out.
7.1.5 No arrora allowad.
8.0 DIAGMOSTIC TEST PiOCEDmE (CM-LIME)
8.1 Hoat Syataa Baotlnc Proaadura
8.1.1 ObUln a diak paak from tha approprlata hoat aadia, Mhioh
oontalna tha ISX11N taat ayataa dlagnoatio paok^a #ZP125-ID.
and Install it into Driva #0. Load Drlwa #0. and inaura that
•MUTE PMOTECT* is off.
8.1.2 Whan Driva #0 ia raady, and "OH LINE*, boot tha driva.
8.1.3 074036 00002% 000652 001472
IDKO
DEVICE DBOO: MOT IM CONPIGUIATIOM
DCnCE DM1: HOT IM OOHPIGUMTIOH
DEVICE DM00: HOT IH COHTIGiniATIOH
DEVICE DIOl: HOT IH OOHFICUIATIOH
DEVICE NTOO: HOT IH COHriCURATION
•TTPE: <DRO.RE05, DtO-
IL01. DM0-K06 or 07.
DRO-RH02 or 03, DBO-
RP04, 5. or 06>
RSX-IIN V3.1 BL22 64K NAPPED
>IEO DK0:«ST0:
>IED DK0:*LB0:
>NOU 0KO:ST87EN
>fC1. 21STAITUP
>• PLEASE EHTEI TINE AMD DATE (HII:NH DD-NMN-YY) (SI:
08:30 10-PCC-79 TTPE: <08:30 lO-DEC-79>
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
NAA 6175-0-0
REV
B
occ la^aMhiMMwvt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tm.E
NOOUUI APf MACN TO STSTINS TEST
>TIN 08:30 IO-DeC.79
>IIS IISMPT
>IKS iiswim
>IMS IISKML
>Iia IISBIMI
>iis (T.TirwmM
>rn ncTjn
>LOA SS:/PMaGn
>RUN FDCTIM H/IISI-20S
>IIIS $PIP
>INS IPLX
>• DO TOU WAMT TO LOAD IPC DIACNOSTICS
FROM HAGTAPET (T/ll):ll TYPE: («)
>• <Eor>
>3ET /UIC«C 200, 2701 TYPE: <SET /UIC.[200.270]>
8.2 lun th« error r«port task in order to cl«tr out th« error log.
8.2.1 >RUII ISMPT
•TYPE: <IIUII ISBIIPT>
ISB8PT - DEC DATAUAT ERROI REPORT TASK
>
PRIIT SUMMARY (Y OR ■)? N
PRIRT ENTIRE PILE (Y OR l]7 M -
DELETE ERROR FOE (T OR l]T T -
ISBRPT . . . OPEMTION COHPLfTE
8.3 Run tho ISB11 DEC DnUiMf DiacM*tlo Eioroltor
-TYPE: <R>
-TYPE: <R>
-nPE: <Y>
8.3.1
RWi DIECII -
« wnfTD)
IMIT 1
7 1
ENTER^COVnOLLER NUMBER: (0) 0 7 0
ENTER TEWINALS OH THAT CONTROLLER
TYPE: <RUN DZECM>
TYPE: <STA>
TYPE: <1>
TYPE: <1>
TYPE: <0>
(0) 1 7 1 TYPE: <1>
NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS • 1
UNIT •• CONTROLLER •• LOGICAL SB ■• LUN ••
001 000 001 Oil
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
HAA 6175-0-0
REV
B
OtC l«^Mt)-lMt-N«7t
SHEET
OF _JL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODUUR APPROACH TO STSTINS TE5T
a.«
8.5
Art«r ■ oocpl«t« run, th« diagnostio auat b« Unilnat«d with
• oarriag* return ■ TTPI; <CII>
TAat "TTO • TClMIMTtD
TASE nil WITH 0UT8TARDIIIC 10
PC • 046000
PS • 170000
no • 000002
R1 • 000000
12 • 000000
R3 • 000000
R« « 000003
R5 • 000001
SP > 001246
After ■ ooapl«t« run. Um error log auat b« ohtoked to sake
sure there ere no errors reported.
8.5.1 >ROiISBRPT
ISMPT . DEC OATAWAT ERROR REPORT TASK
-TYPE: <RUN IS»RPT>
PRIMT SUNNART (T OR K)]T T
PRIMT ENTIRE PIU (T OR iT? I ~
-TYPE: <Y>
-TYPE: <■>
~TTPE:<R>
TYPE:<R>
TYPE:<«>
8.6
OUTPUT TO UNE PRINTER (Y Ol'l]T M
WANT ONE CONTROIXn (Y OR N)T N ^
DELETE ERROR FIU [Y OR N)T N I
ISBtPT . . . ERROR PIU IS ENPYY
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COMPLETE
NCR>
Error reporting om be in the flora of herd mroru, typed out
iM«di«tely, or aoft errors; errors that are logged by the error
logger. Mo error a are allonad.
SIZE I CODE
A I ^SP
NUMBER
MJfi,ei.73..0.0
iiil
«^»i
REV
oKc it^Hn-i—t-mn
SNCET
OP
I!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
^^^^ 20 June 80
TITLE DPM50 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
n
n
1-
Ui
r
III
Updated and revised
M4-
AOOOO
MLOIO
20/06/ 10
^»
kl .5
ENQ
BILL WHITBY
APPD
SIZE
A
C^E
MAA 6
ivr"!-^
liHHM«-lMiM7t-<Mt)
SHEET 1 bf 5i
REV
C
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
DPH-50 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
1.0 INTRODUCTION;
.The DPM-50 distributtd ■yst«HS art based on alnglt boied
oonflgurationa of aither tha KD11-H LSI-II ■lorocoaputar or tha
KDF11-AA (11/23) BicroooHputar ,powar supply .procaaa I/O aodulas
snd DEC DATAWAY intarfaoa. Tha purposa is to provida process
I/O for tha LSI-II and thereby offer Ion cost distributed
intelligent systeas fully supported by softwsre. The KDF11-AA
configurstion offers in addition PDP>11/34 functionality on tha
LSI-11 bus, aeaory Banagaaent as a stsndsrd feature and optional
floating point option(KEF 1 1-A) .
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION;
2. i MANUALS:
2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER HANDBOOK; CB 15836-18/79
2.1.2 MSV11-D,-E USERS MANUAL; EK MSV ID-OP-???
2.1.3 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUIDE; EK-PIOS-UG-???
2.1.11 DPM50 USERS GUIDE: EK-DPM50-UG-.777
2.1.5 KDF11-AA USERS GUIDE; CK-KDF I1-UG-777
2.1.6 NICROCONPUTEI INTERFACES HANDBOOK EB-17723-20/80
2.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS;
2.2.1 H333 PRINT SET: MP00il2«
2.2.2 ISV11-A PRINT SET: MP00609
2.2.3 TEV11 PRINT SET: HP0007*
2. 2. it KDII-S PRINT SET; NP00433
2.2.5 DLV11-F PRINT SET; HP00il6l
2.2.6 KDF11.AA PRINT SET MP00731
2.2.7 MSV11-D PRINT SET: MP00566
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT;
3.1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA:
3.1.1 Valid DPM host system configurstion.
3.1.2 RSX11-M on spproprista aedia.
3.1.3 Attenuation panel.
3.1.4 HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent, accurate
3.4.5 Serial line unit IE. DLV11-F and terainal
infornation output (local).
to .01V 9 15V.
for LSI error
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA
mi^s-i
REV
C
Dae i«KMt)-ie9S4««7t
SHEET
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
<I.O REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS!
4.1 DPM50 DlagnwStlos Kit #ZP125-RD
NAHE DESCRIPTION
Reaot« Ttralnal Teat«r
Serial Bua Exarolaar
Taak Handlar
Baalo Inatruotlon Taat
EIS Inatructlon Taat
FIS Inatruotlon Taat
LSI-11 Traps Taat
DLV1I-F Taat
4K Systaa Exarolaar
0-124K Haaory Exarolaar
PCS Taat
F-n HMU Taat
F-11 CPU Teat
DLVII-J Taat
KEF11-AA Dlag 1
KEFI1-AA Dlag 2
0-12itK Hamory
H. 1. i
DZKCI
6. 1.2
DZKCH
1. 1.3
CZKHP
H, 1.4
DVKAA
*l.«.5
DVKAB
H. 1.6
DVKAC
1. 1.7
DVKAD
k, 1.8
DVDVC
*. 1.9
DVKAH
4. 1. 10
CZQMC
4. 1. 11
DVPCA
4.1. 12
CJKDA
4.1.13
CJKDB
4.1.44
CVDLA
4.1. 15
CJKDC
4.1. 16
CJKDD
4. 1.17
CZKHA
Exarolaar
MODE
Reaota
Remote
N/A
LocalAReaote
LocalAReaota
LocalAReaote
LocalARaaote
LocalAReaote
Local
LocalAReaote
LocalAReaote
LocalAReaote
LocalAReaote
LocalAReaote
LocalAReaote
LooalAReaote
LocalAreaote
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
5.1.1 RSX11-M ffluat be running
diagnostics kit #ZP125-iiD.
In the host system with DPM50
5.1.2 Due to power supply llmitationa, only two of the below
supported options c^n l>e inatalled at any one tlae In F and H
variations of ; ht iiPM50. Since a teralnal Interface la required
to run diagnostics in local aode one of the two options aust be
the DLV11-F or DLV11-J
A.
DLV11-F
B.
DLV11-J/DLVI1-KA
C.
DZV1UB
D.
HSV11-D
£.
RXVn or BXV21 •
Floppy disk options not supported by a local ocot.
sac t»<>e«»-iOM woi
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA
*mt^u
SHEET
OP
REV
C
MANUFACTURING SPFCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:
■II ^1 ■— I —""I —Mill I — ■ I—I ■■III. ■ . !■■ ■ —I ■!» III. ■■II ■■! - III, .IM ., m Ml —
6.1 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION;
6.1.1 Save all packing aatarial for equlpnent to ba shipped that
la not cab aountad.
6.2 MODULE CONFIGURATION SETUPS FOR DPM50
(.2.1 ICDn-H(M726ll) LSI CPU HODULE
JUMPER DESIGNATION
JUMPER STATE
U1
OUT
W2
OUT
W3
OUT
*
W4
IN
W5
OUT
W6
OUT
W7
IN
W8
IN
W9
IN
WIG
OUT
W11
OUT
The KEV11A EIS/FIS chip is installed in location E75 on M7264
LSI CPU nodule. Refer to Figure 1.
6.2.2 KDF11-AA(H8186) LSI 11/^3 CPU aodule (DPM50 F/H variations
only).
JUMPER DESIGNATION
JUMPER STITE
VI
IN
V2
AS RECEIVED
W3
AS RECEIVED
VH
OUT
¥5
OUT
116
OUT
W7
IN
W6 THRU
W15
DON'T CARE
H16
IN
W17
IN
•. W18
IN
Reference Figure 2 for Juaper locstions.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
sieieK
>— «im?a
SHCCT
Of
24
MANUFACTURING SPECDHCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TUII
MODULAR APPROACB TO SYSTEM TEST
6.2.3 HSV11-DD(M8044.D7) PIMST 321
SLSWITCHPACK SWITCH STATE
ON
ON
ON
ON
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Ktf«rtnot Flgurt 4 for swlt'oh and juaper looatlona.
6.2.4 DLV11-F(M8028) SERIAL LINE UNIT
«
JUMPER DESIGNATION JUHPER STATE
SW1 •
SW2
SW3
SW4
V2
W3
PIN 1
TO
3
PIN 5
TO
7
PIN 10
TO
14
PIN 15
TO
16
TO
Tl
T2
T3
RO
Rl
R2
R3
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Tht DLV11-F la dtfault Juaptrad for conaola uaa.but tha baud
rata. Juapara auat ba raoonfigurad froa 110 bai^d oparatlon to 300
baud.
Tha DLV11-F la not a atandard part of tha DPM50 ayat«at but
ia a fraquant option. Saa Figura 9 for Juapar looatlona.
6.2.5 ZSVH-A (NdOao, 5413290) SERIAL BUS INTERFACE
FACTORY CONFIOURBO:
CSR ADDRESS
VECTOR ADDRESS
160140
160142
360144
300
304
ff ap^l Miu. m'-i'-o I '^
SNIC?
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ^__
TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
JUNPEKS
STATE
OUT
LOCATION
VI THIU tf6
N8080
WT THRU W10
IV
M8080
Mil THIU V16
OUT
H8080
V17 THRU V20
IN
M8080
1121 THRU V23
OUT
M8C80
111,113. W5.W7,i»9'
IV
5413290
V2,V«I.V6,W8,V10
OUT
5413290
Stt Ftgurti 7*1 tad 7*2 for Juaptr looatlon*.
If DLfll-J Initalltd dtfault ttartlnf vtotor addrtii of 300
■utt bf rteonfigurtd bteausa of ita eonfllot with tha ISV11-A
8.2.6 I/O CONTROL N0DULE(M7958)
CSR APDRESS
«
171000
VECTOft ADDRESS
234
VECTOR SWITCH PACK E7
SWITCH ^TATS
SVI
Oil
SV2
Oi
sua
ON
. . sw*
OFF ;
8115
OFF
SW6
01
SW7
OFF
. sws
OFF
ADDRESS SWITCH PACE E34
SWITCH STATE
SW1
OFF
SW2
ON
• SW3
OFF
SWII
OFF
SW5
ON
SW6
OFF
8WT
OFF
SW8
ON
R«.4raiioa Flgura 8 for awttohpaak looationat
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA
tm^
REV
C
SHEET
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SfEClFlCATlON
^"^* MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM T15ST
CONTINUATION SHEET
6.2.7 TEVn(N9<IOO-YB) TiaNXMATOI NODULE
JUNPEI DESIGNATIOM JUNPEI STATE
mr
V2
TT
OUT
IN
OUT
ltr«rtnot Fifurt 3 for Juapcr loeationc.
6. 3- CABLIMG OF THE L/PM50
6.3.1 Cabling of th« DFH50 eoaalsta of a serial bua oablt
(70-15928-03) ooalng from tha daughtar board (54-13290) of tha
ISV1I-A KOthar/dtughtar pair .which Intaroonnaota with tha DEC
DATAWAT oabla (70-14 152) .which In turn la run through an
attanuatlon pana.'i to alnulata cabla langth. finally ailtlng tha
attanuatlon panal and oonnactlng to tha hoat CPU'S ISBII. Saa
Flguraa 5.7.2 and 10.
Attanuatlon panal la only uaad for taat and la not ahlppad
with tha ayataa.
DEC DATAWAT la kayad.
7.0 POWEK CHECKS
7.1
♦5.1VDC
♦12VDC
♦. l-.f5
♦. t-.36
If voltagaa ara out of tolaranoa raaova tha H7670 powar
supply covar and allda tha powar aupply out until acoaaa to tha
adjuataanta la poaalbla. lafaranca Flgura 6.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PEOCEDUKE
Tha hoat procaaaor .whathar It ba an 11/70 or 1 1/311 along with
Ita ISB11*S Buat ba fully chackad out according to MAST prior to
oonnactlng a DFH5(> to tha DATAWAT.
a. I DPM50 HOST SYSTEN BOOTIMC PROCEDUKE
8.1.1 Obtain a dlak pack for tha appropriate hoat aadla which
haa tha SSXI1-N hoat paokaga #AF-F152A-NC and Install It Into
DRIVE #0. Load DRIVE #0 and Insura that "WRITE PROTECT* la off.
8.1.2 Whan DRIVE #0 la raady and "OR LINE" (haada loadad) BOOT
tha drlva.
SIZE
A
aP^ KAA AH«!8!o V'
SNIET
Of
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
BSEIillBII
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.3 Wh«n tht program aikt for the data and tint, you nay
tithar antar tha Inforaiatlon or default It by typing a carriage
return. An example would be 08:30 04-JUN-80.
8.1.4 The prograa will oontinua aetting up paraaetera and will
aak: "Do you want to load IPC diagnostics from aagtape [Y/N]:".
Type in a carriage return which will def'ault your answer to • NO
condition.
8.1.5 The prograa will now output:
>f <EOF> (This signifies end of file and paranettrt art
now set) and waits for you to key in s conasnd.
8.1.6 Type in:
Set /UIC8C200.2703 (This aay not bt necessary if the UIC
is already at 200,270.)
8.2 RUM THE ERROR REPORT TASK IN ORDER TO CLEAR OUT THE EHROU
LOG
8.2.1 >RUH ISBRPT TYPE;<RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT*-DEC OATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR N]?M TYPE:<N>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y 0R""N]?N TYPE:<N>
DELETE ERROR FILE CY OR N]7Y TYPE:<Y>
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE"
TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PCsl25130
PS.170000
R0.120720
m»125576
R2>125650
• R3s000000
R4«U3*»70 •
R5«000000
SP«120476
8.2.2 Type:CTRL C to terainate ISBRPT task and receive back
MCR> proBpt.
8.3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER.
occ i*iM«Me««4««y«
SIZE
-A-
CODE
SP
NAA
"m^^
HO
REV
C
SHECT
B
or
24
MANUFACIDRINC SfEClFICATlON CONT.NUAT.ON SHEET
TITLE MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
ir." — .
• .3.1 >ljUii DZKCH TYPE:<RUII DZfCH>
PCP-A>3TA- TYPE : <STA>
iUIIITS (D)?1 TYPE:<1>
ENTEI CONTIOLLER NUMBEP: (0)070 TTPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTR?SlLER:
(0)1?1 TYPE:<1>
nunbeI of entered TERHINALS-1
UNIT*«CONTROLLER««LOGICAL SB»«LUN«*
001 000 001 Oil
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES > 21. ACTIVE TERMINALS. 1. TIME. 8:33
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES > HI, ACTIVE TERMINALS. 1, TIME.8:34
8.3.2 Aft«r rtquir«d run tia« has tlapstd t«ralnat« running of
dltgnostio by typing CTRL C.
TASE "TTO" TERMINATED
TA8E EXIT UITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PC.046000
PSjITOOOO
R0.000002
R1.000000 .
R2.000000
R3«000000
R1I.000003
RSfOOOOOl
SP«0012i)6
8.1 Afttr DZECH hat run.Tht error log aust b« oh«cktd for
•rrora thpt say hava ooourtd during running.
8.1.1 >RUN ISBRPT TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DECDATAVAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
E.?IINT SUMMARYCT OR N]?T TYPE:<Y>
'PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N]?N TYPE:<N>
OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER [Y OR N]7N-^.TYPE:<N>
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR N]7N— I TYPE:<N>
DELETE ERROR FILE [T OR N]?N TYPE:<N>
ISBRPT... ERROR FILE IS EMPTY
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE
8.1.2 Typt: CTRL C to ttrainata ISBRPT task and racaiva back
MCR> proBpt.
SIZE CODE NUMBER I REV
SP MAA 6176-0-0 C
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
<i,'rn\\\..
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.3 Error reporting can bt in th« forn of hard trrors, typad
out iaaadiatcly, or aoft arrora; Errors that art loggad by tht
arror lo|gar. Ho arrora ara allowad.
8.5 HUli ItOM HESIDEIIT TE3T3 OF ISV11-A
8.5.1 MCR>8Uil CZKCIB TYPElKIUM CZECIB>
>
DCP-A>STA TYPE : <STA>
# UMITS (D) ? 2 TYPE:<1>
UNIT 1
ENTER CONTROLLEI NUHBER: (0)070 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER:
( D ) 1 72 T YPE : < 1 >
SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS
UNIT««CONTR0LLER*«L0GICAL SB««LUN*«TYPE
10 001 9 DPN50-P0RT 0
START OF TESTING
END OF PASS 0. TINE > 9:29
END OF PASS 1, TINE > 9:31
8.5^2 Aftar raquirad run tiaa haa alapaad tarainata running of
tha diagnoatio by typing CTRL C.
8.6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC NONITOR CZKNPB
«•*• ^ >BU»' CZKN.^B TYPE:<RUN CZKNPB>
>
CZKNPB VERSION 2.2
SELECT NODE: LOCAL. HOST. AUTO-NAP, CONNUNICATION OR EXIT
(L.H,A,C,E)L --TYFE:<L>
ENTER NUNBEI OF TERNINALS CD]«2 TYPE:<1>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUNBER lO]bO TYPE:<0>
ENTER aERNINAL NUNBERS CO]«iI TYPE:<1>
NUNBER OF ENTERED TERNINALS"* 1
UNIT«*CONTROLLER««LOGICAL SB««
10 1
At thia point tha oonaola tarainal at th« DPHS^ aubayatea
eoaaa on lina and la uaed to aak for nnd run aubayataa
dlagnoatica.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
KUMBER
NAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
oac tXMi^-ioMwya
SHCCT
Of
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
I.^'lll!
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
If 0PH50 oontaint an M/23 CPU (KDFM-AA), prooatd tc
jection 6.8 otherwise $o to section 8.7.
8.7 RUM 11/03 (KDII-H) BASED DPM50 LSI DIAGNOSTICS
See Figure M for eiplanetion of aonitor interaction at
DPM50 local terminal.
Lie switch oust be in the off position to run diagnoatioa.
TYPE: <VKAACO>
TYPE:<200G>
8.7.1 >VKAAC0-
157776
6200G
END PASS
END PASS
8.7.2 After required run tine has elapsed, terninate running of
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPN50 conaolc
terminal.
8.7.3 g760H<>/000000 2 TYPE: <760 UU/>
TYPE:<2>
>VKABAO TYPE:<VKABAO>
157776
«200G-t TYPE:<200G>
END«PASS
END PASS
8.7.1 After required run tine haa elapaed, terainate running of
the diagnostic by depreasing the break key on the DPH50 console
terffllnal.
8.7.5 g760H<t/000000 2 — TYPE: <7601H<i/>
TYPEr<2>
>VKACC1 TYPE: < VIACC 1>
157776
#2000 TYPE:<200C>
DVKACC-LSI-11 FIS INSTHUCTIOM TEST
END PASS
END PASS
8.7.6 After required run tine haa elapaed, terainate running of
the diagnostic by depreaaing the break key on the DPH50 console
teroinal.
SIZE
*=aP' MAA immO
¥'
■it aHieaH«M-N«7t
SHEET .iL OF ^^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.7.7 #7 6i2lii/ 000000 ^ ' TYPE : <7601 »l1/>
TYPE:<2>
>VICADCO > TYPE : < VKADCO
157776
#200C TYPE : <200C>
CWIBCO LSI-11 TRAPS TEST
EIS/FIS OPTION PRESENT
' DIBOL INSTRUCTION SEX NOT PRESENT
END OF PASS
8.7.8iArt«r required run tlae haa tlapaed, ttrainata running of
tha diagnoatio • by dapraaaing tha braak kay on tha DPM50 oonaola
tarainal. *.
8.7.9 •760U4/000000 2 TYPE : <76014*/>
~ TYPE:<2>
>ZKMAF0 -— TYPE : <2ICMAF0>
157776
•200C TTPE:<200C>
CZKMAFO
000000-157776
TST 13 BNK 00
TST 13 BNK 01
TST 13 BNK 02
TST 13 BNK 03
TST 13 BNK 04
TST 13 BNK 05
TST 13 BNK 06
RELOC
TST 13 BNK 00
PASS! 01
8.7.10 Aftar raquirad run tiaa haa alapaad .tarainata running of
tha diagnoatio by dapraaaing tha braak kay on tha DPN50 oonaole
tarminal.
8.7.11 Load .and run diagnostica for any additional LSI option
Bodulaa added to the baae DPM50 ayatea, uaing aaaa aethod uaed
to run CPU teata.
8.7.12 After all LSI aodulea have been run, if any D Bua I/O'
aodulea exiat, load in diagnoatio VPCAEO froa the hoat prooeaaor
and follow procedure POO-OOCOA-OO-OOO-WM-06-8055 . Reference
aection 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING
SIZE
A
COOE
SP
NUMBER
HAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
iMMe>-ieM4ii«yt
SHCCT
OF
11'q'M''j'
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.8 RUM 11/23(ICDF11..AA) BASED DPM50 DIAGNOSTICS
Sot Figur* 11 for •xpltnation of Monitor Intcraotion
inputs and outputs at local DPH50 tarnlnal.
LTC switch Bust ba in OFF position to run diagnoatios.
8.8.1 >JKDACO . TYPE:<JKDACO>
157776
#2000 ^ TYPE:<200C>
CJKDACO KTF11-AA HHU DIAG.
SWR. 000000 NEW.CR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS! 1 :TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 0
8.8.2 A'ter requirtd run tima has clapsad, terminata running of
the diagnostic at tha 0PN50 oonsola terainal by depressing the
break key.
8.8.3 g760Ut/000000 2 TYPE: <760U«»/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDBCO TYPE:<JICDBCO>
157776
g200G ^TYPE:<200G>
CJKDBCO DCF11-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC
- END PASSI 1
END PASSI 15
8.8.4 After required run tiae has elapsed .terainate running the
diagnostic at the DPN50 console terainal by depressing the break
key.
8.8.5 «7602ii/000000 2 TYPE : <7601*Hl/>
TYPE:<2>
>ZQMCGO TYPE : <20HCG0>
157776
#2000 TYPE : <200G>
SWRlSOOOOO NEW* CR TYPE:<CR>
KT11 (MEMORY MANAGEMENT) AVAILABLE '
MEMORY MAP
FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH H MSV11-D INSTALLED)
NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000
END PASSI 1
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
occ ae<MiKaoM#i«7t
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Above will b« received when 1 HSV11-D aodules are
inatalled, typeouta will vary with lesser aaounta of aeaory. No
relocation will occur when only 1 HSV11-D Installed.
8.8.6 *NOTE THE following two testa are to be run if the
optional KEF11 chip is inatalled.
8.8.7 »760 1'm/000000 2 -- --TYPE: <760 1Hi|/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDCBO TYPE:<JKDCBO>
157776
#200C TyPE:<200G>
CJKDCB, KEF11-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1
SWR z 000000 NEWsCjR- — TYPE:<CR>
END PASS #1
END PASS #2
6.8.8 After required run time has elapsed, terninate running of
the diagnostic at the DPM50 console terainal by deprsssing the
break key.
8.8.9 g760m»/000000 2 TYPE : <760 1«m/>
TTPE:<2>
>JKDDBO TYPE:<JrDDBO>
157776
«200G-'
TYPE:<200G>
CJKDDB KFF11-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2
SWR « 000000 NEW aCR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS « 1
END PASS #2
8.8.10 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPH50 console terainal by depressing the
break key.
8.8.11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option
modules installed, using same method used to run the CPU tests.
8.8.12 after all LSI modules have besn run, if any D BUS I/O
modules exist within the DPM50 subsystem, load diagnostic VPCAEO
and follow procedure POO-OOCOA-OO-OOOOWM-06-8055 . Reference
section 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING.
/
SIZE
A
*=!?" MAA aWV^O V
ETTf ^
0«C lHMt)-lM«4it«7S
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TB0T
M?n4 ITCH RIV ■ (Alio LATf Rl
■^ n t-
KD11-H
I7t
I
I7«
Its
I
IM
I
lU
E
I
W1«
1'
II
1
9 -
I JUMTtR NCMOVIO
n
n
:I-
JUMMR INSTALLIO
k^BSsdJbs
9
6
FIGURE 1
1-
99
n
/
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
MK «*i«M>-ioMM««ya
SHEET ^5 OP J±
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
(Mi^ntbi
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
KDFII-AA
(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE)
FIGURE 2
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
?'
EV
OCC l«^«MMMa-M«7a
SHEET 16 OF 24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
TEV11 M9400-YB
^
T_r
^£
wt
DMA
MCrMCSM
CMASCC
W4
W1
1
lALWAVl 1
IMflTALLlO)
n- itor
FIGURE 3
SIZE CODE NUMBER
A I 3P I MAA 6176-0-fl
REV
C
OtC l»iaM|«IM»M«9a
SHCCT
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
^n^
T r
^n£
■ATTtRY ■ACKUT J
•'•]
>•-'
MRITV/NO ^AHITV
OMIUriOM
• • •
t 1 J
■ANK7
INAU.t/0<B*B4.|
N8044-D?
MROMi
Figure 4 MS VI l-D, MSVi l-E Switch ind Jumper Locations
SIZE
A
^E?^ M^A 6«JIW
ff^y
i(HH*hl9»MH%n
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SrUClFiCATION
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITLI
MODPLAR APPROACH TO 8Y8TBM TEST
tCMAi aut CAKI
H7I70
Figure 6 DECdatawiy Connector Mounting
^
VOITAOI AOJUtTMINT
„..]
FIOURE 6
I Size I COO
I KW
W
NUMBER
lAA 6176-^
REV
C
•NICT 19 OP .21.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
w» wii wii wic wao MM wit WM wti wii «wai
size ICOOE
A I SP
NUMBER
¥Ni 6176-0-0
REV
C
iHattHiMMMm
SNCCT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODXJLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
^
v.
y
fl
r
ir
VICTOR
•ILICT
I?
OM 1
Of*
STATUS
INOICATORS
♦SV
■fllV
C^ OtVSiL
r"n INTR
f^ TtMSOVT
Aoomss
SILICT
■S4
ON 1
Wf
IN)TIAUIB
MUCT
OSC
XTAL
Al
VI
Al
VI
Al
Al.
VI
MA.«101
Pigur« 8
M7958 I/O Control Modult
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 617M/
BM l«HSttMM»«Myt
REV
SH€Jtf
■s
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
xc
=^
r\
n
II Hill 0-
Hill
ir
MT
?;$$((
H ■ i
Figure 9
M8028
DLVll-P Jumper Locations
MM'iaT4
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA 6
ft^m^
S'
EV
Mc ttHWhiw Mtn
SHEET 22 OF _ii
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
HUE HODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
V"
I OF TERMINALS
1 TO 9
10 TO 19
20 TO 29
30 TO 39
40 TO 49
50 TO 59
60 TO 63
ATTENUATOR
SETTING
2 SOB
24DB
23DB
22DB
210B
20DB
19DB
FIGURE 10
M
O
i
i
I
L
Iii/7b OR 11/34!
JSBll
DPH HOST
1 •
'■-■-■' ' II
- Jl
M
s
o
5
O
o
DPM50
'^l
1
1
t
1
ISVli-A
1
•
t
t^mmmS
SIZE
A
SP' i^AHmS ¥^
Otc >»<»•«■>— -wyi
SHEET
23
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE.
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
M<M^(ITOt millACnON AT LCXIAL TE«M1NAL
OpmuotmtijimmMn
«rt)rpteeMralZie|NMUU*ll te
If foUowtei lS7r?« aAw • ik mum luf hMa «Mn4. imdicMM ikt
the LSI- II Mid liM oftn»m wuy eoaanucatt witk k via ODT.
kin
irfoUowiBg''Eod mm" Mtf tbt otfiMi PC HidiMiM ilw optmet May give fWtli«
itnictiou la ODT. Oivisf ''7MI44'' iswtablisliM nMBMukatioa witk local
/jyttft
ftkumm
WO
liMk
760144/
Deposit
a
DspOBlt
I
if LSI- 1 1 hia ODT.
UMdroUowia|*'>"io«II(
Not 10 1
Noiioi
ReouMkhM oomMMiGMiM «iik loal MOBiior if LSI-I I ii ia OOT.
Pdkwiai '^XnOOr talk BMMiiar dut opcrMor «MMi ID nM Moihn d^
Foitow nxnxxr aborti BMMlor ia koM. Tte it ika IMI iapM ky dM oparaur.
CoamilZ FoUo«ia|''>''pimLSMIfaiOOT.
ISTTIf Foaowia|llaa«Maa«y
NX TiMraqaaMadlkMaaMktroMatf.
■OLD Tha attaaapi lo dowatoad iIm ilinaoiHf »»aa
ENDPASS DiafAoatkkMcnaplaiadapMa.
CWrvMf/C Fdfcwwai >«Mk hidkaiM dtaga—dt Imj i>a|
OOOOOO Followiag.'*7MI44" imHoum afamMr may
EX
Moottor bat lanaiMiad at
FIGURE 11
. — , I 1*^1
,..«•>*. ..« * • III **■
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
Wfi 6
,?y|i85P ¥
OCC aH»MMM»«««7a
SHEET
24
OF
24
II
i!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING
C SPEcfrl
CATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
ARll SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURK Appendix A
REVISIONS
I
%
Ui
Mi
II
III
ffil
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
isi
ENO
Prev. 7668001-( -6180
i
-r^^ySf^/'^cost^f
APPD
~Mi
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6180-0-0
REV
A
eN^tMa-l«-N«7HMt)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
Tim
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Appendix A
I L
ARll SYSTEM DCIALLATIOW AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE
1.0 ARU DCTALLATION/ACCEPIAyCE
R«f«r to DocuBMnt A -SP -ARll -0-4
X»X Dlagnottlc Fack«g«
CA) ARll Logic T«st MalnDEC-11-DZAXA-A
(B) ARll Analog T*ats MaloDEC-ll-DZARB-A
(C) ARll Wrap-Around Taat MalnDEC-11-DZARC-A
1.2 Error Diagnoala and Rapalr
Rafar to Docunant A-8F-AR11-0-6
1.3 Othar Ralatad DocuoMnti
CA) ARll Circuit Daacrlption A-SP-ARll-0-5
(B) ARll aaara Guida DEC-11-HARU6-B-D
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA6180-0-0 A
OaC l»-<9M>-lMa-N«72
SHEET
Of
Ill
I
la
sec
Ml
» I
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T .
DATE
TITLE
NC 11-A GAMMA CAMERA INTERFACE Appendix A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7668001-0-6190
ORIG
DATE
APPO PY
DATE
ENQ
u
r^i/xL^
s:zE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
?-^AA6 19 0-0-0
REV
ENmiMa-lt*Ntyf-(3M|
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURINC SriCffiCATION
Tini dODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TESl Appendix A
'
HC U-A GAMMA CAMERA lyTERfACE
Raf. Adjutcacnt Froccdurt A-SP-NCll-A-23
Checkout and Accsptanc* A-SP-NCil-A-22
Size CODE
1 NUMtCR
A I SP I MAA6190~0-0
REV
OKc iHMthtaaa-Mc?!
SHEET
OF
-9.
ZSB!^^
. JK.
P
^/I^ITAL KQUIPMKNT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURINC SPECinCATION
n«A«i3»X«
OATC
Tint
NCVll CAMHA CAMERA INTERFACE
Apptndlx A
REVISIONS
REV
OEftCRiPTION
CHONO
OHIO
DATE
APPO SY
DATE
ENO
lirttrt
■»MtM>-l*««y»4MH»
^^ ^^Xmhaa.^aJL^ I A
Sll^E ICODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6192>Q~0
REV
mAmm
SHEET 1 OF 6
MANUFACrURlNC STECOTCATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
Appendix A
NCVn GA>fU CAMERA INTERFACE
l.O INTRODUCTION:
Th« Gaana CuMra la used to record the distribution of radioactive laotopea
that ara introduced into a patient under atudy and co^icentrated in the
organ of interaat. The output of the Gaasa caaera ia proceaaad by the
NCVll interface, loaded into a coaputer Bcaory, and written on a wiaa
atorage defvice. The atored information may be called back and dlaplaycd
at a later date.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION;
2.1 Reference Manual EK-NCVl 1-1^7??
2.2 Reference Parts Liat PL-NCVll
2.3 Checkout Procedure SP-NCVll-0-10
2.4 Print Set MP00491
3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT;
3.1 Teat philoaophy will be to aodule avap and return for repair.
3.2 The Self Test connector (Part No. 70-12894) is the only special
equipment required to run these tests. The connector is shipped with
the NCVll option. You aay find it pluggad into Jl on the A017 nodule.
3.3 Add DVM - Voltaeter.
4.0 REQUIRED DUGNOSTIC PROGRAMS:
4.1 DVNCA NCVll Logic Teat
4.2 DVNCA NCVll Differential Linearity Teat
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS;
Nona
Size CODE
A sp
HUMtCR
MAA61 92-0-0
REV
0>C MHaMl>»
tHiCT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
Appendix A
6.0 INSTALLATIOH & TEST SET UP INSTKUCTIONS:
Unlbus Bated SysC«ui - VThto making an add-on Inatallation of tha NCVll-B
Intarface Option to an axlatlng Unlbua-baaed Bysten, proceed aa follova:
6.1 Mount the DDVll-C backplane In the CPU or expander box In tha aaaa
manner aa a atandard Unlbua ayatea mounting unit.
NOTE
Dlaka ahould normally ba flrat on the Unlbua to
give then higher priority in DMA arbitration than
that of the NCVll.
6.2 If It la neceaaary to provide an additional SPC alot for the M8217
Converter module, mount the DDll backplane in the CPU or expanalon
NOTE
Some old Unlbua backplanea are incompatible with
the M8217 module. If in doubt, check the DWll
Inatallation Manual.
6.3 Connect the backplane power harneaa(ea) to the power dlatribution
panel (a).
6. A Inatall the M9401 module In alot ABOl of the DDVll-C backplane.
6.5 Inatall the M8217 In the Unlbua backplane.
NOTE
When the M8217 module la mounted in a Unlbua
backplane, remove the NPG IN/NPG OUT Jumper
between plna CAl and CBl of the SPC alot to
be uaed.
6.6 Connect the two BC05L cablea between the M9401 and M8217 modulea.
Jl to Jl, and J2 to J2 (colored atripe adjacent to plna UU/W).
6.7 Install the NCVll modulea in the DDVll-C backplane in the aequence
sho%m in Figure 2-1.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
occ iMaaa>-ias»Ma7a
NUMBER
MAA6192-O-0
•MEET 3
REV
A
OF
MANUFACrURINC STECIFICATION
TITLE HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION IHCCT
Appendix A
§•• Install tht M940O-TB aodulc In alot AB02, dirsctly bahind th«
N9401 Bodula In th« LSI-U Bus backplane.
ft. 9 Install tha H322 distribution panal.
i.lO Intarconnact tha NCVll Modulaa and tha H322, shown In Flgura 2-1.
7.0 POWER CHECKS'.
J. I Chack BAll box voltagaa. -fSV -♦■ 5X, -HSV -»■ 5X, -15V •♦■ 5X
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE;
*For tha apaclflc saquanca of dlagnoatlcs to ba run In any particular
situation, or for tha currant MAST alnlaua taat criteria; a.g. paaa-counts,
•tc« t raf ar to tha appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Llatad below are detailed
■tap-by-step Instructions for executing each Individual diagnostic
contained in tha CHECKLISTS."
8.1 NCVll Logic Taat (Checks tha M8026 and M8036)
8.1.1 Load tha MD-11-DVNCA prograa into aaaory.
8.1.2 Start tha prograa at location 200. (Reatart addreaa la 204)
8.1.3 Type L (CR) to atart tha test
8.1.4 To terminate the test type CTRL/C.
8.2 NCVll Differential Linearity Taat (Chacka the A017 and M8036)
8.2.1 Switch tha Maintenance Switch (SI) on the A017 aodule to
MAINTENANCE (toward the I/O connector).
8.2.2 Plug the Self Teat Connector into Jl on the A017 aodule.
Connect the red juaper wire on the connector to test point
R (TPR) on the A017 module.
8.2.3 Load the MD-II-DVNCA program into memory.
8.2.4 Start tha program at location 200.
8.2.5 Type D (CR) to start the teat.
8.2.6 Type CTRL/C to terminate teat.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMIEII
MAA6192-0-0
REV
A
imtmn
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION IHECT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Appendix A
8.3 NCVll Final Acceptance Test (Thia teat rcpeaca the logic and
differential linearity tests)
8.3.1 MD-11-DVNCA aust be loaded into aemory.
8.3.2 Make aure the Self Teat Connector ia plugged into connector
Jl on the A017 aodule. The red Jinpcr wire la connected to
teat point TFR on the A017, and avitch SI on the A017 module
ia avitched to MAINTENANCE.
8.3.3 Type F (CR) to atart the teat
8.3.4 Type CTRL/C to terainate the teat.
9.0 TEST PROCEDURE:
Reference 8.0
SIZE
A
CODE I NUMBER
SP I MAA6192-Q-Q
REV
occ iMMt>-iaet<w«7t
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SfEClTlCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Appendix A
oo
A OUAO lt.lCTIIOIT*TIC
•MILS rAMT MO 1l-«Mt1-«l
« MOUNTflO MtMlfN TMg
M17 iINO MMM HOOUtn.
Figure 2-1 DW| l-NCVl I-H322 Interconnectiont (Unibui-laicd Syttem)
NUMIEII
SIZE I CODE
occ »»<»M»-lMtm?t
SHtrr _
OF
pSv"
I?
t
i
-s|
?^ I
•• o c
i
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT Cf>RPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
^'^'•^ DRll-A GENERAL DEVICE INTERFACF' Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIO
DATE
APPU BY
DATE
^ M S
Prev. 7668001-0-6205
ENQ / .
'^^^.e^SfCr
eKH>io«j-i«^«7^<Ma)
SIZE
A
So?
NUMBER
MAA6205-0-0
REV
A
I 1 Uh 4
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I
DRll'A CEWERAl DEVICE INTERTACE
*
RIFERgWCE DOCOMENTS
DRII-A EoglQ««ria( Draviati* Print S«c.
MAST Phat« I Ch«ck-Off LlaC.
Wor^Minthlp Mamul, DEC.
riaith and Color Standard, DEC STD 092.
REQUIRED TEST EQUIIMENT
FDP-II SyatMi with Input davlca.
M980 Malntananca Modula.
Digital VoltsMtar. Fluka Modal 465 or a^ulvalant.
M4INDEC-11-D6LA DUgnoatlc Wrlta-up. DRllA Davlca Raglatar Taat.
MAIMDEC-11-D8LA DUgnoatlc Tapa.
CHECXOOT IHSPECTICTT
Folloirlng Racalpt of tha taat ItaB(a) , parfora a brlaf (quick scan)
▼laual Inapactlon for obvlou: diacrapanclaa par tha DEC Workaumahlp
Manual and DEC STD 092.
TEST SET-UP
Sat-tqp tha taat Itaa(a) , with all powar off, In tha configuration ahown
In Flgura 1. Nota that tha taat ItMi haa a floating vactor. Chack that
It haa tha propar Jtopar configuration.
Size
A
CODE
SP
NUMBEII
MAA62nS-n-0
REV
A
occ i*-4MaHi(Ma-M«7a
SHEET .2, _ OF 1.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TU SYbiLMb 'ibSI Apppndix A
VOLTAGE CHECKOUT
Pow«r up th« syttaa to ch«ck th« -fSVIx: •t each SPC tlot containing a taat
plan. Usa Che digital voltnetar to maaaure tha voltaga between plot A2
(•fSVDC and C2 (GND) at each applicable SPC alot on backplane. The voltage
ah«ll be 5.00 VIX: jp.25 VDC. Note that the H744 Regulator hae a -t-S VDC
voltage adjuat potentiometer.
11 SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURI
Perfona the checkout teat in the sequence detalTad in this section.
Program starting address, switch settings and operetor ection are contained
herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-Up, MAINDEC-11-DL8A,
for more detailed information, ahoald the need arise.
DEVICE REGISTETI TEST
Lo«d starting address 2^0.
Start program with all control switches down (zero).
Allow test to nin for 15 minutes. Note that bell will ring at completion
of each peas.
No errors allowed.
For restart after fix, repeat 7.1.1 end 7.1.2.
SIZE
-A-
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6205-0-0
REV
A
oec :»-<]»a)-io«2-N«7]
SHEET
OF _i_
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
PDP-U
SYSTEM
C
IINIBUS
SPC Slot
X^fcrT
I
1105 I
DRl 1 '^ 1
I
IM786
i
■'»'"'.
.IL.
1
I _
I
I
I
I
. J
>
Notes
* An M980 Special Maintenance Module must be connected to each DKll-A
ac the M786 dual cunncctors.
** A naxlimun total of 32 sequential DRll-A'a may be connected for teat.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6205-0-n
oec ift-<sta) ioa2-N«72
SHEET
or
a
iJH^U^MmiiJu^^^^n-^
I!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPEHnCATlON
M.A.StTt
DATE
TITLE DRll-B DIRECT MEMORY (DMA) INTERFACE Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
II
II
ll|
All
III
Prev. 7668001-0-6210
si^^ee^^^ \^r?>i^!^yH
ENQ
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAAC210-0-0
REV
A
0»^lM»-l«4Mr»(Mt|
SHEET 1 OF «♦
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I
DUll-B DIltfCT MP10RY (DMA) INTERTACf;
>JJi':i'^<ii'
DRll-B Kngin««riiis Draviaft. Print S«t.
MAST PlMM I Chtck-Off List.
Vortaanahlp Manual, DEC.
riniah and Color Standard, Die STD 092.
Dtll-B Manual. DBC-ll-HD&C-D.
RZQUITOD TEST EQUIRIEHT
PD?-11 Bytm with input datriea.
Digita^ VoltSMtv >luka Modal 463 or a^lvalMt.
BEQUHED TEST SOFTWARZ
MAIMDEC-ll DZDEB DUgnoatic Writa-up. DUIB FDPll Ganaral NPR Intarfaea.
h^mVC-ll-DZCU DlatBoatie Tapa.
CHECKOPr IMgPECTIOW
Pollowing laeaipt of tha taat itaa, parfoia a briaf (quick scan) vliual
inapaction for obvloua dlaerapanciaa par tha KC Worloiianahip Manual and
DEC STD 092.
Sat -up tha taat itia, with all powar off, in tha configuration ahow in
figura 1. RflMva aodulaa froa alota CD4. Than tranafar tha Taat Board
froB Slota AB2 to Slota CD4.
Powar up tha ayataa to eha^ tha 45VDC at tha taat itaa backplana. Uaa tha
digital volQMtar to a^aaura tha voltaga batwaan piaa A2 (•('S FDC) and
C2 (GHD) on tha baekplaua. Tha voltaga ahall ba S.OO 7DC ±0,25 VDC. Mota
that tha H744 lagulator haa a -fS VDC ^luga adjuat potantioaatar.
Size
A
cooe
SP
NUMBER
MAA6210-0-0
REV
A
oae i9-MUhi9*»^*u
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPEaTICATIQN
Tmi MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtMb Tfch'i
CONTINUATION SHEET
Appendix A
I
11 mTmS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
P«rfoni ttM eh«ekout tMC In th« ■•<Tucnct d«tail«d in thlt ■•etloa.
ProgrMi ttartlnt addrMt, tviteh ••cclngi and oparator action ara
contalnad haraln. Bovavar. rafar to tha Dlagnoatlc Wrlta-Up.
lUIMDEC-11-DZDRB. for aora datallad InfonMtion, should tha naad arlaa.
Load atartlng addraaa 200.
Start protraa irlth all control awltchaa do«D (laro).
Allov taat to nm '^or 30 mlnutaa.
No arrora allonad.
For raatart aftar fix. rapa^ first tvo stapa of this taction.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6210-0-0
REV
A
oac i«KMt)-tMa4>(«7t
SHEET
OF
CONTINUATION SHEIT
MAWFACnJRINC STECIFlCATiON
Trai MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMii TEbT Appendix A
i
PDP-U
SYSTIH
=>
FUNCTTOHAL TEST CGNPIGURATION
FIGURE 1
[
MC It^SJXhlMa^tTt
SIZE
cooe
SP
NUMICR
MAA6210-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OP
^m
i^3*t>^iS^!te!i&.**-
I
s
I*'
II
II
|«
X •< o
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
DRll-C GENERAL DEVICE INTERFACE Appendix A
REVISIONS
hev
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIQ
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-6220
^-^^^^J^t^^^ \^^y./C^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6220-0-0
REV
A
n*-*%m*-i*4ni»^nt}
SHEET 1 OF «♦
MANUFACTURINC SPECDFICATION
Xrn.1 MODULAR APPROACH TO SYbifcMS TbST
Appendix A
DR11>C CENtHAL DEVICE IWTERFACE
KoroiiKt DoaMnfra
Dtll-C Ixifln««rlJit Dravlnt>> Print 8«C.
HAST Phatt I Cb«ck-Off List.
yorkmanahlp Hanual, DEC.
Pinith and Color Standard. DEC STD 092.
DRll-C Ganaral Davlca Intarfaca Manual, DEC-ll-RXDCA-D-D.
PDP-11 SyatiB irlth Input davica.
BC08R Malntananca Cabla.
Digital Voltaatar, Fluka Modal 465 or aquivalant.
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
MAIMDEC-ll DZDRC Diagnoatie Writa-up, DRllC Davica Rafistar Tait.
MADIDEC-11-DZDRC Diagnoatic Tapa.
Pollowiat Racaipt of tha taat itaB(a) , parfoxa a briaf (^ick scan)
▼iaual inapaction for obvioua diacrapan;:iaa par tha OEC Workaanahip
Manual and DEC STD 092.
8ae-up tha taat ittta(a) , with all ponar off, in tha configuration
ahow in Figura 1. Nota that tha taat itia haa a floating vactor.
Chack that it haa tha propar juapar configuration.
VOLIAGE CHEQCOOT
•
Powar op tha ayatiB to chack tha 45VDC at aach 8PC tlot containing a taat
it«i. Uaa tha digital voltaatar to aaaaura tha voltaga batwaan pina
A2 (45 VDC) and C2 (GMD) at aach applieabla SFC alot on backplana. Tha
▼oltaga ahall ba 5.00 VDC •*> 0.25 VDC.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBEIt
MAA6220-0-0
REV
A
oac i*H»M>-iMa-M«7a
SHEET
OF 4
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
rrai
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
U 81STM CBCROW TtST raOgPVM
Ptrfom Ch« eh«ckout tast in th« icqucnc* dctallsd in thli t«ecion.
ProgriM starting addrass, twitch •actinga and oparator action ara
contalnad haraln. Bovavar, rafar to tha Dlagnoatlc Wrlta-Up.
MAIMDIC-ll-DZD&C, for aora datallad Information, should tha naad arlsa.
wm Rgc;?TyR tot
Load starting addraaa 200.
Start prognuB with all control avltchaa dowi (saro) .
Allow taat to run for ona paaa. Nota that at conplatlon of aach pass,
of aach taat lt«i, an * will ba prlntad.
No arrors allowad.
For raatart aftar fix. rapaat f^i-st two staps of this tactic
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMIER
MAA6220-0-0
REV
A
occ ia^Mt)-iMa-M«7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTUKINC gBCIFlCATlON
CONTINUATIOM SHCIT
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTlSMii TfcbT
Appendix A
I
PDP-11
SYSTEM
CONN. #2
Wot«« • *A BC#8R Special ll«int«iiane« C«bl« autt b« conn«cttd to each DRll-C
at tha M860 du#l connactora.
*«A aaxlMm total of 32 aaquantlal MU-C'a ray ba connactad for tatt.
FUNCnCNAL nST CONFICUMTION
PlOlflll 1
fIZI
A
coot
8P
NUmCK
MAA6220-0-0
RCV
A
«WC ^H»M>-iaM4««7«
SHUT
or
-9.
^jrn^
k
'a:
I
i
11
lis
'III
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
REV
DRVll 16 BIT PARALLEL LINE UNIT FOR PDP 11/0 3 Appendix A
REVISIONS
OESCRIRTIOM
CHQ NO
Prev. 7668001-0-6225
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
^^^fgvy S£(enteMH( \^J^(/u L^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6225-0-0 A
EN-91 M« t«-N«y t<««Mt
SHEET 1 OF 3
M\NUFACTURJNG SPECIFICATION
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST Appendix A
DRVll 16 BIT PARALLEL LINE IHIT FOR PDF 11/03
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Th« Intent of this procedure Is to suasjirlzc ihs dlsgnostlc vrlttups. For
tht purpose of expediency, the procedure has been kept brief, and to the
point, to keep fron confusing the user. For eddicionel infonnetion, it
vill be necessary to refer to the diagnostic vriteup.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Workaunshlp Manual (STD 116)
2.2 DRVll "Inglneering Specification A-SP-DRVll
2.3 LSIll PDP 11/03 User's Manual EX LSIll-TM-001
2.4 DRVll Printset
2.5 ADVll-A, KWVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll-A. User's Manual ER-ADVll-OP-001
2.6 LSIll PDP 11/03 Configuration and Inetalletlon Guide EK-LSIll-lN-001
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 LSIll Standard Computer
3.2 DRVll Module
3.3 BC08R-1 Test Cabla
3. A Output tenninal/DLVll
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAINDEC ll-DVlL\r DRVll Test Diagnostic and Write up
4.2 MAINDEC ll-DXDRC DEC/ni Exerciser and Write up
5 0 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CHECKS
5.1 If part of DEC LAB 03 System variation H or J, module vlll have 2
BC042-15 cables plugged into Jl '-ind J2 for communication with the
outside irorld.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6225-0-0
REV
A
CN-oi oaa- 1 t-Mt III 3t3i
SHEET J OF 3.
i^ia^h^^^M^ >iM^ ^^h^Ajti^^^?^^ ^^^-^ i« -a-'i;* :'-*;>.
&
MANUFACTLRINC STECIFKATION
CONTINUATION SHE.ET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
6.0 nsT srr u?
6.1 Intur* th«t Juap^rt A3 thru All art rr— -cd and juapar A12 la inaarted
for a davlca addraaa of 167771.
6.2 Tnaura that vector juapara V3, V4, and V5 ara Inatallad and vactor
Jjap«ra V6 and V7 ara raaovad for a vactor of 300.
6.3 laatall BC#81-1 Taat Cabla Into B«rg connactora Jl and J2.
7.0 11 SYSTEM IWTECitATION TIST PROCEDURE
7.1 DIVll Taat (DVIAT)
7.1.1 Load prograa through approprlata load aadla
7.1.2 Progran atartlag addraaa
7.1.2.1 Uad addraaa 200
7.1.2.2 Start $fHH aoftvara SR default valua
7.1.3 Altamata aoftvara 8R aattlnga (loc 122)
7.1.3.1 SVR15 - 1 Contlnua on arror
7.1.3.2 SVR14 • 1 Loop on currant arror
7.1.3.3 SVRIO • 1 Loop on currant taat
7.1.3.4 SVR 9-1 Run taat aodula
7.1.4 Oparator Action
7.1.4.1 Typa 200C
7.1.5 EvldMca of End of Fa«a and Runtlaa
7.1.5.1 "niD OF PASS" will ba typad avary 10 aaconda.
7.1.6 Accaptabla Errorf: Nona
Size
A
cooc
SP
NUMIER
MAA622S-n»n
REV
A
CN 010t> IMV4T3 (J«2|
SHCCT
OF
Ia^^!#
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T,
DATE
TITH
DTP 3 - FM - FP Appendix A
REVISIONS
I
I
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
12
II
II
III
ll
Prev. 7668001t*0-6230
i^xr
^^ ^
^(^gtor»i Wi
SIZE
A_
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6230-0-0
REV
A
>KHiiMs*a»4My><Mti
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURING STECITICATION
nni
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEbT Appendix A
BT9? - fH - rr
SreCIAli IW8TWCTIgH8
B«for« powarlag up DTOJ-m/FP r««d th« option dMcrlpCion thoroughly.
Th« DT03-FM/yp Fowar Supply, and all tharad bua ("C" Bua) davieat powar aourca
■uat ba on non-avltchad povar froai tha t61-Povar Controllar, or froai aoaia otbar
uaawltchad povar aourca.
TEST EQUIFMEirr
Tvo (2) PDP-11 procaaaori
Onlbua taatar, or a I/O davlca that can ba aharad by both PDP-11 CPU' a.
For furthar Inforaation rafar to option daacriptlon.
RErERZWCE DOCWENTATIOtI
Manuala:
Chackout Frocaduraa:
Accaptcnca Frocaduraa:
Enflaaarlnt Spaca:
Prints :
MAIMDEC Llitlngs:
C8S-IIO-F-IC.-19
Option Daacriptlon
Eafaranca Option Daacriptlon Paga 2.3
faction 2.S thru 2.6
tafaranca Option Daacriptlon Paga A-2
Saction A. 5 thru A. 7
l«ftr»nca Option Daacriptlon Paga !•)
Saction 1.6
DT03-F
DIG SFEC-11-ATV-AOC
ABS HU1:T:TT Procaaaar Diag.
DEC SFEC-ll-AXAAXC
DAS Must ba uaad vlth slave nodula DATS
DEC SFEC-11-AZJAXB
DIS 0T03Ft Controllar Modula (Slngla
Davlca)
DEC SPCC-ll-AXTAXA
DAS DT03Ft Controllar Nadula (Multipla
Davlca)
DEC SPEC-U-AXASXA
SIC DTAS Slave Modula for DXAC
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6230-0-0
REV
A
osc iH*M)-iMa<#««7a
SHEET
OF
l£
{I!
t
S
in
hi
M
u
I*
DIGITAL EQUIPMKNT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
DAll-BD Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-«240
-1^ S^fff-^jis^t I ^^ aAC —
SIZE ICODE
A |s P
NUMBER
MAA6240-0-0
REV
A
tN^lM«*l«^C?tSMt)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MAWWACTUMWG arBClHCATlQH
TTOI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
mizMs.
intin pfgTMgnsBi
Itfttrtnc* option daierlptloa p«|a 2*1, ••cCloo 2.1 for sito contldaratloiM,
•od •occi 2.2 for cabllnt.
For furthor lafonMClon, t—i tho option docuaontatloa.
Two (2) FDP-Il proeostorf
7or furthar Infonnatlon rofor to th« option doacrlptlon, and tha Dtll-B Manual,
KLYlUmCt DOCIUPiTATIOW
Hanuala:
Chackout Procaduraa:
Accaptanca Procaduraa:
Inslaaarlat 8paca:
Prlaca:
MAIUDEC Llstlngt:
CSS-MO-P-10.4-iM
Pat* 2.2. aactlon 2.4.1
tafaranca Dlagnoatlc Llatlng paga 7,
aactlon tvalva (12)
Pnea 1, aactlon 1.3
tafaranca Mlll-B-Mll-B
MC 8PBC-11-DZ0U-C-0
DEC 8PEC-ll-AVtAX8
OBJ. (DEC Zll)
aiC l«SMa>.10M4M7«
Size
cooe
8P
NUMIIII
'MAA6240-0~n
REV
A
SMiCT J OF 2_
o
I!'
I?
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON M.A.S.T
DATE
TITLE
DRll-K GENERAL DIGITAL I/O INTERFACE Appendix A
REVISIONS
s
s
in
ill
111
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-6260
'^/JL
^^^ J^ InftrnnK^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6260-0-0
REV
A
■M4iM«'«»>N«yHaMi
SHEET 1 OF 4
MAiwrAcnjMWG gKincAinow
Tini MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I
Dlll-K CIWEKAL DIGITAL I/O nmtCTACI
flHuA&BStfl-aiufl(MEB&J&
Dtll-C BntloMriat Dravlati. frlnc t«t.
MiST PhM« I CtMok-Off Liat.
1ioclta«n«bip Munial, MC.
WinUh tad Color 8UB4«r4» DIC STD 092.
DUl-K iBtorfaeo Otor't Outdo oad NolaCOBoaeo Manual. K-DtllX-Mf-OOl.
umMkJMLxmsssssL
nf'll Syotai with input doiriea.
OOll-A or DDll-B.
1000-1-1, ona foot long Nalataaaaca Sabia.
Digital VoltBotar, rioka Motial 465 or ofui^alaat.
Mgffim TOT gormw
MAnDBC-ll-DZmC Diaf&oatlc Vrita-up, Dtll-K Digital Z/O Taat.
MLDDiC-ll-DZDMG Diagnoatie Tapa.
Following tacaipt of tha taat it«a(a) . parfoca a briaf (fuiek ncmn)
▼laual inapactloo for obvloua d iaerapaneiaa par tha DEC Wortoaanahip
Manual and DEC STD 092.
gat -up tha taat itai(a) , with all povar off, in tha configuration ahonn
la rigura 1. Iota that tha taat ItM haa a floating vaetor. Cback
that it haa tha propar "faetory" Joapar configuration and M7843 Intamtpt
Inabla aviteh poaitiona par Chaptar 3 of tha Maintananca Manual,
K-maiK-Mf-OOl.
Size
A
cooc
SP
NUMBER
MAA6260-0-0
REV
A
OCC l»1tM)'l««a-«««7t
SHEET
OP
MANUFACrURING SPEaFlCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH 'i-Q SYSTKHS ThST
Appendix A
U
VOLTAGE CHECKOUT
Povar up tha tystai to check th« 4-^VTX: ac aach SPC alot cootalniag a CaaC
Itaa. \i»9 Cha digital voltaatar to aaaaura tha voltaga batwaaa ploa
A2 (-f5 VDC) aod C2 (CND) at aach applicable SPC alot on backplane. Tha
voltaga ahall b« 5.00 VDC t 0.25 VDC. Note that tha H744 Regulator haa
a •f5 VDC voltaga adjuat potentloBatar.
U SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TIST PROCEDURg
Jiapar U21. W22 and W23 la tha A poaltlon.
Parfora cha checkout teat lo the aaqueaca detailed In thli aactloa.
Progm itartlng addraaa, awltch aattlnga and operator action are
contained herein. Hovever, refer to the Dlegnoetlc Write-Up,
MAINDEC-U-DCDRG, for aore detailed Information, ahould the need erlaa.
LOGIC TEST
1. Load atartlng eddreaa 200.
2. Sat all tha M7843 Module INTERJIU?T ENABLE avltchea on.
3. Start program vlth all control avltchea dovn (tero).
4. Allov teat to run for five ainutea.
5. Set all the M7843 Module INTERRUPT ENABLE avltchea off.
6. Start thla program with all control avltchea dovn (cero).
7. Allov teat tz run for ten ainutea.
No arrora allovad.
For reatart after fix, repeat 1 through 3 for the Interrupt Eneble
avltchea on teat and repeat 1, 5, and 6 for the Interrupt Enable
avltchea off teat.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6260-0-0
REV
A
occ i»-iSM)-ioaa-M«72
SHEET
OF
MANUrACIUMWC g^OWCATlOli
CONTINUATION SHIIT
Tmi
jJODUIAR APPKOACII TO •T$TfWS XiSf Apyendix A |
ICO0-I-1
r--~
li
! I
• *
— , -.«-. — I
i I
W.J
I t
L..«J
HaiSti * lh« DWt-ll plugt into 8PC tlot 2 or 3 of th« DDll-B or SPC tloC 2 of
th« DOn-A
**
All Dtll-K't hav* tbo
juMpor/.
Utornape owiteh •otcingt and 4a e« patH
FWCTIOHAL rest COMflGUlATICll
rigura 1
mut uHtm^-imttmn
TSIZf iCODtl
LL
IIAA6260-0-0
REV
A
•HitT <- OF *
II
I!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
3/27/80
TITLE PHASE I BACKUP DOCUMENTATION FOR DRll-W
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
2
n
la
II
VJ
[it
3i
ENQ
BILL WHITBY
MA-
A00O0-
MUC9
L.LECLKRC
8-80
ESTES
8-80
APPO SIZE
TOM JELENIEWSKl| j\
code] number I REV
SP I MAA6275 -O-O A
gflMll«M-l«4M9t-4»tt)
SHEET 1 OF 5
MANUFACrURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUUR APPROACH TO SYSTEM:. TEST
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The DRll-U is a general purpose, direct memory access (DMA) device that
optratca directly to or from memory. It is designed for use in any hex
(SPC) aouill paripheral controller slot. The DRllW can be interfaced
with a DRVllB (Q Bua) as well as connected back to back with another
DRll-W to form an interprocessor system link. Any number can be added
to a single system, with respect to existing configuration guidelines.
The purpose of this document is to define minimum test criteria for FA4T
for a single module option and any special steps required to set up
option for test. For multiples of this option, refer to reference
documentation and diagnostic writeup.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Manuals and Engineering Specifications:
2.1.1 DRllW Engineering Specification SP DRll-W-C
2.1.2 DRllW Users' Guide EK-DRllW-UG
2.2 Prints and Schematics:
2.2.1 DRllW Field Maintenance Print Set MP00693
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Hardware & Media:
3.1.1 PDPU with available Hex SPC Slot
3.1.2 8K of Memory
3.1.3 Input console device
3.1.4 BC05L-01 Loopback Cable (Supplied with DRll-W)
3.1.5 Digital Voltmeter fluke Model 465 or equivalent
3.2 Special Tools:
3.2.1 None
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 CZDRL7? DRl 1-W Gen. NPR INTFC.
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA627$ ' O'O
REV
A
oieiMSMi-iMa-MtTt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
HDDUUR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
NOTE; Additional Dlagnoitlc CZDRK?? DRll-W IntrProc. Exer. la not run In
FA&T dua to naad for additional OHA Interface and PDPll Proceaaor.
5.0 SPECIAL IMSTRUCTIONS
5.1 For Unlbua-11 Syatana capacitor C8 (1600 tmf.) muat be cut off of
of DRU-W Modula.
5.2 For UBA (Unlbua Adapter) of VAX, both C7 (820 tmf.) and C8 (1600 imf.)
owat be inatalled. Reference Figure 1 drawing for locations of above
componenta.
5.3 Wire in backplane between CAOI and CBOl (NPG jumper) must be removed
from alot In wh ' i DRU-W la Inatalled.
NOTE; Jumper must be reinatalied when module Is removed unless nodule la
replaced with another DHA (Direct Memory Access) device.
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 Unpacking Inatructiona:
6.1.1 If DRU-W nodule la to be installed in a system, dispose of
box it was packed in. If part of an option order, retain
for repacking.
6.2 Set-Up Instructions:
6.2.1 Rcnova G727A grant card from hex slot to be used.
6.2.2 Inaure DRU-W aodulc haa DVA (Device Address) configured for
772A1X. Switch pack E120 will have awitches 2, 4, 6, 7. 8
and 9 on and I, 3, 5 and 10 off. Reference Figure 1.
6.2.3 Insure DRU-W module haa vector addreaa configured for 124.
Switchpack E15 will have awltchea 3, 5, 7 and 8 on and 2,
4, and 6 off. Switch #1 la unused and its position does
not matter. Reference Figure 1,
6.2.4 Insure DRU-W nodule has operational mode switchpack E105
configured with switches 1, 3 and 4 on and 2 nnd 3 off.
Reference Figure 1.
6.2.5 Insure burst mode switch SI is In down position (toward row F
of module) to select two-cycle b.'rst operation. Reference
Figure 1.
6.2.6 Insure BR plug is installed on nodrxe in £62 socket. BR3
is the standard plug part #54-0877d. (Supplied with DRll-W).
6.2.7 Install B005I/-01 c^le (without a twist) between Jl and J2
of DRU-W module.
SIZE
A
CODE
SF
NUMBER
MAA6275 ~o-0
REV
A
oec ia.(Mih>est4««7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACrUIUNG STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODin.AR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.2il Install DRll-W nodule In hex eloc In which backplane Jumper
was reaoved.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Typically when an additional nndule Is installed in a backplane, it
will cause a slight dip in voltage. Use a Digital voltOMter to
insure that -fSV is still within tolerance ±0.25VDC. To do this
place voltmeter leads between A2 and C2 (any row) of slot in which
nodule is installed. If necessary adjust applicable regulator for
proper voltage.
8,0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 CZDRLtT DRll-W Gen. NPR INTPC.
8.1.1 Load prograa into nenory using applicable load device.
8.1.2 Load address 200 and press stsrt.
8.1.3 After "Do vou wish burst dsta late calibration? (Y - yes,
N - no):" is typed out, type -<N>
8.1.4 After "Do you wish nultlplc board dlslogue? (Y - yes, N •
no):" Is typed out, type <N>
8.1.5 If software switch register is invoked, then the following
will be printed "SWR • XXXXXX New - ", type<CR > »
8.1.6 Progran will now test nodule in naint. 4 cable node/with
Iterations.
8.1.7 End of pass will be indicated by "End Pass #XXXXXX" after
approximately 7 seconds for first pass and 60 seconds for
each subsequent pass.
8.2 Allowable Errors:
8*2.1 None
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6275 - O-e?
REV
A
CMC isKMeHisea4iM?t
SHCCT
OF
MANUFACTUMWO SrECIFICATlQN
Tim
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
c
c
Ji
J2
Ol
R80
<^
if>
lO
o
Ul
ZU.
OO
^
^
M8176
CO
o
0
■pMiHM«pi
ZU.
OO
II.
ZU.
OO
o
UJ
FIGURE 1
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MAA6275 ^O- C>
REV
A
OCC tHSMhlOM^Mft
SHEET ^ OF _1
Ml
hi
Ml
hi
HI
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
BD03 BINARY/ASCII/BINARY CONVERTER Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
i
1lf
Prev. 7668001-0-7110
j^S^rJf^fi
L
^^^L^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA7110-0-0 A
CN*MM«.|»4MrtKaM}
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFAcnnuNo sracmcATiQH
Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I
iRCiAL mnocTZon
tafur to Option DMcrlptlon, Appwdis A. Po|o A-1
TEST SiUXIMDrr
UTDIBCB DOCOKHriATKNI
Maiiualt:
Choekout & Accoptjuico:
Bntinoorlnt Sp«ca:
Frlnti:
MalnISC LUtlii««:
DocfOUtlon #CSS-M0-r-4.4-8B
OPT. OU. SECT. 2.3 4 2.4
OR. DCS. DACI 1-1. SIC. 1.2
^tvliig Soto #A-ML-BD03-0
OICS?IC-11-AUXAOD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
OOC lMMt)*10M4M7t
NUMIEII REV
MAA7110-0-0 A
•HEn 2> OF 2
Ml
I
I
in
hi
I!*
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
^'^^^ BD04 DISK INTERRUPT ALARM Appendix A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
«&
I
iss
Prev. 7668001-0-7120
^^^fey JeHff*v9^f. WB^ il/o-
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7120-0-0
REV
A
KN-«lMa>U>N«7t-(Mt)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUTACTURINO SPECITlCATiON
mil
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I L
tpo» pw wrtnw AWiw
snciAL msTiDCTxaia
BD04 Witt b« cabltd to WTll eontrollar vlth c«bl« F/M (ATGK eabla KD04)
Cabla plufi lato slot D09 of tfll «nd tlot B02 of BD04, and r^^ltM tho
•aaitioa of « mritt frai If 11 pin 009H2 to D16J2 ^o b« h«niwlr«4.
TEST iQirmfnrr
tofor to Option I>«ocrlptloa Pago 2-1
Soctloo 2.1-2.4 and paga S-1, oact. S.l
limZlICI DOOMDIIATiaN
Hamialt:
Chackout & Accaptanea:
?riAta:
MainDEC Liatiogs:
Doc«ont #C8S-M0-P-54-U
Option Daacrlptioo Faga
2-2. Saction 2.3.2
Drawing Sat «A-KL-BD04-0
DEC8PEC-11-ADU0C
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MAA7120-0-0
REV
A
OCC l»-{m)->Mt-N«7t
SHEET J OF _i.
*
DIGITAL EQUIPTIKNT CORPORATION
IMV4AR0. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
N*A«S«i*
DATE
TITLl
BD05 LINE INTERFACE CONTROLLER Appendix. A
REVISIONS
s
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
n
III
M
9 £ I
c *• O W
S2i
Prev. 7668001-0-7130
SIZE
CODE
CP
NUMBER
MAA7130-0-0
REV
A
e«iHi««M>i»>«tcr0mMi
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
Tint I MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS ThST Appendix A
.^ I
BD03 LDC DfTERfAq COWTROtm
inCIAL DBrtRUCnONB
Iaf«i to Option D«tnrlpCloa Pag* ▲•!, Appwullji A for all chackout and
aeoap'::anca procaduraa.
To chack for Indicatloa of a taat fallura, tranailttar taat - rafar to
App. A, aactloo A.S.l.S.
lacalvar Taac - rafar to kfp. A, aactloo A. 6.
For DEOai Syataa Kzarclaar •— Syataa Daacrlpcioa C8S-M8-F-73-AA,
aactloo S.4
TEST EQUUMEHT
lafar to Option DOacrlptloo paga A-2. aactloo A. 4. 2
For taat box eoonactlona and aactlon A. 5 thru A. 7
For aattlng up taat Ixnc and nBnlnc tha dlagnoftlc.
UFEUNCE DOCaaaiXATION
Hamaala:
Inglnaailng Spaca;
Frlnta:
MalsDEC Liatlnss:
Docwaot Mo. C88-HO-F-33-17-A
Option Daacrlptloo paga 1-2, aactloo 1.3
A-ML-BDOS-0
DEC8FC-ll-#^ZAD-7
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7130-0-0
REV
A
Oac IMSMhlOM^Myt
SHEET
OF
-?
B 1
1"
I
S
'I
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLt
REORDER TRAP DEVICE Appendix A
RCVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APRO tY
DATE
^i
Prev, 7668001-0-7210
^^ Jfl^r^sM \^^ IlL^^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
HUMBER
MAA7210-0-0
REV
A
CN^lOM- :«-M«?t-<Mt|
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTV
'» m"
TITVl
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
Hi9Wit rm Pfviff
tnCIAL DBTIOCTIOW
Th«r« arc twalv* (12) K281 fljMd aaaory. Th«7 ar* to b« Inaartttd Into
iU>v"C'*jfiraii. right to l«ft for tb« frlot t«at. (viowvd froa BoduU •ld« of
For tost two (2) tho K2tl aoduloo moat b« marmd to lov '*D".
TEST BQUmfENT
lofor to Optioo Dofcrlptloa: p«g« A-1. ••ctioa A- 2
RL«1JL£UCZ U .:r£ATIOII
Manuals :
Gbackout Procaduraa:
Aceaptanca Procaduraa:
Knflnaarinc Spaca:
Prints :
MalnDEC Llstinfs:
DocfSBt No. CSS -MO-F -37-3-1
Rafar to Optioo Doacrlptlon paga A-1
sactloo A. 3 thru A. 4. 2
Saaa aa Chackout Procadura
Kafar to sactioti 3.9.3 (M)
Drawing Sat Mo. A -ML -7606 20 7-0
DECSPEC -11 -ASQ4M -PB
SIZE
cooc
SP
Hummtu
MAA7210-0-0
IICV
A
OCC lH>M)<lMt<N«7a
SHiCT J or 2
1
I!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPICIFICATION
OATI 4/IS/80
TITLE
LPCOl/LPDll M.A.S.T.
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD ev
DATE
n
II
3 ■
<? e
Added sections 8.2.13 thru 8.2.1'
and Table G
MA-
A0000
MI 009
L.LKCLERC
8-HO
S. ESTES
8-80
^
ENG
D. Ayotte
APPO
j^^^^'^Al
SIZE
A
CODE
5P
NUMBER
f1A-A7510-0-0
REV
C
eMHl«M«-18'N«»«-|30a|
SHEET 1 OF !«♦
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAW APPWOACH TO 3T3T1MS TIST
LPC01/LPD11 H.A.S.T.
1.0 IMTIOPUCTIOM
Th« LPC01 it a general pyrpoa* Intarfaoa uatd In
oonjunotion with an L0P11. It can ba uaad by aoat PDP-11*a
to provlda output to a nuabar of photo-ooapoaition aaohlnaa.
All I/O froB tha PDP-II thru tha LP011, thru tha LPCOt to tha
Photoooapoaar la dona undar prograa control. Tha LPC01
inoludaa taat oirouitry to aiaulata tha photoooapoaar.
2.0 BSFBEBMCI DOCUHHIAIIQM
2.1 Hanuala and Inglnaarinf Spaoifloationa
2.1.1 LPC01 Haintananoa Manual IK-LPCOI-MM
2.1.2 LDP11 Haintananoa Nanual DEC-11-HLPDA
2.2 Printa and Sohaaatioa
2.2.1 LPC01 Haintananoa Print Sat DD-LPC01-0
2.2.2 LDP11 Haintananoa Print Sat OD-LOPIUO
3.0 wiQUiHKD Igai BQUIFHJMT
3.1 PDP-11 Syataa with an oparatora oonaola.
3.2 Lina Clook.
3.3 Two (2) BC06J-XX oablaa.
3.11 A DVM aoourata to .1? at 15VDC.
3.5 Oaoilloaoopa, Taktronioa Hodal 153 or aquivalant
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A7510-0-0
REV
C
DCC l«-(Mi>-lM2-N«7t
SHEET
Of JJl
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION fHCCT
TITLt
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
M.O
5.0
ll£fiJUJL£l DIAQI1Q3TIC fflOfiRi^Ha
tl.l LP011 Intarfao* Dltgnottlo ......... DZLPJ
amLLAJL iMaiRUCTiOMa
5.1 NOTE - Th« LPCOl aust bt tetttd in cunjunotlun with
an LPD1 1 .
LPDII
must b« wlrad tog«th«r
oonflguratlon you hava.
will apply
tha
NOTES
- Ba aura
width.
to aaaaura tha "Fusltlva" pulsa
Bafora an adjuataant can bt aade It will ba
naoaaaary to hava tha following "toggla-ln"
prograa running:
200/
CLR
no
5000
CLR
R1
5001
NEXT:
INC
R1
5201
MOV
R1, 1727X2
10137
LOOP:
INC
RO
5200
BNE
LOOP
1376
BR
NEXT
770
1727X2
SIZE
CODE
SP
MA-.A
10-0-0
REV
C
OaC l«^SM)*lMt-N«7X
SHEET
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
LPOn DELAY TIME SETTINGS
TABLE A (M3020 ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FOR TOP POT)
♦-------♦----•------♦--.«-------«.--♦
! LPC01 i I CONNECT I
I TYPES I DELAYTIME t PIN TO PIN I
.»•.....-♦...-.......«......«.. ....^
! A A/B t 1.5 M SBC i L2 I El I
♦-------♦-----------♦-.----♦-..__-..♦
I B A/B I 150 uSEC i L2 ! J1 !
♦-------♦----------«♦------♦•------.♦
I C A/B i 100 uSBC I L2 ! J1 !
! D A/B I 3.5 H SIC i L2 I 11
^.•••.•.>.... .......>..... ...........
i I A/B I 300 uSIC ! L2 I J1 )
I P A/B I ^.5 N SEC t L2 ! B1 !
4....... ............4......4 ------..♦
i H A/B ! 2 M SBC i L2 i B1 {
4.......4..-........4......4..._....4
i J A/B ! 2.5 N SBC I L2 i B1 I
4 ................... 4 -•>-<---♦..<>..... ♦
I E A/B ; 1.0 N SEC i L2 ! El t
4. ......♦-. -........^------^'------^^
i L A/B ! 100 uSBC i L2 I J1 !
4.. ...... 4-. ...... ...4. .....4. ...... .4
I M A/B I 1.5 H SBC I L2 i El I
I N A/B ! 1.5 H SBC i L2 I El !
4.......4 ........4----..4-.---.--^
i P A/B I 150 uSEC t L2 ! J1 t
i R A/B I 60 uSEC i L2 ! J1 !
I S A/B I 50 uSEC I L2 I J1 !
4. ......4-------»«-. ♦-..«. .4-»---.--^
i T A/B I 200 uSBC ! L2 I J1 t
4....... 4........... 4...... 4........ 4
! U A/B I 50 uSEC ! L2 I D1 i
4...«...4-*----«>----^-----*<f>------«4
I V A/B ! 2.5 H SEC ! L2 I El I
t W A/E t 100 uSBC i L2 I J1 !
4.>..>..«.......'-...4------^«--»-«-->
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MA-A7^1U-C)-n
REV
C
OCC l«^MtMMa-N«7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPtClFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO ntSTFMS TSST
TABLE B (MjO20 ADJUSTMEMF itTTINCS FOB F^OTTOM POT)
! LPCOl I I CONNECT
I TYPES I DELATTIHE | PIN TO PIN
I A A/B I 500 uSEC I S2 I U1
♦----.--♦ --♦------♦.----,
! B A/B I 1 H SEC I S2 I PI
i C A/B I 500 uSEC
S2
i D A/B I 10 uSEC I 32
I I A/B i 100 uSEC i S2
U1
SI
U1
A 1
r
A/B
1
1
500 uSEC
^ ▲ ^
S2
— ^ _
U1
H
A/B
• A <
1 M SEC
S2
PI
A .
J
A/B
» A ■
100 uSEC
M A ^
S2
U1
Ai a
K
A/B
• A •
350 uSBC
S2
U1
L
A/B
100 uSBC
S2
U1
A m
M
A/B
■ ▲ a
200 uSBC
32
U1
N
A/B
3.5 M SBC
S2
1
1
PI
♦ -
P
A/B
>♦-
50 uSEC
-♦-
32
1
-♦-
U1
R A/B ! 35 uSEC I S2
S A/B ! 50 uSEC
S2
1 T A/B
35 uSEC
S2
1 U A/B ! 50 uSEC
S2
--------------------------
! V A/B ! 100 uSEC I S2
I W A/B 1 25 uSEC I 32
♦-------♦-----------♦----.
U1
U1
U1
SI
U1
SI
I
• ♦
I
>♦
I
• ♦
I
>♦
I
♦
I
♦
I
♦
t
t
• ♦
I
♦
I
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A7 51 0-0-0
REV
'5
KC l«-<aM)-lMt-N«72
SHEET J OF 1A
MANUFACTURING
SFtCIFK ATION
mm
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
1
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.1
Un
packing Instruciiuna as Received froa High
Vu
iune.
6.
1.1 The LPC01 is packed in a cardboird shipping
container. Unpack the LPC01 as fullowst
A. Reiuve the LPC01 frua the shipping
ouniainer.
B. Reauve the polyethylene cuver froa the
unit.
C* Ensure that the unit is clean and free
of any foreign aaterlal or daaage.
D. Place the LPC01 in the location in which
ltistobeused(testedj.
E. Save all packinct aaterlal if the unit is
to be shipped.
6.
}.2 The LPDII Is packed in a cardboard shipping
container. Unpack the LPD11 as follows:
A. Reaove the LF011 Logic Backplane from
it's container and eount as per
configuration sheet.
B. Unpack the aodules and insert thea Into
the LPD11 Backplane as per MUL (Module
Utlllrstlon List) .
C. Remove the H7U0.D power supply froa it's
shipping container and aount it in the cab
as per configuration sheet.
D. For ADDRESS and VECTOK assignaents,
reference the Product Line supplied
Configuration Sheets for your systea.
NOTE - The use of the FLOAT PROGRAM is
Illegal in deter^inin;^ these as'.ignaent s due
to "TXPESET" software liaitations.
NOTE - For OPTION ORDERS use the following:
ADDRESS - 172720
VECTOR - 31*0
SIZE
A
CODE
) t
NUMBER
MA-A7Mn_]-0
REV
C
OCC 1*H392M0«2-M672
SHEET
OF
14
M\NUf ACT! 'RING SPEC IFICATJON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TEST
ADDRESS - H105
VECTOR - H7621
- JUMPER "IH'
- JUMPER "IN'
a
lugloal
lugloal
0
1
6.2 LPCOI/LPDn Cabling and Tarainatluna
6.2.1 Tha LPDII
Intarfaee la connected to tha
PDP11 Unlbua uaing a BCIIA cable of
appropriate length (refer to Configuration
ah^et). The BC11A cable la plugged Into
LPD11 alot AB01, and either
Teralnator or a BC1 1A Unlbua
plugged Into alot AB02.
a Unlbua
cable ia
The LPC01 Interface la connected to ^he
LPD11 Control Interface via a BC06J.IX I/O
cable froa alot location B01 on the LPC01 to
LPDII alot location A12.
ROTE - Both anda of the BC06J-XX Interface
cable have identical alngle-helght H906
cable connectora either connector can
be Inaerted Into the control Interface or
the unlveraal Interface.
NOTE - The aaxlauB allowable lengttt for the
BC06J-XX Interface cable la 250 feet.
7.3 £AM£1 £ii&£I&
7.1 Refer to TABLES C and D.
TABLE C
LPCQ1 BACIPLAMB YOLIAOE CBECIOiLI
....................................... .......^
i VOLTAGE TOLERANCE PIN ' t
^.... ............................. ....^
I >5VDC I ♦/-.25V i AO A2 \
^..... ........................... .....^
t -12V0C t ♦/-0.6V ! B07R • I
SIZE
A
i>HC«no>amyt
CODE
SP
MA-ATBIO-O-C
SHEET
REV
C
OP 14:
MANUFACTURING SFECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
kI
P"
TITIE
HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKST
TAILS 0
LPD11 BICIfLAH lOLTIflt CmCIOUT
---------------------------------------------
I VOLTAGE i TOLERANCE ! PIN NO. t
---------------------------------------------
I ♦SVOC i ♦/-.25V I A01A2 t
♦-----------------------•--------.--..--.--.♦
I -15VDC I ♦/-1.0V ! A01B2 I
^...........................................^
e.o puQMQaTic nail raoc»u»i
For th« apcolfio ■•qu«no« of dlagnoatlos to b« run in
any altuation, or for tht ourrant MAST ■iniaua taat
orltaria, a.g.: paaa-oounta, ato . , rafar to tha
approprlata MAST CHECKLIST. Llatad balow «r« tha
datailad atap-by-atap inatruotlona for axaouting aaoh
individual dlagnoatlo oontalnad in tha "CHECKLIST".
NOTE - Tha LPD11 will ba tastad In atand-alona soda
by Itaair and than tha LPDtl/LPCOl will ba taatad
togathar. Alao nota that in aithar oaaa;
dlagnoatlo la uaad (OZLPJ).
8.1 LPD11 STAND-ALOMI DZLPJ
tha aaaa
6.1.1 Chaok to ba aura thmt thara la an M783
■odula in location BOI and no aodula in
location A05. Alao chaolc tha anitoh
aattlnga on tha M523 aodula in location A10
for tha corract aattlnga aa par TABLE E.
Nota that SU ?-8 ahould ba ON for taatlng
purpoaaa.
Oac l«HMI)-10MKN«yt
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A7510-0-0
SHEET J OF
MANUFACTURiriG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE B
LP011 .-- M523 SWITCH SETTINGS
♦ --------♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---♦--«•-♦
i SWITCH Il|2t3i4i5i6l7i8 I
t 1 ION ION ION iON ION ION ION ION t
♦ --------♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---*---♦•---♦----♦-------------♦
i 2 ION ION ION ION lOFP I OPF I OPP I OPP-nura«l/ON.t«tt I
i 3 lOPPlOPPlOPPlOPPlOPPIOPFlON lOPP t
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.H
8. 1.5
8.1.6
8.1.7
8.1.8
Load and ttart tha dlagnoatic at looation
200 with tha awitoh ragiatar aqual to 0.
Tha ounaola will aak tor VECTOR and ADDRESS.
Pulluw tha Inatruotlona on tha prli t out.
Halt tha CPU 'oad addraaa 20il, aat awlt.ohaa
to all laroa and atart . It ahould run with
no arrora and typa "END OP PASS*.
Sat tha oonaola awitoh 13 to
CONTINUE twloa. It auat run
arror fraa.
oontlnuoualf run
tharafora will
■aaaaga.
a "1", dapraan
for 10 alnutaa
NOTE Thla taat will
tha loglo/data taata and
not print an END-OP-PASS
Halt tha CPU powar down and aova tha M783
•odula froB looation BQil to location A05.
Plug tha BC06J-XX oabla Into looation A12
and tha othar and Into looation B15.
Powar up, raatart tha aalntananoa dlagnoatic
at looation 201 with oonaola awitoh 13 on a
"1". It Buat run for 10 alnutaa Tvor fraa.
Halt tha CPU powar down and aova tha M783
aodula froa looation A05 to location BOM.
Raaova tha BC06J-XX oabla froa looatlona A12
and B15. Powar up, raatart tha aalntananoa
dlagnoatic at location 204 with conaola
awitoh 11 on a "1". It auat run for 5
alnutaa arror fraa.
SIZE I CODE
NUMBER
MA-A7510-0-0
REV
C
Oac l»<»M|*lMa«««r«
SHEET «i OF IfL
MANUFACTURiNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfclHS TEST
8.2 LPDII/LPCOI TESTING DZLPJ
8.2.1 Conn«ot th« LPC01 to th« LPDII by plugging
tht LPD11 I/O oabl« intu LPC01 location B01
and LPDII looation A12.
8.2.2 Plug In another BC06J-IX oabla into locati
006 of tha LPC01 and LPDII location B15.
on
8.2.3 Sat all awitchaa on tha H523 aodula In tha
LPC01 to tha off poaitlon.
8.2.1 Sat awltoh 2-(8) on tha H523 on tha LPDII to
a "1" and raaova tha H783 froa BOH and plug
it into A05.
8.2.5 Plug an Mill aodula into looation A07 of tha
LPC01 and raaova any aodulaa that aay ba In
alota A04, A09, A06.
8.2.6 Put all awitohas on tha LPC01 control panal
to tha noraal poaitlon (DOWN).
8.2.7 Load and atart tha LPD Maintananca
Diagnoatio %". location 200 with SWR ■ 13.
8.2.8 Tha prograa will aak for VECTOR and ADDRESS.
Anawar it aooordingly. Run tha prograa for
5 ainutaa arror fraa .
8.2.9 Halt tha prograa and powar down tha ayataa.
Raaova tria LPDII I/O oabla froa LPC01
looation B01 and plug it into BO3. Put
SYSTEM 1/SYSTEM 2 awitch to SYSTEM 2
poaitlon and parfora aaotion 8.2.6 - 8.2.7
again.
8.2.10 Halt tha prograa and nower down tha ayataa.
Raaova th« LPDII I/O oabla froa LPC01
looation B03 and plug it into BOM. Placa
SYSTEM 1/STSTBM 2 awltoh back to SYSTEM 1
position. Plaoa ON-LINE/OFP-LINE awltoh to
tha OFF-LINE poaitlon and rapaat aaotions
8.2.6 - 8.2.7.
Oac lHMthlM«4««7l
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A751Q-Q-n
SHEET
10
REV
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.7.11 Halt the program and power down the aystem.
Remove the LPDll I/O cable from LPC01
location B04 and plug IL into B01. Place
the ON-LINE/OFF-LINE switch back to the
ON-LINE position. Place the TEST ENABLE
switch in the ENABLE position and remove the
IN-HOUSE test cable from the LPDll and
LPC01. Place switch S2-(8) on the
module in the LPDll to the OFF (0)
M523
position .
8.2.12 Remove the M783 module from A05 and plug
into slot B04 of the LPDll.
it
8.2.13 Run the OUTPUT SECTION of the LPDll
Maintenance Diagnostic by setting SWR bit 6
to a "!• and restart the program at location
204. Place the LPC01 TEST ENABLE switch to
the 'ON" position, place the LPDll in the
"NORMAL MODE" of operation (M523 SW 2-8-0)
and type a G. Then enter a series of
numeric characters (0-377) and terminate
with a "T". This will transmit the
characters to the LPC01. Now depress the
"TEST" button on ths LPC01 and the octal
patterns that were tranmtitted will appear
in the DATA LIGHTS of the LPC01.
8.2.14 Power down the system. Remove the LPDll I/O
cable. Set the switches on the M523 module
as per TABLE E for the LPDll and TABLE G for
the LPC01, then plug the correct modules
into slots A04, or A05, or 6, or A07 etc.
as per Table F.
8.2.15 All modules should be left plugged into
their proper slots in the backplane and the
LPC01 cover should be secured In place using
the screws provided.
SIZE
JL.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A7510-0-0
REV
C
MC l»^SMM0«a^«7«
SHEET
11
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE F
rHOTOCOHP DRIVB/POLARITT
NOTE - LPC01 audult uaagt !• dtp«ndant on varlatlun.
>..«..4..... ♦.•...♦.. ..♦.•...4.... «......4--«-->*--4.......
iLPC01|H050 iMin IM205IM62M I B7M II READER I INTERFACE I M5925
i I I i I tlO •! CABLE! CABLtf I
♦ '
...
--♦-
-♦
--♦
--♦
->♦
B..
-♦-
-♦
..4*-»««'.
-♦-
...4.
...
-♦«
. ..«
4....
|Ai)|A5iA6iA7lB10
IA6IA7IB7B2I
BH
IBI
S 1
Bn|AB12
IABI3
♦ •
w M» « «
• •♦-
• ♦
--♦
--♦<
..4<
...
-♦-.
-♦
..4**-««<
.4-'
...«.
..
-♦■
....
4....
A
IT
Nl
NIN 1
N
IN
NIB7A2I
YES
1 1
r 1
N
N
1 N
♦ •
....
..♦..
--♦<
--♦<
-.♦<
...
-♦-<
-♦
..4*->»>'
......
-♦-
.. .4.
..
-♦-
. . . •
4....
B
IN
NIY 1
Ni
N
iN
NIB7A2I
TES
1 1
r 1
N
/\
1 /\
♦ •
....
• . 4 . <
..4.
• -♦«
• -♦>
...
-♦-■
-♦•
..^....4>
.....
-♦-<
...4.
..
-♦
C
IN
Nl
n
Ml
N
IN
NiB7A2l
YES
i :
r 1
N
♦ •
» « «• 4
..4..
--♦•
»-♦•
• -♦-
...
•>♦-•
-♦•
..4....^.
-♦-•
...4.
..
-♦
D
IN
Nl
Nl
Yl
Y
IN
NtB7A2|
YES
1 1
r 1
N
♦ •
.--.
..4..
• -♦•
..4.
--♦•
...
-♦-•
• ♦•
..^....4.
.....
.4*'
...4.
...
-♦
B
IN
Nl
Yl
Ni
N
IN
NtB7A2l
YES
1 1
i 1
N
♦ '
*«■«■«
..4..
• ♦•
..4.
..4.
• -♦■
» ap iB
-♦-•
-♦•
..4....^.
-♦-•
...4.
...
-♦
F
!N
Nl
Yl
Nl
N
IN
NIB7A2I
YES
1 ]
r i
N
♦ ■
w ■» ^ «
..^..
• ♦■
• -♦•
• -♦•
.-♦•
...
-♦«•
".♦•
.-♦....^.
.....
.•4-'
...^.
m m 4
m ^
H
U
Nl
Nl
Nl
N
IN
NIB7B2I
---
1 1
r 1
N
♦ •
....
..4..
• ♦•
• -♦•
• -♦•
.-♦■
...
-♦-•
• ♦•
..^....4.
-♦-•
...^.
...
m ^
J
IN
Nl
Nl
Yl
N
IN
NiB7A2|
YES
1 )
f 1
N
♦ •
....
..4...
• ♦•
• -♦•
• -♦•
.-♦•
M ^ ito
-♦-•
• ♦•
..4>---«.
.....
.4..
...4.
« 4» 4
• ♦
K
IN
Nl
Tl
Nl
N
IN
NIB7A2I
YES
1 1
f 1
N
♦ -
....
..4..
• ♦•
• -♦•
• -♦•
• •♦•
...
-♦-.
• ♦•
..4.. ...4.
-♦-•
...4-
...
• ♦
L
IN
Nl
Yl
Nl
N
IN
NIB7A2I
YES
1 1
f 1
N
♦ -
» ^ ■• fl
..4...
• ♦•
• -♦•
■ -♦•
.-♦•
...
»♦-■
• ♦•
..^.....4.
-♦-•
...4»
...
• ♦
H
IN
Nl
Yl
Ni
N
IN
NiB7A2t
...
1 )
r )
I 1
N
♦ •
....
..4...
• ♦-
..4.
• -♦-
• -♦•
• w <•
-♦-•
• ♦-
..^....«.
.....
-♦-•
...^.
...
•♦
N
IN
Nl
Yl
Nl
N
IN
NIB7A2I
...
1 1
r 1
N
♦ -
....
..4..
• ♦-
• -♦-
..4.
.-♦.
...
-♦--
• ♦•
..4. ...4.
-♦--
.-.4.
...
• ♦
P
IN
Nl
Nl
Tl
Y
IN
NIB7A2I
1 \
I 1
N
♦ -
....
..4.-.
• ♦•
>-♦-
• -♦-
.»♦-
...
»♦-.
• ♦•
.•4. ...4.
....
-♦-.
...%.
...
• ♦
R
IN
Nl
Nl
Nl
N
IN
NiB7A2i
...
i 1
r 1
N
♦ -
....
..4..
• ♦-
..4..
• -♦-
.-♦-
...
-♦-•
• ♦-
...4. ...^.
....
-4...
.- -4.
...
• ♦
S
IN
Nl
Nl
Nl
N
IN
YIB7B2I
...
1 1
1 1
Y
♦ -
....
..^..
• ♦-
...4.
■ -♦-
.-♦-
....
-♦--
• ♦-
..^....4--
....
.4--
...4..
...
.♦
T
IN
Nl
Nl
Ni
N
IN
YIB7A2I
...
1 1
1 •
Y
1 1 1
i • 1
♦ -
....
..4...
■ ♦-
.-♦-
• -♦-
.-♦-
....
-♦--
■ ♦«
.-4. ...4..
....
-♦--
...4.
...
-♦
1 1!
U
IN
Nl
Nl
Nl
N
lY
NiB7B2l
...
1 «
1 1
Y
\/
' \/
^.....^•.>...4--^-->««-
1 V«* IN i Ni Nl Ni N
.4..4o-^--
IN 1 Nl .
..^.....
1 N
-♦-
1
...4..-
N 1 N
I
Y
1 U IN 1 Nl Nl Nl N
^.....4...^..4--««-^--»
IN i Nl -
.4. .4..^..
...4 •>--■>*
1 N
1
N 1 Y
1
I
.4.
N
I
I
il
■ ♦
I
■ ♦
I
♦
i
♦
I
♦
I
♦
I
I
♦
I
♦
I
♦
I
♦
I
I
♦
I
♦
i
♦
i
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ATSlp-O-O
REV
C
CMC f-iMiioti-Htrt
SHEET 17 OF lA
MANUFACTURIN SPECIFICATION
Tini
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODliLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Nutva frua th« ohirt on tht prcvluut pag«:
• - Mlr« B7M1 ■• dlraoted by tht above chart for
tha daairad uption.
•• • Tha LPC01-V uaa.i an Mlia aoduU In alut kU
and an Hn3 aoCula In alut A15.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A7510-0-0
REV
C
oac tHMai-ioM-M«?a
SHEET
13
OF
14
MANUFACTUiliNG SPECtMCATlON
CONTINUATION tHCCT
TITLt
STEHS TEST
TABLE G
M523 SWITCH SETTINGS (SLOT B21 OF THE LPC01)
4,-^ 4. 4..
ILPC01 ISWITCH PACK 1 |
|OPTION-f--f— f-4-- f-^--^-^—*
I Il|2|3|4l5l«|7|8|
4j-i--.- — 4.-.4.*4.-f-4.— f-4._4.-4
I A llllllllllllUlll
4, . 4.-4.-4.-4.-4. i. 4.-4.. 4.. 4.
i B I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I
4.^ 4.-4-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.^.4.
I C |0|0|0I'J|0|0|0|0|
♦ -• 4-4— f ,4.4— 4.-4.-4.4.4.
I D 10101010101010101
■¥— --4— + -+-■♦•— ►-♦—f--»--4-
I E |0|0|0|0|0t0|0|kJ|
4.i.-*.i 4.^4.. 4.^4.1.4.-4. -4.-4.-4.
I r 10101010101010101
4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.^.4.
I H iiuiiiiiiiiimi
4.-; 4.^4.-4.-4.-4.^4.^ *—«•*.♦
I J 10101010101010101
4.--; — . — 4.^.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.4.4.
I K I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I
4.4.— ;.--4. 4. 4.^4.^4.-4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.-4.
I L 10101010101010101
4. -4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4-4.-4.1.4.
I M 10101010101010101
4. -4.4.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4. 4.J.4.-4.-4.
I N I0i0i0i0i0ik;i0i0i
4. —4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.
I p 10101010101010101
4. 4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.
I R I0|0|0|0|0|0|0i0|
4.-4.-4.-4.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.4-4.-4.4.4,
I S 10101010101010101
+ 4.; : 4.4.4.4.4.-4.-4.-4.4-4.-4.^.4.
I
I
|0|0|0i0|0|0|0|0|
4.-4.— --4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.
I U |0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|
4.— 4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.
I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I
4. 4. 4- 4. 4. 4.4. 4.-4.-4. 4. 4.-4.-4.-4.:. 4. 4.4.
I W 10101010101010101
4.-. — 4.-4-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.
1 - Switch "ON" / 0 - Swi
.4.— . 4.,
ISWITCH PACK 2 I
4.-4.-4,-4.^4.-4.-4.-4-4.
I1I2I3I4ISI6I7I8I
4-4-4 .4-4-4-4-4-4
lll0llll|0|0|l|to|
4-4-4^.4-4-4-4-44.4
10101010101110101
4-4-44.4-4-4-4-44.4
I0I0I0I0I0III0I0I
4-4-4-4.4-4-4-44.4
I0I1I0I0I0I1I0I0I
4-4-4^.4-44.44.4-4-4
|0|0|0|0|l|0|0|0i
4-4-44-4-4-44.44.4i-4
10101010101110101
44.44.44.44.4-44.4-4-4
11101111111010101
4-44.4.4.44.44.4.4-44.4
10101010101110101
4-44.4-4-44.4-4-44.4
I0I0I0I0I1I0I010I
4-4-44.44.4-4;.4-44.4
10111010101010101
4.4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4
10101010101110101
44.44.44-4-4-4-4-44.4
10101010101110101
4-44.4-4-4-4-4-4-4
10111010101110101
4-4-4-4-44.4-4-4-4
10101010101110101
4;-4:-4-44-4-4-4-4-4
10111010101110101
4-44.4-44.4-44-44.4:-4
10111010101110101
4-4^44.4-44.4^44.4-4
I0I1I0I0I0I1I0I0I
4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4
10111010101010101
44-4-44.4-44.44-4-4-4
10111010101010101
44.4-44.4-4-4-4-44.4
tch "OFF"
.4 4
ISWITCH PACK 3 I
4-4-44.4-4-4-4-4-4
I1I2I3I4I5I6I7I8I
4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4
I0I0I0I0I1I0I0I1I
4-4-4-4-4-44.4-4-4
I0I0I1I0I0I0I0I1I
4-4-44.4-44.44.44.4-4
10101110101010111
4-4-4-44.44.4^44.4.4
101010111010,6101
4-4-4-4 -44.4-4-4-4
10111010101010111
4.44.4-A.-44.44.44.4-4
I0I0I1I0I0I0I0I1I
4-4-44.44.4-4.4-44.4
I1I0I0I0I0I0I1I0I
4.44.4-4-44.44.4- J.-4
10101011101010111
4-4-4-4-44.4. 4^.4. .4
I0I1I0I0I0I0I0I1I
44-4-44.4-44.44.44.4-4
10101010101010101
4-4-4-44.44.4-4-4-4
I0I0I0I0I0I0I0III
4-4-4-4-44.44.4-4-4
10101011101011101
4-4-4-4-44.4i.44.4-4
10101011101010101
4-4;.4-4-4-44.4--f-4-
|0|0i0|l|0|0|l!0|
4-44.4-44.44.4-4i.4-4
|0|0il|0|0|0|l|0|
4-4-44.4-4-44.4-4-4
1010101110101011!
4-4-44.44.4-44.4-4-4
I0I0I0I1I0I0I0III
4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4
10101010101010101
4-4-4-4-4-4-44.4-4
|0i0|0|0|0|0|0|0|
44.4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A2510-0-0
REV
C
MC l«KaM)-ieM4M7S
SHEET
OF
DRAWING
A-SP-M
^-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-
A-SP-i.
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
A-SP-M
NO.
AA5270
AA5275
AA5285
AA5290
AA5296
AA5298
AA5310
AA5i15
AA5320
AA5J21
AA5 j22
AA5i2a
AA5330
AA5510
AA5520
AA5530
AA5540
AA5550
AA61 10
AA61 15
..A6120
AA6124
AA6 125
AA6126
AA6l2r
AA6130
AA6135
AA615U
AA6160
AA6165
AA6170
AA6175
REV. NO
D
A
A
C
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
C
B
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
B
A
B
a
12
2\
6
4
3
3
3
Ic
12
16
12
3
3
3
8
2
3
2
1 U
n
2
9
23
21
7
DPSCRI
jUP 1
HYTG
Di'S2
b'AC 1
K M CI
UMH I
UL 1 1
DL 1 1
DLVl
DLV 1
DLV 1
DLVl
DLl 1
KWl 1
KW1 1
KWl 1
KWl 1
KWV*
AAl 1
AAVl
ADO!
LPAl
ADl 1
AAl 1
AMI 1
LPS-
16 C
IBl 1
ICS-
ICR-
DPM?
ISB-
PTION
1 PRO
1 DEC
1 INT
1-A 'J
1 SYN
-A , B
-C.D.
1 SLU
1-E A
1-F A
1-J U
-W SL
-L
-P PR
-W WA
-K DU
1-A
D/A
1-A a
-P A/
1-K A
-K A/
-K 0/
-K MU
1 1 SY
H 12
G SYNC LINE
DA'^AWAY TER
IN-r.
INTERFACE
ER PROCESSOR LINK
FN PURPOSE MICROPRUC.
CRONUUS COMM. CONTP.
A S Y N C INTERFACE
E ASYNC INTERFAC"^
FOR 1 1/03
SYN INT.W/MODEM CTL.
SYN .LN. INT.W/20 MA.
-LINE SERIAL INTERFACE
U/RT CLOCK OPT.
OG. CLOCK
TCH DOG TIMER
AL PROG CLOCK
CONVERTER
CH 12 BIT D/A
D CONVERTER
/D CONVERTER
D CONVERTER
A CONVERTER
LTIPLEXER EXP
STEM
BIT A/D FOR 1 1/03
11 SYSTEM INTEG.
n SUBSYSTEM
3
1 1 DEC DATAWAY CONTR
la
!^
5 •
h
lit
w O >-
Ml
» c *
ti : S
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
DATE 12/12/79
TITLE
M . A . S . T ,
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
DU^ll PROCRAMMABLE SYNC LINE
CHQ NO
MA-
AOOOOH
ML^07
ORIG
..LECLERC
DATE
1-80
APPDBY I DATE
ENQ
D. Avotte
AFPO
/o
?>; ^- //
I SIZE ;. ODE
NUMBER
MA-A5270-0-0
REV
B
CN-O10a3-l«-M«72-<3«2)
SHEET 1 OF 8
MANUFACTURING SPECUFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
DUPll
1.0 INTRODUCTIOi>l
The nuPll '' s a single line synchronous communication interface
capable of connecting the Unibus to a synchronous serial line. It
operates under either SDLC or DDCMP protocol with programmable sync
characters and CRC error detection.
The option is comprised of a hex module (MVe*??), a BC02C-1D, a
BC05C-25, and an H325 test connector. The module plugs into a PDPll
hex SPC slot. The DUPll is fully programmable and operates In both
full and half duplex modes. The DUPll has modem control and EIA
RS232C level conversions.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Manuals and Engineering Specification:
2.1.1 DUPll Maintenance Manual EK-DUPll -MM-?
2.2 Prints and Schematics:
2.2.1 DUPll Printset MP-DUPll-00
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 PDPll System wJ th a hex SPC slot
/ 3.2 Console terminal 1
' 3.3 DVM accurate to .IV at 15VDC
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 F 'jat Program DZFLA
4.2 Basic DUPll and Off-line SDLC Tx Tests ... DZDPB
.4.3 DUPll Off-line SDLC Rx Tests DZDPC
4.4 SDLC and DDCMP Tests DZDPD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5270-0-0
REV
B
DtC 1M*M)-10«2-N«72
SHEET
OF
8
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPRnAPH TD qv^TPMc; tpqt
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 Run the Float Program (DZFLA), to determine the
correct Vector and CSR Address settings for the
DUPU. Refer to SP-MA-A3000 for details on running
FLOAT.
6.2 Configure the DUPll Address by setting the switches
on the switch pack at EI13. See table A.
6.3 Configure the DUPll Vector
on the switch pack at E59.
by setting the switches
See table B.
6.4
The seven jumpers on the DUPll module are used to
select desired functions and should be configured
as per the customer requirements. The functions
and their normal settings are shown in table C and
their locations in figure 1.
6.5 Install the DUPll module in a hex SPC slot and
insert the BC02C cable in Jl. Connect the BC05C-25
cable to the BC02C and place the H325 test
connector on the end of the BC05C-25.
of
of
the following voltages on
the hex SPC slot which
POWER
PIN
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Verify the presence
the backplane pins
contains the DUPll:
VOLTAGES
+ 5V +/- 0.25V
-15V +/- 0.75V
+15V +/- 0.75V
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 DUPll OFF-LINE SDLC X-MITTER DIAG
8.1.1 Load address 200.
8.1.2 Switch Register Equal to BIT ZERO
3.6A
AA?
325ma
CUl
600ma
CB2
CZDPB
1.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5270-0-0
REV
OCC l«-(SMMMt-fl«7X
SHEET
OF
8
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.3 Depress Start. The Diagnostic will begin by
typing out the MAINDEC name and PROGRAM
naiDf^ .
NOTE - If multiple DUPll's are to be tested,
they must all be configured the same (i.e.
jumpers Wl to W7 and H325).
8.1.4 The console will print REC CSR ADDR? Type
in the address of the first (if more than
one DUPll is to be tested) reciever status
reg ister .
8.1.5 The console will print VEC ADDR? Type in
th-) vector address of the first DUPll.
8.1.6 The console will print PRIORITY? Type in
the priority level of the DUPll(s).
8.1.7 The console will ask for the » of DUPll's
(in octal)? Type in the number of DUPll's
to be tested.
8.1.8 The console will print IS THE OPTIONAL CLEAR
JUMPER IN? (Y OR N) Type in the appropriate
answer (y if W3 is in) .
8.1.9 The console will print IS THE H325 CONNECTOR
ON? (Y OR N) Type in Y.
8.1.10 The console viiil print SEC TX JUMPER IN? (Y
OR N) Type in the appropriate answer (Y if
W4 is in) .
8.1.11 The console will print SEC RX JUMPER IN? (Y
OR N) Type in the appropriate answer (Y if
Wl is in and W2 is out) .
8.1.12 The console will print a DUPll Status Map
and begin testing. An End Of Pass message
will be issued for each DUPll which passed.
8.1.13 No errors are allowed.
8.2 DUPll OFF-LINE SDLC RCVR TEST CZDPC
SIZE
A
CC^DE
MA-A 5270 -0-1
REV
B
OKC afH*tt)-lMM««7t
SHEET
OF .^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
COI
^iMH
4TINUATI0N SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.2.1
Repeat steps
the OFF-LINE
8.1.1 thru fi.1.13 to execute
SDLC RCVR TEST (CZDPC) .
8.3 DUPll
8.3.1
SDLC DECMD TES
Repeat steps
the SDLC DECM
T
CZDF
>D
13
to execute
8.1.1
D TEST
thru P.l.
(CZDPD) .
TA ■
A
r
DUPll ADDRESS SELECTION CHART
+ A X
".
1 SWITCH
■f
--t--
IS 1 TO SELECT ADDR
4.
BIT 1
1 E113-1
4-
-4--
OFFI
3
-r
1
1 E113-2
-4"
OFFI
4
— — 4-
1
1 E113-3
4-
-4--
OFFI
5
I
1 E113-4
4 — __.
-■^-
OFFI
6
— — 4-
1
1 E113-5
4-
-4--
OFFI
7
-f
1
1 E113-6
■f
-4--
OFF!
8
-.4.
1
1 E113-7
■f
-4--
OFFI
9
— — 4-
1
1 E113-B
■f
■-f-
OFFI
10
4
1
1 E113-9
+
•+-
OFFI
12
- — +
1
4.
■
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-AS270-n-n
REV
B
OCC 1M*«»-I0t2-N«7a
SHEET
OF
8
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE B
DUPll VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION CHART
+ + + ^
I SWITCH I IS I TO SELECT VECTOR BIT |
4- + + ^
I E59-6 I ON I 3 I
+ + + ^
I E 59- 5 I ON I 4 I
^ + + ^
I E59-4 I ON I 5 I
+ + ^ ^
I E59-3 I ON I f> I
+ + + ^
I E59-2 I ON I 7 I
+ + + ^
I E59-1 I ON I R I
+ + + ^
Switches E59-7 and E59-8 are not used.
TABLE C
DUPll JUMPER SELECTION CHART
4- +.
I JUMPER I
4. ^ ^
FUNCTION I NORMAL | NOTE |
i Wl ISEC. RX. ENABLE I IN | 1 |
+ 4 ^ ^ ^
I W2 ISEC. RX. DISABLE I OUT | 1 |
W3
I
+
I W4
I CLEAR OPTION | IN |
.+ + ^.
ISEC. TX. ENABLE | IN |
2 I
+
3 i
I
W5
|A DATASET CNTL | OUT
4
4 I
W6
I
+
I W7
+
lA&B DATASET CNTL I IN |
.+ + 4..
I BUS GRANT CNTL | IN I
.+ + ^.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5270-0-0
REV
B
OtC l«-(StS)-lMt-NC7a
SHEET
OF
8
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROArH TO qV.qTFMc; TF^T
1.
2.
5.
6.
****** NOTES ******
Wl is IN to allow the DUPll to monitor the state
the Secondary Reel eve lead. W2 must be OUT. If
is OUT, the lead at the berg connector
disconnected from the r-st of the DUPll. The
jumper must then be IN,
of
Wl
is
W2
W3 is IN to allow the clearing of SEC TX, REQUEST
TO SEND, and DATA TERMINAL READY on a DEVICE RESET
or BUS INIT. W3 OUT disables the clearing of these
signals.
3.
W4 is
modem .
4.
If W5 ]
there i
W5 is I
RX will
DSCITEN
IN to allow SEC TX to be sent out
W4 is OUT to disable this signal.
to the
is OUT, the bit ADAT SET CHG will set
a transition on the Ri or CTS leads.
IN, t-ansitions on RI, CTS, CO, DSR, or
set the ADAT SET CHG bit. This bit
will cause a reciever interrupt.
if
If
SEC
and
l£ W6 is IN, transitions on CO, DSR, and SEC RX
will set the BOAT SET CHG bit. W6 OUT disables
BDAT SET CHG bit. BDAT SET CHG cannot cause
interrupts.
W7 is IN
taken OUT
option.
to improve the NPR latency and is only
ior the KAll processor without the KHll
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5270~0-0
REV
KC l»K3M»-lMa-NC72
SHEET
OF
8
* •',
''*.Air^*
# '»
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
DUPn (M78671 LAYOUT
w
w
1
2
W
3
w
6
W
4
W
7
E113
ADDR SWITCH
FIGURE 1
W
s
E59
VECTOR
SWITCH
■t:
^t:
i_
r
^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5270-0-0
REV
B
OCC 1«^SM)-1M2-NS71
SHEET
OF
if
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MiAYi4ARD. MASSi'CHilSETTS
MANVJFACTURiNG SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE 7/14/81
TiTir DYTOl DECdataway Terminal Interface
REVISiONb
KCV
Df-SCNIPTI0I4
CHQ NO
:|
lit.
i S £
7eI
New Back-up for DYTOl
DECdataway Terminal Interface'
I ML014
ORir
^L^- beter^-- |7/14/8l /
.000') Gronroos
DATE
APPO B>
DATE
ENG
Pete
r Grc
onroos
APPP /
Bob Bock
SIZE
A
CCOE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-0-0
REV
A
CN-010t3 lft-N«72-(3fai
:rT 1
^t
]2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
aOeiPQf
cor'iiKi;/»i«ui4>>.»-: t
TlTLfc
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtM TfcST
DYTil DECdatavay Terminal Interface
1.0 INTROOUCTION;
1. 1 The DVTtl Is a single port interface which connPi.^.s
asynchronous 7.d na or EI/ devices to the Datawsy. The
Datavay is a serial line of u|' to 15000 feet in
length with a naximun of 63 ports connected to it.
The DYTfl is program compatable with the DPM01 or
VTili.
2.f REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION!
2.1 Manuals and Specifications:
2.1.1 DYT01 user Guide BK-DYT01-UG
2.1.2 DYT01 Decdataway Terminal Interface
Techr.ical Manual BK-DYT01-TM
2.1.: Dec Dataw&y User's Guid*» EK-ISBll-UG
2.1.4 Dl'M Systems Application
Program Reference Manual AA-C678A-TC
2.1.5 DPM Diagnostic User Guide EK-DPM00-DM
2.1.6 DECdataway Technical Manual EK-ISBll-TM
2.1.7 rSBll Engineering Specif ication3 SP-ISBll-0-2
2.1.8 ISBll MAST Backup SP-MA-A61'7:/-0-0
2.2 Prints and Schematics:
2.2.1 DYT01 Fielc laintenance Print Set MP-01065-00
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
3.1 valid DPM System Configuration *
3.2 Serial Bus Test Cable, 70*14*52
3.3 20 MA Port To Port loop Cabl- . 70-17892-04
Size
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-0-0
REV
A
ofc y*i»2t iDU mn
SHEET
OF
.tANUFACTl «»ING SPECIFICATION
BKftyi COWTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
HODULAR APPHOhCB TO SYSTtrf TEST
3.4 20 MA Test plug, 70-17894-00
3.5 EIA Port To Port loop Cable, 70-17893-04
3.6 EIA Test Hug, 70-17895-00
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTICS:
4.1 MAINDEC 11-DZKCH-SERIAL BUS E7IERCISER
4.2 MAINDEC 11-CZKCI-REMOTE TERMINAL EXERCISFR
4.3 DYTil Exerciser AP-S896A-AC
(800 BPI Mag. Tape includes utilities and
instruction for generating the DYT01 exerciser)
NOTE* These programs run under RSXll-M operating system
software. The RSXll-M operating system must be built with
Fortran Iv-Plus and Spawrers, partitions for DYTCOM
and DYTLIB must be set for 4 and 12K respectively.
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS;
5.1 To run the DYTfx EXERCISER two DYTfls have to be
connected back to back.
6.0 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT t
6.1 Unpack and save the packing material. While unpacking
inspect the unit for any defects.
6.1.1
tems which
DYT01
90-07889
17-00083
17-00199
12-18178
36-18329
90-06613
74-24129
EK-DYT01
MP-01065
70-17893
7i!-17895
70-17892
70-17894
should be present are:
Dataway terminal
cable ties
-09 115v power cord
220-240V power cord
3/8A fuse
-02 Decal ,
Mounting Nut
Mounting Bracket
-UG User Guide
Field Maintenance print Set
-04 Test Cable (DYT01-MA only)
-00 Test Plug (DYTil-NA only)
-04 Test Cable (DYT01-EA only)
-00 Test Plug (DYT01-EA only)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-0-0
REV
A
ofc ^usKy^oumn
SHEET
0F«--.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CurilMATIOHr fCFT
TITLk
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
6.2 Inspect the DYTIl for th« correct vcltag*.
6.2.1 The DYT01 is configursd for 120 volt operation, for
conversion to 220-240 volts first renove the power
cord from the AC input. (Figure #2)
6.2.2 Slide the plastic cover to the left to expose the
fuse, then pull the fuse extracter out and remove
the 3/4 Anp fuse. (Figure #3)
6.2.3 R^^nove the voltage selector printed circuit board
rotate it 180 degrees and re-insort it so the 240
is visible.
6.2.4 Install a 3/8 amp fuse (pn 12-13178) » move the fuse
extractor to its normal position and slide the
plastic cover to the right.
6.2.5 Place the "This unit is configured for 220- 24flv*
decal (PM 36-18329-02) above the AC input so that
it covers the "This unit is configured for 120v"
decal.
6.2.6 install the 220-240 volt power cord (PM 70-00199)
into the AC input.
6.3 Set the mode switches for the proper configuration to
run the internal m'cro diagnostics in the loop mode.
DYT01-BA switch 2 should be "ON" all others "OFF".
DYT01-NA switches 2«4 and 7 should be "ON" all
others "OFF". (F'gures #2 ft 4)
6.3.1 install fhe proper test plug at the DYT01's
connectors for the SIA or 20 NA devices.
DYTei-HA 70-17894-00 2i MA
DYTfJi-BA 70-17895-00 EIA
6.3.2 Apply power to the DYT01 by plugging the AC line
cord in;:o the appropriate potrer source. Observe
that the Status and Carrier lights flash
alternate ' every 12 seconds. (Figure il)
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-0-
REV
A
ofc i»on)-iottNt7a
SHEET
NkANUFACTUklNG SPECinCATION
CilNT|KU#TI0»r8HCri
THL*'
NODULAR M'PROACB TO SYSTEM TEST
6.4 S«t th« DYTfl for on-lin« tasting by renoving th«
power from th« unit i'nd«r t«st. Itoxtr r«iiov« the loop
test pliK, and set the node switches for on-line
operations.
6.4.1 DYTfl-EA all switches are "OFF".
DYT01>NA switches 4 & 7 are "ON" all others "OFF"
for the active DYTfl and the passive DYTfl has all
switches off. (Figures #2 t 4)
6.4.2 Connect the loop test cables between the DYTfls.
DYT01-EA uses cable 70-17892-f4. DYT;J1-MA uses
cable 7fl-17893-f4» insure the cable is connected so
the active end (red and white wires in pin
locations 3 and 5) is connected to the active DYTfel
and the passive end (red and white wires in pin
locations 1 and 8) is connected to the passive
DYT01.
6.5 Connect the DYTfl to the Dataway.
6.5.1 using cable 7f-14152 connect two DYTfls to the
ISBll through the DECdataway. (Figure #2) For
additional Inforaiation refer to the Engineering
ISBll specification. SP-ISBll-f-2
6.5.2 Apply power, the unit should go through a series of
micro diagnostics then come on-line. At power up
the status light will flash once* the micro
diagnostics run and the status light will flash
again before the DYTfl goes on-line. (Figure fl)
7.f POWER CHECKS »
7.1 The DYTfl is a sealed unit so no po«#er checks are
necessary. ^
\-
SIZE
-A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A527b-f-fl
REV
A
twr. y%0i^'Ma4Mn
SHEET
MANUPACTURING SPECIFICATION
CCMriHIiATIOir CHI 51
TITLE
MODULAR APPHOACH fO SYSTEM TEST
8.f DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE*.
Por th« sptcific 8«qu«nc9 of diagnostics to b« run in any
particular situation, or for tha currant MAST Aininun tast
critaria, a.g.i pass counts, etc., refar to the appropriate
MAST CHECKLIST. Listed balov are detailed step-by-step
instructions for executing each individual diagnostic
contained in the checklist.
Operator responses will be underlined and CR equals a
carriage return.
8.1 Run DZKCI by using the following procedure.
8.1.1 Log onto the system, start the error logger and run
the diagnostics by typing the following.
>HELLO CR
ACCOUNTIJr NAME: 4M CR (system accounts and
PASSWORD: SYSLIB ^R~ passirards are exanples)
RSX-llM BL26 MULTI-USER SYSTEM
GOOD MORNING
15-MAY-81 10tf2 LOGGED OH TERMINAL TTf:
>SET /UIC«[1,61 CR (changes the account numbei)
>ERP CR (turns error logger off)
>PIP TT,61*.*i*/DE CR (clears error file)
>SET Tui^^TIgS ,2701 CR
>RUN ERRLOGTr (starts the error logger)
>
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>RUN CZKCI? CR
DCP-A>STA CR
• UNITS (D) ? 2 CR
UNIT 1
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER x (0) 0 ? CR
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER : (D)
1 ? 1,2 CR
OK t^<m^%on4mn
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-0-0
SHEET
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECJFICATION
CO»<TIHUATfO*( SHEI^T
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
SELECTED SERIAL LIME PORTS
UNIT ** CONTROLLER ♦♦ LOGICAL SB *• LUN ♦• TYPE
X
2
001
002
9 DPNil-PORT 0
10 DPN01-PORT 1
START OP TESTING
END OP PASS §, TIMB-10:42
END OF PASS 1, TIME-10:43
8.1.3 To Stop th« t«st prttsa the CTRL and C k«ys.
8.2 Run diagnostic DZKCH.
8.2.1 Typa th^ following:
>RUN DZrCH CR
DCP- A>£TA CR
f UNITS (D) 7 2 CR
UNIT 1
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER : (0) 17 CR
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLElT: (0) ? I_e2 CR
NUMBER OP ENTERED TERMINALS- 2
UNIT ♦* CONTROLLER *• LOGICAL SB •♦ LUN **
001 00fc 001 01)
002 000 002 012
TOTAL ACTIVE PAS3ES-19r ACTIVE TERMINALS-2, TIME«10:04
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES-17, ACTIVE TEKJIIMALS-2, TIMK-10:05
8.2.2 Prtss tha CTRL and C kays to at^p %ha taat.
SIZE
CCDfe
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-0-0
REV
A
OK t*aH)-toM4«n
8HEFT
OF
_ ^ ^. EHHK CONilKi'ATlOHUKL... 1
MANUFACIURING SPECIFICATION '" ' "■' "
1
TIT'C MODULAR APPROA'^H TO SYSTEh TEST |
8.3 Run th« DYTPl EXERCISER.
8.3.1 Type tht following to run the exerciser.
>SET /UIC-t7,258J CR
>DYM CR
DYN>SEL1 CR (this wi?l start the exerciser
1
DYN>8tA CR (this will get the status)
DYTfl EXERCISER 14-KAT-81 13:52:38
RUN TINE-S.hra HARD LINIT-5.S0PT LINIT-5.TRAM LINIT-S.
UNITS STATUS HARD SOPl TRANS
PASCNT ELAPSED TIHE
1- 2 SEL... 0. 0. f.
0. l.hrs
0.Bins
3-4 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
5- 6 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
7-li 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
11-12 0.
. 0.hrs
0.nins
13-14 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
15-16 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
17-20 0.
, 0.hr8
0.Bins
21-22 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
23-24 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
25-26 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
27-30 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bin8
31-32 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Blns
33-34 0.
. 0.hrs
0.ains
35-36 0.
. 0.hrs
i.Bins
37-40 0.
. 0.hrs
0.Bins
41-42 0.
. 0.hrs
0 nins
43-44 0.
, 0.hr8
0.Hins
45-46 0,
. 0.hrs
0.nin8
47-50 0.
■0«
. 0.hrs
0.iiin8
DYN>DES1 CR (stops exercising the DYT01*s)
•
8.3.2 Press the CTRL and Z keys to exit the test.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
A
SP
MA-A5275-0-
-0
A
CMC 1»ai9-tO»Ntra
SHEET
OFXi
rAANUPACTURING SPECIFICATION
COl.Tf: lUAViw M SKI ET
TITI^
MOOUrAT APPRO/ CB TO SYSTEM TEST
9.0 ERRORS}
9.1 Hard •rrors are prlntad on th« tera^nal whan thay occur while
running DZKCH and CZKCIB. Tlia DYT01 axarciaar priiits the
arrors whan STA CR is typad.
9.2 Soft arrors ara loggad in tha ISBRPT DECdataway arror log^ar.
To run this arror loggar typa tha following.
>RUN ISBRPT CR
ISBRPT - DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT
PRINT SUMMARY [ Y or M ] 7 Y CR
PRINT ENTIRE PILE ( Y or N] ? N CR
OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER ( Y or N ] 7 N CR
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [ Y or N ] 7 N C^
DELETE ERROR PILE ( Y or N ] ? N CR
ISBRPT . . . ERROR PILE IS EMPTY
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COMPLETE
MCR>
9.3 No arrors ara allowad for tha P^Tfl.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
Dtcmm^tmumn
NUMBER
MA-A5275~fl-e
SHEET
REV
A
MANUPACTUKING SPECIFICAHON
COriir«IA"»M»l.'«MFET
mLt
MODULilR API ROACH VO SYSTCM TBST
DTPOl Front Vi«w
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-i-i
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPCCIFICATIO! 1
coNT!':i».ir'rb»" : "*
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYCttn TEST
(M* fig
♦ 4>
OOMNiCTQII
L0CAT20«
IIA
OONNICTOA
LOCATZOM
CAILITIE
MOUNT
oD
ITAMOOfr
■ffSF™^
TSRMIN/i
CAILf
RXintCRIWf
MCUNE FRONT
covin
'AC Z>POT
AC VUAACI
tBZ#CT(M AMD
rosB (•••
fig. # 3)
CAILI
ACKmfR
CABLI
fiqwm #2
DYTOl Rttar Vicfw
OIC 1»i»W> lOM NtH
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5275-S-i
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACnUlUNG SPECIFICATION
C0N1iNUr»ON8N:-i.T
mf
NODULAR APPROACL 1*0 SYSIrll TPST
THIS MCAL (Mi-mMn MUtT
M A^PUID WNIN A OY101 it
OONFIOURIO POn 220-MOV
.\
-••y^'Zii
THI AfilA or THI VOLTAQI
MLiCrOR lOAIIO WNICN It
SHOKWI SHAOf 0 It NOT
VltltU WHIN THt UMIT It
OONnOUMlD POn 2»-240V
figure ^J,
AC Inpu.: AC
Voltage Select
And Fuse
SWICM
12 3 4 5 6 7
ODDDQOD
On>"Enable
Off
2 Terminal Loop Enable
3 Tenolnal Output Enable
4 20MA Active2
7 20MA Actlvel
Figure # 4
Node Switches
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
NA-A5275-9-f
REV
A
oic woiV^tonMsn
SHEET
OF
,4f, ^T^ , , *»^T -. '■ r«
%1 t
'5
><*><
niOl i ^L EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACrURING SPECIHCATION
°^^^ 10/21/81
ill
4l
Hi
si-
llll
^ to' 3 i
TITLE
M.A.S.T.
DYS23
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
\
Preliminary Release
Initial Release
MA-
AOOOO
ML015
D.HOWELL
D.HOWELL
10/20
B.BECK
B^BECK >•
/'Ml
■r«»
ENG^ ;^^^«^^y K.^^*<^:'
dThowell
APPD
B . BECK
:#]
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-A5285_0-0
REV
A
eN-010«l l*^ft72M392)
SHEET 1 OF 21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE PAGE 3
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY PAG.- J
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION PAGE 3
4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT PAGE 4
5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS PAGE 4
6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4
7.0 INSTALLATION fc TEST SET-Ut INSTRUCTRIONS PAGE 6
8 . 0 POWER CHECKS PAGE 8
9.0 DIAGNCSTI . "^JT PROCEDURE PAGE 8
10.0 APPENDIX PAGE 14
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MA-A5 28 5-0-0
'^
QIC ^um»^^m3M^T2
SHEET
i- OFi.
MANUFACTURING SPE':iFIv^ATION '
jt 1 igj 1 t a{ 1 ^^H
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
1
TITLE
DYS23 hAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
DYS23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
1.0
SCOPE
The DYS23 is a user programmable subsystem bosed
on the DPM23. It uses a 30 inch cabinet and is
primarily intended to be used in an industrial office
enviroment as a terminal cluster controller on the
DECdataway. However, it is an unbounded system and
supports several standard options, user programs and
diagnostics are down-line loaded fron a host computer
over the DCCdataway.
This procedure defines ninimom test criteria for
the base DYS23. For options added to the base.
reference other appropriate mast procedrres.
The base DYS23 conists of:
DYS23-A,-D
KDFll-AA CPU
1 - MSVll-DD 32K MOS MEMORY
ISVll-B DECdataway interface
BAll-NC, -NO Enclosure and Power Supply
H984 2 CAB
2.0
RESPONSIBILITY
2.1 It is the responsibility of the originator to maintain this
document. Changes should be requested through *:he
originator - if possible, or his/Y it group (if originator
is no longer available) , or through MAST administration in
Salem (NI) .
3.0
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
3.1 MANUALS:
3.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR HANDBOOK EB-18451-20/80
3.1.2 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK EB-20175-20/80
3.1.3 MSV11-D,-E USERS MANUAL EK-MSVID-OP-??
3.1.4 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USRES GUIDE £K-PIOS-UG-???
3.1.5 DYS23 USERS GUIDE EK-DYS23-UG-??
3.1.6 KDFll-AA USERS GUIDE EK-KDFll-UG-??
3.1.7 BAll-N TECHNICAL MANUAL EK-BAl 1-TM-???
3.1.8 DPM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL AA-C878D-TC-??
SIZE
A
(^(JDE
H^.^mim2
RE^
occ ^^<3a■^onmn
SHEET
OF
21
.,,,„., ^ ^„_ BIBDDBD CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION wmi iiumii
TITLE DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
3.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS
3.2.1 DYS Field maintenance print set MP01099
3.2.2 Unit Assembly E-UA-DYS23-0-0
3.2.3 Parts list K-PL-DYS23-0-DBP
3.2.4 Drawing directory B-DD-DYS23-0
3.2.5 Shipping List B-PL-DYS23-0
4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
4.1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA:
4.1.1 Valid DPM HOST SYSTEM configuration
4.1.2 RSXll-M on appropriate host media.
4.1.3 HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent accurate to .01v
«i5v.
4.1.4 Serial line unit ie.; DLVll-P and terminal £or LSI
error information output (local mode) .
5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PRCiCRAMS :
5.1 DPM REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT #ZP126-RD:
5.1.1 AP-0004 3C-BC RSXllM V3.1 DSCSYS MT9
5.1.2 AP-P152A-MC CZQRHAO RSXllM TEST SYSTEM DIAG.
5.1.3 AP-F146A-MC CZQRVAO TEST SYS FOR RK05
5.1.4 AP-F147A-MC CZQRCAO TEST SYS FOR RK06
5.1.5 AP-F148A-NC CZQRDAO TEST SYS FOR RK07
5.1.6 AP-F149A-MC CZQREAO TEST SYS FOR RP06
5.1.7 AP-F150A-MC CZQRFAO TEST SYS FOR RM03
5.1.8 AP-F151A-MC CZQRGAO TEST SYS FOR RLOl
5.1.9 AC-F153A-MC CZQRTAO RSXllM TEST SYS (DOC)
5.1.10 AC-F404B-MC CZKCI RMT DIAG EXER (DOC)
5.1.11 AC-F405A-MC CZKMP DPM50 DIAG MON (DOC)
6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
6.1.1 RSXll-M rust be running in the host system with DPM
REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT #ZP126-RD.
6.1.2 A serial line interface (ie. DLV11-F,DLV11-J) AND
terminal will be required to run diagnostics in
LOCAL MODE at the DYS23 subsystem. NOTE? These
items are used for test only and are not shipped
unless specifically ordered with the system.
6.1.3 The M8080 is always the last item on the bus with
the exceptions that the M3084 always occupies slot
9, and that the optional BDVll-AA (M80x2) always
plugs into slot 8. (See Figure 1).
1 SIZE
1 A
(|(JDE
MA-A^^'??!?^
REV
A
OK tftam-lOMMT}
SHEET
OF -.21.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
BBfJDElO
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
6.1.4 Verify that the cable dress is as shown in
UA-DYS23-0 (NOTE 14). This is essential to meet FCC
requirements .
6.1.5 Supported options (See NOTE below).
The basic DYS23 can be expanded within the
initia?
DPM23 configuration by the addition of one BAll-NE,
-NF expander box. The following peripherals are
supported;
BDVll-AA DIAGNOSTIC, BOOTSTRAP, TERMINATOR
DLVll-E ASYNCHRONOUS LINE INTERFACE (IEAonly,full
modem control)
DLVll-F ASYNCHRONOUS LINE INTERFACE (EIAor20ma.,
no modem control)
DZVll-B ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER
KEFll-A FLOATING POINT OPTION
LPV11-PA,-PD LINE PRINTER OPTIONS
MSVll-DD 32KW MOS MEMORY(128KW MAX PER DYS23 SYS.)
MXVll-AC MULTIFUNCTION MODULE
RXV21-DA,-DD FLOPPY DISK OPTION (NON-DMA)
NOTE: When adding options, care must be taken to observe
the backplane configuration rules of BAll-N
enclosures;
particularly AC loading.
6.1.6 In order to run DCFll-AA diagnostic (CJKDB) , LTC
(Line Time Clock) interrupts must be disabled, to
accomplish this jumper W4 must be installed on the
KDFll-AA CPU module prior to testing. If a BDVll-AA
(N8012) module has been added to the DYS2 3 system
switchpack E21 #5 may be turned on instead. In
iether case this procedure must be reversed prior
to running D BUS I/O module diagnostic VPCA??.
System must ship with LTC interrupts enabled. Refer
to tig. Ti
SRE
A
^^'^^ MA.A^^«?S«-0
OK IMaD-iOKNtTI
SHEET
RE
X
OF-21.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
7.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS;
7.1 Unpacking and inspection:
7.1.1 Sava all packing material for equipment to be
shipped that is not cab mounted.
7.2 MODULE CONFIGURATION SETUPS FOR DYS23:
7.2.1 KDFll-AA (M8186) LSE 11/23 CPU MODULE
JUMPER DESIGNATION
JUMPER STATE
Wl
IN
W2
AS RECEIVED
W3
AS RECEIVED
* W4
OUT
W5
OUT
Wfi
OUT
Vf7
IN
W8 THRU
W15
DON'T CARE
W16
IN
W17
IN
WIS
IN
* ■ NOTE: See special instruction at 5.1.5
Reference FIGURE 2 for jumper locations.
7.2.2 MSVLL-DD (M8044-D?) FIRST 32K
SI SWITCHPACK SWITCH STATE
SWl
ON
SW2
ON
SW3
ON
SW4
ON
DESIGNATION
JUMPER STATE
W2
IN
W3
IN
PIN 1 TO 3
IN
PIN 5 TO 7
IN
PIN 10 TO 14
IN
PIN 15 TO 16
IN
Reference FIGURE 4 for seitch and jumper locations
SIZE
A
%%^^ MA-A^'A'^tl^-a
RE
X
0CC1I
vatmn
SHEET
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
7.2.3 DLVll-F (M8028) SERIAL LINE UNIT
JUMPER DESIGNATION
Tf
Tl
T2
t3
Rt
111
na
113
JUMPER STATE
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
THE DLVll-F IS DEFAULT JUMPERED FOR CONSOLE USE, BUT THE
ABOVE BAUD RATE JUMPERS MUST BE RECONFIGURED FROM 110
BAUD OPERATION TO 300 BAUD.
THE DLVll-F IS NOT A STANDARD PART OF THE DYS23 SYSTEM,
BUT IS A FREQIENT OPTION, AND IS NEEDED IN FA&T FOR
DIAGNOSTIC TESTING IN LOCAL MODE. SEE FIGURE 5 FOR JUMPER
LOCATIONS.
7.2.4 ISVll-B (M8080, M8084) DEC DATAWAY INTERFACE.
FACTORY CONFIGURED:
CSR ADDRESS
VECTOR ADDRESS
160140
160142
160144
300
304
JUMPERS
STATE
LOCATION
M8080
M8080
N8080
M8080
M8080
M8084
M8084
NOTE: If DLVll-J is installed in DYS23 system its default
vector address of 300 must be reconfigured because
of its conflict with the ISVII-B.
Reference FIGURES 6.1 and 6.2 for jumper locations.
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES - 41, ACTIVE TERMINALS » ^, TIME«8:34
Wl THRU W6
OUT
W7 THRU W10
IN
Wll THRU W16
OUT
W17 THRU W20
IN
W21 THRU W23
OUT
W1,W3,W5,W7,W9
IN
W2,W4,W6,W8,W10
OUT
OK fUtmftn-mn
SIZE
A
^°^ MA-Ao'i^'^ir.a
SHEET
'^
OF ^21.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
7.3 CABLING OF THE DYS23!
7.3.1 Cabling of the DyS23 consists of a serial bus cable
(70-15928-03) coining from the M8084 board of the
ISVll-B which interconnects with the DEC DATAWAY
CABLE (70-14152) connecting to the HOST CPU'S ISBll.
8.0 PO>^R CHECKS;
8.1 -t-SvcJc - 250BIV
M2vdc — f600mv
The -fSvdc and •fl2vdc regulated voltages can be measured at
J7 of the backplane or, preferably at the tip jacks on the
N8012 (BDVll-AA) module (if it has been added to the
system). The pins of J7 are numbered, and color coded.
•«-12vdc and -fSvdc are assigned the following pins and
colors.
9.0
+12vdc PIN 2, PURPLE WIRE
+ 12vdc GROUND PIN 3, BLACK WIRE
+5vdc PIN 5, RED WIRE
+ 5vdc GROUND PIN 4, BLACK WIRE
The tip jacks on the M8012 module are color coded and
labeled as follows:
+ 1 2vdc J3 , PURPLE
+5vdc J2, RED
GROUND Jl, BLACK
If adjustment becomes necessa'^y, remove the two power
supply mounting screws to til . the power supply forward
exposing the adjustment potentiometers, Rl for -t-12vdc and
R22 for -fSvdc. Reference FIGURES 3.1 and 3.2 for locations
DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE:
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any
particular situation, or for the current MAST minimum test
criteria; e.g. pass-counts, etc., refer to the appropriate
MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are detailed step-by-step
instructions for executing each indivedual diagnostic
contained in the CHECKLIST.
The host processor, along with its ISBll' s roust be fully
checked out according to mast prior to connecting a DYS23
to the DATAWAY.
SIZE
A
%%''^ ^^•^iiWl^ "^
OK lM3H»^«iai4«r3
SHEET J OF JL
. 'i^ ^«:#i4N«il«#*' . '^•^^ •• •
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
9.1 DYS23 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PROCEDURE;
9.1.1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host media
which has the RSXll-M package IAP-F152-MC and install
it into DRIVE #0. Load DRIVE «0 and insure that
•WRITE PROTECT" is off.
9.1.2 When DRIVE #0 is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded)
BOOT the drive.
9.1.3 When the program asks for the date and time, you may
either enter the information or default it by typing
a carriage return. An ecample would be 08:30
04-JUM-81.
9.1.4 The progran will continue setting up parameters and
will ask: "Do you want to load IPG diagnostics from
magtape lY/Nl:". Type in a carriage return which will
default your answer to a NO condition.
9.1.5 The program will now output:
>9 <EOF> (This signifies end of file and parameters
are now set) and waits for you to key in a command.
9.1.6 Type in:
Set /UIC»[2g0,2701 (This may not be necessary if the
UIC is already at 200,270.).
9.2 run the error report task in order to clear out the error
logI
9.2.1 >RUN ISBRPT-
•TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR Nl ?N TYPE:<N>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y OR N] ?N TYPE:<N>
DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR Nl ?Y TYPE:<Y>
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE
TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PC-125130
PS»170000
RC-120720
Rl-125576
R2-125650
R3-000000
R4-143470
R5-000000
SP-120476
9.2.2 Type i<ctrl c> to terminate ISBRPT task and receive
back MCR> prompt.
SIZE
A
^^ n^-^imm^
OfC i«4»D-lO*I-Mira
SHEET
OF
RE^
21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
^•3 RUN THE DEC DA'x \WAY DIAGNOSTIC ECERCISERt
9.3.1 >RUN D2KC?? TYPE : <RUN D2KC??>
DCP-A >STA TYPE : <STA>
* UNITSrTC)?_l TYPE:<TF"
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER: (0) 070 TYPE;<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER:
(0) 171 TYPE:<1>
NUMBER^OP ENTERED TERMINALS « 1
UN1T**C0NTR0LLER**L0GICAL SB**LUN**
001 000 001 011
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES - 21, ACTIVE TERMINALS ■ 1, TIME - 8:33
§.3.2 After required run time has elapsed terminate running
of diagnostic by typing <CTRL C> .
TASK "TTO" TERMINATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PC-046000
PS-170000
R0-000002
Rl-000000
R2-000000
R3-009000
R4-000003
RS-000001
SP-001246
9.4 After DZKC has run, the error log mus^ be checked for errors
that nay have occured during running.
9.4.1 >RUN ISBRPT TYPE;<RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR Nl ?Y TYPE:<Y>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y 0R~N1 7N TYPE:<N>
OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER (Y OR N] ?N TYPE:<N>
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR Nl 7N— TYPE:<N>
DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR Nl ?N TYPE:<N>
ISBRPT.... ERROR FILE IS EMPTY
ISBRPT.... OPERATION COMPLETE
9.4.2 TYPE: <CTRL C> to terminate ISBRPT task and recieve
back NCR> prompt.
9.4.3 Error reporting can be in the form of hard errors,
typed out immediately, or soft errors; ( Errors that
are logged by the error logger) . No errors are
allowed.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MA-A 528 5-0-0
REV
A
OtCi«<3H»-«0»l«n
SHEET .10 OF 21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS2 3 MAST PACK-UP PROCEDURE
9.5 RUN ROM RESIDENT TESTS OF ISVll-B
9.5.1 MCR> RUN CZKCI TYPE:<RUN_CZKCI>
>
DCP-A>STA TYPE : <STA>
I UNITSTd) ? 1 TYPE:<1>
UNIT 1
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER: (0) 0?0 TYPE:<0>
ENTE? TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER:
(C) I?l TYPE;<1>
SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS
UNIT**CONTROLLER**LOGICAL SB**LUN**TYPE
1 0 001 9 DPM50-PORT 0
START OF TESTING
END OF PASS 0, TIME - 9:29
END OF PA3S 1, TIME -9:31
9.5.2 Aft«r required run time has elapsed terminate running
of the diagnostic by typing <CTRL C>.
9.6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR C2KMP
9.6.1 >RUN C2KMP TYPE : <RUN CZKMP>
>
CZKMPB VERSION 2.2
SELECT MODE: LOCAL, HOST, AUTO-MAP, COMMUNICATION OR
EXIT (L,H,A,C,E)L TYPE:<L>
ENTER NUMBER OP TERMINALS [DJ-l, tYPE:<l>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER [01-0 TYPE:<?>
ENTER TERMINAL NUMBERS (01-1- TYPE:<1>
NUMBER OF INTERED TERMINALS"- 1
UNIT**CONTROLLER**LOGICAL SB**
10 1
At This point the console terminal at the DYS23
subsystem comes on line and is used to ask and run
subsystem diagnostics.
SIZE
A
W»^ MA.A^!W«?S"-0
'^
otc
SHEET 11 OF ,21.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DyS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
9.7 RUN 11/23 CPU AND MEMORY DIAGNOSTICS ON DYS23
S«« appendix A £or •cplanation o£ monitor interaction
inputs and outputs at local DyS23 terminal.
9.7.1 >JKDAC-
•TYPE:<JKDAC>
-TYPE:<200G>
157776
g2g0G
CJKDACO KTPll-AA MMU DIAG.
SVm-009000 NEW-CR TYPE;<CR>
END PASSt 1 ;TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 20?
9.7.2 After required run tine has elapsed, terminate
running of the diagnostic at the DYS23 console
terminal by depressing the <BREAK> key.
9.7.3 9760144/000000 2-
>JKDBC
157776
82000-^
CJKDEC DCFll-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC
END PASSI 1
END PASS* 15
■TYPE;<760144/>
TYPE:<2>
•TYPE:<JKDBC>
-TYPE:<2O0G>
0
NOTE: LTC interrupts must be disabled to run
diagnostic JKDBC. See special instruction at 5.1.5.
9.7.4 After required run time has elapsed, terminate
running the diagnostic at the DyS23 console terminal
by depressing the <BREAK> key.
9.7.5 9700144/000000 2 TYPEt<760144/2>
>ZQMCG-
T57776
§200G—
SWR
000000 NEW » CR
•TYPE:<ZQMCG>
•TYPE:<' <0G>
-TYP2:*v.i>
KTll (MEMORY MANAGEMENT) AVAILABLE
MEMORY MAP
FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH 4 MSVll-D INSTALLED)
NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 7 20000
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000
END PASSt 1
Above will be received when 4 MSVll-D modules are
installed, typeouts will vary with lesser amounts of
memory. No relocation will occur when only 1 MSVll-D
is installed.
SIZE
A
^^°^ f,^-^im^% "^
OK
mn
SHEET
12
OF
21
^^ANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
9.7.6 # NOTE: The following two tests are to be run if the
optional KEFll chip is installed.
9.7.7 #760144/000000 2 TYPE : <760144/2>
>JKDCB- TYPE;<JKpgB>
irTTT^
CJKCB, KEFll-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1
SWR ■ 000000 NEW « CR TYPE;<CR>
END PASS • 1
END PASS » 2
9.7.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate
running of the diagnostic at the DYS23 console
terminal by depressing the <BRBAK> key.
9.7.9 £760144/000000 2 TYPE;<760144/2>
>JKDDB- TYPE : <JKDDB>
157776
|200G TYPE : <200G>
SjKDDB DEFll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2
SWR - 000000 NEW « CR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS • 1
END PASS • 2
9.7.10 After required run time has elapsed, terminate
running of the diagnostic at the DYS23 console
terminal by depressing the <BREAK> key.
9.7.11 Load and run diagnostics
option modules installes,
run the CPU tests.
for any additional LSI'
usinq same method used to
SIZE
A
^'
PE
H^^^imm^
RE>
TT
ofc i»on-ian-«w72
SHEET
13
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
PROCESSOR
MODULE
OPTION 1
2
I
" 4
" 5
• C
7
8
SLOTl
SLOT 2
SLOT 3
SLOT 4
SLOT 5
SLOT 6
SLOT 7
SLOT 8
SLOT 9
*■«
MODULE UTILIZATION
KERNEL DyS23 ONLY
(H9273-A)
ribbon cab lb
part of ISVll-B
FIGURE 1 KERNEL SYSTEM BACKPLANE
CONFIGURATION
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5285-0-0
REV
A
OffC 1»4«»10M N«n
SHEET
14
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
• IqjiltH'
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
5||!
1
lauMMl Unit
(MMUCIkt^l
l«M iMMtWCllMI !••
» •• O M
f l*«lk»« ftoial In*.. !••
iilfllCltipl
lOpti— 11
- ^ * i 5 p
0«l«K«tl**l IMI
|cruciki#i
2li2
KDFII-AA
(MliS6 11/23 CPU
PIGUM t
li
{K
o
O.
9.
ofc <*«jt»ieuN«r3
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5285-0-0
SHEET .15 CF _2i.
MANLTACTLRJNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
••»»OC«Oiu«ri«ta,
^°^ ^t>P»y Adinttmev,!,
FIGURE 3.2
FIGURE 3.1
SIZE
A
CODE NUMBER
SP |mA-A5285-0-0
REV
A
otc iM)ffa)iMa-«««rt
SHEET 16 OF Jl.
VUNLFACTLTUNG SPECIHCATION
SBlBOIB
CONTINUATION SHEET
riTLE
DYS21 MAST BACK-UP PROn^ITRF
vr*
3 C
r-
u
t I I
■mreMU I
\.IT«««1«
m% } PMnrrnm Pttvr
• ti.a
Mb U-07
Figvrc 4 MSV] t-D. MSVl I-E S«Ueh ind Jumper Locatiohs
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-A5285-0-0
REV
A
3GC '»<}«tV'aU N«.'3
SHEET
17
OF
21
MANUFACTmiNG SPECIFICATION
TITLi DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
tBfpM CONTINUATION SHEET
xr
^tn>-
r\
r\
Nil Hill ('
lllllllll
lai«»«i i»
»>*••»••«<«
<««««<««<i
sssnt
iiiiii I- I- i<
rifurt 5
N8028
OLVll-P Juaptr Locations
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5285-0-0
REV
A
oiC'*4X»ianN«n
SHEET
18 nc 21
MAMTACRRINC SPECffTCATlOf*
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITIC DYS23 MAST BACK-UB PROCEDURE
m%9
«ri>
oDdddoi
OOODDODDq
DDDDOflflflS,^
■.0OBflOO.OD >^*
00
DO
o'OOUOD
00000
apooitj^
DOOODOOD
MBoeo
FIGURE 6.1
ISVllB
N8084
FIGURE 6.2
MC ICHXMM
t I'gg'l MA-AJay-^^T^!" I
*HCCT JL2_ or U.
MANUFACTURING SPEC^ ICAl'lON
CONTINUATION SHEET
"^^^ DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5285-0-0
REV
A
OK t*4M»ia»Ntr3
SHEET 29 ofU.
. #*— ».4^'' •^rft
U* ,> . a. * « rf •.*
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
^"^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
Prompts
Inputs
File names
200G
Break
760144/
Deposit 2
Deposit 1
Control Z
Outputs
157776
NX
BOLD
END PASS
Current PC
000000
EX
MONITOR INTERACTION AT LOCAL TERMINAL
Operator may enter file name to call next diagnostic,
or type control Z to put LSI- 11 in ODT mode.
If following 157776 after a file name has been entered,
indicates the diagnostic is in the LSI-U and the
operator may communicate with it via ODT.
If following "End Pass" and the current PC, indicates
the operator may give further instructions in ODT.
Giving "760144" reestablishes communication with local
monitor.
Used following " " to call diagnostics.
Not to monitor - starts diagnostic if LSI-11 is in ODT.
Not to monitor - stops diagnostic.
Reestablishes conmunl cation with local monitor if LSI-U
is in ODT.
Following "000000" tells monitor that operator wishes to
run another diagnostic.
Follow "000000" aborts monitor in host. This is the last
Input by the operator.
Following " " puts LSI-11 in ODT.
Following file name entry indicates the diagnostic has been
downloaded.
The requested file cannot be found.
The attempt to download the diagnostic was unsuccessful.
Diagnostic has completed a pass.
Following break indicates diagnostic has stopped at
address printed.
Following "760144" indicates operator may input further
instructions to local monitor (1 or 2).
Monitor has terminated at host.
FIGURE 6
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5285-0-0
REV
A
DEC FORM NO en-oiou-i«-N370>(S«1)
OKA lOt
SHEET
21
OF 2i
I
II
ill
in
hi
II
Hi
nil
* V e
til
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
REV
DMCll COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-5290
Mfif^n^AMCALtxu^y ^a^^^JUj^M/^e^^^^^*
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5290-0-n
■N^10U-|«-fK ««H Wt)
SHEET 1 OF 6
REV
MANUrvCTUKING SPECIFICATION
Swty^ilfcJ'
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
DMCn COflUHICATIONS INTERFACE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This procedure establishes the minimum test standards that a DMCll must meet
to be considered acceptable for customer shipment. The DMCll consists of
two (2) hex modules. The microprocessor modules: DMCll-AA, -AR, -AL execute
conmunlcatlon protocol microcode held In CROM and Interface with the Unlbus.
and the associated Line Unit module. The main function of the Line Unit
modules: DMCll -OA. -FA. -MA, -MO Is to perform parallel to serial data con-
version to the external data coonunl cations line.
1.1 DMCll kits consist of the following basic harware:
Microprocessor Modules
Option
DMCll-AA
DMCll -AR
Contents
M8200
«
MB200-YA
DMCll -AL
M8200-YB
Description
Microprocessor
without CROM
Microprocessor
module w/ remote
DDCMP CROM (use
W/M8201 low speed
line unit)
Microprocessor
module w/local
DDCMP CROM (use
w/Me202 h1g» speed
line unit)
Prerequisite
PDP-11
PDP-11
PDP-n
Line Unit Modules
DMCll -DA
DMCn-FA
M8201
BC05-C
eco8-s
H325
NB201
BC08-S
BC05-Z
H3250
Low speed line unit DMCll -AR
module w/EIA Inter-
face cable for remote
connections
Low speed line unit
module w/ V.35/DDS
Interface cable for
remote connection
DMCll -AR
siJi:
CODF.
SP
MAA5290-0-0 L^C^
i" C 1«< ( «V/I ll>;l.( N%,/»
■■:L£T
or-
MANUFACTURING SPi CIFICATION
j'j:"''l-u3- CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACK TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
1.1 cont.
Option
0NC11-NA
DMC11-MD
Contents
M8202-YA
BC08-S
12-12528
M8202-YD
BC08-S
12-12528
Description
1H baud line unit
module w/lntegral
modem for local
connections
5tK baud line unit
module w/lntegral
modem for local
connections
Prerequisite
OMCll-AL
DMCn-AL
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 DMT
-Ah
J
roproccssor Maintenance Manual - EK-OMCMP-MM-001 (for DMCll-AA,
2.2 DMC11 Synchronous Line Unit Maintenance Manual - EK-DMCLU-MM-001 (for
DMCn-OA, -FA, -MA. -MD)
2.3 DMC11 Field Maintenance Print Set MP00076
2.4 OMCn Option/System Test Procedure A-SP-OMCll-O-S
2.5 Diagnostic Lib Kit ZJ215-RB
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 PDP11 with minimum of 8K and two or more hex SPC slots.
3.2 SPC must be 0D11-C. DDIl-D. 0011-8 (Rev. -E" or later) or equivalent.
3.3 SPC must provide +5, +15. -15 volts and the power requirements will be:
Wodule +5 (+5Z) ♦15(+5Z) lli(±5Z)
M8200 5.0A
H8201 3.0A 0.03A p.31A
♦«202 3.0A 0.18A 0.46A
3.4 Oscilloscope and probe baud width 200 MHz or better.
3.5 Frequency counter (minimum range 25 KHz to 1100 KHz + one percent)
TTTi^coDc
I A I SP
■ NU..1^' '
MAA5290-V
UkC •«., <>:, i<M2-Mft/4
-JFET
JS.J
6
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
ESiJIiD. CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.0 AVARABIE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS - Kit ZJ216-RB
4.1 MAINDEC-11
OZOMC
DZOME
DZDMF
DZDMG
DZ3HH
Description «
Basic Microprocessor test; i.e. for M8200. Does not
test CROM or require a line unit.
ODCMP Line Unit Test; l.a. for M8201 , M8202. Requires
an M8200 and should "^ave a turnaround connector.
Bit-stuff line unit test; I.e. for M8201. M8202. Tests
the Bitstuff mode of operation of the line unit. Re-
quires an M8200 and should have a turnaround connector.
CROH microcode check, and Jump test on M8200-YA. -YB
microprocessors.
Free running ODCMP tests on microprocessors and
corresponding line units.
DECX/11 module.
DMCA
5.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION:
5.1 M8200 Microprocessor - Before Installing, remove the npr continuity wire
that runs between pins C Aland CB1 on the backplane for the slot that Is
going to accept the M8200. If a system change requires removal of the
H8200. the wire must be replaced.
5.2 M8200 Microprocessor with local line units (OMCll-MA or DMCll-MD). This
configuration must be placed on the unlbus closest to the PDPU processor
and before the first bus buffer because of the high rate of npr trans-
actions.
6.0 TEST SET UPS
6.1 A DMCll-AA cannot be tested until a verified set of CROM's from an -AR or
-AL is temporarily Inserted and then the -AR or -AL tests run.
5.2 A DMCll-AR or -AL can be tested by running DZDMC and DZDMG. Preferably,
a line unit should be connected and DZDME, DZDMF and OZDMH run.
6.3 A DMCll-DA or DMCU-FA low speed line unit can only be tested via a fully
operational DMCll-AR microprocessor. Diagnostics DZDME. DZDMF, dzdmh
must be then run. See Figure 1.
T
•:ODE
SP
kW tu (.•'•■'I ig«iN*/4
• NUMCEr;
MAA5290-"
S.HcE't .
T:
'<tV 1
6
MAN'JFACTURING SPPICIFICATION
ES2IiE3. CONTINUATION SHF.CT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Figure 1: Low Speed Line Unit Setup
* BCOSSconnector
** BC05C ^ H325
*** BC05Z ♦ H3250
s.
Hit
CMC-llTA
MB201
EMCll-AR
£
***
CMCn-FA
CMCll-AR
M8200-TCA
6.4 A DMCn-MA or OMCll-MO high speed line unit can only be tested via a
fully operational DMCll-AL microprocessor. Diagnostics DZDME. DZDMF,
and DZDMH Buat th«n b* run. S«e Flgura 2.
Figure 2: High Speed Line Unit Setup
* BC08S
*♦ 12-12528
JX.
CMCn-MA
M8202-YA
CMCll-AL
M8200-YB
n
**
CMCll-M)
M8202-YD
DMCU-AL
M8200-YB
'. i'J 'I.I.
5IZF
A
1
:-.:::. '.6£n
.7: J
MAA5290-0-0 t q j
SHi:cr
- 6
MANUK\CrURINC SPECIFICATION
i£C^'
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Refer to Section 3.3 for power requirements.
7.2 Unlbus loading - The M8200 microprocessor presents one unlbus load.
The MB201 and M8202 line units present no unlbus loads.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 As a general statement on the test procedure:
8.1.1 Determine which diagnostics to run from the test setup section.
8.1.2 Obtain switch, address and Jumper settings from the diagnostic
listing, or Option Test Procedure.
0
L
8.1.3 ■ c :V.ST ChecI'Mst g^ve< the
8.1.4 No errors are acceptable.
count required.
I /; i SP : MAA5290-0-0 J C J
!'• « !'• I l-J/ftUH.' N.>/:
^^htl}
i{!
Ml
ns
Si
Mi
'k
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KMCll-A GENERAL PURPOSE MICROPROCESSOR - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
K w S
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7668001-0-5296
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
ENQ^
0>^
CN-«IOU-l«-fl«f2-<3M)
72-OMI
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5296-0-0
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF 4
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ._
T'*^*-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO Sv-teMS TEST - APPENDIX A
KMCn-A GENERAL PUPPOSE MICROPROCESSOR
INTRODUCTION
Thli procedure establlihes the Blnlnuiki test and electrical
•tandardt that a KMCll-A must neet to be cooaidared accept-
able for customer shipiaent. KMC^l kits consist of the
following basic hardware:
Option
KMCll-A
Designation
general purpose
iiicro processor
Contents
M8204
1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
1.1 Print set MP00339
1.2 Maintenance lal EK-KMCll -MM-REV
1.3 Users Manua. .;-KMC 11 -OP-REV
l.A Test/Acceptance Procedure A-SP-KMCll-0-5
1.5 Lib Kit ZJ-23A-RB
2.0 REQUIRED T^ST EQUIPMENT
2.1 PDPll with miniauB of 8K and two or more slots
2.2 SPC must be DDll-C, DDll-D or equivalent
2.3 SPC should provide +5, +15, -15
2.4 Oscilliscope & probe band width 200MU2 minimum or better
NOTEtRefer to the KMCll test and Acceptance Procedures for
further information.
3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS Kit #ZJ-234-RB
Maindec Description
DZKCC
DZKCD
DZKCA
*DZKCE
♦ DZKCF
* DZKCG
KMAA
Static Test, M8204 Data Path- Test
Static Cram ( Branch Test CM8204)
Free run, M8204 Data Path Test
DDCMP Line Unit Test
Bit Stuff Line Unit Test
M8204 Plus Line Unit Free Run Test
DEC/Xll System Test
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5296-0-0
REV
A
CNO10B2t*-N«72 (3M)
SHEET J OF _1
'» ri
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
* NOTE: These diagnostics are only used when customer has
ordered an optional DMCll line unit cabled to the
KMCll. (DA, FA, MD, MA)
4.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 M8204 Microprocessor
Before installing, remove the NPR grant continuity wire,
that runs between pins CAl and CBl on the backplane, for
the slot that is going to accept the M8204. If a system
change requires removal of the M8204, this wire must be
replaced.
4.2 M8204 Microprocessor with local line units (DMCll-MA or
DMCll-MD) . In addition to item "A", the configuration
must be placed on the Unibus closest to the PDP-11 pro-
cessor and before the first bus buffer, because of the
high rate of NPR transactions that are required.
5.0 TEST SET UP
5.1 No special test set-up is required.
6.0 POVVER CHECKS
6.1 The KMC utilizes five amperes of plus five volts per M8204
module. Care should be exercised that any test stand or
system installation considers the maximum current per
regulator. If the DMC line units are used, their
requirements are :
MODULE
+5
+15
-15
M8201
3.0A
0.03A
0.31A
M8202
3.0A
0.18A
0.46A
Unibus
Loading
6.2
The M8204 presents one Unibus load if a DMC line unit is
used. The Line Unit presents no load to the Unibus.
7.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 See Section 3.0 for order of diagnostics. The following
procedure is used for all diagnostics.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5296-0~0
REV
A
OCC l«-<392)-10a2-N672
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
Cv JTINUATiON SHEET
Tinc.
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKST - APPENDIX A
7.1.1 Load diagnoftlc.
7.1.2 Load address at 200.
7.1.3 Sat switch IS up and all othar switches down.
Start prograa.
7.1.4 End of Pass will ba ahown by type out.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5296-0-0
REV
A
CN-010t2-l«-N«72-(Jt2l
SHEET
OF JL
II
e
II
VJ
5 >
Ml S
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE :/ 1.8/8]
TITLE M.A.S.T. DMRll
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
GENERAL UPDATE TO INCLUDE I'./i
PRODUCIBILITY STUDY FIND I No
MU0I3
/
D, Ay^otte
//'/"
I'
,''■ •',/
ENQ
D. Ayot
APPD Bob Beck /
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-A5296-0-0
REV
B
EN<«ia«»-i»4«Mya-(Ma)
SHEET 1 OF
24-
MANUFACTURING SPBClFTCATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TraE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
DMRll
1.0 IMtRODUCTION
The DMRll Is a micro-processor based intelligent synchronous
cownuni cat ions controller, which employs the Digital Data
Communications Message Protocol (DDCMP) . The DMRll is
designed to be used in a network link for high performance
interconnection of VAX-11 or PDP-11 computers. The DMRll is
program compatible with the DMCll and line compatible with
either the DMCll or any device that uses DDCMP version 4.0.
2.0 REFEREMCB DOCUMBMTATION
2.1 Manuals 6 Engineering Specifications
2.1.1 DMR Synch. Cont. Tech. Man. EK-DMRli-TM
2.1.2 M8207 Microprocessor Manual EK-M8207-TM
2.1.3 M8203 Line Unit Manual EK-M8203-TM
2.2 Prints and Schematics
2.2.1 DMRll Print Set MP00911
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Hardware and Media
3.1.1 PDP-11 CPU with a Console Terminal and a
minimum of 16K bytes of memory.
3.1.2 Scope - stable at 1 microsecond on X10
scale, Tektronics 465 or equivalent
3.1.3 DVM - accurate to .1 volts at 15 volts
Size
CODE
8P
NUMBER
i7v-rr.2CP-c-c
REV
CN-eiMM«-N«72-<M2|
SHEET
OF .il
MANUFACrUIUNC SPECIFICATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.1.4 H3250 Cable Test Connector for BC05Z V. 35
Cable.
3.1.5 H3254 Module Test Connector for Jl of M8203
3.1.6 H3255 Module Test Connector for J2 on the
M8203.
3.1.7 H3251 Cable Test Connector for BC55B, BC55C,
and BC55D Cables.
3.1.8 H325 Cable Test Connector for BC55C and
BC05D Cables.
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 C2DMP .... M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC I
. M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC II
. M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC I
. M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC II
. DMRll FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSTIC
. FLOAT PROGRAM
4.2 CZDMO .
4.3 CZD,^S .
4.4 CZDMS .
4.5 CZDMI .
4.6 DZFLA .
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The DMRll Dasic unit consists of the M8207-RA
microprocessor and the M8203 line unit. This line
unit/microprocessor combination permits either remofe or
local computer applications. Refer to Figure 1 for a typical
PDP-11 application.
The DMRll basic subsystem has four options virtiich allow
it to accommodate standard and special interface
configurations. With these options, DMRll systems can
operate with speeds ranging from 2.4K bits per second (B/S)
to IM B/S. Refer to Table 1.
SIZE
JL.
CODE
r.p
NUMBER
i\r:-LL20P-C-0
REV
p
CN-0>MM«^ft't-(Mai
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING gECmCA-nON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 1 DMRll OPTIONS
+ — -+ — + 4-
I OPTION I INTERFACE | LINE SPEED I
+ + 4- +
IDMRII-AAIEIA RS232C |UP TO 19. 2K B/S I
I lEIA RSAA3 lUP TO 56K B/S I
+ + + »-
jDMRll-ABIISO/CCITT V.35 |UP TO IM B/S I
+ + + ■»■
IDMRII-ACI INTEGRAL MODEM |56K, 250K, 500K, IM B/S|
+ + + +
IDMRII-ADI BASIC ***** SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS ****|
+ + + +
jDMRll-AEIEIA RS422 jUP TO IM B/S I
+ + + +
*****
DMRll-AD
*****
The Basic Subsystem is designated DMRll-AD and consists
of an M8203 Line Unit, an M8207-RA Microprocessor, a BC08S-1
Interconnect Cable, an H3254 Interface Module Test Connector,
and an H3255 Interface module Test Connector. The M8203 Line
Unit has an Integral Modem which is switch selectable to
operate at speeds of 56K, 250K, 500K, and IM B/S.
5.1 Special Switch Considerations
5.1.1
5.1.2
If the DMRll is to be used in conjunction
with a DMCll or with DMCll software, ensure
that Switch Pack E121 switch 9 on the M8203
Line Unit module is in the "OFF" position.
Refer to Figure 3.
If the DMRll
or greater,
switch 10 of
in the "OFF*
is operating at a speed of 56K
ensure that Switch Pack Ei21
the M8203 Line Unit module is
position. Refer to ?igure 3.
5.1.3 If Micro-diagnostics are desired on
initialization of the device, set Switch
Pack E134 switch 10 on the M8203 Line Unit
module to the "OFF" position. Note: This
switch should be in the ON position (MICROS
DISABLED) so device will be compatible with
DMCll software. Refer to Figure 3.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
!:A-;.S20E-C"C
REV
E
drq rt;a!
EN-OlMa-l»44672-(392)
SHEET
OF
2A
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TraE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SBT-UP INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 M8207-RA Module Set-Up
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
Run the FLOAT PROGRAM (DZFLA) on a PDPll
system to determine the Address and Vector
assignment of the M8207-RA Microprocessor.
Refer to MA-A3000 for additional
information.
The Address of the DMRll can be set via
Switch Pack E127 on the M8207-RA module.
(See Figure 2 for module lay-out) Refer to
Table 2 for the correlation between switch
number and address bit. Note that a switch
in the *OFF* position will respond to a
logical *ONE" on the Unibus.
The Vector of the DMRll can be set-up via
Switch Pack E28 on the M6207-RA module. (See
Figure 2 for i^iodule lay-out) Refer to Table
3 for the correlation between switch number
and vector bit. Note that a switch *0N*,
responds to a logical *0NE* on the Unibus.
Ensure that the following switches on the
M8207 module are in the correct position:
(Refer to Figure 2)
A. RUN INHIBIT - M8207 SWITCH E28-7 —
always ON
B. CSR INHIBIT - M8207 SWITCH E28-8 —
always OFF
C. BYTE
E85-1
SELECT/LOCKOUT
Normally ON
(BST) - M8207 SWITCH
Verify that the M8207-RA Priority Plug is a
BRS and is installed correctly in location
E77.
Verify that M8207-RA Jumpers Wl and W3 are
installed. Reference Figure 2 for Jumper
location.
SIZE
CODE
rr-
NUMBER
REV
eN-01Mt-l»«M7a-<3t2)
SMFET ^ OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAP. APPROACH TO SYSTFJIE TEST
SWITCH PACK K127 - Di:viCT- MjI)HI..s.s :;fi.i:cti(>n
MSB
LSB
15
14
13
12 11
10 987J65 4 3
2
1
0
1
1
1
SWITCH PACK El 27
0
0
0
1
t
5 ! ! ; i ; :
SWITCH
&1£ S9 58
S7
S6
S5
off
off
offbff
off!
of
offloff
S4
Dff
S3
of
of
of
of
S2
ofil
of
offl
of
of I
foff
off
off
DEVICE
SU ADDRESS
760010
760020
760030
760040
760050
760060
760070
760100
760200
760300
760400
760500
760600
NOTE: SWITCH OFF RESPONDS TO A LOGICAL ONE ON THE UNIBUS
SWITCH PACK E127
DEVICE ADDRESS
SELECTION
A3
I -
• —
—
-
-
_ -
- -
- —
-
- A12
o
n
?
f
1
2
3
•
4
5
6
7
—
8
9
10
_J
TABLE 2
SIZE
A.
CODE
rr
NUMBER
M;-.-A529fl-0-0
REV
B
eN-010«2 l«N«72-(392)
SHEET ± OF 24
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODl'LAK ArPFCACH TO lYSTFTS, TEST
SWITCH PACK E28 - VF.CTOB ADDRESS SELECTION
MSB
LSB
15
14
13
12
11
IC
9
8
7
6
5
— —»
4 3
1
2I 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SWITCH PACK F:2 8
h
0
0
NOTE: Switch "ON"
produces a logical
ONE on the Unibus.
i.WITCH f
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
1
S]
Vector
addresii
on
oil
iOO
on
on
tr.
■Jin
Ci;
Of.
< r;;
ikO
on
en
• r.j on
.<iG
OP
on
I r:
uo
on
on
en
on
350
on
on
on
r n
3b0
on
on
on
on
on
370
on
100
on
on
500
on
on
600
SWITCH PACK E28
V3 .
V8
o
n
?
f
1
2
3
4
5
r
6
7
8
vector addrsss
selection
•run inhibit
*csr disable
TABLE 1
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
e
EN010«216-N672-(392)
SHEET
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.1.7 Carefully insert the M8207-RA module into
the selected SPC slot as por configuration
sheets .
6.1.B Remove the NPR GRANT wire (NPG) from the
selected SPC backplane slot. (Wire CAl to
CBl)
6.2 M8203 Line Unit Set-Up
6.2.1 Ensure that Switch Packs E39, E121 and E134
on the M8203 module are set-up for the
appropriate variation. Refer to Figure 3.
SWITCH PACK E39
SWl-4 OFF
SW5-7 ....... see Table 4
SW8-10 see Table 5
TABLE 4
+ + + + +
I INTERFACE TYPE I 5 I 6 I 7 I
+ — + + + + 4-
lAAl 423/232C | OFF| OFF| OFF|
+ — + + + •¥ +
lABl V.35 I ONIOFFIOFFI
4- — + + + + +
lACI MODEM lOFFIOFFlOFFI
+ — + + + + 4-
I AD I BASIC lOFFIOFFlOFFI
+ — + + + -». +
lAEl 422 lOFF'OFFl ON I
+ — + + + + +
NOTE - To select INTEGRAL MODEM, plug the
BC55A in Jl (J2 is empty).
SIZE
JL
CODE
CT-
NUMBER
REV
V
eN-01MM«-NC7a-(M2)
SHEET
OF
2 A
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 5
SPEED SELECT
^. + + + + +
I INTERFACE TYPE I 8 19 1 .10 I SPEED I
lAAj 423/232C
+ — +
lABi V.35
lOFFlOFFlON I 56KBI
.+ + + + +
ION ION ION I 1MB I
lACI MODEM
+ — +
I AD I BASIC
ION ION ION I 1MB I
.^ + + 4- +
ION ION ION I 1MB I
lAEl
+ — +-
422
ION ION ION I 1MB I
.+ + + + +
SWITCH PACK E121 - Refer to Figure 3.
SWl-8 .... ON BOOTSTRAP OFFSET
SW9 OFF DMC LINE COMPATIBLE
SW10 OFF* .... HIGH SPEED
* - "ON" only for speeds less than 56KB
6.2.2
SWITCH PACK E134
SWl-8 OFF BOOTSTRAP PASSWORD
SW9 OFF AUTO ANSWER
SW10 ON DISABLE MICRO'S
Carefully insert the M8203 Line Unit module
into the proper backplane slot (adjacent to
the M8207-RA Microprocessor) .
SIZE
A.
CODE
r.p
NUMBER
r;.-A'")2^r-o-o
REV
EN-O1M<-I«^«7t-(401)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.2.3 Connect the Line Unit to the Microprocessor
using a BC08S-1 cable. One end of the cable
Is connected to Jl of the M8207-RA
microprocessor module and the other end to
J3 of the M8203 line unit module. Fold the
cable back to the right, tightly against the
component side of either the microprocessor
or line unit module, so as to fit it into
the mounting box. Refer to Figure 4.
6.2.4 Insert the module test connectors into Jl
and J2 ot the line unit as shown in Figure
4. Be sure to insert them with "SIDE 1*
(etched on the test connector) visible from
the component side of the line unit.
6.2.5 NOTE - FOR CZDMI FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSTIC ONLY.
Connect the appropriate Interface Cable and
Test Connector to the correct Line Unit
Connector as specified in Table 6.
Reference Figures 5 thru 8.
TABLE 6
4. + 4. + +
I INTERFACE I CABLE I LINE UNIT CONNECTOR I TEST CONNECTOR I
^ ^ +- + +
I RS-232-C IBC55C-10I J2 \ H325 I
I IBC05D-25I I H325 I
+ + + + +
I RS-422 IBC55B-10I J2 I H3251 I
+ + + + +
I RS-422 IBC55D-33I I P3251 I
+ + + + +
I RS-423 IBC55C-10I J2 I H3251 I
+ (SEE NOTE) + + + +
I IBC55D-33I 1 H3?51 I
+ + + — + +
I V.35 IBC05Z-25I Jl I H3250 I
+ + + + +
I INTEGRAL IBC55A-10! Jl I PANEL SWITCHED TO I
I MODEM I I IHDX POSITION 1
+ 4- + + +
NOTE: The normal F.A.S T. set-up of the DMRll-AA is to use
the RS423 interface and the H3251 test connector.
SIZE CODE
A I -^
NUMBER
d'liq htlal
eN-01Mt-l»4M7«-(MD
SHEET ^0 OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
7.0 POWER CHBCKS
7.1 Ensure that the following voltaqes exist:
BACKPLANE
MODULE
VOLTAGE
MAX
VOLT.
MIN
VOLT.
M8207-RA
+ 5 VDC
+5. 25V
+ 5.0V
M8203
■fS VDC
+5. 25V
+ 5.0V
"►15 VDC +15. 75V +14. 25V
-15 VDC -15.75V -14.25V
•*♦ CAUTION ***
PIN
C1A2
C1A2
ClUl
C1B2
Each DMRll requires approximately 8 amperes from
the +5 volt source. Check the power supply before
and after installation to avoid overloading.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
in
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run
any particular situation, or for the current MAST
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer to
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST".
NOTE - When running all diagnostics, except CZDMI, the
Line Unit TURN-AROUND CONNECTORS should be used. When
running CZDMI, the Line Unit Cable and CABLE TURN-AROUND
should be used.
8.1 CZDMP M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC I
8.1.1 Load diagnostic and supervisor
available load media.
8.1.2 Load address 200 and start.
8.1.3 Enter STA <CR>.
through
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
im
eN-01M2-U-N«7a-Of2)
SHEET LL OF
MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEff
TtTLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.4 Answer hardware and software questions. The
following questions will be asked on a start
command. The value located to the left of
the question mark is the default value that
will be taken on a carriage return response.
1.
2.
3.
4.
WHICH MICRO-CPU: (0) 7? <CR>
MICRO-CPU CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR>
MICRO-PROCESSOR VECTOR ADDRESS: (0)
<CR>
300?
MICRO-PROCESSOR PRIORITY LEVEL: (0) 5?
<CR>
NO SOFTWARE PARAMETER QUESTIONS ARE ASKED BY
PART 1 OF THE STATIC LOGIC TESTS.
8.1.5 End of pass message will be printed. No
errors allowed.
8.2 CZDMO M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC 2
8.2.1 Load diagnostic and supervisor through
available load media.
8.2.2 Load address 200 and start.
8.2.3 Enter STA <CR>.
8.2.4 Answer hardware and software questions. The
following questions will be asked on a start
command. The value located to the left of
the question mark is the default value that
will be taken on a carriage return response.
1.
2.
(0»M8200, 4>=M8204,
MICRO-CPU CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR>
WHICH MICRO-CPU?
7=M8207) (0) 7? <CR>
SIZE
CODE
n
NUMBER
• ;. -/.'.r^r-c-c
REV
p
■N-01MMM««71-(19D
SHEET «ii. OF ^
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3. MICRO-PROCESSOR RUN SWITCH-TYPE 0 IF OFF, 1
IF ON: (0) i? <CR>
NO SOFTWARE PARAMETER QUESTIONS ARE ASKED BY
PART 2 OF THE STATIC LOGIC TESTS.
8.2.5 End of pass message will be printed. No
errors allowed.
8.3 CZDMR
8.3.1
M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC 1
Load diagnostic and supervisor through
available load media.
8.3.2 Load address 200 and start.
8.3.3 Enter STA <CR>.
8.3.4 Answer hardware and software questions. Thf»
following questions will be asked on a start
command. The value located to the left of
the question mark is the default value that
will be taken on a carriage return response.
1.
2.
3.
4.
8.3.5
DEVICE CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR>
DEVICE VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 300? <CR>
DEVICE PRIORITY LEVEL: (0) 5? <CR>
(M8207-E27,SW7) RUN SWITCH - TYPE 0 IF OFF,
1 IF ON: 1? <CR>
NO SOFTWARE PARAMETER QUESTIONS ARE ASKED BY
PART 1 OF THE STATIC LOGIC TESTS.
End of pass message will be printed. No
errors allowed.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
- c - or , I- ^
REV
CN<«lMa-l«4«»7«-<Ma}
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC STBCIFICATION
■"T*-* MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
8.4 CZDMS M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC 2
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Load diagnostic and supervisor through
available load media.
Load address 200 and start.
Enter STA <CR> .
Answer hardware and software questions. The
following questions will be asked on a start
command. The value located to the left of
the question mark is the default value that
will be taken on a carriage return response.
DEVICE CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR>
DEVICE VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 3 00? <CR>
DEVICE PRIORITY LEVEL: (0) 5? <CR>
E134 SW9,10) :
M8203 REG 11 (E121 SW10,9
(0) 6? <CR>
M8203 REG 15 (Ei34 SWl-8) :
M8203 REG 16 (E121 SWl-8) :
(0) 377? <CR>
(0) 0? <CR>
TURN AROUND TYPE-: (0) 0? <CR>
(0=H3254 6 H3255, i»CABLE, 2=M0D LOC, 3«M0D
REM, 4>N0NE)
0 SHOULD BE SELECTED SO ALL TESTS WILL BE
RUN, AND IF 1-4 IS SELECTED, CERTAIN TESTS
CANNOT BE RUN, AND THE PROGRAM WILL TYPE THE
NUMBER (S) OF TEST(S) TO BE SKIPPED.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5298-0-0
REV
B
CN-eiMa-lS4««72-4M2)
SHEET
OF 24
MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8. PLEASE SELECT BAUD RATE: TYPE *a' FOR 2.4K;
•!• FOR 4.8K; '2' FOR 9.6K; '3' FOR 19. 2K;
'4' FOR 56K; '5' FOR 250K;
•6' FOR 500K; '7' FOR 1 MEG BAUD: (0) 4?
<CR>
NOTE - Insure that the Baud rate selected
corresponds to the module set-up. See Table
5.
(THE DEFAULT IS 4 FOR 5^K BAUD)
NOTE - Steps 9 thru 12 are examples of
software parameter questions which need not
be invoked.
9. IS MAN. INTERVEN. DESIRED TO MOUNT TEST
CONNECTOR (S)
(L) N? <CR>
10. SHOULD SWITCH PACK AND AX3-15 PRINTOUT BE
ALLOWED (L) N? <CR>
11. SHOULD SWITCH PACK TESTS BE ALLOWED (L) N?
<CR>
12. MSG TIMER VALUE (0-177777), 0 = LONGEST TIME
OUT: (0) 0? <CR> (THE DEFAULT ShOULD BE
USED OR ERRORS MAY RESULT)
8.4.5 End of pass message will be printed. No errors
allowed.
8.5 CZDMI
DMRll FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSTIC
NOTE - Install Cable & ""urn-around Connector.
Refer to section 6.2.3 for details.
8.5.1 Load diagnostic anH supervisor through
available load media.
8.5.2 Load address 200 and start.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA If /98-0- 0
n
acv
CN-01Ma-l«4<l«72-<3t2)
SHEET
J^ OF 2±^
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.5.3
8.5.4
1.
2.
3.
Enter STA <CR> .
Answer hardware and software questions. The
following questions will be asked on a start
command. The value located to the left of
the question mark is the default value that
will be taken on a carriage return response.
DEVICE CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR>
DEVICE VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 300? <CR>
TEST CONFIGURATION ■
INTERNAL (NO CONNECTOR)
H3254 - V.35
H3254 - INTEGRAL
H3255 - RS232C/423
H3255 - RS422
CABLE AND SW PACK INTERFACE SELECTED
♦ •••SELECT THE FOLLOWING IF THE MODEM
SUPPORTS LOOPBACK****
6 « LOCAL LOOP
7 « REMOTE LOOP
(0) 5? <CR> (THE
CABLE LOOPCTPITS)
DEFAULT IS FOR ACTUAL
8.5.5 End of pass message will be printed,
allowed.
No errors
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
KA-/'.529e-C-0
REV
B
ffMUMM«<W«7r(3«X)
SHEET 16 OF «24.
MANUFACTUIUNG STBCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APP POACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
/\
(REMOTE)
O
MICROPROCESSOR
(M8207-RA)
BCOCS-1
O
BC55B-10
BC55C-10
BC05Z-25
COMMUNI-
CATIONS
LINE UNIT
(118203)
8-BIT
DATA
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
SYNCHRONOUS
SERIAL DATA
Vvf™3Cv
SXNCHRO-
NOU^
SERIAL
DATA
(LOCAL)
MICROPROCESSOR
(ri8207-RA)
BC08S-1
COMMUNI-
CATIONS
LINE
UNIT
(H8203)
INTEGRAL
MODEM
TO REMOTE STATIOr
VIA TELEPHONE
LINES
BC55A-10
synchronous
'serial data '
to local station
via twinax or
triaxial cables
V
TYPICAL PDP-11 APPLICATIONS
FIGURE 1
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5298-0-0
REV
B
EN-Ol MX- 1«-N« 72-(S»2)
SHEET
OF 21
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
SWITCH PACK El 27
DEVICE ADDRESS
SELECTION
A3
-
■
-
—
- •
-
-
-
■ -
-
-
AU
o
n
?
f
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
...
9
10
Jl
wi
( — I
lllll
W3
I I
□ Q
j-a
SWITCH
£85
PACK
O
n
o
f
f
1
2
»
3
4
3
PRIORITY
PLUG
SPARES
BSEL 1 LOCKOUT
FIGURE 2
Mrt207-liA MJCnoPKOCKr.SOU
SW ^ TCH/J I 'N ?'FR LUCAT J ^)m^
j^ r^ r'L--^^
PWITCH
PACK
E28
V3 - V8
01234567 8
n
-
o
f
f
_
~
—
VECTOR ADDRESS
SELECTION
RUN INHIBIT
CSR DISABLE
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
mV-A5298-0-0
REV
B
CN-01MX-l«^«72-(Jt2)
SHEET ^8 OF _24_
MANUFACTURINC SPEFIFICATION
^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTD!S TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
BOOTSTRAP PASSWORD
(IBUS REGISTER 15)
AUTO ANSWER
MICRODiAGNOST
^ SWITCH 0N=0
SWITCH 0FF»1
CMC UNi COMMTAUJTV
HNM SPEED SELECT
E134
E121
III I .,
»w I Hill
W1 «2 «• WQ W««ft
••I
SWITCH PACK E39
RESERVED
SELECTS OMk RATE
SELECTS RS-422 Int
RESERVED
SELECTS V35 INTERFACE
SEL 0
•IT O
SWO AT
EXECUTION OF HICROOIAONOSTKS
CLEAR
CLEAR
SET
SET
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
NO MICROOUONOSTICS IS RUN
RUN MICROOAONOSTICS
RUN MCROOIAfiNOSTICS
NO NICROOiAONOSTICS IS RUN
SW 9
SWIO
CONFIGURATION
ON
ON
DOCNR VEII9QM. «.• 4NDf .
CONNECTCO ^0 IMC m WITM t
LME SFCtO-LESS TMAMIM Ws
ON
OFF
ODCNF VERSION 4 0 ( NOT
CONNECTED TO DMCtI) WITN
LINE SPEED AT IM t/S
OFF
ON
CONNECTED TO LOW SFEED
OMCn-OA IMUOOYAI
OFF
OFF
CONNECTED TO HIGN SPEED
ONCtl-AL (MtlOOVII
SPEED
SHI
TCH
8
9
10
1 MEG
ON
ON
ON
500 K
OFF
ON
ON
250 K
ON
OFF
ON
56 K
OFF
OFF
ON
19. 2K
ON
ON
OFF
9.6K
OFF
ON
OFF
4.8K
ON
OFF
OFF
2.4K
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW5
RS-232.RS-4Zt
MTEORAL ••
V 35
RS-422
SWo SW7
OFF
3FF
ON
jOFF.
)FF
3FF
DFF
OFF
ON
FIGURE 3
• NORMAL SMrrrCH SETTING UNLESS
THE INTEGRAL MOPCM OR NULL
MOgEM CL'iCK F£A URES ARE
•• MTEGRAL HOXM IS SELECTED
•V RCSSA CABLE WHEN
INSTALLED IN J1 GF THE NtM3 LINE
UNIT. MODULE CONNECTOR J2 MUST
NOT HAVE ANY CABLE OR TEST
COweCTQR INSTAU£0
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MA-A5298-C-0
l|EV
EN-OJ0«2-I6-N672(392)
SHEET ^9 OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAF APPROACH TO SVSTF>'£ TEST
CONNECT CABLE BC05Z FOR V . 35 INTFRFACC OR
BC65A FOR INTEGRAL MODEM
H3254
TEST CONNECTOR
H3255
TEST CONNECTOR ^
CONNECT CABLE BC55C-10
FOR RS-232-C OR RS-423-A
INTERFACE OR BC55B-10 FOR
KS-422-A INTERFACE
BC08S-1
(no twist)
MICROPROCESSOR/LINE UNIT INSTALLATION
FIGURE 4
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A529e-0-0
REV
B
EN r ,4216-N«72-(392)
SHEET 20 OF
MANUFACTURING SPECnPlCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
KODULAP. APPPOACe TO SYSTB'.S TEST
BC55C-10 (RS-232C-/RS423) INTfR'ACE PANEL CABLE
NOT USED
IN OMRll
RS-232-C
RS-423
- >
-<
—I. -I.
JZ
77
W1
CZ3
tZZ]
□ W2
□ W3
cz:
czi
□ W4
□ W5
□ W6
CZI
mW7
FIGURE 5
SIZE
CODE
£P
NUMBER
MA-A5298-0-0
REV
B
CN-01M2-U-N«72-Ot2)
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPF.OACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
®
OJ
0 ^
CD
r
®
W
BC55B-10 (RS-422
INTERFACE)
PANEL CABLE
FIGURE 6-
©
r
YV
®
z=y^
S
YV
CODE I
SIZE
NUMBER
SP i HA-A5298-0-0
REV
B
g lit a
CM-«l«Mt-l«-N«72-|3»irn
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
^'^^^ MODUL/»R APPROACH TO SYSTWHS TEST
FIGURE 7
CONNECTOR PANEL
(FRONT VIEW)
B
EMALE CONNECTORS
il
HOX ^^
RECEIVE^ TRANSMIT
FOX In
£1^
^
P?
ii
MALE CONNECTORS
BC56A-10 (INTEGRAL MODEM)
PANEL CABLE
9
BC55N TWINAX CABLE
r:i3 1
H3258 TERMINATOR
CZ
l32S7rLRMINAT0R
BC55M TRIAX CABLE
ucz
©r"
'^
< ■ -A
4]
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5298-0-0
REV
B
CN-01Ma-l»-N«78H3*ai
SHEET
OF 24
MAWUFACnjRINC STECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPPOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
KIGURF 8
r^ S
%
®
® ®,
BC05D-25 (RS232-C INTERFACE)
MODEM CABLE \ 25 PIN
CINCH
li.
4i
^
25 PIN CINCH
r^
^
BC55D-33 (RS-422/R
37 PI
S433 INTERFftgy^ ^^^^
V
37 PIN
k
CINCH
*
J=^
\ 1
lirr-'
BC05Z-25 (V.35 INTERFACE) MODEM CAB
21
4i
IP
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5298-0-0
REV
B
CN-01Ma-l«-N«72-( s«a)
SHEET 21 OF U
1 1
Ml
II
1*1
5§c
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
DLV11-A,B ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-5310
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA531Q-C-Q
REV
A
CN4iMa-l«M«7«HW«l
SHEET 1 OF 3
MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
TITU
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
1.0
3.0
DLII-A.B AiYWCHMOItOUS IKTEKFACE
ABSTRACT
Th« following doteriboa tho ayttta ttft proeoduro for tho
DLll-A and B. Baaicallj, • **finithod" DLll it tnkna froa th«
■eockrooa eonaiitiag of no N7800 aodulo nnd cnbln. According
to cuiconer ipncif icntion, Juapnrn aunt bn cut on thn M7800
to aclect data foraat, tbn proper eryotal anat bt inntnllnd,
and addrtis and vaetort auat b« aaaigaad. Sotaila of thia
proctta art dtacribad in A-tF-DLll-0-2 "Inatnllntioa Froctdnra'
2.0 KEQOIRKMENTS
Tbo ainiaua oquipannt rnquirnannta art:
A. F0P->11 with 4K of corn anaory.
B. DLll intorfacn and naaociatad cabling.
Soaa type of torainnl
REFERENCE DOCUMElfTB
MANUALS:
CHECKOUT A ACCIFTAICI
F10CEDUII8:
XaSTALLATIOH FKOCSOnil:
MAXHDBC LISTZNCS:
IK-DLll-Tll-003
DLll Eng. Dravinga or lator ra-
▼iaiona
B-DD-DLll-0
A-BF-DLl 1-0-3
A-8F-DL11-0-2
DZKLA TILITTFI TEST
DZDLA OLll-l/C/D OFF-LIII TEST
DZDLB DLll-l OR-LIli TEST
DZVTB fTOS DXSFLAT TUN. TI8T
DZLAC X.A38 lIACFOiTXC
DZFTC ?T50 DXSFLAT TIIM. TEST
Size
cooc
Nunecii
REV
A
CN. U««.' U N»i: (if 21
SHCCT
OF
.. ^.. « ^ CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUFACTDRINC SPECIFICATION
""^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
•
•
4.0 TEST PROCEDURE
Th« ooraal tttc proctdura i§ to run th« DLll «tt«ch«d to tht
cuatOBcr ordorod DEC toralnal aueh •• LA30, VTOS, VTSO. LT33.
LT35, or LA36. Roftr to Soetion 3.0 for • litt of Moindoci.
Zf tho cuatoaor hat not ordortd « DLll ♦ ttraiaal coablnation,
thtn tho DLll should b« attoehtd to « VTOS, If eoapatiblt.
Any DLll it "VTOS Coapatiblo** if tho DL!1 eonforat to tho
following foraat:
t. 8 dttt bitt;
b. 1 or 2 ttop bitt;
e. i^^arity off;
d. baud rata: 110.150, 300, 600. 1200. 2400. 2400/150. 1200/
150;
0. EIA or currant loop.
Tha juapara on tha M7800 thould not ba altarad to eonfora to
tha abova litt; howavar, tha baud rata ahould ba adjuatad by
avitch - at long at it it within tha ranga of tha crystal - in
ordar to eonfora to a VT05 tpaad.
If the DLll ia naithar a DLll ♦ tarainal eoabination nor "VT05
Coapatiblc", than only an off-lina aaintananca tatt can ba uaad
1
Oatailt of tha* tatt procadura follow:
DLll-A.B:
Taat tha DLll-A ox 1 uaing tha firtt applieabla aat!2kod balow:
1. DLll ♦ DEC tarainal: run appropriata tarainal tatt. 8aa
MAINDEC writa-up for pracadura.
2. Actach to VTOS if "VTOS Coapatibla" and run DZVTB, Prograa
2. "Kayboard Tatt.**
3. If naithar 1 or 2 apply, run in aaintananca aoda utiag
DZKLA. Prograa 0 and 14.
r
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER RCV 1
1
JL,
MAA5310-0-0 A 1
CN-eioaMA^tcrt'iM*)
• *«T
OP
'J
111
in
Hi
111
o E o 5
a 3 * £
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T
DATE
TITLE
DLll-C, D, E ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
I
PrGV. 7668001-0-5315
ENQ
7^^ J^^
/#e^SA^
up
EN-01 Oaa- 16-N« 72.(392)
;S£
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5315-0-0
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TES - APPENDIX A
2.0
3.0
DLIl-C.P.E
AiTWCHKOItOUS INTERFACE
l.O ABSTRACT
The t^llov/ing detcrib«s th« ayfm ttit procedure for the
CLll-C through DLll-E. Batically, a "finiab«d" DLll la taken
from the stockrooa conaiating of an M7800 aodule and cable.
According to cuatoaar apacif icat ion, juapera auat be cut on
the M7800 to aelect data foraat, the proper cryatal auat be
inatalled, and addreaa and vectora auat be aaaigned. Detalla
of thia proceaa era daeeribed in A-8P-DL11-0-2 "Inatallatlon
Procedure".
REQUIREMENTS
The ainiaua equipatnt raquirtaanta art:
A. PDP-11 with 4K of core aaaory.
B. DLIl interface and aaaoelatad cabling.
C. Soae typ* of terainal.
REFERENCE DOCUMEWTt
MANUALS: EK-DL11-TM-003
DLII Eng. Dravinga or later Rav.
i-DD-DLll-0
CHECKOUT & ACCEPTANCE
PROCEDURES:
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE:
MAINOEC LISTINGS:
A-SP-DLll-0-3
A-SP-Dlll-0-2
DZKLA TELETYPE TEST
DZDLA DLIl-E/C/D OFF-'.INE TEST
DZDLA DLll-E ON-LINE TEST
OZVTB VTOS UI8PLAT TERM. TEST
DZLAC LA36 DIAGNOSTIC
DZVTC VTSO DISPLAY TERM. TEST
mum
SIZE
.A-
CODE
8P
NUMBER
MAAbJlb-U-O
SHEET «i OP
REV
A
MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
C0NT1HUATI0N SHEET
TITIES
MODULAR AfPRQACH TO SYSTfirtS TSST - APPg^PI?^ A,
4.0 TEST PROCEDURE
The nornal teat procedure ie to run DLll attached to the
cuttotner ordered DEC terainal euch ai LA30, VTOS, LT33, LT35,
or LA36. Refer to Section 3.0 for the eppropriate MAIMDEC
number.
If the cuatomer haa not ordered a OLll * terainal coabination,
then the DLII ahould be ettached to a VT05, if coapatible.
Any DLll ia "VTOS Conpatible" if the DLll conforwa to the
following foraat:
a. 8 data bita;
b. 1 or 2 atop bita;
c. parity off;
d. baud rate: 110. 150. 300. 600, 1200, 2400, 2400/lSO.
I : no/ 150;
e. EIA or current loop.
The juEpers on the M7600 ahould not be altered to co^fora to
the above list; however, the baud rate ahould be adjuated by
awitch - At long aa it ia within the range of the cyratal -
in order to confora to a VTOS apee<!.
If the DLll ia nt^ither a DLll ♦ teraiael coabination nor
"VTOS Conpatible", then only an off-line aaintenance teat
can be uaed.
Detaila of the teat procedure follow:
DL11-C,P.F:
Firat run OZDLA Off-Line Teat, Prograa 0, for 2 coaplete paaaca
DLll-E's muat be run with H31S connector. Then run the firat
applicable method below:
1. DLll * DEC terainal: run appropriate terainel teat. See
MAINDEC write-up for procedure.
Attach to VTOS if "VTOS Coapatible" end run DZVTB, Progrea
2, "Keyboard Teat".
If neither 1 or 2 appliea, no lurther teating can be done
for DLll-C'a and E'a. Por DLll-D'a juaper pina 2 and 3
on EIA connector and run DZDLA. Prograa 0. Teat St.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5315-0-0
REV
A
SBSQQSa
CN.OIOt7-i«N«72.(]«2)
SHEET
OF
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
DLVll SERIAL LINE UNIT FOR PDP-11/03 - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
III
e
hi
ni
Mi
'III
P ui S i
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
B
Prev. 7668001-0-5320
^^i^XC
ENQ / / .
SIZE CODE
A I sp
NUMBER
MAA5320-0-0
REV
B
CN-oioaa-it-Ntri-^tMi
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTUIUNG gECITICATlON
mil
MOnrTT.AW APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
DLVll SERIAL LINE UNIT FOR PDP-ll/g3
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Th« Intent of this proc«dur« la to auaBarlzc the dlagnosclc vrlti
ups for tht purpoao of oxpadicncy. The proctdurc has b«tn kept
.. brlaf, and to tha point, to kaap froa confusing tha uaer. For
additional inforaatiot, it vill ba nacaaaary to rafar co tha
diftnoatic vrita up.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Vorkaanship Manual (STD 116)
r
. 2.2 11/03 Printaat
2.3 LSIll PDF 11/03 Configuration and Inatallatlon Guide EK
LSIll-IN-OOl
2.4 LSIll PDF 11/03 Uaara Manual EK LSI11-TM-002
2.5 DLVll Engineering Specif Icatioaa A-SP-DLVll-O-O
2.6 Microcoaputer Handbook
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3. 1 DLVll aodula
3.2 Wraparound taat connecter
3.3 Output terclnal
3.4 LSI-11 atandard coaputer
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 ilAIHDEC 11-DVCAE DLVll Teat Diagnoatlc and Vrlteup
4.2 MAINDEC 11-DZDLA DZC/Xll Exarciaar and Wrltcup
5.0 «';^ECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS
5.1 lusurt^ wraparound coanactar la inatallad to riin DECXll.
6.0 TEST SETUP
6.1 Sat up juapara for addraaa, vector, baud rate aa required.
6.2 Reaove capacitor C44 .005UF if aerial line device la, not a
tele-typewriter .
SIZE
A
OaC tSHMt)-lMM««7t
CODE
NUMBER
MAA5320O-C
REV
B
lAta
SHEET
OF
r
li —
MAiVUFArgTRlNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
I "^'^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0
6.3 Install appropriate c :>!« in Jl of nodula A-EIA interface
BCOSC-X aoden cable B 20MA current loop - BC05M-X cable
easy.
11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 DLVll Teat (DVKAE)
7.1.1 Load program through appropriate load media.
7.1.2 Program starting addreas
7.1.2.1 Load address 200
7.1.2.2 Start 000000, software SR default value
(1000 for wrap test) or on alternate setting
(see 7.1.3)
7.1.3 Alternate software SR settings (loc 122)
7.1.3.1 SV 15 • 1 Continue on error
7.1.3.2 SV 14 • 1 Loop on error
7.1.3.3 SW 10 - 1 Loop on test
7.1.3.4 SV 9-1 Run wrap test
7.1.4 Testing other than cnnsolo DLVll's
Supply correct address snd vector to the following
locations:
7.1.4.1 Loc 220 -
7.1.4.2 Loc 222 -
7.1.4.3 Loc 224 -
7.1.4.4 Loc 226 -
7.1.4.5 Loc 230 -
7.1.4.6 Loc 232 -
7.1.4.7 Loc 234 -
7.1.4.8 Loc 236 -
7.1.5 Operator Action
Address of receiver CSR
Address of receiver buffer
Address of transmitter CSR
Address of transmitter buffer
Address of receiver vector
Address of associated PSV
Address of transmitter vector
Address of associated PSW
7.1.5.1 Install test connector In Jl
7.1.5.2 Type 200G
7.1.6 Evidence of End of Pass sndRun Time
7.1.6.1 Program will print "END OF PASS" time de-
pendent on baud rate.
7.1.7 Acceptable errors:
None
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MAA5320-0-0
REV
B
Dec i«-iMa)-iMa-M«72
SHEET
OF
5|e
Is'
ill
Ml
* * C
C ^ «i
hit
; •• O w
ti h o a
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T
DATE
TITLE DLV11-I-: ASYNCilHONOL'S S-NCLt! SKRiAI, LINK INTKRFACE WITH MODKM
REVISIONS
APPENniX A
CONTROL
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
f
Prcv. 7669^01-0-5321
qp^J-pf^^n,
'f^UfS(f^K
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5 3 2 1-'^-0
REV
A
CN>aioa«-i«.N«72.(3tt}
SHEET 1 OF 12
MANUFACTURINC STECIFICATION
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
DLVn-E ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE
INTERFACE WITH MODEM CONTROL
INTRODUCTION
This procsdure establishes the minimum test and electrical stan-
dards that a DLV11-E must meet to be considered acceptable for
customer shipment.
DESCRIPTION
The DLV11-E Is an asynchronous line Interface module that Inter
faces the LSI-11 bus to a serial communications line. The
DLVn-E receives serial data from a peripheral device and
assembles It Into parallel data for the LSI-11 Bus. In turn,
the parallel data from the LSI-11 Bus Is converted Into serial
data and is transmitted to a peripheral device. The DLV11-E Is
unique from other D'Vlls In that It offers full modem control.
Option
DLV11-E
Qty/Contents
1 - M8017
1 - H315
Description
Module
Modem Test Conn
1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
1.1 Print Set MP00460
1.2 Technical Manual EK-DLVII-TM-(Rev)
1.3 Users Guide EK-OLVII-OP-(Rev)
1.4 Lib Kit ZJ-243-RB
1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVn-E
1.6 Packaging Inst. A-SP-3700297-40-0
2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
2.1 POP 11/03 with a alnlmum of 4K of memory and one available
slot.
2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent.
2.3 For power requirements, refer to Section 6.0.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
tc i^mthimtuHU
SHEET
OF 11
MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TniE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
2.4 Wire wrap gun (OK Speed Wrap Model #BW-515BF) or equivalent
2.5 Unwrapping tool - hand type, unwraping tool.
2.6 Cable: (BCOIV-X or BC05C-X) or turnaround connector. See
P*9^ 10 ^0*^ directions on making a turn around connec-
tor that will plug into the nodule.
3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
3.1 Kit I ZJ-243-RB
CVDVA - DLVU-E Off Line Tests paper tape and document
3.2 DECXn
DXDLA-H
DLVn
^
Xll Exerciser (Rev H or higher only)
4.0 IN'
^.TION INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 If the DLVll-E Is being tested as an option add-on. It is
not necessary to change configured Jumpers. See tables
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for shipped configuration.
4.2 When being Installed In a customer system, It may be
necessary to change the jumpers as they are shipped. When
configuring, refer to tables 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper
Installation.
4.3 CAUTION II - When changing wire wraplngs, always use equip-
ment designed for that purpose, and Calibrated. Note Sec-
tions 2.4 and 2.5 for type of equipment.
4.4 CAUTION #2 - All wire wraping must be done to Digital's
workmanship standard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be
made to Section 3. In that text.
4.5 CAUTION 13 - All wire wraping should be done by a qualified
person. Mistakes may cause damage to the wire wrap pin or
printed circuit board.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
MC l*.iM»lM«-M«yt
SHEET
OF
12
MANUFACTURINC SPEOnCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.6 The OLVll-E can be Installed In any slot of the LSI-ll BackH
plane, except the first 4 slots that are reserved for the
LSI-ll processor aiodules. When Installing the DLVU-E. do
not leave any open slots between the process modules and
the DLV11-F> Note that priority for each option Is deter-
mined by how close that option Is Installed to the processor
modules. The closer to the processor you get, the higher
priority the option has. A picture of a typical configu-
ration Is shown below:
DATA SET CONTROL
DLvii-C
40 PlH
COMN
B
oe-j;
■C05C
0*TASET
■ Ell ios
•ELL 202
VIEW mOM MODULE tlOC or MCKPLAME
A e c
KOn-F
MSVtI-B
«>CVII-E
MSVtI-t
ttxvn
RCvn
O^vn
\
2
S
4
OONNECTO*
ttOCM
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
OCC l«-(St»lM2-MCU
SHEET
OF
12
n«i
MHM^
MANUFACTURING SPEXmCATION
HH
B CONTINUATION SHEET 1
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
4.1.1 DLY11-E Jumper Locations
v^
MM-onX-O
*
r\ n
•• MS
1
»1
•
1
■
-#0 -fll
"cT
Ml
PS
II
<4
1 t=(
"1 1 ^ _3'_
r-n
•
1
1
•
1
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV 1
..ill
1
ic i«HSM)-iosi4««ya
SHEET L. OF il
MANUFACTUIUNG gEOnCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYfTEMS TEST - APPENDI
X A
4.1.2 Jumper Definitions
I - Junper Inserted * program bit cleared
R • Juaper renoved * program bit set
NOTE: Juapers Bre inserted to enable the function they
control except for those jumpers that Indicate nega
tlon (such as "-B") Negated jumpers are removed to
enable the functions they control.
Jumper
A3-A12
Jumpers
Installed
when ship'd
froa Vol. Mfg.
A3
I
A4
R
A5
R
A6
R
A7
I
A8
I
A9
1
AlO
R
All
1
A12
I
V3-V8
V3
R
Y4
R
V5
R
V6
I
V7
I
V8
R
Function
These jumpers correspond to bits 3-12 of
the add'-ns word. When Inserted, tney
win c the bus Interface to check for
a True .tditlon on the corresponding
address olt.
Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device
address 17561X for the OLVll-E. The
least significant octal digit Is hard-
wired on the nodule to address the four
device registers as follows:
X - 0 RCSR
X - 2 RBUF
X - 4 XCSR
X - 6 XBUF
Us^o to generate the vector during an
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted
jumper wll assert the corresponding vec-
tor address bit on the LSI-U bus.
This jumper selection Implements Interrupt
vector address 3008 for receiver Inter*-
rupts and 3048 for transmitter Interrupts
on the DLVll-E.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
;MAA5321-0'0
REV
A
occ aMSMhioM^Mra
SHEET
OF
12
MAhfUFACnnUNC gECBFlCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYfiTPM^ TEST - APPENDIX A
Jumper
RO
R1
R2
R3
TO
Tl
T2
T3
B6
P
r
PB
C.Cl
S.Sl
Jumpers
Installed
when ship'd
froa Vol. Mfg.
I
R
I
I
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R.R
R
I.I
R.R
Function
The nodule Is configured to receive at
110 baud.
Receiver and transmitter baud rate select
jumpers, during common speed operation.
See table 4.1.3
The transmitter Is configured for 9600
baud If split speed operation Is used.
Transmitter baud rate select jumpers dur-
ing ..p1,1t spped operation. See table
4.1.3
Jumper Is Insert tu enable Break genera
tlon.
Jumper Is Inserted for operation with
parity.
Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd
parity. Receiver checks for appropriate
parity and transmitter Inserts appro-
priate parity.
These jumpers select the desired number
of data bits (see Table 4.1.4)
Jumper Is Inserted to enable the program-
mable baud rate capability.
These jumpers are Inserted for common
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must
be removed when C and CI are Inserted)
Inserted for split speed operation. (Note
that C and CI must be removed when S and
SI are inserted.)
This jumper is Inserted to assert 6HALT L
when a framing error Is received. This
places the LSI-11 In the halt mode.
SIZE CODE
A I SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
OKc i*^natifhH%rt
SHEET
OF 12
MANUFACnJRING gPECmCATiON
CONTINUATiON SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Jumper
G
-B
-FD
-FR
RS
FB
M,M1
Jumpers
Installed
when ship'd
R
I
I
I
I
R ,R
Function
Jumper 6 Is Inserted to negate BDCQK H
when a BREAK signal or framing error Is
received. This causes the LSI-U to re-
load the bootstrap, (Jumper -B must be
removed when 3 is Inserted.)
Jumper Is removed to free DATA TERMINAL
READY signal on.
Jumper is removed to force REQUEST TO
SEND signal on.
This Jumper is Inserted to enable normal
transmission of the P.EQUEST TO SEND sig-
nal .
I^^^rted to enable transmi
FukCE bUit > .(^i.al (f tt ^^
data sets)
These are test Jumpers used
manufacture of the module,
defined for field use.
Ion of the
lUdel 103E
during the
They are not
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
C^C l*^l0t>lM2-Nft7a
NUMBER
MAA5321-Q-
r::v
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPBTIFirATION ■■■ CONTINUATION SHEET
MAnurAviuKino SH^cciri^Aiii/ni
'"^^ MODUIJVR APPROACH TO SySTrMt; TEST ■
- APPENDIX A
Tabic 4.1.3
Baud Rale Scicclions
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Program Control
15
14
13
12
II*
Receive Jumpers
R3
R2
Ri
RO
Baud
Trinsmit Jumpers
T3
T2
TI
TO
Rate
I
I
I
50
1
1
R
75
!
R
I
no
I
R
R
134.5
R
1
I
150
R
I
R
300
R
R
1
600
R
R
R
1200
R
I
I
I
1800
R
1
I
R
2000
R
I
K
•
*
?4f/
«
R
1
R
R
iOv
R
R
I
1
480C
R
R
I
R
7200
R
R
R
I
9600
1 • Jumper Inserted » Pro|rim Bit Cleared.
R • Jumper Removed • Program Bit Set.
•Bit 1 1 of the XCSR (MV'rite Only Bit) must be set in order to select a new baud rat- under program control. Also,
jumper PB must be inserted to enable baud rate iclcction under program control. _««««««__
Tablt 4.1.4
Data Bit Selections
Jampers
Number of Data Bits
2
1
I
1
5
1
R
6
n
I
7
R
R
8
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
oac saHaMMoaa^M?!
•MEET J. OF
MAWUFACnmiNC gEcmcAnoN
TITIC
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
5.0 TEST SET UP
5.1 No special test set up Is required.
6.0 POWER CHECKS
6.1 Power requirements:
♦5V ^5X9 1.0A (5.0 w)
412V ? 5t • 150 MA (1.8w)
NOTE: -12V Is generated Internally on the M8017 from the '^12V
supply.
6.2 Bus Loading
Each 0LV11-E places one (1) b\i% load on the Q Bus as de-
fined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC STP ::0).
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC
TEST PROCEDURE 1
7.1 The DLV11-E can be tested In two (2) different turnaround |
conflj
luratlons.
7.1.1
The first configuration for testing would be to
plug a turnaround test connector directly Into the
DLV11-E. See Diagram 7.1 for view. This method
should be used when it is Impratlcal to work wlt^
the long modem cables or when the volume of DLVIi-E's
requires many cables. See Diagram 7.3 for Informa-
tion to make test connector.
NOTE:
This test connector has no part 1 and cannot be
ordereu.
7.1,2
The second conflauratlcn for testing would be to
pluQ a modem rable into the DLV11-E and plug the
H31S turnaround conntector; that is supplied. Into
the other end of ^he cible. See Diagram 7.2. The
lodem cable Is not supplied on the IIVII-E. A cable
may be supplied to the customer. If there Is' a
cable going to the customer, use that one. If a
cable IS not going to be supplied, use a BCOIV-X
or BC05C-X.
SIICIC V NUMBER 1 REV
A 1 SP 2 MAA5321-0-0 | A
u^9m-i9UH%n
SHEET
OP
12
. :,s.riMU^^k^mSsii^m^^^ii.mt^ii^i^'ji^&'^i<ruitri^. j";;>.L,;r';) ■■
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.2 Diagnostic Test
7.2.1 After configuring the OLVll-E to Section 7.1.1 or
7.1.2, load CVDVA through appropriate load media.
7.2.2 Starting program
7.2.2.1 Load address 200.
7.2.2.2 Start;check Section 7.2.3 for available
switch settings.
7.2.3 Available test switch settings
7.2.3.1 Bit 15 - Halt on error
14 - Loop on test
13 - Inhibit error typeouts
12 - (unused)
11 - Inhibit Iterations
10 - Bell on error
9 - Loop on error
8 - Loop on test In SWR 7:0
7 - Test number to loop on (used
with Bit 8)
7.2.4 End of Pass Is Indicated by a type out
fi)
CABLE
nsoi7
OLK//-r
DlAfHim 7.1
1_jLJ
PlA^RIth 72
H3I5 Co^^^*
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBE^t
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
tC l»<Mf)lMt-Mft'*
SHEET ^.}L OF ^Ji
MANUFACTURINC gECEFICATION
CONTINUATION ^HCCT
TTTIC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A '
M80]^7 T««t CoPBtctor
Parts Lilt
Part I Daacription
Diagram 7.3
Qty ItcB #
12-10918-15
12-10089-06
91-07636-00
12-11166-00
36-11567-00
Conn, 44 Poa, BSC
Socket, Crlnp
Wire, #26 Awg , Black
Strain rallaf
Labtl (thla alda up)
1
16
ace notes
1
1
1
2
3
4
S
CI
ft
J
X
T
V
c
M
r
tcult Schanatlc, Vlra List
axtarnal clock
transalt clock
lacalvar clock
salt data
racalva data
data sat raady
sac salt data
aac rac data
data cara raady
clr to sand
carrlar
raq to sand
forca buay
ring
ala loopback
Sid
MOTES:
1. Suggaatad langth of juapera la
S 4 Inchaa .
2. Actual juapar count la
4 - doubla Juapara
2 - alngla juapara
3. On alda 2 of Barg connector,
attach label with Identification
'*DLV11-C Teat Conn", (no part #
available for lebel)
. Pnlt Aaaaably
Itea #3
Side 2
Itea
SIZE
JL.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5321-0-0
REV
A
tC l«^Mt»-lM«4««7t
SHEET ^A OF _i2_
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
# 3 *'
±
a
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION m.a.S.T.
DATE
n
ill
TITLE
DLVJl-h- ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SFJRIAL LINK ItlTFRFACE WITH 20ra
REVISIONS
APPEHDIX A
REV
DESCRIPTION
CMC NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
E
; 5 * J
' ^ r
£NG
Prov. 7668001-0-5322
Brent "acAlonov
APPD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
"AA'3322-0-0
REV
ENOieO !• N«72-(JM)
SHEET 1 OF 12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
^"^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
DLVll-F ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE WITH 20ma
INTRODUCTION -
This procedure establlBhes the ■InlnuB test standards that a DLVll-F must neet to
be considered acceptable for custoncr shipnent.
DESCRIPTION
The DLVll-F la an asynchronous line Interface aodule that Interfaces the LSI -11
bua to a aerial comunlcationa line. The DLVll-F recelvea serial data from a
peripheral device and aaseables It into parallel data for the LSI-11 bus. In
turn, the parallel data froa the LSI-11 bua la converted into aerial data an J is
transaltted to a peripheral device. -The DLVll-F la unique fron the DLVll-E in
that it supporta 20iBa current loop operation.
Option
DLVll-F
1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
Qty/contcnts
1 - M8028
Description
aodule
1.1 Print Set MP00461
1.2 Technical Manual EK-DLVll-TM- (rev)
1.3 Uaers Guide EK-DLVll-OP- (rev)
1.4 Lib Kit ZJ-253-RB
1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVll-F
1.6 Packaging Inat. A-SP-370029>-AO-0
2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
2.1 PDPll/03 with a miniaua of 4K of aeoory and one available slot.
2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent.
2.3 For power requirwscuts , refer to Section 6.0.
2.4 Wire Wrap Gun (ok speed vrap aodel #BW-515BF) or equivalent.
2.5 Unvraplng tool - hand type, unvraping tool.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
Oec lMMl|-lMt<Mfl7t
SHEET
OF 12
MAhaJFACTDRINC SPECFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFgT - APPFNnTX A
3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGMOSTICS
3.1 LIB Kit I ZjT.253rW
CVDVC - DLVll-F off Ifcie te«t« (paper t*pe and docvRen»^l
3.2 DEOlll - DXDLA-H DLVll Exerciier (Rev H or higher only)
4.0 INSTALLATION INSTRDCTIOWS
4.1 If the DLVll-7 la being teated ea en option edd-on, It Is not neceaaex7
to change configured juapera. See Teblea 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for configu-
ration ahlpped from Voluae Menufecturlng.
4.2 When being Inatalled In e cuttoaer ayitea. It aey be necesaary to change
the juaqpera at they are ahlpped. When configuring, refer to Teblea
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper inatallatlon.
4.3 CAUTION #1:
When changing vlre vraplngi* alvayi uie equlpnent dealgned for that pur-
pose and calibrated. Note aectlona 2.4 and 2.5 for type of equlpnent.
4.4 CAUTION #2:
All vlre vraplnga auat be done to Digital's vorkaanahlp atandard; DEC
STD 116. Reference ahould be aade to Section 3 In that text.
4.5 The DLVll-F can be inatalled in any alot of the LSI-11 Beckplane, except
thoae occupied by the proceaaor aodulea. When Inatalllng the DLVll-F,
do not leave any open alota betveen the proceaaor aodulea and the
DLVll-F. An open alot vould break the Interrupt acknowledge daisy chain.
Note I the priority for each option la deterained by how cloae that option
la inatalled to the proceaaor aodulea. The cloaer to the proceaaor you
'.^ get, the higher priority the option, A picture of e typical config-
uration ia ahovn 'on Page 3 and 4.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA
NUMBER
5322-0-1
REV
A
oec i«-<Mthiatt4ii«7t
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TYPICAL BACKPLANE CONFIGURATION
11/03
view rROM MOOULC SIOC or BACN»L*NC
A • C 0
KOii-r
MSVII't
OLVtt'g
Msvn-i
mvn
MCvn
OKVII
CONNCCTOM
■LOCK
11/03
I
I
s
4
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC lM*M>-10U4M7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC SFECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
iniE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
olv M-r
CONN
Be
OLvn-r
;«cctivc»
THANSK.TTCN
AC^IVCI
40 ^IN
CONN
0B
Oivii-r
(Kiccivcn
M5SIVC.
TMNSMlTTCN
«0 Pitt
CONN
40 P>*t
CONN
Oivii-f
40 PI**
CONN
DLVll-y Cabling Exagples
CURRENT LOOP MODE
MATC-N-
LOK
•C05M
B
MATC-N-
LOK
tOK
BC05M
JI:]==Ul
•CO»M
40 Pl*t
CONN
QB
OLvn-r
mcccivEK
PASSivC,
VNANSWITTCn
ACTIVCI
MATE-N-
LOK
MATC-N
LOK
EXA "DATA LEADS ONLY' MODE
»co>c
DB-2S
SB
tC03»
DB-2S
M
NULL MOCkW CABLE
C14/CCITT
TCffWiNAL
VT
•CO»C
0«-?5
r
MOOCL tOS
DATASCT
(AUTO MOOCI
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
REV
A
oftc if^aMMMa-M«7>
SHEET «5 OF
12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION mMsM
CONTINUATION SH :ET
^'^"•^ MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Table 4.1.1 DLVll-F JUMPER LOCATIONS
All
A«0
A4
A]
t
f
2
Ml
SA
lA
%P
lA
VJ
V«
V5
v»
VI
I]
s —
CI
c
CI
t
St
M
Tl
T»
T»
TO
MO
Nl
Ml
MJ
OCC l*-0»2)-lM2-M«7t
SIZE
A
CODE NUMBER
SP MAAS322-0-0
REV
A
SHEET 6_ OF J^
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MnnTTT,ap itPPPrt^CH Tn RVSTKMS TEST " APPENDIX A
NOTE:
TABLE 4.1.2 JUMPER PEFIWITIOHS
I • Jumper Inserted ■ progrm bit cUared ,
R < Jumper removed ■ program bit set
Jumpers are Inserted to enable the function they
control except for those jumpers that Indicate nega
tlon (such as " t") Negated jumpers are removed to
enable the functions they control.
Juinper
A3-A12
Jumpers
Installed
when ship'd
from Vol. Mfg.
A3
R
A4
I
A5
I
A6
I
A7
R
A8
T
A9
I
A10
I
All
1
A12
I
V3-V8
V3
V4
V5
V6
V7
V8
Function
These jumpers correspond to bits 3-12 of
the address word. When Inserted, they
will cause the bus Interface to check for
a True condition on the corresponding
address bit.
Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device
address 17756X for the OLVll-r. The
least significant octal digit is hard-
wired on the module to address the four
device registers as follows: (see table
4.1.4)
X
X
X
X
0
2
4
6
RCSR
RBUF
XCSR
XBUF
Used to generate the vector during an
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted
jumper will assert the corresponding vec-
tor address bit on the LSI-11 bus.
This jumper selection Implements Interrupt
vector address 608 ^or receiver Inters
rupts and 648 for transmitter Interrupts |
on the DLVll-F. See table 4.1.5.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1«-4MX)-1M2<N«72
SHEET
OF ^
12
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MnniTT.AT? APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPKNDTX A
Jumper
Jumpers
instal led
when ship'd
from Vol. Mfg.
Function
RO
Rl
R2
R3
I
R
I
I
The module Is configured to receive at
TiO baud.
Receiver and transmitter baud rate select
Jumpers* during common speed operation.
See table 4.1.3
TO
Tl
T2
T3
I
R
R
R
The transmitter Is configured for 9600
baud If split speed operation Is used.
Transmitter baud rate select jumpers dur-
ing split speed operation. See t«ble
4.1.3
BG
P
I
1.2
PB
C.C1
S.Sl
H
I
R
R
R.R
R
I.I
R.R
I
Jumper Is Inserted to enable Break genera
tlon.
Jumper Is Inserted for operation with
parity.
Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd
parit). Receiver checks for appropriate
parity and transmitter inserts appro-
priate pa ity.
These j* . :rs select the desired number
of dat. tls (see Table 4.1.4)
Jumper is inserted to enable the program-
mable baud rate capability.
These jumpers are Inserted for common
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must
be removed when C and CI are Inserted)
Inserted for split speed operation. (Note
that C and CI must be removed when S and
SI are Inserted.)
•
This jumper Is Inserted to assert BHALT L
when a framing error Is received. This
places the LSI-11 in the halt mode.
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
IXC 1M*M)-1M>-M«72
SHEET
8
OF
12
BBDB CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MANUFACTURINC
SPECIFICATION
^^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Jumpers
Juqper
Installed vhen
Shipping txcm
Function
Vol. Manfg,
•
m
B
Junpcr B Is Inserted to negate ET)COK U
when a BREAK signal framing error Is re-
¥
ceived. This causes the LSI-11 to reload
the bootstrap, (Juatper o Bust be removed
%rhen B Is inserted.)
lA
These junpers are luserted to aiake the
2A
20MA current loop receiver active (jumpers
aA
IP, 2P must be rsnoved when lA, 2A, and 3A
are inserted).
IP
These are Inserted to make the lOtiA current
2P
loop receiver passive (jumpers lA, 2A, and
3A must be removed when IP and 2P are In-
serted) .
4A
Inserted to make the 20MA current loop
5A
transmitter active (jumpers 3P and AP must
be removed when 4A and 5A are inserted) .
3P
Inserted to make the 20MA current loop
4P
transmitter passive (jumpers 4A and 5A
must be removed vhen 3P and AP are Insert-
ed).
IT
Jumper Is removed to ensble the error flags
to be read In the high byte of the re-
ceiver buffer.
MI
■
When Inserted, enables maintenance bit.
M.Ml
R.R
These are test jumpers used during the
manufacture of the module. They are not
defined for field use.
t
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
^
SP
MAA5322-0-0
*,..
OCC l*HMt)-aSM4M7X
SHEET
OF
12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 4.1.3
Baud Rate Selections
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Program Control
15
14
13
12
11*
Receive Jumpers
R3
R2
Rl
RO
Baud
Transmit Jumpers
T3
T2
Tl
TO
Rate
1
1
1
50
1
1
R
75
1
R
1
110
1
R
R
134.5
R
1
1
X
150
R
1
R
300
R
R
1
600
R
R
R
1200
R
1
1
1
1800
R
1
1
R
2000
R
R
1
2400
R
1
R
R
3600
R
R
1
1
4800
R
R
1
R
7200
R
R
R
1
9600
1 * Jumper Inserted » Program Bit Cleared.
R = Jumper Removed « Program Bit Set.
* Bit 11 of the XCSR (Write Only Bit) must be set in order to
select a new baud rate under program control. Also, jumper PB
must be inserted to enable baud rate selection under program
control .
TABLE 4.1.4
Data Bit Selectic: :
Jumpers
Nuniber of Data Bite
2
1
1
1
R
R
1
R
1
K
5
6
7
3
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1XSM)1M2-NC72
SHEET 10 OF IL
MANUFACrURINC SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST , APPENDIX A
Addrees
160000
160010
16C020
160030
160040
160050
160060
160070
160100
4.1.4 Address Selections
Jumpers : - Inserted
E removed
A12
All
AlO
A9
A8
A7
A6
A3
A4 . A3
t
I
R
1
R
R
R
R
4.1.5 Vector Selections
R
R
R
R
Jumpers :
- inserted
R removed
Vector
V08
V07
V06
V05
V04
VO
300
.
.
-
)»
310
-
-
-
R
320
•
•
R
-
330
-
•
R
R
340
-
R
mm
-
350
-
R
-
R
360
•
R
R
-
370
•
R
R
R
400
R
-
-
-
•
-
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC IHMtMM>4»«7t
SHEET 2L^ OF - ^^-
MANUFACTURINC SPECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
5.0 TEST SET UP
5.1 No tpccial test act up is required.
6.0 POWER CHECKS t
6.1 Power Requlreaents
+5V + 5Z e l.OA ( .OW)
-^nw ± 5X 9 150 M (5.0W)
NOTE: -12V is generated Internally on the M8028 froa -M2V aupply.
6.2 Bub Loading
Each DLVll-F placea one (1) Bua load on the Q Sua aa defined by the
LSI-11 Q Bua apec. (DEC STD 160).
7.0 DUCNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 The DLVll-F doea not coae with a turnaround connector aa doea the
DLVll-E. Becauae of thla, the DLVll-F will only be teated In the
internal aalntenance aode.
7.2 Dlagnoatlc Teat
7.2.1 After the DLVll-F haa been checked for proper juaper configuration
load CVDVC through appropriate load aedla.
7.2.2 Starting prograa
7.2.2.1 After checking available, awltch aettlnga ^7.2.3), atart
the prograa.
7.2.2.2 200G
7.2.3 Available awltch aettlnga
Bit IS - Bait on error
14 •> Loop on teat
13 - Inhibit error
12 - (unuaed)
11 - Inhibit iteratlona
10 - Bell en error
9 - Loop on error
8 - Loop on teat In SV (7:0)
7-0 . Teat nuaber to loop on (uaed with Bit 8)
7.2.4 End of paaa la Indicated by a type out.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5322-0-0
REV
A
OCC IMMthaOM4««7t
SHEET «J2. OF ^^
5 *
a
ll
* c e
111
«^ t
'Ml
S 3 * fi
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON
DATE
9/4/79
TITLE f^.A.S.T. DLVll-J Four Line Serial Interface
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Added Appendix A (pp. 15-16) to
include the H3171 Distribution
Panel
ECO CflANGE
MA-
T.
0-7C
MAOOOOJELEN I l::WS HI
ML006
^■/■<h
i
ENG
D. Ayotte
APPD
.4_/.«,*
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5324-0-0
REV
C
eN-O10fl4-4«-N«?t>f«*t)
SHEET 1 OF 16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
DLVll-J POUR LINE SERI>i INTERFACE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
* This procedure establishes the Dlninun test requlreoents that a DLVll-J must
Bcet to be considered acceptable for customer shipments from Systems Manu-
facturing.
1.1 Description
The DLVll-J is an asynchronous line Interface sodule that Interfaces the
LSI-11 Bus to 4 serial connu'"' :atlons lines. The DLVIl-J Is a dual-
height module with E.I. A. operation. 20MA operation Is available when
the DLVU-KA Is used In conjunction with the Dl.Vll-J. Although rnch
line can be configured to operate at dlffcn-nt baud rates, no split baud
rates are possible.
Option Qty/Contents
DLVll-J 1-M80i3
Description
Module
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Prlut Set MP00586
2.2 Users Guide Eit-DLVU-UG-???
2.3 Lib Kit ZJ-269-RB
2.4 Ship List - Reference should be made to System Manufacturing Ship List,
not Englnaarlng Ship List.
2.5 Packaging - A - PS-9905622-0 0
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.! PDP 11/03 with a mlnlr-jB of 4K of sieaory and one available slot.
•9.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent
3.3 For power requlreaents , refer to Section 7.0 D.V.M. %rtth 3 digits
3.4 Wire wrap gun ( OK speed wrap aodel IBV-515BF) or equivalent.
3.5 Unvrapplng tool - hand type, unvrapplng tool
3.6 H3270-A (turnaround connectors) are needed for device testing.
(See Section 6.1)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5 324-0-0
REV
C
IC I* (Itlt-l »•«■««« 71
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
4.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 Kit # ZJ269-RB CVDLA - DLVlI-J Test, paper tape and listing
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 Caution #1 - When changing wire wrappings, always use equipment designed
for that purpose, and that is calibrated. Note Section 2.4 an<i 2.5
for type of equipment.
5.2 Caution #2 - All wire wrapping must be done to Digital's workmanship
standard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be made to Section 3. in that
text.
6.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 Option Add-On
The DLVll-J may not require changes to the jumpers as it was configured
from Volume Manufacturing. (Refer to Diagram 6.1.1 for jumper configura-
tion) . The DLVll-J Line 3 is configured for console device addresses
177560 - 177566 and vectors 60 and 64. For jumper definitions, refer to
Teible 6.1.2. DLVll-J is capable of being tested with Channel 3 in
console mode. No changes will be required to the module when Channel
3 is console. This requires an EIA terminal or a DLVll-KA (EIA-20ma)
option/20ma terminal to be used. This configuration will require the
turn-around connectors mentioned in Section 3.6 to be used in Channels
0, 1, 2. Refer to Section 6.6 for addition of 2-DLVll-J.
If the above terminal equipment is not available, the DLVll-J is to be
run with all 4 lines turned around using the turn around connectors
mentioned in Section 3.6. This will require the DLVll-J be configured
so all lines will be consecutively addressed and no console selected.
Refer to Diagram 6.1.1. Table 6.1.2. and Section 8 for proper diagnc -
tic setup when in this configuration. The following is a list of
changes required to the DLVll-J so it may be run with 4 lines wrap-
around :
V5 » Removed
CI = X to 0
C2 - X to 0
X to H = Removed
Diagnostic location 1220 must be 21 as defined in Section 8.2.4.2.
SIZE
A
C(JDE
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
OCC l«HWt)lMa-N«7t
SHEET J OF
I^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
X - Base Pin for function
0 - Logical 0 Pin
1 - Logical 1 Pin
CHO ANO r
CHIilAV
«CLECTIOM I
eOMMUNlCATIOM
VMAMTiltt
CHO^
{
{
CM1
CK3
^n=i
JO
7 > 3N
M0««-«
NO* *« •
Ml* •-«
Ml* »« •
Jl
*3
<L
RIO
CMO
0* »*
CHI
im
0*»«
r*»«
srr*
3
L
c?* • *
*t*-i •«
lUT
*-C3-» ••-••
•AUO '•ATI
SfLfCTIOM
R3i 7
•-• •M?
• »« VN?
M3
N3
CHITfRMNfSlSTON
CHOTENMRfSiSTOH
-CMJTfRMMISlStOII
— CM3TENMNiSlSY0«l
AOORCSS <tNO
VICTOR A URS
}CM7 AND
CHjtlA
tlLfCTIOM
Refer to Table
6.1.2 for pin
explrnatlons &
juaper definitions..
Dlagraa 6.1.1
DLVll-J Juaper Configuration
When Supplied By Voluae Manufacturing
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
oac iM*tt)iMa-N«7t
SHEET ± OF
TT
MANUFACRING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.1.2 JuBper Definitions
R • Reaoved
I - Inserted
JUMPER
CONF. SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFG.
FUNCTION
Address
A5-A12
These jumpers correspond to Bits 3-12 of the
address word for Channel C. The least signi-
ficant digit is decoded on the aodule during
operation to address one of four serial line
units device registers aa follows:
X - 0 RCS'
X - 2 RBUF
X - 4 XCSR
X - 6 XBUF
Alt
X
to
1
This arrange»ent of juapera iapleaents the
All
X
to
1
octal baae device address 176SOO for Channel
AlO
X
to
1
0 fro* which Chsnnrls 1 and 2 are automati-
A9
X
to
0
cally determined on the aodule.
At
X
to
1
A7
R
A6
I
AS
X
to
0
Console Address Selection
CI end C2
These juapers allow the configuration of Che
last four sddresses used on Channel 3 to be
. fc-'
aasigned to the conaole addresses 177560-
*''
177366. The preceding addresses of Channel
0. 1» and 2 are not affected.
CI
X
to
1
CI and C2 aet to enable Channel 3 for console
C2
X
to
1
operation. The baae address aust be llbbOO,
176540, or 177500. If not set, Chsnnel 3
will default to next consecutive address
froB Channel 2. (X to 0)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA3324-0-0
REV
C
OCC l*-i»9lilO»i-*4*ti
SHEET
OF
16
M ANUKACT URINCSPF ClFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.1.2 Jumper Definitions coot.
JUMPER
CONF. SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFG.
FUNCTION
Break
Halt
Boot
V5 - V7
?7
V6
V5
P.D.E.S
8
X CO H
B to X
I
X
X to 0
X to 1
X to 0
X CO 1
This can enable the use of a break response
while Channel 3 1b In console node, or for
bootstrap response.
Ji'^per set to enable break generation.
Jumper has to be disabled when break la aet.
Reaove jumpers when Channel 3 la not console.
Vectors
Used to generate the vector during an In-
tarrupt transaction. V6 and V7 designate
tha base vector address and V3 deteralnes
the console vector for Channel 3.
This arrangeaent laplcvcnts the octal base
vector of 300 and Channel 3 at 60 and 6A.
With V5 rcaoved, the vector addresses for
Channal 3 will be 330 and 336.
Parity. Data Bits. Stop Bits. Odd/Even Parity
Each channel (coaaunlcatlon line) Is capable
of being aet for Individual line oprrotlon.
D pnnltli'M 7 or R <lntn Mim, K hIIowh cvfii i*r
otiil parity, V /i1 Iiwn imrlly k*'***'' '*( I'*** •■■ **"
parity generation, S enables one ur I Mtup
blta.
This allo%r« 8 data bits to be u<!e'1,
7 data bits, insert Juaper X to 1,
Tr-
Jiapcr inserted for 1 atop bit.
bits, Insert Juaper X to 1.
For 2 atop
With this JuB,ier inacrted, parity generation
and detection Is disabled. For parity opera-
tion, inacrt juaper X to 0.
Btc iaHMt>*as>'M«it
SIZE
CODE
SP
MUMiER
MAA5 324-0-0
REV
C
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
T»T:e
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
6.1.2 Juaptr Dtflnltlont cont.
JUMPER
0,1.2,3
0
1
2
3
CONP. SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFC.
X to 0
Effective
0 t3 Vi
1 to N
2 to N
3 to T
FUNCTION
Selects odd parity or
Insert Jumper X to 1.
even partly .
NOTE: P Juapcr aust be X to 0 for
■election of odd/even parity, and E
tiust always be In odd or even state;
never reaoved .
iaud Rates
One baud rate wire wrap pin Is pro-
vided for each channel. These numbers
correspond to the respective lines.
Both transmitter and receiver operate
at the selected speed. To determine
the baud rate for a channel, connect
the Jumper to the channel desired,
and the other end to the desired baud
rate pin (reference list helow).
Wire Wrap
Pin Label
U
T
V
V
t
N
K
Z
Baud Rate
31ts/Sec .
ISO
600
1200
2400
A800
9600
19200
36400
NOTE: If more than one channel re-
quires the same baud rate, wire wrap
jumpers may be daisy chained.
Configured for 9.6K baud ^ .
Configured for 9.6K baud 2 to N
Configured for 9.6K baud 1 f. 9
Configured for 300 baud
ic ift^Mi)-iMa-Mft7a
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA532^-0-0
REV
C
SHEET
OF ±6.
MANUFACTV'RINC SPECIFICATION
■BDB CONTINUATION SHEET 1
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A |
6.1.2 Ju«p«r Definition* cont
•
JUMPER
CONF. SHIP'D
FROM VOL MFC.
FUNCTION
M
I
Maintenance Bit (not for Systems Manufact-
uring uncgtO
N0-N3
These jumpers determine if EIA (RS-422,
M0-M3
C\o'423/RS232C3) or 20iii« o,)eratlon will bi
used.
NC-N3
X to 3
These jumpers are inserted so the DLVll-J
will be compatible for both EIA RS-42 3 and
M0-M3
X to 3
RS-232C almultaneously. For other configu-
rations, see below:
NOTE: When EIA RS-A23 and RS-232C configu-
ration Is used, no termination resistors are
to be Installed. RIO and R23 must be in-
stalled.
EIA RS-422 Operation
1) NO-NS connect X to 1
2) M0-M3 ionnrrt X to 3
3) RIO and K23 are not required.
4) Tctvinatlng resistors R33 (CH3), R32
(CH2), R30 (CHO), R31 (CHI) are required
to be 100 OHM k vatt, non-wire wound
fusible resistors. P/N 13-00229-00
20MA Current Loop
(Requires operation with DLVll-KA option)
1) N0-N3 connect X to R.(for program con-
trolled paper tape reader)
2) M0-M3 Connect X to 3.
3) No tencination resistors required.
A) RIO and R23 must be Installed.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A.
SP
MAA532A-0-0
c 1
OCC 1*-{192»1M2-N«;2
SHEET 8 OF J^
MANL'FACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSiEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
0.1.2 Jumper Deflnldons cont.
JUMPER
CONF SHIP'D
-
FROM VOL MFC
FUNCTION
. . •
R10,R23
The value of Resistor RIO detennlnes the
slew rate of ooth channels 0
and 1, which
are slnultaneously set to th<
! same value.
SlBllarly, R23 controls the t
ilew (settling)
rate of both channels 2 and
3. These
resistors are not required
for operation
m EIA RS-422.
RIO
22K OHM
Channels 0 and 1
R23
22K OHM
Channels 2 and 3
For selecting the correct value V* non-wire
vound resistor. For RIO and
R23, use list
below:
Resistor P/N
Baud Rate
22K 13-01808-00
38. AK
59K 13-00525-00
19. 2K
120K 13-00539-00
9.6K
200K 13-U516-00
4.8K
430K 13-1A649-00
2.4K
820K 12-03187-00
1.2K
1 MEG. 13-09595-00
f-600
OHM
300
150
•-110
NOTE: If channels 0 and 1 are split
baud rates the resistor
value defalts
to the higher baud rate
. This holds
true for channels 2 and
3.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OtC t*-(M2t-lMa-Mf72
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO STSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
6.2 Syitta Installation
Whan tha DLVll-J la b^lng Inatallad in a cuatoaer aystcm,
it aay ba necaaaary to change tha Juapara aa they ware
ahippad froa Voluae Manufacturing. When configuring, refer
to Diagraa 6.1.1 und Table 6.1.2 to aaaure proper inatallation.
Reference 6.1 for proper test aat up.
6.3 The DLVll-J haa aany poaaibla cabling configurations.
Diagraa 6.3.1 la an axaaple of EIA Interfacing and Diagraa
6.3.2 la an axaaple of 20MA interfacing.
NOTE: Reaeaber that ti.eae are only exaaplea, and are not
neceaaarily all the poaalble coablnatlona .
6.4 When Inatalllng the DLVll-J, do not leavi any open alots
batvean the procaaaor aodula or aeaory at d the DLVll-J.
The priority for each option la deterained by how close that
option la inatallad to the processor aodules. The closer
to tha proceasor you get, the higher priority the option has
6.3 20MA Operation
The DLVll-J la capable of Interfacing with 20MA when used
with a DLVll-v t option.
6.6
Option
DLVll-KA
DLVll-KB
Qty/Contenta
Jeacript ion
Cable
EIA to 20MA conv-
erter
1-EIA to 20MA Converter
1-BC21A-03
1-DLVll-KB
Configure tha DLVll-J fc.- 20MA operation as described in
Section 6, using Dlagraas 6.1,1, 6.1.2, and 6.3.2.
A 110 baud rate clock generator circuit la contained on the
optional DLVll-KA 20 MA option. When 110 baud operation is
desired, do not connect the baud rate juaper on the DLVll-J
■odule for that particular channel: The 110 baud c^ock will
be aupplled by the DLVll-KA option through the interface
connector.
Additional DLVll-J
When the first DLVll-J la used as conaole and another DLVll-J Is to
be used as 4-ffddltljnal lines the atartlng address Is the Base
Address of the first nodule plus 30 and the Vector Is the Base
Address of the first ru>dule plus 30.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
CXC l*K)t2)-lM34«ft7a
SHEET 12 OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDI?: A
Oivn J TO MOOIM ON ACOUSTIC COUf LI N
3 OLVIIJ
m
JifilLSL
-•FT-
-d
MOOIM
ACOUSTIC
^OOUH,IW
n
[
S
-1»FT-
DLVtt-J
S:
•C3ii-o» icno to
•C}1»«^.^IC0IO 7».
-d
MOOfM
ON
ACOUSTIC
COWlIN
(ItOTC II
MOOIM
ON
ACOUSTIC
COUfllN
m=
OlVIU TO SLU CNANNtl INTf Nr ACC
DLVn J 1U LUCAL 1INMINAL
IDLV11J
E
— un-
•caoNM
it"-;.
-•FT-
J
;^
IDLV1.J
'^
-»FT-
INOTC 21
S
•ai>«
co-
■003MM
• FT
MOTfS
1. MODEM USCO IS A "kTANUAl TVTC"
MCH AS aC LL I03A WITH KM*
2. Of C f lA NS237C TENMlNALS
(VTS2. LAM. U120. f TC I COME
iQUimOWlTMA«FTCAf'.l NOW
DEC E I A NS 73X TENMINALS ANI
CONNECTED SIMILANLV EXCEPT
• FT OF LENGTH MUST BE DEDUCTED
FROM THI TOTAL CA»Li LiNCTH.
Plagraa
6,3,1
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OCC 1»-4M»-1MS-M«7S
SHEET
11
OF J±
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
h DLVUJ
-
*
\
Dlagraa
6.3.2
SIZE
A-
CODE
NUMBER
REV
OCC 1»-<3*»1M2-N«72
SHEET 12 OF
\\ '- »«•>
MANUFACTURING SPDCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Power Requirements
- _ "fSV ± .25Ve l.OA typ. (1.25A max.)
+12V + .36V0 0.15A typ. (0.2A aex.)
7.2 +12V Is preeent on Pin 10 of each channel. This line Is
provided for the DLVll-KA o|/tlon operation.
7.3 Bua Loading
Each DLVll-J places (1) AC and (1) DC Bus load on the Q Bus
as defined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC Std 160).
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 The DLVll-J can be tested 3 different ways as specified in
Sect n 6.1. Reference should be aade to that aectlon for
pre, < Installation and configuration before diagnoatlca
are ;ui«.
NOTE: If the DLVll-J is configured for A additional lines,
the diagnoatlc auat be loaded with another device as console
Diagnc-tic progrr i auat be aodlflad at Loc 1220 ($USWR).
8.2 Starting Program
8.2.1 Load (CVDLA) diagnostic through appropriate load
• edla. When running under APT loc 1220 ($USVR) aust be 31
as defined ..i Section 8.2.4.2
8.2.2 Start: ' fer to Section 8.2.4.1 for available switch re-
gister settings. Refer to Section 8.2.4.2 for configuration
options proRraa changes.
8.2.3 Initial system type 200 G.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OCC 1M>M)-1M«<M«7I
SHEET
13
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
Bit
BIT POSITION
1
2
3
4
8.2.4.1 Software Switch Register Options
Halt on Error
Loop on tea: (when testing In process)
Inhibit error type outs
Enable parforaance reports
Inhibit itaratlona
Bell on error
Loop on error
Loop on test In SVR <7:0>
Nuaber of test to loop on (used with
"It 8). All tests previous to the
selected test are executed first with
one iteration only.
Options
$USWR Is at location 1220 In the prograa.
Location $USWR contains all the uaer selectable
options. The values In this word aust conform
to the actual board configuration. et.cuD
DEFAULT VALUE
15 set •
■ loooor -
U set •
. 40000 -
13 aet -
. 20000 -
12 set '
. 10000 -
11 aet •
4000 -
10 set •
2000 -
9 set •
1000 -
8 set •
400 -
7:0
8.2.4.2
<11:9>
Cll:9>
<11:9>
^11:9>
i)EFIWITIOW
I of data bits transaltted
3 > 7 bits, 1-8 bits
Parity enabled
Even odd parity
Break generation enabled
Run data wrap around teats
Console Device
■ No console selected
■ Console on Module 1
■ Con- ole on Module 2
1
0
0
1
1
8 Bits
NO
ODD
YES
YFS
1 - YES - con-
sole on Bodule 1
Channel 3
IMPORTANT NOTE; ror diagnoatlc purposes, sll chsnnels must
Se configured the saae, either 7 or 8 bits
^V3 End of Pass Is Indicated by a type out with no errors.
SIZE
A
CODE
ISP
NUMBER
MAA5324-0-0
REV
C
OeC l*^»9ttl9»i-**%7t
SHEET ^^ OF JLL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
M • A • S • T<
APPENDIX A
H3171 DISTRIBUTION PANEL
The H3171 Distrbution panel relinquishes the
need to use four separate BC21B cables with the
DLVll-J. It occupies 1.75 inches of panel space in
a standard 19 inch rack. The H3171 incorporates an
H7004 static filter to improve the P.F. integrity
of the system. There are two mechanical
configurations available. They are as follows:
A) H3171-A (Separate Filter)
This conf iguratior .s used in conjunction with CPU
boxes that have a mounting bracket for static
filters built directly into them, in this case the
H3171 distribution panei itself contains no
filter. The filter is located on the CPU bracket.
B) H3171-B (Integral Filter)
This configuration is used in conjunction with CPU
boxes that do not contain a bracket for static
filters. In this case the H3171 chassis is
elongated to accept the static filter directly onto
the distibution panel.
Each H3171 consists of
(See figure 1 in Appendix A)
4 major assemblies.
1) Distribution
connectors)
2) BC05L Cable
3) H7004-B Filter
4) I/O Cable (7016436)
Panel / Chassis (includes output
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
HA-Aftm^-S
REV
f
OCC 1*-<>M|-1MX-W«7>
SHEET
15
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
••1 . A . S . T ,
F IG 1
1 1
BC05L-*-
OUT
IN
H7004-B
OUT
IN
I/O CABLE
7016436
Pi
DLV11 -J
\ / \
JO
— f-^ M — f
Jj I I J2 I 1 J3 I
SIZE
A
CfpOE
fV,-A5y/J?0-0
REV
C
DEC l»-OM)-lMa-N«7a
SHEET i^OF
1 6/\e I 6
ill
ill
n
si
*• o ^
III
V e S
kJ S »
)
DIGITAL. EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
^^^^ 3/10/80
TITLE M.A.S.T.
DLll-W
REV
ENO
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Update old Back-up
D. Ayotte
MA-
A0©(a0-
ORIG
T..KI.CI.KRC
DATE
8-80
APPD BY
S. fcSTKS 8-80
DATE
IkPP^Ty
^r ' ^^{
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
EN-«iMau^«7i.ia«t)
SHEET 1 OF 12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
DLll-W
1 . 0 INTRODUCTION
The DLll-W is a single line asynchronous communication
Interface to the PDPll Unibus. The DLll-W contains the
functionality of the DLll-A, -B, -C, and -D options. The
DLll-W also contains a line frequency real time clock (RTC)
used for timed interrupcs and soitware timekeeping.
The serial line unit (SLU) portion of the DLll-W has
such features as split: speed, odd/even/no parity select,
active/passive 20 ma. interface, EIA RS232C (data only)
interface, and a 5 to 8 bit character length. These
parameters and features are switch selectable.
2.1 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
.\,l Manuals & Engineering Specifications
2.1.1 DLll-W SLU/RTC Maint. Manual
;!.2 Prints fc Schematics
2.2.1 Field Maintenance Print Set
3.0 REQUIRED TEST BQUIPNENT
3.1 Hardware and Media
3.1.1 PDPll system with 8K of memory
3.1.2 Quad SPC slot
3.1.3 DVM accurate to .01V at 15VDC
3.1.4 EIA or 20 ma. terminal
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
EK-DLUW-MM
MP00106
4.1 FLOAT PROGRAM ...
4.2 DLll-W DIAGNOSTIC
DZFLA
CZDLD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
f^-A5330-Q-Q
PEV
occ i*^ataMMf4««7a
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
Th« DLll-W is conprised of a quad height module (M7856) ,
which plugs into a PDPll SPG slot. The four option
variations are listed below:
OPTION
DLll-W
DLll-WA
DLll-WB
DLll-WC
DESCRIPTION
M7856 SLU/RTC Module
DLll-W, 70-08360-01 20 ma. Cable
DLll-W, BC05C-25 EIA Cable
DLll-W, BC0JL-10 filtered panel
mount EIA Cable.
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
The N7856 Module has many features and several operating
modes which must be configured via the 5 switch packs prior
to installation. Refer to FIGURE 1 for switch location.
6.1 FLOAT PROGRAM
6.1.1 Run the FLOAT program (DZFLA) to determine
the correct address and vector settings for
the DLll-W(s). Note that this only applies
to DLll-W* 8 that are not used for consoles.
6.2 MODE & ADDRESS SELECTION
6.2.1 The M7856 Module may be run in one of 3
modes:
MODE 1 - As a console interface with the RTc
enabled. The SLU address is 777560 and the
RTC address is 777546.
MODE 2 - As a SLU ONLY with the RTC DISABLED. The
SLU address range is 774000 to 777770.
MODE 3 - As a RTC ONLY with the SLU DISABLED. The
RTC address is 777546.
*** NOTE •**
For DLll-W s which will NOT use the RTC logic,
remove R63. See FIGURE 1 foi location.
Refer to TABLE 1 for switch selection of ADDRESS
aiiJ MOPB.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
oic a*H*ttMeM-N«7t
SHEET 3 OF J2.
MANUFACn IRINC SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.3 VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION
6.3.1 Vector address selection is accomplished by
setting the switch pack S2. The DLll-W uses
three vectors: one for the receiver, one for
the X-mitter, and one for the real time
clock. The X-mitter vector (XX4) is
automatically selected when the receiver
vector (XX0) is set. If the DLll-W is being
used as a console, the receiver vector
should be set to 60. The vector for the RTC
is fixed at 100. Refer to TABLE 2 for
switch settings.
6.4 BAUD RATE SELECTION
6.4.1 Split speed on the M7856 may be attained by
setting the transmit and receive speed
select switches to their desired values. If
split speed is not desired, set the transmit
and receive select switches to the same
speed settings. Refer to TABLE4 for the
switch settings.
6.5 20 ma. ACTIVE/PASSIVE OPERATION
6.5.1 If the DLll-W is to be used as a 20 ma.
interface, the X-mitter, receiver, and paper
tape reader enable functions must be set as
either ACTI /E or PASSIVE. The normal
active transmitter, active
active caper tape reader
to TABLE 5 for these switch
setting is for
r ece iver , and
enable. Refer
settings .
6.6 MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH FUNCTIONS
6.6.1 The BREAK ENABLE function is selected by
setting SW4-1 ON. The normal settino is
OFF.
6.6.2 ODD PARITY is selected by setting SW4-2 ON.
(See 6.6.5) The normal setting is ON.
SIZE
_A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OeC 16-(3»2) 108J-N672
SHEET
OF 12.
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST
6.6.3 CHARACTER LENGTH is selected by SW4-3 and -4
(Refer to TABLE 3). The normal settings are
OFF.
6.6.4 STOP BITS are selected by SW4-5. 0N«1 stop
bit, 0FF=2 stop bits. (1.5 stop bits if 5
bits per character) The normal setting is
OFF
6.6.5 PARITY is enabled if SW4-6
normal setting is ON.
is ON.
The
6.7 Install the M7856 'Module in a Quad SPC slot and
connect the cable to the berg connector on the
module .
6.8 Connect an appropriate terminal (EIA or 20 ma.) to
the DLll-W.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Verify the presence of the following voltages at
the module pins indicated:
VOLTAGE
+5VDC +/- .25V
+15VDC +/- .75V
MODULE PIN
CA2
CUl
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
For" the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in
any particular situation, or for the current MAST
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer to
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are
detail-d step-by-step instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST",
The DLll-W diagnostic contains three separate tests
which are to be run on the serial line unit. Testing of the
real time clock is done in the DATA TEST,
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A533Q-Q-Q
REV
MC l»-(SNMMX-NC7t
SHEET
1U1..«££^^ - nJ>l:^^^^il^kt^-<~
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1 DLU-W DATA TESTS CZDLD
8.1.1
8.1.2
SWITCH
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
5
4
8.1.3
The DATA TEST is capable of testing the
console interface and up to 15 consecutively
addressed and vectored SLU's. The
diagnostic assumes the following
parameters: the console address is 777560
and the vector is 60. The first of any
additional SLU's is addressed at 776500 and
vectored at 300. The diagnostic will
autosize any DLll-W's which fall within this
range.
Start the DATA TESTS at address 200 and set
the switch register for the desired
functions.
FUNCTION
Set to halt on error
Set for scope loop
Set to inhibit error typeout
Unused
Unused
Set to
Set to
Set to
Set
tests
enable error flag
loop ori error
enable break function tests
to enable data tests
with turnaround (H315)
Set to inhibit RTC tests (console
only)
Set to set-up device map (inhibit
auto-size)
Set to inhibit SLU tests
The console will
being tested and
be printed after
report the number of units
an END-OF-PASS message will
all units have been tested.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OCC lHaMhlMt<N«7t
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
HHH
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
1
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST |
8
* ■
.2 DLll-W
8.2.1
ECHO TEST
- r7nr.n
To run the ECHO TEST on the console
terminal, start at address 204. An asterisk
(*) will be printed at the terminal to
indicate that the test has started. Type a
few printable characters at the terminal and
verify that they are echoed back to the
terminal correctly.
8.2.2
If the unit under test is not the console
interface, it will be necessary to modify
the following program locations to reflect
the parameters of the unit under test. Make
sure a terminal is connected to the DLll-W.
NAME
LOCATION
CONTENTS
CRCSR..
CRBUF..
CTCSR..
CTBUF..
CRVECT.
CRPSW. .
CTVECT.
CTPSW . .
.2654 ♦
.2656
.2660
.2662
.2664
.2666
.2670
.2672
Address of receiver status register
Address of receiver buffer register
Address of transmitter status register
Address of transmitter buffer register
Receiver vector
Receiver vector plus 2 (PSW)
Transmitter vector
Transmitter vector plus 2 (PSW)
* - CZDLD REV D
8.2.3
Run the ECHO TEST as described in step
8.2.1. Repeat step 8.2.2 for every DLll-W
to be tested.
8.
3 CHARACTER TEST CZDLD 1
8.3.1
To run the CHARACTER TEST en the console
terminal, start at addresi 210. The
terminal will print 32 characters per line
and will repeat < very third lin.. Typing
any character at the terminal will halt the
test. A typical pattern is shown below:
I "!$%&• ()*+,->/0 123456789: ;<«>?
@ABCDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (\) *
' abcdefghi jklmnopqrstuvwxyz( 1 ) -
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV 1
OCC l«-OM)-lMX-NC7a
SHEET
OF
12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.3.2
NAME
LOCATION
CRCSR. .
.2654 •
CRBUF..
.2656
CTCSR. .
.2660
CTBUP..
.2662
CRVECT.
.2664
CRPSW..
.2666
CTVECT.
.2670
CTPSW...2672
8.3.3
If the unit under test is not the console
interface, it will be necessary to modify
the following program locations to reflect
the parameters of the unit under test. Make
sure a terminal is connected to the DLll-W.
CONTENTS
Address of receiver status register
Address of receiver buffer register
Address of transmitter status register
Address of transmitter
Receiver vector
Receiver vector plus 2
Transnitter vector
Transmitter vector plus 2 (PSW)
buffer register
(PSW)
• - CZDLD REV D
Run the CHARACTER TEST as described in step
8.3.1. Repeat step 8.3.2 for every DLll-W
to be tested.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OCC lft-OMMMt-Nt7t
SHEET «8 OF il
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
NOTES -
PIGUIB 1
M7856 MODULE LAYOUT
J1
10
10
S3
51
S2
R63
10
S4
E
2R.
wi
10
ss
R63 lust be r«aov«d if the RTC is disabled.
The Berg connector, J1, contains a 70-0860 cable for the DL11-WA
option; a BC05C-25 for the DL11-WB option and a BC03L-10 for th«
DL11-WC option.
Juaper WI aust always be installed.
StZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
DCC lH9MMMt-NC7«
SHEET L. OF JL
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 1
ADDRESS AND MODE SELECTION TABLE
lADRS
4.-
I SW
4.
I MODE
+
I MODE
+
I MODE
+
NOTES
+ ■♦•
I I
■f +
I I
I I
I I
I I ON I OM I
•f -f + •♦■
LTCI
LTC
4.-
---_
-9 1
-10
4.
OPFI
ON
4..
ON 1
OFF
is equal to a logical 1
»qua.
.og
nd a switch set to OF
The switch settings for mode 1 selector an address of 777560 (console)
and the RTC (or LTC) address is 777546.
The address switch settings for mode 2 are user defined to select an^
address from 774000 to 777770. The RTC is disabled.
The switch settings for mode 3 select the RTC (or LTC) address a:
777546 and the SLU is disabled.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
MC l«-(MtMeU4««72
SHEET 10 OF 12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 2
VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION TABLE
.f 4 ^ >
I SWITCH I IS I TO SELECT VECT BIT I
+ ^ ^ ^
I S2-4 I ON t 3 I
+ ^ + +
I S2-6 I ON I 4 I
+ + + +
I S2-3 I ON I 5 I
■f ■♦• •♦• -f
I S2-S I ON I 6 I
+ + > 4.
I S2-7 I ON I 7 I
4. 4. 4. +
I S2-8 i ON I 8 i
4. 4. 4. 4.
TABLE 2
CHARACTER LENGTH TABLE
4. 4. 4 ^
I LENGTH IS4-4IS4-3!
4. 4 4 4.
I 5 BITS I ON I ON I
4. 4- ■»■ ■♦•
I 6 BITS I ON I OFF I
4 4. 4. 4.
I 7 BITS I OFFI ON I
4. 4- 4- 4"
I 8 BITS I OFFI OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4.
TABLE 4
SPEED SELECTION TABLE
4. 4. 4.
I BAUD I RECEIVER I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I IS3-2IS3-3IS3-5I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 110 I OFFI OFFI OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 150 I ON I OFF! OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 300 I OFFI ON I ON I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 600 I OFFI ON I OFFI
4. 4- •». -f -f
I 1200 I OFF! OFFI ON |
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
i 2400 I ON I ON I ON I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 4800 I ON I ON I OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I 9600 I ON I OFFI ON I
4. 4. 4. + 4.
4. 4.
I TRANSMITTER I
4. 4. 4. 4.
IS4-10IS3-1IS3-4I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I ON I ON I ON I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I OFF I ON I ON I
4. 4. 4.>- 4.
I ON I OFFI OFFI
4- 4- 4- 4-
I ON I OFFI ON I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I ON I ON I OFFI
4. 4- 4- 4-
I OFF I OFFI OFFI
4. 4- 4- 4-
I OFF I OFFI ON I
4. 4. 4. 4.
I OFF I ON I OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
HA-A5330-0-0
REV
B
OKC l*HMaMMMM7t
SHEET
OF 12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 5
20 MA. ACTIVE/PASSIVE SELECTION TABLE
^ + 4. 4 ^ 4. 4.
I TRANSMIT ISl-1 lSl-2 IS1-3IS1-6IS1-7I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I ACTIVE I ON I ON I OFF I OFF| ON |
4. 4- + -f 4- 4- -f
I PASSIVE I OFFI OFFI ON | ON | OFFI
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. ^
4. 4- •♦• + ♦ -f -f
I RECEIVE IS3-6IS3-7IS3-8IS3-9IS3-10I
4. 4- ■♦■ "♦• -f ♦ -f
I ACTIVE I ON I OFFI ON | 0?F| ON |
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFFj ON | OFF I
4. ■¥ + ■«■ + -f -f
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
IPT RDR ENA|Sl-4|Sl-5|Sl-8|Sl-9ISl-i0|
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I ACTIVE I ON I OFF! ON I OFF| ON j
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFFI ON | OFF I
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
NOTE - Normal operation is to select active
transmit, active receive, and active paper
tape reader enable.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5330-Q-0
REV
OCC l«^Mt)-lMI4««7|
SHEET
OF
I?
hi
II
Hi
•I-
«« o t
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KWll-L - APPENDIX A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
t 3
Prev. 7668001-0-5510
%°^^
^^ ^^n^feu/Sf^t
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5510-0-0
REV
CN-01M»-l«^«72-(aM)
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTURING .^> CIFiCATION
TinC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFoT - APPENDIX A
KVll-L
Llaa Fr«qu«xcy Clock Ttttt
hssmss.
Thla prograa t««ts tha KWllL line fraquancy clock, it valldataa propar operation
undar both Intarrjpt and non-lntamipt aodaa. It raqulraa tha oparator to
Booitor ita oparation with a clock capabla of aMturlng tlaa in aaconda.
^■'*vn.*^i}*if^
FDP-11 with KWllL
grOKACI 0 - 2000
luta Loadar
BBCTTIW TBff Laiimtta
STitTIMC PKOCEDUPE 200
202
60 HZ. Lina Fraquancy
SO BZ, Lina Fra^ancy
Load appropfiata addreas to switch raglatar and dapraaa atart awitch
Taa
SWITCH REGISTER OPTIOMS Ho
REFEREMCE DOCttlElfrS
Frlntaat KWll-L Drawixig Diractory
Manual DCC-ll-HKUB-D
MAlnDBC -11 -DZKKA -A -D
MainDEC -11 -DZna-A -PB
Tha davica addraaa la 777546 and vactor addraaa ia 100. It 'a on bua raquaat
laval 6. It la alao ratad at ona (1) bua load.
va wria F3R2 to F3V2.
To »a aounted in an 11/35 or 11 /AO
Tha Bodula location la alot F-3. K
To ba ■olmtad in an 11/45 or 11/50
Tha aodula location ia alot CI. Ramova writ a C1R2 to C1V2.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5510-0-0
REV
kNxaaaaiM
OaC t*^aM)-IMt4M7t
SHEET
OF
MAWUrACTUfyNG SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITU
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX lA
End of v§§
Thlt tMt rlnga ^-^^ c«lttyp« b^ll at th« caa^lAtlon of ■•vorol dlfforent tine
latorvala ovor • period of on* mlnuta. Fran tho timm thlt teat baigna, tha bell
will ring at the end of 1.2,3,4.5.10,20.30,40,50, and 60 aeconda. It «rlll then
repeat thla aequance aa long aa deaired. For verlficetion of thia option the
teat ahould 15 ninutea.
SIZE
-A-
CODE
SP
MAA^ffl55"-U
REV
A
OCC l»^3»2)-lMa-M«7a
SHEET
OF
I
s
in
hi
II
Us
J c i
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORA'
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION W.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KWUP - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-5520
ENO / / APPD
►/,
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5520-0-0
REV
A
IN<«tM3-l«-«««7t-(Ma>
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACnmiNC SPECIFICATION
TITH
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
EHH
AI8I34a
thiM profraB ttsts r.h« KWll-P t*al T1>m Clock. It contaliu a ••rlas of lncr«B«nt«d
roatlAM that tttt tho control and rtatua raglatar, count aat buffar. countar, and
latarmpt vactor addraaa ualnc 10#KBZ, lOKBZ* and 60 or SOBZ using tha axtamal
input with a taaporary Jvapar on tha backplana to tha LTCL pin (50 or 60BZ) .
Thara la alao a provlalon for nmnlnc two KVllP's slaultanaoualy (ona a "COW**
or EaovB Good) and coaparlnt tha two.
PDP-11
KWll-P
Thia projraa occuplaa naaory froa 0 to 4664.
lifllfiiBSL
Abacluta Loadar
HECDTKW TPg
Baale taat raquiraa 15 aac. par paaa.
il*Ji±'JU
IH Baale Taat
2$k Baatart Addraaa Prlaarlly Uaad by XOR Tastar
21# TlMlat Taat
214 Doobla or Slngla laal Tiaa Clock last lO^KRZ
23$ Doobla or Slngla t^l Tla? Clock Taat lOKHZ
224 Douttla or Slnfla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat jCBZ
23i Dottbla or tlngla Raal Tlaa Cloc). Taat 50HZ
Vlth avltchaa 12 thru 15 aqual to *%" (Down) tho prograa will print on arrors and
coBtiana la taat. Bal7. will ring at coaplatlon of a paaa.
WIITCM MCISTEl OPTIOWS
tVl5 ■ 1 or UP . . . Bilt on Briror
glfl4 "• 1 or OP ... Scopa Loop
BVIS • 1 or UP ... Inhibit Printout
SI1I2 - 1 or OP ... Clock 2 (cow) Praaant - axacuta rapaatabl'.lty taata (T2S -f
T26)
8W00 • 1 or UP ••• Suppraaa Taata uaing axtamal fraqnancy
oac iaHJM>*iM»M«7t
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
JHAAVS2rW)-n
SHEET ;
I qEV
OF 3
^^I«<«fe«irt'? ^Ei;,-j!-!!5*KiiisfliSiuAi>!j-,lW.: hii, ■ J ,
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
Tm.1 MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
DOOBLZ IZAL TPg aOCK TESTING
Uflng tlM ••■• dlagnoftic •• b«for«, doubl* raal tla* clock cattiof tMy b«
•ccaapllihsd. On« clock it th« on* under t«at and tha othar la a "Known Good" or
COW board.
ToTconvart a atandard P clock to a "COW" Modula:
1. Raaora Juapar A4
est - 772560
CSB - 772562
CTR - 772564
2. Add jiapar V8
Vac tor Location la 504
PSV Location la 506
NOTE: Thla vaetor la In floating vactor apaca, caution la advlaad with raapact
to allowlnt factor confllcta with othar davlcaa on ^ha ayitin.
PROCEDURE FOR DUAL CLOCK REAL TPg CLOCK TEST
1. Load addraaa 214, daprata atart (lOOKHZ Teat) .
2. Entar tha tlaa via tha ITT keyboard.
3. Sat tha awltchaa In tha awltch reglatcr to 000005. The TTY will print the
tiae at 5 aaeond Intervale.
4. Consecutive printout will be written 5.00 plua or alnua .01 aeconda of eech
othar. Allow the teat to run for at leaat 10 print outa. If the tolerance
la exceeded, the clock under teat la defective.
5. Loed eddreaa 220, depreaa atart (10KEZ Teat).
6. Repeat a tape 2-4.
7. Load addraaa 224, If 60HZ; or 230 if 50HZ: depreaa atart (line frequency
teat) .
8. Repeat atapa 2 and 3.
m
9. Conaecutlve prlntouta will be within 5.00 plua or mlnua .04 aeconda of each
othar. Typically, and 5.00 plua or alnua .2 aeconda worat caae due to
poaalble AC llna frequency verlatlona allow the teat to run for et leaat
. 10 prlntouta. If the tolerence la exceeded the clock "Under Teat" la
defective.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5520-0-0
REV
A
oac i*HiM)-ieM4««yi
SHEET
OF
hs
II
° ll
t ^ ' £
£ 9 e B
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M . A . S . T ,
DATE
TITLE
REV
KW] IW ACCEPTANCE PROCEDUHF - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prov. 7668001-0-5530
St
^^^Jf^
Y^A^rvSf^i
APPD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5530-0-0
REV
A
CN-«l«Ml«4>t«y«^«M)
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACrmUNC SPECIFICATION
Trat MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
I.
II.
III.
IV,
i
KWUW ACCTPTAHCE PROCEDURE
TEST EOOirMOT REQOIRZP
1. FDP-11 Conpucar
2. 453 Tektronix Scop« or Equivalant
3. KVII-W Option & Print S«t
4. M7823 (Watchdog tlaar)
5. MIOS (AddrMt salactor)
6. M782I (vactor addraaa talactor)
7. TTY
MAINDECS REQUIRED
1. DZKWC-C-PB/D
EOUIPMEHT SET-UP
I. To azarcita tha KWll-W option, all Junpara bu . ba Inatallad on
M7823. Tha tatt connactor 7009463 auat ba uaad on KWll-W logic test.
OPERATOR ACTION
1. Load MADiDEC-lI-DZKWG-C into FDPll uaing abioluta loader. Refer to
progran write-up, MAINDEC-ll DZXWC-C-D.
2. Load and start 200. Tha TTY will respond as follows:
First device address:
The operator responds by inputting 6 charecters plus a carriage
return on the keyboard.
Eza^le: First device address 772400 CR
2.1 Tha TTY responds as follows:
First Int. Vector -
The operstor aust respond by inputting 3 characters plus a
carriage return on the keyboard.
Exa^le: "First int. Vector « 3S0 CR
2.2 The TTY will respond as follows:
Priority int. Level -
The operator responds by inputting 1 cherecter & CR (using
Floating Vector, refer to systai configuretion, should be between
DQll & DUll.)
Example: Priority int. Level - 7 CR
SIZE
CODE
SP
NIIMilFR
MAA55in-n-n
REV
A
OeC l*^Jt»-lMI-M«7t
SHEET .i OF 1
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
(3)
keyboard
"1
IV. OPERATOR ACTION (Continued)
3. Running the Logic Teat;
The TTY will respond with the following:
Logic Teat (1), Delay Test (2)*, Dynamic
The operator reaponda by inputting on the
with a carriage return for Logic test,
The TTY will respond: f
1
Logic Teat
Thia teat, upon completion, will type out "paaa" this
test should run for a minimum of 5^ minutes.
* Delay teat (2) ia part of adjuatment procedure.
Note: To run the Logic teat, the aupplied teat plug muat
be connected to the module connector. The T 3
delay must exceed T 2 by 50 microaeconda. The
adjustment of T 1 muat be aet to a minimum.
For detaila on other adjuatmenta aee KW11*W
adjuatment procedure - A-SP-KWll-W-3 .
4. Running the Dynamic Teat
Put bit 00 in the awitch regiater to get back into the
monitor or halt machine and load and atart 240. If the
operator haa gone back into the monitor, a keyboard
input mast be uaed. Type in "3", carriage return (CR) .
Dynamic teat begina.
On every 100 completionaof Dynamic Teat, the TTY will
type "pass". This test should run for a minimum of
15 minutes.
Acceptable Errors
1 . None
5. Procedure for Restart After Error or Fix
1. If an incorrect character is typed while inputting
on the TTY, the operator may type a run out and
repeat the entire line.
2. Starting address 1000 - direct start or restart
of Logic test.
3. Starting address 220 - direct start or restart of
delay adjustment test.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5530-0-0
REV
A
MC l«HSM)-lMa-«M7a
SHEET _2 OF _3.
itii
DIOITAX^ EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
DATE 17 rr--. 81
TITLE M^.ST BAC-'l'P PROCEDURE FOR KWll-.v DUAL PROGRAMMABLE CLOCK
REVISIONS
REV
OESCRiPTION
CHQ NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
A
B
I
I
:ZM
Original Release
Complete Re-write.
^
^/^.r ;]^ti-M
ENQ
Arthur Richard
*4C»f<0
A. R4charpi2/17^
81
Bob
3l>iie^
APPO
Bob Beck-
■r4(Qyf
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5540-Q-Q
REV
CN^lMS- l*.M«7t-(M<l
SHEET 1 OF 8
MANUFACVtRJNG SPECIFICATION
>lqjHtUl
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRCSAMMABLE CLOCK
TABLE OP CONTENTS
1 . 0 SCOPE PACE 3
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY PAGE 3
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION PAGE 4
4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT PAGE 4
S.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS PAGE 4
6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4
7.0 INSTALLATION k TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 5
8.0 POWER CHECKS PAGE 6
9.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE PAGE 6
APPENDIX A .PAGE 8
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER [ REV
MA-A554g-0-0 I B
OK lA^JH^Wn-NCT]
SHEET
OF
^ \1
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KW^ ^ ~K DUAL PRQGAMMABLE CLOCK
KWll-K (M7025) DUAL PROGRAMMABLE CLOCK
1.0 SCOPE;
1.1 The KWll-R is a dual programnabla real-time clock option
used in PDP-11 Unibus computers. The option has Clock A
and Clock B and is described as follows:
1.1.1 Clock A is a 16-bit programmable real-time clock,
which can accurately measure and count intervals of
time and events. It can be used for processor
synchronization to external events; generate events,
such as an A/D conversion at programmed intervals;
and generate events synchronized to an external
event input.
1.1.2 Clock B is a 8-bit programmable real-time clock
which can accurately time intervals or events. It
can be used for generating interrupts at programmed
intervals, for generating events (such as an A/D
conversion) at pr>gramed intervals, or to provide an
input frequency to Clock A.
1.2 This procedure establishes the minimum test and electrical
standards that a KWll-R must meet to be considered
acceptable for customer shipment.
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY t
2.1 It is the responsibility of the originator to maintain this
document. Changes should be requested through the
originator if possible, or his/her group (if originator is
no longer available) , or through MAST Administration in
Salem (NI) .
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5540-0-0
REV
B
OfC i»4lKyiOKNtn
SHEET 2— OP a.
mamfactlr;ng specification
EDSSQZD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRQGAYMABLE CLOCK
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION;
3.1 Manuals 6 Engineering Specif icat 'ens :
3.1.1 KWll-K System Checkout and Acceptance
Specification
3.1.2 KWll-K User's Mcinual
3.1.3 M7025 Circuit Description
3.2 Prints and Schematics:
3.2.1 KWll-K Field Maintenance Print Set
SP-KWll-K-2
EK-DRVIJ-UG
SP-KWll-K-5
MP00048
4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
4.1 Hardware & Media:
4.1.1 Unibus CPU wiwh a console device (LA36 or
equivalent) .
4.1.2 At least 16K words of memory.
4.1.3 Digital voltmeter accurate to .01V § 15V.
5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROCRAMS:
5.1 DZKWK KWll-K Diagnostic
6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
6.1 If a ADll-K option is in the system, it's DEC/X) i module is
to exercise the KWll-K during the normal run o. DEC/Xll.
However, the KWll-K' s DEC/Xll module mi'st be included when
building the DEC/Xll and is run for 15 minutes prior to the
normal run of DEC/Xll. Be aware that running two DEC/Xll
exerciser modules for the same device at *-he same time will
cause errors. Reter to Appendix A of this document for
further details.
SIZc 'CODf
sr
J.
occ i*43B2v'ae^.<4;3
NUMBER
'1A-A5540-(!)-0
HEV
3
SHEET
^ OF
MANUF ACT T /^ING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
£W
fisansD
CONTINUATION SHEET
/AST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRnr.AMMABLK CLOCK
7 . 0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS;
7.1 Module Jumper Configurations:
7.1.1 Refer to Figure 1 and Table A for proper address
and vector selection.
7.1.2 The jumpers on the M7025 module should be configured
as follows:
Wl « IN - NPR-Remove only if PDP-11/20 or 11/15
without a KHll option.
W2 ■ IN - This jumper allows Clock "A" Overflow to
generate interrupts in all modes and to
set "A Overflow". If LPSll Compatability
is desired, remove it.
W3 ■ OUT - If in, allows STl to accept TTL inputs.
W4 ■ OUT - If in, allows ST2 to accept TTL inputs.
W5 ■ OUT - If in, allows ST3 to accept TTL inputs.
TABLE A
Address: 15: 14: 13: 12: 11: 10: 9 : 8 : 7 : 6 : 5 : 4 : 3 : 2: 1: 0;
Bit ::::::::::::::::
S2 Switch No.
:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8:
Device
Address ■
770404
t ; :
: t :
:Off: On:
On:
On:Off :
On:
On:
On:
S2 * Switch off for a logical 1.
S2 switches 9 and 10 are unused and is normally left in the off
position.
t
Address 770404 is the base address for Clock A. Address 770432
is the base address for Clock B. Address bits 3 and 4 are hard
wired and are not selectable.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5540-0-0
REV
B
QIC ift^JaMOU Na73
SHEET
OF
8
SBSflDfiO CONTINUATION SHEET
MAMFACTLRING SPECIFICATION Ulfe^liuyy
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PROGAMMABLE CLOCK
TABLE B
i
Vtctor : 15: 14: 13: 12: 11: 10: 9 : 8 : 7 : 6 : 5 : 4 : 3 : 2: 1: 0:
Bit :::::::::::::::::
SI
Switch No. :1:2:3:4:*:5:
D«vic« Vtctor ■ 344 :Off: On: On: On: :0££:
SI ■ Switch on for a logical 1.
* - Bit 04 is hard wired and is not s«lectable. Vector 344 is
for Clock A. Vector 364 is for Clock B.
8.0
POWER CHECKS:
8.1 The following voltage must be present and within tolerance
on the backplane containing the KWll-K:
VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MEASURED AT PIN
♦5VDC +4.75 VDC to +5.25 VDC AA2
9.0
DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE:
particular situation, and for current MAST minifflum test
criteria (e.g. pass-counts, etc.), refer to the appropriate
MAST CHECKLIST. The following is a list of step-by-step
instructions for executing each individual diagnostic
contained in the CHECKLIST. No errors are allowed.
9.1 Run the KWll-K Diagnostic, DZKWK
9.1.1 The starting location is 200 anu the switch
register should ■ 000000.
9.1.2 Only the message "END PASS" will be printed on the
console terminal, unless an error occurs.
9.1.3 No errors are allowed.
»
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5540-0-0
REV
B
otc i»<sK>'«(aa-Ntra
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE M..ST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KKll-K DUAL PR0GRA>L'-1AELE CLCJC::
FAST -ON
fASS
40 ^)N
I/O CONNECTOH
TA.2Q r-jTA.,
JT»1 OVtHFLOW
T
«2
i." ^»* I
9---0 5>---« ®---0
W9 «3 W4
SWITCH
PACK
riqur« 1 KWll-K M7C25 Module
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5540-0-0
REV
3
OCC i*-(393)-10t2-N«72
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
SOSI
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRQGAMMABLE CLOCK
APPENDIX A
This section was providsd to give a comprehensive method of
DEC/Xll interactive testing the KWll-K and ADll-K. Complete
diagnostic testing of both the KWll-K and ADll-K is required
prior to DEC/Xll testing.
1.0 The DEC/Xll is built with the modules KWD? and ADB? .
(XWD7 is for the KWll-K and ADB? is for the ADll-K.)
2.0 Run the DEC/Xll for a ninimun of 15 minutes with KWD? and
ADB? selected and without error.
3.0 Install a fast-on jumper from tab 2 of the ADll-K to tab
2 of the KWll-R.
4.0 Set the ADll-K's DEC/Xll module ACB? SR0 - 000001 and
de-select the KWll-K's DEC/Xll module KWD?. Failure to
de-select the KWll-K's DEC/Xll module will cause errors.
5.0 Run the DEC/Xll for the normal run time (minimum 8 hours)
without error.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A5540-0-0
OK i«43K>'iaK-N«n
SHEET
8
OF
REV
B
8
I!
i
II
Ui
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
KWVll-A REAL TIME CLOCK (11/03) - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CMC NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
B
Prev. 7668001-0-5550
^^%^ Seh^if^^m I ^^f^J/u
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5550-0-0
REV
B
C*«-«lM«-l«4it«7>-<Ma)
SHEET 1 OF *♦
MANUFACTURINC STECinCATlON
TUli
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
KWVll-A KEAL TIME CLOCK (11/03)
1.0 IWTtOPOCTION
Th« Incant of this proc«dur« is to luaaArlt* th« dlagnoftlc
vrltaup for tho purposo of •xpcdloncy. The proc«dur« hai b««n
kopt brlof, and to tb« point, to k««p froa confus>4ng tht uicr.
For additional Inforaatlon, It will ba nacaaaary to rafar to tha
dlagnoatlc wrltaup.
2 . 0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Workaanahlp Maaual (STD 116)
A-SP-KUVll-A-2 Eniinaaring Spaclf ication
2.2
2.3
EK-ADV11-OP-#01 ADVll-A. KUVll-A, AAVll-A. DRVll Uaara
Manual
2.4 11L03 Manufacturing Spaclf Icatlona
2.5 Mlcrocoaputar Handbook EB-07948
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 LSIll Standard Coaputar
3.2 KVVll-A Modula
3.3 Output taralnal/DLVlI
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAIMDEC-11 - DVKVA KVVll-A Dlagnoatlc and Vrltaup
4.2 MAINDEC-11 - DZKVF DEC/Xll Ezarclaar and Vrltaup
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS
3.1 If tha ayataa contalna an H322 algnal dlatrlbutlon panal,
connact tha KWVll-A by aaana of a BC08R cable, Jl of aodula
to J5 of tha H322. (all 11L03 ayataaa)
• ^
5.2 Whan an ADVll-A and a KWVll-A are both praaant In the aya-
taa, aodula Juapara (DI£C 7010771) are inatallad froa the
KV output tab (CLK) to tha A/D clock uvarflov tab (C) and
froa tha KU tab (STI) to tha AD tab(a).
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5550-0-0
REV
E
OIC 1HM1MMX-N«7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC SPEClFiCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.0 TEST SET DP
6.1 laaurt iwltch packs SI and S3 ara aat for a davlca addraaa
of 170420 and a v«ctor addraaa of AAO raapactiyaly .
6.2 Inaura all avltchaa of awltch pack S2 art turnad off .
6.3 Inatall aodula in CPU alota A thru D02 of all 11L03 ayateaa.
11 STSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE
7.0
7.1 KWll-A Taat Dlagnoatlc (DVKUA)
7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriate load media.
7.1.2 Prograa starting addi
200
204
*
210
*
214
*
220
230
240
*
For Fiald uaa
- Start of logic teata
- Restart addraaa for logic taata
- 10 signal taat #1
- 10 aignal teat #2
- 10 aignal teat #3
- Production atarting addresa
- Taatar atarting addraaa
only.
7.1.3 Alternate aoftvare SR aettinga (176)
Halt on error
Loop on teat
Inhibit error typeout
Enable line frequency rate teating
Inhibit iterationa (abort paaa)
Bell on error
Loop on error
Loop on teat in SVR^7:0^
NOTE: The aoftvare avitch regiater cay be changed at
any tine by typing Control C. If you viah to keep the
current value, type <CR>. If you .viah to change the
value, type the nev value folloved by a <CR>.
SWR15
SVR14
SVR13
SVR12
SVRll
SWRIO
SWR 9
SVR 8
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5550-0-0
REV
OeC l«-Ott)-lM8-M«71
SHEET 3 OF ^
MAN lyACTURING SPECmCATlON
Tinr
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.1.4 Operator Action
7.1.4.1 S«t all SVR blti as deilred (default 000000)
7.1.4.2 Type 200G.
7.1.5 Evidence of End of Paaa and Run Tlae at End of Paas
typeout vlll reaeable the following example:
"END PASS 1 - Total errora 0 - Good units 00000000
00000001" Flrat Pass runs without Iterations and
takes 30 seconds, subsequent peases run with Itera-
tions and take 2.S alnutas.
7.1.6 Acceptable errors: None
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA5550-0-0
REV
B
oec t«'<Mt»-ieu<«««it
SHEET
OF
{I!
t
hi
II
III
8 3 »
»- hi s
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
AAll DIGITAL/ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
Prev. 7668001-0-6110
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
2t
ENO / /
PPD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA^l 10-0-0
REV
A
CN-010M-lft-Nt7a-(3t2)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TTTLI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
AAII DICnAL/AN^LOG COWVERTER
1.0 AAll SET-UT AND GALPKATIOII
Refar to doctaMxiC A-8?-AAll-D-7
1.1 Dlagnottic fackAg*
(i) CalibratloQ Tot Mal2iDEC-ll-I}6BA
(B) Scop« Optlcmi iMt M«liiKC-ll-D6GA
1 2 Oth^r Ralatad Docum«itfl
U) AAll-D D/A Sub-SyttM Manual DEC-11-MAC-D
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6110-0-0 A
otc i*^stf)-iM24«a7a
SHEET
OF
■M&Q&^!&i^M^'^^ii«^t;^^!i:iMiSi^k''. >iSittaaB^!S«*ia«j&^
II
I?
i
Ui
hi
Ui
• c £
I
9 3 »
£ cr e
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
AAVll-A 4 CHANNEL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDr-11/03 - APPENDIX A
RE-V
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prow. 7668001-0-6115
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
f
:M
ENG / / APPD /^//
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
EN-O10a3-lS-NC72-(S»a)
NUMBER
MAA6115-0-Q
SHEET 1 OF 3
Id
REV
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLC
MODUL\R APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
AAVll-A A CHANNEL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDP-ll/e3
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Th« lattnt of this proctdura It to suaaarlzc tht dlagnoitlc vrlteup. For
th« puxpottt of •xptdl«nc7» Cht procedure hat b«tn kept brltf and to the
point, to K«*P ^^o> confuting tht ua«r. For additional Information, It
will ba nacattary to rafar to tha dlagnoatic vrltaup.
2.0 REFtRENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Uorkraanthlp Manual (STD 116)
2.2 Englnaarlng Spaciflcatlon A-SP-AAVll-A-3
2.3 Utar't Manual EK-ADVll-OP-001
2.6 AAn rXnt Sat
3.0 REQUIRED l,>.r EQUIPMENT
3.1 LSI-11 Standard Coaputar
3.2 Otclllotcopa 453 or aquivalent
3.3 DVM - 5 dlglta or accurate null mater
3.4 AAVll-A module
3.5 Output terminal/DLVll
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAIKDEC 11 - DVAAA AAVll-A Teat Dlagnottlc and Write up
4.2 MAINDEC 11 - DXAAC DEC/Xll Exarciter and Write up
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS
5.1 RF Shield provided with AAVll-A mutt be inttalled over Side 1
(component) of module.
5.2 If an H322 Dittributlon Panel it pretent, then connect AAVll-A by meant
of a BC08-06 cable from Jl of module to JIO of tha H322 (all H and J
variationt of 11L03)
[
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6115-0-0
REV
A
CNOlOtJ- 16 N* 721 3«2|
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST . APPENDIX A
6.0 TEST SET UP
6.1 In»ur« iwltch pack SI ttC up for « dtvlct addret* of 170440. No vtctor
It tat up tinea tha AAVll-A la not capable of Intarruptlng.
6.2 Inttall Bodula in Expandar Box (BAll-M) tlot A thru D03 of all H and J
varlatlona of llL03't.
7.0 11 SYSTEM brTECRATIOW TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 AAVll-A Tatt (DVAAA)
7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriate load aadia.
7.1.2 Available taatt and their atarting addraaaea:
ST. ADD TEST
70^^
204
210
214
Manual Logic Tatt
Manual Ramp Teat
Manual Static Calibration
Manxitl Dynamic Calibration
7.1.3 Alternate Software SR aettinga (loc 176)
7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Halt on error
7.1.3.2 SWR14 - 1 Loop on teat
7.1.3.3 SWR13 - 1 Inhibit error typeouta
7.1.3.4 SVfRll - 1 Inhibit iterationa
7.1.3.5 SWRIO - 1 Ball on error
7.1.3.6 SWR 9 - 1 Loop on error
7.1.3.7 SWR 8 - 1 Loop on teat in SWR<7:0>
7.1.4 Operator Action
7.1.4.1 Set SVR bite aa deaired
7.1.4.2 Type 200G (for logic teat)
MOTE: For detailed information on manual ramp teat, manual
atatic calibration teat, and manual dynamic calibration
teat, refer to engineering apecificationa SP-AAVllA-3
7.1.5 Evidence of End of Paaa and Run Time
"END PASS IXZZXZ'* it typed in 5 aaconda with no iterations and
in 20 aaconda with iterationa.
7.1.6 Acceptable Errora: None
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6115-0-0
REV
A
CN OlOIZ i»N«?} (]«2|
SHEET
OF
i!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
" e
1!
MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION
M . A . S . T .
DATE
TITLE ADOl-D A/D CONVEPTER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
(11
t
m
hi
Ui
VJ
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
ll
9 3 ^
Prev. 7668001-0-6120
^^/■/ Jfy^/^u>f>rf ^^£^U
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6120-0-0
REV
A
fN-01MS-l»-NCrt-<M<)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUrACTUIUNC IPECinCATlON
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
'
ADOl-P A/D COWVERTER
1.0 ABOl-D SFT-UF AMD CALIBBATIOri
t«««r to dooBMiC DCC-ll-HAOOA-C-D
1.1 ADOl-D Ace«ptanc« Proc«dur*
R«£ftr to docuMOt A-8P-AZ)01-D'12
1.2 DUgnoitlc Pack«M
(A) ADOl-D Logic and Callbraclun Ttft
MaliiDEC-ll-I>6AB
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6120-0-0 A
DKC l»OM)-lMS4««7a
SHEET 2 OF 2
DIGITAL KQUIPMBNT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M . A . S . T . ^^^^
TITLE LPAll-K LABORATORY PERIPHERAL ACCELEFtATOR " APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
RCV
DESCRIPTION
CHGNO
ORIQ
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
A
Prev. 7668001-0-6124
ENQ
vi^^^ l^^^k^^^
SIZE CODE
A I SP
NUMOER
MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF Ik
MANUFACnmiWC gBCmCATION
TIM
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
LFAll-K LABOIATOKT FIlIPHIItAL ACCELIKATOK
IHTtODUCTIOW
Thla LPAll-X procadurt Mtabllthat BlnlaMi checkout sptclficatloftA for PA&T,
•long vlth configuration raquir—anta .
1.0 TEST BQOIPMZIfT
1.1 Oacllloacopa (100 MRs bandwidth mlo.)
1.2 Quad Bxtandar Hodula (V984)
1.3 Bax Multilajar Ixtandar Nodula (V9048)
1.4 Taktroniz Modal 7D01 Uglc Analysar vlth DFI Dlaplay
Foraattar (or aqulvalant) la raconaandad but not raqulrad.
2.0 TEST SOFTWARE •
2.1 MP00479 LPAll-K Plaid Malntananca Print Sat
2.2 MP00161 AAll-K Plaid Maintananca Print Sat
2.3 MP00047 ADll-K Plaid Maintananca Print Sat
2.4 MP00090 AMll-K Plaid Maintananca Print Sat
2.3 B-DD-DUl-K DRll-K CuatoMr Print Sat
2.6 MP00048 KWll-E Plaid Naintmanca Print Sat
2.7 1-DD-AIll-O ARll CuatoMr Print Sat
2.8 i-DD-LPSll-S LPSll CuatOMr Print fat
2.9 n-LPAll-SM-OOl LPAll-K iMtallatlon and Maintananca Manual
2.10 B-INCll-OP-OOl IMCll-A ItaiataMaca Manual
2.U LJ252-U LPAll-K Diatnoatle Packaga
2.12 LJ234-U IMCll-A Dlagnoatie Packaga
2.13 M4IIDBC-11-DXLPP DBC-X-11 Multluaar Moda Micro Coda Loadtr
2.14 MLZaDBC-ll-OZLPG SBC-Z-ll Dadicatad Moda Micro Coda Loadar
2. 15 HAIlDIC-ll-OZLPI KC-l-U LPAll-K barciaar
2.16 A-8P-LPS11-14 LPSll Accaptanca Procadura
SIZE CODE
A Isp
NUMBCII I RCV
MAA6124-0-0 I k
M<i
It
•NECT
OF
MAWUFACnmiWO geciwcATiow
CONTINUATION SNCET
TfTit
MODULAR APPROArw to SYSTEMS TEST
k
3.0 QttCKooT or AW vndi-T WITH **!" orriows
fh»f art many posaibl* conflgtirationa for the LPAll-K. Tb«r«for«, configu-
ration of th« ayataa cannot ba apaclflcally given for all casat. Tha LPAll-K
■uat ba configurad according to tha guidallnas givtn in tba LPAll-E Install-
ation and Maintananca Naaual. Chackout of tbo LFAll-4^ can procaad aa toon
aa configuration baa baan coaplatad. Chackout of an LPAll-K irith **K"
optlona la aa fclloira:
3.1 Maka aura all davlca addraaaaa, Tactor addrcaaaa and priority lavals of
tha Baaic LPAll-K and any additional optlona on tha LPAIl-K'a I/O Bua
ara aat according to Appandix A of thia docuaant.
3.2 Kaka aura that Svltch 7 of E76 on tha M6200-TC la aat to the "OFT"
poaitlon.
3.3 Maka aura that Ju^>ar VI la Inatallad on tha M8254.
3.4 Maka aura that tha I/O Bua baa at laaat an ADll-K and a EVll-K on it.
3.5 Load MAIHDEC-ll-DllLPA (LPAll-K Syataa Taat). Pollov operating Inatruc-
tlona contained in tha vrlta up for thia diagnoatic. Do not patch
locatlona **SU;** and **8R2:'*. Allov tha prograa to run in Ita default
condition (1 4D11-K and 1 KVll-K). Thia vill be a quick check to aee
that Che Baaic LPAll-K la functioning properly. Allov at laaat four
(4) Bon-^rroring paaaaa. If there la an error, refer to the trouble-
ahootlng flowchart In Appendix B.
3.6 Tha following chackout laatructlona will aaauaie a aaxiaua LPAll Syatesi
(5 DU.l-K'a» 1 nni-K, 2 AD11-K*a, and 1 AAll-K). Oait the aectiona
pertaining to any optlona that ara not Included in the configuration
that ia balng taatad.
3.7 Load MAIMDEC-ll-DILrF (LPA/DUl-K Digital I/O Taat). Follow operating
Inatmctlona contained la tha wrltaup for thia diagnoatic. All DRll-E'a
OB tha LPA11-E*a I/O Bua will ba checked by thia diagnoatic. If an
error occura, fix or raplaca the falling DBll-K. The diagnoatic auat
ba allcwad to aaka at laaat four (4) non-arroring paeaaa.
3.8 Load KAnDBC-ll-OtLPC (LFAll/Ctfll-K DUgnoatlc). Follow operating In-
atmctlona contained la tha wrltaup for thia diagnoatic. Interrupt
logic la not chackad by thia dlagaoatic. If an error occur a, fix or
raplaca tha falling EHll-K. The diagnoatic leuat ba allowed to sake at
laaat four (4) noB-arrorlng paaaea.
SIZE CODE
NUMBER
MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
tc *»nath»aaawt?i
SHEET
OF
14
MAWUTACnWINC gBClFlCATlOW
tini
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.9 Load HAZIDBC-llDILPK (LPAll/ADll-K Dlagnottlc). Follow oporatlng In-
■tructioao eoot«ln«d in tha wrltoup for this dlatnottlc. Chock and
calibrata tha ADll-K (a) according to A-SP-ADll-K-5 which la Included
in tha ADll-K Plaid Nalntananca Print Sat. Daa of thla dlagnoatlc
appaara to tha uaar tha aaaa aa If tha DZADL dlagnoatlc waa balng run
on an ADll-K on tha Onlbua. Intarrupt logic on tha ADll-U la not
chackad by MD-11-DKLPK.
WCftt: Allow a 13 mlnuta warwip f tha ADll-K(a) bafora calibration.
Allow tha dlagnoatlc to aaka at laaat two (2) non-arrorlng paaaas of
**Auto Taat** aftar calibration la coaplatad. Ncka aura tha G5036 wrap-
around aodula la In placa and that tha awltch la In tha "0" poaltlon.
If an AKll-K (Hultlpla Gain Multlplaxar) la to ba Inatallad on tha
ayataa, do ao at thla tlsa. Kafar to A-SF-AHll-K-S (AMll-K Nanu-
facturlog and Flald Accaptanca Procadura) for Ibatallatlon and chackout.
Uaa KAINDEC-ll-DILPB Inataad of MAIMDEC-ll-DZADL. Oilt rafaranca Co
KD-11-DIXAA (DEC/Zll Hodula).
3.10 Load MAIHDEC-ll-DKLFB <LPA11/AA11-K dlagnoatlc). Pollow oparatlng In-
atructlona contalnad in tha wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. Chackout and
calibrata tha AAll-K according to A-SP-AAll-K-S (AAll-K Manufacturing
and Flald Accaptanca Procadura) . MD-11-DKLPl will appaar to tha uaar
tha aaaa aa if MD-11-DZAAC wara balng run on an AAll-K on tha Onlbua.
■owafvar, tha intarrupt logic on tha AAll-K will not ba chackad and the
aattling taat aquara wava will not ba ganaratad. Oait rafarancaa to
running MD-11-DZAAB (DEC/Xll Nodula) .
3.11 Load NAIVDEC-ll-DRLPA. Follow oparatlng inatructlona contalnad in tha
wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. Tha addraaa st locatlona *'SR1:" and "SR2:*'
maj ba found in tha uywho} tabla at tha back of tha Hating. Load
location "SKI:** with tha appropriate blta to infora the dlagnoatlc at to
which optiona are on tha LFAll-K'a I/O Bua. Load location "SK2:" with
tha appropriate blta to infora the dlagnoetic aa to how the optiona are
aet up for taat. Tha FAAT area will have G5036 wraparound aodulaa on
all ADll-K'a praaant. Sat tha awitchaa on tha G5036'a to the "0" poal-
tlon. G5036 wraparound Bodulai are optional in the field. All DRll-K'a
will have tha one foot BC08R wraparound cable inatallad; if an AAll-K
ia praaant, it will have one of the diaplay acopaa connected (aa dea-
cribad in A-SP-AAll-K-S) .
Allofw KAIMDEC-ll-DILPA to itake a ■iniauB of aiz (6) non-arroring paaaee.
If an error doaa occur, refer to tha troublaahooting charta in Appendix
tC »»t»MhWMWT«
SIZE
A
COOEl NUMtER
SP I MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
SHEET Jl OF
'mmmmm'
hUNUFACTUIUNG gEClFlCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
A.O CBEOCOUT 0? AN LPAll-K WITH AN All!
A.l Cocflgurc the LPAll-K vlth mn AIll analog raaltiaa •ubayataa that hat
prevloualy been checked out aad accepted according to the A&ll Syaten
XnatallatloD and Checkout Procedure (A-SP-ARl 1-0-4). Follov config-
uration guidelines given in the LPAll-K Inatallatlon and Maintenance
Manual (EK-LPAll-SH-001) .
4.2 Set the Device Addresa of the ARll to 770600. Set the Vector Address to
340.
4.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address and Priority Level of the Basic
LPAll-K according to Appendix A of this document .
4.4 Make sure that Switch 7 of E76 on the M8200-TC la set to the *'01'F"
position.
4.5 Make sure that Jusper VI la Installed on the M8254.
*
4.6 Make sure a CS036 wraparound Bodule Is connected to the ARll In the
FA&T area. Set the s«rltch to the "O" position. The G5036 wraparound
■odule la optional In the field.
4.7 Load MAINDEC-11-DRLPA (LPAll-K Syatca Test). Follow operating Inatruc-
tlons contained In the wrlteup for this dlagnoatlc. Patch location
"SRI:" to 002000. Patch location "SR2:" to 002000 If the 05016 la
preaent. Allow the dlugnostlc to aake at least six (6) non-«rrorlng
paaaes. If an error does occur, refer to the troubleshooting flowcharta
in Appendix B. '
5.0 CHHCKOUr OF AN LPAll-K V;TH AN LPSll
5.1 Configure the LPA11~K with an LPSll Laboratory Peripheral Syatem that has
prevloualy been checked out and accepted according to the LPSll Accept-
ance Procedure (A-SP-LPSll-S-14) . Follow configuration guidelines
given In the LPAll-X Inatallatlon and Maintenance Manual (EK-LPAll-SM-
001) .
5.2 Set the Baae Device Addreaa of the LPSll to 770400. Set the Vector
Addref^a to 340.
5.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address, and Priority Level of the Baaic
LPAll-K according to Appendix A of this document .
5.4 Make aure that Switch 7 of E76 on the M8200>TC le set to the "OFF"
poeltlon.
SIZE TCOOE] NUMBER
A I SP I MAA6124-0-0
.•(MXhtM«4M7t
REV
SHEET
Or 14
'^Jm
MANUFACTURINC SPECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5.5 Make tura that Jtapar VI !• installed on the M8254.
5*6 Maka aura that all A/D Channal Inputs ara ahortad to ground.
5.7 If tha LPSll haa tha LPSDRA Option, it miat hava tha Digital I/O last
Cabla (7009192) connactad. Thia is optional in tha fiald, but mandatory
In tha rA4T araa.
5.8 If tha LPSll haa tha LFSVC Option, a acopa auat ba connactad to the
•copa control output on tha rear of tha LPSll chaasis. lafar to para-
graph 14.0 of A-8P-LPS11-S-14 (LPSll Acceptance Procedure) for aelection
of the proper acope and ita inatallation. Thia ia optional in the field,
but aandatory In the FA&T area.
5.9 Load MAmDEC-ll-DRLPA (LPAll-IC Syatea Teat). Follov opereting instruc-
tions conteined in the vriteup for this diagnostic. The eddress of
locationa **8E1:" and **8R2:" aay ba found in the Syabol Table at the back
of the listing. Load location '*8R1:** with tha appropriate bite to in-
fora the diagnoatic that there ia a LPSll on the LPAll-R'e I/O Bue, and
to infom it aa to which optiona are in the LPSll. Load location "SR2:*'
with the appropriate bite to infora the diagnoatic aa to how the LPSll
optiona are eet up for teet.
Allow MAmDEC-ll-DRLPA to sake at leaat aix (6) non-erroring passes.
If an error doaa occur, refer to the troubleahooting charts in Appendix
B.
6.0 LPAll-K OPTION ACCEPTAHCE
6.1 Parfora tha option teat given in Section 3.0 of this docuaent if the
LPAll-C has *V optiona on the I/O Bua.
6.2 Parfom tha option cast giTan In Section 4.0 of thia document If the
LPAll-K baa an ARll on tha I/O Bua.
6.3 FarfoTB the option taat $iy9n ia Section 5.0 of thie doc
LFAll-K has aa LPSll on the I/O Bua.
t if the
6.4
Configure DBC/Ul for the ayataa that the LPAll-K is on. DEC/Ul for
the LPAll-K auat iadode MAHIDEC-II-DXLPF, HAIMDEC-ll-DZLPC and
MjmiDBC-lI-IXZLPB. Vbcn nrnnlng DECZ/11 in tha FA4T araa, run MD-11-
DILP6 aad MD-11-ULPB. Tliay auat be aalected in thet order. Do not
•aUet MD-ll-OXLPF aad MD-ll-DXLPH if a probloa aasMd to aziat with the
•jataa iHiaa tha eaatoaar waa oaiag aultiuaar aode. HD-11-DZLPF and
ID-lX-dLPG ara both loaders that ara uaed to load tha aicrocode thet
la nm hj tha MD-ll-OZLPB asardaar. MD-11-DZLPF la tha aicrocode
loader for the aultloaar «Dda. 1ID-11-4>ZLPC la tha aicrocode loader for
the dadlcatad soda. If all three LPAll-X DBC/Zll aodulea vara aalected,
irtiichawar of tha two loadara waa tha laat one aalected, would be the
<me whoaa aicrocode would ba asardaed by MD-11-DZLPB.
SIZE
A
esc ISKMthtMt^**:
CODE I NUMBER
8P I MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
M^&^i^i^lM,^^-^
■4^^ ',i^SSt!iii'}i^i^^S&ii&n/t.s.:.i^J,-ju,A:l -
Tini
CONTINUATION SNf ET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.4 cont
Patch locatlont **8Ut'* md "812 :" of KAIIIDEC-ll-OILPB according to th«
laatructloDS containad in tba writaup for thia DEC/Xll aodula. lun
DEC/Zll for a ainiaa of four (4) houra,
mi€ CODE
A Isp
MliyRFR
MAA6124'0'-0
T
i*imtyim99H7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACnmiNC mBCmCATlOH
■n CONTIMUATION SNCET
TITU
NODULAR APPROACH
I TO
SYSTEMS TEST
•
APPfNDtX A
DIVICZ
DEVICE
AODUSS
VECTOR PIIOIITT
ADD1B8S LEVEL
•
DfCll-A
770460
•30C 5
M8200-TC
770470
420 S
AAll-K
770416
360 4
ADll-C
11
770400
340 6
ADll-K
#2
770440
400 6
Alll
770400
340 Plud
Dtll-K
#1
767770
310 4
Dtll-K
#2
767760
320 4
Dtll-K
#3
767750
330 4
DRll-X
#4
7677*0
350 4
Dtll-K
15
767730
370 4
KVil-C
770404
344 6
LP811
770400
340 Plscd
* Pr«f«rTftd PloatlBf V«ctoi
AfddrMt
1 Size 1 CODE 1 NUMtCR
1 A 1 » 1 MAA6124.0-0
REV 1
HteiMi
n
•Ncrr
8
OP
iir.,j;i!Sitt*afeiV. ..-. c J-JiH 'iifc iiia tssi^ -(■."SS^!' ■ ^.iii^^&-
MANUTACnmiWC gBdnCATlOW
Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SNf CT
APrHIDZI B
MBK LPAIKIC
♦■•■•■•^^"'■^
SIZE
CODE] NUMtER
8P I MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
He t^iamt-imamn
SHEET
OF
MAWUFACnmiWC MCIFICATTON
CONTINUATION %4ttl
TITil
MOnilLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
BASIC LPAll-K
SIZE
A
CODE
tP
NUMtER
MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
>»<— «hi— tm?t
SHEET 12 OF ii
SHcrr iL OF -il
MANUFACTUMWC gBOPICAIION
Tmi MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SNCCT
•-V PASS
(j> '
PASS
tPAll-K WITH "IC" OPTIOMS
REPAIR
PUT AAll-K
ON UNIBUS
PASS
REPAIR
REPAIR
PUT DRll-l
ON UNIBUS
PASS
PAZL
I REPAIR I
* I ssssrngm
OCI NUMBER
MAA6124-0-0
REV
A
IMMWrt
SHEET
12
OF J±
i..jc*jea:f .*(■ ■Wl .
V;I)».;,afeSR:i«iSS^}^s4S\;i
MANUFACnmiWG gBOFICA-nON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
IFAll-K WITH ARll
YES
REPAIR
PASS
YES
PASS
REPAIR
REPAIR
' wont If DILPA reports an error and It casoot bo fouod by nnmlng DtLPC,
*~~~ OiLPD or DILPB; tboa jcu wwt coonoct tbo Ihiibuo to tho LPAll'o I/O
Boo. Boaovo tho 10254 aodulo and roploco It vlth a C727 grant card,
tun MD-11-DZAIA, lf>-ll-OZAU and MD-11-DZAlC to aolvo tbo probloa.
Maka aura ytn do oot ascoad tba Oaibua Load 8pae*a.
SIZE
A
CODE
tP
NUMSER
MAA6124-0-0
SEV
A
n
SNEET 13 OF .JJ.
MAItUFACroilWC MC1P1CAT10N
C0NT1NUAT10I4 SHEET
TITU
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
PASS >^ KUN
PASS
FAIL
REPAIR
yf:s
PAIL
REPAIR
■OTE: If DILPA raperts aa arror, aad it caonot b« found by rurning
ll>-ll-OILPH» ll)*ll-OiLPI or MD-11-DILPJ; tbaa 70U muat
eooaact tha Oalbua to tba LPA11-K*a I/O Bua. taaova tha
10254 aodttla «Dd raplaca it with a 6727 %tmat card, tun
ID-11-OZIPC, IB-ll-DZlPD or ID-ll-DZIPI to aolva tba problaa.
Maka aura you 4o aet a«caad tba Oaibua Load Spaca.
SIZE CODE
HUMSES I REV
MAA6124-0~0 I A
n
SHEET .iJL OF
DIOITAI^ EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATr
TITLE
ADll-K BACKUP REFERENCH: DOCUMENTATION - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIO
DATE
APPC BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-6125
ENQ fj
APPD
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6125-0-0
REV
A
KN^lMS-lt^t/a-OMI
SHEfcT 1 OF h
MANUTACTURINC OTCIWCATION
Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
ADll-K BACKP? lEriKEIICE D0CttmiT4TI«
1.0 im9wgH9H.
2.0
9.0
4.0
TiM latent of this procodur* la to •vHoorlso th« dloBnootle vrlto-up
for tho purpooo of oayodloaey. All laotnwtlooo eoatalaod la thlo
proeoduro aro brlaf aad dlroct for roaaooa of alafllflcatloa, oo aot to
eoofaao tho oporator vhoa porfomlat dlatnaatle toatlaf. Por aoro
lB-4opth lafonaatloa, It will bo aoeooaary to rofar to tho 41agBOotl«
vrltc-iip.
hfhhice pocuMEirrg
Tba docmoata llatod bolov ato for rofaroaea oalj.
2.1 Voitaaoahlp Haaual
ADllHC Uaor'a Naanal EK-AOll-K-OP-#01
AOllHC Prlat Sot B-TC-AOllHC-1
2.2
2.3
2.4
AOll-K Manttfacturlng aad Flald Ixataa Accaptaaca Frocoduro
A-8P-AD11-K-5.
lEQPIlED TEST BOPIMEWT
3.1
9.2
BGS036 Malataaaaca Kit (cooalata of a G5036 wrap-arouad aodula
aad a BC08I*1 cjhla).
Callbratad DC voltaga aourca (IDC aodol HV116 or aqulvaloat) . ivo
ara aaodod If a vrap-arouad aodula la aot avollabla.
9.3 PDP-11 CPU.
MQUIRED TEST SOPTWiM
4.1' MAZHDEC-ll-OZAOL
4.2 NADIDEC-11-IBAn
ADllHL Dlagaootle aad Wrlta-Up.
oec-Zll ADll-E Isarelaar aad Wrlta-Op.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6125-n-n
REV
A
SOSOQSO
CN ■« 1 o'7-i M«« r S-1 Stfl
BHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOr^IlIAR APPROACH TO SYSTFNS TgST
5,0 SriiniAf. INSI'KCTION AW) ggCKS
5.1 AN-iiirr tlu' A/D convcrCar package la aacurcly faatanad to tha
A^iM'' luotiula.
6.0 T'-:ST .Ml ■[.{■
6.1 If 'iddrcsa and vacCor awitchaa par AOlI-K Mfg. and Flald Sjati
Aci'pianca procadura A-S?-ADll-K-5 ■action 2.2 - 2.3.
6.2 inacall G5036 irrap-ai./uiid taat card par ADll-K Mf|. and Flald
System Aceaptanca Procadura A-8P>ADll-K-5 aacClon 6.1 if wrap-
arntnd modula li availabla. If Cha wrap-around aodula la not
availablt, rafar to ADll-K Hfg. and Plr^d SystM Accaptanca
Procadura A-8P-AD11HC-5 taction 6.2.
7.0 yY^TEH mTEg^T^ipy TWT
<J.^*?<'J1.
7.1 Load dlagziotclc lato ajataB uadar tMt using low or high apaad
tapa raadar, ZXDP, or ACT-11.
7.2 Prograa SUrt-Op
7.2.1 Load AddrMB 7100
7.2.2 Start 81 - #0000# (Standard Dafault Condition)
7.3 Switch taglatar Sattings
7.3.1 SW15 • ^1 or Up F^lt on Error
7.3.2 SW14 • 1 or Up Loop on Taat
7.3.3 8V13 - 1 or Up Inhibit Irror Typaouta
7.3.4 6V12 - 1 or Up for 7TS5 Display
7.3.3 SVll • 1 or Up Inhibit Itarationa
7.3.6 SVlO - 1 or Up Ball on Irror
7.3.7 8W9 •• 1 or Up Loop on Brror
7.3.8 8V8 • 1 or Up Loop on Taat in 8R <$:7>
wsm
SIZE
A.
CODE
8P
MUMSfH
MAA6125-0-0
REV
A
CM*eioa>'i«^«7M3fr
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURJNC SPECIFICATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TTflt
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
7.^ Operator Actloa
After tb« dUgnoatlc hat b««n ftartad, thla ftatMaot It prlntad
ouC: "Typ« th« l«tt«r and carrlaf* ratura of tha daairad taat."
Tlia Auto Taat (A) ahould b« aalactad alnea It oparataa all
dlaRQoatle portiooa of tha ADll-K taat.
Tha oparator ahould obaanra 2 non-arrorlng paaaaa. Rtmnlog tha
Auto taat on tha first paaa ahould taka 18 Binutaa, auccaaalTa
paaaaa ahould taka 36 «liiutaa aaeh.
I
7.5 Aceaptabla Errora
Thara ara no aceaptabla arrora.
7.6 Procadura # RaaUrt Aftar Rapalr
7.6.1 Rapaat atapa 7.2 thru 7.5,
7.7 DEC -111 With KUll-K Inatallad
7.7.1 Rafar to ADll-K Mfg. and Flald Syats Accaptaoca
Procadura A-SP-ADllHC-S Sactloa 7 for lataractlva
taatlng.
Size
cooe
8P
NUMieil I RCV
MAA6125-0-0 | A
CN.«ia«t*i«-M«ya^M»
SNIET
OF
}!
1'
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLt
AAll-K DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIRTION
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
II
At
* i e
Prev. 7668001-0-6126
^>^/^m It^^CZ
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6126-0-0
REV
CN-01M3-l«-NS7t-<Mt)
SHEET 1 OF «♦
MAWUPACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
^*^^ MCOJLAP APPHQftCH TO SYSTQC TEST _ APPENDIX A
AAll-t MCITAL TO AWALOC COMVgKTER
l.O IWnODUCTIOII
Th« Intwt o£ thlf proMdurt it to •u»«rit« th« dl.Enoitlc vrittup for
21 i^rJS.. of ..ptdltncy. All Inttructlooi in thl. procodurt .f bri.f
It; KrHt for "lion, of .i-pllfic.tlon. .o not to -» «• th. op.r.tor
^o porfo(.in« dUgno.tlc f.tl-t. For .or. l«-d.pth Inf oration. It
will b« noeattary to r«f«r to tho dUgnoitic writoup.
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
BBfEtgUCT DOCUMEMTATION
Tho docwMnti liittd b«low %f for r«f«r«nct only.
2.1 VortaMnthis> Mami«l
AAll-K uior'i Manual K-AAllK-m-OOl
AAll-K Print Sat
2.2
2.3
2.4
AAll-l Manufacturini and Fiald 8yitt» Acctptanca Procadura
A-8P-AAII-K-5
■EqUllED TK8T BQUIPMENT
3.1 Calibratad DC Volt Matar
3.2 V114 or VTOl Scopa or Iquivalant
3.3 Oacilloacopa Taktronis 453 or Iquivalant
3.4 PDP-11 CPU with 1 Oi*d tPC Hot
tiqUIRED TEST SOnWAKZ
4.1 MAlHDtC-ll-DZAAC-A DIAOIOSTIC AHD WWTEUP FOt AAll-K
4.2 HAWDEC-ll-DXAAB-A AAll-K DtO-X-U Ixarci.ar and Writaup
SPECIAL IHSPECnOWS AND CHECKS
MCIIE
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6126-0-0 A
CN-OlOtZ 1«N«7? (3«2l
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC SFECIFICATION
TITL»
CONTINUATION SHtCT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.0 TEST SITOP
6.1 S«t up addr«ti and vactor tviechet per AAll-K Mfg. and Fiald Syatam
Accapcaoca Procadura A-SP-AAll-K-S Sac dona 3. A - 3.6.
6.2 Connact acopa cabla to AAll-K barg connactor Jl par AAll-K Mfg. and
Fiald Sjataa Accaptanca Procadura A-SP-AAll-K-5 Section 4.2.
7.0 11 SYSTEM IWTtCRATIOW TIST PKOCEDURE
7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriate load nadia.
7.2 Program atarting addraaa
7.2.1 Load addraaa 200
7.2.2 Start 000000 (SR) atrndard avitch aattinga
7.3 Alternate mritcb aattinga
7.3.1 SWlS-1 Rait on Error
7.3.2 SV14"1 Loop on currant teat
7.3.3 SV1>1 Inhibit error typaout
7.3.4 SV12*1 Storage Scope connected
7.3.5 SW11"1 Inhibit teat itcrationa
7.3.6 SW10"1 Extanul delay connected
7.3.7 SW09*1 Tvo'a coa^plimant aode
7.3.8 SW08"1 Loop on teat in SR 7:0
7.4 Operator Action
A maaaaga will be typed designating a 2 letter code for sub test
selection. The auto logic test "AL" should be selected first to
verify proper logic oparation. Than "AD" ahould be typed to run
the viaual display portion.
NOTE: If acopa display is not available, refer to the AAll-K Mfg.
and Fiald Acceptance Procedure, A-SP-AAII-K-S for alternative
taating.
mam
SIZE CODE
A I SP
NUMBER
MAA6126-0-0
CN OIOS? 1«N«77(39}|
SHEET
OF
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONHNUATION SHEET
TITIC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.5 Evid«nc« of End of ?•••, or E«tiA«t«d Run Tint
7.5.1 Subttit "AL" t«k«» approx. 30 toe.
7.5.2 Sub cat t "AD" C«k«s «pprox. 60 tec.
7.5.3 SubtMt "AL" !■ op«r«eor dependent.
7.5.4 Subtest "ML" ie • non-ending loop.
7.5.5 Subteet "MD" le • non-ending loop.
7.6 Acceptable Errore
NONE
7.7 Procedure #leetart After tepeir
7.7.1 Repeat stepa 7.2 through 7.6.
SIZE
A
cooe
SP
MliyilFO
MAA6126-0-0
REV
A
CNoioaa i*N*72 (3«2)
SHEET
OF
!
I
I
hi
n
1*1
Hi
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T
DATE
TITLE
AMll-K MULTIPLEXER EXPANDER - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
Prev. 7668001-0-6127
CHQ NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
S£
ENQ
Jr^-:
jr/^=^jAc«
APPO
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
etii^iM«.i»^«7fHata)
SHEET 1 OF «♦
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
nni
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
AMll-K MULnPUXEt EXFANDEX
l.O IimtODDCTION
Th« latent of th£« proc«dur« it to §\ammTif the diagnostic vritt-up for
th« purpo«« of •xpadioncy. All inatruetions contained in this procadura
ara direct and brief for reaaona of aiBplificatL'>n, so as not to confuse
the operator when performinf the diagnostic testing. For aore in-dc-,>th
infonution, it vill be neceasary to refer to the diagnoatic trrite-up.
2.0 EZFEHEWCE DOCUMENTAnON
The docuaenta liatad below ere for reference only.
2.1 Workaanahip Manual
AMll-K Oaer'i Manual EX-AallX-TM-OOl
AMll-K Print Set
3.0
4.0
5.0
2.2
2.3
2.4
AMll-K Manufacturing and Field Systea Acceptance Procedure
i^SF-AMll-K-S.
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMEWT
3.1 Oacilloacope Tektronix 453 or e^uivelent.
3.2 BC5036 Maintenance Kit (GS036 Wraparound Module and a BC08R-01 Cable)
3.3 Calibrated K voluge aource (EDC Model MVlOO or equivalent).
3.4 BC08R-08 cable
3.5 ADll-K Analog tfedule
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4. 1 MAIllKC-ll-DZAOB-B ADll-K diagnoatic uaed for checkout and debug of
the AMll-K.
4.2 MAIMDKC-11-DXADB-A ADll-K DEC- X-11 exerciser.
SPECIAL IKSPECnOHS AMD CHECKS
NOME
SIZE CODE
A I sp
NUMBER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
CNoiot; i»-N«72otai
5HEET 2 Q^ 4
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
6.0 TtST SETUP
6.1 ConiMCC a BCll-T cable froa ADU-R J2 to AMll-K Jl.
6.2 Connact Ch« BC081-08 cabl* froa ADU-K Jl to AMll-K J3.
6.3 Connect GS036 tost aodulo to J2, J4 or JS doponding on which bank of
channala on tha AM11~K ara to ba taatad; i.a., J2 - CH20 - 37,
J4 - CH40-57, J5 - CH60-77.
NOTE: GS036 aodula connacta to tha AKll-K via a BC08R-01. Thia
cabla ahould ba inatallad upaida down, i.a., A-W inataad of A-A.
7.0 11 SYSTEM IlflEGRATIOW TEST PROCEDORE
7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriate load aadia.
7.2 Prograa atart addrasa
7.2.1 Load addraaa 200
7.2.2 Start 000000 (SR) atandard awitch aattinga
7.3 Altarnata Svitch Sattinga
7.3.1 SU15 • 1 Halt on arror
7.3.2 SW14 - 1 Loop on teat
7.3.3 8W13 - I Inhibit error typeouts
7.3.4 SW12 • 1 Halt for VT33 diaplay
7.3.5 Stfll - 1 Inhibit iterationa
7.3.6 9W10 • 1 Bell on error
7.3.7 SV09 * 1 Loop on error
7.3.8 SW08 * 1 Loop on teat in SWR 7:0
SIZE CODE
A Isp I
CN oioa>i»N«;2(]«2i
NUMBER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTUMNC SfEClFICATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.4 Operator Action
A ■•••«!• ^* printed with a list of iubtaata that tha uaar aay
aalact. For aeeaptanca varification, tha only taat to ba aalactad
ia taat "A", tha auto taat. Bafora running tha taat, a 1 location
patch ia nacaaaary to aalact ona of thraa baaa addraaaaa of tha
ehannala to ba taatad tafar to Saction 6.3 for channal aalaction.
Tha location "baaa CB" ahould ba patchad for 20 (ehannala 20-37 to
ba taatad), 40 (ehannala 40-57 to ba taatad) or 60 (ehannala 6C-77
to ba taatad).
NOTE: If BG5036 wraparound taat board ia not availabla, rafar to
tha AMll-K Mfg. 4 Piald Aeeaptanca Procadura A-SP-AMll-K-5 Saction
7.2 for altarnativa taating.
7.5 Evidanca of End Paaa or Eatiaatad lun Tiaa
Whan running tha auto taat "END PASS" will ba typad. Each paaa of
tha auto taat takaa approxiaataly 10 ainutaa.
7.6 Aceaptabla Errora
NONE
7.7 Procadura iRaatart Aftar Rapair
lapaat atapa 7.2 through 7.6.
NOTE: If analog aaction of tha option ia rapairad, racalibration
■ay ba nacaaaary. lafar to AMll-K calibration procadura for further
inatructiona.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6127-0-0
REV
A
CN 01012 i»-N«'20«2l
ill
in
fill
Ail
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
LSP-11 SYSTEM CHECKOUT L ACCEPTANCE - APPENDIX A
TEViSIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
: 9
Prov. 7668001-J-6130
"Tgvy J/^4^/^^fAff n^J^^A^tcpC^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6130-0~0
REV
A
EN-010t3-l»-NC72-(392)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURINC iPECmCAnON
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS THST - appf^htv a |
LPS -11 SYSTEM CHECKOUT & ACCEPTANCE
1.0 LPS-11 Satup and Calibration
Rafar to Docimant DEC-ll-HLWA-B-D
1.1 LPS -11 Acctptanca Procadura
Rafar to Docxnant A-SP-LPSll-S-14
1.2 Diagnostic Packaga
A) LPS-11 last I MAINDEC-11-DZLPC
B) LPS-11 Taat II MAINDEC-U-DZLPD
C) M7023 Digital I/O Teat MAINDEC-11-DZLPI-A
Othar Ralatad Docmants
LPS-11 SyttflB Uaart Guida DEC-11-ULFMA-B-D
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
M;>A6130-0-0 a
OaC It-'ltl^-lOtX-MATS
SHEET
0»
Ml
I'
2
S
Ui
hi
n
ill
r M O C
'III
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
^'^^^ 16 CHANNEL 12 BIT A/D FOR Pr)P-Il/03 - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-6135
M.
ENQ
"7^/y J^Ay,
Y^hJS/^(
AP£P
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6135-0-0
REV
A
CN-«1«M- 1 e-N« 72-< 392)
SHEET 1 OF k
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITlf
MflDUIAR Af PROACH TO systems test
16 CHAHNIL 12 BIT A/D FOR PI)P-ll/03
1.0 nmtoDuaioM
Th« IntMt of thl» proc«dur« it to ■uHurltt th« dlatnottlc tn:lt«up. For
tb« purpoa* of •zptdlMcy, th« proc*dur« h«s b«tn k«pt brl«f, and to th«
point, to iMop fro« confu«ln| th« uwr. For mdditlonal InforMtlon. It
will b« a«c««s«r7 to r«f«r to tba dlagnoatlc vrltaup.
2.0 KEFERgflCE DOCOHZHTATIOH
2.1 WorkaanbOlp )tonu«l (STD 116)
2.2 Bntln««rlnt Sp«ciflc«tioni SF-ADVll-A-3
2.3 ADVll-A Print S«t
2.4 EK-ADVll-OP-001 A0V11-A, fWVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll U««rs Manual
2.5 11L03 Manufacturing Spaelflcationa
3.0 REQUIKED TEST EQUIPMEHT
3.1 LSm Standard Coaputar vith 91 of mnorj
3.2 Tait connactar 70-12894
3.3 Praciaion Toltaga aourca: Elactronic Davalopwnt Corp. (EDO VS-llN
or aquivalant.
3.4 ADVll-A aodula
3.5 Output tarvinal/DLVll
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAINDEC 11 - DVADA ADVll-A Farfor^nca Taat Dlagnoatic and vriteup.
4.2 MAINDEC 11 - OXADC DBC/Xll Exarciaar and %rritaup.
5.0 SPECIAL aSTRDCTIOHS AND CHECKS
5.1 If an H322 distribution panal ia praaant. than connact ADVll-A by
■aana of a BC08ll-#6 cabla froa Jl of aodula to JIO of tha B322
(all C and D ▼arlationa of 11LI3)
5 2 Whan an ADVll-A and a KUVll-A ara both praaant in tha ayataa aodula,
juapara (DEC 7#1#771) ara inatallad froa tha EW output tab (CLE) to
tha A/D clock ovarfloir tab (C) and froa ba KW tab (STl) to tha A/D
tab(a).
SIZE
A
cooc
SF
NUMBER
MAA6135-0-0
REV
CN-«10t>l«-N«7t|]ftl
SHEET 2 OF
MAWUFACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION
Tinc
CONTINUATION SHEET
MnniiTAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5.3 Two HP thicldt art provided with Mch ADVll-A. They ar* lMtall«d on
•ach tlda of tha aodula.
5.4 If iha ADVll-A la hookad up to an H322, than SEt algnal auat ba
iroundad on tha H322 ao that tha A/D la ahlppad to tha cuatoaar In
alngla andad aoda. To accoapliah thla, conuact a irlra bacwaan J8
top ncrav tarmloaJl (SE algnal) to J7 top acrav taralnal (logic CID)
on tha H322.
6.0 TEST SET UP
6.1 Insura avltch packa S2 and SI ara aat up for a davlca addraaa of 171400,
and a vac tor of 400 raapactlvaly.
6.2 Inatall aodula In alota A thru D03 of CPU box C and D varlatlona of
I1L03.
6.3 Install taat connaetar 70-12894 In Barg Comiactar Jl of aodula.
7.0 11 STSTEK DITEGItATIOW TEST PROCEDUltE
7.1 AOVll-A Parforaanca Taat (DVATA)
7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriata load aadia.
7.1.2 SuBury of availabla tasta and character trpad to axacuta.
Character Typad
V
C
P
L
A
Taat
Wrap around taat
Calibration taat
Print valuaa taat
Logic taata
Wraparound and logic taata
* NOTE 1: Wraparound taat raquiraa Barg Taat Connactar to run.
NOTE 2: Prograa will giva inatructiona on calibrating upon typing C.
7.1.3 Prograa starting addrasaaa
7.1.3.1 200 - Por noraal taat
7.1.3.2 204 - Raatart
7.1.3.3 210 - Option araa bum- in
SIZE COOC
NUMBER
MAA6135-0-0
REV
CN010«>1«-N*7a(l«2l
SHCCr 3 OP
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tmc
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TbST
7.1.4 Alt«nut« Softvara SI sattlnga (176)
B«lt on error
Loop on t«at
Inhibit error typeouta
Bait for V155 Dlaplay
Inhibit itaratlona
Ball on arror
Loop on arror
SVR15 •
SVI114 •
SVR13 •
SWia2 <
SVIll ■
SVUO *
SUR 9 ■
SVR 8 ■
1 Loop on taat In SVR<7:0^
7.1.5 Operator Action
7.1.5.1 Sat SVR blta aa daalrad.
7.1.5.2 Typa 200G
7.1.5.3 Type cbarnctar to run daiilrad taat.
7.1.6 Evldanca of End of Paaa
At and of pnaa, tb« following typ«tout vlll occur:
"END PASS GOOD UNlTS HHH$tHtMtll"
Thla Indlcataa that unlta 1 and 2 hava run without failure.
7.1.7 Execution tlae for each teat la:
Calibration:
Print Valvea:
Wraparound :
Logic:
Auto:
5 converalona/aln. 9110 baud
8 convecaiona/S aaconda 9 110 baud
7 mlnutea I'lrat paaa; 32 alnutae for
aucceaaive paaaea
1 ainute
8 mlnutea flrat paaa; 33 mlnutea for
auccaaalve paaaea
7.1.8 Acceptable Errora: Hone
SIZE
CODE
_SP
NUMBER I REV
MAA6135-0-0 a
CN-010«>I«-N«7>(]«3)
SHEET
OF
I!
;
!
in
Ut
* k C
S *" C
I'i
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION ^^^^ 5/7/81
TITLl M.A.S.T. IBll
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORIO
DATE
APRO BY
DATE
A
Now Release
ML 0)3
c
/^^
&ls*J^i
ENO Art Richard
ARPO Bob Beck
^
SIZE
CODE
SP
CN-«lM«.l»4««7t-Otf)
NUMBER
MA-A6154-0-0
5!TYt ! ^
or
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
IBll
1.0 INTRODUCTION:
1.1 Tiie IBll option is a hardware/software package that
allows Lest and measurement instrments that are IEEE
bus compatible to be interfaced with the PDP>11
Unibus. The IBll consist of a DWll Unibus to Q-bus
Interface, DDVU Backplane, and IBVll IEEE Instrument
Bus Interface.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION t
2.1 Manuals 6 Engineering Specification:
2.1.1 IBll Unibus to IEEE Instrument Bus
Interface Installation Manual EK-IBllA-IN
2.1.2 DWll Unibus to LSI-11 Bus
Installation Manual
2.1.3 IBVll-A LSI-11 Bus to Instrument
Bus Interface User's Manual
2.2 prints and Schematics:
2.2.1 IBll Field Maint. Print Set
2.2.2 DWll Unibus to Q-bus Print Set
2.2.3 IBVll-A LSI/IB Interface Print Set
EP-DWllA-IN
EP-IBVll-UG
MP00620
MP00459
MP00274
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
3.1 PDP-11 with 16K words of memory.
3.2 Console terminal such as an LA36, LA120 or equivalent
3.3 Appropriate load media.
3.4 Digital Volt Meter (DVM) , accurate to .IV § 15 volts.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA A6154-0-0
OR t*on>^wn-Nsn
SHEET
OF
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION "■■ CONTINUATKJN SHEET
^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS:
4.1 CVIBB7? IBVll-A Diagnostic
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
5.1 When installing the M8217 module into an available
Unibus backplane SPC slot, the NPG in/NPG out jumper
CAl to CBl must be removed.
6.0 INSTALLATION i TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
•
•
6.1 Visual
Inspection:
6.1.1
Check for any structural damage to modules such
as broken components, cut etches, etc.
6.2 Module
Switch Configuration:
6.2.1
The first M7954 module switches are configured
as follows:
Reference Figures 1, 2, and 3.
For Bus address 160150:
82 - switches 7, 8, fc 10 on.
switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6 9 off.
For vector address 420:
SI - switches 1, 5, & 8 on.
switches 2, 3, 4, 6, & 7 off.
6.2.2
Other M7954 modules to be added to the syst!em
will use floating address and vector
assignments.
6.3 Module
Cabling:
6.3.1
Two BC05L-06 cables connect from the M8217 to
the M9401 module. See Figure 4. The red
stripe on the cables must be adjacent to
connectors pins W/UU on both modules.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA A6154-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITH
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.4 Modult plactmtnti
R«f«r to Figures 5 and 6.
6.4.1 The M8217 is placed in a available Unibus
backplane SPC slot.
6.4.2 The M9401 module is placed in slot A/B01 o£ the
DDVll-C LSI-11 Bus backplane.
6.4.3 The M7954 Instrument Bus module is normaly
placed into slot C/D01 of the DDVll-C LSI-U
Bus backplane. If more M7954 modules are to be
added, install into slots noting device
• priority. See Figure 6.
6.4.4 The M9400'yB Terminator module is placed into
the slot just after the last M7954. Normaly
C/D02 of the DDVll-C.
7.0 POWER CHECKS:
The following voltage should be present on the respective
backplane pins:
VOLTAGE
TOLERANCE
BACKPLANE LOC,
+5 V.D.C.
4.75V to 5.25V
AA2, BA2, or
CA2
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE;
Note; For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run
in any particular situation, and for current MAST
minimum test criteria (e.g. pass-counts, etc.),
refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. The
following is a list of step-by-step instructions for
executing each individual diagnostic contained in
the CHECKLIST.
OKuHa^wtMtn
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA A6154-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1 CVIBB?? IBVll-A Diagnostic
8.1.1 Starting Instructions:
Starting nddress Is 200.
CVIBBA IBVllA DIAGNOSTIC
SWR - 000000 NEW - <CR>
END PASS! 1
END PASSf 2
8.1.2 No errors are allowed.
MC lMM>^iaU NtTS
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA A6154-0-O
REV
A
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
19 14 13 12 M to 0* Oa or 0« 09 04 03 02 01 00
STANOAKD AOOMCSS
CONFIGURATION ((•OtSOt
OfF OFF OFF OFr OFF OTF
OH
ON OfF ON
Z2 INDIVIDUAL
SWilCH NUMBERS
i i
z
B*TC
POINTER
biT
O'IBS RtGiSTER
I • IBD REGISTER
NORMALLY 0
'(RESERVED FOR
FUTURE USE I
10
NOTES
1 OFF • Log ICO I 0 . ON • L091C0I <
2 Only tht IBS REGISTER ADDRESS >i confi^urod v<a S2 Th* IBO REGISTER AQORESS oivOft oqwOH «h«
' IBS REGISTER ADDRESS ^2
»
Figure 1 ^7954 Device Addre« Select u.n
0
M '2
I
to
0*
0«
OT
06 05
I
04 05
— — 1
0?
0' 10
-- T
Tl
-L.
iNTESOjPT vFCTQR
STAMOARO VECTOR AOORf 55 q^ Q,f q^^ qk qm
CONFIGURATION 10004201 , ,
St iNOlViOUAi.
SWITCH NUMBERS
:' i 4 y.
0
0
I
NOT USED
0 . EBKQR
1 • SERVICE «»E3blST
0 • COMIMANO AND TALMER
1 • LISTENER
y».'OiSABL£ £""'
I UN 'Oi^aj
— I NC'E Ji
fOB' f.fEBBoP'S
NOTES
t Of F • LOflito' 0 ONMogitoi I
2 Oni» ••>• VECTOR ADDRESS »'•• (6 4) c* t»»<».9«'«4 ••o Si ■'•• S o»« i oi» IBvd-A
^ord■ot• - *«itci«d *oc •)<• fuxci'Ont (hoax
1 51 i OFF . (Ill ii iM OfM» •»•'•'« coBfoti*' co«»>»<'«« '0 tiio •"«''»">•«»*>«
St a ON • A«olh«» •»t»»» COnlfOliO' !• COnwotm 10 ••>• intllymoxi but
Figure 2 M7954 InJcrrupt Vector Address Selection
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6154-0-0
REV
A
Cite 4»(«M|lMt-l4«M
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
INSTMuMllt (US
C««l.f COMNCCKM
SIlCCT SWiTChCI
ISM
OCviCC
(Its* IK MtCiStCMS)
AOOMtSS SClCCT
SWlTCHtS
Itl)
a.j=
^
u
0
D
rtn
"-li-i
0
D
"i/~| ""VM rv"
D
0
D
C
D
~u~
Q
D
-w-
Q
-v-
-u-
n
■V-
f-i
—
n
0
D
0^
Q
Q
D
0
D
D
■~u~| ru
U-] p
r-| p
n p
n pr-
Figure 3 M7954 Module Swttch Locittons
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6154 -0-0
REV
A
DCC U-(3MMO«2-N«72
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFfCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
/\
/%
Mt3U
■USCONVCRTf N
BCOSL*
CABLES
3
\7
IBM Interconnecting Diagram
Figure 4
auSTERMINATON
v
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER ^ REV
MA-A6f54-0-0 a
OCC 1»-(IMMM2-N«7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
PO^II PROCISSOM
MUOUL".
MI7<r INSTALLED
iNSrCSLOT
•COSL U
CAILES
M940I
INSTALLED
IN SLOT ABO*
M9400VB
INSTALLED )N
SLOT NEXT TO
AND AFTER THE
LAST INSTRUMENT
•US INTERFACE
MODULE
fO* 1 1 UNIBUS
■OX
UNi|USI*>ClirLAN|
OOvn CF OR OOvll CK
•ACKPLANt
M79S4 INSTRUMENT
■ us INTERFACE
MODULES
Figure 5 'Bl l Opuon m a PDP-11 Proceitor BOi
HIOHtST
miomrr
€
LOVirttT
MiORtTV
B
OAltV
CHAI»MO
f-+-4
OAliV
I
OAllV
I
DAISY
CHAINIO
I
CHAINtO
I
CHAINIO
Figure 6 DDVll-C Backplane Priority Auignmenti
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6154-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1«-(JM>10«2-N«72
SHEET
OF
I
fi
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T
DATE
TITLE ICS-li INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCFDUPF - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
i
s
i
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
Prev. 7668001-0-6160
^
'f&^fJpfiTJf/'et^i^t
APPO
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
r4AA6 100-0-0
REV
C"
CN-Ol MJ- Ift-NC 71-1 MX)
SHEET 1 OF 16
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
ICS-U INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCEDURE
1.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 No tlot. ..y bt t.pty b«tw€«n A005 and AGO? .odul.t.
1.2 W74A0 ■odul«« ■uit n«v«r b* Initalltd in ICS flit slot #9
1.3 A9(>7 .ust b« lo.t-U.d b.tv.tn A005/A007 and th« M8030/
M8050 .odul. (•), whtn th. latttr !• loc.t.d within four
(4) tlott of th« AO05/AO07 aodula (•) •
1 A ICS-J continuity Ju.par Card .uat ba Inatallad In tha "F"
actor block of all opan alota batwaan tha flrat and
conn
laat intarr^ptlBg modula of a flla
1 5 Marcury wattad ralay .odulaa (A005. A007, M8030. M8050)
Buat re.lda In a vartical plana for a period of at least
ona (1) ■inuta, to prevent Bodula damage resulting from a
shorted relay.
1 6 Interrupting aodules closest t the control module ha»
highest priority within the file, and that file cloaast
to the processor has highest priority within the ICSll.
1.7 Options lAC-IA. lAC-IB. lAC-OA. and lAC-OB shall be
aystem teated aa IDC-ID, IDC-IE, IDC-OA, and IDC-OB
respectively.
Modules used in these configurations muat have jumper Wl
installed, only after completion of all aystem tasting.
1 8 The A005-YA is a computer Special System's variant, that
shall require program modif icationa to the In-houae
AUTOCAT diagnoatic.
1.8.1 Reference Table 5 for diagnoatic changes.
1.8.2 Reference A-SP-A005-0-8 . Section 7, for A005-YA
explanation .
18 3 Field Service shall reference Table 6 for calibra-
tion teat parameters when using the ICS Field Test
Program.
18 4 PA&T shall reference the ICS Field Teat Prograo
when performing re-calibration of tha A005-YA.
Size
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
mmn
EN OlOtl 16 N67} (192I
SHEET _2 OF
REV
C
16
MANUFACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
2.0 tEFEHEHCE DOCUMEHTS
Manuals
Chackout Procaduraa
Accaptanca Procaduraa
F.S. Accaptanca
Modula Taat Procaduraa
Enginaarlng Spaclf -itl ts
Prints
EK-ICSll-MM
A-SP-A6330-0-5
A-SP-7010596
A-SP-A633O-0-5
A-SP-7010596
A-SP-ICSll-M-5
A-SF-7010327-0-1
A-SP-7011020-0-1
A-SP-14/30-0-5
A-SP-ICSll-M-6
«.cp
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP-
A-SP
A-SP
A-SP
,lf ^ <t o' -'•
H6850-0
.M6870-0-O
■M8030-0-8
-M8050-0-8
-W7410-0-8
-W7411-0-8
-W7430-0-8
-W7431-0-8
-W7440-0-e
-ICSll-M-4
-A005-0-8
-A007-0-8
-A907-0-8
-6330-0-8
-H1501-0-1
-ICSll-M-6
B-DD-ICSll-M
B-DD-H912-0
B-DD-IDA-0
B-DD-ICJ-I
B-DD-ISH-I
B-DD-IDC-0
B-DD-IDC-I
B-DD-IAD-I
B-DD-IMX-I
B-DD-IRL-0
B-DD-7010596-0
B-DD-7010327-0
CN OlOtl l*N«>;'(ltII
SIZE
A
CODE NUMBER
gp I MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
SHEET
OF
TT
MANUrACTURlNC SfECITlCATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
Tini.
3.0
4.0
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
APPENDIX A
MalnDtc Llselngi
AUTOCAT-11-QZICA (FAiT only)
ADTOCAT-11-QZICB (Hodult Test
only)
AUTOCAT-11-QZICC (Module T«at
only)
MD-11-DZICA (Field S«rv. only)
REFERENCE TEST EOUIFMEMT
3.1 7010596 Sytt«a Tt«t«r (ln-hout«).
3.2 Oscilloscope, tektronic 465 or equlvalant.
3.3 A6330, DAC Tester.
3.4 "11" fsally processor, vlch 8K aeaory.
SPECIAL INSFECTIOM/CHECK
4.1
4.2
Ensure systea coaponents agree with ICS line iCcuia on the
Custoaer Requisition fora.
Ensure an electroaagnetic shield is present between the
MB090 and the firat I/O aodule for each ICS File Box.
4.3 Verify each ICS File Box aodule (a) are inatalled accord-
ing to the approTed priority aequence table. Sec Table 1.
4.4 Verify File Box (a) are aecurely grounded to the counting
cabinet and that the latter ia aecured ayatca power
ground. (uae oha aster)
5.0 CONFIGURATION CUIDELIHES
5.1 All ICS option aodulea are to be inatalled using the alot-
priority ssqusnce tsble. See Table 1.
3.2 H912 aounting ternlnala aust not be installed In cabinets
containing aenaitive equlpaent, auch as disks or tapes.
6.0 TEST SET-UF
Refer to test procedures A-SP-7010596-0-0 snd A-SP-A6330-0-5 .
Module Configuration; aee Table 1 through 4.
SIZE
A
cooe
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CN OlOtllt N«;2093|
SHEET «4 OF 16
MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATlON
CONTINUATION SHuCT
Tinc
MODULAR APPRJACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATIOH TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 Povcr up both the tystsa ttsier and the •/•tan under ccat.
Alto, if th« IDA-OA option ttstcr It to be uiad at thli
tint, it thould tlto be turned on. Allow 30 alnutes for
thlt tyttea and teat gear to stabilize.
7.2 IC^ll Syateaa Teat Prograa
NOTE: Thia dlagaoatlc requires the uae of a ICC syateia
taatar.
7.2n1 Load the ICS aysteaa teat program diagnoatlc AUTO-
CAT-U-QZIRA ualng atandard Digital Loading Pro-
ctdurat.
7.2.2 Set awitch r-giater to 200, load and itart.
7.2.3 Enter the octal nuabcr of the file to be teated.
7.2.4 Enter the vector addresa of the aame file. Addre
range 234-777.
7.2.5 Enter (aelf (cr) ). Thle will autoea tically run a
■elf teat of the ayatea teeter to verify that all
internal workings of the teeter are operative.
Should errora be encountered during thia run, re-
palra should be Inatituted before proceding.
NOTE: Syatea teeter cablea ahould be diaconniitc ted
froa the following option aodules before attecptlng
to run "self test". If not, falae interrupts nay
be genarated by the custoaer'a file. IDC-IB,
IDC-IC. IDC-IE and lAD-IA.
7.2.6 Enter (Z (cr) ) to clear any previous Job buffer
entry.
7.2.7 Enter the I/O options aounted within the ICS fMe
to be teated. Thia file aay be 1 or 12 poaaible
filee on the systea.
7.2.7.1 Should the file configuration include
IDA-OA options. (A6330) do not enter them
at thia tiac.
NOTE: It la not neceasary to reaove this
option while testing all other options,
but do disconnect the DC input froc the
IDA-OA option tester, (ref. A-SP-A6 330 -O-C
option test procedure).
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
R^V
mBim
EN 010*2 l****'7 lit?)
SHEET _5 OF _i.L-
MANUFACTURINC STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Trar
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A
SAMPLE ENTRT
#EA005 (CI) - Ent«T on« A005 in slot addrsii 00 to r««l
•ddraia 171000. Modula conn«ct«d to syttaa tatttrt ana-
log cabla.
#EA007,4 (CR) - Entar four A007'a in alot addraaaaa 02,04,
06 and 10 raal addraaaaa 171002 to 171010 modulaa connact-
ad- to ayataa taatara analog cablas.
#EW7411,5 (CI) Entar flva W7411'a In raal addraaaaa 171012
to 171022. Bodulaa connactad to ayataa taater DC cablaa 0-4
#S-30 (CI) Sat Blot addraaa aqual to 30. NOTE: Wa are not
running A6330'a at thia tl«a, ao alot addraaaaa 24 and 26
hava baan bypaaaad.
#EM6850.4 (CI) Entar four M6850'a In alot addraaa 30 thru
3i, laal addraaaaa 171030 thru 171036.
Thia coaplataa tha loading of tha progiiu. job uufi't. to
run all modulaa with the exception of both A6330'a.
7.2.8 Type In (L (CI) ) to obtain the module entry loaded Into
the prograa. Thia ahould be checked agalnat your entry
to verify that all entriea were aada correctly.
7.2.9 After entering the aodulea Into the job buffer, type in
(K (CR) ). The prograa will reapond with K ON. Thia
will enable the program to run non atop.
7.2.10 Type In (I (CI) ). Thia will Initiate the teat on the
file box. NOTE: Should the program be halted during
paaa 2. it ahould not be reatarted for 30 mlnutea. if lAD-
lA optione are within the filebox configuration. Thia
la to allow for etabiliaation of flying capa mounted on
thia module.
7.2.11 Run the diagnoatic for a miniaua of (1) time apecifled.
or (1) complete paaa. Whichever la longer.
7.2.11.1 The current paaa count can be obtained by
typing "p" on- the teletype. HOTE: If the ICS
file haa a maximum load of (16) analog modul
(worat caae diagnoatic run timi) a complete
paaa will take approximately 1% houra.
7.2.11.2 Connect all I/O cablaa from the ICS to the
H009 MTG panel (after teata have been run
aucceaafully in Acceptance), and have QC
inapect the inatallation.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAAblbU-U-U
REV
C
eN 010a216N«>2 |J«2|
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SfEClFICATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITir
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.3 ICSll Pl«ld T«it Prograa
NOTE: This dlagnoitic require* th» u
taicar.
•• of a fltlJ UDC/ICS
7.3.1 i«f. Sptclflcttlon A-SP-ICSll-M-5 for iodapth ex-
planation.
7.4 ICS-11 Syita»8 Taat PrograB In ronjunction with A6330
DAC Taatar.
7.4.1 Dlaconnact all I/O iyatan taatar cablaa frca tha
filaa that wara pravlously teatad.
7.4.2 Plva A6330*a can ba connactad to tha option taatar
at thla tl«a. but thay will hava to ba acoped in-
dapandaotly of ona anothar.
7.4.3 Enter (Z CR ) on tha teletype to clear all ora-
vloualy entered joba.
7.4.4 Enter (K CR ) on the teletype to check what atate
th(
Mwit
comman
d la In. The K co««and for thla taat
ahould be In the off aode.
7.4.5 Enter the alot addreaa location for all the IDA-OA
optlona within the file. .„„„.rfj
ly (5) five IDA-OA optlona can be connect-
MOTE
only
,d ti the teeter. If othera are praaent, they can
be teated upon the completion of thla teat.
Exaaple of loading technique to be uaed for IDA-OA
optlona:
# S - 24
cr
Set alot addreaa equal to 24
« E A6330. 2 /cr> Enter A6330'a In alot addreaaes
24 and 26 real addreaaea 171024 and 171026, Joba
0 and 1 reapectlvely .
7.4.6 Adjuat all aettlnga for the acope
and awltch the
option teeter to the flrat option (card/cable
output) Job 0. (reference A6330 option teat pr(
ce
dure A-SP-A633O-0-5.)
7.4.7 Type In RJO<cr>. Thla will Initiate paaa 1 teat-
Ing on the flrat IDA-OA option or Job 0 at alot
addreaa 171024. (aee atep 7.4.5) raapa will be
outputed to the option for acope ■eaaurements .
SIZE
-A-
CODE
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CN 0J0t2 l» N*72 (1921
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLF
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENHIX A
7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE CONT.
7.4.8 Conpara the scope waveform against the tolerences
Indicated within the option test procedure A-SP-
A6330-0-5. If the option is found to be within
tolerence, proceed to the next step. If not, repair
• adjust, or replace the option, and retest until
acceptable.
7.4.8.1 To adjust the A6330, or IDA-OA Option,
proceed as follows
(Ref. Figure 1)
First measure the cards reference vol-
tage between "TP2" and "IPC". It
should be 4-2 volts j^ 2mv. If out of
spec, use the "+2 v adj." pot to ad-
Just It within tolerence.
Set the thumbwheel switch to the card
under tes t .
Set the thumbwheel switch to channel 0
or the first voltage output.
Adjust the p t "D/A 0" gain adjust for
channel 0. The output on the acope
should be adjusted within the ^ 20mv
tolerence.
Set the thumbwheel switch to channel 2
or the second voltage output.
Repeat step D, but use pot marked
"D/A 1" gain adjust.
Repeat steps C thru F for remaining
two voltage c
hannels 2 and 3 (thumb-
wheel settings 4 and 6 respectively)
H. Reset thumbwheel switch to channel 1.
This is the first current output
channel.
I. Adjust the current offset of channel 1
•s close as possible to ground by
using oot. "off 0".
mBim
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
CN 01012 16 Ni72'i392l
SHEET
8
REV
C
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECif ICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITl»
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE COMT.
J. Adjusc th« currtnt gain ot channel 1
CO fall within tha raqalrad ^ 20 sv
toleranca .
K. Raacc the thumbwheal avitch to channel
3 or Che aecond current output.
L. Repeat atcps I thru J and repeat these
•taps for the remaining current out-
puct channela 5 and 7.
7.4.9 Type "Control C" to ternlnate the test.
7.4.10 If other IDA-OA optione have been entered, type in
Che next job co be run. Repeat ateps 7.4.7 thru
7.4.9 uncil all Jobs have been tested.
7.4.11 Turn "R" conmand on by typing
on the Cerminal
7.4.12 Enter R ^cr7 and run all IDA-CA options entered in
step 6.4.5 for (1) hour. With the "K" command on,
pass 2 will only be run during this test. It is
not necessary Co scope Che oucpucs for this test.
7.4.13 Type "Control C" Co cerminaCe Che cest.
7.4.14 Repeat etepe 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of Che
options fail, repair and repeat all tests.
7.4.15 If there are more Chan (5) five IDA-OA options
within this file, ic will be necessary to repeat
steps 7.4.5 Chru 7.4.14 Co Cest the remaining.
7.5 Repeat all tests 7.0 thru 7.4.15 for all other files on
Che sysCems configuration.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
.vAAfiif (;-n-n
REV
C
mom
EN OlOtJ IbNb?? ( 3921
SHEET
OF
16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
lABLE
FILE BOX - MODULE PRIORITT TABLE
PRIORITY
MODULE
OPTION
COMMENTS
SEQUENCE
1
ADOS
IAI>-IA
AGO 7
IMX-IA
7 MAX
«
A005
lAD-IA
*»
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX
s
A907
ISH-IA
i
W7410
IDC-IA
7
W74U
I AC- I A
H9I2. ♦ BC40J
•
U7411
IDC-xD
9
W7440
IDC-IC
10
W7430
IDC- IB
U
W7431
lAC-IB
H912. * BC40J
•la
W743I
IDC- IE
13
A6330
IDA-OA
U MAX
u
M6870
IDC-OB
'15
M6870
lAC-OB
U912, ♦ BC40J
16
M6850
IDC-OA
17
M68S0
lAC-OA
H912, ♦BC40J
11
M8030
IRL-'IA
19
M8050
IlL-^.i
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
EN-OiOI2 16-N»72-<Jt3)
SHEET 10 OF
16
MANUFACTURING STXIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
nnr
MODU:.^R APPROACH TO SVSTEMS TEST " APPENDIX A
TABLE 2
A005 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
W108
Win
OUT
IN
INTERRUPT MODE
ICS-II
AGO 7 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
W2l
W22
W23
W24
W25
W26
W27
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
SEUCT MUX # L
SEUCT MUX # 2
SEUCT MUX # 3
SEUCT MUX # 4
SEUCT MUX # 3
SEUCT MUX # S
SEUCT MUX # 7
W7430 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
W38
W39
IN
our
INTERRUPT NODE
ICS-ll
W743I STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION .
W 9
WIO
OUT
IN
inhriupt hocc
ZS'll
' Ml[t
CN-010>2-t«-N«72-(Jtt)
Size
A
cooe
SP I
NUMBCII
MAAbl60-0-0
RCV
C
SHEET 11 OF 16
CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUFACrUllING SPECIFICATION
^^' MODULAR
APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
- APPENDIX
A
>
TAILE 3
W7440 STANDARD JUMPER
CONTICURATION
JUMPER
iN/oin
FUNCTIOr
1
W 2
IN
ICS-11
I
U16
OUT
INTERRUPT
MODE
M809
0 STAF"^
^RD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
■
PiU No.
ICSR/ICAR JUMPERS |
A12
Al
L AlO
A9 A8
A7
A6
A5
M
A3
W22
W2
L W20
W19 W18
WI7
W16
WIS
W14
WI3
00
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
oirr
OUT
OUT
OUT
01
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
02 •
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
03
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
04
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
oirr
IN
OUT
OUT
05 '
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
00
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
OUT
IN.
IN
OUT
07
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
01
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
09
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
10
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
11
OUT
IN
IN
OUT OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
Juapar (
DUT - Lo
gic
II « II
1
Jumpsr
IN - Lo
glc
MQII
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
S?
MAA6160-0-0
C
EN-010a216-N»7?.(192)
SHEET
OF Ol-
MANUFACTUIUNG STEClFiCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITII
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 4
MB090 STAMOAAD JUMPEI CONFICUIATIOM
FILE JUMPEKS
AD7
kDf>
KDi — ■"
ADU
W12
Ull
uio
W 9
III
IN
IN
IN
li
IN
IN
OUT
w
IN
OUT
IN
SN
IN
OUT
OUT
III
OUT
IN
IN
li
OUT
IN
OUT
IK
OUT
OUT
IN
tN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
GUI
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
Juapar OUT - Logical "1"
JuBp«r IN - Logical "0"
H8090 STANDAID
JUMPER CONPICURATION
Pile
Vector
VECTOR ADDRESS .
JUMPERS
1
08
D7
D6
D3
04
D3
02 i
Wl 1
No.
Addrtit
W7
W6
ws
U4
W3
W2
00*
234
IN
our
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
01**
300
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
02
304
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
03
310
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT J
04
314
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OS
320
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
06
324
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN.
OUT
07
330
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
08
334
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
our
OUT
OUT
09
340
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
10
344
IN
oirr
OUT
OUT
iNi
IN
OUT
U
350
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Ju»per OUT - Logic "1"
Jumper IN • Logic
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
CN-010l21«N«72-(3t2l
SHEET ^3 OF
16
„.^..., COWTIHUATION SMtET
MANUFACTUWNC STECIFICATION
"^' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMb TKSi - APPENDIX A
TABLE 3
AOTOCAT DIAGNOSTIC "PATCHES"
•
ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED
-^
ICSll
ICRll
AUTOCAT-11-QZICA
AUTOCAT-ll-QZlCA
NEW CONTENTS
033210
Ci3:i2
100020
033230
033312
100420
033250
0333J2
100066
033270
033352
100100
033310
033372
100500
033330
033412
100466
033346
033430
100000
033350
033432
101001
033370
033452
101004
033410
033472
101066
033530
033612
101466
033550
033632
101404
033566
033650
100000
033570
033652
101401
SIZE
CODE NUMBER
REV 1
.±.
e» MAA6160-0-0
' 1
CM oioa? t*N«F} iivai
SHEET ii OF 11
MANUPACTUKINC STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITlf
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TDC Output
Bipolar Unipolar
+0V
+0V
+0V
+0V
•fSMV
-5MV
+9MV
-9MV
+10MV
+36MV
■fAOMV
+0V
+0V
+0V
+0V
+180MV
■KOOMV
+3.6V
+5V
+0V
+0V
-l-OV
+0V
+5h!V
+9MV
■flOMV
+36MV
+/.OMV
+0V
+0V
■fOV
+0V
+180MV
+/1OOMV
+3.6V
•♦-5V
+9. 9609V +9. 9609V
-9.980AV
TAULE B
CALIBRATION TABLE FOR A005-YA
G/iln
1000
500
250
125
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
250
125
'Chnnncl
A005-YA A007
50
12.5
2.5
1
50
12.5
2.5
1
1
1
I
10
10
10
iO
10
)0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3 0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
AvcrnRi'
Bipolar Unipolar
4r
*
0000
0000
0000
0000
2000
6000
3463
A315
2000
3A63
2000
0000
0000
0000
0000
3A63
2000
3A63
2000
3770
A007
6000
0000
0000
0000
0000
AOOO
71A6
AOOO
7146
4000
0000
0000
0000
0000
7146
4000
7146
4000
77b0
"^ofcrance (LSti)
Bipolar Unipolar
+4
£2
+2
+2
±5
f5
+5
T5
=f3
4-3
+3
+2
+2
+2
±2
+2
+2
+3
+2
+3
+3
+2
53
•(-8
+10
• •■
♦5
76
i5
•••3
¥3
?3
%
▼••
* Channel to be used for each A007
/
A007 #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CHANNEL
.21
.42
63
84
105
126
147
SIZE
A
COOE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6160-0-0
REV
C
CNOlOt} l*N«7} ij«;i
SHEET ^5 OF ^^
MANUFACTUIUHC SPECIfiCATtQN
CONTINUATION SHtET
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
D
Cain 0
CU
CH
CH
CH
CM
CH
CH
CH
I Cain Adj.
Off 0
I Off Adj.
Cain r
Off I
X Cain Adj.
I Off Adj.
^ Cain 2
Off 2
I Cain Adj.
I Off Adj.
Cain 3
Off 3
X Cain Adj.
X Off Adj.
0 TF2
0 IPC
RIF
dTag
TTaT
TSTTT
♦ 2V T.P.
Analog Cod,
♦2V ADJ.
CHO V Gain Adj
CH2 V C^in Adj
CH4 V Cain Adj
CH6 V Cain Adj
J"
A6330 DAC Moduli
Top View
PIGDtE 1
CHANNEL 1-1
CAftD
■L
m
VO -
0
0
10 -
VI -
XI -
2
V2 -
12 -
V3 -
13 -
THUMBWHKEL SWITCH
FRONT V
riEW
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA6160-0-0 C
CNOlOtl UMi7}'(J«»
SHEET ^^ OF
16
I
ill
III
-I
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE ICR-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PHOCKDURE - APPENDIX A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
B
e «r
Prev. 7668001-0-6165
-ygwy J^^/jpuj»f r^ ityt^C^-^
SIZE
A
CODE
SI'
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
EN-01M4. 1 *^ft 72-4 3M)
SHEET 1 OF 25
MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPKNDIX A
ICR-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB~STSTEM PROCEDURE
l.O SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 No slots Bay bo oapty botvooii ADOS and A007 aoduloi.
1.2 V7440.Boduloo auit novor bo Inotollod In ICS fll« slot 19.
1.3 4907 Buot bo Inotallod botvoon A0OS/A007 and tho M8030/M8050 aoduloa
(a), vhon tho lattar la locatad within four (4) alota of tho A00S/A007
■oduloa (a) .
1.4 ICS-J continuity Junpor Card auat bo Inatallad in tho 'T* connoctor
block of all opon alota botvoon the firat and laat intarruplog aodula
of a fila.
1.5 Marcury wattod ralay ■oduloa (A0C5. A007, M8030, M8050) auat raaide in
a vartical plana for a poriod of at laaat on* f\) nlnute, to prevent
■odula damaga raaulting frota a aborted relay.
1.6 Intarnipting aodulaa cloaaat to tho control ■odulo hai higheat priority
within tho file, and that file cloaeat to the proceaaor has higheat
priority within the ICR-11.
1.7 Optiona UC-IA, lAC-IB, UC-OA. and lAC-OB ahall be aystea teated aa
IDC-ID, IDC- IE, IDC-OA and IDC -OB raapectively.
Modules uaed in theae configurationa nuat have jriaper Ul installed,
only after coapletion of all ayataa teating.
1.8 The A005-YA is a coaputer apecial ayatea'a variant, that ahall require
prograa nodification to the in-houaa AUTOCAT dlagnoatic.
1.8.1 Raf. table 7 for diagnoatlc changaa.
1.8.2 Raf. A-SP-A005-O-8, Saction 7, for A005-TA explanation.
1.8.3 Field Service ahall reference table 8 for calibration teat para-
■atara whan uaing the ICl-11 Field Teat Prograa.
1.8.4 Reference the ICR -11 Field Teat Prograa when perforalng re-
calibration of the A005-TA.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
HLdJtR REV
MAA6165-0-0 I B
CN 010«2 1*N»?} il«2)
SHEET
OF 23
MAWUrACnJKlNC SPECIFICATION
T»Tll MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
CONTINUATION SHEET
2.0 UmiHCl DOCUMENTS
IUnu«la:
Chttckout Procadurta:
Acctpt«nc« Procadiires:
F.8. Accapeanca:
Modula Taat Procaduraa:
Enilnaarlng Spaclflcatlona:
Prlnta:
EK-ICRll-MM
A-SP-A6330-0-5
A-SP-7010596
A-SP-A6330-0-5
A-SP-7010S96
A-SP-ICIll-A-S
A-SP-7010327-0-1
A-SP-7011020-0-1
A-SP-14/ 30-0-5
A-SP-TClll-A-7
A-SP-H1601-0-1
A-SP-M68 50-0-8
A-SP-M6870-0-8
A-SP-M8030-0-8
A-SP-M8050-0-8
A- SP-W74 10-0-8
A-SP-W7411-0-8
A-SP-W7A 30-0-8
A-SP-W7431-0-8
A-SF-W7440-0-8
A-SP-H772-0-3
A-SF-A005-0-8
A-SP-A007-0-8
A-SP-A907-0-8
A-SP-6330-0-8
A-SP-H1501-0-1
A-SP-IOai-A-l
B-DD-ICRll-A 4 C
B-DD-H912-0
B-DD-IDA-O
B-DD-ICJ-I
B-DD-ISH-I
B-DD-IDC-0
B-DD-IDC-I
B-DD-IAD-I
B-DD-IMX-I
B-DD-IRL-0
B-DD-7010596-0
B-DD-7010327-0
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
H
EV
CN 01012 iiN«>? 1)92)
SHEET
OF
23
MANUFACnjRlNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST ~ APPENDIX A
KaloDac Llttlngflt
AUTOCAT-llM)ZItA (PA&T only)
AUTOCAT-11-qZIRB (HVM only)
MD-11-DZIRA
HD-11-DZIRB (Fltld Strvlc* only)
3.0 RZrtRENCE TEST EQUIPKENT
3.1 7010596 SytttB TMt«r (ln-hou««) W I/O Enttnd«r cablet.
3.2 Otcllloscop*. taktronic 465 or aquivalanC.
3.3 A6330. DAC Taatar.
3.4 "11" faally procaaaor, with 8K manory.
4.0 SPECIAL INSr LOTION/CHECK
4.1 Enaura Syataa Coaponanta agraa with ICR Una Itaaa on tha Cuacoaar
Requlaldon For*.
4.2 Enaura an ElactroaagnaClc Shiald la praaanc batvaan cha M8096 and the
flrat I/O Kodula for aach ICS Flla Box.
4.3 Varify aach ICS Flla Box Modula (a) ara Inatallad according to tha
approved priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1.
4.4 Varify Flla Box (a) ara aacuraly grounded to tha mounting cabinet and
that tha latter la aacurad Syataa Power Ground, (uae oha aeter)
5.0 C0WFICU1UTI0N GUIDELINES
5.1 All ICS option nodulea are to be inatallad uaing the alot-priority
aequanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1.
5.2 H912 Bountlng teralnala aust not be inatalled in cabinets containing
senaitive equipment , fuch aa diaLs or tapea.
5.3 ICR Bodules are to ba Inatallad per approved placeaent. See Figure 1.
6.0 TEST SET-UP
Refer to test procedure A-SP-7010596-0-0 and A-SP-A63 30-0-5. Module con-
figuration: aee Table 1 thru 6.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
e^J 01012 16 N672.|)92)
SHEET
i. OF J3
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHfcET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - AI'PKNUIX A
6.1 Mtchtnlcil Chtckout
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
There are two distinct aechanlcal varietloni to the
ICRll: the ICRU-A, which ie a cabinet mountable
veriion; and the ICRll-C (NEMA) , which ia enclosed
for use In harsh Induerrlal environments. Both
units are electronically Identical with the excep-
tion of a heat circuit present only in the ICRll-C.
The ICRll-C version will be shipped to the FA&T
line on an enclosed skid. Before proceeding, it
will be necessary to rcaove the shipping container
cover. This is sccomplished by removing (8) bolts
at the base of the cover.
Remo/e top rear aodule card tul-(l** ^° allow for in-
sertion of systen test cablea.
ICRll-A - Connect fue I/O cast cables to all
options mounted within the file, except lAD-OA
(A0005), IMX-IA (A0007), or IDA-OA (A6330). Options
lAD-IA and IMX-IA require special test gear hard-
ware, IDA-OA option tester. (reference procedures
ICS/ICR systems tester procedure A-SP-7010596-0-0
and IDA-OA (A6330) Checkout Procedure A-SP-A6330-
0-5 for detailed information on configuring and
connecting those testers).
NOTE: Do not attempt to run IDA-OA options with
lAD-IA and IMX-IA options connected to the system
tester .
ICRll-C - All conditions in step 6.1.6 hold true for
the ICRll-C, but It will be necessary to add exten-
dor cables to the I/O System Test Cables in order
to make the necessary connections within the NEMA
caating .
This can be best accomplished by opening :he front
door to the NEMA casting, and removing the four (4)
file retaining screws. Slide the file forward
about six (6) Inches. Nov open both side access
doors to the NEMA. Connect the mating end of the
extender cable to the I/O system test cable. Snake
the remaining end up into the NEMA conduit hole
located on the bof^om of the casting. Work the
cable up into the back of the casting until the
connection can be made with the option mounted with-
in the file.
SIZE ICODE
A Isp
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SQSDQSD
CN OlOt; 16 N67? ()92l
SHEET J OF JJ.
MANt'FACTURlNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITir
MODULAR AFPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPKNDIX A
7.0
6.1.6 It It b«3t to connact options In th« c«nt«r of the
fll« and vork out to both ends. Each conduit hole
It capable of excepting eight (8) cablet, to If
tlxteen (16) optlont acconpany the flic, both
conduit holet aiutt be uted. After all option
cablet are connected, tilde the file back In, and
^ close all three NEMA doora. All tettlng thould be
accoapllthed on the file In thlt aanner.
6.1.7 Ictert the Matter Control and Interface Modules
(M8094, and K8098) Into the provided DDllfi block
or available SPC tlott on the tyttea. Be ture that
all Juaper locatlona arc correct. (Rcf. table 2-6)
6.1.8 Check the following hardvare for proper Inttallatlon
againtt the ICRll Engineering Print Set #B-DD-ICR11-
A and C.
BC08 Cablet (Mttter and Slave connec tlona)-Teletype
Juaper Connector #7011532 ?S foo". terlal Interface
cable between aatter and slave M8098 aodulet
#7011259.
MOTE: ICRII-C vertlon only - dltconnect the tlave
M8098 Digital cable froa the intlde bulkhead con-
nection. Thlt la necettary to facilitate aatlng
of the itrial interface tett cable #7011259. Route
the test ceble up thru the bottoa conduit hole be-
fore counecting to the pigtail.
6.1.9 Refarence the ICS tytteat tetter procedure #A-SP-
7'>10S96-0-0 for proper interntl convertion and
panel twitch tettingt to be uted on the tyttea con-
figuration to be tested.
NOTE: Syatem Tetter't BCll-A but cable pluga into
latt unibut tlot of the cuttoaer't tyttea. DO NOT
PLDG THIS CABLE INTO THE ICR FILEBOX UNDER TEST.
SYSTEMS TEST
7.1 Power up both the tyttea tetter and the tystea under test.
Alto, if the IDA-OA option tetter It to be uted at this
tiaa, it ahould alto be turned on. Allow 30 ainutet for
thit tyttea and tett gear to ttablliie.
7.2 ICR-11 Controller Tettt
NOTE: it it not necettary to have the ICS tyttea tester
connected to the tystea under tett to pcrfora thit tettlng.
SIZE
-A-
cooc
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
ENaiO«ai«-Nft72-(l»3)
SHEET
0^ -il—
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.2.1 Load th« "ICR Controller Dlagnoitlc MAINDEC-11-DZIRA
using standard Digital Loading Procaduras.
7.2.2 Sat switch ragiatar to 224 and load addraaa.
NOTE: Thia atarting addraaa includaa powar fail
taating.
7.2.3 Rasat tha awltch ragiatar to 1000 and praaa start.
NOTE: Rafaranca diagnoatic writa up MAINDEC-11-
DZIRA-D for additional inforaatloo and avitch aat-
tinga if deslrad.
7.2.4 Chack tha systa* asp againat tha systam configura-
tion to insura that all filas raportad on axiat.
and that all that axiat, ara raportad.
''.2.5 Povar fail tast aach raaota filabox on tha systam,
an lostructad to do ao by tha prograa.
7.2.6 Upon coBplation of tha Povar Fail Taat, run tha
diagnoatic for ti»a apaclflad for avary flla on
tha aystas. Tharafora, a two flla ayataa will hava
a diagnoatic run tiaa of doublad. Whan tha pra-
•crlbad run tlaa Laa baan raachad, lowar awltch 09
to tarainata tha taat and obtain tha run auaaary
typaout.
7.2.7 Accaptabla arror count for tha run auaaary ahould
ba 0. Should arrors or lina arrora ba ancountared,
tha'ayataa ahall ba conaidarad unaccaptabla .
Rapalra shall ba initlatad and tha prograa rarun
for tha spaciflad tlaa, until an arror fraa paaa
is achlavad. ^
7.3 ICRll Systaaa Tast Prograa
NOTE: Thia diagnoatic raquiras tha uaa of a ICS aystam
tastar .
7.3.1 Load tha ICR aystaaa taat prograa diagnoatic
AUTOCAT-lrl-QZIRA using standard Digital Loading
Procaduraa.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
CN-OIOt2'l«-N«Tl(]t2)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTUIUNC SfKlFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.3.2 8«t svitch r«iise«r to 200 load and ttArt.
7.3.3 Cnc«r chu octal nuabar of th« fil« to b« tttttd.
7. J. 4 Entor th« vactor addraat of tha saaa fila. Addrata ran|a
234-777.
7.J.S Entar (aalf ^cr^). This will autoaatically run a lalf taat
of tha systaa taatar to varify that all intarnal workings
of tha taatar ara oparativa. Should arrora ba ancountarad
during thia run* rapaira ahould ba inatitutad bafora pro-
cadiag.
NOTE: SyatiB taatar eablaa ahould ba diacoonaetad fron tha
following option aodulaa bafora attaapting to run "aalf taat".
If not, falaa intarupta will ba ganaratad by tha cuatoaar'a
fila. XOC-U, XDC-IC, IDC-II, and lAD-IA.
7.3.6 >.ar (Z^er^) to elaar any pravioua Job buffar antry.
7.3.7 MOtar tha I/O optiona awuntad within tha ICl fila to ba
taatad. Thia fila aayba 1 of 12 poaaibla filaa on tha
ayataa. (Saa Figura 2)
7.3.7.1 Should tha fila configuration in:luda lOA-OA
optiona, (A6330) do not antar than at thia tiaa.
NOTE: It ia not n^caaaary to raaova thia option
vhila taating all othar cptiona, but do diaconnact
tha EDC input froa tha IDA-OA option taatar.
(raf. A-SP-A6330 option taat procadura). Saaple
antry:
fEA005<CR>Entar ooa AOOS in a lot addraaa 00 raal addraaa
" 171000. Hodula connactad to ayataa taatara analog
cabla.
#EA007,4<CIl>Entar four A007'a in alot addraaaaa 02,04, 06,
~ and 10 raal addraaaaa 171002 to 171010 aodulaa
connactad to ayataa taatara analog eablaa.
fEW7411,S<CI>Entar fiva V74ira in alot addraaaaa 171012 to
" 171022 aodulaa connactad to ayataa taatara DC eablaa
0 thru 4.
#S«30<Cl>Sat alot addraaa aqual to 30.
" NOTE: Va ara not running A6330'a at thia tiaa, ao
alot addraaaaa 24 and 26 hava baan bypaaaad;
size
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6I65-0-0
SDiDQSD
REV
B
cn oioaz t»N»;7'iJt2i
SHEET
OF 23
MANUFACTURJNC SfEClFICATION
COMTtNUATION SHiCT
TITU
MODULAR APPROACH 'I'D BYSTtiib TfcbT _ APPENDIX A
# EM68S0.4<CI^Iactr four MftSSO'i in tloc Uif§§ 30 ehru
36. a«al •ddrtaa«s 171030 thru 1710J6.
This co«pl«Ctt th« lo«diat of th« prograa job bufftr to run
«11 aodulof with th« oxcoption of both A6330't.
7.3.8 Typo in (L<CI>} to obtain tht aodulo ontry loodod into tht
prograi. Thia ahould bt chackod againat your antry to
vorify that all antriaa vora «ada corraetly*
7.3.9 Aftar antaring tha aodulaa into tha job buffar, typa in
(K<Ct>) Tha prograai will raapond vith K ON. Thia will
anabla tha program to run non atop*
7.3.10 Typa in (i<CI>). Thia will inicittt tht taat on tha filt
h«B.
IIOTI: Jgii'' i tht ffWf ba haltf< durtwi piti Z. it ihould
not ba raa r tad for 30 ainutaa. if IA&-XA optiona art
within tha itilaboK configuration. Thia ia to allow for
ata bilitation of flying capa ■ounta<i on thia aodula.
7.3.11 lUin tha diagnoacic for a ainiaua of (1) tuna apacifiad, or
(I) ona coa^lata ptaa. Uhichtwar ia longar.
7.3.11.1 Tha currant paaa count can ba ob'.ainad by typing
"p" on tha talatypa.
NOTE: If tha ICS fila h«a a Mxiaua load of (16)
aixtaan analog aodulaa (worat caaa diagnoatic
run tiaa), a coaiplata paaa will taka approx-
iaataly 1 hour and 40 ainotaa.
7.3.11.2 Connact all I/O cablaa froa tha ICR to the
■009 HTC panel (aftar tasta hava baan
run aucccaaf ully In Aceantance) . and have
QC inapact rbe inatallat) 3n .
7. A ICl II Syataaa Taat Prograa In Conjunction With IDA-OA Option Taacer.
7.4.1 Oiacount all I/O ayataa taatar cablaa froa tha filaa that
wtra prtvioualy taatad.
7.4.2 Rafaranca atapa 6.1.3 ahd^ 6.1.4 on connecting tha IDA-OA
option taater if not pravioualy dona. Five A6330's can be
connected to the option teatar at thia tiaa, but they will
hava to ba icoped independently of one another.
NOTE: Don't forget to reconnect the EDC output cable for
the IDA-OA option teatar.
SIZE CODE
Ah?
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
CN otoa? t«'N*» <)«ii
SHEET
OF
REV
1 B
23
MANUFACTUIUNC SfEClflCAnON
CONTINUATION SHtCT
TITLl
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
7.4.3 Enttr (Z<CH>) on tht nUtyp* to cl««r all pr«viou«ly
•ntar«d jobt.
7.4.4 Enttr (K <Cl>) on th« talttypt to chtck what sttca tht "K"
coHMnd it in. The K coanand (or thia taat ahould b« in
tha off aoda.
7.4.5 Entar tha alot addraaa location for all tha IDA-OA optiona
vithin tha fila.
HOTl: Only (5) five IDA-OA optiona can ba connactad to tha
caatar. If othara ara praaant, thay can ba taatad upon tha
eoBplation of thia taat.
Cxaapla of loading tachniqua to ba uaad for IDA-OA optiona
ahovn in figura 2.
# S * 24 <cc> Sat ale addraaa aqutl to 24
1 I A6330, 2 fcr> E. A6330'a in alot addraaaaa 24 and 26
rai.. addraaaaa 171024 and 171026, Joba 0
•nd 1 raapactivaly.
Thia coaplatoa tha loading of both A6330'a ahovn in ffgura 2.
7.4.6 Adjuat all aattinga for tha acopa. and awitch tha option
taatar to tha firat option (card/cablt output) Job 0.
(rafaranca A6330 option taat procadura A-SP-A6330-0-5).
7.4.7 Typa in UO<cr> . Thia will initiafi paaa I taating on tha
firat IDA-OA option or job 0 at a' c addraaa 171024. (aaa
atap 7.4.3) rmpa will ba outputat' to tha option for acopa
■aaauraaanta.
7.4.8 Coaptra tha acopa wavafor* againat tha tolarancaa indicated
within tha option taat procadura A-8P-A6330-0-5. If tha
option ia found to ba within tolaranca, proceed to the next
atap. If not, repair, adjuat, or replace the option, and
reteat uacil acceptable.
7.4.8.1 To adjuat the A6330, or IDA-OA Option, proceed aa
followa: (Kef. figure 3)
A. Firat oeasura the carda Raferdnce Voltage be-
tween "TF2" end "TPG'! It ahould ba ^2 voltt ♦
2m. If out of apec, uae the "♦2 v adj." pot
to adjuat it within tolarence.
B. Set the thuabwheel awitch to the card under teat
C. Set the thiabwheel awitch to channel 0 or the
firat voltage output.
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
Rf.y
B
[••
CN OiOtf It N*r} ,j«ii
SHEET 10 OF 31.
MANUFACTVIUNC SHClflCATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYb'lLMb i fcbl - APPENDIX A
7.^.9
7.4.10
7.4.11
7.4.12
7.4.13
7.4.14
D. Adjust poc "D/A 0" 2*in adjuic fot chaonal 0.
The output on the ccop* should b« adjusted
within tht ^20av tolsrsnc*.
E. Sat tha thiflcbwhaal switch to channal 2 or tha
sacond voltaga output.
r. Eapaat atap D. but usa pot aarkad "D/A l" fain
adjust.
C. Rapaat atapa C thru F for raaaining two voltaga
channals 2 and 3 (thuabwhaal aattinga 4 and 6
raapact ivaly).
H. Raaat thuaibvhaal switch to channal 1. Thia ia
tha first currant output channal.
I. Adjuat tha c '«nt offaat of channal 1 aa ciosa
aa poaaiblp ground by uaing pot. "off 0"
J. Adjuat tha currant gain of channal 1 to fall
within tha raquirad ♦^ 20 arv tolaranea.
K. Rasat tha thuabwhaal switch to chAnnal 3 cr tha
sacond currant output.
L. tapaat atapa I thru J and rapaat thasa stapa for
tha raaaining currant outputs, channala 3 and 7.
Typa "Control C* to tar»lnata tha tast.
If othar IDA-OA optiona hava bean antarad, typa in
tha naxt job to be run. For axaapla, Job 1 would
ba antarad ntxt for tha Figure 2 Configuration.
Rapaat steps 7.4.7 thru 7.4.9 until all jobs have
been tested.
Turn "K"
nd on by typing "X" on the tanainal.
Enter R <cr> and run all IDA-OA options entered in
atap 7.4.S for tiae specified. With the "K" coosscd
on, pass 2 will only be run during this test. It
is not necessary to scope the outputs for this test.
Type
Control C" to terainata the test
Repeat steps 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of the
options fail, repair, and repeat all tests.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
h4AA6165-0-0
REV
CNoioai itN»T}iJti)
SHEET
OF ..12-
MANUFACTURING SPEClf ICATIQN
CONTINUATION SHLCT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACh 10 SYS'i bWS TCCT - APPENDIX A
7.5
7.4.15 If th«r« art mort than (5) fivt IDA-OA optiont
wlchiu thii filt, it will b« nactttary to rapaat
•cap0 7.4.5 thru 7.4.14 to taat tha ra»ainin|.
Rapaat all taata 7.3. thru 7.4.15 for all othar filaa on tha
aystama conf iguracioa.
7.6 ICRll Flald Taat PrograB
NOTE: Thla diagnoatlc raqulraa tha uaa of a rield UDC/
ICS Taatar.
7.6.1 Rafaranca apaclf icat Ion A-SP-ICRll-M-5 for Indapth
axplanaticn,
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
QflgQQSD
CN.010«>l»-N«7I'(J«2l
SHEET ^^ OF
23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHtCT
TITir
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
riCLR£ I
CONTROL A;.'D interface MODULE ASSIGNMENTS AND CABLE
LOC/STIONS:
Terminator card or
Unibus Out Cable
Unibus
^L^ Cable in
BC08R
Remote teletype cable and shorting
plug p/n 7008360 and 7011532 ♦■hese
itemi must be initalltd befr running
test diagnostics.
lit*
ontinuity
or peripheral *"
interface modulfi
DO IIB or availible SPC
(Front View) «^ot«
« < i 4 / c 7 I 1 It II It >» >* -J *(. 'y ti II i» i^ u 1% t*
Note 1
ICR File Backplane
(Front View)
SIZE
COD':
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
SQSDDSD
CN OlOSI i*N«r2 |J«2|
SHEET
-L3
OF
23
■^^
"■
"■■
""^
^^
MMB
^^
""■
■■^
""■
"•^
■""
■^
""
MMMMj
li AMI ll7ArT1 IDIKir^ CPCT'IC 1^ ATIDKI
BH
1 CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MAnurAi. 1 UKinu srCJLLriCAiiuni
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
EXAMPLE OP TYPICAL FILEBOX (DNF I (1U RAT ION
NOTE
: A6330 will be tested upon completion o
f this test.
h
:
:
s
:
61
0)
i-»
CM
s
"*
:
0)
-3
vO
r»
00
HO
m
§_
:
r
=
:
u
.
.
_
•
2a;
z
.
.
ft
NO CONNECTIONS
C
>Sl
CM
^
v£>
>sv
<>*
^
vO
«l
(N
^
yO
«l
(N
^
vr>
^
Ta.
«k.
«».
iH
iH
•H
iH
CM
CM
(N
CM
m
m
m
n
00
M>
•
OH
0^
(J\
a
sv
T&
9
z
z
s
s
s
:
s
s
'
-
-
-
:
-
-
GO
00
S
£
0
g
^
z
s
z
s
s
:
:
s
:
t
r
:
s
s
:
(A
1
iH
tSk.
IS^
XT)
r-
iH
n
in
■
>S
«i
t
ro
00
^
Ta
:
;
;
r^
s
:
z
z
vc
-
*
s
s
-
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
F
H
1
H
1
M
1
O
1
o
1
9
i
s
=
=
u
Q
=
'
'
'
g
'
^
-
-
•
H
M
M
1
H
H
123456789 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24
\
Physical Slot Location
FIGURE 2
NOTE: For module address locations other than filebox 0
reference 9.1 of the diagnostic write-up autocat-11-QZlRB.
Operator entry on teletype for configuration shovm in fig. 2.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A
SP
MAA6165-0-0
« 1
OCC Ik (Jt2|-1M2-N«72
SHEET 14 OF 23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPHUACh YD bYSVLMS TLS'i /Appendix A
Cain
0 (
Off
6 (
C«in
1
CfT
A.
f,ik\n
7
Off
2
Cain
3
Off
3
O TP2
CH 1 : Cain Adj.
CH i I OFF Adj.
CH 3 I Cain Adj.
CH 3 I Off Adj.
CH 5 I Cain AiJ
CH 5 I Off Adj.
CH T I Gain Ad J
CH T I Off Adj.
♦ 2V T.P.
0 TPC Analog Gnd,
REF
D/A t
D/A 1
D/A 2
ML-1
♦2V ADJ.
CHi V Gain Adj.
CH2 V Gain Adj.
CHi* V Cain Adj.
CH6 V Cain Adj.
Ab330 DAC Module
Top View
FIGURE 3
CKA.NNEL
V(S
Xtf
VI
II
V2
12
V3
13
t
1
2
3
1«
5
fa
7
CARD
1
n.
1
2
3
u
5
THU>fflWKI£L SWITCH
FRONT VirJ
JL
■
3
SIZE
-A-
CODE
SP
MAAgir^-'cf-U
REV
5DIBQS0
CN 0101} I* N«77 |]«;i
SHEET 15 Qp
23
MANUFACTURING SPEClFICATiC N
Tinc t
CONTINUATION SHtCT
MODULAR APPROACH Tu SYSTEMS TbST Appendix A
TABLE 1
FILE BOX - MODLXE PRIORITY TABLE
PRIORITY
MODOLE
OPTION
COMMENTS
SEQUENCE
•
I
AOOS
lAD-lA
2
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX :
3
A005
lAD-lA
1
4
A007
IMX-IA
7 MAX
i
A907
ISH-IA
1
W7410
IOC- I A
7
W7411
lAC-IA
H912. ♦ BCiOJ
1
W7CII
I DC- ID
f
U7C40
IDC-IC
10
W7430
IDC-IB
11
W7431
lAC-IB
H912, ♦ 3C40J
12
W743I
IDC-IE
1
13
A6330
IDA-OA
1 1 MAX
K
M6870
IOC-OB
15
,M6d70
I AC- OB
H912. ♦ BCiOJ
16
M6u50
IDC-OA
17
M6850
lAC-OA
H9i:, ♦BCAOJ
18
M6030
• IRL-OA
19
M60S0
IRL-OB
SBSBDSO
EN OiO«2l« N6'7 IJ»?I
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NMMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
_B
SHEET 16 OF ^3
MANUFACTURJNC SPECIFICATION
^'^'•' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS Tt.ST Appendix A
CONTINUATION SHLET
TABLE 2
A005 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCi-ON
W103
Will
OUT
IN
INTERRUPT MODE
ICS-II
AGO 7
STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNaiON
W2l
W22 .
W23
W24
U2J
U26
W27
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
SELECT MUX # I
SELECT MUX ♦ 2
SELECT MUX tf 3
SELECT MUX # 4
SELECT MUX 0 5
SELECT MUX # 6
SELEa MUX if 7
W7430 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN /OUT
FUSaiON
WSS
W59
IN
OUT
INTERRUPT MODE
ICS-ll
W7431 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JU>a'ER
IN/ OUT
FU.,'CTION
W 9
WIG
OUT
IN
INTERRUPT MODE
JCS-ll
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
iflSBQSD
CN 01C«} it r«kr} |j«li
SHEET
17
OF
23
MANtFACTURiNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHkET
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
TABLE 3
W7440 STANDAiU) JUMPER CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
IN/OUT
FUNCTION 1
1
1
W 2
W16
XK
OUT
ICS-ll
INTERRUPT MODE
M8094 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
All
ICSR/ICAR JUMPERS
AlO
W20
A9
W19
A8
WIS
A7
WW
A6
WIS
A5
WIS
A4
Wl
A3
Wl3
00
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
01
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
01'
OUT
IN
02
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
GUT
IN
OUT
03
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
CUT
4.
IN
04
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
^••T
OS
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
A • «
OUT
IN
06
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
X>«
IN
OUT
07
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
06
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
• OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
CUT
09
GUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
10
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
U
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
Jumper
Jusptr
OUT
IN
Logic
Logic
"i"
'0"
SIZE
CODE
SP
SQgflQiiO
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
CN oioi; Ik Nt>/; ( i9;i
SHEET
18
RFV
B
OF 23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 4
M8094 FILR JUMPERS
File
F3
F2
Fl
FO
No.
W12
Wll
wio
W9
IN
0
IN
IN
IN
1
IN
IN
IN
OUT
2
IN
IN
OUT
IN
3
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
4
IN
OUT
IN
IK
5
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
6
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
7
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
8
OUT
IN
IN
IN
9
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
10
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
11
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
Jumper OUT
Jumper IN '
' Logicil "1"
Logical "0"
M8094 VECTOR JUMPERS
File
VECTOR ADDRESS
JUMPERS
Vector
V9
V7
V6
V5
V4
V3
V2
No.
Address
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
Wl
00*
234
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
01*
300
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
02
304
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
03
310
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
04
314
Iff
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
05
320
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
06
324
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
07
330
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
08
334
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
09
340
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
10
344
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
11
350
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Jumper OUT = Logic "1
Jumper IN « Logic "0"
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
OCC lHMX)10ta-N«72
SHEET
19
OF
23
MANUFACTURJNC SPEClFtCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
TABLE 5
M8096 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
#of Inpu c
Modultt
I
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
i 12
13
14
IS
16
W7
ouc
out
ouc
OUC
out
0>
01
out
out
out
out
out
out
out
in
W6
W5
W4
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
out
out
out
out
out
out
out
X
in
in
in
out
out
out
in
in
in
in
out
out
out
out
II
ia
out
out
in
in
out
in
in
out
out
in
in
out
out
X
W3
out
in
out
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
in
out
in
out
s
X " Do not cart
JuBp«rt ainimitc polling tiat for input modules. The selected
juBpert short cycle the poll counter after the last aodule address
has been selected.
Installation of jumper W8 causes an I/O sigral to hi sent to sll 1/0
modules if serial link fa lost for more than 20 minutes, (must not
be used by FAiT)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SDgQQSO
CNOtOtl i«'N«;} ()t2)
SHEET 20 OF 23
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITII
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 6
M8098 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION
Mod*
Selection
WIO
W9
W8
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
Wl
Master
Slave
in
out
in
out
in
out
out
in
out
in
out
in
out
in
in
out
out
in
out
in
Valid for etch Rev. "A" only.
Mode
Selection WlO W9 W8 W7 W6 W5 W4 W3 W2 Wl
Master out out out in in in in out out out
Slave in in in out out out out in in in
Valid for etch Rev. "B or higher.
M8098 SWITCH SETTING (E80)
Mode
Switch
Master
Slave
Function |
Sl-1
on
on
ADR
0
Sl-2
on
on
ADR
1
Sl-3
on
on
ADR
2
Sl-4
on
on
ADR
3
Sl-5
on
on
ADR
4
Sl-6
on
on
ADR
5
Sl-7
off
on
Master/Slave Select
Sl-8
off
off
Broadcast
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-U
REV
B
OCC lft*(>ttMMt-N«7t
SHEET 21 OF 23_
MANUPACTUIUNC STECIFiCATIQW
Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A
COMTINUATION SHEET
TABLE 7
AUTOCAT DIAGNOSTIC "PATCHBt"
ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED
ICSll
XCRll
AUTOCAT- 11-QZICA
AUTOCAT- 11-OZICA
NEW CONTENTS
033210
033722
100020
033230
033312
100420
033250
033332
100066
033270
033352
100100
033310
033372
100500
033330
033412
100466
033346
033430
100000
033350
033432
101001
033370
033452
101004
033410
033472
101066
033530
033612
101466
033550
033632
101404
033566
033650
100000
033570
033652
101401
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
OCC l«-<SM)-lMa-M«7a
SHEET 22 OF 11
■n
MANUFACnjRINC STECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPrOACH TO SYSTEMS TKST - APPENDIX A
TABLE 8
CALIBRATION TABLE F( R A005-YA
EDC Output
Gain
Channel
Average |
Tolerance (LSB) |
Bipolar Unipolar
X0^5-VA A007
Bipolar
Unipolar
Bipolar
Unipolai
■KW -KJV
1000
10 *
0000
0000
4-4
+6
40V 407
500
10
0000
0000
+2
4-3
■K)V -fOV
250
10
0000
ooou
♦2
4-3
+OV 40V
125
10
0000
0000
±2
±3
■►5MV ■♦■5MV
1000
10 ♦
2000
4000
+5
4-8
-5MV
1000
10
6000
±5
--
-►9MV +9MV
1000
10
3463
7146
4-5
4-10
-9MV
1000
10
4315
4-5
—
>10MV 4-1 OMV
500
10
2000
4000
4-3
4^5
•f36MV "♦■36MV
250
10
3463
7146
4-3
4^
40MV 4-4 OMV
125
10
2000
4000
±3
+5
1
40V 40V
50
10
COOO
0000
4-2
4-3
40V •K>V
12.5
10
0000
0000
4-2
4^3
40V ' -fOV
2.5
10
0000
0000
4-2
4-3
40V -fOV
1
10
0000
0000
±2
±3
+180MV -HBOMV
50
10
3463
7146
4-2
4-4
>400MV -♦-400MV
12.5
10
2000
4000
+2
4-4
4-3. 6V ^3.67
2.5
10
3463
7146
4-3
4-5
+5V ♦SV
1
10
2000
4000
±2
±^
+9. 9609V +9. 9609V
1
10 *
3770
7760
4-3
4-5
-9.9804V
1
10 ♦
4007
4-3
—
-5.0V
1
10
6000
....
4-2
--
♦ Channel to
be u
ised for each A007
A007 #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CHANNEL
21
42
63
84
105
126
147
c
oec ift^(Ma)io«j4««y«
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6165-0-0
REV
B
SHEET 23 OF 23
1!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE 8/7/80
TinC DPM23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
n
Is
lit
REVISIONS
REV
I
DESCRIPTION
Uj>Jatecl and rev^ised
CMC NO
AOOOO
MLOIO
ENG
BILL WHITBY
APR
S
^iS^
ORiO
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBEH
MAA6170-0-0
REV
A
•**4MttM*4M?»<Mt|
SHEET 1 0F21
MANUFiCTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
PPH23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
1.0 INTPODUCTION
Tht DPM23
tht KDFII-AA
It lupporttd
DPM50 Phast
diagnostics
DATAWAY.
is a ustr progrannablt lubsysttm which is bastd on
(11/23 CPU) and intarfactd to tha DEC DATAWAY. It
undar RSX11S. supports FORTRAN and MACRO, and uses
2 coaaunications softwart. Usar prograas and
• V downloaded from a DPM HOST COMPUTER over the
This procedure defines ninimun test criteria for the base
DPM2;. For options added to the base, reference other
appropriate mast procedures.
The base DPM23 consists of:
BAIl-NC/ND
KDF 1 1-AA
HSVn-DD
ISV1 1-B
9 slot chassis and power supply
CPU with memory managemtnt
6<ikb mos memory
DEC DATAWAY interface board set
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUKENTATIOW
2. 1 MANUALS:
2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR HANDBOOK:
2.1.2 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK:
2.1.3 MSVII-D.-E USERS MANUAL:
2.1.1 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUIDE:
2. 1.5 DPM23 USERS GUIDE:
2.1.6 KDF1UAA USERS GUIDE:
2.1.7 BA11-N TECHNICAL MANUAL:
2.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS:
2.2.1 DPM23 PRINTSET: MP001058
2.2.2 DLV1UF PRINTSET: MP0C0«l6l
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
3.1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA:
EB-15836-18/79
EB-17723-20/80
EK-MSV1D-0P-???
EK-PIOS-UG-???
EK-DPM23-UG-???
EK-KDF11-UC-???
EK-BA11N-TM-???
3.1. 1
3. 1.2
3.1.2
2. l.^J
3. 1.5
Valid DPM HOST SYSTEM configuration.
RSX11-M on appropriate host media.
Attenuation panel.
HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent accurate to .01V i
Serial line unit IE. DLVIl-F and Terminal for LSI
information output (LOCAL MODE).
15V.
error
SIZE
A
w
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
oac iHMt>*ia«»4««7t
SHEET
OF.il
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
H,0 WEQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS;
4.1 DPH REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT IZP 125-RD
1. 1. 1
K. 1.2
H, 1.3
1
1
1
1,
1,
n
5
6
7
8
1. 1.9
1. 1. 10
NAME
DZKCI
DZKCH
CZKMP
DVDVC
CZQMC
DVPCA
CJKDA
CJKDB
CJKDC
CJKDD
DESCRIPTION
Remote terainel tester
Serla! bus exerciser
Task Handler
DLV11.F test
0-12'ik aciory
Pes test
F-11 MMU test
F-1 1 CPU test
KEFIUAA dlag
KEF11-AA diag
exerciser
2»
MODE
Remote
Remote
N/A
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
•■OPTIONAL
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1.1 RSX11-M must be running In
DIAGNOSTICS ITT IZP 125-RD.
the host system with DPM REMOTE
5.1.2 A serial line interface (IE DLV 1 l-F. DLV 1 l-J ) and terminal
will be required to run diagnostics in LOCAL MODF at the DPM23
subsystem. NOTE: These items are i:sed for test only and are not
shipped unless specifically ordered with system.
5.1.3 The MaoSO is always the last item on the bus with the
exceptions that the M8081 always occupies slot 9. and that the
optional BDV11-AA(M8012) always plugs into slot 8.
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
occ >e^«MhatM4««ya
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION fHECT
TITLt MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5. 1.<i At this
on tht DPM23.
Writing only tht foUnwing options art lupportad
A. MSVn-DO
B. BDVn-AA
C. DLV11-C
D. DLVn-J
E. DLVn-KA
F. DZVn-A
C. IBVn-B
H. ipvn
I. LPVn-PA/PD
J. RXV1UBA/BD
K. RXV2UBA/B0
L. BAII-NE/NF
32K WORDS HOS MEMORY
TERMINATOR/BOOT MODULE
ASYNCHRONOUS LINE UNIT
FOUR ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL INTERFACES
20MA CURRENT LOOP OPTION
ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER
INSTRUMENT BUS INTERFACE AND CABLE
Q BUS lOCM
LINE PRINTER OPTIONS
FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS
DOUBLE DENSITY FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS
EXPANDER BOX '.
5.1.5 In ofdop to run DCF11-AA diagnostic (CJKDB), LTC (LINE
TIME CLOCK) Interrupts aust ba disabled,
Jumper Wt must ba installed en the KDF11-AA
testing. If a BDVIUAA (M8012) nodule has
DPM23 system switohpack C21 #5 mmy be
either oase this procedure must be reversed prior to runnint D
to accomplish this
CPU module prior to
been added to the
turned on instead. In
running
^ . — w. WW.. ^,.m „ ir.w«.«^..i. w^mv vm ivTwiavu prAwr to running u
BUS I/O module diagnostic VPCAEO. S^ttem_muft_shlp with LTC
interrupts enabled. """ — — —
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
6, ) UNPACKING AND INSPECTION:
6.1.1 Save all packing material for equipment to be shipped that
is not cab mounted.
tc teiMe>-iM»M«ya
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
•MEET ^ OF 21
BBH CONTINUATION SHCCT
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS
TEST 1
6.2 MODULE CONFIGURATION
SETUPS FO.l DPM2J
6.2. 1 K0F1UAA (H8186) LSI
y)/2
3 CPU MODULE
JUMPER DESIGNATION
JUMPER STATE
IN
W1
W?
AS RECEIVED
W3
AS RECEIVED
W4«
OUT
W5
OUT
W6
OUT
W7
IN
we THRU W15
DON'T CARE
W16
IN
H17
in
W18
XN
"»Not«: Ste special inttruotl
on
•t 5,1,5
R«r«rtno« FIGURE 2 for Juiiptr
locations. 1
6.2.2 MSV11.DD (MSOttt.D?) FIRST
32K 1
SI SWITCHPACK
SW1
SWITCH STATE
ON
SW2
ON
SW3
ON
SWil
•
ON
W2
IN
W3
IN
PIN 1 TO 3
IN
PIN 5 TO 7
IN
PIN 10 TO 1«l
IN
PIN 15 TO 16
IN
R«rtrtno« FIGURE 4 for switch
•
and Juapar locations.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
.
..A..
SP
MAA 6170-0-0
*.l
CMC IHSMMM«-«««7«
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
UIJDOQli CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.2.3 0LV11-F (M8028} SERIAL LINE
UNIT
JUMPER DESIGNATION
■
JUMPER STATE
TO
f 1
ta
T3
10
• 1
Ra
HI
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
XV
OUT
IN
The DLV11-F is default
baud rate Jumpers must
to 300 baud.
Jumpered for console use, but the above
be reconfigured from 110 baud operation
The DLV11-F is not a standard part
frequent option, and is needed in
LOCAL MODE. See FIGURE 5 for Junpe
of the DPM23 system, but is a
FAAT for diagnostic testing in
r locations.
6.2. <♦ ISVIl-B (M8080.M8081) DEC DATAWAY INTERFACE 1
FACTORY CONFIGURED:
CSR ADDRESS
1601«0
1601K2
160U11
VECTOR ADDRESS
•
300
3OH
JUMPERS
STATE
LOCATION
W1 THRU W6
W7 THRU W10
W11 THRU W16
W17 THRU W20
W21 THRU W23
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT .
K8080
H8080
MeO80
M8060
M8060
W1.W3,W5,W7.W9
W2.W1|,W6,W8.W10
IN
OUT
M8081
HSOSH
NOTE: If DLV11-J
vector address of 300
conflict with the ISV11.
is installs
■ust be
B.
Bd in DPM23 sys'.em its default
reconfigured because of its
Reference FIGURES
7. 1 and 7
,2 for Jumper locations.
•
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
"IM
0«C lM*Ml-lMt<N«7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFAtTllRIN(. SPFCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACTI TO SYSTEM TF.^'T
6.3 CABf rj OF THE DPM2 3
6.3.1 Cabling of the DPM23 consists of n serial bus cable
(70-15928-03) coming from the M8084 board of the ISVU-B, which
interconnects with the DEC DATAWAY cable (70-14152), which in
turn is run through an attenuation pan^l to simulate cable
length, finally exiting the attenuation panel and connecting to
the HOST CPU'S ISBll. Reference FIGURE 1.
NOTE: The
shipped with
7.0 POWER CHECKS
attenuation panel
the system.
is only used for test and id not
7.1 -J-SVOC j;250MV
■H2VDC 4-600MV
The +5VDC and •♦•12VDC regulated voltaget can be meanured at J7
of the backplane or, preferably at the tip jacks on the M8012
(BDVll-AA) module (if it has been added to the system). The pins
of J7 are nu;nbered, and color coded. 4-12700 and -fSVOC are
assigned the following pins and colors.
+ 12VDC PIN 2, PURPLE WIRE
■H2VDC GROUND PiN 3, BLACK WIRE
+ 5VDC PIN 5, RED WIRE
♦ 5VDC GROUND PIN 4, BLACK WIKE
The tip jacks on the M8012 module are color coded and labeled
as follows:
+ 12VDC J3, PURPLE
+ 5VDC J2, RED
GROUND Jl, BLACK
If adjustment becomes necessary, remove the two power su'jply
mounting screws to tilt the power supply forward exposing the
adjustment potentiometers Rl for -»-12VDC, and R22 for +5VDC.
Reference FIGURES 3.1 and 3.2 for locations.
SIZE
Jl.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1*-(S*3) 1M2-N«7a
SHEET
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
u\h'^\
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
The host processoi whether it be an 11/70 or II/3M alcng with
Its ISBII'S must be fully checked out according to HAST prior to
connecting a DPH23 to the OATAWAY.
8. 1 DPH23 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PROCEDURE
6*1.1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host media which
has the RSX11-H host package IAP-F132A-HC and install it into
DRIVE 10. Load DRIVE #0 and insure that "WRITE PROTECT" Is off.
8.1.2 When DRIVE #0 is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) BOOT
the drive.
8.1.3 When the program asks for the date and time, you may
either enter the information or default it by typing a carriage
return. An example would be 08:30 01-JUN-80.
8.1.4 The prograa will continue setting up parameters and will
ask: "Do you want to load IPC diagnostics from magtape [Y/N]:".
Type in a carriage return which will default your answer to a HO
condition.
8.1.5 The program will now output:
>9 <EOF> (This sicnifles end of flit and parameters
now set) ard waits for you to key in a command.
are
8. 1.6 Type in:
Set /UIC«[200,2703 (This may not be necessary if the UIC
is already at 200,270.)
Mc i»<Mai>«eet4Myi
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
SHEET ^ OF 21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.2 RUN THE ^HROR REPOBT TASK IM ORDEW TO CllhH OUT THE ERROR
egg '
8.2. 1 >RUII ISBRPT TTPEr<RUM ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR ll]7N TYPE:<II>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y 0R~N)7N TYPE:<M^
DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]?? TYPE:<Y>
ISBRPT. . .OPERATION COMPLETE"
TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PC»125130
PS.1700C0
R0«120720
RU125576
R2>125650
R3*000000
RUxllS'iTO
RSsOOOOOO
SP«120»<76
8.2.2 Type.'CTRL C to ttrninate ISBRPT task and rcctiva back
MCR> pronpt.
8»3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER.
8.3.1 >RUN DZKCH TyPE:<RUM D2KCH>
DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA>
lUNITS (D)?1— TYPE:<1>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER : (0 )070 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER;
(0)171 TYPE:<1>
NUMBEf OF ENTERED TERMINALS«1
UNIT»»CONTROLLER«»LOCICAL SB»«LUN*«
001 000 001 Oil
TOTAL / TiVE PASSES « 21. ACTIVE TERMINALS. 1, TIME. 8:33
TOTAL ACi Z PASSES . *1, ACTIVE TERMINALS.!, TIME. 8: 3^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
RCV
A
OKCIM;
?*
SHEET
OF
21
MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8. 3*2 Afttr rtqulrtd run tia*
dlcgnoitlc by typing CTWL C.
htf tlipstd t«riilnat« running of
"TTO" TEWMIM/ITED
EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
TASK
TASK
PCa046000
PS.170000
R0*000002
RIaOOOOOO
R2a000000
R3«000000
Ri|*000003
R5'000001
SPs0012t6
8.<i After D2KCH has run.Tht error log nust be checked for
error! that mcy have occured during running.
8.«l.1 >RUN ISBRPT— - TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARYtY OR N)?Y TYPE:<Y>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N]7N — TYPE:<N>
OUTPUT TO LINE . RINTER [Y OR N]7N — TYPE: <N>
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR N) 7N— 1— TYPE: <N>
DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR N]7N-I TYPE:<N>
ISBRPT... ERROR FILE IS EMPTY
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE
8.*i.2 Type: CTRL C to terminate ISBRPT task and receive back
MCR> prompt.
8.^.3 Error reporting can be in the for* of hard errors, typed
out Imnediately, or soft errors;( Errors that are logged by the
error logger). No errors are allowed.
^SIZE
LA.
COD'-
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
MC aeoMhieet^Mya
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITll MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.5 HUM WOM WESIDENT TESTS OF ISVII-B
8.5.1 MC>>RUN CZKCIB - TYPE:<IIUM C2KCIB>
>
DCP-A>STA TYPI:<STA>
I UNITS (D) 7 J, TyPE:<1>
UNIT 1
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER :( 0 )070 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER:
(D)1?2— TYPC:<1>
SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS
UN IT* •CONTROLLER* •LOGICAL SB»^LUN^^TYPE
10 001 9 DPM50-P0RT 0
START OF TESTING
END OF PASS 0, TIME t 9:29
END OF PASS t, TIME i 9:31
8.5.2 After required run tine has elapsed terainate running of
the diagnostic by typing CTRL C.
8 . 6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR CZKMPB
«'6' * >RUN CZKMPB TYPE;<RUN CZKMPB)
>
CZKMPB VERSION 2,2
5!:LECT MODE: LOCAL. HOST. AUTO-MAP, COMMUNICATION OR EXIT
(L,H.A.C,E)L TYPE:<L>
ENTt"^ NUMBER OF TERMINALS [D]«1 TYPE:<1>
ENTE" CONTROLLER NUMBER [G]«0-r TyPE:<0>
ENTEK TERMINAL NUMBERS [0]«1 TYPE:<1>
NUMhER OF ENTERED TERMINALS** 1
UNIT^«CONTROLLER^^LOCICAL SB»«
1 e 1
At this point the console termlrti at the DPM23 subsystem
coaes on line and Is used to ask for onck run subsystem
diagnostics.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
oac >»<>rti-A— m?t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SfEClFICATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tini MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8 . 7 RUN n/23 CPU AND MEMORY DIAGNOSTICS ON DPM23
Set Flgurt 6 for tiplanatlon of nonltor interaction Inputs
and outputs at local DPM23 tarnlnai .
8.7.1 >JKDACO.
157776
.TYPF:<JKDACO>
-TYPE:<200C>
#2000
CTinJTCO KTFII-AA HMU DIAG.
SWRiOOOOOO NEWaCR > TYPE:<CR>
END PASS!
1 :TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200
8.7.2 Afttr rtqulrad run tint has tlapstd. terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPH23 console teralnal by depressing the
break key.
8.7.3 •760 111/000000 2
TYPE:<7 60l11/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDBC0 TYPE:<JKDBC0>
157776 ■
.TYPE:<200G>
#2000
CTin^CO DCFII-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC
END PASSI 1
END PASS! 15
NOTE: LTC Interrupts aust be disabled to run diagnostic
JKDBCO. See special Instruction at 5.1.5.
8.7.1 After required run time has elapsed .terminate running the
diagnostic at the DPM23 console teralnal by depressing the break
key.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
»»ii
^im»tHfa
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
••7'5 f760U«</000000 2 — — — — TYPE : <760 HU/>
TYPE:<2>
>ZOMrCO-—-—— - — -- — .-- TypE:<20MCC0>
1^777?"
#£00C - TYPE:<200C>
SWniyoOOOO NEWi CR--— — — TypE:<CII>
KTIKHEHORY HANACEHENT )A VAILABLE
HEMORY HAP
FROM COOOOO TO 757777 (WITH H MSVIl-D INSTALLED)
NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000
END PASS! 1
Abovt will b« rtctivtd whtn k MSVIUD modules art
Installed, typeouts will vary with lesser amounts of memory. No
relocation will ooqur when only 1 MSVn-D is installed.
8.7.6 'NOTE THE following two test:* are to be run If the
optional KEFII chip Is Installed.
8.7.7 *760J_M/000000 2 TYPE: <760 U4|/>
>JKDCBO-
157776
«200C--
TYPE:<2>
TYPE:<JKDCB0>
•TYPE:<200C>
CJKDCB, KEF11-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1
SWR « 000000 NEW.CR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS I t
END PASS # 2
e.7.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPM23 console terminal by depressing the
break key.
SIZE
A
CODE
Sk>
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
«H«t>-»ee»my«
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTUmNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOUULAR APPROACH TO SYfTEM TKST
8.7.9 »76tl44/ggee0l 2 — — — TYPE; <76fl44/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDDM — — TYPE:<JKDDBf>
f2»C -TYPE:<2f0G>
CJKDDB KEPll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2
SWR - §00000 NEW -CR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS • 1
END PASS • 2
8.7.10 After requirtd run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPM23 console terminal by depressing the
break key.
8.7.11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option
modules installed, using saae method used to run the CPU tests.
8.7.12 After all LSI modules have been run, if any D BUS I/O
modules exist within the DPM23 subsystem, load diagnostic VPCAE0
and follow procedure POO-00COA-00-0000WM-06- 8055 , Reference
section 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING.
SIZE
A
""S^^ MAA im^-h^'-o «^^
OCC l»-0«t|-lMa-M«72
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SH£ET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
(T en * U* K> M M
o o o o o o
3383838
0\ {J\ ^ i*i K) t-* so
W ^ vo vA ^ ^o
O
*^
H
W
H* K> K> lO lO ro K>
vo o M N) u» * cn
D D O O OO O
09 0 09 0 0 OB 0
(n
z
>
1
c
5
o
99
•11/70 OR II/34I
> ,.„ •
ISBll
0PM HOST
1
_ i
L,
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
MC «*i*M>>>M»N«y«
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
^^
XT
^£
c —
II
A'
r
c
m
i
WI6
DIODE D1
WtS
iii
5^
W14
W12 —
WIO—
Wi —
W4—
•WIS
>W11
'wn
'w»
1W7
•ws
W4
WI
W3
"WJ
KDFII-AA
(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE)
FIGURE 2
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
MC i*HM<>-iMa<M«yi
SHEET
OF 21
MAHUFACTUI^IN9 JFECIFICATIQN
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITII MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Fo*M Supply AiMMMy
FIGURE 3.1
^owtt Supply A^MMlMMi
FIGURE 3.2
Size
A
caoE
SP
MAA 6170-0-0
REV
A
occ fi»ttyt—am»T»
SHEET
OF 2L
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
a C
^n^
wi
■ATTIRV tACKUr
rOtWIR JUMrmt
• • e
a 1 a
■AWK y
■ NABLI/OtkAALl
PAmtrvmo pahitv
OrtMATlOM
M8044-D7
MMQ?««
Figure 4 MSVl l-D. MSVl 1-E Switch ar.J Jumper Locations
SIZE
A
^§?M MAA tm-To
flEV
i^
ic aHMi>*iM«4««yt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
f=7
r\
xc
^
n
INI Hill 0
!■■!
IM»N l»
I'
MT
555555
H • i
Figure 5
Me02d
DLVll-P Jumper Locations
MH-iaT4
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
MM««t«
REV
A
SHFT J±^ OF 21
CONTINUATION SHEET
WAHiurAt lUKiMt* >rti,u-icAlivn«
TITlt MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
(
MONiToa tMruukcnon at local tcbminal
PrvmfU
OpcrmiavaAy
ODT
leotUMxi
uc, or lypt ONMrol Z lo pvl LSI- 1 1 la
•tei
If roUowiAf IS7774 aAm • Ik •••« hm hm* Mltrad. ladicaiM Um Aktptemit u la
lb« LSI-I I wmI Um optnior aay OMBauaicaM wuh ii vu ODT
1/ foUpwuKi "Ead pMi" aad lk« cuitmi PC ladtcAiM iIm oparsior nay pvc funlMr
iMimcuoai la OOT Oiviaf "7*0144" rMtubliilM* eoMauaicauoi wiik loc*i
aooiiof.
DapOBli
Deposit
Fikimmti Uiad foUowiaf '*>'*iocall(lui|»oMK».
200G Nm io moailor - tutn AafaoMic If LSM I u la ODT.
Brc«k Noi io moailor - Mopt 4t»pie»ttc.
760 1 44 / RcnuMokM ceinaiuakaiMa wuh kteai aioaiior if LSM I h la ODT.
2 i ttlliiwini 'VJKnr' wito iMMilMw lliai iifwrataw withn In rvn aiHHhcf JtaiiMitiic
I PoUuw *XX)00(Xr •boru aMMUUw la koai Tlui u Um Um lapui by Um optituu
CooudZ FoUowia|''>"pu«iLSiniaODT
FoUowiBf lU MM* MMry uidwaiM ih«
Tte raqatMad Ma oaaaot b« foiMd.
Tbt auaapt 10 dowaload the
Im* baca tfowaloadcd.
Ouipuu
umi
NX
BOLD
END PASS Dmpoilic km neiplam a p—.
CtumufC FoUowiaibraakiadiciOTdiacaMlk baa Hopped aiaddmapnaicd.
000000 FoUowiai "740144** iadicaMa oaaiiiar bmv iaput runkar laMntcboo* lo IocaI OKMUlor
(lor2).
EX
MooiUM baa lansiaaiad ai beat.
FIGURE 6
SIZE
A
CODE
FP
NUMBER
MAA 6170-0-0
"T
occ i«^«M)-iaa<<4«a?a
SHEET 20 OF il
MANUFACTURING SfEClTICATlON
CONTINUATION SHEFT
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
*>%• W] mi: mi* MIO Mil WIft M(1« WIJ Mlj *>l
FIGURE
7.1
uot^
M8080
uu
ML.
dddddqOQ.
DDDDflODD"
SOnnno
VI raMiSMiniR Mcuvf*
%
iCLWfl
•2It til*
IftVMOT
FIGURE
7.2
IS-.llB
9 •no«i
oiD'D
d'DDHd'd
:DDDDD
ioDnOOD
DDDDDDDD^
■"0
MOATWf
M8084
• mow I raoMi rnOMS riidM«
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA bi70-0--0
REV
A
Mc 1* iaMi>iM»-M«y*
SHEET
OF
s
hi
•I*
i ** S
C <? e f
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.
DATE
i\ 'an HO
TITLE
I«5B-11 pre HATAWAY r.^N'RnTIF'^
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHO NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Prev. 7ft^BOni-n-6l7>
Npw updato ECO CHANGE
ENQ
^
//
APPO
MA-
AOOOO-
L.LECLERC
1 SO
7-U-h
Mi*aMiii
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA hi 75-0-0
REV
B
CN-01M»-|«4««72-O«S)
SHEET 1 OF 7
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAi AfPiOACH TO STSTDI3 TEST
I3B-11 DEC DATAWAT COI^THOLLEW
1,0 HEfEWEllCE DOCUKIITATION
1.1 Print Mtt ord«r « NPOOHS?
1.2 Malnttnano* Mmual : EI-KMCMP^P, EK-DMCLU.OP
1.3 ISft-ll Ut«rs Guldt: EK-ISB-II-US
1.A ISB-11 Flfld AcotpUnof Proc«<lurf: A-SP-ISD> 11-07
1.5 Lib Kit: (KMCn Lib Kit) fZJ231-ltB
1.6 DZKCH Serial Bua Eitre *r (doouient) #NO-n-DZKCH.D
1.7 CZORT RSZIIM T«8t SystM (dociaant) «AC.F153A-MC
ry, soac type of
2,0 HEQUIBED TEST EQUIPMENT
2.1 PDP 11/30 or PDP 1. 70 with ■Inlnui of 16K of m
dlso load aedia, and on* DD11-C SPC block.
2.2 SPC auat b« 001 LC. r
2.3 SPC auat provlda ♦S. ♦15. and -15 volta.
2.4 Oaoilliaoopa H475 or aquivalant,
2.5 Digital volt aattr
2.6 Hultilayar Eitandtr Nodula (V90<l8-Hai)
2.7 One 16 pin I.C. clip
2.8 Test Cable #7014152
2.9 Frequency counter aay be required.
.?.10 Soae type of DPM terainal; such aa a RT801, RT803. RT805. DPH01,
VT110, or DPM50.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
'HUMiEir-^
MAA 6175-n-O
-£-l
OCC lH>M)10t2-N»72
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTUHINC SfECIFICATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITH
NODULAR APf HOACII TO SYSTtNS TFST
3.0 A¥AIUBLE PKmWOSTIC FWOOMHS
3.1 Stand Alon« Dlainosiloa Kit fZJ.?1«.|IB
Mai ltd to Daacriptlon
CZKCC Static Taat. N02O4 Data Path Taat
CZKCD Static Crm Branch Taat (M8?0?)
CZKCA Fraa Run, N8204 Data Path Taat
CZKCE Llna Unit Taat (H8202)
CZKCF Bit Stuff Una Unit Teat (N6202)
KMCA DCC X-n Syataa Taat
3.2 On-Lii*« Diafnoatioa Kit «ZP-125-RD (Ntf tapa kit)
AP-P152A-MC CZORH RSX11M '^vat Syataa Dia«noatlo
NOTE: Tha ZP-125-RD kit auat ba uaad to aya-gan a diac taat pack
bafora on-lina diatnoatioa can ba run.
tl.O IMSTALUITIOII IBSTRUCTIOliS
«.1 N820II Inatallation
11.1.1 Tha N820II aodula ahould ba inatallad in alot #2 of the DD11-C
SPC block bafora inatalling. fiaaova tha NPR Grant continuity
wira that runa batnaan pina CA1 and CBI on tha back plana for
alot §2, If a ayataa changa raquirea raaoval of the M820ii,
thia wira auat ba replaced.
4.1.2 The addreaa and vactora for thia BOdule fall Into the floating
range, and a atandard aetup configuration la required.
ISB-11 i
Addreaa
Vector
#1
160140
HOC
#2
160150
mo
#3
160160
«20
#1
160170
•30
SIZE
A
CODE
OKC lM9M»lMt<ft«7a
NUMBER
nil U\l'\n(\Ti\
REV
.J.
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NOOOLAII APFHOACH TO ST5TEH5 TEST
9.1 N6202 IntUllttlon
4.2.1 Th« Ni202 Bodul* should b« Initalltd In Slot #3 of th« DOII-C
SPC block.
4.2.2 All tMltohca on th« aodul* should b« plsesd In th« OTT
position, for th«y srs not ussd.
4.2.3 An ISft-n Tsst Csbls #7014152 should b« fsstsnsd to tht esblt
connsotor. sttsohsd to ths aoduls.
4.2.4 Soas typ# of DPM tsrainsl should b« sttschsd to ths #7014152
tsst Qsbls; such ss s RT801. RT802, RT8O3, DPW01, VT110, or
DPM^.
5.0 TEST SET UP
5.1 No spccisl tsst sst *jp Is required , unltss problsas occur running
dlsgnostlcs. If problsas occur, rsfsr to ths aslntensnce asnusl for
sd justing ths 11ns unit clock snd rssd dsts ons shot on ths M8202
■oduls.
6.0 POWEII CHECKS
6.1 Ths ISB-n utilizes 8 sapsres of plus flvs volts psr ISB. Csrs should
bs sicrclsed thst any tsst stsnd. or systsa Instsllstlon considers the
ainlaua current par regulstor.
6.2
¥olUgs settings for ths I5B-11 srs very crltlcsl. and s Dlgltsl voU.
aster Is rsooassndsd for asking any adjustasnts. Test points, glvs.-
below, for asking adjustasnts should bs tsksn on ths aoduls whsn
asking -15 volt adJustsMnts on the 11/34's only. Set ths -15 volts
for sisctly ths saaa as the ♦15 volt resding. which is non-sdjustsble,
Voltsgs
♦15
-IS
♦5
Voltsge Test Points
Moduls Test Point
Kd202
N8202
P^202
♦ side of C65
- slds of C64
E 35 pin 16
6.3 Unlbus Loading
ihe lSB-11 presents one l)C and seven AC unlbus Iohw.
A maximum of 20 AC loads are acreptaMe before separ.'
or a 2 ft, bus cable is require.!.
•'tern,
n bv PI. M9202,
SIZE
A.
CODE
NUMBER
MAA i17i 8 Q
REV
OCC l«-4MtMM«-Mft7a
SHEET
OF
MANU»ACTt)RINO SfhCIKKAriON
mil
CONTINUATION SHfET
NODULAR APPROACH TO STSTCNS TEST
Th« IS^II presents on« DC and Mv«n AC unibua lotds to th« ■ytte«.
A auUiUi of 20 AC loads ara acctptabU bafora saparatlor by an M9?02,
or a 2ft, bus oabla Is raqulrad.
7.0 DIACMOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE (STAND ALOWt)
7.1 Saa S«ctton 1.0 for ordar of diagnostics. The rollowlnji procadura la
usad for all diagnostics.
7.1.1 Load iliaKnostio.
7.1.2 Losd addras^ at ?00.
7.1.3 '^t switch ragistar to all taros. Start program.
7.1.1 End of pass will ba shown by typa out.
7.1.5 No errors allowed.
8.0 DIACW03TIC TEST PROCEDURE (ON-LINE)
8.1 Host SystaiR Booting Procedure
8.1.1 Obtain a disk pack from the appropriate hoat ■edia, which
contains the RSX11M test syste* diagnostic package #ZP125-RD.
and install it into Drive #0. Load Drive #0, and insure thst
"WRITE PROTECT* is off.
8.1.? When Drive #0 is ready, and "ON LINE", boot the drive.
8.1.3 071036 000021 000652 001172
IDKO TYPE: <DK0-RIC05, DLO-
DEVICE DBOO: NOT IN CONFIGURATION RL01, DMO-RIC06 or 07.
DEVICE DBOl: NOT IN CONFIGURATION DR0-RH02 or 03. DBO-
DEVICE DROO: NOT IN CONFIGURATION RP01. 5. or 06>
DEVICE DROI: NOT IN CONFIGURATION
DEVICE HTOO: NOT IN CONFIGURATION
RSX-11M V3.1 BL22 6«K MAPPED
>RED DKO:«SYO:
>RED DKOtsLBO:
>HOU DKO:STSTEM
>#C1, 21STARTUP
>• PLEASE ENTER TIME AND DATE (HR:MN DD-MHM-YY) [Si:
08:30 10-DEC-79 TYPE: <08:30 10-DEC-7q>
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6175-0-0
REV
B
occ itiWiiMa-Htn
SHEET „
OF
7
MANUFACTURING SftCIFIC ATION
CONTINUATION SHCIf
Tint
NODULAR AprHOACN TO STSTCNS TEST
>TIN 08:30 10-M:C-79
>INS IISBRPT
>INS lISBEim
>INS IISBONL
>IH9 IISBINZ
>I1IS tT.TirOCTIM
>nx rocTiM
>LOA Sa:/PAR«GEM
>II«III FDCTIM M/HSI-20S
>III^ IFIP
>IIIS IFLX
>• DO fOU WANT TO LOAD IPC DIAGNOSTICS
rHOM HACTAPE7 (T/ll):ll TYPE: (M)
>f <Eor>
>SET /UIC«[ 200. 2701 TYPE: <SET /UIC.l200,270)>
8.2 Run th« error rtport task In ord«r to clear out tht error log.
8.2.1 >RUN ISBRPT
TYPE: <RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT - DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMHAtT [Y OR N)? N TYPE: <M>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE (T OR N)7 N TYPE: <N>
DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR Hit ? TYPE: <Y>
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COHPLITE
8.3 Run the ISBII DEC DetaMiy Dlafnoitic EieroUer.
8.3.1 RUN DttCH --
DCF-A>STA -
# imiTfTD)
UNIT 1
-TYPE: ''iUN DZKCH>
-TYPE: <STA>
7 1
TYPE: <1>
TYPE: <1>
ENTER CONTROUER NUHBER: (0) 0 7 0
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: (0)
NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS « 1
UNIT •• CONTROLLER •• LOGICAL SB •• LUN
001 000 OOf Oil
1 7 1
e«
-TYPE: <0>
TYPE:
<1>
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6175-0-0
REV
D
OCC 1*-|SM|-IM2-N«72
SHEET
OF
2.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
MODULAR Aff ROACH TO STSTCNS Tt' f
s.«
After a ooapUU run. th« diagfioatlo auat b« ttralnatad with
a oarrlaga raturn TTft: <CR>
TA3K ■no ■ TCRMIIATED
TASK EXIT VITH OUTSTANDING 10
K ■ 046000
170000
000002
000000
000000
000000
000003
000001
001246
PS
RO
R1
R2
R3
M
R5
Sf
8.5
Aftar a ooaplata run, tha ^rror log auat ba ehackad to aaka
•ura thara ara no arrora raportad.
8.5.1 >RUN ISBRPT
ISBRPT - DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
TYPE. <RUN ISBRPT>
-TYPE: <Y>
-TYPE: <N>
TTPE:<N>
TYPE:<N>
TTPE:<N>
8.6
PRINT SUNNART (Y OR N0)7 Y
PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y OR nT? N
OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTEK (V OR"n]T N
WANT ONE CONTROLLER (Y OR N]T N ^.
DELETE ERROR FILE (T OR N]7 N I
ISBRPT . . . ERROR FILE IS EMPTY
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COMPLETE
NCR>
Error raporting can ba In tha fora of hard arrora. typad out
iBB«dlataly, or aoft 9rror»; arrora that ara logtad by tha trror
loggar. No arrora ara allowad.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
M
1 i i
REV
£.
OCC l*^SMMeM4M7S
SHEET
OF
DRAWING NO.
A-SP-MAA76O0
A-SP-MAA8C10
A-SP-MAA9025
A-SP-MAD2i4MO
A-SP-MAU'42 16
A-SP-MAE005b
A-SP-MAE1000
A-SP-MAF1050
A-SP-MAF2050
A-SP-MAV2100
A-SP-MAV2102,
A-SP-MAV2103
A-SP-MAV2200
A-SF-MAV2605
A-SP-MAV2850
A-SP-MAV2910
A-SP-MAV2912
«Ev.r>io.
,PP5.
OFSCRIPTION
A
10
'3IG2-A RAINBOW iiJT-ACUK . KKUL .
A
2
UNIBUS TESTER
A
i4
PRE ACCEPTANCE HARDWARE Q.C.
A
12
K78-A
A
16
RL8-A/RL01
C
6
MAST PHASE III UETP
A
ill*
PHASE III BACKUP DOC. RSXIl-M"
A
U
WPS-8/211 PHASE III USER'S GUIDE
A
16
WPS-8/212 PHASE III USER'S GUIDE
B
26
11/780 CPU *
A
31
1 1/750 HAST I
A
28
VAX 11/751 TtST
D
16
FP780 FLOATING POINT aCC.
A
2S
MA780
C
24
MS780 MEMORY
B
18
RH780 MASS BUS ADAPTOR
A
11
RH75C.
•«
I
II
^"^
DICIITAL EaUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE
CS1G2-A RAINBOW TEST & ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE Appendix A
REVISIONS
I
S
1
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
n
W
in
'C •' o V
I^S
Prev. 7668001-0-7600
V
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA7600-0-0 A
CN-«lMa.lt-N«7HMai
SHEET 1 OF 10
MANUFACTURING STEOFICATION
Tinc
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
CS1G2-A IAIHBOW'TEST k ACCEPTAHCE PlOCEDDtE
1.0 IRTRODDCTION
This procftdurc vlll b« used In conjunction vith othtr Haat
Procadurct to tttt th« Binlaua and baxIbub rainbow aqulpacnt.
Optional rainbow aqulpaant will 'tao ba Includad aa part of
thla prdcadura, but will ba aaparatad prior to ahlpaant.
1.1 Tha BinlBUB configuration will ba coaprlaad of tha follow-
ing hardwara:
1.1.1 113AA-DH - 16K Noa Masory, lO.S" box.
1.1.2 MSll-JP - 16K Moa Maaory.
1.1.3 M9301-TZ - Xarox Boot Taralnator.
l.'.A )L11-WB - 8L0/1TC with BC05C-25.
1.1.5 DIll-K - Digital I/O Intarfaca.
1.1.6 B775-CA - Battary Backup for 113AA.
1.1.7 Z020 & Z030 - CDC Dlak Intarfaca.
1.1.8 X020 f, X021 - Charactar Dlapatchar.
1.1.9 X026 - IG Output.
1.1.10 X027 - IG Xaput
1.1.11 X025 - Potit Maaory.
1.1.12 X604 - 14 Slot Bacfcplana aountad In tha 1134A.
1.1.13 r411-LB - 5.25 Ixpandar Box.
1.1.14 X605 - 9 Slot Backplana aountad In tha BAll-LH.
1.1.15 X023 - Aapax Tapa Controllar.
^ 1.1.16 X031 ^ 5V lagulater v
1.1.17 BClU-02 ^ 2 f t Dnllroa Cabla
1.1.18 119202 f Onlbua Cooaactor
1.1.19 lf9001-YX - Connactor aodul^
1.1.20 J«:08pi.-^8 ^ Cabla
i4i
SIZE
JL.
CODE
SP..
NUMP^.R
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
tC l«iaM)-l««MM7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTUKINC gECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tinc
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
1.2 Th« ■azli.uB conf ikuratlon vlll b« coaprlscd of tht follow'
ing hardxart:
1.2.1 Th I ■ialBUB eonf Iguration , Blnua KlIA-02.
1.2.2 XAUC . Auxiliary Unibua Controller.
»
1.2.3 X025 -> Font Mtpory (3 additional array aodulaa) .
1.2. A MSll-JP - 16K Noa Mtaory (2 additional) total of
32K on the Aux. lua.
1.2.5 M7d50 - Parity Controllar for aaaory on tha Aux.
Bua.
2.0 REFERENCE D0CUM2NTAT1 N
2.1 Standard DEC Bqulpaant ,
2.1.1 Prlnta:
4
2.1.1.1 1134A Print Sat - MP0#19# ..
2.1.1.2 B773 Print Sat - MPMI14, ^
2.1.1.3 DIll-K Print Sat
• 2.1.1.4 BAll-L Print Sat - MP00018
2.1.2 Manudla:
2.1.2.1 EK-KDIEA-MM
2.1.2.2 11/34 Syataa Daar'a Gulda - EK-11034-OP
2.1.2.3 M9301 -BK-M9301 - TM
2.112.4 MSll-B-J - BK-MSllE-MM
^ 2.1.2.S M7850 - BK-M7850-im
2.1.2.6 BAll-L - BK-BAllL-NM .
2.1.2.7 DBll-K - BK-BBllK-MM
2.1.2.8 DLll-V * BK-DLllV-MM
2.1.2.9 PDP 1134A Povar Syataa Daac EK-1134A-TM
nee iMMKhiMa^Mya
SIZE ICOOE
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
BEV
A
SHEET
0F_JJ1
m^AM»Ari*.m.w. mm^sn^,* ^-m,^ WttM C0M7IMUITI0N SMfCT 1
MANUFACTURING VEOFICATION ^^^ |
\mE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST Appendix A |
«
2.2
Kalnbov Bqulpacntt •
■ ■
2.2.1 Prlatt:
2.2.1.1 C81G2-A Print 8«t MPil548
2.2.2 Manuals:
2.2.2.1 2C-C88-M0-F-4.3-17
2.2.2.2 CD-C8S-MO-P-4.3-16
2.2.2.3 Z023 Tapa - CSS-MO-F-5.9-01
2.2.2.4 Z022 - CSS-MO-F-10. 3-11
2.2.2.5 1030 - ^
3,0
lEQU
IRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3*1
CDC Disk Driva (9762)
3.2
ACT 11 or aqulvalant
3.3
VOM or Oacilloacopa
3.4
LA 3 6 or aqulvalant
3.5
V'TSO or aquivalaot
V
3.6
Aapax Tapa Drlva
3.7
Thraa (3) Z025 Foftt Naaory Arraya
3.8
Tvi. i2) KSll-JF lloa Maaorlaa
3.9
M7850 Parity Controllar
3.K
^ravrittan Tapa for Aapaz Tapa Driva
3.11
ZADC
4.0
AVAILABLE DIAGIIOSTICS
4.1
9
11/34 Lib Kit - 2JF04-1B
4.2
DIll-K Lib Kit - ZJli7-tB
s
,
ItlZC CODCI NUMtCR
1 A 8P 1 MAA7600-0-0
REV 1
arc aMMt>-iMa4ii«7a
•hcrr
OFil
MANUr ACTURING gEOFlCATION
CONTIMUATION tHCCT
Tine
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
a.O
4.3 Disk Controllar (X020-X030)
Na1ndtc-n-CXBBJ v,
Ni1ndtc-11-CXBBL
4.4 CD/I& Ni1ndtc-11-ciui
4.5 Tapt Mi1nd€C-11- CUK
4.6 Aux Window Nalndtc-11-CTBIB
4.7 DECX-n
4.7.1 Rainbow DECX-ll Moduli
4.7.1.1 Disk - RRA
\ 4.7.1.2 Tapt - TXA
4. /.I. 3 CD/IG - CXA
4.8 Diagnostic to gtntratt prtwrltttn tapt for Aaptx Orlvt.
Um tap* diagnostic Maladac-ll-CXBBX, aaairar qu««ti<mt.
INSTALLATIOW INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 Install tht N785 Rtgulator Into tht 1134A. Stt 1134A
Powtr Dtscrlptlon Manual - EK-1134A-TM.
5.2 Mount tht X604 Backplant Into tht 1134A box.
5.3 Mount tht X605 Backplant Into tht BA11-L Expandtr Box.
5.4 RtMOvt tht Batttry Backup juaptft freatht DD11-PK Pro-
ctssor Backplant. Stt drawing C-IA-7011523 In tht 1134A
Print Stt.
5.5 Conntct tht H775-B to tht N785 Rtgulator using cabit
7011906.
5.6 Rt«ovt tht NPG wIrt (D011-PK Backplant) C08A1 to C08B1 .
5.7 Rmot* tha IPC vlra (X604 Backplaaa) 002A1 to 002B1. a020 Disk
cootrollar)
5.8 laMnra tha l?G vlra (X604 BaekpUaa) C12A1 to C12B1 (1020 CD coo-
trollar)
SIZE ICOOCI NUMBCR
SP I MAA7600-0-0
HC AMaM)-lM»N»?a
A
SNcrr
REV
A
OP -10.
MANUFACTURING gEClFlCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
6.0 TEST SET UP
^ 6.1 Plact switch 2 on the N9301 to the "OFF" position.
6.2 Set the DR11-K to the following device end vector addresses
Device - 767770
Vector - M015f
Set the priority to BR4
6.3 Set the OLII-W to the following device and vector addres-
ses:
Device • 777S6f
Veccor - 001160
Set the priority to BR4
device and
6.4 Set the DL11-W RCVR/TRAN. Baud to 300.
6.5 Check the disk rintroUer for the followlr
vector addresses:
Device - 764000
Vector - 000160
Check tlie priority for BR5 (X020 I X030)
6.6 Check the CD (X020 I X021} for the following device and
vector addresses:
Device - 764300
Vector - 000270
Check the priority for BR5
6.7 Check the tape controller (X023) for the following device
and vector addresses:
Device - 764100
Vector - 000110
Check priority for BR5
6.8 Set the MSll-JP aeaorles to the following starting addrt^s-
stt:
Itt • 000000
Zft6 - 100000
lli. " !!!!!?\Test Menorles will be placed on the Aux Bus.
4th - 300000^
li
SIZE I CODE
A I SP
NUMIEII
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
IC IHM»-lMt4My«
SHEET
OF
MJtNUFACnmiNG MCmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tuni
MODULAk APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
6.9 Chtct^ tht parity controlltrs for tht following device
addresses:
1st - 7721M
2nd - 772192 (Aux Bus)
6.10 Install Modules according to va drawings. Refer to
CS162-A Print Set, Drcwtag I-nA-csiG2-A-#.
* .
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Check the 1134A voltages as per Mast CA2260> Section 6.5.2
7.2 Connect the H775-8 to the K7e5 regulator.
7.3 Check the M775-C fo- proper "BATT" status Indication.
See Nast Procedure (CA2B3?).
7.4 Check H775-C voltages. See Nast Procedure (CA2832).
7.5 Check X604 Backplane voltages. The voltage values are
labeled (etched) onto the Backplane.
7.6 Check BAll-L Expander Box voltages. See Nast CA2260,
Section 6.5.1.
HOTIt Tb» cor« regulator will aot W prMonts clMr«for«, 4-20V and
-S*. foltagee. will te "sere.
7.7 Cheek X031 for -^V. V9% teet foint located on Z031 aodule* voltage
la oot adjvatable.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 Test 1134A as pev^ Nast Procedure CA2260. See checklist
for CA2260.
8.1.1 Meaory CA 282S.
8.2 Test DLll-M as per Nast Procedure CA 5330. See checklist
for CA 5330.
8.3 Test DRII-K as per Nast Procedure CA6260. See checklist
for CA62^0.
8.4 Test H775-C as per Nast Procedure CA2832. See checklist
for CA2832.
8.5 Test N9301 as per Nast Procedure CA3330. See checklist
for CA3330. Use tht following CRC - S21
UrC • 46526
MiMthlMfrf^t
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMtEII
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
SNEET 7. OF 10.
t
MANUFACTUR
INi; WttU'lCAIlON ""''
CONTINUATIO J »HECT |
TITIC --
•
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A |
8
.6
Ttst bht disk contrclltr of f-lin* diagnostic.
8.6.1 Load Into aeaory tht disk dltgnottlc HAINDEC-11-
CIBBJ
8.6.2 Sft tht switch rtolsttr to $HH^.
Losd and start 111210. Run In accordance to check-
list.
8.6.3 Pass Indicator. **lin> PASS r
8
.7
Test Disk Interface on-line
8.7.1 Cable the disk to the controller. Place disk on-
line.
8.7.2 Load Into nenory HAINDEC-11* CIBBL.
8.7.3 Set the switch register to MML
8.7.4 Load and start $9§2$$. Run In sccordance to check-
list.
•
8.7.5 Pass Indicator. "EHD PASS #"
8.
8
Test the CO ahd IG
8.8.1 Connect the CD to the IG.
8.8.2 Load Into Btnory the CD diagnostic. MAINDEC-11-
aiBl.
8.8.3 Set the switch register to ######.
Load and start f|J20|. Run In accordance to check-
list.
8.8.4 Pass Indicator. '*nn> pass r
6.
9
Test the tape controller
8.9.1 Malnttnance Mode
••
8.9.1.1 Load Into Memory the tape diagnostic
MAINDEC-n-ClBBK
«
-
8.9.1.2 Set switch register to HHH.
Load and start i002f|. Run In accordance
to checklist.
8.9.1.3 Pass Indicator. "WD pass #"
•
•
.Size
1 A
CODE
SP
NUMtCR
. MAA7600-0-0
r\
HC f^aut-iu»H»if»
•HCET g OF _i2.
mA.tM^mUitm
MANUFACTURINC gBCIFiCATiON
CONTINUATION tNECT
TITU
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I
8.y.2 On-LInt
1.9.2.1 Conntct tape drivt to tht ttpt controlltr.
1.9.2.2 Stt twitch rtgltttr to ######.
8.9.2.3 Load and start 9ii2M. Run as par chack-
11st.
8.9.2.4 Pass Indicator. **!»> PASS r
6.10 Tast MlnlBiuM configuration with DECX-11 (off-Una)
8.10.1 Load Into aitiiory tha conflgurad DECX-11.
NOTE; Enabia DECX-11 to run off-llna. Sta chacklls'
8.10.2 Load and start. Run In accordanca with Nist chack-
11st.
NOTE; Run with disk dasalactad.
8.11 Tast Blnlaiuiii configuration with DECX-11 '(on-l1nt)
8.11.1 Connact tapt and disk drivas to controlltrs. Placa
both on-llnt.
NOTE: Prtwrlttan tapa for DECX-11 Must ba 1n-
ttalltd on tha tapa driva.
8.11.2 Load and start. Run ts par Mast chtckllst.
8.11.3 Ptrfora Unfbus Margining. Saa Nast Chackllst.
8.12 Tast aaxlauBi configuration (on-llna)
8.12.1 Rtconflgurt systaa for aaxlaiua configuration.
8.12.2 Tast auxllllary Unlbus control
8.12.2.1 Load Into aitaory tha AUC diagnostic*
NAINDEC-11-aBBB
8.12.2.2 Stt thf switch raglstar to .####0#.
8.12.2.3 Load and start Mi2ff. Run as par Mast
chackllst.
^8.12.2.4 Pass Indicator. **BR> PASS #23"
SIZE
A
COOCl
SP
NUMBEII
MAA7600-0-0
RCV
A
»i»m'im»M%ta
\
SHEET
OP
10
MANUFACTUPINr. SFETIFICATIQN
TITLE
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
8.12.3 L0-- Into memory OECX-11 for maximum system.
8.12.4 Load and start. Run as per Mast checklist.
8.13 Test system as per specified on construction requisition
(max or min) .
8.13.1 If necessary, reconfigure to minimum system con-
figuration.
8 13.2 Load and start DECX-ll . on-line. Run as per Mast
Chec'*11st.
8.14 Check serial bit stream from IG.
8.15 Test DLll-W's » 960Q Baud.
C.15.1 Load into memory MAINDEC 'l-PZDLO.
8.15.2 Run as per Mast Procedure for DLH-WB. S.. M..t
CA5330.
SIZE
A
MC tMMa)lM2-M«7t
CODE
NUMBER
MAA7f;QQ>Q-Q
31:
SHEET 10 OF -15—
Ml
I
I
Ul
hi
II
8 c £
^^ 1 1
'i
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M . A . S . T .
.DATE
TITLE
REV
UNIBUS TESTER Appendix A
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
Prev. 7668001-0-8010
CHQ NO
ORIQ
Df.rE I APPD BY
DATE
\^^ J^f^t^jfAr l^yjA-^—
SIZE CODE
NUMdER
REV
ai4H9t».i(t4Hf»-i—*}
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
DNIBDS TESTER
IMSTRDCTIONS
Iiuiurt that th« Bus T«<t«r is grounded to tho SyttMi Undor T*st. (Us* ground
•trap provided)
Alvays povar up tat tar first and down last.
RZrEREWCZ DOCOMEHXATIOH
Ma Int. Manual
Kngr. 3paes:
Prints :
MAIMDEC Listing:
A-SP-7605829-12
A-8P-760SS29-11
9-B8 -7605829-0-
11-084 Unlbus last Dlag.
Size
A
COdC
8?
NUMUII
NAA8010 -0-0
1^
DCC l«HMt»-10«»«««?a
fNEIT
vOP
Ui
Us
o
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
TITLE PRE ACCEPTANCE QC HARDWARE Appendix A
REVISIONS
HEV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO
ORiO
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
.&
» 2
£•?!
Prev. 7668001-0-9025
''fci^ J^^Hff^lvTfdf VY^-^uCh
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA9025-0-0
REV
A
CN'01MS-l«-N«7t^Mfl)
SHEET 1 OF «4
MANUFACnJRINC SPECIFICATION
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
PRE ACCEPTANCE QC
J, All hardwar* vith opti(m(t) or syitia.
2. All hardvar* tight (fcraws, •ubataiablltt, •liding racks, ace.)
3. Chack for danagad hardnapa (cruahad dants, daap scratchaa, ate.)
4. Spin fana for baaring or rubbing probl«M.
5. Wrong hardwara (scraiia too long or abort, wrong typa waahari, ate.)
6. Chaek aligmant of blaek latehaa.
7. Filler bara batvaan caba, kick platca whara applicable.
8. Jonaa atrip covert in place.
9. Check extractor and nodule guides for tightnesa or cracka.
10. Caba u#ing only one carouael fan at top auat have a plate covering second
hole.
11. Chack all cab fana for proper direction of air flow, (aae prints)
12. Door pina ansst be aacurad with '*Z*' rioga.
13. Lavelars fira with skid.
14. Sliding track mounted units should not interfere with other units in systSB
(verify by eliding in and out to each extrsBe) .
15. Check for missing turn fastnars (davlcaa with covara).
16. Three acraws muat be uaad on all aada of eliding tracka.
HOPPLES AW) LOGICS
Shippability status. (REVCOM va. ECO Statue Sheet physical inapectlon of
currant ECO's).
Viatially inspect any expoeed modulea for broken components, (pull modulee
if necessary).
17.
18.
19. DLll modules must have crystala tapad. (tape part #90-08269)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
M^s^i^m-o
REV
A
oec iHMthiMa-M«7t
fMEET J OF 4.
MANUFACTVRINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
■ L »
TIUE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
Copp«r shiald b«tif««a MlllL 8R mmtorj IncrtBtnta. (e.g. b«tv««i tlots 3&A on
16k mmmoTj ayttMi) (b«tiM«n flots 3,4«C and 7 oo 24K a«aiory tyatMi).
Check loglca for laiprop«r wraps or ahorta (worioBanahlp) .
Chack loglca for cracka. baot plna, and pin aarkara (on wlrad logic only).
Shrlnklaa on all pin cooaactora on loglca (capacltora, raalaeora, ate.)
WIMMC/QJiLIllG
Bamaaaaa and wiring aaat worlaanahlp atandarda.
Chack cablaa for atrlppad wlraa and proper Inhaling (workaanahlp) .
Chack cabla atlckona for tlghcnaaa, ate.
Pin erlapa aaenrad properly In coonectors.
All panel aounted power aupply panela auat be grounded to cabinet frana ualng
acrew and Tlnnenaan claap not at each Mounting hole.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
(Pin erlapa ahould
35. Check for cat groiMaf when blank panela ere uaed near loglca.
36. Correct decala (1I5V or 240V).
37. gaven dl«lt aerial tag (ayataa no.) Top left hand comer of proceaalng bay.
38* U.L. atickara where applicable.
39. Patent decala Mechanical and caution atickara on lAll boxea.
40. All fuaea for proper decala.
Ho pinched wire Inaulation.
Looae tie wrapa.
Strain rallafa or cable danpa on tubing not wlrea.
Vo aharp edgea near wiring.
Check black and */hlte power wiring on reel aotor In TUlO for proper criaplng.
All aate-n-lock wiring In ezpender box ahould not be exceaalvely atreaaad.
(Pin erlapa ahould have Halted atreaa on thaa)
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA9025-0-0
REV
A
occ i«KM«i-ieM4Mya
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tm.E
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
MISCELLANEOUS
41. Chtck all circuit br««k«r tvltchtt* for tightness and action.
42. Chack console keys for rubbing, etc.
43. Check for recent SCO's.
44. Check cabs and doors for proper grounding.
45. Make sure slide on connectors are crisped properly.
46. Tight shipping blocks and fluah vlth cab.
47. Filters on all cabs.
48. Cardboard on short cabs to ellalnate excessive scratching.
49. Hour meters (hooked up et final Inspection only) . Exception
a elave tlner to be renoved at final inspection.
50. Check for push pennies on logics.
TUlO bey uses
OeC lH*MM0M4««7t
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
Nijuaeii
MAA9025-0--0
SHEET 4 OF
REV
A
I
n
II
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T,
DATE 2/19/79
TITLE
KT8-A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
I
Sm
ORIG. PER ECO
MUX)3
L.LECL5RC '^M*-??
-n
^^^
7-/^7^
ENG
AYOTTE
•^«t«Mt4fe^«t« »«T(M*|
f/t'-''^
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-D2440-0-0
REV
A
Sheet 1 of 12
MAwrACTJMNG WOTIgATIW
CONTINUATION SHEET
mE
JigPUUB APPPQACH TQ SYSTEMS TEST
KT8-A
1.0 Introduction
Th KT8-A is a menory management option that extends
the memory capabilities of a PDP8 (KK8-A or KK8-F) CPU
from 32K to 128K words. It offers virtual field address-
ing and memory protection in multi-user, realtime
applicat-. 3ns with full access of main memory space by
DHA devices. In other words; memory addresses are
generated by the CPU and by direct memory access (DMA)
peripherals. However; the CPU can only provide a 12-bit
address and DHA devices are limited to 15-bit addresses.
Therefore; to re^ch a full potential of 128K vord memory
address space, the KT8-A adds 5 bits to a CPU g erated
address and 2 bits to a DMA generated addresses.
The intent of this procedure is to provide the
necessary information needed for installation and
checkout (acceptance) of the i(T8-A.
2.0 Reference Documentation
2.1 Manuals & EngineerinR Specifications
2.1.1 EngineerinR Product Spec .(A-SP-KT8-A)
2.1.2 User's Manual (EK-KT08A-UG)
2.2 Prints and Schematics (both dev. & controller)
2.2.'* Manufacturing Print Set(MP0056l)
2.2.2 Field Print Stt ia-TC-ICT8-A)
3.0 Required Test Equipment
3. 1 Hardware & Hedia
3.1.1 Any KK8-A or KK8-F CPU
3.1.2 At least MK of memory
3. ^.3 KM8-AC Option
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MA-D2M40-0-0
REV
A I
OKC lMaM>'ti
ft
SNEET
%M A Uri tWt A #*■■■# tVfeV&l^* ■'■1 ■ ■ — A 1 ■Mi^'fcimi
llll^l
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MANUFACTURIHG SPECIFICATION
1
Mnnill IR iPPROACH Tn systfms tfst
3*1<4 Console Device
3.1.5 DVM accurate to .1 volts at ♦/-IS volts
3.1.6 Oscilloscope (153 or equivalent)
3.1.7 Assorted soldering tools
4.0 Required Diagnostic Programs
M. 1 AJKTA-??
6.0 Installation & Test Set - Up Instructions
6.1 The KT8-A consists of a hex height ■18'416 memory
management control nodule. Although the H6'tl6 module may
be in5*^ ailed in any unused slot with an **£** connector ;
it is normally installed in slot ^4 or 8 depending on
what type of CPU you have. If you have an 8A600 (KK8-F);
the ICT8-A should be installed in slot 8. But if your CPU
is an 8AJ400 (KK8-A); then the ICT8-A should be installed
in slot 4.
A system with the ICT8-A option can only be
configured using any combination of KM8AB (16K core) and
HS8C (16K or 32K HOS) memories.
6 2 The KM8-AC must have its Jumpers reconfigured if
the system has more than 32K of memory,
(see table A and refer to figure 3)
TABLE A
If System Has - W1 W2 W3 V4
MORE THAN 32K - OUT IN IN IN
LESS THAN 32K - IN OUT OUT OUT
*
SIZE
CCOE
SP
NUMBER
"A-D2'440-U-0
REV 1
./ J
OKC a«^»M)-lM«<M«7t
SHiET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.3 MM8AB (CORE MEMORY)
6.3.1 If the system is made up of F1M8AB core
memories (I6K), then the/ must be modified per ECO
MM8AB #7. But if the total memory is 32K or less;
then no changes need be made, (see table B and
refer to figure :)
TABLE B
MM8-AB 16K CORE MEMORY CONNECTIONS
MEMORY
BANK
FIELD
0-3 (0-16K)
^-7 (16-32K)
0-3 (32-a8K)
i4-7 (M8-6MK)
0-3 (6U-80K)
14-7 (80-96K)
0-3 (96-112K)
4-7 (n?-128k)
CON».ECTIONS
WIRE •
AB1 to EB2
AB1 to EB2
AB1 to ED2
AB1 to FD2
AB1 to EL2
ABl to FL2
AB1 to ER2
ABl to ER2
JUMPERS ••
1-3, 3-4 in
2-4, 3-4 in
1-3, 3-** in
2-4, 3'^ in
1-3, 3-1 in
2-4, 3-4 in
1-3, 3-4 in
2-4, 3-4 in
A wire must be tack soldered to the fingers of the module
for the purpose of Bank Select.
See figure 2 for location:
6.4 MS8C (MOS MEMORY - K8417)
6.3.1 If the system is made up of M58C type
memories (16K or 32K KOS), then refer to
table C and D for the appropriate switch
configuration.
.ICC l*^SM)-lMa^«72
Sl?>E
JELmi.«
CODE
NUMSER
MA -0 2440-0-0
:»HEET
REV
A
OFu
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE C
MS8-CA 16K MOS MEMORY SWITCH SETTINGS
MEMORY I SWITCHES SET TO "OFF"
'M'^
&ANk
1
ntib 1
ALL OTHERS "ON"
0
0-3
H-7
(0-16K)
(16-32K)
S1-1
S1-2
1
0-3
1-7
(32-48K)
(48-6i*K)
S1-3
S1-1
2
. 0-3
M-7
(6M-80K)
(80-96K)
S1-5
S1-6
• 3
0-3
U-7
(96-n2K)
(112-128K)
S1-7
S1-8
• •f
••• - See figure 2 for illustration
TABLE D
MS8-CB 32K MOS MEM07Y SWITCH SETTING
MEMORY I SWITCHES SET TO •OFF"
IanT
TTfOT
ALL OtHERS "6M»-
• •«
0
1
2
3
0-7 (0-32K)
0-7 (32-61IK)
0-7 (6i|-96K)
0-7 (96-128K)
S1->1 and 31-2
S1-3 and S1-M
S1-5 and S1-6
S1-7 and S1-8
••• - See figure 2 for illustration
OKC l«4MtMMt4««7|
Size
A.
cg^
MA-DiWftWo
¥v
•Hirr ,5 OF ^1.
MANUFACnJMWG W^mOAim
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
7.0 Power Checks
7.1
Voltage
-^5
Backpl ane
ANY A2
Pin
Tolerance
♦/-.25
8.0 Diagnostic Test Proceriure
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run
in any particular situation, or for the current MAST
mininum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer
to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST".
8.1 AJKTA-?? KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTIC
8.1.1 ft is assumed that all basic CPU and memory
diagnostics have been run successfully before
attempting to run the KT8-A diagnostic.
8.1.2 Load the diagnostic using the appropriate
load mediaa. eg. (APT,RX,RL,ZTC.)
The starting and running of the test is determined
by the absence or presence of an operators
console.
8.1.3 Starting and running with a console-
A. Load address 200 -
B. Select the desired control switch
settings-(see table E)
C. Depress clear; then continue-
D. The program will then print:
"AJKTA-??"
KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTION
AMOUNT OF MEMORY(1-37)?" XX<C1I>
note - XX is operator input for the number of
memory fields. Onr field = 4K
Ex as pies:
8K s 01
16K s 03
32K s 07
oee f^muhitu^fHTt
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMKR REV
MA-D2MTi0-0-0 I A
•MEET ^ OFi,
MANUFACTUIUNC
sracmcATTON
HHI
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
■
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTFMf; TFfiT 1
At this point you should enter the nunber of
menory fields available for testing. This
figure is required for running the basic
addressing section of the diagnostic. If a "0"
is typed then the addressing test is not run.
C.
Upon coapletion the
diagnostic will type :
"END PASS § 1
»."
Ho errors
are
allowed. 1
TABLE E
SWITCH
CONTROL
SWITCHES
STATE
DESCRIPTION
0
0
1
Halt on error
Inhibit error halt con-
tinues on to next test.
1
0
1
Continue on error
Loop on error
2
0
1
Don't loop on test
Loop on test displayed in
switches 6-11
3
0 ;
1
Continue testing after a
completed pass.
Halt at the end of a pass.
4
0
1
Print all errors
Inhibit error type-outs
5
UNUSED
Size
COOC
SP
NUMSER
MA-D2440-0-0
REV 1
JLJ
MC ItHSMI-IMMMya
SHEET
MANUFACTURING
»pm 'ipir« ATi#\M HHIHIB
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
SFGUFICATlON
■
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS "^EST
8.1.5
Starting and running without an operators console.
A
. Because a hardware console is not necessary a
console package has been added to the KT8-A
diagnostic. Ii. order to utilize and activate the
console package there are three parameter control
words that must be altered. These three words are
contained in memory locations 20,21 and 22 where:
Location 20 / PSEUDO SWITCH REGISTER
Location 21 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 1
Location 22 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 2
8.1.6 To activate the console package, you must
set location 22 - bit 3^1 and you must also
set location 21 - bit OrO in order to enable the
pseudo switch register.
You can access these locations by running ODT
(Octal Debugging Technique) before starting the
program. As the following example depicts.
note -
the underscored characters are user inputs
-■
TYPE: .ODT
RESPONSE:
TYPE: 20/ ???? XXXX<LF>
TYPE: 51/ ???? ?6(\0<LP>
(SYS. HAS OPT
Ii2)
TYPE: 22/ ???? MOO<CR> (SYS. HAS NO
CONS.)
note
- The ? are previous contents of.
The X are your desired contents
note - see table E for
control switch settings
See tables F and G for a complete breakdown of
the hardware identifier 1 and 2 functions.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MA-D2Tf4o-D-0
REV 1
» 1
OCC l«-(«M>-lM»M«7a
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING ITBCIFiCATlON
■H
CONTINUATION SNECT 1
Tine
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.7 Starting the program can be accomplished by
typing In the following:
•
200G<CR>
8.1.8 The program will then print the following
message:
"AJKTA-??"
KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTION
AMOUNT OF MEMORY (1-37)?" <CR>
note - ^CP> is the default
8.1.9 Type in the number of extended memory
fields and type a caraige return. The program
should run error free and will terminate with the
message:
"END PASS IN."
Run times will vary according to how much memory
is selected.
8.1.10 Control characters are supplied to give
the us^r the ability to perform various functions
while the progra» is running. They are as follows:
CONTROL C (*C) Thifi forces a restart at location
7600 of field zero or return to the
console monitor.
CONTROL S (*S) This will stop any output to a
console terminal. The only way to
-"^ntinue is to type a "Q to resume
printing or a *C to abort the
program completely. This is a non
printing character.
CONTROL Q (*Q; This is to continue a program after
* "S is typed. This is a non
'nting character.
SIZE
CODE
SP
MA -D2M^ 0-0-0
r\
OKC l«HMt|-lM»M«7a
SHEET
OFI,
MANUFACTURING
SrcCIFlCATTON
■ COVITINUATION tHCCT
TITLl
MopvtfP
ApPRQA^H T9
?Y?TfM? TE§T
7-11
CONTROL C (*G)
The "G allows the user to change the
value of the psuedo-switch register.
Upon typing "G the console terminal
will print * i" and then the switch
register question. At this point the
user may change the value of the
pseudo-switches or type a terminat-
ing character .
TABLE F
LOCATION 21 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 1
FUNCTION WHEN 0
«
use pseudo switches
no option 1
no option 2
no 8 A simulator
no option simulator
not on 8 A XOR
not PDP8-E type CPU
BIT
OCTAL VALUE
0
1000
1
2000
2
1000
3
1100
n
200
5
100
6
40
FUNCTION WHEN 1
use hard switches
has option 1
has option 2
has simulator
has simulator
on 8A XOR
PDPO-E type CPU
8A memory size EX. UK z 00
8K s 01
28K r 06
128K s 37
SIZE
A
cooc
SP
MA-D2iKo-0-0
r
OCC lH*M>*>«M4Myt
SHEET
or
■■■■■
I^IHI
■■^M
■■■
■■■■
■■■
■1^*
MANUFACTURINC SPBC1FICA110N
HHI
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
I
^"^^ HODULAU APPHOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 6 .
LOCATION 22 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 2
BIT OCTAL VALUE FUNCTION WHEN 0. FUNCTION WHEN 1
0 4000 not on APT line on APT 8A Unt
1 2000 not on ACT lint on ACT 8E lint
2 1000 not ytt dtflntd
3 400 utt pttudo twitchtt
KM! -AC (MB317-YB)
SI
1 1
W3
1
t W2
S2»
1
1 .
W4 Wt
■^
-
—
—
1
1
.SWITCH SETTINGS:
12 34 SB 7 9
Si : OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON
S2: OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
FIOURC 1
Size
eobi
•ruMien
RCV 1
s?
MA-D244O-O-0
JLl
tic ixww i9u mn
SNtIt*
or
MANUFACTURING SPEOFICATTOW
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTCMb TEST
MMI-AB CORE MEMORY
CONTINUATION SHEET
FIGURE 2
W1-3
ES
"i^ ©--^
W2-4
£A
MSt-CA/Ct (Mt417)
--W9-
-Wi —
-W3—
-W2-
S1-1
S1-«
JUMPER CONFIGURATIONS (REFERENCE ONLY-SET AT FACTORY):
IN: W2. Mf3. Wi. W9
OUT: W1. Wf>. Wf. W7. Wf. W10. W12. W13. WU . WIS. W16
FIGURE 9
tIZt
A
cooc
8P
NUMtCII
NA-D24«0-0-0
REV
A
SNItT
12
OF
12
II
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T.
DATE
2/20//9
TITLE
RL8-A/RL01
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
2
•|S
Ui
tt: I
>o
■ 3
a .
;l
ORIG. PER ECO
MU^3
LLECLERC
IS-MAV/':
r-^
y/c^"^'^
l-/f^l<i
^y^
ENG
7
D. AYOTTE
fjL*§st«ft^<.
SIZE CODE
A Isp
NUMBER
MA-D4216-0-0
REV
A
liM»««M.i«.|««rt(»««|
Sheet 1 of 16
MANUFACTURINC SFECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
RL8-A/RL01
1.0 Introduction
The RL8-A/RL01 Disk Subsysten is a randon access, nass storage
systfa that stores up to 3>5 million 12-bit words (per disk) in
, fixed length blocks on pre-fomatted disk cartriges. The RL8-A
controller provides the interface and the control functions
between all Qanibus PDP-8*s and the RL01 disk drives.
The RL8-A (H8433) interface and control logic is contained on a
single nulti-layer hex height nodule. It is inserted into the
Omnibus backplane and connected to the first drive via a BC08J-20
inter ace cable. Connections between the controller and the
drives are nade using the conventional daisy chain method with a
70-12122-08 cable.
The RL8-A controller can control up to four RL01 disk drives. It
can ccnmunicate with one or more drives, but can only transfer
data to or from one drive at a time.
2.0 Reference Documentation ' /
2. 1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications
2.1.1 RL8-A Gnnibus controller Technical Manual EK-RL8A-TM
2.1.2 RL01 Drive Technical Description Manual EK-RL01-TD
2.1.3 RL01 Disk Subsystem Service Manual
2.1.4 RL01 Disk Drive, Parts Breakdown
2.1.5 PDP8-A Miniprocesaor User's Manual
2.1.6 PDP8-A Operator's Handbook
EK-RL01-SV
EK-RL01-IPB
EK-81002-MM
DEC-8A-H0PHB
ICBT
SIZE CODE
A I SP I
NUMBER
MA-D4216-C-0
REV
A
Bit
i«M4iMyt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
2.2 Prints and Schematics (Both Drive & Controller)
2.2.1 RL8A Field Maintenance Print Set MP(X*538
2.2.2 RL01 Field Maintenance Print Set H?005^1
3.0 Required Test Equipment
3,1 Hardware & Media
3.1.1 A PDP8A,£,F or 8M CPU
3- 1.2 At least 8K of memory
3.^3 An RL8A/RL01 Controller/Dri e
3.1.^ Diagnostic loader (Diskette, Paper tape, etc.)
3.1.5 A console device
3.1.6 DVH, accurate at .IV v« 15V
H.O Required Diagnostic Programs
il.l 08-AJRU DISKLESSS CONTROLLER
M.2 08-AJRLB DRIVE FUNCTION 1
4.3 08-AJRLC.... DRIVE FUNCTION 2
H.M Oe-AJRLD DRIVE COMPATIBILITY
^.5 08-AJRLE PERFORMANCE EXERCISER
M.6 08-AJRLG PACK VERIFIER
5.0 Special Instructions
S.l When converting a RL01 from 115V to 230V, it is otily
.i&v • 'J to invert the voltage selector plug, change the
t^;' ' ^I'u' and the serial tag. The voltage range plug should
'« i<sfi -^ NOM".
oec MHiMt-iaM-Mcra
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA~D^I216»0-0
SHEET J
REV
A
OFli
M Ai^UFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
I TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.0 Installation And Test Set Up Instruction
6.1 Unpacking and Installation
6.1.1 Remove the drive from
for physical signs of
-arton should contain
the shipping carton and Inspect
shipping damage. The shipping
the following items:
RL01 disk drive assembly
envelope w/paperworlc
I/O cable assembly - 10 ft.
Set of chassis slides
Bag of mounting hardware (quantities and P/N's
specified by A-PL-RL02-A-0)
RL01 Disk subsystem users guide
Field Maintenance print set
6.1.2 Shipping Brackets
6.1.2.1 There is a shipping bracket; the head
retainer bracket. When the drive is powered
on, the top cover may be opened and the
bra <"»t can be seen in front of the
positioner assembly. Loosen the one screw
holding it in place, and let the bracket
pivot downwards 90 degrees. Re-tighten the
screw.
6.1.2.2 When ^ .. -ing the drive, restore the head
restra. - shipping bracket to its upright
position, and if the drive is "^l ide mounted,
install the 2 shipping brackets which were
contained in the hardware kit. For
instructions, refer to drawings E-UA-RL8A-0-0
or E-UA-RL01AK-0-0 for bracket location.
SIZE
9
CgOE
.A-D«m«i?
0
EV
0«c lH*tt»-i»«2-*««y«
SHEET JL
0F16-
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEiiT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.2 Controller In.^tallation
6.2.1 To make the RL8-A (M8'*33) conpatable with the RL02
disk (double density), remove W9 and install W8.
Refer to figure 1. .
6.2.2 Verify that the TOT Device code and Break Priority
jumpers are configured properly. Refer to tables A, B
and C. (See figure 1 for junper and ROM locations.)
NOTE - standard Device Codes are 60/61 and priority 0
'4
TABLE A
lOT DEV. CODE
JUMPERS iNSTALLfeD
W1 V2
60/61
IN OUT
62/63
IN IN
TABLE B
BREAK PRWRTTY
JUMPERS INSTALLED
W3 WM W5
OUT
13UT
IN
Tn
OUT
TABLE C
fActbftY tN^t. JurtP»feR§ wT"
1- j ^-$ — wS — m
ROM PN# 23312E2-00 IN OUT
UV PROM PN# 23040B7-00 IN IN
IN ir OUT
OUT OUT IN
SIZE
.A.
SP' Hk.mmi.0 «"
OKC l«-|Mt)»10M4M7|
SHEir
0F1J
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.2.3
6.2.H
6.2.5
Dress the BC08J-20 interface cable In the PDP-8
chassis and connect the Berg connector to the
M8M33 controller nodule.
Install the M8433 module in any unused slot that lies
below the last memory slot in the Omnibus backplane.
(Slot 17 in KK8-F "Word Processors")
Insert the free end of the BC08J-20 interface cable
into the RL01 "CABL^. IN" connector of the rear of
the first disk drJ/e.
6.2.6 If this is a multi-drive system, connect the daisy
chain cable (70-12122-08) from the "CABLE OUT"
connector of the previous drive to the "CABLE IN"
connector on the next drive.
6.2.7 Install the drive terminator module (70-12293) in the
last drive's connector marked, "CABLE OUT".
6.2.8 Install the proper unit select plug at the front of
each drive.
SELECT PLUG
0
1
2
3
PART NUMBER
12-12691-00
12-12691-01
12-12691-02
12-12691-03
7.0 Power Checks:
7.1 Inspect the terminal block assembly at the rear of the
drive to ensure that it is configured properly for the
input power to be used. There are two voltage ranges:
Low 90-132 VAC, High 180-26M VAC
The power requirements for the RL8-A (M8^33) are:
♦5 Vdc ♦/- .25 V -at test point/Finger AA2
♦15 Vdc ♦/- .5 V ^at test point/Finger DA2
-15 Vdc ■»./- .5 V -at test point/Finger ^b2
IM
ss
ttlMMM
y l^gP'l
MA-D
vmi'ii
i
EV
SHEET
0F16
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATlOr
TITLE
CONTINUATION SH^ i
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.0 Diagnostic Test Procedure
"For the specific sequence
particular situation, or for
of
the
criteria, e.g.: pass-counts, etc
MAST CHECKL^IST. Listed below are detailed step-by- step in-
structions for executing each individual diagnostic contained
in the CHECKLIST."
diagroiitics to be rm in
current HAST minimum test
. . refer to the appropriate
any
The diagnostics that are run to checkout the PL8-A/RL01
all contain the "CONSOLE PACKAGE". This package is a part
of every diagnostic and supplies the user with a software
switch register and a few control keys that allow operator
intervention. A description of the control keys; along with a
complete breakdown of the sol ft ware paraneters (switch register,
etc.), can be found in the diagnostic listings.
8.1 08-AJRLA - Diskless Controller Diagnostic
8.1.1 It is asf'jmed that the CPU, console device
and all available memory have successfully
run their respective diignostics.
8.1.2 Load the program into memory fields 0 and 1
using the appropriate load device. (eg., RX,
APT,etc.)
note - the drive with Ihe terminator must be powered off or
turned off line because this is a "di;ikless"
diagnostic.
8.1.3 With the switch register s 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
8.1.'} Upon start-up the program will ask the follow-
ing :
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MA-Dil2 16-0-0
REV
A
oar aHaMhtM*Mtva
SNCeT
MANUFACTURING SPECI
CONTINUATION
pfr^ A ^^/\^j hhhhhs
SHEET 1
FICATION
^'^*-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST |
PROGRAM PROMPT
OPERATOR RESPONSE
AJRU?? RLft-A DSKLS CTRLR
SRsOOOG
<CR>
ENTER AMOUNT OF
CONTIGUOUS MEMORY AVAILABLE FOR USE: XX<CR>
where XX = 1 -
2 -
3 -
M -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8K
12K
16K
20K
2aK
28K
32K
EXECUTE PHASE LOCKED LOOP ADJUSTMENT ROUTINE? <CR>
"END PASS OCOX"
8.2 Ob-AJRLB • Drive Function 1
8.2.1
It is adsuaed that the diskless controller
diagnostic (AJRLA) has been run error free
before continuing.
8.2.2
Load the program into memory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg
RX,APr,etc.)
note - power up all drives
• 1
8.2.3
With the switch register = 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
8.2.M
Upon start-up the program will ask the follow-
ing questions:
SIZE
A
•^r
MA-oP^ftSKo
r\
<it i»ttta»-iiMMWwyt
SHEET
0F1(
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
PROGRAM PROW>T
AJRLB?? Ria-A/RLOI DR PT1
SRsOOOO
TEST DRIVE 0 ?
TEST DRIVE 1 ?
TEST DRIVE 2 ?
TEST DRIVE 3 ?
IS 8/A OPTION 1 AVAILABLE?
OPERATOR RESPONSE
<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y<CR>
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? N<CR>
END PASS OOOX
8.3 08-AJRLC - Drive Function 2
8.3.1 It is assiaed that the drive function 1
diagnostic (AJRLB) has been rui error free
before continuing.
8.3*2 Load the progran into nenory fields 0
and 1 usipg the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX,APr,etc.)
8.3.3 With the switch register s 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
!T4^^.."*-''<y"^^^
If
fv
SHCCT
on I
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
rrac
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.3.4 Upon start-up the progran will ask the follow-
ing questions:
PROGRAM PROMPT
AJRLC?? RL8-A/RL01 DR PT2
SRsOOOO
TEST DRIVE 0 ?
TEST DRIVE 1 ?
TEST DRIVE 2 ?
TEST DRIVE 3 ?
IS 8/A OPTION 1 AVAILABLE?
OPERATOR RESPONSE
<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y<CR>
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? <CR>
END PASS OOOX
8.4 08-AJRD> - Pack Verifier
8.4.1 Load the program into menory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX,APT,etc.)
8.4.2 With the switch register s 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
wBt
SIZK
A
CODE
SP
MA-D
16-0-(
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
S.'t.B Upon start-up the progran will ask the follow*
ing questions:
PROGRAM PROH»T
OPERATOR RESPONSE
AJRLG?? RL8A/RL01 PCK VFYR
SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS?
TEST DRIVE 0 ?
TEST DRIVE 1 ?
TCST DRIVE 2 ?
TEST DRIVE 3 ?
APE YOU SURE?
<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/H<CR>
YES<CR>
WORKING ON UNIT X
PACK SERIAL NO. : XXXXXX
NO NEW BAD SECTORS FOUND (FIELD FILES NOT REWRITTEN)
DONE
8.5 08-AJRLD - Drive Conpatibility
8.5.1 Load the progran into menory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX, APT, etc.)
NOTE - at least 2 disk drives are needed along with
one RL01 Disk Pack with not more than 16 bad sectors
8.5.3 With the switch register : 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
l^^W •^^^^^^cj*»^WI^^^^ »•
SIZE
A.
?P* M*-D«fJ'IKWo
f
EV
SNCCT
OFl^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
1
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
1
''•'^••^ MODULAR APPROACH
TO SYSTEMS TEST |
B.5.^ Upon start-up
ing questions
the
•
•
progran
will ask the follow-
PROGRAM PROFf>T
OPERATOR RESPONSE
AJRLD?? RL8A/RL01 DRIVE COMPATIBILITY TEST
•
UNIT 0 = DRIVE (0-7)?
0<CR>
UNIT 0 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)?
Y<CR>
DEVICE CODE (60,61) (Y/N)?
Y<CR>
UNIT 1 = DRIVE (0-7)?
1<CR>
UNIT 1 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)?
Y<CR>
DEVICE CODE (60,61) (Y/N)?
Y<CR>
UNIT 2 = DRIVE (0-7)?
2<CR>
UNIT 2 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)?
Y/N<CR>
DEVICE CODE (60,61) (Y/N)?
Y<CR>
UNIT 3 = DRIVE (0-7)?
3<CR>
UNIT 3 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)?
Y/N<CR>
DEVICE CODE (60,61)?
Y<CR>
»
SR=0000
<CR>
ARE YOU SURE (Y/N)?
Y<CR>
SIZE
C^fE
M*.D«?^^?5-"o r 1
osc »^9Uhima ntn
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
CONTINUATICk' ?heet
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
NOTE - the following dialogue is for two drives selected
MOUNT PACK ON DRIVE 0 THIS SYSTEM
WAIT FOR DRIVE READY
TYPE <RETURN> TO CONTINUE ... * <CR>
MOUNT PACK ON DRIVE 1 THIS SYSTEM
WAIT FOR DRIVE READY
TYPE <RETURN> TO CONTINUE . . . <CR>
TEST COMPLETE - ALL DRIVES COMPATIBLE
NOTE - a <CR> will restart the program without the dialogue
- a <LF> will restart the progran completly
8.6 08-AJRLE - Performance Exercisor
8.6.1 Load the program into memory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX, APT, etc.)
8.3*3 With the switch register s 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
ott tNMt^itt»m»i
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-Dt2 16-0-0
REV
A
SKECT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MnniltiR APPRHAfH TO 5^Y^TFM.^ TF.<^T
8.3.^
PROGRAM PROM>T
Upon start-up the progran will ask the follow-
ing questions:
OPERATOR RESPONSE
AJRLE?? RL8A/RL01 PERFORMANCE EXERCISER
NUM FLDS EXTD R/W MEM (1-7)?
TEST DRIVE 0 (Y/N)?
TEST DRIVE 1 (Y/N)?
TEST On^ 2 (Y/N)?
TEST DRIVE 3 (Y/N)?
DC (60,61) (Y/N)?
SRsOOOG
ACPT MODE (Y/N)?
ARE YOU SURE (Y/N)?
XX<CR>
where X
Y/II<CR>
Y/N<C;i>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y<CR>
<CR>
1<CR>
r<CR>
1
2
3
M
6
7
8K
12K
16K
20K
24K
28K
32K
occ MianhioMHHva
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-DU2 16-0-0
SHEET
REV
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
NOTE - the following is for two drives (0 and 1)
DRIVE 0 PACK WRITTEN
DRIVE 0 PACK READ OK
DRIVE 1 PACK WRITTEN
DRIVE 1 PACK READ OK
END PASS DRIVE 0 SEEK
END PASS DRIVE 1 SEEK
END PASS DRIVE 0 DATA
END PASS DRIVE 1 DATA
END PASS DRIVE 0 ACPTD
END PASS DRIVE 1 ACPTD
8.7 Error Summary - no errors allowed
SIZE
A
C^pDE
MA-D!f^ft?5?0 Jf
tEV
DKC l«-(tM>-lM»M«'<
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ^^M
CONTINUATION SHEET
"^'"^••^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
RL01
DISK CONTROLLER BOARD
M8433
W10
o— ©
0 o
W11
E133
W5
W6
s
W7
JW9
Wi W3 W1 W2
o — e ♦—o 0 — 0 0—0
BERG
CONNECTOR
u vJ
IP
t
FIGURE 1
fl'^gy'
MA-*^
-r-0
JP
€V
Oie M IMgl-lfMUft
SNEET
OF
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
DATE 2/3/81
TITLE
MAST PHASE III UETP
REVISIONS
I
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHQ NO ORIQ
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
8«
Zi
A
B
S. Estes
1
2
Initial Release
Add to spec Inst, and RSX11M+ to
sheet 3.
Remove 11/74 ^^eferences and LSI
references. Add note about "Q-BUS"
CPU's.
Add RSX11M+ to UETP matrix on oane mloiQl D. Ayotte
five.
8/27/ 9
S. Estes
T. Kenney
11/15/
6/10/80
2/3/81
/U(^ ^"
. • t <
• ' w
ENQ
S. Estes
APPD E. Beck
SIZE
A
CODE
^
NUMBER
■'•A-Fnosn-n-n
REV
C
et«4l»M-i«4««yH«»*'
Sheet
OF
MANUFACTLRING gBClFlCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
Modular Approach to Systems Test
MAST PHASE III - UETP
1.0 Introduction
UETP ( User Environmental Test Package ) is a universal
name for system test software that runs under an
operating system. Currently only RSXll, RSTS/E, RTll,
and RSXllM-t- have some form of recognized UETP package.
Since every available operating system does not have a
separate UETP package, a decision matrix has been
developed to aid the user in the selection of UETP
packages based on the Customer's configuration. This
document is not intended to instruct the user on UETP
system software build. Reference appropriate system
software manuals for software and UETP build and run
procedures.
Note: This document is only applicable to PDPll family
processor's.
2.0 Reference Documentation
2.1 Software Product Description (SPD)
Table of Contents.
3«® Rec:"ired Test Equipment
or
3.1
Minimum Hardware ft Media
The minimums presented in
override the 'No Software
section 5.1.2.
this section may
Ordered' matrix in
3.1.1 UETP minimums
3.1.1.1
For RSTS/E UETP - More than
64KW of memory, memory
man«K|emcnt (KT) and at
least one supported system
disk. NOTEt RSTS/E UETP
DOES NOT SUPPORT*0-BUS"
CPU'S.
SIZE
CO^
5?
NUMBER
MA-tOC50-0-0
REV
C
eN-«t*M>t*«M7a-(Mt)
SfCET
MANUFACTURING STBCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
Modular Approach to Systems Test
3.1.1.2 For RSXll UETP - 32KW of
memory, memory management
(KT) and at least one
supported system disk
(with a MAGTAPE) or two
supported system disks
(without a MAGTAPE) .
3.1.1.3 ForRTll UETP - lf>KW of
memory and at least two
supported system disks.
3.1.1.4 For RSX11M+ - 256KW of
memory and one supported
system disk (with MAGTAPE)
or two supported system
disks (without MAGTAPE).
3.1.2 Hardware minimums
3.1.2.1 VAX 11/780 systems
VMS UETP.
run VAX
3.1.2.2 RX floppy disks are
currently only supported
as a system disk by RTll.
3.1.2.3 All systems require an
appropriate console
terminal.
4.0 Required Diagnostic Programs
Not Applicable
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MA>ESC50-Q-Q
REV
C
tN'MOM-lft^C'lHMD
SHEET ^^
MANUFACTUiUNG SrECOTCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TTTIE
Modular Approach to Systems Test
5.0 Special Instructions
S.l The UETP decision matrix's listed in sections
5.1.1 and 5.1.2 should be used as the guide for
selecting a particular operat:ina system UETP
package.
Note: Should the Customer configuration support the
operating system software ordered but does not meet the
UETP minlmums as outlined In section 3.1.1 , Software
Support will deternine which UETP will be run. Software
Support will either select the next level UETP (from
RSTS to RSX, from RSX to RTll) or modify the Software
build as deemed necesary.
5.1.1 This Matrix is to be used when Customer has
specified operating system software or
licensA. This matrix is based on the best
estimate of operating system similarities
with RT, RSTS/E, RSX, and RSX11M+. If
Customer software is not listed below, use
■No Software* Matrix in 5.1.2.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
tN-010M-l»«M7a^Ml}
NUMBCII
KiA-HOOSC'-C-O
SHIET J_
REV
C
OF
MAN«rACn,«NC «««*«« C«O„.U*T.0N «,«!
TTRi Modular Approach to Systems Test
UBTP MATRIX
KNOWN CUSTOMER SOFTWARE
Customer ordered this I UETP to be run 1
DaS6 SOtuWOrG OF ^«,«.— — ^ — — — —— -.^—— — — — --f.—- .— .— -r — — — ^
license 1 RSXll 1 RSTS 1 hTll |RSXilM4| I
RSXll t X 1 1 1
TRAX i X 1 1 1
IAS 1 X 1 t 1
TMSil 1X1 II
RSTS/E 1 r X 1 1
CTS-500 1 1 X 1 1
DSMll (DEC STD. MUMPS) I | X 1 |
RTll 1 t 1 XI
CTS-3Bfl 1 1 i X 1
RSXllM-l- t It 1
X i t
5.1.2 Matrix to be used when Customer has
not ordered an operating system
soTtware cc license. This matrix is
based on general RSX, RSTS/E and RT
software system usage and
limitations.
izi
s?
1 Nylitn
1 ka-eSSc-c-o
JcJ
tliMt«M>l«4««7t^«tll
SMUT
MAWUFACIT/RING aTBCIFlCATlON
CONTINUATION SHECT
TITLE
Modular Approach to Systems Test
UETP MATRIX
NO SOFOVARE OR LICENSE ORDERED
Customer
did not order
any software or
license
I
4
I RTll
I
UETP to be run
t RSXll
i
■•♦'-
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
-I-
I
I RSTS/E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•■I-
I
I
■•♦•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
System has
of nemory
32ICW
System has > 32KW
but <| 64KW of memory
System has
memory
I
> 64KW of I
CN-«lM«-l*4««7tnM«
SIZE rCOOEl NUMtE!!
A ISP I KA:JC050-0-3
•NEET .i OF
REV
C
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
DATE
]n/G/fto
TITIE
PHASE III BACK UP DOrUMENT .TTOH RSXll-M (PLD)
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
E
15
'III
■jn
•• o t
NEW BACKUP
/
/:
x
M^I 0«».l*4^^^4tf»2)
SHEET 1 OF ^^
tf"
MANUFACrURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEW TEST
1 . 0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 This document details the steps necessary in generating
an RSX11-M operating systen and running the UETP,
utilizing DYNAMIC LOADABLE DRIVERS (DID).
1.2 Document Usage:
Sect ion
Sec* -' ,1
Sect ion
8, Sample Sysg^n, provided for those users
unfamilia- ^»S<rh RSXil DLD UFTP.
1, UETP Flow thart^ brief instructions for
those users familiar with RSX11 DLD UETP.
5^ Special Instructions, further detail of
section 7 and 8 usage.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUWENTATION
2.1 "PLDS6N USERS GUIDE" by Ken Williams (Salem Systems
Software Support Group, Real-Time Team).
2.2 RSX11-N System Generation and Management Guide, number
AA-H625A-TC.
2.3 RSX11-M Utilities Manual, number AA-H268A-TC.
2.4 RSX11-M/M* MCR Operations Manual, number AA-H263A-TC.
3.0 MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
3.1 32KW of memory, memory management, and at least one
supported system disk.
NOTE: RSX11-M DLD DOES NOT SUPPORT DUAL PORT DISK
CONFIGURATIONS.
4.0 SOFTWARE REQUIRED
4.1 System image on magtape or disk.
4.1.1 For example: If you Bt^ using an RP06 as a
system disk, you must use an PP06 image tape or
an RP06 disk pack with the DLD on it.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
occ iMaM)-iMt4««yi
SHEET
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHcET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
4,2 "0SCS8" utility program on disk or magtape. "OSCSId" on
nagtape only,
4.?.1 You MUST use "0SCS16" if you are using a TS11,
or any other tape device that uses a recording
density of 1600 BPI exclusively .
NOTE: REFER TO APPENDIX "B" FOR DEVICES SUPPORTED BY
EACH "DSC".
4.3 "BAD" utility progran on disk oi
program on magtape .
BADSYS" utility
4.4 "DLD" software available from SALEM SYSTEMS SOFTWARE
SUPPORT GROUP. (REAL-TIME TEAM)
5.0 SPECIAL mSTRUCTIOWS
5.1 Ensure that the media used, matches the DISK type being
used as the SYSTEM DISK.
NOTE: Magtape system image media is NOT BOOTABLE, therefore
you must use one of the "DSC" utility programs to copy
the image tape to the SYSTEM DISK.
5.2 Refer to section 7.1 pages 4 thru 8 for disk to disk
sysgen flowchart.
5.3 Refer to section 7.2 pages 9 thru 14 for magtape to
disk sysgen flowchart.
5.4 Refer to section 8.1 pages 16 thru 33 for disk to disk
sample sysgen.
5.5 Refer to section 8.2 pages ?4 thru 42 for magtape to
disk sample sysgen.
6.0 SOFTWARE SET-UP IMSTRUCTIOWS
6.1 Ensure that the Distribution Media Is protected from
accidental erasure.
6.2 The system should be powered up with the CPU halted.
6.3 All turn-around connectors should be removed from any
and all COMM. GEAR.
occ aaHMthto«»M«7t
SIZE
A.
CODE
gp
NUMBER
REV
SHEET «i
Of
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFIC
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLS
NODULAR APPROA<
TEH TEST
7.0 SYS6EN AND UETP FLOW CHARTS
7.1 RSX11N V3.2 DLD SYS6EN FROM DISK TO DISK
INSTALL DISTRIBUTION NEDIA IN DISK DRIVE AND BOOT
7.1.1
I
I
BADDISK
USE IKMRECT CONNAND FILE TO LOCATE
BAD BLOCH: ON SYSTEN DISK.
I
I
aC2^3003BADDISK
7.1.2 ♦-
I
DSCS8/D»CS16
.............4
I
—--—-------♦
ASS16N NON-STANDAIKD ADDRESSES AND |
VECTORS. COPY DISTRIBUTION MEDIA TO j
SYSTEN DISK. REFER TO P6.24 IN "DLD- j
S6N USERS BUIDE** AND APPENDIX IN THTS
DOCUMENT.
BOO CU513D8CS8 (or DSCS16)
. — -— — .— — -- — —4' — .« 4
7.1.3 ♦'
RENOVE DISTRIBUTION NEDIA
I
(
I
BOOT SYSirEN BISK
HARDWARE BOOT THIE SYSTEN DISK.
occ iHSM>-tet<4««7i
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO - 0 - 0
REV
SHEET «J OF J±
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.4 ♦•
I
♦ •
I
7.1.5
7.1.6
7.1.7
START DID SYS6EN
I
♦ •
REBUILD DilVICE DRIVERS
I
♦ ■
I
ENTER DEVICES THAT DID NOT NEED
TO BE REBUILT IN 7.1.5
CONSULT CONFIGURATION SHEET FOR
EXISTING DEVICES.
/\
/ \
/ \
/ liDIT \ YES
/ SYSVJ^R \
\ .GNU /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
I
I
I
+ <
I TYPE 8DLDSGN TO START SYSTEN GEN-
I ERATION. I
I I
4 + +
REFER TO PG. 38 IN "DLDSGN USERS
GUIDE" FOR PRE-BIJILT DRIVER PARA-
METERS. REBUILD SNY DRIVERS THAT
DIFFER FROM LIST.
CDI
I
SIZE
A
CODE
sr
NUMBER
r.A-ElOOO -0-0
REV
A
Dec ic-(aM)-iMa-fi«72
SHE(.T
OF .^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.8 +
I
SAVE IHAGE ON DISK
SET TIME AND DATE
SAV /UB
7.1.9
7.1.10
-\
I
I
/\
/ \
/DE- \
/FAULT \ NO
/ CHECK- \
\ POINT? /
\ /
\ /
\ / ,
\/
YES I
I
I
SET /UIC«C2^3003
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ RX02 \
\ DISKS? /
\ /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
i
4-- — — ...
I
••f
I
4 . 4
I ACS SYO;/BLKS«|
I XXXX. j
i FORMULA FOR j
XXXX.«(4 * NENJ
j SIZE) * 2
I I
INS SFWT
DY^t^TDENS ■
DOUBLE refer
to pg.21 In
"DLDSlSN USERS |
GUIDE** I
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
OKC lHSM)-aMt-N«7t
SHEET ^ OF ^
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NOOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.11
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ PUBLIC \
\ DISKS? /
\ /
\ /
•. /
N/
NO
«—-.......... .4
8BADDISK
UNIDTilT
4— -———.— .—4
7.1.12 ♦•
I
I
DELETE ERROR LOS
TYPE ER£
PIP TI: Cn63*.»;»/»E
RUN ERfLOC
I
•..•.•...••..•».— .f.. .......... .—.....^
7.1.13 ♦•
I
I
START U.E.T.P.
I
TYPE RDLDUETP
RUN U.E.T.P. FOR EI6HT HOURS OR THO
I PASSES NININUN.
4.................-4.-. ........-.—.-.. 4-
7.1.14 ♦ ♦ ♦
I CHECK FOR ERRORS |
4........................ ................>
IF U.E.T.P. HAS COMPLETED THE REOUEST-
ED ANOUNT OF PASSES, TYPE :
I £IP TI;«C2,3003ERRL06.LST
IF NOT, TYPE:
I SET /UIC«CU63
i THEN RUN "PSE^ AND "SYE"
i ' r»fitr to pg.27 .1n> "DLI^SSN ,US^Rf
I GUIDE** ' I
4.............. .....4.... ........ .........4.
m<i *HAM}-IM»N«7t
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
f. H
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF«i*_
MANUFACTURING SPECIKICATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
7.1.15
7.1.16
7.1.17 ♦
I
♦
/ \ /
/AMY \/ YES
/ /V
\ ERRORS//
\ ''
V ? /
\ //
\//
NO I
i
/ V
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ CORN. \
\ LINES /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
SHUT SYSTEN DOWN
^ 4
TAKE
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
4 4.
CONNECT A
TERMINAL TO A
LINE AND LOG
I ON AND OFF OF
EACH LINE.
OBC IMSMl-lMMMyt
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
«HEET 8 OF ^
c
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE NOftUlAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.2 RSX11-N DLD V3.2 FOR TAPE TO DISK
MOUNT AND BOOT "BADSYS" TAPE
7.2.1
4 ^ -♦
I BADSYS I
j USE STAND-ALONE BAD BLOCK PROGRAM TO |
j LOCATE BAD BLOCKS ON SYSTEM DISK. j
I i
4.................-4....................4
I
MOUNT AND BOOT THE "DSCS16'* OR '*DSCS8*' TAPE
7.2.2
I
I
I
DSCS16/DSCS8
..^-...—...4
I
ASSI6N NON-STANDARD VECTORS AND CSR |
ADDRESSES. REMOVE "DSCS??** TAPE AND
MOUNT IMACE TAPE. COPY INA6E TAPE
TO SYSTEM DISK. REFER TO P6. 24 IN
"DLDS6N USERS €UIDE** AND APPENDIX**A''
AND **B" OF THIS DOCUMENT.
I
REMOVE IMACE TAPE
7.2.3
I
I
I
I
♦-
BOOT SYSTEM DISK
HARDWARE BOOT THE SYSTEM DISK
ENTER DATE AND TIME AND <
ERROR L066ER.
.-.——,—.———— 4.———-
I
yTART THE |
7.2.4 ♦•
I
START DLD SYSGEN
TYPE 8DLDS6N TO START SYSTEM
GENERATION.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
Mc f-itmhi—htHn
SHEET
OF 44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEn TEST
7.2.5
7.2.7
I
REBUILD
DEVICE
DRIVERS
I
I
REFER TO P6. 38 IN "DLDS6N USERS
GUIDE" FOR PRE-BUILT DRIVER PARA-
METERS. REBUILD ANY DRIVERS THAT
DIFFER FROM LIST.
..-....-.-.......-4.............:....
I
7.2.6 ♦•
I
I
I
ENTER DEVICES THAT DID NOT NEED
TO BE REBUILT IN 7.2.5
CONSULT CONFIGURATION SHEET FOR
EXISTING DEVICES.
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ EDIT \ YES
/ SYSVHR \
\ .CND /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
EDI
SIZE
A
CODE
sr
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
etc i*^SM>-iMa4««7i
SMEET 10 Of «11
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.2.8 ♦•
I
SAVE IMA6E ON DISK
SET TIME AND DATE
SAV /WB
7-2.9
7.2.10
/\
/ \
/DE- \
/FAULT \ NO
/ CHECK- \
\ POINT /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
YES I
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ RX02 \
\ DISKS /
\ 7 /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
I
ACS SYO:
/BLKS>
XXXX.
FORMULA
XXXX. "(4
SIZE) *
FOR
* MEM
2
INS SFMT
J DOUBLE, rtfer
I to pg.21 In
I '*DLDS6N USERS
GUIDE"
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO-O-O
REV
A
occ a«KMt>-tM»N«y«
SHEET ^^ OP «11
MAWUFACTURING SFECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH I'O SYSTEM TEST
7.2.11
SET /UIC»C2^3003
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ;iNY \ YES
/ PUBLIC
\ DISKS
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
DELETE ERROR L06
7.2.12 ♦-
I
I TYPE ERF
I PIP TI: CU63*.*;*/DE'
RUN eI1"L??«
♦-— — — — ♦
"BAD**
*'ALL'*oc«tt
-INI-ti«Uxt
••ii?nr-nt
tKt"PUBLIC
DISKS
^. ........... — 4
I
TS
size
A
MiaMhlM^^Wft
code
8P
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
12
OP J±
MANUFACTURING SPBCIFICATI^ri ^^
B CONTINUATION SHEET
1
TITLE NOftULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST |
7.2.13
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/DVS 11'«\
\ TO /
\ TEST?/
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
4.—.. — ......4
MOUNT **OVS"
TAPE.
FLX SYO; •
WHO;*.*
aovs
RUN U.E.T.P.
♦— 4
7.2.U ♦
START UETP
.............4.
I
——————————— —•———♦
aOLDUETP I
RUN U.E.T.P. rOR EUHT HOURS OR TWO j
PASSES NINXNUN j
——————— — —————————————
7.2.15
I
CHECK FOR ERRORS
IF U.E.T.P. HAS CONPLETED THE REQUEST-
ED AMOUNT OF PASSES^ TYPE:
PIP TI;-C2^3G03ERRL0C.LST
IF NOT, TYPE:
I
SET /UIC"C1,63
THEN RUN "PSE^ ANR "SYE**
pg. 27 In
rtftr to
DLDSCN USERS SUIDE.**
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
ase i«i«Pti-ioM4<Myt
SHEET ^3 OF JLL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.2.16
7.2.17
7.2.18 ♦•
i
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ ERRORS \
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ CONN. \
\ LINES /
\ 7 /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
SHUT SYSTEN DOWN
RUN SSHUTUP
TAKE
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
♦— 4
I CONNECT A I
ITERNINAL TO A (
ILINE AND LOG j
'Ion and off of j
EACH LINE.
SIZE I CODE I
A I s> i
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
Dcc t»iaM»-iM«4«ftyi
SHEET
14
Of J±
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEH TEST
8.0 SANPLE SYS6ENS AND UETP PRINTOUTS
8.1 This stctlon starts on tht ntxt pag*. Tht ttxt Is
printtd Mith reduced characttr slit and spacing due
to space restrictions on the NANUFACTURXN6 SPEC,
paper.
8.2 These Bf SANPLES ONLY^ your particular SYS6EN aay be
different.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
MC tiHMt|>tM»Ntyt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURIKC SPECIFtCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1 RSXII-M OLD SYSGEN FRGH DISK TO DISK
NOTE: This exanplo waa generated for an ^^/3^t with 12KKW of manory,
2 RL02 disk drives, 2 RX02 disk drives and 2 DZII's. User
responses are underlined. Explanatory coements are on the
right hand margin.
IDLI <CR>
RSX-11M V3.2 BL26 12MiK MAPPED
>RED X1:sST:
>RED DL1:«LB:
>HOU DL1:XDeL26
0[1, 21DLDSTART.CMD
>• Please enter tine and date (DD-M»t(.YY HHim) [S]: <C1I>
>TIM
08:35:52 25-MAR-^
>INS IBIGMAC/PARsGEN
>IMS IBIGTXB/PARsGEN
>INS $ERL
>irb lERF
>• Do you Mant to nti the D-rorlogger? [Y/N3:it <CR>
># <EOF>
hardware boot the
distribution media
rsx identification
header
not necessary here
not necessary here
at this point the
operating system
waits for a response
f^oai you
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MJ^-ElOO«-0-0
REV
A
occ ieiMi)>iaM4««yt
SHCCT
OF
44
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
kJ AMI ID A/^n iDtmi^^ eiii?#^iiDir< A npt/^mj
HHI
MAN UrACTU KING SrcCIFICATION
1
TITLE MODULAR APPRACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 1
>«C2«30a]BAD»ISK <C1I>
CSTEP 13
this cQMiand file
will allow you to
check your disks for
>.
bad blocks
>;
disk ■ntaonlcs:
>* How mmy disks do you want to B(U> CO R:1.-17. 0:1.3: <CR>
oe - RPO4/Q5/06
>INS SAO/TASK*... BA1
DK *RK05
>♦ Disk to roi BAO on CS R:3-53: OLO <C1I>
OL « NLOI /02
DM « RKQ6/07
DR " IM02/Q3
DX > RX01
DY > RX02
>0A1 DLO:
>8 <EOF>
BAO — OLO: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 1.
>eoo cnsnoscss <cr>
CSTEP 23
refer to APPENDIX B
for proper DSC to
use. refer to
APPBIOIX A for
device vectors and
addresses, boot in
the DSC prograa
RSX11S V2.2 BL26 DISK SAVE ANO COMPRESS UTILTY V 3.0
06CS8>OLO:/VEC«160 <CR>
assigns RLQ2 vector
to 160
0SCS8>0L0:-0L1: <ar>
copies dist. Media
on DL1 to OLO
DSCS8>
refer to pg.24 In
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE"
for aore infonsation
1
on DSC.
«. <CR>
CSTEP 33
hardware boot the
systen disk
RSX-11M V3.2 BL26 124K MPPEO
>RED OL:>«Y:
>REO DL:^3:
>WU DL:0LD8L26
aC1,2]0LDSTART.CH0
•
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER J REV
■
^-,
SP
MA-EIOCO -0-QJ A
Bte ia^»MtiaM4««M
SHEET JlL- of _11
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>* Please enter tine vri date (00-WM-YY HH:MM) CSD: 0B:37 ?5-mR-80 <CR>
>TI« 08:37 25-MAR-80
>INS SBIGMAC/PAR'«EN
>IN5 »I6TKB/PAR*GEN
>INS SERL
>INS SERF
>* Do you want to njn the ErrorLogger? CY/N]:Y <CR>
>RIM ERRL06
>a <EOF>
>
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
2A hr. format
always "YES" during
sysgen session
>aOLDSGN <CR>
>TW
08:25:51 25-tl'R-80
>;
>; Dynamic Loadable Driver Sysgen.
CSrEP 43
this coMiand starts
the sysgen session
Typing a <CR> in
response to a
qi.'estion, results in
a "NO" or the
default answer for
that question.
>; By Ken Williams 2/29/80
>;
>; Dept: Salem Manufacturing Product Support
>;
>SET /UIC<1,543
>* Is this v\ RL01 systoa? CY/ND: <C^
>♦ Does this systea have the Floating Point Unit? CY/ND: <CR>
>* Do you want long dialogue ? CY/N3: <CR>
>PIP C11J03RS»K.HAC;*/DE/I«
>PIP C1,24DRSXBLD.CM0;*/DE/NH^RSX11M.0LB;*
>PIP C1,343RSX11M.«AP;*/0E/N«
>PIP C1V103/FO«C1^543RSXHC.NAC
>PIP C1,243/FO<1,543RS)©LD.CMD,RSX11M.OLB
:^fIP C1^343/F0=C1^543f^Xl1«.mP
consult sytems tech
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
RfV
occ i»-(mMMt-N«rt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITtE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>;
Begin Peripheral Options.
For an explanation
of each question
individually^ press
the <ESC> or <ALT>
key in response to
the question.
>* Expanded coMents desired for peripheral options? CY/N3: <CR>
>SET /UIC«C1,5A]
>* Are you ruining on a system with a line printer? CY/NJ: <CR>
>« Asseeib'y listing files desired? CY/N]: <CR>
>* Task builder tMp(s) desired? CY/Nl: <CR>
>fIP C11,103DLDMC0.MAC;*/DE/NM^DLMC;*
>PIP C11,243OL0ASn.CnD;*/DE/NM
>PIP C^,a^3DL0eiJ>.CND;*/DE/Nn,DU)LfiR;*
>* ynich device driver do you want to rebuild LSI: n <CR>
CSTEP 53
>*
>♦
>*
>;
>;
>;
>;
>*
>;
>;
>;
>♦
>♦
>*
>*
>*
>*
>♦
>*
>*
>*
>*
Do you have ar.y DHiVs? CY/N]: <CW>
Do you have any Mil's? CY/W3; <CR>
Do you have any DZIVs? CY/N3;Y <CR>
If you have an lAliiO or LA180S, you Must answer Yes to the next
question.
Do ytHj want forsi feeds passed directly to teminals? CY/N3: <CR>
Include coniolt in the answer to the next qjestion.
Enter nmbtr of DLlt line interfaces CD R:1.-16. D:1.]: <C^ consult systems tech
for device addresses
and vectors.
Enter vector address of the first 0.11 CO Ri6Sh77k D:603: <CR>
Uhat is Its CSft address? CO R:1u]000-1 77700 D: 1775603: <Cli^
Enter number of D7.11 asynchronous auUlplmers O R:1.-fZ»rD:1.3: 2 <CR>
Do any of the lines require madam sjpport? CYAI3: <CR>
Enter vector address of the first DZ11 CO R: 300-77^7"^ <CR>
yhat Is Its CSR address? CO R: 160010-1777003: 160010 <CR>
How many lines does it have? CD R:1.-8. D:8.3: <C$>
Enter vector address of the next DZ11 CO R:30O-77n: 310 <CR>
Uhat Is Its CSR address? CO R: 16001 0-1 V77003: 160020 <CR>
How mmy lines does It have? CD R:1.-e. D:8.3: <CR>
Which device driver do you want to rebuild CS3: <S^ type <CR> If you
have no more drivers
to be rebuilt.
SIZE CODE
A I sp|
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
OKc aeHSMhiMa^MTi
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPI^ACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>PXP C11,10]DLDNC.NAC/FO<11,10]RS)M:.PMC^OLDfKO.NAC,RSmCO.NAC
>SET /UXC-C11,2^]
>TW
06:27:52 2S-MAR-60
>nAC 8DL0ASM
>T1H
06:29:20 2S-NAR-60
>f»lP C11,»3*.*/Ri/m
>TI« 8C1,2tJDL0BljD
>PIP C1V2*>.(BJ;*/0€/l«
>PIP C1^34>.HAP/PU/MI
>SET /UIC«C1,543
>* Do you havt any Card Readers? Df/ND: <C»
>*
>*
>♦
>*
>♦
>*
>♦
>♦
>♦
>*
>♦
>*
>*
>*
>*
>♦
>♦
>*
>;
>;
)•
>*
>*
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
to you have arv TA11 Cassettes? CY/MD: <CII>
Do you have «Yy RJP/lill>04/05/06 's? CY/MlT^^
to you have any TUS6*s? CY/N3: <CII>
to you hav'ii «v RFIVs? Dr/N3: ^^
to you have ary RKll/RKOS't? Dr7inr<Cll>
to you have my RK611/IM06/m07*i? C77NT: <Ci>
to you have «v RP11/IIPRG2/RPaS*f? CV/M3: i|F
to you have any RJ/WNGS/DS's? CY/N3: 4CI>
to you have any RJS/MSOS/Wt? Dr/Ml:"^^
to you have any TC11/T«56»aT WAO: ^OST^
to you h»M *V RX11/RX01 Flcppy't? T77R!)t <ai>
to you have any R)C11/R)02 Floppy*!? Vt/lQiT^d>
to you have «v LP11/LS11/LV11A>1flO'fl? CV/Mir^2Sl>
to you have any TJU/TWU16/TEM/4S/77*i7 CY/II3: ^^
to you have «v,TS11/TSM'S? DT/IO: <»
to you have viy 1N11/TU10/TE10/TS0S'trrV/ll3: <CR>
to you have a PC11 (Paper Tape Raider /Punch)? T77B!]: <CR>
to you have a PR11 (Paper Tape Readar)? Vt/Hli 5^
The FCP lAich will be used Is fUDDU.
to you want to set ip the teralnals? CY/N]:Y <CR>
to you want to set tp all the tenilnals the saae? CY/N]:Y <C«>
CSTEP 63
if you have built a
dr\y9r for each
device on your
systea^ you can
hit <ESC> to
bypass this section.
Note: DZ11 lines iiust have both the receiver 6 the transaltter
baud rates sat ud the s«m speed.
Your first local tenkinal Is TT1:
Your last local temlnal Is TT20:
> • >
oac ieHMihiMa4««n
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
HUKSER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
SMcrr JL_ or «il
MANUFACrURlNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>* Do you Mnt tht dtfiult valuti? CY/N3: <l$0
>; The default values are \rT52, 80. characters per line,
>; 9600:960) baud rate, and lo«.er case enabled.
>;
>* Do you want the default valuta? Dr/N]:Y <C1I>
>PIP n,543SYSVWR.C»;*/0E/l« ~
>;
>; [1, 543SYSVMR.CMD will now be crn»tt6.
>;
>XN5 svm
>PIP C1,543SYSVPW.C«0«C200,2003TTY.C«0/AP
>S£T /UIC«C1,543
>* Enter size In K words for the tyttaa laage? CO 11:^.-124.
>PXP C1,543R5X11M.SYS/NV/CO/BL:194.>C1,S4]RSX11PI.TSK
>* Do you wish to edit C1,543SYSVM.aiD? CY/IO: <C1I>
type aSC> If you
want to see the
default values
D-48.]: <ai>
>;
>;
>; VMR Is now being perfonaad.
>;
ym aCI, 543SYSVPfR.CMD
VMR — INSTALLED TASKS mi NO LONGER fU W PARTITION
SET /TOPi«RVPVl:-*
>;
>; T^ie accovnt UETP; password UETP; has been set ip.
>;
>B00 RSX11N
CSTEP 71
usual answer Is "NO
or <cr>. ally answer
"YES" If you want to
chanoe partition
slzes^lnstall
additional
tatks^etc
nomal warning
RSX11N V3.2 BL26
>TXN 09:02 25^IW>-80 <CR>
>SAV /MB <CR>
«it this point the
new executive is
booted
autoaatically^and
waits for a response
froii you.
CSTEP 83
set the correct tine
and date
this comand will
save and boot the
new systM inage.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-G
REV
A
]
aac aeisetMetMMf •
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
RSX-11N V3.2 BL26 124K MPPEO
>REO OL:-«Y:
>RED DL:<B:
>flOU DL:DL0eL26
>aC1,23STARTUP
>* PlMM tnttr tiM and date (DD-fWI-YY HH:PiO CS]:
<Ct>
09:Qr::17 25-fMft-60
>SJrf /SYSUIC»CV543
>INS «I6IMC /PAR-6EN
>INS SI6TKB /PAROGEN
>PIP SY:/FR
OLG: mS 3773. BLKKS REE, 16707. BLOCKS USED OUT OF 20480.
LM6EST CONTIGUOUS SPACE « 2422. BLOCKS
>* Do you want tht dtfault chackpolot flla size C992]? Dr/N]:Y
>ACS SY:/BUCS-992.
>RUN ERRL06
>efK> ALL:RSX11H IS MM ON THE AIR !!!!!
ERL — ERROR L06 INITIALIZED
>8 <EOF>
>
>SET AIIC<2,3003 <CR>
>ns SFIir <CR>
>FNT <CR>
FNT>OVOr/MNS-MUBLE <CR>
RfT>OY1:/DENS-eOUBL£ <Qt>
tnsure mmory size
Is correct.
If you entered the
correct tlae In step
8, It Is riot
necessary to do so
again.
CSTEP 91
use default
checkpoint file
size, ONLY If the
nuiAter of contiguous
blocks Is greater
than the default
size
this is the accoint
that U.E.T.P.
resides in
CSTEP 103
this installs the
foraat task
this runs the fonsat
task
this tells the FNT
task that you are
fonsatting RXOE*s
refer to pg. 21 in
"DLOSflN USERS
€uior'.
IntTi
oec a»<NthiMt4Mni
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMMR
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
'>'Z <CT». 7>
>aMOISK <CR>
>; Sad tht Disk Conand File
this txitt th« mi
task
CSTEP 113
chack for bad
blocks on r«Mln1ng
disks
>;
>* (;ow aany disks do you want to MO CO R:1.-17. 0:1.3: 3 <CR>
>INS S8A0/TAStC...BA1
>INS SBA0/TASK-...BA2
>II6 SaA0/TASK"'...BA3
>* Dtvica to rui BAO on CS R:3-5]: 9D <CK>
>M1 0L1:
>* Davica to rui BAO on CS R:>-53: WO <CR>
>fiA2 vrO:
>* Davica to run MO on CS R:3-5]: Wfl <CT»
>flA3 0V1:
>a«of>
BAD — 6L1: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0.
BAD - DVD: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0.
BAD — DY1: TOTAL BAD BLKKS- 0.
>ttlUDISK <CR>
>; Diik tnitializino Conand file
>;
>; Plaata antar tha nsM of tha disk to ba initial izad
>; typa a <RETURK> whan all disks hava baan antarad.
>* Mhnt disk is to ba initializad CDDN:3 CS3: Dtl <CR>
>Aa BLI: ._
>INI DLl:SCRATCH/INDX<E6/BA0imn'O3
>* what disk is to ba initializad CDDN:3 CS3: DtO <CR>
>ALL DYO:
>INI DrO:SCRATCH/INDX<E6/BAD<AUT03 . -
>* what disk is to ba initializad CDDN:3 CS3: DYI <CR>
>Aa DYI:
>XNI DYl:SCRAr:H/INDX<E6/BAD>CAUr03
>* what 6*'Jn is to ba initializad CD0M:3 CS3: <CR>
>;* So you iMnt to rut^a quick pass of lOX (tha I/O axarcisar)
>* on tha disks that hava just ba initializad ? Cy/N3:Y <CR>
How «any ainutas do you want it to rw CO R:0-5 D:lT: <CR>
Do ytM want to rut lOX on any othar davicas? CY/N3:Y <CR>
Plaaaa antar tha naaa of tha davica to ba tastad; '
typa • <RETURN> whan all tha davicas hava baan antarad.
CSTEF 123
this coaiand fila
allows you to
initializa tha
raaaining disks
optional
>*
>;
>;
>♦
>*
What davica is to C tastad B3: ^^W
oae laiSMi-iatMMTa
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
•MEET 23 OF Jli
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOOUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>9 <EOF>
MU DL'i:/OVR
mu DY0:/OVR
>flOU 0Y1:/0VR
>fKU n.0:/OMI
>XOX »ISKTEST
XOX " iMIT ALREADY CONFIGURED
XOX — UNH ALREADY CONFIOJRED
lOX — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-IMR-«0 06:41:01
TIME — RUN: 1 NIN. aAPSEDt 1 NIN. RB«AINING: 0 NIN.
OLO: — 1,992. REOJESTS T0TAUN6 1,992. BLOCKS UITH NO ERRORS
OLI: — 1,985. REQUESTS TOTALINB 1,985. BLOCKS UI1N NO ERRORS
DYO: — 546. REQUESTS T0TALIN6 546. BLOCKS U^ NO ERRORS
DY1: — 492. REQUESTS TOTAUNB 492. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDU-LOOP COUNT: 199. HERATIQNS
ACCUMULATED TOTALS:
tht disks art
■ountMJ
autOMtlcally.
:,985. BLOCKS MIIX NO ERRORS
S46. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS
492. BLOCKS UITN NO ERRORS
TINE — RUN: 1 NIN. ELAPSED: 1 NIN. R0IAININ6: 0 NIN.
DLO: — 1,995. REQUESTS TOTAUN** 1,993. BLOCKS WITH NO ORORS
DL1: — 1,985. REQUESTS TOTALINB
DYO: — 546. REQUESTS T0TALIN6
DY1: — 492. REQUESTS TOTALINS
IDU-IOOF COUNT: 199. HERATIONS
>0M0 DL1:
Xm DYO:
HMO 0Y1:
HMO DLO:
tht disks art
dIsBouittd suto-
Mtlcally.
at this point tht
optratlng systta
waits for a responst
froi you.
SIZE CODE
A I SP I
NUMBER REV
MA-EIOOO -0-0 I A
Mt i»<aatt»iwmyt
SNCET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>»LMJETP
>;
>;
CSTEP 131
this will start the
U.E.T.P. session
>;
>;
*
«
*
RSX'IIN INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PACKAGE
*
*
*
>SET /UIC«C2,3003
>ftlM ERRL06
>
>;
>* DO YOU WISH TO RUN RMOENO? CY/N3: <CII>
>;
>* ENTER VERSION OF UETP TO BE RUN (SAM, SUB, MFC, B«) CS3: WF6 <CR>
>* ENTER UNH NUWER OF TEIMINM. CSl: 0 <C1>
>;
>;
>* ENTER INPUT DEVICE (DDNN) OR <CR> CS3: <CR>
alwtyt P<F6
press <cr> if UETP
resides on systea
disk.
NOTE
TEST NEDIA NUBT BE LOADED ON AU TAPE MB DISK DRIVES. USE SCRATCH TAPES
AND FILES-11 FORMAT DISKS.
ALL MAGTAPES BEING TESTED ARE OVO-^rTTEN. THE DISKS ARE
TESTED WITH FILE-STRUCTURO I/O WITH NO NEGAHVE EFFECT ON DATA
OR STRUCTURE.
BEFORE PERFORMING T>€ FILE-STRUCTURED I/O TEST, ALL UNMOUNTED
DISKS ARE MOUNTED AUTOMATICALLY.
^ DO YOU NEED TO INITIALIZE ANY DISKS? CY/N3: <CR>
►TIM
)9:10:31 25-MAR-80
If you forgot to
INIT any disks, type
"YES".
Size
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
MM iM«ae»-ieM i»n?t
SHCCT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODHLAP APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>;ONE CaWLLi£ PASS OF THIS UETP UZLL TAKE 4 HOURS
>;
>* HOW MANY PASSES 00 YOU WISH TO RUN CO R:1.-«. D:1.]: 2 <CR>
>;
>;THE 2 PASS(ES) YOU MVE SELECTED^ WOJ. TAKE 8 HOURS ^ RUN.
>;
>;
NEEDED UTILITIES Wia BE INSTALLED NOW.
at iMst 2 passes
for ■Inimji NAST
rtqulrtMnts
AT THIS POINT THE
U.E.T.P. Wia RUN
UNATTENDED FOR 2
PASSES OR 8 HOURS.
* Cfit-Wm LOAD TEST *
>PIP TAILOR. DAT-I)EVN.SMI/AP
>MAC ICFINE^^:G11,103DLDIC.NAC/PA:1,SY:C2,300]DEFINE
>TKB DEFINE/PR/CP-DEFINE,L3:C1^54]RSX11N.STB,C1^1]EXELIB/LB
>INS DEFINE/TASK^EFINE
>PIP ♦.*/PU
>RUI OEFINE
>;
>;START OF UETP PASS fl
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
>INS DUWY/TASK^UNOO/PRIHO.
>INS LO€6ER/TASK<0600
>INS armjN /task^trqo
>Rill OUNQO
>;
>; FOR THE NEXT FEU KINUTES A NUPBER OF CONRITE-«OUND TASKS WUX BE
>; EXERCISING THE NENORY, THE NULH-TASKING MPWIUTIES OF THE
>; SYSTB« MID, IF INCLUDED IN THIS SYSTEN, 1NE ROUND-ROBIN SCHEDULER,
>; TIE SHUFFLER AND CHECKPOINTING. THE ACTION OF THESE LAST THREE
>; FEATURES CAN BE SEEN ON THE RRDEflO SCREEN. IF THE 'iYSTBI IS
>; PERFORNING PROPERLY, ALL OF THE *'6EN*' PARTITION IS USED AND THE "Qr*
>; TASKS ARE SMRING SYSTBI RESOURCES IN A NANNER CONSISTENT
>; WITH THE FEATURES AVAIUiBLE. NOTE THAT CHECKPOINTING IS DIS«LED
>; FOR THE SECOND HALF OF THE TEST.
>;
>;
>;
>fiUN OTROO
>
>TIN
09:11:27 25-NAR-60
>INS NUL2/TASK-aTQ003
>INS ICJL2/TASK<«T(nOO
>IIB NUL2/TASK-ar(HCD
>IN$ r$jL2/TASK^T(BC0
*** THIS TEST RUNS FOR A NAXINUN OF 120. NINUTES ***
.•uw(wi9KV*.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBCR
HA-EIOOO-O-O
BBC lMMNirht««»«t«?t
SHEET
26
OP
\ NEV
i A
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTiNUATICN SHEET
Tmi
HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>; »»» THE IDktt TEST IS MIMING «««
>TIR
11:11:22 2S-flM-80
>R8I OTOOOO
>RBI OTOIOO
>R8I OTCPQO
>ftEN OTOBGO
>;
>; * TEST COKRXTEO *
>;
>;
* SrSTSI I/O EXERCISER *
>;
>;
THE FOLLOWING DEVICES HAVE BEEN GENERATED INTO YOUR SYSTBI.
LISTED AS "OFFLINT* ARE NOT PNYSICAaY PRESENT AND ARE NOT
>; TESTED. INDIVIDUAL NAG TAf€, DEC TAPE im RHD5 UNITS CAN
>; ERRRONEOUSLY BE SHOUN AS ONLINE WHEN THE CONTROLLER IS ONLINE.
THEY ARE TESTED AND THE TEST FAILS AFTER SEVERAL MINUTES
OF ERROR MESSAGES.
THOSE
>;
>;
>DEV
DLO:
fiL1:
DYO:
DTI:
COO:
nO:
ni:
n2:
m:
TT4:
ns:
Tf6i
n7:
niO:
nil:
ni2:
ni3:
JTHi
ni5:
ni6:
ni7:
n20:
NLO:
RDO:
TlCh
aO:
LBO:
SYC:
>;
PUBUC NOUNTED LOADED LABEL^tSXIlMPBU TYPENtLQS
LOADED TYPE RL(E
LOADED
LOADED
nO: LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOHDED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
no:
DLO:
DLO:
MC l»4ai»-lt«t4MM
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO- 0-0
REV
A
•MCtT 27 OP 44
MANUFACTURING STEtiFlCATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTIMS
CONTINUATION SHEET
>;
>; IF ANY MIVERS ME IMLMOED, 1MEY URL BE UMOED MM.
>;
>INS SXOX/TASK>...SIO
>;
>NaU tt.1:/0Vt/VI
MOUNT ** VOOME INFOiVMTION **
CUSS
DEVICE
LABEL
UIC
VOL PRO
FILE PW
emu
■ FILES 11
- OLI:
" SCRATCH
« C1^13
■ OWE0,RWED,RUE0,RWED3
> CHUED,RME0,RUE0^3
- a
■ F11/CP
>NOU PYO:/OVR/VI
NOUNT ** VOUJNE INFORMATION **
CUSS • FILES 11
KVICE ' OVO:
LABEL * SCRATCH
UIC - CI^ID
VOL PRO > DMEft,RUE0,RUE0,RtfE03
FILE PRO - CRUED,«MED,WED,R3
CHAR « a
ACf NAME - F11ACP
>MOU »n:/OVR/VI
MOUNT ** VOUME INFORMATION **
CUSS
OEVICE
UIC
VOL PRO
FILE PRO
QMR
ACP NAME
>;
FIUS 11
0Y1:
SCRATCH
CV13
CMEO,liiEO,RtfED,RUEO]
CRUE0,RUE0,RUED^3
a
F11ACP
SIZE CODE
A I SP I
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO-
0-0
REV
A
ate iHtM»>iMa4M7i
SHEET
28
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECUHCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>; THE SYSTEM I/O EXERCISER VJLL RUN FOR 120 MIMH^ES
>;
>TW
11:12:12 25-HAR-60
>SIO 8I0XCNF
SIO — SUPflARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVIH AT 25-IMR-60 11:42:14
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 30 MIN. REMAINING: 90 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TDTALIN6 25,923. BLKKS UHH NO ERRORS
DLI: — 25,034. REQUESTS T0TALIN6 25,034. BtaXS WITM NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS T0TAUN6 10,254. OjKKS UHH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDU-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS
SIO — SUMMARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-NAR-flO 12:12:16
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 60 MIN. REMAINING: 60 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 25,034. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: - 10,254. REQJESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLXKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25HMR-60 12:42:18
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 90 MIN. REMAINING: 30 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 25,923. aDCKS WITH NO BtRORS
DLI: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,^54. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS
SIO — SUMMARY OF EXERCISER ACHVITY AT 2S-NAR-80 13:12:20
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DLI: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,aS4. BLKIS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. MiKKS WITH NO BIRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
ACCUMULATED TOTALS:
TIME — RUN: 120 MIN. BLAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MM.
DLO: — 103,692. REQUESTS TOTALING 103,692. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DLI: — 100,136. REQJESTS TOTALING 100,136. BLKKS WITH NO BWORS
DYO: — 41,0^6. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 41,016. BLKKS WHH NO BIROPS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 26,680. ITERATIONS
Size
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
MC lMMt)-10M4iM7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SFECBFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>ftEN SIO
>TI«
13:12:54 25-fUR-«0
>;
>; • TEST CO«n.ETEO *
>;
>;
>;ENO OF IITP PASS #1
>;
>;
>;
>;START Of UETP PmSS #2
>;
>;
>;
>; * CPU-BOUND LOAD TEST *
>;
XHJN OUMOO
>;
*** THIS TEST RUNS FOR A PMXIMUM OF 120. MINUTES
p;
>fiUN OTROO
>
>TIN
13:13:11 25-KAR-80
>INS NUL2/TASK>QT0000
>INS NUL2/TASK^T01X
>INS NUL2/TASKSQT0200
>INS WJL2/TASK^T(I500
; »»» THE UMO TEST IS RUNNING «««
>TIN
15:13:22 25-MAR-60
>9m OTOOGO
>REM OTOIOO
>ReN aT02Q0
>ftEM OTOSOO
* TEST CONPITTED *
►;
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
MC tMMtM«M-M«Tt
SHCCT 30 OF _11
■n-WMMB
U AMI IB A/**!*! IDtXI/^ CBC/^tCt/^ A1*f^\^I MmBBB
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MANUrACIURiNC SrcClFICATlON
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>; * SYSTBt I/O EXERCISER •
>•
>; IF ANY DRIVERS ARE UNLOADED, DIEY UILL BE LOADED NOW.
>INS SI0X/TASK«...SIO
>;
>MGU DL1:/0VR/VI
MOUNT ** VOLVME INFORNATIGN **
CLASS » FILES 11
DEVICE * DLI:
LABEL » SCRATCH
UK « CI ,13
VOL PRO * CRyED,RUE0,RUED,RWED3
FIL£ PRO * CRUED,RUED,RWEO,R]
CHAR ' D
ACP NAME < F11ACP
>MOU DYO:/OVR/VI
DEVICE « OYO:
LABO. * SCRATCH
UIC » C1,13
VOL PRO " CRUED,RUED,RyED,RUED]
FILE PRO * CRWED,RWED,RWED,RD
CHAR * □
ACP Wm « F11ACP
mu DY1:/0VR/VI
MOUNT •* VOLUME INFORMATION **
CLASS = FILES 11
DEVICE ' DY1:
LABEL » SCRATCH
UIC s C1,1D
VOL PRO - CRUED,RUED,RUED,RUE03
FILE PRO B [RWED,RWED,RUCD,R3
CHAR = a
ACP N/ME » F11ACP
>; THE SYSTEM I/O EXERCISER WILL RUN FOR 120 MINUTES
>TIM
15:13:57 25-MAR-60
>SIO SIOXCNF
SIO — SUmARY Of EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-mR-60 15:43:50
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 30 MIN. REmiNING: 90 MIN.
OLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALIN^i 25,ve3. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 13,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLEHOOP COUNT: 5^9?0. ITERATIONS
ISIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
1 A
SP
MA-EIOOO -0-0
".. 1
OCC IMMD-lMt-MCrt
SHEET
31
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECU^ICATION ■■■ CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
SIO — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25"«AR-«0 16:14:01
TIME — RUN: 30 NIN. ELAPSED: 60 MIN. REMAINING: 60 MIN.
DLO: — 25^923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25^923. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS
DL1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
OYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,?54. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS
SIO — SUMNARY OF EXERCISER ACHVITY AT 25-MAR-80 16:U:03
TIME — RUN: 30 NIN. a>PSED: 90 NIN. REMAINING: 30 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLaKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUmARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-«0 17:14:05
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRCRS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: - 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BtXKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS
ACCUMULATED TOTALS:
NG: 0 MIN.
UITH NO ERRORS
KITH lO ERRORS
m NO ERRORS
TH NO ERRORS
TIME — RUN: 120 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMINI
DLO: — 103,69!!. REQUESTS TOTALING 103,«92. BLXKS
0L1: — 100,136. REQUESTS TOTALING 100,136. BLOCKS 1
DYO: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WI
DY1: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 41,016. BLOCKS WI
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 26,680. ITERATIONS
»
Hm SIO
>TIM
17:14:23 25-MAR-eO
•
►; * TEST COMPLETED ♦
^'END OF UETP PASS »2
SIZE CODE
A ''
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
on iHaMHMt^wFi
SHEET
32
Of
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHE^T
TITIE
MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>; M*OM>MO>M<
>;
>T1M
17:14:53 25-«WR-80
>;
>;
>;
>flP ♦.0AT;*/D6
>;
>; IF mt EfmoRS mvE been lo66I:0 by error logger, wem the ccwano file
>; EXITS YOU SHOULD PRINT C2,3Q03ERRU)G.LST AND INVESTIGATE THE ERRORS.
>;
>€RF
ERF — REQUESTED "ERRL06" TO STOP LOGGING
^SE SY'i^Y:
ERL — LOGGING Bmr> AFTER 0 ERRORS
>$YE SY:^Y:/-SP
SYE * 1. PAGES IN REPORT v
>;
>WH ERRLOG
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>
>;
>;
*** END OF RSX-IIN INS*'ALLATION VERIFICATIOI ***
>
>8 <EOf >
>
>PIP TI:«C2^3003ERRLfl6,L$T <C«>
CSTEP U3
typt this to tM «v
trrors that havt
bMn looQtd. further
InfofMtlon on tht
BMOR LOGGER can be
fouid on page 27 of
the 'tLDSGN USERS
GUIDT*.
CODE I
SP \
SIZE
A
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
OCC lMMthtM»N«yt
SHEET
3H OF ^^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITIE
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
B.2 IS XII HI OLD SYSGEN - IMfiTAPE TO DISK
NOTE:
This tx3Mplt MS gtntrated on m 11/70, with Floating Point, 640K words of
H9WRY, a TE16 aagtapt, an RP06 disk drive and no com. devices.
User responses are underlined. Explanatory coMcnts on right aargin.
RSX11S V?.1 BL22 MD BLOCK LOCATOR
BA0>M0:/U/CSlM767a)/VEC>254/UC»K <CR>
BAD — BAD BLOCK FOUND - LBN- 1292.
BAD — TOTAL NO. OF BAD BLOCKS > 1.
BAD>
RSX11S V2.2 BL26D DISK SAVE AND COMPRESS UTILITY V 3.0
DSCS16>flO: /VEC«224 <CR>
«csi6^sajr /vec-su ^»^
)SCS16>MU:<i«fC: <CR>
kscs
- HIARNINS* 5^-OBO:
16>
CSTEP n
•ount and boot
"GASSYS" tape
refer to pg. 23 in
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE"
for More info, on
"BAD".
rmcN9 "BADSYS"
tape.
CSTEP 23
refer to APPENDIX 8
for proper "DSC" to
use. refer to
APPENDIX A for
device addresses and
vectors.
■our^t and boot a
"DSC" tape.
assigns vector
add. to devices
copl*'^ iaage tape
to MSk
«fer to pg. 24 in
"nUSGN USERS GUIDE'
for More info, on
"DSC".
3
Dee i»iMthiett4M?t
fSiZE
A-
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO
REV
A
SHCKT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST
RSX11M V5.2 BL26 124K MPKO
>REO DB:"$Y:
>RED 08: <B:
mu 06:0100.26
>«M:n,23$TARTUP
>* PlMM tnttr tlM and dit*
>Tm 9-JiM-a) 11:06
>INI SCOA
>IN5 SIGmC/PM><EN
>IN5 SX6TKB/PM-6EN
>INS fERL
>IN5 SERF
>mM EMLOG
>a <EOF*
Utt. — ERROR LOG INITIAtlZEO
CSTEP 33
hardytrt boot
tysttii disk.
the
( DO-nVHYY m-.m ) CS3: »-JifMO 11;06<CR> 24 hr. tiM focMt
>80L0S6N <CR>
>Tm
11:06:13 O^JUN-60
>;
>; DynMic Loadablt Driver Sysgen.
>;
>; By Ktn WIUImis 9/10/79
>;
>; Dept: Sale* Ntnufacturing Product Stpport
>;
>SCT /\iK<^,%2
>* It this m 11/70 tyste«? CY/ND: Y <CR>
>* Dots this syttw have tht Float1no~^nt Unit? CY/Nl: Y <CR>
>INS SLBR
>INS SPXP
>IN5 SEOI
>* Do you yant long dialogue ? CY/Nl: <C^
CSTEP 43
this coMMnd starts
the sysgen session.
typing a <CR> In
response to a query,
results In a "NO "
or the default
tntmr for that
query.
consult systMS
tech.
for an explanation
of each question
Individually, press
the <esO or <alt>
key In response to
the question.
SIZE
CODE
CP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
DSC lM»MhtOM4««7t
SHEET 35 Qf 44_
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIC
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>PIP Ci:,103RS)ilC.NM;*/DE/IM
>PXP C1,»3iS»LD.CND;*/0C/NP^RSXl1M.0LB;*
>fIP C1,343RSX11N.IMP;*/K/NN
>fIP C11,103/FO-C1^9ni6XPIC.NAC
>fIP C1,243/FO<1,573llS»LO.CflD,RSXllH.0LB
>f»lP C1,343/F0«C1,!>73RSX11«.mP*
PIP — NO SUCN FILECS)
SY0:C1,S73l8X11N.mP
>;
>; Bwgin Ptriphcral Options
>;
>* Expanded iniirni dMirtd for ptrlphtral options? CY/N3: <CR>
>SET /UIC-C1,M3
>* Art you rurmlng on • systta vlth a Lint printtr? CY/N]: <Cir>
>* Astaiibly Uttlng flits dtslrtd? CV/IO: <CII>
>* Task bulldtr Mp(s) dMirtd? CVAO: ^>
>PIP C11,103DLMCOJWC;*/DE/M^OLMC;*
>PIP C11,243DLMSN.CND;*/0E/III
>PIP^1,a^30lML0.CND;*/K/iigMJMII;*
>* Which dtvlct drivtr do you MVit to rtbulld C$3: H _^
>* HOM MTV IU/WPM/S/6 disk pKk cont. ha¥t you tSHtlirPld. 0:1.3:
>* Enttr vtctor iddrtss of tht first W/IMPOI-OS-M Q> nztthTTk 0:
>* Uhct Is Its CSR addrtss? Co IsltfOOO-ITna) 0:1767003: <^
>* Hon Mny drivts 'dbN'lt havt? CO R:1.-«. 0:1.3: <g>
>* Enttr physical unit mater of tht first drivt GoH^: <gi>
>* Is contr. Guilt 0 ai IMH or XB? CV/IO: <a>
>* Which dtvlct drivtr do ntnt to rtbulld t%li'W'<a^
>* How Mny TJ/1WI6HS asBtapt oont. ds you havt HT:0.-16. 0:1.3:
>* &)ttr vtctor addrtss of tht first TJ/1MI16^ CO ntiO-Tn 0:2a(3:
>* Uhat Is Its CSR addrtss? CO R: 160000-177700 0:1724403: ^»
>* How atfYy drivts dots It havt? CO 0:1.-6. 0:1.3: 2 <CR>
>* Enttr physical init nuibtr of tht 1M03 foniatttr'tol^: <ai>
>* Which dtvlct drivtr do you want to rtbulld CS3: <^
>PIP C11^103DLMK.NAC/FO"C11,1O3RS]OK.PIAC,0L0IC0.MAC,RSXICO.NAC
>PIP C1,243DL0tBR.CN0-CV24>.LBR
>PIP C1,243*.U»;*/0E/IM
>SCT /U1C-C1V243
CSTEP S3
consult systws ttch
for vtctort and
addrtssts.
prtts <CR> If thtrt
art no tort drivtrs
to bt rtbuUt
SIZE
A
cooc
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
OaC Ut»m-f»H97M
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>TW
11:09:02 QfhMiHO
>«WC aDLMSH
>TI«
11:09:28 09-JUN-80
>SET /U1C«C1^»3
>«»1P C11^54>.*/PU/<il
HfiR aC1,2(3DL0LfiR
MODULE "DBTAB " iCPUCED
NODULE "WTAB " REPUCEO
>TKB aC1,2(3DLOeLD
>PV C11^»3*.0BJ;*/0e/NH
>f»IP 0,34>J(AP/PU/NH
>sn /UXC>C1^5^3
>8ET /UIC»C1,573
>* Do you havt wry Card Rtad«rs? CY/N]: <ttc>
CSTEP 63
If you havt built a
drivtr for each
devlcf on your
tyttM, you can
prcu <tic> to
b)f>att this taction.
>; Tha FCP Mhlch will bt ustd It MIDDII.
>;
>pip t\,5nsys>m.m»;*/K/m
>;
>; C1,S73SYSVI«.CtlD will now ba crcatad.
>;
>INS tym
>$ET /UIC«C1^573
>* Entar tiza In K wordt for tha systaa laaga f!) R:48.H2A. D:A8.3: <CK>
>PIP C1,S73RSXlin.SYS/NV/C0/BL:498.*C1,573l6X11M.TSK
» Do you with to adit C1,573SYS\««.CnD? CY/N3: <C^ CSTEP 73
ut<;al antwar Is "NO
"or <CR>. only
antwar '•YES*' 1* you
have to change
partition tizet,
Inttall additional
tatkt^ ate.
Size
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACIURINC SPECIFKATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
mif
MODULAR APPROIiCH TO SYSTEMS TEST
;>
>; \Mt It now btlng ptrfonMd.
>;
>m( aC1,S73SYSVNI.CNft
mi — XNSTALIED TASKS MY NO LONGER FIT IN PARTITION
SET /TOP»<«Vf/»«:-*
>;
>; Oon*t forgtt to crtttt an accoott flit with SACNT.
>;
>T1N
11:12:21 09-JUN-«)
>;
>;
^eOO RSX11N
RSXIIN V3.2 BL26
>TIH 11:14 O^JUN-CO <CR>
>SAV /W <CR>
RSX-11N V3.2 BL26 64Q( PMPPED
>9£^ DB:i«Y:
>REO 0B:4JB:
>MOU M:DtDa.26
>8DB:C1A*%TARTUP
>* Plt«t» anttr tiat and data (OO-MfHTY »«:PW) CS]: <ai>
>TIII
f 1:14:19 09-JUN-eO
nor«al warning -
ditragard at this
tlat.
at thit point, tha
mw axacutlva It
boottd autoMtlcally
and waitt for a
rcspontt froa you.
CSTEP 83
ttt tha corract tli
and data
thit coMand will
tava and boot tha
raw %yttm 1i
antura that ■fory
tlza It corract.
If you havt tat tha
corract t1«a and
data in tttp 8, It
It not nacattary to
do to again.
SIZE
A
I ia4iiiMaM4»««t
CODE
SP
NUMMR
KA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
•MltT 38 OF _ii
MANUFACTIJRINC aTEClFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAlt APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
SET /Sr«UIC-C1,S73
>INI ttUNM: /PM^EN
>INI •iSm /PM-tfN
>im tux
>fIF SY:/ni
OBO: MS 101793. BLOCKS FREE, 29687. BLOCKS USED OUT OF 131680.
LAMEST CONTXOJOUS SPACE > 74786. 8U>CKS
CSTEP 93
uit dtfault
chtckpoint flit
tilt, ONLY If tht
ruibtr of contlguout
blocks It 9' ittr
thtn tht 6t Milt
tin.
>* Do you wtnt tht dtftult chtckpoint flit sixt C51203? CY/N3: <Y> <C1I>
> Aa ST:/BUC$^120.
HUM VKLM
>BiO ALLtRSXlIN IS NOW ON THE AIR !!!!!
Eft. — BMOR UK INITIAUZEO
>tt<GOF>
SIZE
A
CODE
6P
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
A
gMtrr 39 OF *i
MANUFACTURING gEClFICATlOy
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR JUPPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>8ET mO<2jaQ <CR>
>9ltMJETF <CR>
CSTEP 103
this coMand yill
tttrt th« UcTP
Mttlon.
*
*
*
RSX-11N V3.2 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PACKAGE
*
*
*
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
>SCT /uic«i:2^30oa
>ttM EMLOG
>;
>* M VOU WISH TO RUN fMOENO? Vt/tQi <CII>
>;
>* afrER ^RSION OF UETP TO BE RUN (SAN, SUB, NF6« eN6) CSl: NK <C^ alM/l "NF6"
>* ENTGR UNIT NUNBGR OF TERNINM. CSl: 0 <gi>
>;
>* BITER INPUT DEVICE (OOIM) OR <cr> DS3: <CR>
pr«t« <cr> If UETP
rttldtt on Myttm
dink. If not, thtn
•nter device It
rtsidM an.
>;
>;
#
>;
>;
>;
>;
NOTE
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
#
>;
>*
TEST MEDIA NUST BE LOADED ON MX TAPE im DISK DRIVES. USE SCRATCH TAPES
AND FILES-11 FORNAT DISKS.
ALL MCTAFCS BEIN6 TESTED ARE OVBI-MRnTEN. THE DISKS ME
TESTED UI1H FILE-STRUCTURED I/O WITH NO NISATIVE EFFECT ON DATA
OR STlWCTURE.
BEFORE pinffimim ihe fiu-structuie» ia> test, au unnounted
DISKS ARE NOUNTED AUTOMATICALLY,
DO YOU NEED TO INITIAUZE ANY DISKS? CY/N3: <CR>
If yoM forgot to
••inlt- my disks,
typt ••YES-
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMIER
MA-ElOOO-O-0
REV
A
OKIMI
SHEET
40
OP
44
MANUFACTURING STECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TES'
>;
>TIH
>;
>;
>; GNE r^'VLETF. PASS OF THIS UETF WILL TAiS 4 HOURS
>;
>* HOW MNY PASSES M YOU yiSH TO RUN CO R:1.-«. D:1.3: 2 <CR>
>;
>;
>;T1€ 2 PASSCES) YOU HA^ SELECTED, yJLL TAIC 8 HOURS TO RUN.
>;
>; NEEOEr UTILITIES UOX K INSTALLED NOW.
at iMtt 2 pasMt to
••«t alnlaia HAST
requlrtatntt.
>INI IBttCNP
>PIP TIXLOR.DAT-CEVN.SMI/AP
>MAC KfINE>L8:ni,10]DtDNC.NAC/PA:1,SY:C2,SX)3DEFINE
>Vm DEFINE/PR/CP-OEFINE,LB:C1,573RSX11N.$TB,C1,1]EXEUB/LB
INS OEFINE/TASK««EFINE
>flP •.*/FU
mm DEFINE
^;START OF IfTP PASS #1
* CPU-eOUND LOAD TEST *
Ps
^INS DUNIY/TASK>«UNOO/PRIHO.
>IN5 U)«ER/TASK<OGaO
>im onHjN msK^TROO
inn MJNOO
►;
FOR THE lEXT FEU MINUTES A MMKR ETC. At this point th«
U.E.T.P. will r\g\ for tht ttltcttd aaooit of tint.
Th« CPU ttttt art ru) first, for 2 HOURS, foLlowid by 2 HOURS of
10 EXERCISER, and thai rtoaatad until th» pttt count Is satisfied.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO - - 0
REV
A
IC MHatSMMtHNSTf
•MEET li OP «il
MANUFACTURINC SPECBHCATION
COriiNUATION SHEET
Trac
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>«» SIO
>TW
19:21:25 O^JUN-«C
>; *TEST COPW-ETEO*
>;
>;
>;END OF UETP PASS 12
>;
>;
>fIP •.BAT;*/DE
>;
>; IF ANY ERRORS WVE BEEN LOGGED BY ERROR LOGGER^ yHEN T)C COMPIAND FILE
>; EXITS YOU SHOULD PRINT C2,3a)]ERRL06.LST AND INVESTISATE THE ERRORS.
>;
>ERF
ERF — REQUESTED "ERRL06" TO STOP LOGGING
>PSE SY:*GY;
ERL — LOGGING ENDED AFTER 0 ERRORS
>SYE SYs«6Ys/-SP
SYE — 1. PAGES IN REPORT
>;
>RUN ERRLOG
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>
>;
>;
>;
>TI«
17:14:53 25-HAR-aO
>;
>; *** END OF RSX-11N
>;
INSTALUTION ^RIFICATION
^^ _____
>/
>8 <EOF>
>
>PIP TI;«C2^5003ERRL06,LST <(^
CSTEP 113
tyrt this to tM any
•rrort th«t havt
bMn logg«d. further
Infonwtlon on tht
ERfMl LOGGER c«) b«
found on pigt 27 of
tht **DLDSm USERS
GUIDE".
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER ^
MA-EIOOO -0-0
REV
A
DSC leOttHUMWTt
SHEET
OF
!
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
TITLE HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 1
9.0 APPENDIX
9.1 APPENDIX A
CSR and VECTOR addrttttt tupporttd
by ttand-alont DSC
«
Syttaa-Ctntrattd CSR and Vtctor Addrttttt
DEVICE TYPE | CSR | VECTOR
►
DB:
176700
'
254
DK:
177404
220
DL:
174400
160
DN:
177440
210
»
OP:
176714
300 *
DR:
176700
320 *
NM:
172440
224
NT: 172522
320 *
NS: 1 172S22
▲ *■>«»<* MM ««««»««« ««««««« «««««»«»•,
224
* Indlcattt nonstandard vtctor addrtit
•
SIZE (
JL.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV 1
DCe lHMt)-iMM««yi
SHEET ^3 OP 44_
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE HOOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
9.2 APPENDIX B
DEVICES SUPPORTED BY "DSC" VARIATIONS
DSCS8
RP04/05/06
RK05
RL01/02
RK06/U7
RP02/03
RN02/03
TE10/16
TU45/77
DSCS16
RP04/0S/0
RK05
RL01/02
RK06/07
RN02/03
TE16
TS11/TS04
Tli45/7r
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
HA-ElOOO-0-0 A
wCC l«-(MaMM2-N«72
SHEET
OF JA
I
II
Ui
•< o t
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSITTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
DATE 10/30/80
T'TIE M.A.S.T. WPS-8/211 PJIASE III USER'S GU^DL
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CMC NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
Ss
Now Release
AOOOO
-/_
z.
y^^f'c/ >.•
>^N0 n^, , APW>
uorainic Pi»eh«tola I
'^^.ffi^e^-V
SIZE
CODE
3P
N'JMBER
MA -F 1050 -0-0
MI4»4P««ii*-M«VfH3»t)
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF \h
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Title
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE Page 3
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION Page 3
3.0 RESPONSIBILITY
Page 3
4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 4
5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW Page 4
6.0 WPS-8/211 OPERATING PROCEDURES Page 7
7.0 WPS-8/211 RUN SUMMARY Page 12
APPENDIX A RUN SUMMARY CHE' XLIST Page 13
Tr*^! "*"-wBfi-o-o|''^'^
MC l«-{MthlM»N«7a
SHcer
OF
MANUFACTURING gEClFlCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
1.0 SCOPB
This document is an attempt to provids WORD PROCESSING
opsrators and technicians direction in running PHASE III on
the WS211 Series systems. It does not try to -xplain how to
run Word Processing Software in any environmeikt other than
P. A.* T.
The WPS-8/211 Phase III is a software/hardware system
verification test designed to simulate the environment in
which Word Processing Systems are used. This WPS-8/211 Phase
III Package is written to provide an easy to use, consistent
method of exercising WS211 Series Systems.
1.1 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
- 32K of memory
- A console terminal (VT100)
- RX02 Dual Floppy Drive
The Optional Hardware supported by this test package is as
follows:
- Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47)
1.2 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
- WPS-8/211 Phase III Test Package
This Test package can be obtained by contacting the
Salem Systems Manufacturing Engineering Group.
2.0 RBFBRBMCB DOCUMBNTATION
MP00780
QF711-HZ
3.0 RBSPONSIBILITY
WS211 Field Maintenance Print Set
WPS Documentation Kit
The SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
responsible for maintaining this document.
GROUP is
«:C lHMt>-lM»«M7l
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F1050-O-O
SHEET
REV
A
M.\NUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
4.0 SPECIAL IHSTRUCTIONS
4.1 This Teat Package is designed to exercise the following only:
RX02 dual floppy drive
Memory
KL8-A Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47)
4.2 If system has an H326 panel, move all switches to the •OFF"
position.
4.3 Connect a VT100 to the console terminal ^ort located on the
static filter bracket. ^.^
4.4 Throughout this document the user responses are underlined.
Preceding the underlined response are the words Press or
Type. Example: Press -> GOLD MENU (in respone to this
example the user must press the GOLD key, located on the top
left hand side of the mini-keypad, then the letter M)*. -i^—
Example: Type -> E 2 <CR> ( in respone to this example the
user must type tTte letter E, space, number 2, carriage
return) .
5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW
5.1 WPS-8/211 EXERCISER PROGRAM CONTENTS
The WPS-8/211 Phase III Exerciser Program consists of the
following files:
Doc •
2
3
4
5
6
Name
, BREV. . . . File that contains stored text that will
be called from an abbreviation code.
LIST Used to perform List Processing.
SPEC Used as the Selection Specification File
during List Processing.
FORM
Output format of List Processing.
UDKl 139 block document. Used to exercise
the RX floppy drives.
COMM TEST. Document that is senu to the Host
Terminal during the communication line
test.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F105O-O-O
Hj
OCC lH*M)-lMfl-fl«7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
UTILE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
The WPS-8/211 Phase III Exerciser Program was designed to
minimize operator intervention time. This was done by using
the Software's "User Define Keys" (UDK's). The
are used are numbered from 1 thru 9. The following
includes a summary and a listing of each UDK.
UDK's that
section
UDK 1 - will initialize the
diskette and create
PASS file is used
they are performed
diskette in Drive 1 as a document
a file named PASS on Drive 1. The
to log the software features as
to the hardware. The user will
then be asked to type the System's DEC number.
M C RETURN D RETURN RETURN GOLD:M C SPACE P
RETURN GOLD: -ST
ASS
UDK 2
- will run the complete WPS-8/211 Phase til Test
Package without operator intervention. This UDK will
perform UDK 3 thru UDK 7 and UDK 9 for the required
two (2) passes.
GOLD: 3 GOLD: 3 GOLD: 9
UDK 3 - will perform one pass, instead of the required two(2)
passes one would get by pressing UDK 2.
GOLD: 4 GOLD: 5 GOLD: 6 GOLD:?
UDK 4 - will exercise the RX Drive 1. It will perform a GET
document of 139 blocks from Di ive 0 to Drive 1, it
the beginning of the document, then
the docianent. When it finds the end
it will read the document backwards
Successful completion of this
will then find
find the end of
of the document
on the screen.
function will be logged into the Pass file.
C SPACE U D K 1 RETURN GOLD:G 0 . U D K 1 RETURN
GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F D SPACE U D K 1 RETURN Y
E S RETURN E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:=DE GOLD:\
RETURN GOLD:F
UDK 5 - will perform a Diskette Ver if iciat ion check on Drive
1. Successful completion of this function will be
logged into the Pass file.
M C RETURN V RETURN RETURN RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 2
RETURN G-ADV GOLD:»DV GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F1050 -0-0
REV
A
occ ic-taMMMt-Mcrs
SHEET
OF jjL
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLi:
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
UDK 6 - will perform a large List Processing function of
selecting 49 records. The objective is to exercise
memory. Successful completion of this function will
be logged into the Pass file.
L P RETURN D RETURN 0 . 3 RETURM 0 . 4 RETURN 0 . 5
RETURN R RETURN G 0 RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 2 RETURN
G-ADV GOLD: -LP GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F D SPACE R RETURN
YES RETURN
UDK 7 • will copy an index into a file. Successful
completion of this function will be logged into the
Pass file.
C I RETURN 1 SPACE X RETURN C I RETURN 0 SPACE X
RETURN A RETURN E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD: -CI
GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD: -EN GOLD:\ GOLD:F D SPACE X RETURN
YES RETURN
UDK 8 - see section 5.2.
UDK 9
if UDK 2 is used, UDK 8 will then log an END OF TEST
into the Pass file.
E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:-FF GOLD:F
5.2 UDK 8 COMMUNICATION TEST
The WPS-8/211 Phase III Communication Line Test was designed
to minimize operator intervention time. This was done by
using the Software's User Define Keys. This UDK 8 will
perform the following functions:
— Set User terminal in communication mode.
— Transmit a document called COMM TEST to the Host terminal.
— User terminal will receive characters from the Host
terminal by operator intervention.
C X RETURN RUBWRD H S SPACE D H RETURN 0 . 7 RETURN GOLDrM
SIZE CODE
A I sp|
NUMBER REV
MA-F1050-O-O A
MC l«><»MhlOM4««7a
SHEET
OF
MAI^UFACTURING STECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tm.E
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.0 WPS-8/211 OPBRATIIIG PROCEDURES
6.1 PREREQUISITES
Before one attempts to run this procedure it is assumed that
all diagnostics and DEC-X/8 have been successfully run to
completion.
6.2 RUNNING THE WPS-8/211 PHASE III TEST
To begin the WPS>8/211 Phase III Test, the user must first;
6.2.1 Apply power to the equipment in the main cabinet.
This is done by depressing the switch at the top of
the cabinet marked *1*.
6.2.2 Apply power to the console terminal.
6.2.3 Insert the WPS-8/211 Phase III Teat Disk in Drive 0.
6.2.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the
cabinet. The following message is displayed at the
console terminal indicating that the boot floppy has
successfully loaded into the systemi
Digital Equipment Corporation
Version x.x
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 0
And press RETURN
6.2.5 Insert a jingle density scratch diskette in Drive 1.
6.2.6 Press the RETURN key on your console keyboard.
6.2.7 At this point the DATE/TIME MENU is displayed at the
console terminal. The user must enter a valid date
and time followed by a RETURN .
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F105^ -0-0
REV
A
OSC l»4Mt»*IMt4Myt
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURING SPECBFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.3 RUNNIhXS WPS-8/211 EXERCISER PROGRAM
6.3.1 Press -> GOLD 1 — Initialization of RX drive 1 will
now take place.
6.3.2 Type -> DEC nwber of systea that is being tested.
6.3.3 Press -> GOLD P
6.3.4 Press -> GOLD 2
thfs test will now exercise the system for
approximately 30 mins. Upon completion the
Main Menu will be displayed.
6.3.5 Type -> B 2 <CR>
6.3.6 Press -> PARA — key until your VT100 sounds a beep.
This will enable you to check the pass
file to determine if there were any
errors. See Appendix A.
6.3.7 Press -> GOLD P — will file document.
MC lHMthlM*4iMy|
Size
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F1050-O-O
REV
A
BHECT
OF
MAhUFACrJRING
SPECIFICATION "■■ ^O'-^^'^^-ON SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4 TESTING COMMUNICATION LINES 1
6.4.1
Attach a VT100 to P6 (P6 is located on the
CoRvnunicatlon H326 Panel. This VT100 will be
referenced as Host VT100. Set Hos VT100 up to 1200
baud by;
a) Preas the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY located on the
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard.
b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP B.
c) Press the Transmit (Key 7) ^nd Receive (Key 8) Keys
until the display reads 1200. Your Host VT100
should look like this on the screen:
1 0100
2 0101 3 0000 4 8010 T SPEED
1200 R SPEED 1200 1
d) To exit SET-UP B press the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host
VT100 keyboard.
e) Return to the console terminal and
6.4.2
Type -> 80 <CR>
6.4.3
Type -> CL 1 <CR>
6.4.4
Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.5
Press -> GOLD 9
now looking at the fkst VT100 that is
connected to P6, you should sue the
following flashing:
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WO
The last line you will
VT100 will state:
RKING
see on your Host
ECHO CHARACTERS PROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER VEWIKAL TO EXIT 1
Type the following on your Host VT100 Terminal
6.4.6
Type -> THIS 18 A TEST
The above message will then be displayed on
the Console Terminal.
6.4.7
Type -> \R — on the Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE CODE
NUMSER REV 1
MA-F1050-O-O A 1
fiCC IHMtl-IMMMTt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Trtf
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4.8 Move P6 to P7. Set Host VT100 up to 300 bauf^, Data
Bits - 7, Parity Sense • Even, and Parity - On by:
a) Press the Post VT100 SET-UP KEY located on the
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard.
b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP B.
c) Position the cursor above the feature switch to b
changed by using the space bar. Change the featur
settings by pressing the 6 key on the keyboard.
Each time the key is pressed the feature wil
change to the opposite state.
d) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Key
uiitil the display reads 300.
Your Hont VT 100 Set-Up B should look like this:
:
1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 1100
T SPEED 300 R SPEED 30
e) To exit SET-UP B press the SET-UP key on your Host
VT100.
f) Return to the console terminal and
6.4.9 Type -> SO <CR>
6.4.10 Type -^ CL 2 <CR>
6.4.11 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.12 Press -> GOLD •
now looking at the Host VT100 that i
connected to P7, you should see the followinc
flashing:
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING,
The last line you will see on your Host
VT100 will state:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VT100 Terminal
6.4.13 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
The aBove message will then be displayed or
the Console Terminal.
6.4.14 Hit -> ^ — on the Console Terminal to exit.
I
SIZE CODE
A SP
NUMBER I REV
MA-P1050 -0-d A
OtC IHMthlOCMMTt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECBFlCATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4.15 Move P7 to P8. Host VT 100 should still be at 300
baud. Change your Host VT 100 Set-Up B, Word 4,
(follow steps a thru f in Section 6.4.8) to the
following:
0010
6.4.16 Type -> SO <CR>
6.4.17 Type -> CL 3 <CR>
6.4>18 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.19 Press -> GOLC 8
now looking at the VT100 that is connected to
P8, you should see the following flashing:
COMMUNICATTON LINE TEST - WORKING
The last line you will see on your Host VT100 will
state:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VT100 Terminal:
6.4.20 Type - > THIS IS A TEST
The a^ve massage will then be displayed on
your Console Terminal.
6.4.21 Type -> \R — on your Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F1050 -0-0
REV
A
OCC l«-|M>}-lMt-N«71
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
7.0 WPS-8/211 RUli SUMMARY
The WPS-8/211 Phase III Test ^as designed to report to the
Pass file the name of the specific fanctlon it just
completed. If one of the functions did not report to the
PasF; file, we then have an error.
Check the Run Summary Checklist (Appendix A) to determine if
you have an error. If you found an error, perform the
specific function separately. This is done by typing the
following User Define Keys: GOLD n (n - either 1,4,5,6,7).
Error
INITIALIZATION OF DRIVE 1
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 1
EDIT HAS BEEN TESTED
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED
DISKETTE VERIFICATION
LIST PROCESSING
CREATE INDEX
Action
Press -> "JOLD 1
Press -> GOLD *%
Press -> GOLD 5
Press -> GOLD 6
Press -> GOLD 7
If error persists advise the Manufacturing Engineering Group
for technical assistance.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
:p
NUMBER
MA-F105O-O-O
REV
A
OCC IHS*^) 10t2-N«73
SHEET la OF _44.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATICN SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
APPENDIX A
RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST
In order to determine a successful completion of the Phase
III Test, the following page contains an example of a
successful run of Phase III testing. Your summary which is
located in a file called PASS, must be exactly the same as
the example on the next page. If not refer to section 7.0
WPS-8/211 Run Summary.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
;5P
NUMBER REV
MA-F1050 -0>0 A
08C l«K»MM0M4««7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING WPS-8/211 PHASE III TEST
VERSION 1.0
THIS IS THE START OP TESTING FOR
DEC • (The DEC # you originally typed !v}
INITIALIZATION OF DRIVE 1 - PASS
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 1 - PASS
EDIT HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
DISKETTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TFjSTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
CREATE INDEX TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME)
INITIALIZATION OF DRIV^ I - PASS
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DK ,E 1 - PASS
EDIT HAS BEEN TEST - PASS
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
DISKETTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
CREATE INDEX TESTEr - PASS (DATE, TIME)
PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME)
IF SYSTEM HAS TWO (2) COMPLETED PASSES THEN
THIS IS THE END OF TH£ TEST
SIZE CODE
%nssB
NUMOER
MA-?1350
^
REV
A
iii»4MM
SNCET
OF
II
I?
DIGITAL SQUIPMBNT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPEanCATION
DATE
!0/3n/80
Tint
M.A.S.T. WPS-B/:i: PHASE Tt- tirv.P'c; r.tr^nF
IICV!ftlONS
CHQNOl OHIO
REV
OESCRIFTION
DATE
Apro BY
DATE
II
Ml
it
New Release
A00 0 9-
/<r'*^'/-
Xt
1_
(NO Doninic Pischetola
hi
s/
SIZE CODE
m^im-im-fff^nt)
w
1
3P
NUMBER
N-ri'050-O-O
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF 16
MANUFACTURING gECIFJCAflON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH iO SYSTEM TESTS
TABLE OP CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE Page 3
2.0 REPERBNCE DOCUMENTATION Page 3
3.0 RESPONSIBILITY Page 3
4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 4
5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW Page 4
$.0 WPS-8/212 OPERATING PROCEDURES Fage 7
7.0 TESTING USER LINES ..Page 12
8.0 WPS-8/212 RUN SUMMARY Page 14
APPENDIX A RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST Page 16
SIZE CODE NUMBER | REV
A I SP I MA-F2050 -0-0
oec aHMthiM»M«7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
1.0 SCOPE
This document is an attempt to provide WORD PROCESSING
operators and technicians direction in running PHASE III on
the WPS212 Series systems. It does not try to explain how to
run Word Processing Software in any environment other than
F.A.i T.
The WPS-8/212 Phase III is a software/hardware system
verification test designed to simulate the environment in
which Word Processing Systems are used. This WPS-8/212 Phase
III Package is written to provide an easy to use, consi8*:ent
method of exercising WS212 Series Systems.
1.1 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
- 32K of memory
- A console terminal (VT109)
- Two (2) Dual RXf2 Floppy Drives
The Optional Hardware supported by this test package is an
follows:
- Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47)
- User Lines (KLS-A 40,41)
1.2 '•nFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
- WPS-8/212 Phase III Test Package
This Test package can be obtained by contacting the
Salem Systems Manufacturing Engineering Group.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
MP00780
QF711-GZ
3.0 RESPONSIBILITY
WS211 Field Maintenance Print Set
WPS Documentation Kit
The SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING GROUP
responsible for maintaining this document.
is
SIZE COOC
A I SP
NUMtEII REV
MA-F2a50-O-O A
OIC l»<SM|-lM»M«rt
SHEET
OF
11 A Ml IB
Ar»1
1 1 tw»wmir^ tf^tsr^wipmt^ a nrtf%ma
mm
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MAMUrAviuKirvvi arcicirivAiivn
TITLE
MODULAR
APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
4.
1
This Test Package is
designed to exercise the following only:
Two (2) Dual RX
FLOPPY DRIVES
- Memory
KL8-A Communica
tion Lines (lOT 46,47)
KL8-A User Lines (lOT 40,41)
4.
2
If the system has an H326 Panel, move all switches to the
"OFF" position.
4.
3
Connect a VT1O0 to the console terminal port located on the
static filter bracket.
4.
4
Throughout this document the user responses are Underlined.
Preceding the under
lined response are the words Press orl
Type. Example: Press -> GOLD MENU (in respone to thisl
example the user must press the GOLD key, located on the top|
left hand side of th
B mini-keypad, then the letter M) .
Example: Type -> E
2 <CR> ( in respone to this example the
user must type the
letter E, space, number 2, carriage
return) •
5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW
5.
1
WPS-8/212 EXERCISER
PROGRAM CONTENTS
The WPS-8/212 Phase
III EXERCISER PROGRAM CONSISTS OF THE
Following files:
DOC ff NAME
2 ABBREV. . . .
File that contains stored text that will
be called from an abbreviation code.
3 LIST
Used to perform List Processing.
4 SPEC
Used as the Selection Specification File
during List Processing.
5 FORM
Output format of List Processing.
6 UDKl
120 block document. Used to exercise
the RX floppy drives.
7 COMM TEST.
Document that is sent to the Host
Terminal during the Communication Line
test.
8 MESSl
Will display a procedure for
initializing diskettes.
9 START
File that logs the System DEC number.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A.,
SP
MA-F2050-O-O
>^\
occ iM*»t)-u>«f^««yt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
The WPS-8/212 Phase HI Exerciser Program was designed to
minimize operator intervention time. This was done by using
the Software's "User Define Keys" (UDK's). The UDK's that
are used are numbered from 1 thru 9, The following section
includes a summary and a listing of each UDK.
UDK 1 - will edit the start file to delete the previous
Syst?m's DEC number. The user will then be asked to
type uhe System's DEC number.
E SPACE 0 . 9 RETURN GOLD:, GOLD:. ADVANC DELWRD
UDK 2 - will inform the user
scratch diskettes.
to hit GOLD 9 to initialize
E SPACE 0.8 KETURN GOLD:B
UDK 3 - will create a file named PASS on Drive 1. The START
file on Drive 0 will be copied into the PASS file on
Drive 1 by the GET document command. The PASS file
is used to log the software features as they are
performed to the hardware.
lliis UDK will then proceed to exercise RX Drive 0 and
1 by performing a GET document of 120 blocks from
Drive 0 to Drive 1, it will then find the beginning
of the document, then find the end of the document.
When it finds the end of the document it will read
the document backwards on the screen. Successful
completion of this function will be logged into the
PASS file.
This UDK will then perform the above
Drive 2 from RX Drive 1, then to RX
Drive 0.
exerciser to RX
Drive 3 from RX
C SPACE PASS RETURN GOLD:G 0 . 9 RETURN GOLD:F C
SPACE F RETURN GOLD:G 0 . 6 RETURN GOLD:T GOLD:B
G-BACK GOLD:F E FPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:AA GOLD:\
RETURN GOLD:F C SPACE 2 . F RETURN GOLD:G F RETURN
GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV
GOLD:BB GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F C SPACE 3 . F RETURN
GOLD:G 0 . 6 RETURN GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F E
SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:CC GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F
•■-'■/»-
li
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050-O-O
REV
A
MC lHMa>-lMt4««7t
SHEET
OF J^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
UDK 4 - will perforin a diskette verification check on Drive
1. Successful completion of this function will be
logged into the PASS file.
M C RETURN V RETURN RETURN RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE
RETURN G-ADV GOLD:DV GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:P GOLD: 5
UDK 5
- will perforin a large List Processing function of
selecting 49 records. A GET Document will copy,
Drive 0 to Drive 2, SPEC from Drive 0 to
List Processing will then merge the
LIST on Drive 9, FORM on Drive 2, and SPEC
3 into a document named R on Drive 1.
Successful completion of this function will be logged
into the Pass file.
FORM fcom
Drive 3.
documents
on Drive
C SPACE 3 . S RETURN GOLD:G 0 . 4 RETURN GOLD:F C
SPACE 2 . M RETURN GOLD:G 0 . 5 RETURN GOLD:P L P
RETURN D RETURN 0 . 3 RETURN 3 . S RETURN 2 . M
RETURN R RETURN G 0 RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 2 RETURN
G-ADV GOLD: LP GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F GOLD: 6
UDK 6 - will loc; an END OP TEST into the PASS file.
UDK 7 - reserved for future use.
UDK 8 - see Section 5.2.
UDK 9 - will initialize diskettes as document diskettes.
After initialization this UDK will go back to UDK #2.
M C RETURN D RETURN RETURN GOLD:M GOLD: 2
5.2 UDK 8 COMMUNICATION TEST
The WPS-8/212 Phase III Communication Line Test was designed
to minimize operator intervention time. This was done by
using the Software's User Define Keys. This UDK 8 will
perform the following functions:
— Set User terminal in communication mode.
— Transmit a document called COMM TEST to the Host terminal.
— User terminal will receive characters from the Host
terminal by operator intervention.
C X RETURN RUBWRD
SPACE D H RETURN 8
7 RETURN GOLD:M
SIZE
A
OKC it^tnyima Htn
CODC
SP
NUMBER
MA-P20S0-O-O
SHEET
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.0 WPS-8/212 OPERATIMG PROCEDURES
6.1 PREREQUISITES
P^for« one attenpts to run this procedure it is assumed that
all diagnostics and DEC X/8 have been successfully run to
completion.
6.2
RUNNING THE WPS-8/212 PHASE III TEST
To begin the WPS-8/212 Phase III Test, the user must first:
6.2.1 Apply po%fer to the equipment in the main cabinet. This
is done by depressing the switch at the top of the
cabinet marked "1*.
6.2.2 Apply power to the console terminal.
6.2.3 Insert the WPS-8/212 Phase III Test Disk in Drive 0.
6.2.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the
cabinet. The following message is displayed at the
console terminal indicating that the boot floppy has
successfully loaded into the system;
Digital Equipment Corporation
Version x.x
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 0
And press RETURN
6.2.5 Press the RBTURM key on your console keyboard.
6.2.6 At this point the DATE/TIME MENU is displayed at the
console terminal. The user must enter a valid date
and time followed by a RETURN.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050-O-O
REV
A
OCC ICHMtHI
»t
SHEET
Of
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHk IT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.3
RUNNING WPS-8/^^2 EXERCISER PROGRAM
6.3.1 Press -> GOLD 1
6.3.2 Type -> the DEC nuiiber of aystem that j^ being teatttd.
6.3.3 Prebi -> GOLD ?
6.3.4 Press -> GOLD 2
6.3.5 ->INSERT A SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN DRIVE 1.
6.3.6
6.3.7
6.3.8
Press -> GOLD F
Press -> GOLD 9
-> REMOVE DISKETTE FROM DRIVE 1 AND INSERT IT IN
DRIVE 3.
6.3.9 -> INSERT ANOTHER SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN
DRIVE 1.
6.3.ie Press -> GOLD F
6.3.11 Press -> GOLD 9
6.3.12 -> REMOVE DISKETTE FROM DRIVE 1 AND INSERT IT IN
DRIVE 2.
6.3.13 -> IMSERT ANOTHER SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN
DRIVE 1.
6.3.14 Press -> GOLD F
6.3.15 Press -> GOLD 9
6.3.16 Press -> GOLD F
6.3.17 Press -> GOLD 3
this test will now exercise the system £or
approximately 30 mins. Upon completion the
Main Menu will be displayed.
6.3.18 Type -> B 2 <CR>
6.3.19 Press -> PARA -
key until your VT100 sounds a beep.
This will enable you to check the
pass file to determine if there were
any errors. See Appendix A.
6.3.20 Type -> GOLD F — will file document.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMIBER
MA-P2050 -0-0
REV
A
occ i*4.Mn-io»i'*wn
SHEET
OF
MANlVACrURINC SPEClFICA'nON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4 TESTIK" COMMUNICATION LINES
the
6.4.1 Attach a VT10fl to P6 (P6 Is located on
communication H326 panel) . This VT100 will be
referenced as Host '/T100. Set Host VT100 up to 1200
baud by:
a) Press the Host VT100 SET-'JP KEY located un the
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard.
b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP B.
c) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Keys
until the display read. 1200. Your Host VT100
should look like this on the screen:
1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 0010
T SPAED 1200
R SPECD 1200
d) To exit SET-UP B press the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host
VT100 keyboard.
e) Return to the console terminal and
6.4.2 Type -> 80 <CR>
6.4.3 Type -> CL 1_ <CR>
6.4.4 Press -> GOLD MEMU
6.4.5 Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the Host VT100 that is
connected to P6, yci< should see the following
flashing:
COMMUNICATION LTNE TEST - WORKING
The last line you will see on your Host
VT100 will state:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VT10O Terminal
6.4.6 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
The aEove message will then be displayed on
the Console Terminal.
: 6.4.7 Type -> \R — on the Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE CODE
NUMBER REV
MA-F2050-O-O A
oec i«-(MD-i«M4««yt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATI'^N SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4.8
Move P6 to P7. Set Host VT100 up to 300 baud, Data
Bits » 1, Parity Sense « Eve, and Parity « On by:
a) Press th*» Host VT100 SET-UP KEY located on the
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard,
b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP 8.
c) Position the cursor above the feature switch to be
changed by using the space bar. Change the feature
settings by pressing the 6 key on the keyboard.
Each time the key is pressed the feature will
change to the opposite state.
d) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Keys
until the display reads 300.
Your Host VT 100 Set-up B should look like this:
1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 1100
T SPEED 300 R SPEED 300
e) To exit SET-UP B press the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host
VT100 keyboard.
t) Return to the console terminal and
6.4.9 Type -> SO <CW>
6.4.10 Type -> CL 2 <CR>
6.4.11 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.12 Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the Host VT100 that is
connected to P7, you should see the following
flashing:
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING,
The last line you will see on your Host
VT1O0 will state:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER "^^RMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VT10O Terminal
6.4.13 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
The a'Fove message will then be displayed on
the Console Terminal.
6.4.14 Type -> \R — on the Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE
CO
IRF
ntmm
-0-0
R^V
DKC lH*MhlOM4««7S
SHEET 10 OF _li
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4.15 Move P7 to P8. Host VTli)0 should still be at 300 baud.
'^ Change your Host \T 100 Set-Up B, Word 4, (follow steps
a thru f in Sect ion ''6. ^.8) to the following:
0010
6.4.16 Type -> SO <CR>
6.4.17 Type -> £L 3 <CR>
6.4.18 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.19 Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the VT100 that is connected to
P8, you should see the following flashing:
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING,
The last line you will see on your Host VT100 will
state:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VT1O0 Terminal:
6.4.20 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
The aBove message will then be displayed on
your Console Terminal.
6.4.21 Type -> NJR — on your User Terminal to exit.
OCC l«^Ma)-lM14ii«7S
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050-O-O
REV
A
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
7.0 TESTING USER LIMES
7.1 If your system has a KL8-A at lOT 40,41 or lOT 46,47 connect
a VT100 to P5 (L3) on the H326 Panel. This VT100 Is hereafter
know as VT100 12.
NOTE: If your system is configured for two (2) KL8-A's
and two (2) H326 Distribution Panels — lOT 40,41
and lOT 46,47, the KL8-A at lOT 40,41 is
inoperative. In this situation, lOT 46,47 H326
Panel P5 (L0) is reserved for VT100 #2, and P6 -
PS are reserved for communications. In order to
test out P5 (L0) your VT100 12 must be set up for
9600 baud.
7.2 Remove scratch diskette from Drive 2.
7.3 Insert another WPS-8/212 PHASE III Test Disk in Drive 2.
7.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the cabinet
The following message should now appear on your VT100 #2:
t
Digital Equipment Corporation
Version x.x
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 2
And press RETURN
7.5 Press -> <CR> — on VT100 12
7.6 At this point the DAi... iIME MENU is displayed on the VT100 #2
terminal. The user must enter a valid date and time followed
by a RETURN.
DKC lHMt)-lM*4««72
SIZE
-A.
CQ
^
MA
P-ViBIS
-0-0
REV
S!
SHEET
OF
■ r. ■•^^•' '
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
7.7 The MAIN MENU should now be displayed on the VT100 12
terminal. Visually check that the datr and time you typed
into the DATE/TIME MENU now appears in the upper right-hand
corner.
7.8 Type -> F <CR> - to log off system.
NOTE: If you have another KL8-A at lOT 40,41 power down
system, unseat KL8-A 10/ 46,47, plug VT100 |2 into
P5 (L0) of the distribution panel (lOT 40,41).
Power up i;ysteni and follow the steps 7.4 though
7.8. After successful completion reseat KL8-A lOT
46,47.
SHE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050-O-O
REV
A
OCC lHMthIMt-N«7l
SHEE'
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
8.0 WPS~8/212 RUN SUMMARY
The WPS-8/212 Phase III Test was designed to report to the
Pass file the name of the specific function it just
completed. If one of the functions did not report to the
Pass file, we then have an error.
Check the Run Summary Checklist (Appendix A) to determine if
you have an error. If you found an error, perform the
specific function separately. This is done by typing the
following User Define Keys: GOLD n (n ■ either 3,4,5).
Error
COPY PROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 1
COPY FROM DRIVE 1 TO DRIVE 2
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 3
DISKETTE VERIFICATION
LIST PROCESSING
Action
Hit>GOLD 3
Hit>GOLD 4
HIt>GOLD 5
If error persists advise the Manufacturing Engineering Group
for technical assistance.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050-O-O
REV
A
OtC lMaM»-10M4««7a
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
APPENDIX A
RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST
In order to determine a successful completion o£ the Phase
III Test, the following page contains an example of a
successful run of Phase III testing. Your sunaary which is
located in a file called PASS, must be exactly the same as
the example on the next page. If not refer to section 8.0
WPS-8/212 Run Summary.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-P2050 -0-0
REV
A
IMC IC^SMMOM-fMyt
SHEET
OP
iJAWUFACrUIUNG STEClFICATiON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING WPS-8/212 PHASE III TEST
VERSION 1.0
THIS IS THE START OF TESTING FOR
DEC I (The DEC • you originally typed in)
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 1 - PASS (DATE, TIME)
COPY FROM DRIVE 1 TO DRIVE 2 - PASS (DATE, TIME)
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 3 - PASS (DATE, TIME)
DRIVE 1 DISKETTE VlHIFICATION - PASS (DATE, TIME)
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME)
THIS IS THE END OF THE TEST
SIZE CODE
A I SP
NUMBEII
MA-F2050-O-O
REV
A
OKC lHM*|->Mt4««71
SHECT
OF
.1- .'
J!
DIGITAL BQUIPMBNT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPEHnCATlON
M.^.JV, f »
DATE
Tini
-ODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
REV
OEScmmoN
HEVtSIONX
fcHQNoT ORIO
DATE
APPO SY
DATE
II
it
5 J
VAX 11780 CPU Procedure Update
and rewrite
r^UOl"*
' "1 /' ;
Al Gauthier
01 ^Mfcfe
3/14/8
■ ,/.f.
CNO
Al Rauthier
kPPO
Bob Berk
TM^
NUMtER
KAV2 100-0-0
REV
B
tM^f^4-l•■M•7t-fSM)
SUET
OF :6
MANUFACTURING
Tint
CONTINUATION SHUT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTE'IS TEST
y
VAX 1178f CPU
1.0 INTPODUCTIOM
Th« VAX 11/780 CPU is a high-speed, nicroprogramined 32-bit
hexadecinal conputer. The 11/78^ executes VAX-11 variable
length instructions in native node, and non-privileged PDP-11
Instructions in compatibility node. The processor can
directly address 4 gigabytes of virtual address space, and
provides a complete find powerful instruction set that
Includes integral deciiial, character string, and floating
point instructions. The 11/780 CPU includes an 8KB nenory
cache, integral neaiory nanagement, translation buffer, 8&
instruction buffer, 16 general registers, 32 interrupt
priority levels, and an intelligent console. (LSI-11)
2.0 RBrBRBMCg DOCUMPtTATIOil
2.1 Manuals
2.1.1 Micro Conputer Handbook
2.1.2 PDP-11/03 Ustrt Manual
2.1.3 RXVll Users Manual
2.1.4 Floppy Disk Systen Maint. Man
2.1.5 RX01 Floppy IPB
2.1.6 PDP 11/03 Systen Manual
2.1.7 CPU Processor Manual
2.1.8 TB/CACHE/SBI Control Manual
2.1.9 Console Manual
2.1.10 Power Systen Overview
2.1.11 Diagnostic Systen Manual
2.1.12 Hardware Users Guide
2.1.13 Systen Maint. Guide
EB -07948
EK-LSIll-TM
EK-RXVll-OP
EK-RX01-MM
EK-RX01-IP
EK-11V03-W
EK-KA780-TD
EK-MM780-TD
EK-KC780-TD
EK-PS780-TD
EK-DS780-TD
EK-UG780-UG
EK-11780-PG
SIZE
tl«4tMa-l*-N«72-4Mt|
ra
fwaiim-fl-n
RKV
•NfIT
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
T"^' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
2.2 Reference Listinqs
2. 2.1 Wirelist & Pin Sort
2.2.2 Micro Code Listing (Flche)
2.2.3 WCS Code Listing (Fiche)
2.2.4 LSI-11 Programing Ref. Card
2.2.5 VAX Instruction Card
2.2.6 VAX 11780 Architecture Hndbk
2.2.7 VAX 11 Software Handbook
7013628-0-0
EP-VAX-PCS
EP-VAX-WCS
EJ-S2000
EJ-S2000
EB-07466
EB-08126
2.3 Maintenance Print Sets
2.3.1 KA780 Maint. Print Set
2.3.2 MS780 Maint. Print Set
2.3.3 DW780 Maint. Print Set (OPT)
2.3.4 RH780 Maint. Print bet (OPT)
2.3.5 FP780 Maint. Print Set (OPT)
MP00496
MP0r498
MP00497
MP00499
MP00565
3.0 RBQUIRBD TEST IQUIFNUIT
3.1 Diagnostic Diskettes
3.1.1 RXl Floppy Diskette
3.1.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette
3.1.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette
3.1.4 RX7 Floppy Diskette
3.1.5 RX8 Floppy Diskette
3.1.6 RX25 Floppy Diskette
3.2 W9025 extender board
3.2 Assorted chip clips
AS-E6337-YE
AS-E1587-DE
AS-E1597-DE
AS>E160?-YE
AS-E1617-yE
AS -F 748? -YE
SIK
JL
cooe
SP
riAv
m^
REV
f
KN>«1MI-1«-N«72-|M2)
snist
OF ?fi
MAN^'TACTURINC gTBClFlCATION
Tin*
CONTINUATfON SHUT
Mnniii AR APPsnArH in fiY.*iTr;i?i test
3.3 Oscilloscope Tektronix <i65 or equivalent
3.4 Voltaeter T«»;ttronix DM44 or equivalent
3.5 Console Terninal
^•^ REQmRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 LEVEL 4 -The following Diagnostics do not require
Diagnostic Supervisor.
ESKAH Microdiagnostic Test #1
ESKAJ Microdiagnostic Test #2
4. 2 EVKAA
4.1 LEVEL
This Diagnostic need^ to be run only if
operator experiences trouble with Diagnostic
Supervisor.
3 -These Diagnostics run standalone under
Diagnostic Supervisor.
4.4
EVKAB Basic Instruction Exerciser
EVKAC Floating Point Inst. Exerciser. Hun this
test whether Floating Point is installed
or iu>t
EVKAD — Coups tab 11 ity Node Instruction
EVKAE Privileged Architecture
LEVEL 2 -These Diagnostics run standalone under
Diagnostic Supervisor or with Diagnostic
Supervisor running under VMS.
4.5 LEVEL 1 -VMS nust be running for these Diagnostics.
5.0 SPBCIAL IMSTRUCTIOIIS
5.1
5.2
CAUTIOM: No netallic jewelry should be wf>rn while
servicing this equipment, due to the hi^h current
capabilities of the power supplies.
Jumper conversion used is:
I "Jumper IN, 0 - Jumper Out,
Unimportant
Jumper configurations are explicit or standard
configuration is shown by an arow ( >).
iize
cooc
5P
iiAV
zWlt^
IN<«lMt-l«
'?-<a«a}
SNEIT
T
OF
MAWUPACITJRINO gBCIFiCATION
Tini
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEflS TEST
5.3
To run floppy ZZ-ESZAC-X. X wlthcut th« SBI connected to
the CPUr jumper the following: (KA780 Backplane)
FROM
TO
E01P1
J5-T
E01F2
J5-J
E01H2
J5-R
E01J1
J5-Z
E01J2
J5-y
E01K2
J5-BB
5.4 In section 8.0, the user's response is underlined.
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SBT-UF INSTRUCTION
6.1
KC780
(11/03 Subsysten)
Nodule Utilization
M7264
KDlx-P
M7940 DLV-li
I
I M7944 NSV-llB
I
I
I
SPARE
I
M7946 RXV-11)
I
M 94 00 -YE
SPARE
6.2
(Front View-Module Handle Side)
Jumper Configuration KDll-F (M7264) Refer to Figure 1
JUMPER
Wl
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
Wll
IN/OUT
0
I
0
0
0
I
*
*
0
0
I
RESULT
Resident memory at bank 0
Resident memory at bank 0
LTC Interrupt enabled
Memory Refresh enabled
Power up at 173000
Power up at 173000
Preconf igured
Preconfigured
Disables resident memory
BRPLYL
Enables on board memory
select
SIZE I CODE
A I sr
NUVNEII
HAV2LQ0-0-0
NEV
3
■N-MVM-l*.
I9f|
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING gECBFICATiOW
TITLE
CONTIMUATION SHEET
Mnnill AR APPRnAr.:.- TO <;YSTrMS TEST
6.3
M9400-YE Cable Connection
are BC05L-10
Prom
M9400-YE
(Stripe Left,
Smooth side
UP)
Refer to Figure 2 Cables
lb
Backpanel
(Stripe Down,
Kibberi side
to backpanel)
Jl-
J2"
-08
-Jl
6.4
Configuration ^2 RXV-11 (M7946) . Refer to Figure 3
Address Jumpers are set to: 177170-177172
ADDRESS
JUMPER
W17
IN/OUT
A12
0
All
W16
0
A10
WIS
0
A9
W14
0
A8
W13
X
A7
W12
X
A6
Wll
0
A5
W10
0
A4
W9
0
A3
W8
0
A2
W7
I
Vector Jumpers are set: 264
VECTOR JUMPER IN/OUT
V7
W6
0
V6
W5
I
V5
W4
0
V4
W3
0
V3
W2
I
V2
Wl
0
SIZE
CODE
NUMSER
ii^'/i/no-G-n
REV
CN-010t2 U '2(St2)
SNEET
riMIMIi
ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
1
MANUFACTURING SPECIFIC
1
TITIE
MnniiiAD APPRnAfH in ^s^TVH^ Tr<;T
6.5 Configuration of DLVll {M7940) . Refer to Figure 4.
JUMPER
IN/OUT RESULT
NP
0 No Parity
2SB
I 1 Stop Bit
NB2
0 8 Data Bits
NBl
0 8 Data Bits
PEV
X Unimportant whether
parity odd/even
FEH
0 No halt on franvning
error
EIA
0 ZIA operation
FR3
0 Selects 300 Baud
FR2
0 Selects 300 Baud
FRl
I Selects 300 Baud
FR0
0 Selects 300 Baud
CL4-CL0
I 20MA Active Xmit
and Receive
NOTE
:: When usi
ng an LA120 the Baud is set for 1200.
Re f e r to
table below. 1
JUMPER IN/OUT 1
EIA
1
FR2
I
FRl
0
6.5.1
Vector JuBpers set to 6B-64 |
V«ctor
In/Out
Vt
I
V6
X
V5
0
V4
0
V3
I
6.5.2
Address
Jumpers set to 177560-177566
Address In/ Out 1
A12
0
All
0
A10
0
A9
0
A8
0
A7
I
-
A6
0
AS
0
A4
0
A3
I
Mze
cooc
NUMieil
T|
LXi
sp
MAv::oo-o-o
tN^««<-i6 M«7t-(Mt)
•HEET
OF
26
MAWUFACTURINO grECinCATTOW
TITIE
COMflNUATION SHECT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.6 Configuration of MSV-llB (M7944). Refer to Figure 5
JUMPER IN /OUT RESULT
Wl
I
Memory Bank select
W2
I
N • a
W3
0
« ■ • .
W4
0
Enables BRPLY during
refresh
6.7 KA780 Module Utilization Chart. Refer to Figure 6
6.8 Control Store Juapers
6.8.1 PCS, M8234 - Backplane Slot 22 Bank
Address, Select. For location and pinning
of J12 refer to Figures 7 and 8, and to
tabls below.
1 Bank I J12-
1 Adds.i
-L| J
1
1 F
1
IB aw aw» aw a
1 D
1
i B 1
1 1
1 1
1 •-4K 1 I
1
I 0
1
1 0
1
1 0
1 1
i 0 1
1
1 J5
1
1 J4
1
1 J3
1
1 t
1 Jl 1
NOTE: Jl-5 for cross ref. to module
schematic: only.
6.8.2 Update System I.D. Register to proper Rev level
by installing/removing Jumpers on J12 !• J13.
Refer to Figure 8.
Ksan
X
■PM>IMt-l«#Wyi-|M«
cootp
SP I MAV2100.0-0
SNcn
REV
B
OF ^^^.JS^
MANUFACnJMWO WOTICATIOW
COHTINUATION SNECT
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.8.3
Optional WCS (M8233) or PCS (M8234). Slot 18
Bank Address Salact. For location and pinning
of Jll» rtfar to Figures 1, 8 and tabic below.
NOTE: W23 and W24 needs to be Installed In the
M8232 Module for optional WCS/PCS.
Refer to Figure 9.
IBank IJll-FFj DDI SB 1 Z j X |
1 1 1 — 1 1 1 1
lAdds. {Board I J4| J3 1 J2 | Jl I
1 1 J5 ICM1ICL2 i CLljCBl |
1 ICV2 1 1 1 1 1
1 IK {I 1 I 1 I r I 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2K 1 Z 1 I 1 I 1 0 i I t
t 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 3X II 1 I 1 0 1 I 1 I 1
S 1 1 i 1 1 1
i4K II tOtllllll
1 1 1 t 1 1 1
I5K 10 IIIIIIIOI
t 1 1 I t 1 t
1 6K i 0 1 I 1 I 1 0 1 I 1
1 1 lilt!
1 7K 10 1 I 1 0 1 I 1 I i
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 8K 10 lOIIIIIII
I ^5 IJ4 I J3 ! J2 I Jl I
NOTB: ."t-S for cross ref . to nodule
c heaiatlc only.
f]
coee
SP
NUMiCII
MAV21QQ-0-Q
REV
«N-«aMt-l«-M«7X-<M<l
SNBET
OF
MANUFACIUWWG MOnCATlOH
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
finnill AB APPRflAf.H TQ SYSTEftS TSST
6.8.4 Console Signals at 11/780 CPU backplane
SIGNAL
J9 PIN
BACKPL
SCPA Boot 1
SW H
B
A29A1
SCPA AUTO
Restart H
D
A29B2
SCPA LOCK
H
F
A29F1
SCPA REMOTE
H
E
A29K1
CIBN Run H
K
A29D1
CIBN ATTN H
L
A29E1
ftZC
CODE
NUMtEII
MAV:iQQ-Q-Q
REV
■N<«1MI*U-N«! Tf -(Mat
SHEET
OF
m
MANUFACTURINQ WV^VKAJm,
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITlf
Mnniii AR APPRnAf.ri TO ?ii?iim mi
6.9 TR Arbitration Level Selection. For locating and
pinning of J10f refer to table below as well as Figures
7 and 8.
1 J10 -
1 J P D
B
! Backplane 1
Mire F02M2
to
BUS TR 1
Level 1
1 I I I
I
16 1
i I I I
0
F02U2
15 1
1 I I 0
I
P02U1
14 1
1 I I 0
0
F02T2
13 1
1 I 0 I
I
P02S2
12 1
1 I 0 I
0
F02P2
U 1
1 I 0 0
I
P02P1
10 1
1 I 0 0
0
P02N1
§9 i
1 0 I I
I
P02M1
08 i
1 0 I I
0
1 P02J2 i
07 1
1 0 I 0
I
F02J1
06 1
1 0 I 0
0
P02H2
05 1
1 0 0 I
I
F02P2 1
04 t
1 0 0 I
0
F02B1
03 1
1 0 0 I
0
F02D1
02 1
10 0 0
0
F02C1
01 1
6.10 Perform visual inspection for obvious discrepancies,
danage, or potential power problems.
SIZE
JL
CODE
NUMSEII
MAv;inn-r>-n
REV
IM^W*-
<Mt|
SHEET
0P«2fi-,
MANUTACTUMNG aPBOFICATTOW
T<Tl-« MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHCCT
6.11 Chtck to >•• that modules are In the proper slots.
Refer to Figure 6.
6.12 Diskette Load
6.12.1 Release drive lock and swing out floppy drive
assenbly.
6.12.2 Insert diskette RXl Floppy, ( AS-E6337-YE) into
RX01 drive assembly.
6.12.3 Close diskette slot cover.
6.13 Power on/Bootstrap
6.13.1 With Main Breaker OFF, plug power cord into
proper power outlet.
6.13.2 Turn 869 Power Controller Function Switch to
REMOTE position.
6.13.3. With the H7111 Time Of Day Ibwer Supply, LSI-11
DC, and all H71f0 CKT Breakers OFF, apply power
to 869 Po%M£r Controller.
6.13.4 Middle blower should be ON, with air exiting
fro« center exhaust.
6.13.5 Turn on H7111 Time Of Day Power Supply. Power
ON indicator should light.
6.13.6 Power Oh System by Key Switch, and verify
operation and air flow direction of the other
two blowers*
6.13.7 Power on LSI-11, by placing DC ON/OFF Switch to
ON. DC and LED should light. Place
HALT/ ENABLE Switch to ENABLE.
NOTE: If DC on LED is not lit, check power
switch on rear of LSI-11 for on position.
6.13.8 Set CPU Control Panel AUTO/RESTART Switch to
OFF.
6.13.9 Turn on H7100 CKT Breakers one at a time
observing Power Indicator LED's. Should get
green power normal indicators.
SIZE
.A.
CODC
NUMBER
REV
B
Ot-OlMt-lC-N^T? (Mtl
•MEET -_12- or ?fi
MANUFACIURINO MOFICATTON
CONTINUATION SHEET
T»Ttt f«DULAR APPROACH
TO SYSTEMS
TEST
6.13.11 With K«y in
will boot.
LOCAL poi
Bition, Console program
6.13.11 Coniol* Tsrninal will
should now be ready
Message is shown at 8.1
output message. CPU
to run diagnostics.
. 1 of this procedure.
7.0 POWER CHECK
7.1 Check D.C. voltages, observing
safety rules, as follows
CAUTION: Remove rings and watches which could short 1
across voltage points, resulting in severe burns. 1
VOLTAGE/SIGNAL
PIN
PROM TO
45A (PS#1)
C24A2
4.9V 5.2V
+5B (PSi2)
C01A2
4.9V — — 5.2V
♦5C (PS 13)
C04A2
4.9V 5.2V
♦S T.O.D. CLK J20-1
4.75V 5.25V
-i (PS#2)
J18-1
J18-2
-5.0V 5.3V
-10 VOLT
ai4-i
-8.0 — — -11.0V
A
J14-2
-8.0 11.0V
^
J15-1
-8.0 11.0V
B ,
J15-2
-8.0 11.0V
c
J16-1
-8.0 11.0V
^
J16-2
-8.0 11.0V
0
J17-1
-8.0 -11.0V
■ w
J17-2
-8.0 11.0V
NOTE: H7100 POWER
and nust be re]
spec.
Supplies
paired or
ars not adjustable
replaced if out of
SIZE CODC| NUMBEII | REV |
IM-«10M-t«^ MM«
SHEET
OP
y\NUFAcnjMNQ araancATiQw
T»Ttt riOOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHCET
7.2 If thtr« ar« no problems, CPU should boot. M8235 will
display a UPC of PP. If a UBA is present, the M8271
will display an MPC of 3.
8.0 DIACII08TIC TiST PHOCIDURB
Por the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in
any particular situation, or for the current MAST
iiiniaiun test criteria, e.g.: pass counts, etc., refer to
the appropriate HAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the CHECKLIST.
8.1 Console teralnal will display the following Mess-
age upon cosipletion of boot.
8.1.1 CPU HALTED, SOHM CLBAR,STEP-MONE,
CLOCK •NORM,
RAD-HEX,A.OD-PHyS, DAT-LONG, PILL-0f,
RBL-t0fff0
INIT SEO DONE
HALTED AT ffftffff
RELOADING NCS)
LOAD DONE, fffiaZlf BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS-fl WCS-OD-12 PPLA-OD CON-V05-01-L
>»
8.1.2 Renove RXl Diskette in drive, and insert
RX2 Diskette.
T<CR>
ZZ-ESKAB V12.0
01,02,03,04
NO. OP WCS MODULES - 0001
05, 06, 07, 08,09, OA,OD<OC<OO<OE>OP<10, 11,12,
13,1
, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IP, 20,
SYS ID REG- 01200996
21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E,
2P,
3, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 3A, 3B, X, 3D,
END PASS 0001
MOUNT PLOPPY ZZ-ESSZAD f, TYPE "DI"
MIO
m
cooc
NUIIIBR
RCV
CN-«aMS-l>
t-(»»«
SNI
txi
OP
MANUF>
Tim
COMTINUATION fNCCT
MnoULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.3
Reaov* RX2 Diskette
RX3 Diskette.
DI <CR>
in drive, and insert
3B,
CPU TR- I00i«0010
MS7S0 16K CHIP AT TR 01
HAX ADR-fl* 00100000
DM780 AT TR 03
RH780 AT TR 08
RH780 AT TO 09
3P, 4i, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 4A,
4B,4C,
4D,4E
HS780 16K CRIP AT TR 01
ARRAY •: 00000000
# SINGLB BIT ERRORS:
00000000
ARRAY •: 00000001
• SINGLB BIT ERRORS:
00000000
ARRAY •: 00000002
• SINGLB BIT ERRORS:
00000000
ARRAY It 00000003
• SINGLB BIT ERRORS:
00000000
4P,
MS780 16K CRIP AT TR 01
M8213 ROMS OK
50,51,52
NP PPA
END PASS 0001
CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEPi4IONE, CLOCK*
NORN
RAD-HEXfADD-PHYS, DAT-LONG, PILL-00,
REL-00000000
IN IT 8EQ DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
(RELOADING WCS)
LOAD DONE. 00003200 BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS-01 WCS-OD-12 PPLA-OD
CON-V05-01-L
>»
m
SP
NUHMII
REV
B
sw MMt'i»-wy«-o»it
SNIIT
OP
MANUTACnmiWO fraoncATioN
Tini MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
COMTINUATION SNCET
8.1.4 Rtaov« RX3 Diskttt* and nor.at VAX Instruct ior
Diagnostic 91 RX8.
BOOT<CR>
CPU HALTED
INIT SEQ DONE
LOAD DONE, f0fl42f BYTES LOADED
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, ZZ-ESSAA-6. 1-370
7-AUG-1980 04:57:54
DS> ATT KA780 SBI KAO NO NO 0 0 <CR>
D6> 581 KX8 <eR!>
D6> BET HA <eR^
D6> BUM gVXIB <CR>
• • PROGRAM: VAX Basic Instructions
Bxtrciser,ZZ-EVKAB, REV 2.2, 10 TESTS, AT
05:03:52.76. TESTING: KA0
.. END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS
COUNT: 1
TIME: 5-AUG-1980 11:52:41.98
06>
8.1.5 Renovs RX8 Dick«tt« and mount VAX INST.
DIAG. Diskstte #2, RX25.
RUM EVKAC <CR>
..PROGRAM: VKX Pleating Point Instruction
Ex«rcis«r, 2Z-EVKAC, REV 2.0, 3 TE&TS, AT
05:06:34.89
TESTING: _«A0
.. END OP RVM. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT:
1. TIME: 7-AX-1980 05:08:55.78.
DS> RUM EVKAD <CR>
..PROGRAM: VAX Coapatibility Mode Instructions
Exarcisar, EVKAD, REV 1.2 4 TESTS, AT TESTING:
-KA0
..END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1
TIME: 1-JAN>1980 01:43:55.53.
SI
cooti ""
y I IViYrlflQ-Q-Q
MV
IH4S0M
t7»KM«
SNIIT
OF
iJAHUPACroilWQ WOriCATlOII
COmiNUAnON tNUT
Tini
mmil AR APPBflACH Tfl SYSTEHS TEST
D6> RUM EVKAE <CR>
..PRlSHfOfWi yjnr Privll«g«d Archlt«ctur<
Bx«rcl»«r, EVKAE, REV 1.2, 9 TESTS, AT TESTING
KAf
7. END OP RUN. • ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1.
TIME: 5-AUG-198i 11:34:56.40
D6>
8.1.6 Reaov« RX25 Diskette from the drive and nount
VAX CHANNEL DIAG. RX7.
ATT DWret SBI DWi 3 4 <CR>
DS> SBL owe <CR>
D6> RUU gSCBA <C^>
..PRMRAHi U - eSCBA - 7.1 DW780 REPAIR
DIAGNOSTIC, REV 7.1, 54 TFSTS, AT 11:38:11.71
TESTING: J3W8 .
UBA UNIT UNDER TEST IS JMf
..END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COl'NT: 1.
TINE: 5 AUG-1980 11:39:14.58
D6> ATT RH7B0 SBI RHO 8 5 <CR>
D6> XTf ftH78i SBI RHl » S <eRT
D6> 881 MO <«^;
D6> SEt RHl ^Pky
D6> RTBn8gDr'7Cft<>
..PROGRAH: ESC AA -REV, 6. 2 RH780 DIAGNOSTIC, REV
6.2, 20 TESTS, AT 11:40:37.22.
TESTING: RH0 RHl
RH0 BASE ADDRESS IS: 20010000
DRIVE (0] RESPONDED
*******M0 MBB PRESENT ON MASSBUS*******
RHl BASE ADDRESS IS: 20012000
DRIVE [1] RESPONDED
.. END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT:
1. TINE: 5-AUG-1980 11:42:02.54
DS>
[END OP TEST]
SS
MAv?inn-n.n
RCV
■N-0aM»-l«^«7t-(Mt)
SNIU
OF
MAWIFi
MMSL
CONTINUATION SNCCT
mmil AB APPBflAf.rl TO ^YSTfrtS TEST
M7264
FIGURE 1
*PREC0NFI6UR£D
00 NOT CHANGE (W7 & W8)
•IZI
A
COM
NUHKR
hAY-inn-n-fl
MV
c
tM-oiMt-tt-fMra-fMO
SNIET
OF
MAwuTAcnmiNc areancATioN
TITII
CONTINUATION SHEET
mmm apprqaCij tq systs^? te?t
STi'in: I i:ft hc. vii:vn;ti
FROM 'VnXJLE IIANDLK
mMm
,1?
M94nO-YC
J
FIGIIRF ;f
SIZE
CODE
NUMBEII
MH'21QP-Q-Q
REV
o
CN-OlMMMMyihl" <
SHEET 19 OF
MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICA'nON
C0NTINUAT10M SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
W1(V2),
W2(V3).
W4(V5)
W7(A2) -
WC(A3>~
W16(A11)
W10(A5)
W11(A6)
W12(A7)
i^iMm'
M7946
FIGURE 3
l''3(V4)
W5(V6)
W6(V7)
W13(A{')
KH(A9)
l.'l/(Al?)
i.Ib{Al'J)
NUMMR
SlZtlCOOCj
REV
fi
CN^lMt'lt-NCrt^Mt)
SNIET
OF
MAWUr ACnmiNO MOnCATION
COMTINUATION tNKET
TITU
MQIMILAR APPRQASri TQ SYSILMS TEST
M7940
FIGURE 4
fciZETCOM
mmuM
fifwniifl-n-
RCV
SN^tM- i«-N«7SHMS)
SHtlT
OF
MANUT)
TITU
CONTINUATION tNUT
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
rt-^^-4^
^
cool
NUMMR
■Mi«l«M>l«4M7tHMfl
SNll?
Of
-*.«.' y
Tini
COMTINUATION SMCCT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
SLOTS DO NOT CONTAIN r«OULE
MOUNT I % BLOCKS.
?9 28 27 26 26 24 23
1\ 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
11
\-\ 12 11 10
?
E
7
e
5
4
3
2 ll
M
M
V
11
n
M
ri
M
M
H
N
M
N
n
N
M
M
M
M
•1
N
M
M
M
M
M
8
8
f
o
b
c
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
6
e
8
8
8
8
3
C
8
8
2
2
2
c
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
8
8
8
8
8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
3
6
*
9
E
7
6
5
5
i
4
3
3
OR
3
4
2
1
0
9
8
7
e
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
c!r
f , r i F ; F 1 L-
' P
W
C
I
c
D
D
0
r,
D
1
I
T
C
>.
C
<:
I i G
A ; •••. ' M
•l! S
C
c
k
C
E
A
C
D
E
B
W
n
c
D
A
E
R
^
6
1
*
D . L 1 H
'1
*
C
s
S
(p
K
L
W
P
P
P
P
P
C
p
*s
M
H
L i s
i
' 0»^T!OM OF BLANK MODULES (7014103)
^3)^CS or WIS
VIEW FROM MODULE SlftE
FIGURE 6
NUHICII
v?inn.n-Q
JL
IM41Ml-l«4MyH*fS)
SHtIT
or
rr*^
MAiWAcnnuNG grBcmcATiow
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITiE
MODULAR APPmCh TQ SYSTL1S T&ST
PINNING USED ON JIO. Jll. and J12.
BOFJLNRTV X Z BB DP FF JJ LI NN PR TT VV
FIGURE 7
TR Select Pin
COOCI NUMIER
ttZCICOOCI
A I SP I
SP I [V\Y2iro-Q-Q
RCV
-J.
fM<MM«>l«4M7t-4Stt)
SNilT
or
MANUTACnmiNC MOnCATlOW
mil
COMTINUATION SNCCT
riQDiJLAR APPROACH TO SYSTE><S TEST
K780 Backpanel view
A-
J2
11
UA.
J5
J6
SGI BUS
O I
I I
J 7
'1'
[TJ2_- console
O
r* JT> Jli Jl) LW.
tM
M
Ji
•.0 Q
— 0 tiJS
FIGURE .'i
LpowLR ^AlVVii 1 ♦ 5 PIT (GNU)'
Af'OUfR SUPPLY 1*5
^ ' " ? ^ 5 :;Er (gnd)
__ " " 3 * s f!Er (fin)
C ' " < ♦ r
• (HIION'V
iiif icooc
A I 5P
NUIIUII
KV
B
VMUMt-lMMTt-IMtl
SHCCT
OF
MANUTACTURIWC MCinCATlOW
TITU
COMTINUATION INtCT
HOnill 4B APPBnAfH TO f\YSTFffi TfiST
P
luia
I wio
Mil
|W9
o
W14
,0
|W13
m
\%7
^3
o
o
\\42i
Lijl^L^
FIGURE 9 M82"l^
NOTE: Wl through M14«In for FPA
W23 and W24-In for WCS
O
O
o
W2
O
Iwi
[l^Jl^J
m
COOI^T NUMMR
REV
iN«a» - M«7a-<Mti
SNttT
Of
I
i
I'*
Hi
li
I
.7f
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO, MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE 12/:o
TITLI
U/750 MAST I
REV
REVISIONS
OESCRIRTION
NtW REl.F .>£
CHO NO ORiO
MtOlX
D. MONACO
DATE
^H^\
APPO BY
/W^
DATE
^'f/i*/
ENQ
Don Monaco
ARPO
SIZE
A
CODE
LP
MAV 2102
NUMQER
C)
9H •1MB l»*Hy»^»tt)
REV
A
5::EtT : of 32
manupacturing specification
tttli modular approach to 5ystm test
1.0 imthoduction:
CONTINUATION SHEET
1.1 Th* VAX-11/750 If tht »ld-r«nge #nhance»fnt of tht VAX-Jl
family. It carrlts «lth it all the architectural ftrengths
of tht VAX faaiily including virtual addrtiflng, both native
aodc and non*prlviltg»d PDP*il compatibility mode initruc-
tloni 4.;d the VAX virtual aenory operating •yitem. The
uir of Gate Array Technology glvti all this performance In
a rallablt compact 4 modulr CPU. The basic 11/750 is housed
in a syittm cabinet 401n.H x JOln.D x 291n.M which Includes
the KA750, 256KB Of memory, DD21-DK, DZU and TU-5B cassette
tape drive.
1.2 The intent of this procedure is to
test rtguirements necessary to test a
establish the mlnlmuir
VAX 11/750 CPU.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION!
2.1 Manuals
2.2
750 Diagnostic System Overvle* EK-vxD7b-uG
DZll user's Guide EK-dzuo-ug
TUS8 user's Guide EK-OTU58*UG
Hardware Handbooic £9.17291-20
VAXll Architecture Handbook ER-17590*18
VAXil Softvart Handbooic FR-1R057-20
VAXll Technical Summary f:b-18816-?<^
VAX Instruction Card AV-Dt«2"»A-TE
750 Technical Deicription EK-KA750-Tr
UBI Technical Deicription CK-Ota750-TD
Memory System Tech, Des. ek-ms750-tp
Power System Tech. Das. EK-ps750-Tfi
750 install. 6 Accept, man. FK-5I750-lf'
KC750 Mlcrodlagnostlc Tech. Man. EK-kC750-Tm
Remote Dlaanostlcs Users Guide FK-KC750-UG
rints
. 11750
. KA750
. LOOil
• MI72I
• 875
. H7104C
• H7104D
. DZll
Field Maintenance Print Set »^p-0083e
Field Maintenance Print Set >'P-01024
Field Mainttnanct Prfnt Set »ip-Q0B58
Field Mainttnanct Print set »>P-00857
Field Mainttnanct Print Stt np-01022
Fitld Maintenance Print Set mp-0102O
Field Mainttnanct Print Stt mp-01021
Fitld Mainttnanct Print Stt MP-00132
Si2>
CODE
NUMBER
MAv ?i9g-H
REV
A
MC
SHEET
L^ Of ^JL
MANUFACTITUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITU!
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTCf« TEST
3.0 REOUIRCD TEST EQUIPRCNl t
i.i ¥a% 11/750 with 2S6KB of iit»ory.
3.2 consolt ttrnlnal with C.I«A. luch •• an LA)6 or LA120
or tQulvalcnt.
1.3 Approprlttc load •tdla.
3.4 H325 T*tt ConntctOf
3.5 H3271 or H327 Ttft Conntctor
3.6 Optional tatt aqulpMont
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ocilloscopa Taictronlx
D.v.M. accurata to .1
KC7S0 (RDM Boaule).
L9101 Coaat Cxttndar i^odule
M904I Hex Cxtandar Module
465 or equlvaler.t
Vdc. at 15 Vdc.
4.0 RFOUIRED DIAGNOSTICS
4.1 VAxn Hardcore Dlaonoftlc
4.2 VAxn Basic Instruction Exerciser
3 VAXll Ploatlno Point Instruction Fxerclser
4 VAXll Compatibility Mode Instruction E.«e.
5 VAXll Privileged Architecture CPU Cluster
6 11750 specific CPU Cluster Exerciser
7 KA7S0 Cache T.B. Test
e KS750 Hemor* Dlagnoitlc
9 DW750 Dlagnoitlc
10 Conf lauratlor. Coanand File
11 Diagnostic 8ui arvlsor
12 DZll 8 Line At\nc Hux Test
4.13 Optional Mlcredlagnostlct
VAX 11/750 Microdlagnostlc Monitor
KC750 Microdlagnoitlc Test
VAX 11/750 Data P*ith8 Rlcrodlaonostlc
VAX 11/750 Me»ory interconnect nicrodlaa.
VAX 11/750 Meaory Controller Microdlao.
EVKAA
EVKAB
FVKAC
EVKAD
EVKAE
ECKAX
ECKAL
ECKAM
ECCMA
CONFI
ECSAA
EVOAA
.EXE
.EXF
• EXE
.EXF
• EXF
.FXE
EXF
.EXF
.EXF
CCOK
• EXF
• EXE
F.riCAA.EX*
ECKAf.FXt
ECKAH.EXf
PCK*C. FXF
ECKAO.EXF
5^0 SPECIAL IMSTRUCTI0N8I
5.1 Throughout this procedure. It Is assuaed that the usf^r Is
faiolllar with DEC hardnare, and the VAX 11/750.
JL
CODE
sr
NUMBER
MAV 21O2-0-0
REV
A
MANUFACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATIOH SHEET
Tnu
MODULAR APPROACH TO SUSiri* TfST
5.2 C«utlon» no wttalllc jtwtlry should b» worn whilt servlclna
thli tqulp»tnt» du* to tht hl9^ current c«D«t)intles ot tn«
poiftr supply.
5.J krlth batttry backup Installtd, only loss ot input power
will Invoict bstttry bacieup (turninq o«.f ««in brcticcr).
6.0 INSTALLATIOM fc TEST SCT-UP INSTRUCTIONS!
6.1 Unpacking Instructions as rtctlved frof^ Hioh-volume,
6«l,i B^y all boxfs and pacicinq wattrial if it Is n«edtd
to ra-packaof a unit for snipirent.
6.2 Visual chtckst
6.2.1 Mith CPU unboRtd check for orobleirs
such as (raf DEC standard U6)t
A. Structural dairaqe to c«h and panels.
H, B9f\t or dairarfed backplane pins.
C* Loose power connections and broken wires^
D. Loose hardware (e.q. nountinq screws,
cable hold downs, etc).
6.3 Hardware «iet up
6.3.1 KA7S0 Set Up
6.3*i.i Nodule Utilization
CODE
NUMBER
"AV 2102-0-0
REV
A
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH If SYSTEM* TEST
11/750 -ODULF UTILIZATION (B>odule fide)
I
I
|M| I
191 1
m I
MIDI
I3IZI
I 111
DDll-DK
I I
I i
MS750
CPU
I I I I I |M|
I I I I I 191
I I I I I 121
I ! I I I !0l
I I I I I 121
I I I I I I I
ISIl ISISISISISISISI
IPI IPIPIPIPiPIPJPj
ICI ICICICICICICIC!
i I I I I I I I I i
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I i
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I
1212121212121212121
Iei7|6|5l4|3l2lll0l
IHI I
191 I
121 I
IO|M|M
I2l8ie
I 1717
IUI2I2
INI8I8
lUI I
151111
IEi7l6
IDI I
I Ml»
I I I
iiini
I9I8I7
I I
I I
I I
|M|M
18)8
1717
1212
1818
I I
MM
1514
I I
l*l»
I I
1111
1615
I I
I I
I I
|N|M
I8ie
1717
1212
1818
I I
llll
1312
I I
!♦!♦
I I
llll
1413
I I
I I
I I
jMjM
I«I8
1717
I?I2
1818
I i
liji
1110
I I
!•!
i I
llll
1211
llll
ICIMIKIH
IHIPJPIB
ICIAIAIA
I ! I I
ILILILIL
lOIOIOlO
I 0 I 0 I 0 » 0
IIIOIOIO
linn 17
llll
llll
I i»i»i*
lilt
1119181 >
101 I I
till!
jRlCIUiMi
IDiribl II
I " I .«; 1 1 I C I
I I I • I
t L i L I L i L I
mf oioioi
IC lOIOlOl
lOiOiOIOl
l€ '5I4I3I
I I I I I
t I I I I
l*lfcl I I
I I I I I
!ol5l4l 31
I I I I I
I i
niFI
PIPI
^•l Al
I i
LILI
0101
n|0|
0101
211 I
I I
I
!•
I
2M
I
♦ ■ OPTIONAL
( » (»CS WOUNTS ON' CCS MODULF (ret. figure 1)
NOTE: There are three wethodi of pin ruwberlna and placerrent
used in 11/750 CPU'i,
Plh NUMBERING EXAMPLES:
DDll-DK
M5750
ll/7!>n
AOIAI.
AOIBI
AOICI.
AOIDI
AOIVI.
A01A2
,A01R2
A01C2
.AOir?
A01V2
AOlAl
AOIBI
mOICI
AUIDI
.A01A2
.A01P2
.A01C2
.A01D2
I
AOlOl,
AO103.
A0105.
Af J07.
I
AGIO?
A0104
» 0 : 0 ^>
A0 10»^.
AOIVI. .A01V2
A(;191. .AOlt^a
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBkR
*<t; 210?-';
REV
OK
SHEET
OF,^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
1 iiqii Uirf'l
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAH APPROMCH TO SYSTtV TFST
6.3.2 BAUD RATE SELECTION JU^pFPS (ref. flours 1)
RATE
l>
)00
600
1200
2400
3600
4800
9600
19200
38400
0
0
0
A
PIN I C00645 C00646 C00649 C00650
JUMPER TO GND C00643 C00644 C00651 C00652
jumper In ■ 1
• Denottt standard console baud rate of ll/7bo
as shipped fro)*) manuf acturlnq.
6,3.3 OPTION SLOT BUS GRANT JU^PE^S (ret. figure 1)
TO SELECT
REMOVE .JIIMPF.P
BG4
BG5
BG6
BG7
AOOX 67
AOOX 69
AOOX 73
AOOX 77
XbSLOT 7,P,0R 9
8IZC
CODE
NUMBER
MAV 2102-0-0
REV
A
•NCET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
rrti
HODULAH kPPf^OhC^ TO SYSTfM TEST
J. 4 HAHDWAFE RtVIlION LEVEL OF SUStiP 10
(Undtflntd, for futurt rtttrtnct)
• ••••<
• IT
Pin
B004Sfr
B00455
i004S4
B00453
i00450
B00449
B0044I
•••••«
B0044(>
» Ell
TU58
« EI2
RK07
* E93
RL02
EI4
XXXX
6,3.5 Vtrlfy that tht TOY (Time of Y«tr) Clocic
batttry bacicup it connected to of
CPU bacicplant. (rtf. figure 6)
6.3.b LOOll CMC Module contains 4 IC toctcetf
for tht 11/750 boot rof"t.(ref. floure 2)
LOCATION DEVICE DEVICb' SELECT
A
«
C
0
•Dtnottf initalltd In Hlah volume.
0.3.7 DZll installation (raf • floure 4 and
M.A.8.T. MAV S145).
P7819 Switch Stttlnqs
Cll AddrtSS > UOIOO
ToffToffToffTonToffToffToffToifTotfToffT
1 2 3 4 5 ft 7
Ell Vector ■ 300
I on I on I on I on I of f I of f I on I on I
12 3 4 » 6 7 8
SO
CODE
NUMBSR
MAY 2102-0-0
REV
A
•HI8T.iZ-. Of
MANUTACTUtUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TE5T
6.4 Powtr Convtrtloni (r»f. flQurt 6)
All ll/750'i will bff sMpptd frow High Volumt
•■ • 11/750*AA 120 volt 50/60 HZ. BtCAUft Of thlf
tht foilovlnq proctdurc II nttfftd to corTVrrt
tht 11/7S0-AA to a U/750-AII 230 volt SO/60 HZ,
NOTE:
HYPOT TESTING 18 REOUIRLD ON UNITS
THAT ARE CONVERTED. Rt«0Val Of tht
11/750 sldt panti will Baict acctff
to powtr plugs totltr.
e.4.1 Requlrtd Mattrlal
70-16707-03
90-07R80-00
36-15110-00
36-15946-00
Povtr Convtrtlon Kit
Tie Nrap (x3)
BltnK fcrUl TrfO (x2)
Product variation Taa (x2)
6.4.2 Ragulrad Tools
•2 Phllllpi Screwdriver
Allen Mrenrh set
Nut Driver or Socket Set
Tie wrap Tool
5.4.3 Work Steps For Conversion
Cautions
Due to high current capability of the
power suoplleSf disconnect froi«< power source
before proceeding.
1. Open rear door on 11/750.
2. Reeove rear power supDly cover.
3. Remove rear access panel.
4. Reeove left side panel on 11/750.
5. Disconnect PI, P2, P3 on tne top of the
Power Controller* and Pi , P2 on the
rear of the Power Controller* then disconnect
the 2.5 volt tense cable and unplug the
70-16901-00 (115 Volt)Blower Cord.
6. Cut the Line Cord free of shipping tie wraps.
7. Renove ecrews securinn the 70-159:. *-oo
(115 volt) Power Controller.
B. Reaove controller by slldlna it out of the
rear of the cab.
7. Install the 70-15929-01 (230 Volt)
Power Controller with the hardware removed
In the previous steps.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
HAV 2102-0-0
REV
A
SHiiT
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TC SYSTEM TEST
•• DlBconntct tht 70-16906-00 (115 volt)
Blowtr cord froii Jl of the Blo»#r Assembly.
9 . Connect tht 70-16906-01 (220 Volt)
Blovtr Cord to Jl of the blower atseML. ,
10, Connect 91, P2v PI on the top of the
Power Controller* end Pi , P2 on the
rear of the Power Controller^ then connect
the 2.5 volt itnie coble and plu9 In the
70-16906-01 (220 Volt)Blower Cord.
11 Tie wrap Line Cord Ir. place for thlpnent.
12. Replace rear power supply cover.
n. Replace 11/750 aide panel.
14. Replace Rear Accesf Cover.
15. Change Serial Tags and inatall Product variation Taos
(rear door and front rail) to reflect the new version
16. Change 11/750 ECO Status Sheet to reflect
new veriion.
7.0 PO>^ER CHECKS (ref. figures 5 and 7)
7.1 kfith power applied and the Rotary Key switch on local.
the following power indicatori should be lit.
1. Creen Power On located on Console Panel.
2. Orange power indicator on power controller,
9. Green DC OK indicator on power controller.
4. Creen power indicator on aoMory arrays.
5. Green power indicator on veMory controller.
7.2 voltages Supplied by H7104 Power Supply.
(Non adjustable self aonitored)
♦2.5 v.o.c. at 69.0 aeps.
45.0 V.D.C. at 135.0 aaps.
45.0 V.D.C. at 10.0 a»ps.
♦ 12.0
♦ 15.0
-5.0
-15.0
V.D.C.
V.D.C.
V.D.C.
V.D.C.
at
at
at
at
10.0
2.0
1.5
3.5
aiips.
sups,
aeps.
SMPS.
POWER RCr. rOP J],J2,J3
• as*
1/1
• ••
71
II 2
611
1 3
>•«
91
1/^15 -15 ♦SB I
I I
M GMD GND ♦SB M
i I
I ♦n GND -SB I
SIZE
CODE
3P
NUMBER
JlJiY 21^2 "Q-Q.
REV
SHEET ? OF _^
MANIJTACTUMNG SWCITICATIOW
TITtl NODULAR APPROACH TO iTSTCM f£tT
CONTNIMATION SNttT
J4 «I9
••••••••••• ••■••
A I s a 1 I D I a I T
CM lie (10
t» I « S 4 I L I 1 I Y
7.3 Optional Batttry Mckup (if applicablt) (rtf. fi9urt 7)
7,3,i Optional tattary Backup is installad at ihovn in
fioura 7.
t. Mount Il7iia Battary Backup on voluaa installad
brackats in lovar laft of CPU cab« as viawad
froB tha front of tha CPU.
a. Connact Battary Backup caoia harnass to Ji
(battary backup harnass Plata).
9. Connact P4 of Narnass assaobly to Jli of H7iia.
4. connact M7lia lino cord to JS4 (unsvitchtd)
sockat of povar controllar.
7. 3. a Thara ara no indicators showing tha state
of tha Battary Backup.
Tha only quick chock is to dapovit data
into oooory and than shut off tho aain
braakar (CBi)« wait 40 sac than apply
povar and chack oaoory contents • Ourino
tha povar dovn, povar indicators on oaoory
arrays should ba lit.
7.3.3 8ta section t.iO of this docuvent for aore
detail tastinq of Battery Backup.
1.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCCDURCSt
NOTCi
Reference KC750 Nicrodiaqnostics and Technical Manual ck-kc7so-t*<
and the Nicrodiaqnostic listlnqs, for detail inforsation on
installation and use of KC790 and Nicrodiaqnostics,
Par the specific sequence of diaqnostics to be run in any
situation, or for the current nabt alniauM test criteria,
e.q.t pass-counts, etc., refer to the appropriate mast CHECKLIST.
Listed bolov are the detailed step*bystep instructions for
eiecutinq individual diaqnostics contained in the CHECKLIST.
MO ERRORS alloved on diaqnostics.
JSoSi
SP
numboi
*ftY »f?-g-Q
A
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPHOACH TO STSTEM fF.ST
Optrator Inputi will be underlined,
!•! Stand tlont dleonoftle ctsicttt load (rtf. figure 5)
NOTE I
It If atiuved thar the CPU la in a
povar down atata,
l.l.i Sat Boot Oavlee Salaetion Switch to
poaltlon k (salecta TUS»)
••1.2 Set Povar On Action Svltcr to Root on
povar up.
1.1.3 Inaert caaaatta vlth cvkaa.cxf hakdcorf
into tha TUSI located in the 11/750
conaola panel.
1.1.4 Set Potary Kay Svitch to local.
Syatao pev^ra up» Povar lloht la on
Conaola ahould print %%. The firat %
indicataa beginning the nicro verify
routine. The aacond % indicataa aucceaa-
ful copplatlon of the Micro verify.
Tape aotion light on TU5I coo^a on
••1.5 CVKAA.CXC vili load and baoin running,
if auccaaafally run, conaola viii print.
CVKAA-5.0 donel
5.1.6 Inaert caaaatta containing CCFAL.FXE
Cache TB into TU5I.
1.1.7 Praaa tha Peaet button located on the
11/750 conaola panel.
Conaola ahould print %% tape R^otion
light on TUSt viii turn on and tape
will begin loading.
••i.l ECKAL.tXC vill load and baoin running,
if aucceaafully run, conaola viii print.
ECKAL-2.0 DONCt
1.2 Caaaatta Load of Oiagnoatic Suparvlaor
8.2.1 Xniart caaaatta containing ECSAA.EXF
Oiagnoatic Suparvlaor, into the TU58.
CODE
NUMBER
WAV 2102-0-0
REV
A
•MEET
OP
MAFtUPACTURING SPBCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
1
TITLi
MODULAR APMOACH TO lYSTCM TEiT
l.2*2 Pratt tht Mitt Button located on tht
11/7S0 centolt ptntl.
Hhtn boot It eoaplttt contolt will
rttpona vlth tht foi'^iilna.
DIAGNOSTIC SUPCSVISOS. XZ-CCSAA«S.' -Ul DD-fiMif*YTT
DS>
••3 Sytttn Ditk Load of Dlaqnottlc Suptrvlier
S.J.I Pioct cerrtet ••dlt in tyttt» ditk
tnd tpin ditk up.
1.3.2 Sot tht Contolt Povtr en Action Switch
to tht Halt potition.
•.3.3 Sat tha Davica salact to A, n, C or D.
vhichavar it your i.yttaM davica.
1.3.4 Daoratt tha Contolt Rattt Sutton,
and wait for tht conaola prompt.
•.3.5 Mow typa •B/IO DDCU* <CR>
Exaaplat
»>S/iO DMAO <CP>
Whan boot it coaplata consoit will print
tha following aattaqa.
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. ZZ-CCSAA-S.4*t21 Dn-M»*»'*yYYY
DS>
8.4 Running Tht Diagnottic Suparvitor
1.4.1 Rafora runninq any diaonottic tht
Oiaonottic Suptrviaor autt be
configurtd. Following it an ax«rpla
of a dual RK07 il/750 tytta».
IS
lEv
A
CODE
NUMtEII
>«AV 2102 >Q»Q
OF
MAIWFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION tHEET
TTTLI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
DS> ATTACH KA75b CMI KAO NO NO YK5 0 0 <CR>
DS> ATTACH DM750 CMI DWO <CR>
D8> ATTACH RK611 DM0 DMA 777440 210 5 <CR>
D8> ATTACH ilR07 DMA DMAO <CR>
D8> ATTACH RK07 DMA DMAl <CR>
D8> ATTACH DZU DM0 TTA 760100 300 S FIA <CR>
DS> ATTACH VTIOO TTA TTAO <CR>
NOTEl
Thtit ATTACH Co»»«ndf May be locattd
In a conflg coanand procedure.
To run tnt coamand oroctdure Input
the following to attach devices.
DS> RCOHFIC <CR>
8.4.2 Mlth devlcei to be teited configured
Into the tyiten, type the follofing
to select all devices for test.
DS> 5EL ALL <CK>
NOTFt
It Is assuaed that the proper dlaanostics
are located on the load redia being used.
The follOKlng foraat «lll be usei tn
Illustrate runnlno dlaonostjcs under the
Diagnostic 8uperviser.
8.x Diagnostic naae
D8> RUN XXXX <CR>
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
(how to start diagnostic.)
(operator Innut Indicator)
(beginning of run print out)
(special instructions)
(end ef run print out)
8IZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAY 2102 -0-0
REV
A
8NfiKT
13
OF
32
r
MANUPACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITU
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
I.S EVKAB.EXE VAX Bailc Inttruction Exerciser.
DS> PUM EVKAS <CR>
••PROGRAMt VAX Bailc Inftructlon Exerclter, ZZ-cvkab,
rtv 3.0, 10 teitf* at hhimmiSS
TESTINGS .KAO
..END or RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PAS5 COUM: 1. TI*F:
1.6 EVKAC.EXE VAX Floating Point Initruction Exerciitr.
DS> RUM EVKAC <CR>
..PROGRAMt VAX Floating Point Instruction Exerciser,
ZZ-EVKAC, PEV i.O, 2 TESTS, AT HHt>'>:SS
TESTINGI .KAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNTt i. TI^'M
1.7 rvKAD.EXE VAX Cospatlbllity Mod* Initruction Fxercistr.
DS> RUN EVKAD <CR>
..PROGNAMi VAX Coapatlbillty Mode Instruction Exerciser.
ZZ-F.VKAD, REV 1.2, 4 TESTS, AT HMj^^tSS
TESTINGS .KAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNTt 1. 11**ri
8.1 EVKAE.EXE VAX Privlltgtd ArcMttcture Fxarciser.
DS> PUN tVKAE <Ck>
••PROGRANi VAX Prlviltgad Architecture txerclser,
ZZ*EVKAE, REV i.O, 9 TESTS, AT HHx^'^:5S
TESTINGS .RAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTEC PASS COUNT: 1. TI*'Ft
8.9 ECCBA.EXF VAX 11/7S0(URI), Dh750 Dlarnosric
DS> RL\ ECCBA <CR>
..PROGRAMS ECCbA-REV 1.0 VAX 11/750(UB1), VmlbO tiaqnostlc
REV 1.0 92 TESTS, AT HHSMMtSS.
TESTINGS .DWO
NO USES SELEClcD. SKIPPING TEST
••END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED P^SS CPUKT: 1. TI^E:
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
HAv g^92 -0-0
REV
A
•MBIT
OF
mmmmmmm
MANUPACTUMNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
T1TU
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
1.10 CCKAX.CXE VAX 11/750 Sptelfic CPU ClUfttr Extrcittr.
HOTEl
Install • writt tnabltd scratch tapt into TU5I
•fttr tCKAX Is leadtd Into •••ory.
D5> LOAD BCKAX <CR>
Df> IT/fElALL <CII>
••PROGRAMt VAX 11/750 Sptciflc CPU Clusttr Exprclstr - ZZ-ECKAX-1
REV 1.0 9 TESTS, AT HHlMMfSS
TESTINGS .KAO
lotort continuing* tot tht front pantl switch to HALT/RESTART
Good Rtstort PorsMtttr llock Subttst • This subtost
vill rtstart itsolf if tht RPB is proporly inttrprtttd.
Push tht init switch to povtr fail...
%%
■sd Chtcksut Subttst • This subttst viii halt tht oroctssor
with a halt codt of il. Afttr this has happentd tht subttst
is rtstarttd by typing s iOO <CR> on tht consolt ttrainal.
Push tht init switch to powtr fall,,,
1%
00000000 11
>»S 100 <CR>
Starch for Good rpb - This subttst win rtttart itstlf
it tht good RPB is found and inttrprettd proptrly.
Push tht init switch to powtr fail...
%%
bara start Flag Subttst • This subttst will halt tht proct. lor
with a halt codt of 12, Afttr this has happtntd tht subttst
is rtstarttd by typing S 100 <CR> on tht consolt ttralnal.
Push tht init switch to portr fail,.,
%%
00000000 12
>»S 100 <CR>
CODE
".0
NUMtCR
REV
A
SNIET
OP
MANUFACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TIKI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TLST
If this syittP tqulppfd with battery hac^up?
(If no, thtr stt tht front panel i«ltch to the Halt poiition)
C(NO),YCS)
MANNING! Tht front pantl initeh autt be in HALT
for this tttt to operate properly.
HALT expected with following printouts
00006U6 06
?v continue fro* con. t le »ode ^o the followlnot
i)/G r 100 <CR> and then C <CR>
00006136
»>D/G P 100 <CR>
»>C <CH>
HALT expected with followlno printouts
nooo^iip 04
To continue fro* coniole node do the foUovlno:
D/G P 100 <CR> and then C <CR>
0000639F 04
»>D/G F 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
HALT expected wltN following printouts
0000650C 04
To continue frop console aode do the foiiovlnos
D/G P 100 <CR> end then C <CR>
00006500 04
» 'D/G P 100 <CR)
^»C <CR>
HALT txp*<-t*^ with following printouts
00006681 OA
To continue fi(<>R console Pode do the follovinoi
D/G P 100 <CR> :»Ad then C <CR>
00006611 OA
»>D/G P 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
T
C50E
3P
NUMtEII
MV 2102 -0-0
REV
A
(•♦ia-1
OF
^ANUrACTUKING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
T>^i-i
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
HALT tiptcttd With follo«ln9 printouts
00006808 OA
To contlnut froa eeniolt node do tht follovlno:
D/G P 100 <CR> and thtn C <CR>
00006808 OA
»>D/C P too <CR>
>»C <CR>
HALT txptcttd **ith follovlnq printout:
00006988 OA
To contlnut fro* consolt wodt do tht foDovinq:
D/G P 100 <CR> tnd thtn C <CR>
0006988 OA
»>D/G F 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
HALT txptcttd vlth follo«ln9 printout!
00006P08
To contlnut trot confolt «odt do tht followinat
D/G F 100 <CR> and thtn C <CH>
00006B08
>»D/G F 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
Cxitinq MCS ttst, KCS last tddrtit * 0.
«
Exltlnq ^:s ttit, HCS Itit addrtis ■ 0.
,.END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COU
I. TI^E:
MZE
JL
CODE
NUMBER
WAV 2102 -0-0
REV
A
•MurijiiropZsr
MAhOJPACTURlNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
mil
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
1.11 eCKAM.CXF P&150 Memory DlaQnoftlc.
NOTE I
Pint ••Mory array If not tetted, ffuft
have 512KB for test to run.
D8> RUN CCKAM <CR>
.. PROGRAMS CCKAM-RFV. 1.0 MS750 MEMORY nTACNOSTIC, REV 1.0
11 TESTS* AT HHlMMtSS
HIGHfST LOi«G MORD ADDRESS IS t
MEMORY MAP VALIDl OOOOHTr (X)
8LOTC0] IS FULLY POPULAIED (256KB)
SLOTCn IS FULLY POPULATED (2S6KB)
8L0TC3] IS EMPTY
8L0T[4) IS EMPTY
8L0TC5) IS EMPTY
SLOT [6] IS EMPTY
SLOT [7] IS EMPTY
ROM NUMBERl A DEVICE TYPEl DD
ROM NUMBERl P DEVICF TYPE: DM
POM NUMBER! C DFVICE TYPEt CL
ARRAYCn SINGLE MIT EWRORSS
ROM 0*0
1-0
0
0
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS C"U"T: 1.
ROM
ROM 2 -
ROM a -
TI-FJ
8.12 EVOAA.FXE OZll 8 Line Aiync mux Test
NOTE: TMt Is an example of runnlno Internal
•rap around aode (refevence >',A.S.T.
^P-MAV-5145 for detail eatlno).
DS> RUN EVTAA <CR>
,.PROCRA»»I DZll 8 LINE ASYNC MUX TFST,PEV 2.1 21 TESTS
TESTING: -TIA
DEVICE .TTA IS BEING TESTED AS A ^7819 (PIA) MODULE
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS CCU' T: 1. Tl»El
SIZE
JL
CODE
r
sr
NUMBER
±*v 210 7 .Q-n
REV
SHCCT
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION 8HEET
TTOE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfeK TEST
9.0 Console Routines
9.1 Console Co»»«nds
The console profnpt Is the sawe b% the VAX 11/7B0
*>>>" and cppears at the bealnnlna of every line.
••R"
RDP<>
>»E
>»D
enter 11/750 Console wode.
Enter RDM console mode.
(with RDM installed)
Examine cowirand
Deposit coffirand
>>>I<CR> Inlt command, Invalidates TB, Cache, and
does Processor Init and unltus Inlt.
>>>T<CR> Test command, runs micro verify
mlcroroutlne explained later.
>>>S ADP<CP> Start command, Tne coff>mard may nave
>»S <CR>
an address aroument follovino, or a
carriage return If tne PC Is used.
The start coamand does an Inlt sea*
utnce before qolno to IRDl of the
•aero instruction printed to by the PC
>>>C The continue command is the same as the Start
command and starts macro execution at the
address in the PC.
>»N Next command is used to single step the macro
instruction after the PC Is loaded.
>>>B The Root command in this example will boot the
device selected by the front panel DEVICE
switch.
>>>X APT load and dump command.
SIZE
JL
CODE
3P
NUMBER
"AV ?I0? -0-0
REV
A
•NKIT
Of
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEH TEST
9,7 Cenaand twltchtt for tiamlnt and deooilt cown^andf.
8il« Svitchtt
/I
•ttt tht data tlzf to byte
•tti tht data slzt to word
ftti tht data lizt to lona
»»^^^
Function Svitchtt
/e GFK
/I IFR
/f Phyiclal Mtaory
/v • virtual HoMory
<SP>P PSL
9.3 Co«tand S»ltchts for Boot Contolt Comand.
»>R/X<CR>
>»B/nnnn<CR>
>»B DDCU<CR>
eiawpltii
Boot dtvlct ttltcttd by front oanai
DEVICE SELECT twitch and Inhibit
Micro vtrlfy Tttt.
Boot dtvlct itltcttd by front pantl
DEVICE SELECT twitch and oatt a four
dlolt numbtr at toftwart control fl«ot
to VMB.EXE In R5,
Boot dtvlct iptclfltd by optrator.
»>D/C/L f 1000<CII>
»>D/P 1000 00S2SSD0
»>E/I 25<CR>
»>I<CR>
»>B/10/]r D«*AO<CR>
9.4 Contolt Coonand Error Codtt.
Put 1000 In PC.
Put codt In addrttt 1000.
F.ia»lnt cacht dltablt rtqliter.
Do an Inlt ttoutnct.
Boot Dlaonottlc Suotrvltor
without fflcro verify from uwao.
9.4.1 If an lllt9al contolt coptand It atttmpttd or
covoand li aborttd btcautt of a wlcrotrap or
or toat other condition a two digit trror code
It typtd out and tht contolt waltt for ntw Input.
Eiaaplti
»>E P<CR>
»>E<CR>
Til
»>
Exaalnt PSL
Itplltt* txaalnt n«kt location (llleoal)
Error codt typed by contolt.
Ptady for Input
COOf
5P
NUMBEII
j^v yto7 .Q-Q
REV
A
OPJIiLl.
-ANU,AC™.».C «CmCAT.ON ■"" COHT.NU*TK,H .H..T
TITU NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEPi TEST
Irror Codttt
20 ■
Oepoiit or eiaalnc of memory failed.
(acceai ylolation, translation not valid.
bus error* TB or CS parity error.)
11 •
Illegal access of an IPR or P8L.
29 ■
Binary transfer checirsua error.
33 ■
Atteapt to boot from unlcnovn device type.
34 ■
Boot device not "A", "B", C", or -D".
9.9 Contalc Nait Error C94«f I
00 ■
Halt coaaand typed at console.
02 ■
*p halt or sinole macro Instruction mode.
04 •
Interrupt stacir not valid.
04 •
Halt instruction executed.
07 a
Vector Bits <ltO>a3, Halt at vector
01 •
Vector Bits <lt0>m2, WC8 disabled or mlsslna
OA ■
Change Mode Instruction executed on
Interrupt stacK.
OB a
Chanae Mode Instruction executed and
vector Bits <ltO> not • 0.
or ■
Double Bus Mrite Error Halt.
11 ■
Power up and can't find ppb, PP51 at
BCBT'RT/NALT.
12 ■
Fever up vara start flag false PPSi at
BESTABT/NALT.
13 ■
Power up can't find good 64ic of aemory.
14 a
ower ur and bootlno, out bad Boot Rom.
19 a
Power up and cold start flag set durlra
boot subroutine.
14 a
Power UP halt PPSl at halt position.
ff •
Micro verify Test failure.
9.4 Micro verify
9.6.1 Tho Klcro vorl2y Poutlnt 1b run «t power up
* and durlPQ Inlt ftqutncei to the ll/7$o.
At the
beginning of Micro verify a % viU. 1
be outputtd to the console. » luccettful 1
conpletl^n will yield another % • a |
falluri
r .ill outpu** one of the fcllowlnq 1
failure codei* 1
NOTE
Refei ce KC750 Microdiaqnoitica and Technical Manual EK-KC750-T'' 1
and t ( PicrodiaQnoitic llitingg for (*^tail information on |
initt atlon and use
•
of KC750 if aicrodlaqnostics are to be run.
ftiZE
CODE
NUMBER
REVI
A
:p
l»AV 2102 -0-0
J.\
Of
MANUPACTUKING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tinj
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
Ttft Nuabtr
EXAMPLEl
Tttt NtPt
R^Putf W-Eua* D Rtq Ttftt
M-Eutr 0-Rt« Ttit
•eratehpad Ttst
Eipllclt Addr.Ttit Mttwp
Eipllclt Addr.Ttit Rteipp
Explicit Addr.Tttt IPPs
Explicit Addr.Ttit GPRS
XB, XR, and OSR Ttit
xt, PC* and PCtlilzt Ttit
RNUM/D»SlSt T«iti
RNUM/D*ilZt Ttiti
Cacht Parity Error Ttit
TB Parity Error Ttit
Control ftort Parity Error
Cacht Ttst
Ttit
rtilurt Code
B
C
t
r
s
«i
c
0
0
B
T
X
c
Micro vtrlfv raliurt
%P TMi Indlcatti a fallurt of Mttup Scratchpad
OOOOOXXX Pr PC contalna loop count or point at which
>» ttit falltd and FF Jndlcatti tlcro
vtrlfy fallurt.
9.7 VAX U/750 B00T58 Conaolt Eaulator
9.7.1 Gtntral
. <locatlon> ■ <valJt> or <rtalittr>
<valut>
<nuabtr>
■ <nu»btr> or <ihorthand>
■ Any nonntoatlvt HEXADECl*tAL nuv»)«
<rt9lsttr> ■ 0...P
<ihorthtnd> ■ Any of tht follovlnqt
"t" ■ ust lait <locatlon> iptclfltd.
"♦" a Uit lait <locatlon> ♦!,
"•• a Uit lait <locatlon> -l.
"B" ■ Uit conttnti of lait <locatlon>,
<loc.qual> B Any of tht follovlnos
"/p" ■ Phyilcai Mt»ory Addrtii.
"/C" ■ Gtntral Rtplittr.
■/!• « Inttrnal Proctiior Ptqliter.
A
S5oc
SP
NUBIBER
MAV 2102 -Q-Q
REV
A
•NEET
OP
MANUFACTUIING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHECT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
<lllt.qual>
■ /L-
Any of the
Lengword
word
tytt
f olloMlngt
<dtvsptc>
DO
C
U
A tftvlct iptc of tht for» Docu
Gtntric dovlct type Ci, DP)
Controller detlgnotor (A or P)
unit nuaotr 0.,.«
<filttptc> ■ A legal RT-11 flleneiie name.type
NAME ■ Any olDhtnuverlc string of not
■ore than 6 chari.
TTPE ■ Any alphanumeric string of not
■ore than 3 chars a null Is
acceptable.
9.7.2 BOOTS! COMMANDS
BOOT KdavspeO)
Boot fro* the device specified, if no
device Is specified boot froa default
boot device. This coaaand cannot b^
In an Indirect coaaand file.
DEPOSIT C<loc.qual><slze.oual>) <locatlon> <value>
Deposit <value> at location specified
by <locatlon>. The <location> Is
Interpreted according to the qualifiers.
EXAMINE [<loc.qttal><slse.oual» <locatlon>
Displays the contents of <locatlon>
according to the qualifiers.
HELP
LOAD
Displays BOOTS! HELP FILt.
<f llespeo C/STARTt<value>)
Load a file fro* the boot device Into
aeaory ttartlno at the a'idress speclfl^'i
<nuaber>. If no starting location Is
specified, load the file beglnnlno et
the first free location 1h »e»ory.
START <value>
JMP
<value>
A
ZSoi
NUMitll
MAY gn? -0-0
or
MANUFACTURING SFECIPICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIJ
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TR8T
WOTri
All tOOTSI C0B««ndt aay be abbreviattd to th»
Itatt aBOunt of tl9nlflc«nt characttrs. Since
tht first charaettr of oach eowand if unique
this atans all coanands way be abbreviated to
one Character. (BOOT aay be entered at "P").
Soat procattor raQliters BTt either read or
wrltt only. Attaaptlng the wrong operation
on such a reoister «111 yield unpredictable
results.
9.S VMS Prlaary Boot
9.1.1 BOOT is tht proQraft naae for VMP.fxk.
which Is used for bootlna of systet devices
for VMS and the Diagnostic Supervisor,
rollonlng is a list of v^'B errors.
%BOOT«r- unienown processor
%BOOT-P*Un<xpected rxcaption
This indicates that the CPU is
not a 11/750 or 11/780 check
SID rtQlster for proper jusuper
conf iquration in the CPU type
field en the bacKPlane.
This indicates that one of the
follovina exceptions occurred.
1 Acces:i Violation
2 Breakpoint opcode
3 Reserved Operand
4 TBlt Trap
5 Page Fault (Tmv)
%i«OOT-P-unexpected i^achine Check This indirates soae sort of
Machine Check occurred. Ch^ck
all adapters usinq console
exavine and deposit com»Ands.
Probably a tipeout occurred.
%BOOT-r*Nonexistant Drive
self explanatory.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMiER
XAV 2in? -0-0
REV
A
SNEffT..ii. Of
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SNEET
TITLI
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfM TEST
%BOOT-F-Unablt to loe«tt Boot file
%iOOT*r*Boetfllt not contlquouf
%BOOT-r-l/0 trror rtadlnq boot tilt
v»»B con'
SYSPOOT.
in P5 It
find [SY
•Exr .
Indlcott
SY8B00T.
in P5 if
DIACBOOT
tlQUOUi
Indlcott
boot fll
som ttr
t find (SYS^XE]
eXF or If rlt 4
ftt, Vi^B con't
S»(AINT]DIACBCGT
s that (8Y5EXF]
exe or if Mt 4
tot, rSYSMIiNT)
•EXE It not con*
on tytttn 4itic.
t problep rcA^ino
t from disk by
vice.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
y^V yt02 -0-0
REV
A
OF
•NIIT.JL. OF
MANUFACTUIUNC gECmCATION
nn.E HODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
CONTINUATION SNICT
^
4
=^
lawHM
f
BT
LOOII
%> vMI tKr •
■•> m u- 1
a^i* f^*nr^^ ^^
•M m
FIGURE 2
Cooet Memory
Controller
SIZE
A
CODE
MAV
2102-0-C
REV
oac iftH«M}-aM*4W7i
•MEET ,.?7 ^F 32
MANUTACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TUIE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
/
tr
LOOS
CX.S.
r
n1
r
^
L I
FIGURE 3
Comet Control Store
(WCS Mounted)
/
IC l*4Nt1-il
SIZE
A
CODE I NUMBER
SP I MAV 2102 -0-0
REV
A
•MEET ^8 OF 32 _
\'tum mm
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ^^B
CONTINUATION SHCCT 1
^TLE HUOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST |
M7819
D711 -A
FIGURE 4
Dlll-A Nodule
SIZE
.A-
CODE
NUMBER
MAY Ml -n-n
REV
nC M4iM)-2M»4il«7t
SNEET
20
OF _J^
MNNWACnJUINC VKmCATION
CONTINUATION SMUT
rmi
MODULAR APPIOACH TO STSTBN TEST
mm
VAX ij/rso
Jim
-A
o o o e
>•<•(• •■ •crxa
•••(• ■»« !•••• atttt
o o o o
•c
XOJ •'
• »r
M*«t(
t
FIGURE 5
11/750 Control
Panal
«tc i»«aw»-n<am»i
HzTK-OOil NUII8M
A 1 :.P I NAV 2102-C-O
mv
f
•MiiT W or 32
li\NUFACTURINC SPECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
M/rso
Control Panel
rion# nvwl
Slqnol Cobi*
TU9i Driv*
TUS8 fommr
TUSiSl0nal
^w«r Conho
2.5Vbl»
fewer Supf I
0211 H3I7
Df«»rlbut(on fWwl
Toy Sotttry
lockup
Jl
lottery lockup
Coble Aiiernbly
5
12.5 Volt
Power Vipply
Cofwole Termtnol Coble
M
lattery lockup
Rromote Senie LIrte
RDM Modem
Coble fert
l/OPtort
il
FIGURE 6
11/750 Rear View
SIZE
A.
CODE
NUMBER
MAV 2102-0-0
REV
MC l«-<M«>-lM»«««7a
•MEET 31 OF
MANITACTURINC SPECIFICATION BBWlBy
CONTINUATION SHEET
T'^'-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
BC11A-10
TO EXPANDER
O fOVWf R OK
O O^t CUMINT
O OVIR VOiTACf
O • SV rAt.
O KG. fAI.
O O^l IIMf
[o o o| loo o|
NOMM4. OCIAVIO
JIO 19
vFUSE
V^ lOCAl
)POWER
O!
O-
Cll
P-V!^
Dzn
DISTRIBUTION
PANELS
TO J16
PWR CONT .
BAH B/U
DC HARNESS
H7112
BAHERY
BACKUP
N nn«37v-oo
/ni4707
11/750 Sice View
(Covers Removed)
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAV 2102-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1«-O»»10t2-M«72
SHEET 32. OF 3L
I
S
ill
1]
II
I
11
I
I
I
DIGITAL BQUIPMSKT CORPORATION ^:
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
DATE iq;i/8I
TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
REVISIONS
/I
L^ 'YJ^^'fiordr^
EN6
0. Monaco «
APPO
B. Bick
DEC romi MO.
^ViTi'sn
NUMBER
MA-. 2103-0-0
$(CV
1-: :
*Sl4EiT - 1 • OF •
MANUFACTURING SPEaPICATlON
CONTINUATION SHIIT
TITLI
MAST PHASE X lACK-UP VAX 11/7S1 TCST
TABLE OP CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE •••• • •••• PAGE
2.0 PBSPONSZBXLXTT • PAGE
3.0 REPCPENCE OOCUMENTATZON PACE
4.0 REOUIPED TEST BOOXPMKNT • •••• PAGE
S,0 REQUIRED DXACNOflTXC PROGRAMS •••• PAGE
••0 SPECXAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE
7.0 INSTALLATION S TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION PAGE
7*4 Powtr Convtrtion ••••• •••• •••••••••••• PAGE
1.0 POMER CHECKS • PAGE
f.O DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE • PAGE
APPENDIX A Console Infomatlon •••• •••• PAGE 2
NUMtEII
HA-V?i03-0»0
7
NEV
k
TT
SNIIT
OP
\r
MANITFACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION $HEET
TITLI
MAST PHASE I SACK-UP VAX il/751 TEST
1.0 SCOPE I
1.1 Tht VAX-11/7S1 is an OEM vtrtlon of tht VAx-ll/790 CPU.
It earrlti vlth It all tht archlttcturai ftrtngthi
of tht VAX fasily ineladlng virtual addrttslng* both natlvt
»odt and non-prlvllt9td PDP-11 eoapatlblllty aoda Inatrue*
tlontt and tht VAX virtual aaaory optratlno lystta. Tht
Hit of 6att Array Tachnoloqy Qlvtt til this ptrfortanet in
a rtllablt eoapaet 4 aodalt CPU. Tht btilc 11/7S1 it houttd
In a racic aountablt unit which Includtt tht KA7S0, 256KB of
■taory# DD11-0R» tnd TU*9I easitttt ttpt drlvt.
1.2 Tht Inttnt of thli proetdurt If to tsttbllth tht nlnlmun
ttit rtqulrtttnti ntettiary to ttit t VAX 11/7S1 CPU.
2.0 RESPONSISILZTYl
It li tht rtfponilblllty of tht of tht orglnttor (If poiilhlt)
to atlntaln thlf doeuwtnt. Chtnqti should bt rtqutsttd through tht
orlolnttor* or hls/htr grouo or through mast tdtlnstrttion In
SALEM (NX).
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATIOMf
3.1 Manuals
1. 790 Diagnostic Systta Ovtrvltv
2. TUSf Ustr's Cttldt
3. Hardvart Handbook
4. VAXll Archittcturt Handbook
5. VAXll Softtart Handbook
i. VAXll Ttchnlcal Suaaary
VAX Instruction Card
790 Ttchnlcal Otscrlptlon
9. UBI Ttchnlcal DtscrlPtlon
0. Ntaory Systta Ttcn. Dts.
Pottr Systta Ttch. Dts.
VAX 11/791 Ustrs Culd'*
3. RC790 Mlcrodltgnostlc Ttch. Mtn.
4. Rtaott Diagnostics Usars Guldt
7.
1.
1.
2.
EK-VX079-UC
EK-0TU58-y6
EB.1738t-20
EB-17980-18
EB-18097-20
£11-18814-20
AV-D827A-TE
EK-KA790-TD
EK-DM790-TO
EK-MS790-TD
EK-PS790-TD
EK-117S1-UC
EK-KC750-TM
EK-KC790-UC
CODE
NUMBER
REV
A
SNEIT
OP
2R
MANUFACTUTJNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
Trai
MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
3.2 Prints
4.0
1. 11751
ritld P*alnttnanct
Print
Set
MP-01258
2. KA750
ri«ld Malnttnanc*
Print
Stt
MP-01024
3. LOOll
Pltld Nainttnanct
Print
Stt
wp-ooesi
4. Nt72t
Pitid Malnttnanet
Print
Set
l-P-00157
S. H7104C
Pitld Malnttnanct
Print
Set
••P-01020
6. H71040
ri«ld Mainttnanct
Print
Set
('P-OIO?!
REQUIRED TEST
EQUIPMENT!
4.1 Herdvere and Media
4.1.1 VAX 11/751 with 256KB of aeipory.
4.1.2 Console terminal vltn E.I. A. sucn as an la36 or
LA12C or eaulvalent.
4.1.3 Appropriate lead aedla.
4.2 optional Equlpnent
4.2.1 Oscilloscope Tektronix 465 or eoulvalent
4.2.2 O.V.M. accurate to .1 Vdc. at is vdc.
4.2.3 KC750 (RDM »odule).
4.2.4 L9101 Coaet Extender Module
4.2.5 M9048 Hex Extender Module
5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTICS!
5.1 VAXll Hardcore Diagnostic
5.2 VAXll Basic Instruction Exerciser
5.3 VAXll Floating Point Instruction Exerciser
5.4 VAXll Compatibility Mode Instruction Exe.
5.5 VAXll Privileged Architecture CPU Cluster
5.6 11750 specific CPU Cluster Exerciser
5.7 KA750 cache T.B. Test
5.9 MS750 Mei*o'/y Diagnostic
5.9 DH750 Dla'jnostlc
5.10 Configuration Comaand Pile
5.11 Diagnostic Supervisor
5.12 Optional Microdlagnostlcs
VAX 11/750 Microdlagnostlc Monitor
KC7S0 Microdlagnostlc Test
VAX 11/750 Data Paths Microdlagnostlc
VAX 11/750 Menory Interconnsct "Icrortiag.
VAX 11/750 Memory Controller "Icrodlag,
EVKAA.EXE
EVKAB.EXE
EVKAC.EXe
EVKAO.EXE
EVKAE.EXE
ECKAX.EXE
ECKAL.EXE
ECKAM.EXE
ECCBA.EXE
COWriG.'TOM
eCSAA.EXE
FCKAA.EXE
CCKAF.EXE
ECKAB.EXE
ECKAC.fTXE
CCXAD.eXE
SIZE
A
CODE
.-JSf.
NUMBER
REV
* J
SNCIT
OF
2B
MANUPACTUtlNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHECT
TITIB
(<A8T PHASE Z BACK-UP VAX 11/7S1 TEST
i.O SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS I
f.l Th« 7S1 ee««t prteonfigartd froa High Volunt*
Blal'iaa ••! ap it n«etisary.
7.0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS!
7.1 Unpaeleino inttr«etiont ai rtetlvtd fro* Hl9h-volu«t.
7 .l.t Savt all boiNi and paeklnq aatarlaX If It li nttdtd
to ra-paeiea9a a unit for thlpaont.
7.2 Vlioal ehaekit
7.2*1 Nlth CPU anooiad ehaeic for oroblaag
tueh as (raf DEC standard ilS)t
A* Straetoral daaaga to cab and panalt.
s. Bant or daaa^ad baekolant pint«
C« Loesa povar eonnactlons and brokan vlras,
D. Loota hardvara (a.a* aoontlno icravi,
eabia hold do«ns« ate).
7 .a RA790 sat Up
7.3.1
varify Nodala Location.
Rafaranea Ploura 3 for Nodula utilization.
Rafaranea Ploura 5 for Noduia Aecett.
NOTEi Thera ara thraa ai^thods of pin nuabarlno
uaad in 11/7S1 CPU'i. (rafaranea Tablt A)
TABLE A S
PIN NUNBERIN6 EXAMPLES!
ODll-DK
NS7S0
11/751
AOlAl
AOIBI
AOICI
AOIDI
AOIVI
A01A2
A01B2
A01C2
A0iD2
AOlAl
AOIBI
AOICI
AOlOl
A01V2 AOIVI
A01A2
A01B2
A0iC2
A01D2
A01V2
AOlOl
. •
A0102
AOlOTi
• •
A0i04
AOIOS
a •
A0106
A0'i07
• •
A0109.
A0193
A0194
CODE
NUMBiR
REV
SHEET
5 28
OP
MAWVFA<rrv^g ?PE<;ingvTOr<
CONTINUATION SNEIT
TITU
MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/7S1 TEST
7,S.2 Vtrlfy iAUD KATE itl«ctlon reftrtnct Tabit »•
TABLE
Bl
••
BAUD
RATE
SELECTION JUMPC
•■••••SI
RATE
P«9«
A
••«
flP9^9*
C
D
• 300
0
1
SOO
•
1
I20w
1
t
3400
•
•
3600
1
•
4100
t
•
9600
1
1
19300
•
1
31400
t
t
PIN •
C0064S
C0064B
C00649
C006S0
JUMPER
TO
6M0
■ •••a
C00B43
C00644
COOBSl
C0OBS3
juaptr in • 1
9 DanottB ftand«rd eontolt baud ratt of tl/TSl
at fhlpptd fro* ••nufaeturlna.
(Raftrcnea Plgara l and Tabla A for baeicplana location)
7,3.3 Varlfy LOOll CMC Modulo contains boot rots,
(rafaranca Tabla C and Plqort 3) to varlfy.
TABLE Ct
BOOT ROM TABLES
LOCATION
DEVICE
DEVICE SELECT
9 EBl
• EB3
« EB3
Et4
TU5I
RK07
RLd3
XXXX
A
B
e
0
aoanotas Installad In Mion Voluaa,
7,3.4 Connaet consola tarnlnal to CPU refarence flaure 9
CODE
NUMBER
M.V?l01-Q-n
REV
SHEET
^ OP "
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
XAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
7.4 Powtr Convtriloni (rtf. figure 6)
All ll/751'i will bt shipped from Hlqh Volume
•t a 11/7S1-AA 120 volt SO/60 HZ. BecAuie of this
the following procedure is needed to convert
the 11/751-AA to a il/7Sl-AB 230 volt SO/60 HZ.
7.4.1 Required Material
70-16940-01
36-lSltO-OO
36-1S946-00
AC input Box
Blank serial Taq (x2)
Product Variation Tag (x2)
Cautiont
Disconnect fro* power source before proceeding.
7.4.2 Conversion steps
1. Unlock CPU by loosening the shipping screw
on the right side of the console panel
reference figure 4.
2. Slide the 11/751 fewsrd on it's chassis tracks
until the left side of of the AC Input box is
exposed*
3. In the following steps all hardware should be saved
for reuse during installation.
4. Reaove the the lower section of the fro:it oanel
by removing the 2 screws on each side tnat secure
it to the chassis.
5. Reaove the screws securing the AC Inout hox reference
figure 7.
6. Disconnect power harness connections on the left
side of the AC Input Box.
7. Gently slide the power controller foward b^inq careful
not to catch wires.
I. Slide the SOHZ AC Input Box into the chassis.
9. Reconnect power harness to AC Input Box.
10. Secure AC Inout Box with screws oreviously removed.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBED
^A-V2101-0-0
REV
SHEET
' owJL
MANUFACTUMNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TTTLE
MAST PHASE X iACK-UP VAX U/751 TEST
11* Rtinitall tht lOMtr front pantl btina cartful that
tabs ara propariy alionad,
12. Slid* il/7Sl bacic Into its ihlppln? fraat and taeura
It with shipping scrtv on rlqht slda of conaolt panel
13* HTPOT Ttitlng should new ba dona If raqulrad on
eonvartad unit, ONLY parsonnal TRAINED in tht una of
tha taitar should do tha tattlnq. Raftranca hypot
doeuaant tYSftSaYT-O-O.
14. Chanqa sarlal Taqs and Install Product Variation Taas
to raflaet na» varslon of CPU, raftranca tlourt 6,
15. ChanQa il/YSl ECO Status Shaat to raflaet
na« varslon il/YSl-AA to 11/YSl-At.
S.O POWER CHECKSI
S.i with pevar aopliad and tha Rotary Kay Switch on LOCAL,
tha follovinq po«ar indicators should ba lit. Thasa
ara tht only povar chaeks ntcasssry iftm flauras 4 and 9).
1. Graan Powar On locatad on Consela Panal.
2. oranqo Povar indicator on oowar eontrollar*
3. Graan DC OK indicator on powar controliar.
4. Graan povar indicator on aaaory arrays.
5. Graan povar indicator en «aaery controliar (LOOU).
(aaaory indicators ara visible on nodules vith
Kedule Access Covers open ref. tiaures 5 and 3)
8.2 Voltaqas Supplied by HY104 Pover Supply,
(reference Table 0)
TABLE 0
YSi VOLTAGES
(Ron ADJUSYABLE)
VOLTAGE
♦2.5 V.D.C.
♦5.0 V.D.C.
♦5.0 V.D.C.
♦12.0 V.D.C.
♦15.0 V.D.C.
•5.0 V.D.C.
-15.0 V.D.C.
TOLERANCE
♦/- 5%
♦/- 5%
♦/- 5%
♦/- 5«
♦ /• 5%
♦/- 5%
♦/- 5%
CURRENT
85.0 eeps.
135.0 enps.
10.0 aiRps.
10.0 aaps.
2.0 aeps.
1.5 anps.
3.5 aeps.
A
cool
NUMIER
NA-V2103-0-Q
REV
SHEEY
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHfET
TITLE
MAST PHASE 1 BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TE5T
9,0 DIAGNOSTIC TF.ST PPOCEDURESI
NOTES
Ptftr«nc« KC750 Microdlagnoitics and Ttchnlcal ••nual EK-KCTbo-T"
and the f«icredlaqnoatle llstinqi, for dttail Information on
Initallatlon and uit of KC7S0 and Microdlaanoatlct,
NOTES
For tna apeclflc stqutnce of dlaanottict to be run In any
particular situation, and tor currant •^.A.S.T. minimum tast
criteria! pait-countt etc., refer to the aporoorlate m.a.s.t.
CHECKLIST. Lilted below are the detailed step-by«step Initructlom
for executlnq Individual dlaanostlcs contained in the Chfckltst.
NO ERRORS allowed on diagnoitics.
Operator inputs will be underlined.
9.1 stand alone dlaqnoftic cassette load (ref. fiaure 9)
NOTES
It is assumed that the CPU is In a
powered down state.
Set Root Device Selection Switch to
position A (Selects TUSfi)
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4 Set Rotary Key Switch to LOCAL.
Set Power On Action Switch to Poot on
power UD.
insert cassette with evkaa.exf harhcopf mto
the TU5S located on the front of the U/7Sl,
9.1.5
Systea powers up» Power lloht Is on
Console Should print %%. The first %
indicates beginning the r»lcro verify
routine. The second % indicates success-
ful completion of the micro verify.
Tape notion lioht on TU58 comes on
EVKAA.exE will load and beoln running,
if successfully run, console win orlnt.
EVKAA-S.O done!
9.1.<> Insert cassette contalnln'^ EO^AL.EXr^
Cache TB into TU58.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
KA-V2in3»o»n
REV
SNECT
OF
29
■■
1 CONTINUATION SHUT 1
TITLI MAST PHASE I SACK-U? VAX 11/751 TEST
9«1,7 Prtft th* R«ttt Mutton located on tht
11/751 contolt Dtntl,
' Contolt flhottld print »« toot notion
ll«ht on TU5I will turn on and taot
•111 b«9ln loadlna.
9.1 •• ECKAL.CXC will lo«d and boiln running.
If lucetttfully run, eonsolt will print.
CC*AL-2.0 DOMCl
9.2 Caiitttt Load of Dlaaneitlc Suptrvlior
9.2.1 Xnttrt craasttta eontalnlno ccSAA.rxE
Oia^noitle suparvlior* Into the TU5i).
9.2»2 Prtis tha aasat Button located on tna
11/751 eonaola pantl.
Whan boot It eoarltta eontole will
raipond with tht following.
DIAGNOSTIC SUPEPVISOP. ZZ-eC8AA-S.4-121 OD-(«'«M.yyy
D8>
9.4 Configuring Tht Dlagnoitlc Suotrvlfor
9.4.1 effort running any diagnostic tht
Dlagnoitlc Suoarvltor muat bt
conflgurtd. Following li an txa«pie.
0S> ATTACH |rA750 CMI KAO NO NO YES 0 0 <CR>
0S> ATTACH DN750 CMI DwO <CR>
9.4.2 With dtvleti to bt ttsttd
into tht tysttw, tyot tht
to ftltct all dtvlctf for
configured
following
ttst.
D5> SEL ALL <CR>
SliE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
JL-
— ££.
«*-V2in3«n«o
.-A.
•NUT
11 or '•
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLB *'AST PHASE X BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
CONTINUATION SHEET
NOTE:
It Is 6igum«d that tht orooer dlaqnostlct
• re lecattd on the load r^edla belna used.
Tht following format wJll be used to
llluitrata running diagnostics under the
Diagnostic Supervisor.
9.x Diagnostic name
DS> RUN XXXX <CR>
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
(how to start dlaanostlr.)
(operator Inojt lnd^c««.oi)
(beginning of run or*.it out)
(special Instructions)
(end of run print out)
9.5 EVKAB.rxC VAX Baslc Instruction exerciser
DS> RUN eVICAB <CR>
..PROGRAM! VAX Baslc Instruction Exerciser, ZZ-cvkab,
rev 2.0, 10 tests, at HH:M»«tss
TrSTXNGX .KAO
• •END OF RUX, 0 ERRORS DETtiCTED PASS COu>T: 1. TT^F}
9.6 CVKAC.EXE VAX Floating Point Instruction Fxerclser.
DS> RUN EVKAC <CR>
..PROGRAWt VAX Floating Point Instruction Exerciser,
Z2-EVKAC, REV !.<*, 2 TESTS, AT HH:»''':SS
TESTING: -KAO
..END or RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COU»T! I. TI^F:
9,7 EVKAD.EXE VAX Comoatlbl llty ^^ode Ins\ uction Exerciser.
DS> RUN 2VKAD <CP>
...PPOGHAM; VAX Cowoatlbtllty "ode Instruction Exerciser,
ZZ-EVKAD, PEV 1.2, 4 TESTS, AT MH:*'«':SS
TESTING: .KAO
..END OF RUM. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COU'-T: 1. Tl'^f:
9.8 EVKAE.EXE VAX Prlvlleoed Architecture Exerciser.
DS> RUM EVKAE <CR>
..PPOGRA**: VAX Prlvileaed ArcM f^cture Lx<»rclier,
ZZ-tVKAE, RFV l.O, 9 TtSTS, AT mH:'":SS
TtSTlMG: _KAO
..EKH OF RUK. 0 ERRORS DETECTEn PAS5 COl"T: 1. TI'-
SIZE
A
CODE
yp
NUMBER
REV
'8
OK
SHEET
1 1
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
"AST PHASt I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TE5T
9.9 ECCBA.CXE VAX 11/750(UBI), 0^150 DiaonostlC
DS> »UN ECCBA <CR>
..PPOGRAMj FCCHA-REV 1.0 VAX 11/790(UBI), nw750 01«ano8tlc
REV 1.0 32 TE5TS, AT HHtMMlSS.
TESTINCX .PkO
«I0 UBES SELECTED. SKIPPING TFST
..END or RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNT: I. TI^'E:
9.10 ECKtX.EXE VAX 11/750 Specific CPU Cluster Exerciser.
NOTE I
Initall a frlte enabled scratch tape Into TU59
after ECKAX la loaded Into memory.
DS> LOAD ECKAX <CR>
DS> 5T/SFtALL <CR>
..PROGRAHJ VAX 11/750 Specific CPU Clufter ExercUer - ZZ-FCMx-i
REV 1.0 9 TFSTS, AT HHlMMiSS
TESTING: .KAO
Before contlnulno, aet tne front panel i»»itch to halt/restart
Good Restart Parameter BlocK subtest • This subtest
will restart Itself if the rpb is orooerlv interpreted.
Push the reset switch to power fall...
%%
Bad Checksum Subtest - This subtest will halt the orocessor
with a halt code of 11. After this has happened tne suotest
is restarted by tyoino S 100 <CR> on the console terminal.
Push the reset switch to power fail...
%% ■-"
OOOOOOOO 11
>>>S 100 <CR>
Search for Good ppp - This subtest win restart .self
if the good RPB is found and interpreted prooerly.
Push the reset switch to power fall...
%%
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
»'A»v71O3«0«n
REV
fotumn
SHEET
'' OfJl
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
»»AST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
UMtm start ri«o Subttit • This lubtttt Mill halt t^e processor
with a halt coda of 12. Aftar this has haooanad the subtest
Is raitarted by typlno 8 100 <CP> on the console terminal.
Push tht rasat switch to povar fall...
%%
00000000 13
»>8 100 <CR>
Is this systa* equipped »lth battery bacKuo?
(If no» than set the irent panel switch to the Halt position)
[(NO), YES)
WARNING! The front panel switch aust be In HALT
for this taft to ooarate proearly.
HALT exoected with followino printouts
00006136 06
To continue fron console node do the follo^lnot
D/G r 100 <CR> and then C <CR>
00006136
»>0/G F 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
HALT expected with followinq orintoutt
0000633r 04
To continue from console aode do the followino:
D/G r 100 <CR> and than C <CR>
0000633r 04
»>0/C ¥ '0? <CR>
>»C <CR>
HALT expected with following printout!
0000650C 04
To continue fron console wode do the follONlno;
D/G P 100 <CR> and then C <CR>
0000650C 04
»>D/G f 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
sizr
A
CODE
NUMBER
■wA»v?in^-o«o
REV
5Hr!ET
13
OP
28
i^mmm^mmmmi^
^^IPMH^
mmg^K^^.
^^
i^wp
MANUPACTUIUNG SPECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
l«AST PHASr I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TFST
HALT tXDffcttd with followlnq printouts
00006688 OA
To continue from console node do r,n« follo»lnqt
0/G P 100 <CR> end then C <CR>
00006688 CA
>>>0/6 r 100 <CR>
a a> M aw w • « « at V M •
»>C <CR>
HALT fxoected with follovlno orlntouti
00006808 OA
To eentlnut fro* console ii»ode do the followinot
D/G f 100 <CR> end then C <CR>
00006808 OA
»>D/C r 100 <CR>
>»C <CR>
HALT expected with followlno printout!
00006988 OA
To continue fro* console eede do the follovinas
0/G r 100 <CR> end then C <CR>
0006988 OA
»>D/Q r 100 <CR>
»>C <CR>
HALT expected with followinu printout i
00006P08
To continue frop console «ode do nr« folloMlrc;
D/G r 1^0 <CR> end then C <CR>
00006009
»>P/G r 100 <CR>
»>C «.uR>
"'xltinq wcs test, tics last address « 0.
Cxitina MC8 test, i»CS last address « 0.
..END or RUN, 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS CmiNTS 1. T] 'E:
CODE
NUMBER
REV
SHEET
'' Of ''
MA^vr^yraMWQ ?p^<;;if>^ATON
CONTINUATION SHEET
imi
HAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TCST
9.11 CCKAM.eXF KIS750 i«t(i>ory Dlaqnoitic.
NOTE I
rirtt Btiiory array it not tetted, ^\}§t
havt S12KB for tatc to run,
DS> PUN ECKA>* <CP>
•• PROGRAPI ECKAM-REV, 1.0 M8750 KCMORY DIAG^rSTIC, HfCV 1,0
11 TESTS, AT HHtMMtSS
HIGHEST LONG WORD ADDRESS IS t
tiEMORY NAP VALID! OOOOIFPr (X)
SLOT(O) IS PULIiY POPULATED (256KR)
StOTtU IS PULLT POPULATED (256KB)
SL0TC3] IS ENPTY
SL0Tt4J IS ENPTY
SLOTtS) IS ENPTY
SL0T(6J IS r»PTY
SLOTCTJ IS ENPTY
RON NUNBCRt A DEVICE TYPEl OD
RON WUNBERI B DEVICE TYPEl DM
RON NUMBERS C OEVTCE TYPEl DL
ARRAYU) SINGLE NIT ER»'ORSt
ROW 0*0
ROW 1-0
ROW 2-0
ROH J • 0
..END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNTI 1. Tlntt
IBS
,4
If
CODE
NUMtCfl
REV
SHUT
IS
OP
2t
m
MANUFACTUMNC STECinCATlON
TITli NASI PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
CONTINUATtON SHEET
Ftour* 1 1 ]/7S} Bockplan*
llO«KM
V ^
M 081 781 -A
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2103-0-0
REV
A
MC lft^Mt|lMMiM7S
SHEET JLL. OF «il
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
M 081 TBI -A
L0011 C>A.C.
^
. d
1
••« m
Rguf 2 Com«t Msinory ContiolUr
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MA-V2103-0-0
REV
A
OCC l*-(SMltOM-M«72
SMcrr Ji« OF «ii.
I
m
.1
km
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
■ ■ OpH^ am MA)
-
LOOOSO^M
r>«
L0003MC
r»
L00O«UM
^
LOo6i^u7fl6p«i»4
«t
Oprto*. iaUi AfiM)
«
OpHMi
^
O^Nmi
•
OlpHMt
•>
LOOIt
s
MS7S»^
z
MIMO^Mmi
9*
MiMO»H«i
ft
MIMOpHMi
^
MlMCpHM
tn
MEMQ^Im
;«
MIMQ^Mmi
r«.
MliMfl^iH
s
MflOS
1
•>
M9203
I
—mr~
K
0727
M
OTT
R
0727
S
0727
S
0727
0727
«e
0727
i^
Mf3t3
0727
s
4a
M 081 781 -A
MC lHSMMeM4««7t
RflUf 3
11A51 M>duU Ufllzotlon
(Fiont V1«w)
SIZE CODE
A ISP
NUMBER
MA-V2103-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
18
OF
28
J
■ •• .«.»»■ I I— «
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE HAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
run
^tiw%t InBiCSl^fV
^QaoncH
M 081 781 -A
Flgur> 4 11/751 Fiont Vl«w
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMIER
MA.V2103-0-0
MEV
A
MC lM*MMMt4««7t
SHEET
19
OF
28
MANUFACTURING STECFICATION
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITIC MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
IMMmI* Accm C*««f
loncn
M 081 781 -A
Ffguf 5 11/751 Sld« V?«w
(MDduU Sfd*)
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMSER
MA-V2103-0-0
REV
A
CMC l*HMtt-lM«4««7t
SHEET IL- OF ii.
-:4
mm
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP 11/751 TEST
Coblt
FIour«6 11/751 S}dtVT«w
(Backplon* SId«)
Jj^umoi
M 0ei781-A R»v. A
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A2103-.0-0
REV
A
SHEET «iL OF ii
OCC J*-i*M)-tOM-M«7t
MANUFACTURWC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITlf. MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
TUSB C0«i*iDll«r
TOYI»»t«*r
Supply
Ftowf 7 11 //5l Fiont Vl«w
(Covwn fVHnov«d)
P°^.
M 061 781 -A
CMC l«-<*M>*aM»«M7t
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMIER
NA-V2103-0.0
SHEET
22
REV
A
OF
28
^^[^
■W!
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIL MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
El
M 081 781 -A
AC hm0Nm*f
C«fWiU Ttminol Cobl*
Cable AccMt S»mln Ibllaf
Ftguf 8 11/751 lUor Vl«w
(Cov«n Rtmovcd)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2103-0-0
REV
A
OCC l*^»M|10M-4**«7a
SHEET
23
OF
2S
.«» wiimi— I «iiiti« II— — *«■*
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
r
M 0831 81 -A
VAX 11/751
GIT
SEC UK
LOCAL
SfCURE
POMU OH ACTION
RESTART
r
lOOT OfVICE
• c
1
cy
CFU STATE
ERROR
O
RUN
o
POWER
O
Rgof» 9 11/751 Conwl* Ponel
i
^^»^
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
OCC 1»^JMI-1M2-N*7t
SHEET ^* OF ii.
.3
u
Mi%NUPACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST P^hSK I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TF.ST
APPrNDIX A
Contolt Routlntf
Confolff Coni"«ndf
Th« contol« prompt if the lawt at the vax ii/7ho
">>>" tnd appeeri at the beglnrino of everv li^e.
• •pa
nnn>
»>e
>>>o
enter 11/750 Coneole node trow ooeratlna tysteii.
Enter ROi* «ode from console mode,
(with ROM Installed)
ExaiPine eomnand
Deposit conmand
>>>I<CR> Xnlt command. Invalidates TB, Cache, BnA
does Processor inlt and Unjrus init.
>»T<CP> Test eonmand, runs micro verify
microroutlne explained later*
>>>S ADR<CR> Start conmandf The command may have
>>>S <CR> an address aroument fillowlna, or a
carriaae return If thf PC Is uii*d.
The start command does an inlt seq-
uence before oolno to JRDl of the
macro instruction pointed to bv the PC.
>>>C The continue command is the same as the Start
command and starts macro execution at the
address in the PC.
>>>N Next command is used to sinale step the macro
instruction after the PC Is loaded.
>»B The Boot command in this example «>ill hoot the
device selected by the front panel DEVICE
switch*
»>X APT load and dump command.
Command switches for examine and depdslr commands.
Size Switches
/B
/u
/L
sets the data size to hyte
sets the data size to word
sets tne data size to loni
COOI
NUMBER
REV
SHEET
^^ OF 2«
»iANUFACTUlUNG SPECIWCATION
CONTINUATION SHIET
TITLE
MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 Tt'ST
Punetion Svltehti
/G CPP
/I 1P«
/P Phyieiai Ktpory
n Ylrtual Kcmorv
<SP>P PSL
CoMsand S«lteh«t for Boot Consolo Ce^nand.
>»B/X<CP>
>»B/nnnn<CP>
Boot dffviet ftlocttd by front oontl
Device SELPCT fwltch and Inhibit
nicro varlfy ftat.
Boot davlet stlaettd by front oantl
orviCE SELECT t»lteh and oast a four
dloit nunbtr as software control fla'ss
to VMB.eXE In PS*
>»B OOCU<CP> Boot davlee sotclfitd by oparator.
exampiast
>»D/G/L P |000<CP>
»>0/P 1000 00S251D0
»>e/I 25<CP>
»>X<CP>
»>B/10/X DMA0<CR>
Consolt Co«»and Error Codts.
Put 1000 In PC.
Put coda In addrass lOAo.
Cvaalna eacha dlsabla rtqlster.
Do an Tnlt saooanca.
Boot Dlaanostle Suoarvlsor
without aiero varlfy from d^ao.
If an illaoal eonsoia comwand Is atta<»ptad or
eoanand is abortad bacausa of a vlerotrao or
or soma othar condition a t»o dlolt arror co^l^
is tyoad out and tha consola waits tor naw Inout.
examolas
»>E P<CR>
»>E<CR>
?11
»>
Error Codts t
20 s
11
29
33
34
Exanlna PSL
Xmollts axamlna naxt location (lilaaAi)
Error Coda tyoad hy consola.
Paadv for Input
Oaposit or axamlna of aamory failed.
(access violation, translation not vaiH,
bus error, TB or t% parity error.)
Illaoal access of an IPP or PSL.
Binary transfer checicsuw error.
Attempt to boot fro'*' unicnown device tvoe.
Boot device not "A", "h", C"» or "0".
A
c55i
NUMBER
«A-V2103«n»Q
REV
A
SHEET
7?
OP
7H
?!!y
MANUPACTURING SPECinCATION
CONTINUATION SHf ET
TTTU
PhBt PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
Conioit Malt IrrrtT codti
00 ■ Halt co»»and typtd at console.
03 « *D nalt or slnola macro Inatructlon mode,
04 ■ Inttrrupt ttacir not valid.
0« ■ Halt instruction txtcutad.
07 ■ vaetor Bltf <lt0>«3. Halt at vector
01 ■ Vaetor 81ti <lt0>a2, «CS dlsaoltd or Mssino
OA e Chanqt Modt Instruction axteutai on
Xntarrupt Stack.
OB ■ Chanqt Noda Instruction axtcuttd and
vaetor Bits <liO> not ■ 0.
OP m Ooublt Bus Mritt Error Halt.
il » Povtr up and can't find ppb^ FPSl at
RESTART/HALT.
12 ■ Povar up ««ri» start fla9 falst PPSl at
RESTART/HALT.
13 « Powar UP can't find qood 64ic of mafaory.
14 ■ Povar up and bootina, but bad Boot f'Oi*.
15 • Povar UP and cold start flaq sat durinq
boot subroutine.
SB a Povar UP halt FPSl at HALT position.
pr ■ Miero verify Test failure.
Micro Verify
The i*iero Verify Routine is run at oower up
and during Init sequences to the 11/75^.
At the bi^innina of f»icTo Verify a « will
be outputed to the console. A successful
conoletion viii yield another t . a .
failure vili output one of the follovina
failure codes.
Horr.t
Ref'/rence RC750 Nierediaonesties and Technical •'anuAl EK-KC7?n-T*
an<i the Micr«»diaonestic listings for detail lnforn«atlon on
Installation and use of KC7S0 if aicrodiaanostics are to be run.
c5oi
5P
NUMBER
we«»v2iOi»o-A
REV
\
SNiiT
27
OP
29
Tn^™
I
MANUPACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHIIT
TITLl
NA8T PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST
Tttt Nunb«r
S
a
3
4
S
«
7
9
to
11
12
13
14
15
Ttit NaiPt
R*Buf» W*Bui, 0 Pta Ttitt
^-Pui* 0-Ptg Ttit
Scratchpad Ttft
Cirpllclt Addr.Tttt i«ttpp
ClOllClt Addr.Ttfct Ktt»D
Cipllclt Addr.Tttt IPRi
explicit Addr.Ttst GPPi
X», m, and OSP Tttt
XB, PC, and PCtltizt Ttft
RNUM/0«6itt Ttfti
•NUli/D-SiBt Ttttt
Ctcht Parity error Tttt
TB Parity error Ttit
Control Stort Parity error Tttt
Cacht Tttt
Ptllure Coiv
t
r
I
a
t
0
t
I
I
I
eXAHPLCl
Micro Vtrify Fallurt
%F Thii indieattt a fallurt of Mtt»o scr«tc^o«d
OOOOOXXX FF PC containt loop count or point at «nicn
>» tttt falltd and rr Intilcattt tlcro
vtrlfy fallurt.
.A.
5P
NUMtER
UST
SNOT
•X
Ill
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION
M.'.S.T.
DATE j/l/81
a
I
S
in
Ml
II
115
^&
TITLE
FLOATING POINT ACCELEP J',?^
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHO NO ORIG
DATE
kPPO BY
DATE
A
B
IS
I
<- v^ p
VAX 11780 Floating Point
Accelerator Rewrite.
MLOII
Al Gautiiier
4/7/81
r/^/Bt
1^
ENQ
Al
^^SL
APPD
Bob Bp
SIZE
A
CODE
sr
NUMBER
mv 2^00- 0-0
REV
B
C»iHHMt-|».M«t't^Mt|
SI'EET 1 OF
!6
MAm»AC™«NC MCmCAnON COm.N0AT.OH ».ICT 1
TITil
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
rP 780 rtOATIMG POINT ACCELERATOR
1.0
INTRODUCTION
Th« Floating Point Accelerator (FPA) is an optional high
8^«ed VAX 11/780 processor extension. When included in
tie processor, the FPA executes the addition, subtrac-
tion, multiplication, and division instructions that
operate on single, and double, precision floating point
operands; including the special EMOD and POLY instruc-
tions in both single, and double-precision, formats.
Additionally, the FPA enhances the performance of 32-
bit integer multiply instructions.
NOTE: The FPA does not have to be installed in the
11/780 CPU in order to execute floating point operand
instructions. The FPA can be added or removed without
changing any existing software.
2.0
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Manuals:
2.1.1 PP Accelerator Manual EK-FP780-TD
2.1.2 Power System Overview EK-PS780-TD
2.1.3 Diagnostic System Manual EK-DS780-TD
2.2 Reference Listings;
2.2.1 Micro Code Listings EP-ESOAC»
2.2.2 VAX 11/780 Architecture Hndb EB-07466
2.2.3 VAX Instruction Card EJ-S2000
SIZE
COM
SP
MA'iVWW-O-O
"l^l
IN41M*-lM««7tHM«)
SNICT
OF
MANUrACTUMWG gBanCATION
Tint
CONTINUATION tHKET
MODULAR A?
".H TO SVSTL'.S TEST
2.3 Prlntii
2.3.1 FP780 MP00565
2.3.2 11/780 Complete Print Set MP00539
2.3.3 VAX 11780 CPU MAST Back-Up MAV2100-0-0
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 For test equipment, (Refer to section 3.0 in VAX
11/780 CPU MAST B«ck-Up) MAV2100-0-0.
3.2 Floating Point Accelerator Hardware
3.2.1 M8289 - FCT - FPA Controller
3.2.2 M8288 - FAD - Fraction Adder
3.2.3 M8287 - FML - Fraction Mul Low
3.2.4 M8286 - FMU - Fraction Mul High
3.2.5 M8285 - FNM - Fraction Normallzer
3.2.6 H7100 (A) or (B) Power Supply
(Set Option Breakdown below)
3.3
FP780-AA
Modules
FP780-BB
Modules
H7100-A (115V 60 HZ) ^ 5 FPA
H7100-B (230V 50 HZ) * 5 FPA
Diagnostic Diskettes
3.3.1 RXl Floppy Diskette
3.3.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette
3.3.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette
AS-E6337-YE
AS-E1587-DE
AS-E1597-D
tIZI
CODC
sn
NUMteil
MA-V2200-0-0
B
fcH^lMMMM7t<(Mt)
SHEET
OF 16
JJANUrACnjRING gECOTCATTON
CONTINUATION SHEET
Tins
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYG'EMS TEST
3.3.4 RX8 Floppy Diskette
3.3.5 RX25 Floppy Diskette
AS-E1617-YE
AS-F7487-YE
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRANS
4.1 FP780 Diagnostics and Monitors:
4.1.1 Level 4 The following diagnostics
do not require Diagnostic
Supervisor.
ESKAH Microdiagnostic Test fl
ESKAJ Microdiagnostic Test f2
4.1. 2 Level 3 —
- These Diagnostics run
standalone under Diagnostic
Supervisor.
NOTE: EVKAA.- This Diagnostic should
be run only if operator experiences
trouble with Diagnostic Supervisor.
EVKAB Basic Instruction Exerciser
EVKAC Floating Point Instruction
Exerciser.
EVKAD Compatability Mode Inst.
EVKAE Privileged Architecture
SIZE
CODE
SPI
NUMSEII
MA-V2200-0-0
REV
B
id'i^q
CN-«1 MM«*Nt7aHSM)
SHEET 1_ OF ^-6
MANUFACTURINC arEClFICAITON
CONTINUATION tHCCT
TITli
MODULAR A'^PROACfi TO SYSTEliS TEST
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 CAUTION: No iB«talllc jewelry should be worn while
servicing this equipment, due to the high current
capabilities of the power supplies.
5.2 Jumper Conve.Fion used is:
I - Jumper IN, 0 ■ Jumper OUT, X « Unimportant
Jumper Configurations are explicit or standard
configuration is shown by an arrow ( >) •
5.3 In section 8.0, the user's response is underlined
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION
6.1 Hardware set-up and Configuration
6.1.1 Perform visual inspection for obvious
discrepancies, damage or potential
power up problems.
CAUTION: All System power must be OFF.
SIZE 1 CODE
A 1 SP
ma'!\}WW-o-o '''%
CN-01MM»4M7t-(Mt)
SNBET
OF
16
MANUFACnJRINC SfEdFlCATlON COimNUATION SHtET
^'^■^ ^tCDULAR "..^"^'CA:;- to S-'STtMS TEST
6.1.2 Install Nodules in proper slots c
.f CPU.
(For physical location. Refer to
TABLE
A.
TABLE A
Module Utilization of FPA
(viewed from module side)
J pn» X
1 1
ISlotI 1 1 1
1
1 29 1 28 1 27 1 26 1 25
24
2:
1 1
t 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 M 1 M 1 M 1 M
1 M
1 1 1 1 1
1
ICPU 18 18 18 18
18
CPU l<
■>|CPU 1
1 12 12 12 12
1 2
1 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8
1 8
1 1 91 81 71 6
1 5
1 1 1 1 1
1
1 IP IP IP IP
IF
1 1 C 1 A 1 M 1 M
1 N
1 1 T 1 D 1 L 1 H
1 M
i 1 1 1 )
\
6.1.3 Install Jumpers Wl to W14 on
M8232
Clock Module. Refer to Figure 1,
6.1.4 Update System I.D. Register to
proper
Rev. level by installing/removing
Jumpers on J12 6 J13. Refer to
Figure
3.
#
6.2 Installation of FPA Power Supply
CAUTION: ALL SYSTEM POWER OFF.
Size
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A
SP
MA-V220n-
•0-0
A
SHEET ^
d i q' 1 t 'a
CN-O10«tlft-N«72-(M2)
. OF 3
MANUFACTURING STBCIFICATION
CONTINUATION tNffr
TITIE
fCDu.AR AP^noA:.: to 5'^ste.s test
6.2.1 Remove top screw (front) and move slide clip
left in (rear) of Power Supply Blank Cage,
#70-14101-0-0.
6.2.2 Remove Power Supply Blank Cage, and insert
Power Supply H7100 into II slot. Refer to
Figure 2.
6.2.3 Move slide clip, (rear), and lock. Position
top screw (front) and secure Power Supply in
place.
6.2.4 For FPA installation, remove wire from -fSC
(B) to •♦•5A (D) on acorn pack. Refer to
Figure 3.
6.2.5 Wire b^ckpanel (Figure 3) as shown in TABLE
a.
TABLE B
1 FROM
1 TO 1
1 KA780
1 PSil 1
1 +5A-A
1 4 5V-A 1
1 +5A-B
1 -t-SV-B 1
1 ■►SA-C
4 5V-C 1
1 +5A-D
4.5V-D 1
1 ■♦•5A RET-A
4-6 RET-A 1
1 +5A RET-B
♦5 RET-B 1
1 +5A RET-C
•fS RET-C 1
1 +5A RET-D
•♦•5 RET-D 1
1 AC/DC LOW
1 PS1-J3
KA78P-J17 1
1 OVERTEMP
I PS2-J4
PS1-J4 1
1 Move Cable 1
1 PS2-J5 1
PS J -J 5 1
SIZE
CODC
SF
NUMBER
MA-V2200-0-0
REV
B
CN-010«21«^»73(3«2)
SHEET
OFii
MANUrACTURINC SPECIFICA710W
CONTINUATION SHtET
TITII
MODULAR A?"ROAC:: TO S"5TLi!S TtST
6. 3 Diskette Load
6.3.1 Release drive lock and swing out floppy
drive assembly.
6.3.2 Insert diskette, RXl Floppy,
(AS-E633?-yE) into RXOl drive assembly.
6.3.3 Close diskette slot cover.
6.4 Power on/Bootstrap
6.4.1 With Main Breaker OFF, plug power cord
into proper power outlet.
6.4.2 Turn 869 Power Controller Function
Switch to REMOTE position.
6.4.3 With the H7111 (T.O.D.C.) LSI-11 DC,
and all H7100 CKT Breakers OFF, apply
power to 869 Power Controller.
6.4.4 Middle blower should be ON, with air
exiting from center exhaust.
6.4.5 Turn on H7111 Time Of Day Power Supply.
Power on indicator should light.
6.4.6 Power on System by Key Switch, and
verify operation and air flow direction
of the other two blowers.
6.4.7 Power on LSI-ll, by placing DC ON/OFF
Switch to ON. DC on LED should light.
Place HALT/ENABLE Switch to ENABLE.
NOTE: If DC on LED is not lit, check
power switch on rear of LSI-11 for ON
position.
I
SIZE
CODE
S
NUMBEK
MA-V2200-0-0
REV
B
d liq lit a I
ltNO10«a-U-N« 72(192)
SHEET
OF J^
MANUFACTURING IPBOFiCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR A?''-'0A:H TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.4.8 Set CPU Control
Switch to OFF.
Panel AUTO/RESTART
6.4.9 Turn on H7100 CKT Breakers one at a
time observing Power In<11cator LED'S.
Should get, green power normal
indicators.
6.4.10 With Key in LOCAL
program will boot.
position. Console
6.4.11 Console Terminal will output message.
CPU should now be ready to run
diagnostics. Message is shown at 8.1.1
of this procedure.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Observe indicator on PSil for power normal
indication. Refer to Figure 2. Check table below
for proper voltages regarding FPA on KA7R0
backpanel .
VOLTAGE/SIGNAL
PIN
F
lANGE
(loc on KA780
Backpanel)
C26A1
4.9V
to
5.2V
J17-1
-8V
to
-IIV
J17-2
-8V
to
-IIV
♦ 5A
AC LOW
DC LOW
NOTE: Power supply is not adjustable and must
be repaired or replaced if out of spec.
8,0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 Diagnostic Check Out. Run time and pass counts are
contained on M.A.S.T. checklists. No errors are
allowed unless specified.
SIZt
cooc
SH
NUMtCII
MA-V2200-0-0
■N-0JMa-l«<N«7S-(Ma}
•HItT
OF
RCV
B
MANUFACTURING gBCmCATTON
CONTINUATION tHECT
Trai
MODULAR .r^roMA TO S'^ST.ilS TCST
8.1.1 Console terminal will display the following
message upon completion of boot*
CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP-NONE,
CLOCK-NCRM
RAD-HEX,ADD"PHYS, DAT-LONG, FILL-00,
REL-00000000
INIT SEQ DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
(RELOADED WCS)
LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS-01 WCS-UD-12 FPLA-OD
CON-V05-010-L
>>>
8.1.2 Remove RXl Diskette in drive, and insert RX2
Diskette.
T<CR>
ZZ-ESKAB V12.0
01,02,03,04,
NO. OP WCS MODULES » 0001
O5,O6,07,O8,09,0A,0B,OC,0D,0E,0F,10,ll,12,
13,14,15,16,17,
18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, 20,
SYS ID REG« 01200996
21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,2AA,2B,2C,2D,2E,
2F,30,31,322,33,334,35,36,37,38,39,3A,3B,3C,
3D,
END PASS 0001
MOUNT FLOPPY ZZ-ESZAD & TYPE "DI"
MIO
8.1.3 Remove RX2 Diskette in drive, and insert RX3
Diskette.
DI<CR>
A
CODE
SI
NUMIEII
MA-V2200-0-G
iiev
B
CN-01MX-l«4««7a-(J»t)
•Mirr 10 OF JL
liANUFACTURINO aTBCIFlCATON COWIMUATIOM fMtlT
^•^^ MDOtlLAR A^^SOACrl TO SYSTCnS TEST
3E,
CPU TR-00000010
MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01
MAX ADR-t-1-00100000
DW780 AT TR 03
RH780 AT TR 08
RH780 AT TR 09
3P,40,41,42,43»44,45,46,47,48,49,4A,4B,4C,
4D,4E,
MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01
ARRAY *! 00000000
* SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000
ARRAY *: 00000001
• SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000
ARRAY •: 00000002
• SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000
ARRAY •: 00000003
* SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000
4r,
MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01
M8213 ROMS OK
50,51,52,
STARTING PPA TESTS
53,54,55,56,57,58,59,5A,5B,5C,5D,5E,5F,
END PASS 0001
CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP-NONE,
CLOCK -NORM
RAD-HEX, ADD-PHYS , DAT-LONG , FI LL-00 ,
REL-00000000
INIT SEO DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
(RELOADED WCS) '
LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS-01 WCS-OD-12 FPLA-OD
CON-V05-01-L
»>
T
cooc
SP
MA v""oO-0-0
"1|
iN4aMM*-M«7a-i«»a)
•MtU H OF Jli
MANUrACTURINO Mciric^fnoN
CONTINIATION fHCET
Tini
,«DULAR A''pROA:h TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.1.4 Remove RX3 Diskette and mount VAX
Instruction Diagnostic 11 RX8.
BOOT<CR>
CPU HALTED
INIT SEQ DONE
LOAD DOME, 00014 200 BYTES LOADED
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. 2Z-ESSAA-6. 1-370
8-AUG-1980 12:25:12
DS> ATT KA780 SBI KAO NO NO 0 1<CR>
DS> SEL ALLTCTT
DS> ROM gVKAB<eR>
..PROGRAM: VAX Basic Instruction Exerciser*
ZZ-EVKAB, REV 2.2, 10 TESTS, AT 12:27:37.14,
TESTING: _KAO
Accelerator type 1 is disabled.
Accelerator type 1 is enabled.
..END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS
COUNT: 1 TIME: 8-AUG-1980 12:29:34.74
DS>
8.1.5 Remove RX8 Diskette and mount Vax Inst.
Diag. Diskette 12 RX25.
RUN EVKAC<CR>
..PROGRAM: VAX Floating Point
Exerciser, Z2-EVKAC, REV 2.0,
12:30:49.49.
TESTING: KAO
Instruction
3 TESTS AT
Accelerator type 1 is disablnd.
Accelerator type 1 is enabled.
.. END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECT'ZD. PASS
COUNT: 1 TIME: 8-AUG-1980 12:33:04.18
DS> RUN EVKAD<CR>
SIZK
JL
coot
SP
NUMtEII
MA-V2200-0-0
RCV
B
tM-aiMM«4iM71-(MO
SHCCT
MAWWACrUIUWG gECIFlCATlON
C0NT1NUATI0M SNECT
TITLE
MODULAR ^?R0^..•^ TO S/STEIIS TEST
.. PROGRAi /AX Compatibility Hodt
Instruction Exerciser, EVKAD, REV 1.2, 4
TESTS, AT 12:33:50.37.
TESTING: KAO
Accelerator type 1 is disabled.
Accelerator type 1 is enabled.
.. END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS
COUNT: 1 TIME: 8-AUG-1980 12: 34:1 J, 70
DS> RUN EVKAE<CR>
.. PROGRAM: VAX Privileged Architecture
Exerciser, EVKAE, REV 1.2, 9 TESTS, AT
12:36:06.89.
TESTING: _KAO
Accelerator type 1 is disabled. Accelerator
type 1 is enabled.
.. END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS
COUNT: 1 TIME: S-AUG-1980 11:34:55.62
Di5>
[END OF TESTl
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMflER
MA-V2200-0-0
REV I
3i
A
9M-010»»-l*-*aitHMn
•MEET «13_ OP «Ji
MAWUFACroilINO MClFiCATlON
^•^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEHS TEST
CONTINUATION SHUT
SUPPtV
Hgury 2 H*A t*h> steal l.iH:.i(ion
TEn
NUMtCII
MAV22Q0.Q«Q
MV
'd i:ci I't-a'
•M'UMl-l*4««y«-iM«
SHIIT 14 Of J^
MANUFACTUIUNC gBCmCATTON
CONTINUATION THCCT
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
KA780 BACKPANEL REAR VIEW
SB! BUS
ACORN PACK
c
C
0
t
POWER SUPPLY 1 ♦ 5 RET (GND)*
POWER SUPPLY 1 > 5 *
^ " " 2 ♦ 5 RET (GND)
r " " 2 ♦ 5
"■ " " 3*5 RET (GNO)
Fimc 3
3 ♦ 5
OPTIONAL
SIZI
CODC
SP
NUMBSII
MAV22QO-0-0
RCV
B
d:i!q'Mt!a
CN-«iMa-i«-N«9a-(a»:il
SNECT J^S OF I§
MAWUrACIUKIWO MOriCATTON
CONTINUATION SNItT
TITU
MOP«iLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
! UU Mil
O O
|U10 |W9
.0
|U14
ft
U13
l?7
&
&
,0
|W23
o
Iw
1%
FIGURE 1 M8232
NOTE: Wl throuqh W14-In for FPA
W23 and W24-In for UCS
l_ul_^_rl.^j^-u1_j_jl^
tIZtTCODCl NumM
A I SP I MAV2200-0-0
r
iN««M-iMMya-(Mai
SNIIT
OP
i!
DIGITAL BQUIPMBNT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATSON
DATE JUNE 11, 1981
Tint M.A.S.T. MA780
REV
'I
II
II
u
s
i
11
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
New MAST procedure for MA780,
CHQNO
MA-
AOOOO
ML014
ORIO
T^
i\ AjTotte
DATE
6/11/81
APPD BY
7^
DATE
' .•/• /
ENO
0. AYOTT
APPO /./
B. BECK '
./
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
SN'«10M-l«'«M7a><Mt)
SI'EET 1 OF :G
MANUFACTURING
TITLE
:i■^^^^
CONTINUATION SHUT
MODULAR APPROCn TO SYSTBMS TESTS
MA780 MAST BACKUP
l.f INTRODUCTION
1.1
1.2
Th« MA780 Multlport Mcnory Subsysten Is a four-
port dynanlc NMOS type whose storage capacity (up
to 2 nagabytas) it sharad by optional configura-
tions of VAX 11790 conputar systama. Accass to
tha MA780 Maaiory is controlled by a process of
roundrobin priority arbitration. The MA780 can
acconnodata up to four VAX systens. The Multiport
operation is consistent with VAX 11780
architecture » which requires that all cache
memories are transparent to the software, and main
memories can be locked on controlled boundaries.
Implementation of these requirements is provided
by multiport hardware that can invalidate caches
and arbitrate interlocks among four System
Backplane Interconnects (SBl's). The MA780 also
has an interrupt mechanism for inter SBI signaling
and for notification of all internal error
conditions. Refer to Figures 6 and 7.
The basic multiport memory subsystem is comprised
of a single array card and no invalidate map. The
memory size can be expanded to 2 megabytes by
adding up to a maximum of eight cards.
The following module types are
multiport subsystem:
used in the
M8258 Multiport Interface (MPI)
M8259 Multiport Controller (MPC)
M8260 Array Timing fc Control (MAT)
M8261 Multiport Synchronizer (MPS)
M8210 Memory Array (MAY)
M8212-yA Data Path/BCC (MDT)
«
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUPBMTATION
2.1 MA780 Documentation
2.1.1 NA780 Technical Description EK-MA780-TD
fIZE
A
cooc
s?
d : a'! '^i
tN-«lM>-l«-N«71-(99l)
NUmCR REV
HA-V2605-0-0 | A
SHEET «2 OF 25,
MAWUTACnJIUNC
mic
•i-.«J'rf.w.
CONTINUATION SNCCT
MODULAR APPROCR TO SYSTEMS TESTS
2.1.2 MA789 Maint. Print S«t MPef826
2.1.3 Conv«rtlon Procedure P00-PE-VX-A>NI-CONV
2.1.4 MA78f Installation Procedurt EK-MA780-IP
2.2 VAX Documantation
2.2.1 VAX 11/780 HANDBOOK
2.2.2 VAX 11/780 HRW HANDBOOK
2.2.3 VAX 11/780 SFT HANDBOOK
2.2.4 VAX 11/780 SYS. MAINT. GUIDE
2.2.5 DS780 DIAG. SUPERVISOR MAN.
EB-07466
EB-09987
EB-0812«
EK-11780-PG
EK-D.S780-UG
3.0 HARDWARE REQUIRMEWTS
3.1 TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1.1 11/780 with 256KB of memory
3.1.2 Conaola tarninal
3.1.3 Scopa stable at .01 microsecond on X10
scale. (Tektronix's 475 or equiv.)
3.1.4 DVM accurate to .1 volts at 4-15 volts.
4.0 DIAGNOSTICS REQUIRED
4.1 ESKAN Micro part 3
4.2 ESCCB MA7P(I Multiport Exerciser
NOTE - ESCCB ONLY RUNS WITH MULTI-CPU (2 •OR MORE)
CONFIGURATIONS.
size
A
CODE
SP
Numcii
flA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
dii q'i'tia
CN-01Mf-l«-N«72-(3t<}
SHCET
OF J
25
MANUFACnJIUWO STBCIFICATIOW
TITll MODULAR APPHOCB TO SYSTEMS TISTS
CONTINUATION 8HEC7
S.f SPECIAL INSTRUCT I QMS
5.1
In a two (2) CPU MA780 syattm, one CPU will
require a "Left-Hand Conversion". Refer to the
Unit Assenbly Drawings and the MA780 Installation
Procedure for the conversion of one CPU cabinet to
a left expandable CPU cabinet. Or refer to the
P00-PE-VX-A-NI-CONV-Left hand conversion procedure
for the VAX 11780.
••• HARDWARE SET UP
6.1 Systems with no SBI expander cabinet.
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
Resiove the SBI far end terminator (M9043) from
the CPU's that will be used in the Multiport
configuration. Reference figure 1.
Install the interface backplane (E-IA701f 51 2)
which is a four (4) slot backplane in the space
where the SBI far end terminator was located.
This is done for each of the CPU's in the
configuration. Reference figure i.
Install in each of the CPU's an MPI (MultiPort
Interface) which is an M8258 module into slot
three (3) of the backplane assembly. Reference
figure 2.
Install an M9040 (SBI far end terminator) in
slot twr (2) of the backplane assembly. ONLY IF
THE SBi DOES HOT CONTINUE OUT TO AN EXPANDER
CAB. Reference figure 2.
Connect six
device in
backplane.
(6) SBI jumper cables from the last
the CPU cabinet to the interface
Reference figure 1.
Connect two M9045 paddle tarda together using
four (4) 70-16886-14 flat grey cables - that
have the foam padding between them. Reference
figure 3.
t
Size coot
t i SP
NUMBER
HA-V2605-0-0
RCV
CN-01Ml-l»44«7«-(3f})
tMClT J OF
25
MANUFACTURING STBClFlCATiON
CONTINUATION SNCCT
TITli
MODOLAB APPROCH TO SYSTEMS TESTS
6.1.7
6.1.8
6.1.9
6.1.10
Insert on* paddl* card
(4) on th« pin lida of
of on* of tha CPU's,
card in slot 29 (pin
(M9045) into slot fc
tha interface ba<:'kpli
Insert the other padd
side) of the MA780-
meiiory interconnect.
19 of the MA780-AA.
Insert the M8259 into
Reference figure 4.
8]
Repeat step 6.1.6 in order to nake up the cal
connection for the second CPU.
Insert one paddle card (M9045) in slot four
of the second CPU's interface backplar
lAtert the other paddle card in slot 20 (|
aids) of the MA780-AA memory interconne<
Insert the M8259 nodule into slot 17 of 1
MA780-AA Figure 4 Shows what the configui
tion should look like after the two CPU's i
connected to the NA780.
Install the MA780-C power cable assembly
performing the following steps. NOTE that I
installation orocess differs from CPU cabin*
and 8BI expander cabinets. Refer to Figures
9$ 10f and 11 for configuring one to f<
ports.
A. 'Connect J14 of the 70-16884-00 power cal
to J14 of the MA780-C backplane.
Bl Connect plug J16 of the
of the MA780-C backplane.
70-16885-00 to
C. Isolate, from the 70-16385-00 cable, the
wires with a lug attached and install them
the 45 volt side of the NS780 power supply.
MOTE - On systems where the MA780-C
installed in the SBI expander cabinet the
wiras are installed on the tFT power supply.
d; Isolate, from plugs J^4 and J16, the bl
wires with a lug attached to the end
iastall them on the ground side of the NS
power supply.
T
tN-«lMa-t«-M«7JHMm
COOCI NUMtlll
I sF I m-neos-o-o
•HifT «i«
OF
MANWAmwig imncATiPw
COMT«NUATION SNKIT
Tint
NODULAII AmtOCR TO 8T8TCMS TB8T8
NOTB - On lytt*!)! wh«r« the MA780-C 1«
Inttalltd in th« 8BI txpandtr cablntt tht black
wlras art inatallad on tha 8PT powar aupply.
t,^ Inatall plug J6 to J15 of tha adaptar naxt
to tha MA78f-C aaianbly on tha right.
P. Connact plug J7 to P3 on tha CPU -5.2 volt
harnass
G##^Connact plug iJ4 to J2f ' of tha MS78f
backplana.
Hi Connact J3 to J3 of tha N878f powar aupply.
NOTB - On ayataas vhara tha MA78B-C ia
inatallad in tha 8BI axpandar cabinat plug J3
ia inatallad on tha 8PT powar aupply.
I. Pluga Jl, J2» and J3 connact to tha 8?T
backplana. Ttiaaa pluga ara uaad if tha MA78f«C
ia tha last davica and plug into tha CPU -5.2
volt harnasa.
J. Plug J5 ia inatallad in tha MA78f cabinat.
Run tha wiraa attaehad to J5 and J5 along tha
BDI cabla tc tha MA78f.
6.2 Syttaa with an 8BX axpantion cabinat.
6.2.1 Raiiova tha six (€) 8BI juaipar eablas that
ara.bstwaan tha CPU and axpanaion cabinata.
6.2.2 Install tha intarfaca backplana in tha last
option slots availabla in tha CPU cabinat.
6.2.3 Initall tha six (6) SHI juapars froai tha
laat davica in CPU cabinat to tha intarfaca
backplana.
>f
6.2.4 Initall tha MPI (M8258) aodula in slot ona
of tha intarfaca backplana.
6.2.5 Uaing tha sana procadura as in staps 6.1.7
inatall tha BDI cablaa batwaan tha MA78B
ana. tha VAX 1178f .
SIZCICOOC
NUMKR
riA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
CM-«lMa-l«4iM7XHMa)
SNIIT
OP
25
-m^mmtrnmim
MANUfAyrvMT^g inancATiiti
TiTil MOOOLAR kWnOCU TO 8T8TtM8 TI8T8
CONTIMUATION SHUT
6.2.6 Th« far and ternlnator ( M9043 ) will now
b« located in tht laat slot of th« axpandar
cablnat.
6.2.7 MA78f Powar Cabla Inatallation - ••#
aaction 6.1.10.
6.3 Two MA780 Configuration
6.3.1 cSbniit ona MA788 to ona CPU following tha
Btapa taction 6.1.
6.3.2 Connact tha aacond MA788 to tha aaaa CPU uainq
tha Sana nathod as abova using tha aacond alot
of tha intarfsca backplana.
6.4 Starting addrass aalaction
6.4.1 Tha following Tahla (A) shows tha junpar
configuration for tha atarting addraasaa for an
NA780 A. Tha Juapars ara locatad on tha
MA788-A Backplana (J16) . 8aa Pigura 5.
•< •'
TABLE A
MEMORY STARTING ADDRESS JUMPERS
(USED ONLY ON POMER UP)
STRAP
NAME
0 MB
* 48 MB
32 MB
16 MB
I PORT 0 I PORT 1 t PORT 2 I PORT 3
|8A23|8A22|SA23|SA22|SA23|SA22|SA23tSA22
I
JUMPER I W19I W20t W15I W16| Wilt W12| W7 I W8
I
lit
I • I
I - I
f I I
I i
- t
I I
- I
I I
- I
- I
I I
I I
- I
I I
- I
I I I I
- !• - I
-III
I I - I
I I
- I
- I
I I
I
I
0»«lMa-lMW7IHMn
Y
COM
SP
NUVUII
HA-V2605-0-0
SMICT
7
OP
REV
A
25
CONTINUATION SHtET
TITll
NOOOLAR APriKKI TO STtTIMS TESTS
WOTt
», > - NO JUMPER
r • JUMPER INSERTED
• - STANDARD CONPIGURATION
Thtt« Mttlng apply to all t«bl«s for ju»por
configurations.
Rafaranca flgura 5 for tha junpar locations on tha
■aaory Inttrconnact and tha port Intarfaca.
6.5 Multl port nuabw. jimpars
Tha following Tabla (B) shows tha juiipar
configuration for tha aultl port nuaibar. Tha
juapars ara locatad on tha MA70f-A Backplana
rJ16). G^» Plgura 5.
TABLE B
MULTI PORT NUMBER JUMPER
(NUMBER VISIBLE ON CONTROL PANEL)
6.5.1
TTOirr — r
I NUMBER I
4
SET HULTI PORT 1 — | SBT HULTI MBT i |
•I
I
I
I
♦-
0
1
2
3
Ml
I
I
I
W2
I
X
I
•♦
I
I
I
f
■■f
• - STANDARD CONPIGURATION
6.6 TR salactlon
6.6.1
Tlia following Tablas (C and D) show tha juiipor
configuration for TR nalact. Tha juapars ara
locatad on tha MA780-C Backplana (J13). Rafar
to flgura 5.
SIZE
A
cooc
SP
NUMMil
HA-V26O5-0-0
RfV
A
0«-«aM*-lMM7fl-4M«
SHEET
OP
MAwyTAq^sro wnncATwrf
COMTINUATION SNiET
Tini
MODULAR ArPROCB TO STSTRMS TESTS
TABLE C
STANDARD PORT INTERFACE SLOT 3
|TR
JUMI
PER
1 MIRE MRAP 1
LEVEL 1
N17
1 Wit
l«19
1 M2f
1 Pf3Rl TO 1
.
1 **
1 .,
1 rf3Cl I
-
1
1
1 P03D1 9
-
1
1 P03E1 1
-
1
1 P03P2 1
-
1 I
1 Pf3H2 1
-
1 I
1 Pf3Jl 1
-
1 I
1 Pf3J2 1
-
1 I 1
1 P03M1 1
- j
1 -
1 P03N1 1
- 1
1 Pf3Pl 1
- 1
1 - 1
P03P2 t
- 1
1 P0382 1
I 1
-
- 1
rf3T2 1
I 1
-
1 I
1 P03U1 )
I 1
I
- 1
Pf3U2 t
TABLE D
OPTIONAL PORT INTERFACE SLOT 2
JUMPER
1 MIRE MRAP 1
ITR
LEVEL
W4
M3 1
W2
Ml
Ff2Nl TO 1
1 .
.
.
F02C1 1
1 -
1
-
1 F02O1 1
-
-
1 Ff2El \
!
- 1
F02F2 1
-
1 I 1
F02H2 1
-
I 1
1 F02J1 1
-
I 1
.—
F02J2 1
-
1 I 1
T
1 F02M1 j
- 1
F02N1 1
- 1
r02Pl 1
- 1
F02P2 1
- 1
F02S2 1
I 1
- 1
> I
F02T2 1
T 1
I 1
> I
F02U1 1
I 1
I 1
- 1
F02U2 t
* - STANDARD CONFIGURATION
y]*^
MA-
1
-0-0
REV
A
CN-MM«-lMMy«-(«M)
SHEET
OP
25
MANUFAqmw^ff TBgnCATOff
CONTINUATION SHUT
TITLE
MODULAR APFROCH TO ST8TBM8 TESTS
6.7 Inttrrupt Itvtl jufiptri
6.7.1 Th« following Tablt (E) will provide th«
juaptr configuration for th« interrupt
levels for the HA780. The jumpers are
located on the MA780-C Backplane (J13).
See Figure 5.
TABLE E
INTERRUPT LEVEL JUMPERS
IINTERPORT
I INTERRUPT
I LEVEL
I-
*l 4
I <
I ERROR t
{INTERRUPT I
t LEVEL I
f 9 I
I f I
STANDARD PORT
SLOT 3
W16
OPTIONAL PORT I
SLOT 2
W5
* - STANDARD CONFIGURATION
6.8 MA780-D
6.8.1
Install the Invalidate Map module (M8210)
in the 9th slot of the MA780-A Memory
Interconnect.
6.9 Interleaved meaory
»
6.9.1 If MS780 menories are on the system and are
to be Interleaved the second MS780 MUST BE
AT THE NEXT EVEN TR number past the last
MA780 TR level.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 For the VAX
MAV2100-0 0
11780 power requirements reference SP-
tlZt
A.
cooc
SP
NUMieil
MA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
■N-«lMMMM'«-<Mt)
SHEET 10 OF
MANUFACTURING STBCIFICATIOW
TITLI MODULAR APPROCH TO 8TSTBMS TESTS
CONTINUATION tNECT
7.2 NA780 pow«r requirements - refer to Figure 8.
VOLTAGE MEASURED AT TOLERENCE
PIN 1 OP J3
PIN 1 OF Jl
PIN 4 of Jl
PIN 2 OF Jl
♦ 5
-5
-5.2
♦ 12
••• DIAGNOSTICS
V- .25VDC
♦/- .25VDC
+/- .25'/OC
V- 1.25VDC
"For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any
situation, or for the current MAST ninliiuii test criteria,
e.g. pass-count, etc., refer to the appropriate MAST
CHECKLIST. Listed below are the detailed step-by-step
instructions for executing each Individual diagnostic
contained in the CHECKLIST."
All operator responses will be underlined and followed by a
<CR>.
No errors allowed.
SIZt
A
CODE
SP
MA
-via?-'
IN-«lMI-l*4M7t-<Mt)
tNECT
0-0
11
OF
25
MAIWF>
TITLi
I2EBL
CONTINUATIOM tHIET
NODOLAII APPROCB TO ST8TBM8 TI8T8
8.1 t8KAN - HICKO PART III
»>T/C<CI»
22-f8llinr'Vl2.8
MIC>DI/>A88t2<C»>
CPU TR- fifiSilf
M878i 18K CRIP AT TR 01
MAX ADR-fl- 0fff80iff
MA78i AT TR 82
PORT f 88888888
DW788 AT TR 'i3
DR788 AT TR 8C
DR788 AT TR 8D
3P, 48, 41, 42, 43,
NA788 AT TR 82
PORT I 88888888
MA788 f 08888888
MAX ADR-fl- 888C8888
INVALIDATE MAP
44,45,46,47,48,49,4A,4B,4C,4D,4B,4P,58,51,52,53,54,55,
56,57,
MA788 AT TR 82
ARRAY I: 88888888
f SINGLS BIT ERRORS • 88888800
ARRAY It 80888881
# SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88888888
ARRAY I: 88888882
t SINGLE BIT ERRORS- 88888888
INVALIDATE MAP
f SINGLE BIT ERRORS- 88888888
58,59,5A,5B,5C,5D,5E,5P,60,61,62,63,
MA780 AT TR 02
SKIPPING PWR PAIL TEST
END PASS 0001
NOTE - NO ERRORS ARE ALLOWED. -m
SIZi
coot
SP
NUMiCR
MA-V26Q5-0-Q
REV
IN-01Mt-l»«M7a<<M<|
SNCCT 12 OF 25
iiANUFAcn;iqy<9 OTCireATOW
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITll
MODULAR APPROCH TO 8TSTEMS TESTS
NOTE - ONLY RUN ESCCB IP YOUR SYSTEM HAS TWO OR MORE
CPU'S
8.2 ESCCB MA78« MULTI-PORT MEMORY EXERCISOR
>>> B<CR>
CPU HALTED
INIT SEO DONE
LOAD DONE, 00014200 BYTES LOADED
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. ZZ-ESSAA-6. 1-370
DS> LOAD ESCCB<CR>
DS> CTrMA7Bg<^CB!>
D«v lcT"Link? 5BI<!CR>
Devic* Name? MA0<CR>
TR? 2<CR>
BR? ITCJT
MPM? §^CR>
PORT?"T?gff>
DS> SEL Xtl<CR>
DS> STXrT<7W5
27-MAR-1980
PROGRAM: ZZ-ESCCB MA780 MULTI-PORT MEMORY EXERCISOR
TESTING: MA0
SB I BUS
TR
NUMBER
CONFIGURATION
DEVICE
TYPE
MISCELLANEOUS
Tm rem s — t~k — r — r — i — w
ADDRESS«0000i00i(X)
ENDING ADDRESS- 00fEPPPF(X)
MEMORY SIZE- 983040(D) BYTES
2(D) MA780 MPM- 0(D) PORT- 1(D)
STARTING ADDRESS- 03000000 (X)
ENDING ADDRESS- 030BPPPP(X)
MEMORY SIZE- 786.432 (D) BYTES
INVALIDATION MAP IS PRESENT
3(D) 0^780 UBA NUMBER- 0(D)
4(D) NO RESPONSE •
5(D) NO RESPONSE
6(D) NO RESPONSE
7(D) NO RESPONSE
8(0) RH780
9(D) NO RESPONSE
10(D) NO RESPONSE
SIZE
cooe
SP
NUMICR
MA-V2605-0-0
R£V
A
CN-eiMt-lMMri-IMO
SHEET
MANUFAcruMNg ffrwrKATOH ____
Tmt NODULAII AmiOCI TO STSTIMS TESTS
CONTINUATION tHCCT
11 (D)
NO RESPONSE
12(D) .
NO RESPONSE
13(D)
DR78f
14(D)
NO RESPONSE
15(D)
NO RESPONSE
PROCESSOR ATTACHED TO NPN f PORT 1 IS SLAVED TO
PROCESSOR ON PORT f
PROCESSOR ATTACHED TO NPH f PORT 1 IS SLAVED TO
PROCESSOR ON PORT f
.. END or RUN. f ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1
NOTE - • ERRORS ALLOMED.
SIZE COOE
A sp
NUMUR I REV
riA-V2605-0-0 A
CN^lM«-l«-*M7a-<M2)
RNf IT .Ji. Of ^
MAWl^^CTURINC gEClFlCATlON
CONTtNUATfON SHCCT
^•^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
11780 REAR VIEW
FIGURE 1
FAM CNO TERMMATON
REPLACE WITH PORT INTERFACE
tm JUMPER CARLES
MSA ■ MM
MEM
CPU
000 000 000
□
I I M7100
I Ihtioo
I Ih7100
n
H7100
EH
n
UUUWWUUU|f< liUWIJUUUU li UUli
OSC t«-(Mthl«M4««7a
SIZE I CODE
A I SP
NUMSER
MA-V2605-0-(
SNBIT
1
REV
A
OP
25
MANUFACTURINC gEClTICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
T'^* MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
MULTIPORT INTERFACE BACKPLANE
FIGURE 2
SLOT
1-13 4
M82t>a(HPI)
MULTIPORT INTERFACE
M90a) SB
ENO TERMMATOM
REAR VIEW
014 J15 116
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMtER
MA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
MC l«HSMhlM«-M«7a
SHEET
16
OF
25
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHCET
^^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CABLE CONNECTIONS
FIGURE 3
:"v
^h.^
I
iij-Xi
I I
I
i.r
• /
!i
1 1
I-
rv-
If
II
:i
MSOIS
^
BC05-U
BC05-U
BC05-U
BC05-U
I^
n
L
n
d
ci
L
CI
cl
M9045
q;
L
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-VJ605-O-O
REV
A
OCC l«-(lM)l(M2-ft«7a
SHEET iZ or il
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE i^DULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
MA780 INTERCONNECTIONS
FIGURE ^
H90AS
N90iS
H90iS
M90i8
MA780
<*BDI
-l\y
PORTS* 0 C B A
MPI
MA780-
# BOiaM-OMECTDNAL INTERCONNECT
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
DKC l«-<M»)-ieM-N«7t
fNEET JL. OF iL
^mmi:immii^mmw
MANUTACnJRING SFECIFICATIOW
Ttni MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SMUT
JUMPER
LOCATIONS
FIGURES
REAR VIEW
MQ045
016
viol
PORTS 0 C B A
MSOIS
M904S
MA7to-A
\
MQOiS
SIZE COOC
A 1:?
NUMIlEi^
MA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
oce iMMthiwa^Mya
tMEET 19 OF 25
'^*^-\
-C?^1e:?
fwmm
MANUFACTUIUNO SPBC>inCATK)N
CONTINUATION iHCCT
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
N?ni
•ATTIIIV
IIMMVACt
■ CONTIIOkllll
FIGURE 6
ilA780 M7LTIP0RT MEMORY (FRONT)
Size
cooc
SP
NUMieil
MA-V2605-0-0
REV
A
0>CI»(
y«
SHEET 20 OF ^JL
MAWUF\Cn;iUNO gECiriCATION
CONTINUATION iHCET
Trai >IODOLA» APPROACH TO lYSTEMS TIST
rXCUBl 7
MATWMwIlipgw
iaiwmi tilt.)' ^»'<
Size
A
cooe
SP
NUMIER
MA-V2605.0-0
REV
A
i»<»w»->wa mn
SHEET .1122 OF 25
MAWfi^nvwi^ wmffKMm
COMTINUATION • XriT
T»TII MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
^afaw*'
MATM-t
mumrni MTfiN'Mi 90om.»m • i
JH
ill
ammmmm
1 ' '
43
»— CD
in
***** FIGURE 3 *****
SINGLE PORT INTERFACE
SIZE
COM
SP
NUMtEll
MA-V2605-0-Q
REV
A
IN-01Mt-l»«M7a-(Mn
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTO
AOfiH
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
COMTINUATION SNUT
.umt^y
FIGURE 9
2 PORTS ON 1 SBI
[
•M^l«M-l«4Myt-<»M|
T
csaq
_SP
HA-V2605-0-0
]
INflT
or
MANWMIVIW WamATTQW
CONTINUATION SHUT
TITll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTDIS TEST
^S^ScSSsS^Sg] I
TTT,r TT' ^
***** f I3URF 11 *****
4 PORTf; Of! 1 SB I
ii
JL
coot
SP
NUMMR
r!A-V2605-0-0
KEV
A
■N.«aM«-i*4M7a-(Ma)
8HIIT 25 Of IL
I!
III
Is!
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIUCATION
OATt r
VI /.:i
TITLE
MS 730 MEMORY
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
VAX 1 1 780 MEMORY CONTROLLEH
Rewri te
McO»"3
oRia
'V.Gauthipr
DATE
V11/K,
ARRD BY
//.
DATE
y/'r/e(
E
ENG /U, G^ulhier
APPD Bob Bee
■>
.12*.'
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
"A-V:850-0-0
REV
c
■N>«l«M-l».M«7t-<M«)
SUET 1 OF cA
MANUPACrURIWO afBCinCATlOW
Tini
CONTINUATION SNCET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
HS780 MEMORY
1 . 0 INTRODUCTION
The MS780 'i s comprised of an SBI Interface/memory cont-
roller and either the M8210 (16K) or M8211 (4K) MOS
Array modules.
The MS780 memory controller will buffer one command
while it processes another to Increase system through-
put. Memory controllers can be Interleaved to Increase
the available memory bandwidth. The MS780 also employs
error checking and correction (ECC) that corrects all
single bit errors and dete ts all double bit errors.
The MS780 memory array modules are laid out in a 72 bit
word. 64 bits data and 8 bits ECC. and come as a 64Kb
array (M8211) or a 256ICb »rray (M8210). This gives an
MS"80 a max physical memory capacity of 1Mb or 4Mb res-
pectively.
1.1 Memory Option Designations
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.13
1.1.4
MS780 - AA (115Y)
MS780 - EB (230V)
(4K) Memory
MS780 - CA (115V)
MS780 - CB (230V)
(16K) Memory
Power Supply. Memory
Control , and 128ICB
Power Supply, Memory
Control , and 256KB
MS780
MS780
BA 128KB
DA 256KB
(4K) Memory
(16K) Memory
H7112-A (115V) Battery Back Up
H7112-B (230V)
tlXI
CODC
NUMUII
MA visinn.n
REV
C
■N-01M2-l»-N«72-(Ma)
8NECT
MAWUFACrURINO SPKIFICATION
TITII
CONTINUATION SHI IT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUWENTAT ION
2.1 Manuals:
2.1.1 Vax Memory System
Technical Description
2.1.2 Diagnostic System Manual
2.1.3 Power System Overview
2.1.4 Hardware User Guide
2.2 Prints
2.2.1 11780 Complete Print Set
i.Z.? VAX 11780 CPU MAST Back-Up
2.S Reference Listings:
2.3.1 Wire list and pin sort
2.3.2 VAX 11780 Architecture Handbook
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
J.l Diagnostic Diskettes.
3.1.1 RXl Floppy Diskette
3.1 2 RX3 Floppy Diskette
3.1.3 RX8 Floppy Diskette
3.1.4 RX25 Floppy Diskette
EIC-MS780-TD
EK-DS780-TD
EK-PS780-TD
EK-UG780-UG
M000539
MAV2100-0 0
70-13625-0-0
EB-07466
AS-E6337-YE
AS-E1597-DE
AS-E1617-YE
AS-F7487-YE
Size
A.
cooc
NUMBCR
hA-\7fiftn-n-n
REV
C
CN-«io«ai»-N«7a-(Mn
SHIET
OP
MANUFACnJlUWO STBCIFlCAnQW
Tmi
CONTINUAnON tNf IT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.2 Hardware
3.2.1 W902S extender board
3.2.2 Assorted chip cl 1p$
3.2.3 Oscnioscope - Tektronix 465 - or equivalent
3.2.4 Voltmeter - Tektrontlx DM44 - or equivalent
3.3 Memory Controller
3.3.1 7013625-0-0 Backplane Assembly
3.3.2 M8214 - Memory SB» Board
3.3.3 M8213 - Memory Control Board
3.3.4 M8212 - Memory Data Board
3.3 'j 7014103 - Blank Modules
3.4 Memory Array Boards
3.4.1 M8211 - 4IC Chip Array
3.4.2 210 - 16lt chip Array
3.5 Power Supply
3.5.1 70-14SD7-CO - 115V 60 Hz H7100A with H7102
(♦/- 12V Regulator) and
H7103 (♦/- 5VB Regulator).
on
(Depending on Configuration)
70-1495- 01 - 230V 50 Hz H7100B with H710?
(♦/- 12V Regulator) , and
H7103 (♦/- 5VB Regulator)
%ir^.
NUMBER
lii^rVpfl'in.n.n
REV
C
dhiq
CN-OJM2-lft-N«73-<>*t)
SHEET i OF JL
MANUFACTURINC SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SNCCT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.6 Battery Backup (optional)
3.6.1 H7U2-A (U&V) Battery Charger
or
(Depending on Configuration)
H7112-B (230V) Battery Charger
3.6.2 70-14547-3D Cable for Battery Option
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAHS
4.1 MS780 Diagnostics and Monitors
4.1.1 Level 4
ESKAH
ESKAJ
- The following diagnostics do
not require Diagnostic Supervl
sor.
- Microdiagnostic Test #1
- Microdiagnostic Test #2
4.1.2 Level 3 -- These Diagnostics run stand-
alone under Diagnostic Supervi-
sor.
NOTE: EVKAA --- This Diagnostic needs to be run
only if operator experiences trouble with
Diagnostic Supervisor.
EVKAB - - Basic Instruction Exerciser
EYKAC — Floating Point Instruction
Exerciser.
EVKAD --- Compatabi lity Mode Inst
EVKAE
- Privileged Architecture
SIZt
A
CODC
NUMSEII
RCV
c
CN-oiMa-i«^«7a-<Ma)
SNKET
OF
MAWUrACTURWO SPBCmCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
5-0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 CAUTION: No Mettlllc Jewelry should be worn while
servicing this equipment due to the high current
capabilities of the power supplies.
5.2 Jumper conversion used Is
I - Jumper In, 0 • Junper Out. X • Unlnportant
Jumper conf Igrjratlons ire explicit, or standard
configuration is shown by an arrow ( >).
5.3 WARNING: While Inserting or removing modules In
the HS780, CONFIRW that THE MEMORY POWER SUPPLY Is
shut OFF by its CKT Breaker. AC Power to the
Memory Power Supply could still be present, or
Battery Back-Up Voltages could still be on logic
If H7112 Is Installed.
NOTE: Verify that the Memory Power Supply and the
ffTTTZ are plugged Into in UNSWITCHED outlet in the
869 Power Controller.
5.4 Before powering up the system a floppy diskette
(either RXI or RX3) which has the console boot
program, should be inserted In the RX Drive.
5.5 In section 8.0, the user's response Is under
lined.
SIZE
^^?5 MA'VWSf-O-O V
KN-«lM«-l»4««7a.(Ma)
SHEET
OP 21
IJANUPACrUMNO aWClFlCATION
Tini
COMTINUATION SHUT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSieMS TEST
••0 IMSTALLATIOII SIT-UP > TIST mSTWUCTIOMS
6.1 Nodul* Utiliiation Map for MS780
1 Slot
t 20
1 19
1 1 1
1 18 1 17 1
1
t t
1 2 1 1 1
1.
1 8
1 2
1 8
t 2
1 1
1 3
1 N
1 c
1 M
1 1 1
IN tN 1
18 18 1
12 12 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 2 1 0 1
1 N 1 (Nott 1
ID 1 11)
1 T 1 1
(Mot* 12)
1 i
t 1
IN 1
1 10 1
...— M T 1
1 A
1 4
1 M
1 s
1 3
\— *•*■"•"■•"*"""""— ""
1 Bt
1 1 13 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
MOTEil- Bithar Nodul* M8210 or M8211 aust b« insartad in
this slot.
II0TBI2- If oth«r M8210's or M8211*s, th«y amt h% ins«r-
t«d in d«sc«nding slot opanings. Unusad slots
■ust contain 7014103 blank Hodulas.
MOTBia- Slot •! is not usad for a Naaory Array Nodula.
It will hava a bliitnk Nodala or an M9040 Modulo
if thara is no 8.P.T. on tha far and of tha
S.B.I.
SIZE ICOOC
a
NUMtEII
Ml inain niO
REV
c .
CM^aMa-i«4<M7»HMa)
SHEET i OF
MAy<urACTi;i
nni
CONTINUATION SHUT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
€.2 N8780 Backplan* JuMp«ri and Conntctlona.
6.2.1 Pail Strappinq
(Rafar to Pigura 1, Plfura lA, and to TABLE
A balow) .
TABLE A
Typical NaMory Configuration
I Maaory
I Controllar
I •
Bus Tr
Uval
Pail
Strap-
ping
IRD
Strap-
ping
SA
Strap-
ping
I
I
2
i
I
I
4 Mbytas I
I
I
B Nbytaa t
I
12 Mbytaal
6.3
6.2.2 Mamory controllar with RON Bootstrap is
systaa critical and will activata fail on
powar down. Controllars without RON will
usa alart.
6.2.3 W « Backplana wira fron D20B2 to C20V2
allows tha powar failing condition
6.2.4 0 « Mo backplana wira batwaan D20B2 and
C20V77 Naaory will not activata bus SB I
fail L.
IRD Strapping: (Inhibit ROM Dacoda)
(Rafar to Pigura 1 and to tabla in Saction 6.2 of
this procadura.
ra
MZS
NUMBm RCV
■ifc-tfOQcn-n-n I C ,
CN-«10««-1«-N«7«-<M»
SNirr
OF
MAWUTACTURINO STBCinCATlOH
COMTINUATIOM SMI It
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.3.1 ROM Bootstrap will ilways be on memory
controller #1.
6.3.2 I " Jumper placed across pair of pins, (J21
pin 12). Issues Read Commands to ROM add-
resses, receive no response, and art not
Initiated. Refer to Figure lA.
6.3.3 0 - No Jumper. Issues Read Command to ROM
addresses, receives normal confirmation and
cycle is Initiated.
X
coot
MUMtlll
KCV
c >
d't q rt'ai
CN-«lMMM««7S-|Mt)
SHCCT
OP
MANUrACTUiUNG STOCinCATlON
CONTINUATION tNCET
Trai
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
€,4 TR L«v«l Strapping
1 Unary I 8 I 4 I 2 1 1 1 BACKPLANE WIRE | BUS TR \
1 Walght 1 1 1 1 1 r20K2 to i Laval 1
1 J21 Pin 1 4 t 3 t 2 t 1 1 1 1
1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 P2(K:1 1 1 1
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 I 1 P20D1 1 2 1
1 0 1 0 1 I 1 0 1 P20E1 1 3 1
t 0 t 0 1 I 1 I 1 P20P2 1 4 1
1 0 1 I t 0 1 0 1 P20H2 1 5 1
1 0 1 I 1 0 t I 1 P20J1 t $ \
1 0 1 I 1 I 1 0 1 P20J2 1 7 1
1 0 1 I 1 I t X t rimi t 8 1
II 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 P2aMl 1 9 1
t I 1 0 1 0 1 I 1 P20P1 i 10 1
II 1 0 1 I 1 0 1 P20P2 1 11 1
II 1 0 1 I II 1 P20S2 1 12 1
1 I 1 I 1 0 1 I 1 P20U1 1 14 1
SIZE
A.
CO
n
ma9V»»-o-o m
KN-oi Ota- 1 •-««« 7a-( jf tt
SHECT
OF Ji
MAWUfACnJRINC glCTTCATlOW
Tint
CONTINUATION SNCET
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.5 Starting !
to th« tail
addraas atr
cold powar
^,
pradafinad
addraaa ia
Noraal aat-
powar up wi
wlaa Micro
lar(8). Raf
draaa Strapping. Rafar to ri«^ura 1 and
a balow. For thia procadura. Starting
apping ia only uaad by tha aaMory on
up ao aach aanory aaaunaa aona uniqua
iddraaa. Tha actual oparating atarting
loadad into aach iiaMory controllar.
up ia to hava tha Nanory Controllar (a)
th a atarting addraaa of Xaro, othar-
•2 will not aaa tha othar control-
ar to aaction 8.2
I SAl I SAO I MEMORY CONTROLLER STARTING
I J21 I J21 I ADDRESS AFTER COLD POWER UP
I Pin I Pin I ONLY
1 §20 1
#19
1 0 1
1 —-._—__.
0
0 Maga Bytaa
1
1 0 1
I
4 Maga Bytas
1 I 1
0
8 Maga Bytas
1 I 1
I
12 Maga Bytas
SIZE
A
C^SI MA'^WfKJ-G-O
REV
C
CN-oiM2-i*^«'a(Jta)
SHCET
OF -4
MANUFACTUiUNC SPBCITICATIOW
CONTINUATION SHUT
nrit
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEWS TEST
€.5.1 Voltaqa connections and pinnlngt
Powar Supply Voltaqt Connactiona:
Volts
P.S.
I Input I Slot
j Conn. I 1
I Pin • I
I Slot
I 17
I
I Slot
I IB
I
I Slot
I 19
I
I Slot
I 20
I
5.2V I J19-1 t Ell
I W5-1 I
I w«-i I
i M.C. I N.C. t N.C. I Ell
•fSV I J18
I
|AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1
|BA2,BVl|BA2,BVltBA2,BVl|BA2,BVl|BA2,BVl
|EA2,IVl|BA2,BVl|CA2,CVl|EA2,BVltCA2,CVl
tPA2,PVl|PA2,PVl|OA2,OVl|PA2,PVl|DA2,DVl
t I |EA2,BV1| |EA2,BV1
I I |PA2«PV1| |PA2,PV1
NOTE: Tha Battaiy voltagas llstad balow ara
prasant «fhan tha Manory Powar Supply la
turnad on, whathar Battary Back -Up is
installad or not. Thasa voltagaa ara also
prasant whan aain AC Powar is off snd
Battary Back-up <s supplying powar to
N€»ory» (as in a powar fail condition).
1 Voltaga t Input | Slot I Slot | Slot 1
1 Battary 1 Conn. I 2 | 17 I 19 i
1 Back-up 1 Pin 1 1 | | |
1 +5 Volt 1 J14-l,2 1 CA2,CV1 | CA2,CV1 | CA2,CV1 |
1 Bat. 1 J14-3,4 1 DA2,DV1 | DA2,DV1 | DA2,DV1 |
1 -I-12 Voltl J17-2,3 1 AS1,PD2 i AS1,PD2 | N.C. |
1 Bat. 1 1 1 t 1
1 -5.2 V 1 J17-l,4 1 BL2,BK1 | BL2,BK1 | N.C. {
1 Bat. 1 wa-i 1 1 1 1
1 1 W4-1 1 t 1 t
sin
A
COM
I
HA^m
-0-0
RCV
C '
KN-01 M*- 1 6-N« 7a-(MS)
SHCCT
Of
MAmiFAcnjKiwo graancAnoH
CONTINUATION tHUT
Tmi
unniii-An AppnoAm to RVSTgufi tkr*^
Ground Connoctionst
1 J15
1 J16-
1 J17-
'5f
6,7 1
1 J17-
"•#
9 1
t 10,1
L * f
12 1
1 J19-
1 J20-
€.5.2 Signal Connoctlonat
1 signal 1 Input
1 1 Conn.
1 1 Pin •
w mm mm mm mm «w ^ <■• mm mm «■ ■■> «* mm «b «■» mm «■» MM ■■ ■* mm •■* ■■ ■■« mm «■ «» nm «■> <■»
1 Slot 1 Slot 1 Slot 1
1 1 19 t 20 1
1 MEMORY 1 J20-1
1 AC LO t Wt-1
1 CRl 1 M.C. 1 PI2 1
1 HBIORy 1 J20-2
i DC LO 1 N7-1
1 DB2 i m 1 rR2 1
t CL0CI8 1 J16-1
1 AC LO 1 W2-1
1 CR2 1 M.C. 1 M.C. 1
1 CLOCKS 1 J 16- 2
1 DC LO 1 Nl-1
1 DEI 1 M.C. 1 M.C. 1
6.6 Installation of Nr^«ory Controller:
NOTE: Vorify that AC ^war is OFF before beginning
installation.
6.6.1 Installatic.i of a new Nosory Controller in
the CPU CAB "tfill first involve removal of
the existing NeMory Controller.
ffl
coot
SP
NUMUII
I1A-V2850-0-0
REV
C
tN-010U*l«-H«7«-<Ma|
SNEiT
OF
MANUTACrUIUNO arBClFlCAIlOH
CONTINUATION SHEET
TtUE
t40DULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.6.2 Remove the 4 Mate-N-Lock connectors from
the lower edge of the Backplane, along with
the (2) +5 Volt, and (2) +5 Volt Return
Power Cables.
6.6.3 Remove the SBI CabUs on each side of the
Backplane. (6) SBI Cables on the right, and
(6) SBI Cables on the left.
6.6.4 Remove the (6) screws. (3J on the top rear,
and (3) on the front bottom edge of the
logic cage.
6.6.5 Reaovt the Memory Controller from the rear
of the CPU Cib.ind Install the new Control-
ler. Replace all screws and cable connec-
tions to thtir proper locations.
6.7 Installing a Memory Controller In the N9602-M7 Cab
6.7.1 Remove the Logic Blanks, (#74-21661-00)
from the first and third spaces In the
H96G2-H7 Cab.
6.7.2 The Memory Controller MUST be the first
logic In the M9602-M? tiF7 Any other Logic
occuping the first three spaces must be
moved over before Install Ion of the Memory
Controller. Only one Memory Controller can
be mounted In the H9602-H7 Cab.
6.7.3 The Memory Power Supply mounts In Power
Supply Slot #1. under the Memory Cont-
roller. The AC Power cord for the Memory
Power Supply has to be plugged Into J14-B
of the 869 Power Controller. Backplane
Power connections and mounting screws are
the same as those used In the installation
of the Power Supplies In the main cab.
SIZt
A
cooc
QD
NUMtCII
REV
C
m tM-«lMM«-M«72-{Sta)
SNCCT
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION iHEET
TTTll
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtMS TEST
6.8 Installation and checkout of H7112 Battery Back-
-Up. (optional)
6.8.1 Mount N7112 above (Time Of Day) power sup-
ply using upright holes 118 and §22. (Ref.
UA 11780-0-0 Sheet7)
NOTE: For H9602-H? use holes #12 and 116
above 869 Power Controller.
6.8.2 Route AC power cord over 11/03 to 869
outlet J14-B. (Ref IC 11780-0 1 sheet 5 and
sheet 6)
NOTE: For M9602-H? route AC Power Cord over
rear of 869 to outlet of J17-B.
6.8.3 Route and dress 70-14547-3D (Battery Cable)
In left front vertical and center front
horizontal to the memory Power Supply J2.
6.8.4 Plug over-temp cable (part # 70-14213-3E)
Into Jll on back of H7112.
NOTE: The middle pin of the over-temp cable
should have about 25 volts Reference to
ground when the 869 Power Controller Is
switched on.
6.8.5 Power up system. Check LED Inside H7112 to
be ON; Indicating that the batteries are
charging.
NOTE: For fully charged batteries, the LED
should stay on for at jef»t 10 seconds on
power up. Normal ON TINE Is from a few
minutes to a few hours depending on the
Initial charge state of the batteries.
SIZE
JL
CODE
SP
maIWIWo-o
REV
c
&\ (i
KN-01MX-lft-N«72 (M2)
SHEET
OP
MANUFACTURIWC SreCIFICATION
lAi
COHTINtlAnON tHECT
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTLKS TEST
6.8.6 With latterlei fully charged,
progriii Into Memory.
1 oad
MOTE #1: If the system has more than 1
memory controller and battery back-up,
Interleave the memory controllers before
loading a program. Refer to section 8.2
After loading a program, halt the system
and turn off power by using the key switch
first then shut off the breaker on the 869
Power Control ler{s) for one minute.
HOTE 12: The Power inverter failure LEO on
the front of the Memory Power Supply,
should come on In approximately 10 to IS
seconds after the main Breaker on the 869
Power Controller Is switched OFF.
Twrn the 869 main Breaker(s) back ON. Turn
on system using the key switch. Restart
your program. The program should have been
preserved.
SIZE
JL
CODE
SJL
NUMBER
REV
C
CM-610«2-l«-Nft72-(3*2)
SHEET
OF Ji
NANUFACTURIWC STECinCATlON
CONTINUATION SHCET
▼ITlt
MQDULAH APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TEST
6.9 Battery Back-UP Cable Pinning (70-14547-3D)
Voltages with cable plugged into P2 of Memory
Power Supply.
1 VOLTAGI/
1 SIGNAL
COLOR
1 P2 PIN/S
1 REALISTIC
READINGS
PWR.'GND '
•
AC PWR ON
AC POWER 1
i IL COND. 1
1 436 V
1 BAT.
RBO
i 1.2
•f30 VOLTS
436 VOLTS i
1 +36 V
1 RET.
BLACI
1 7,8
GND
1 GND 1
1 AC LOW
|-8V,-11V
YELLOM
1 4
-9 VOLTS
0 VOLTS 1
1 RELAY
1 CLOSER
! -»>57Volts
GRAY
1 3,6
455 VOLTS
APPROX.
1 4 36 VOLTS 1
APPROX. 1
6.10 Detailed teat procedure:
6.10.1 Perform visual inspection for obvious dis-
crepancies, damages, or potential power -up
problems.
6.10.2 Check to see that modules are in the
correct slots. Refer to sec 6.1 of this
procedure.
6.10.3 Verify proper hardware set up. Refer to sec
6 for configuration jumper tables.
6.10.4 Take resistance readings of the power
supply outputs, to verify that there are no
power to ground shorts.
SIZE
A.
CO
n
MA^VJWif-O-O
REV
c
dii.!q
CN<010«>1* N«m]»a)
SHEET
i-. OF ^
MANUFACTURING STBCmCATlQN
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH 10 SYSTEMS TEST
NOTE: Readings will vary depending on the
number of Array Modules Installed.
6.10.5 Turn on memory power supply breaker and
observe indicators for normal power In-
dications.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1
Check Memory Voltages:
VOLTAGE/ COLOR PIN
SIGNALS
♦5 volt Red J18
-5 volt Blue J19
♦12 volt Orange J17
♦5 Batt. Red J14
AC Low Yellow J20
DC Low Violet J20
-5 Batt. Blue J17
VALUE
♦4.9 to ^5.2 Volts
Pin 1 -5.0 to -5.3 Volts
Pins 2.3 +11.66 to ♦12.24 volts
Pins 1.2, ♦4.75 to +5.25 volts
Pins 3,4
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pins 1.4
-8 to-U volts
-8 to-11 volts
-4.75 to -5.25 volts
NOTE: Power Supply Is not adjustable and wust be
replaced If out of range.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run
in any particular situation, or for the current
MAST minlmun test criteria, e.g.: pass counts,
etc., refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST.
8.1.1 Insert RX3 Diskette in RX drive, and boot
systcR.
>»
T<CR>
zz.Esinfr~vi2.o
3E.
CPU TR- 00000010
cizt
.A.
cooc
NUMtCR
HA-V2850-Q-n
REV
C ..
■M^jota-iMMya-iMD
SHIIT
OP
JJAWWACTUKINO glUfkATlQW
CONTINUATION tNIIT
Tini
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
NS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01
MAX ADR41- 00100000
DW780 AT TR 03
RH780 AT TR 08
RH780 AT TR 09
3F, 40. 41, 42. 43, 44. 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 4A. 48. 4C.
40. 4C.
MS780 16K
ARRAY #:
# SINGLE
ARRAY I:
I SINGLE
ARRAY #:
I SINGLE
ARRAY #:
# SINGLE
4F.
MS780 16K
M8213 RONS
50.51.S2.
NO FPA
CHIP AT TR 01
00000000
8IT ERRORS:
00000001
BIT ERRORS:
00000002
BIT ERRORS:
00000003
BIT ERRORS:
CHIP AT TR 01
OK
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
8.2
END PASS 0001
CPU HALTED. SONN CLEAR. STEP-NONE.
CLOCK-NORN
RAD-HEX.ADD-PHYS. DAT-LONG. FILL-00.
REL-00000000
INIT SEQ DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
(RELOADING WCS)
LOAD DONE. 30003200 BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS-01 WCS-OD-12 FPLA-OD CON-
V05-01-L
Interleaving Nemory Controllers.
(This Is for systens having laore than one memory
NS780).
SIIE
CODi
NUMBER
REV
C,
■N-01Mt-l«-N«7«-<M«
SNBET
OP
MANUFACnJIUWC gBCIFlCATlON
C0MTINUAT10N tNCET
Tini
8.2.6
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.2.1 Inttrleived memory controllers must bt
contiguous with the bus TR levels.
8.2.2 Have t.e same starting address.
8.2.3 Have same trrdy size.
8.2.4 Be at least two way Interleaving.
Example: With 4 controllers.
Controller 1 i 2 Interleaved and
3 14 Interleaved.
8.2.5 When Interleaving memory you must first
deposit the following Into the Memory
Control Itr Configuration registers:
Cortroller #1
>>>
>>>
D 20002000 101<CR>
D 20002004 4000<CR>
(2 way Interleaved)
(starting Add.-O)
Controller #2
>>>
>>>
D 20004000 101<CR>
D 20004004 4000<CR>
(2 way Interleaved)
(starting Add.-O)
NOTE: Anytime Micro #2 Is run the Memory
Controllers have to be Interleaved again before
running other Diagnostics or software.
Remove 11X3 Diskette and mount VAX Instruction
Diagnostic #1 RX8.
>>>
BOOT<CR>
tIZI
CODE
NUMSCR
Mi.M?afin.n.n
REV
C
KN-Ol Ml- i ft-N« 7tM S*t)
SHEET
OF
MANUPACIVIINC
«.«,,««^^«^^ C0MT1NUATI0W tNIET
SPECIFICATION
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
•
CPU HALTED
INIT SEQ DONE
LOAD DONE. 00014200 BYTES LOADED
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, ZZ-ESSAA-6. 1-370 6-AUG-
1980 07:23:00
0S>ATT KA780 SSI KAO NO NO 0 0<CR>
Ds>5rL Mim^
DS>5ET HALT^CIl>
DS>RUN EVKAKCR)
..PROGRAM: VAK Basic Instructloni Extrclftr.
ZZ-EVKAB, REV 2.2 10 TESTS. AT 08:21:37.53
TESTING: _ICA0
.. END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1.
TIME: 6-AUG-1980 08:22:36.64
8.2.7 Reaove RX8 Diskette and mount VAX INSTRUC-
TIONS DIAGNOSTIC #2 RX25 tn the drive.
DS>RUN EVKAC<CR>
.. PROGRAM: VAX Floating Pol'nt Instructions
Exerciser. ZZ -EVKAC. REV 2.0. 3 TESTS. AT
08:23:37.99.
TESTING: _KAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1.
TIME: 6-AUG-1980 08:24:45.92
DS>RUN EVKAD<CR>
.. PROGRAM: VAX Coiapatlbl 1 1 ty Mode Instructions
Exerciser. EVKAO. REV 1.2. 4 TESTS. AT
08:25:26.42
TESTING: _KA0
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. h^SS COUNT: 1.
TIME: 6-AUG-1980 08:25:37.42
DS>RUN EVKAE<CR>
.. PROGRAM: VAX Privileged Architecture
SIZt CODtj NUMtCR RCV 1
CM-«lMa-l»-N«7t-<Ma)
SHtrr
OP
m
MANUFACn/KINO OTCIFICATTON
CONTINUATION tNIIT
TfTlI
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Extrclstr. EVKAE. Ui 1.2. 9 TESTS. AT
08:26:22.54
TESTING: __ICAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT
TIME: 5-AUG-1980 U:34:S55.62
DS>
[END OF TEST]
1.
SIZE
cooc
NUMItEII RCV
MA Maiiil fl n I ^ B
id'i n it '<) !
CN-«lMa-l*4M7>-<Mt)
tMICT Jjk OP 24
JtAWWACTUIUNO STBCfflCATlOW
Tmt
CONTINUATIOM SHf CT
mmim AprmLii tq mim rt:?T
For detail of
J2l Rtftr to
Figure lA —
) H
Jl
if
J?
SBI BUS_
J3
1 1
J4
J5
11
ii.
0
lO Ol
J14
J15
• •
...Jill
in uvti.
L : .
0
JI6
^ - - J
J 8
J9
J!0
O
• •
■ ■■■ »■ ■
r 1
lo o:
• • ••
o[>
Ji
v)12
L- SSI BUS
J2f)
JIO
j:8
JI7
txiAR VIEW
FIGURE 1 ^!S780 3ACKPANEL
L
MZC COOCI NUMItn
A I sp I f;'.-v:85o-o-Q
c
CN-«lMa-lMiM7a-<»9l}
SHEET
Q> 24
MAWUFACrUMNO IPHCIFICATBOW
C0MT1MUAT10N SHUT
Tint
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
SA
oo
oo
20 19 [
iEABIL
IRD
y
O
J 12 I SPARES
TR
OOOO
oooo
J 4 3 2 I
J21
Pin !
FIGURE lA locating tlte pinnino on the vJ^!
section of the MS/SO flACKPANtl..
Size
COM
NUMteil
REV
C
■N-«iwa-i*4««7a^»Mi
SHEET
OF
I
I
I"
III
11
II
lli
DIOITAL SatnPM BNT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPEOFICATION
M.A/..T.
OATC
h/H/Bi
Tini
RH7nn mj\-:bus adaptor
IICVIflONS
REV
OEiCRIPTION
CHQ NO
DATE
ARPD 8Y
DATE
Re-write Back-Up of VAX RH78n
Mi-OlS
Al
Gauthier
4/25/81
./
' /
Mc
\
■if Ml ,,, ,, ,
ENOT^TT'iJ^-v
Al Gauthier
tN^M».t •.|iM7H«M|
^'^^ Bob Beck''
CODE
SP
NUMBER
'V\-V2910-0-0
SI'EET 1
REV
B
MANUFACTURING VBCIFICATIOh
yjjl^l MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
RH7e0- MASSBUS ADAPTOR
l.f INTROOUCTION
The Rh ^f MASSBUS ADAPTOR (NBA) Is th« interface between the M«it>
bus ano "he SBI (SYNCHRONOUS BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT). It perforas
all control, arbitration, address mapping, and buffering func-
tions. Up to four MBA*s aay be placed on the VAX 11/780.
The NBA uses a 32-byte silo for data buffering. Data transfers on
the SBI are quad-word (64-bit), therefore naking efficient use of
the SBI bandwidth. On aeaiory to MBA data transfers, the MBA anti-
cipates upcoaing Nassbus data transfers by pre-fetching the next
quad-word of d j^a froa aeaory.
2.1 RBPBRBNCB DOCUMENTS
2.1 Manuals:
2.1.1 VAX-11 RH78f Massbus Adaptor
Technical Description BK-RH780-TD
2.1.2 Power System Overview EK-PS786-TD
2.1.3 Diagnostic System Manual BK-DS780-TD
2.2 prints:
2.2.1 VAX 11780 CPU MAST Back-UP MAV2100-0-0
2.3 Reference Listings:
2.3.1 Wire lists and pin sort 70-13627-0-0
2.3.2 VAX 11780 Architecture Handbook E9-07466
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMIEII
MA-V2910-0-0
NEV 1
KN-01Ma-l«-M«7t-(Ma)
SHEET
OF
18
MAIWFACnJMNO gBCIFlCATTOH
CONTINUATIOM t»lf IT
mil
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.0 RgQUIRBD TB8T BOOIPHEWT
3.1 Ttst BquipMcntt
3.1.1 VolUi»ter-Tektronix DM44 or equivalent
3.2 Massbui Adaptor Hardware:
3.2.1 7ei3627-l-f Backplane Asaeiibly
3.2.2 7il3712-i-l Card Cage
3.3 Modules:
3.3.1 M821'5 - MSI (MBA/SBI INTERFACE)
3.3.2 M8276 - MIP (MBA/INTERNAL REGISTER)
3.3.3 M«277 - MDP (MASBUS DATA PATH)
3.3.4 M827'^ - MCP (MASSBUS CONTROL PATH)
3.3.5 M9041 - Maisbus Paddle Card
3.3.6 (2) 7014113 - Blank Modules
3.4 Cables:
3.4.1 (3) BC06R-10 Cables, to rear I/O panel or de-
pending on Configuration, to side Expander I/O
panel.
3.4.2 (6) S.B.I. Cables Partf 1700087-(
tIZC
A
cooc
pp
NUmER
MA-V2910-0-0
RCV
B
CN-01M2-1«-M«7a-(M<I
SHilT
OF Jl
MAWUFACTUiUWG gTBClFICATlOW
C0MT1NUAT10N tHCCT
Tini
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
3.4.3 (1) Overtump Cable
3.4.4 (1) AC/DC Low Cable •
Parti 7i-14213-OK
Parti 70-14212-OM
* NOTE: The AC/DC Low Cable is connected be-
tween J3 on the H7ia0 Power Supply and J13 on
the RH7B0 Backplane. When a second RH780 la
connected to the same H/100 Power Supply, the
AC/DC Lc'^ Cable is connected between J 14 on the
first RH780 Backplane, and J13 on the second
RH7B0 Backplane.
3.5 MBA Option Designations:
3.5.1 RH780-00 Massbus Adaptor only
3.5.2 RH780-AA (115V) Adaptor * Power Supply
or
RH780-AB (230V) Adaptor -♦• Power Supply
3.6 Diagnostic Diskettes:
3.6.1 RXl Floppy Diskette
3.6.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette
3.6.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette
3.6.4 RX7 Floppy Diskette
AS-E6337-YE
AS-E1587-DE
AS-E1597-DE
AS-E1607-YE
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
di.qi t'ai
CN010a21*-N«72(S«2)
SHEET
Of
MANUFACnilllNC gECIFlCATiON
Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TFST
COMTINUATiON SHEtT
4.1
REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PftOGRAHS
4,1 LEVEL 4 — Tht following Diaqnoatics do not rtquir*
Diagnostic Supervisor.
ESSAA SuD«rvicor Diagnostic
ESKAH -—
ESKAJ
- Microdiagnostic Test il
- Microdiagnostic Test 12
4.2 LEVEL 3 — Thess Diagnostics run standalone under Diag-
nostic Supervisor.
ESCAA — — Vax Cnannel Diagnostic
NOTE: ESCAA is the only Diagnostic that checks for
. ASSBUS FAIL. A Hassbus or Terminator must be con-
r jcted to the RH78i while running this Diagnostic.
tar complete functional testing of the RH78i, the
dagnostic for the Massbus Device connected to the PH780
under test should be run.
5.0 SPECIAL INSTROCTIOHS
i.l CAUTION: No metallic jewelry should bp worn while ser-
vicing this equipment due to the high current capabili-
ties of the po-*er supplies.
5.2 Jumper convention uced is;
I » Jumper In, 0 ■ Jumper Out, X • Unimportant
Jumper Confii^urations are explicit, or standard
configuration is shown by an arrow, ( >).
Size
CODE
SPI
NUMBER
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
B
eN-010«JlC N«/2 «3»t|
•MEET 5 OF Ua.
MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlOW
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITH
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.1 INSTALLATION h TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION
6.1 Module Utilization Map for RH78fl
UTILIZATION MAP
1 6 1
5
4
3
2
• ••••«• AM MB
1 1
1 1
1 B 1
B 1
M
M
M
1
M 1
1 L 1
L 1
8
8 1
8 1
8 1
1 A 1
A 1
2
2
2
2 1
1 N 1
N
7
7
7
7 1
) K .
1 1
K
8
7
6
5 1
1 1
1 M 1
M
M
M
M
M 1
1 0
0
C
1 D
1 I
1 s 1
i D 1
D
1 P
1 P
1 R
1 I 1
t U
U
1 L
L
1 E
E
6.2 MBA Interrupt Level Selection. For location of (V/)
jumpersr refer to TABLE 1 and Figure 1.
TABLE 1
Interrupt Selection
I
I
I
I ISR • I
I
W5
116
4
5 •
I
I
*
6
1
ALL
I
I
IS
0»«lM<-lt-N«yMMt)
cooc
sn
NUMMII
MA-V291B-a-0
SNIU
OF
REV
D
18
CONTINUATIOM tHEET 1
MANUFACIVRJfNG ffBClTICAnOH
1
jf^g MODULAR APPROACH
TO SYSTEMS TEST 1
6.3 TR ArbitraMon
leva]
L Selec
rtion.
Por location of (W)
jumpers, rff«r
to Figure ]
L and
TABLE 2.
TABLE
: 2
Arbitration
Selection
IBUS 1 S 1
S 1
S 1
S 1 WIRE NRAPi
ITRI 1 E 1
E 1
E 1
E 1 TABLE 1 1
1 1 L 1
) 1 i
L
L 1
L 1
lA]
11 Wraps 1 1
1 1 D 1
C 1
B 1
A iFroffl Ff2Pl| 1
1 i Wl
W2
W3 1
1 I
W4I
1 *• •
1 1 1
1 0 1 I
I
I 1
I 1
Pf2Bl 1
1110
0
0 1
0 1
Pf2Cl 1
12 10
0
0 1
I 1
Pf2Dl 1
13 10
0
I 1
0 1
Pf2Bl 1
14 10
1 0
1 I 1
I 1
f92r7 1
15 10
1 I
0 1
0 1
Pf2H2
16 10
1 I
1 0 1
I 1
Pf2Jl 1
17 10
1 I
I 1
0 1
Pf2J2 1
1 8* 1 0
1 I
1 I 1
I 1
Pf2Ml !
1 9**| I
1 0
1 0 1
0 i
Pf2Nl 1
1 If 1 I
1 0
1 0 1
I 1
Pf2Pl 1
1 11 1 I
1 0
1 I 1
0 1
Pf2P2 1
1 12 1 I
1 0
1 I 1
I 1
Pf2S2 1
1 13 1 I
1 I
1 0 1
0 i
Pfl2T2 1
1 14 1 I
1 I
1 0 1
I 1
Pf2Ul 1
1 15 1 I
1 I
1 I 1
0 1
Pf2U2 1
* • Norma;
L RH0
*• ■ Norma]
L RHl
•
Size
CODE
NUMtCR
REV 1
_^
A
SP
MA-V2910-0-0
_y
IN-01M'M»-N«7a-(S«2)
SNEET
OP
18
MAWUFACnJRINO gBCmCAnON
jin^t MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATtOH SHtET
6.4 Mate-N-Lock Connect ioni. Refer to TABLE 3.
TABLE 3
M-N-L Connection
I
SIGNAL
NAME
I CONNECTOR I PS. AC
i I LO. L
I PS. DC. I -5V I GND
I LO. L i I
1 J15
1 J14
1 J13
1
1
1
N/C
1
1
1
1
1
N/C
2
2
mmmmmmmtmmmm
1112
1 l/C 1 3
1 N/C 1 3
1
1
1
6.5 Installing the RH780s
6.5.1 Nomal Configuration for RH78B Backplanes in the
CPU Cab is to have TR 9 nounted next to the Mem-
ory Backplane and TR 8 next to TR 9. This will
allow for proper cabling to tha I/O panels, (TR
9 to th« side exp. I/O panel and TR 8 to the
rear I/O Panel) .
6.5.2 Wl'.anever an S.B.I. Device is cabled to the side
I/O t»anel in the CPU Cab or the H96«2-H? Cab,
that Device is Mounted FIRST. Rear I/O Panel
Devices are mounted next.
NOTE 1: If both RH78f's are cabled to rear
Panel, TR 8 goes to J3 and TR 9 goes to J4
Refer to Figure 2.
I/O
NOTE 2t If using only the rear I/O Panel for the
H9602-H? cab, J3 is to be cabled to the lowest
RH780 TR Level in that cab. J4 is then cabled
to the next higher TR Level etc. Refer to
Figure 3.
Size
CODE
SP
NUMtEII
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
B
tN^JMa-t«4««7a-<MS)
SHEET
OF
18
MANUFACfUMNO gtCPiCATlON
TiTil MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHttT
6.5.3 Th« Maesbui Cable Transition Block ccmea inatal-
lad in J3 of the rear I/O Panel for the CPU and
the H96f2-H7 cab. If J4, J5, J6, are to be used,
another Transition Block must be initalled in
each J number used.
6.5.4 After Cables from the M9I41 to the rear and/or
side I/O Panels are installed, any excess cable
is folded flat and tiwwrapped into the center
rear horixontal channel.
6.5.5 The H71li Power Supply is mounted in Power Sup-
ply Slot 15 for CPU installation.
6.5.6 Por the K96f2-H7 Cab, the H7iai Power Supply
could be in slot 11 or slot #2, depending on
Systesi Configuration.
NOTBt If slot 11 is used, the AC Power cord
plugs into the 869 Power Controller J15-B. For
slot #2, the AC Power cord plugs into J18-B.
6.5.7 Por CPU Power Supply slot #5 and H96i2-H?, slot
#2, remove the po^er supply blank. Part •
70-14101-11.
NOTE: 2 RH780 MASSBUS adaptors can be connected
to one H7100 Power Supply.
6.6 Cabling to side Expander I/O Panel. Refer to TABLE 4.
TABLE 4
Side Cabling I/O Panel
I
CABT.E
I PROM I
TO
i 1. BC06R-10
I 2. DC06R-10
i 3. BC06R-10
1 M9041-C 1 Exp.
I/O
Conn
J4
1 M9041-B 1 Exp.
I/O
Conn
J5
i M9041-A 1 Exp.
I/O
Conn
J6
NOTE: Cables at M9041 are ribbed aide up, with stripe
to backplane.
SIZE
A
CODC
SPI
NUMtER
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
B
CK-«lMt-l*^«7S-(S«2)
SHEET
OF JLfi_
MANUFACnJMWC OTCITICATION
CONTINUATION SHCET
TITII
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.7 Cabling to r««r I/O P«n«l. Refer to TABLB 5.
TABLE "^
Rtar Cabling to I/O Panel
i.S
I CABLE
i PROM I
TO
I
I 1. BCI€ll-lf
I 2. BCI(R-lf
I 3. BCf€R-lf
I M9f41-C II/O Conn. J3 Slot CI
I M9i41-B I I/O Conn. J3 Slot Bl
I N9041-A II/O Conn. J3 Slot Al
NOTEi Cablaa at N9f41 are ribbed aide up, with
■trip* to backplant.
Side expander I/O connector panel viewed frow Inalde
cabinet. Maaabua cablea at J4, J5, k J6 are ribbed
side to front and stripe down. Refer to figure 4.
FIGURE 4
I/O Expander Connector Panel
31
J2
J3
J4 J5
J6
1 IC 1 IB i lA 1
jr?
1
1
J8
1
I
J9
1 1
r
CODE
SPI
HA?iWfff-e-0 «li
KN-01Mt-l«-N«7t-<Mt)
SHCET
10
OF
18
MANUFACnJMWC SPECIFICATION
Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION SHtET
6.9 I/O conntctor panel viewtd from Inside of cabinet.
Refer to Figure 5. MMSSbus cables are ribbed iide
toward Jl and atripe up.
FIGURE 5
1/0 Connector Panel
Jl J2 J3
J4
/ I \
C B A
i I I
Massbus Cables
J5
J6
II I I I I ill! I I I I I
11 MM \ \ \ \ II II I
II II II II II II II I
II \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I
II II II II II \ \ \ \ I
II MM II II I II I I
II II II \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I
II \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I II I I
J7 J8 J9 J10
I I I
I I I
I I I
MM
I I I
I I I
I I I
Console conn
if in CPU
Cab
tizc
jL.
CODE
NUMtER
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
B
CN-010«21ft-N«7a(3«2)
SHEET
11
OF
18
MAWITACrUKIWO ITBCiriCATIQW
CONTINUATION tNIlT
Tmi
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
7.1 POtfEU CBBCIS
7. J Pow*r up H71fl (for RH78f). Obierv* (r^ER NORMAL) in-
dicators. Check th« folloMinq voltagt/iignali for cor-
rect raadingt. Rafer to TABLE 5.
TABLE S
Voltaia Readings
VOLTAGE/SIGNAL
PIN
TOLERANCE
♦5 volts
CI1A2
4^4. 9V to ♦5.2V
-5 Volts
J15 Pin 1
-5.IV to -5.3V
AC LOW
J14 Pin 1
-B.iV to -11. iV
J13 Pin 1
-S.iV to -11. iV
DC LOM
J14 Pin 2
-B.iV to -11. fV
J13 Pin 2
-e.iV to -11. iV
NOTE: Power Supply is not adjustable and aust be re-
paired or replaced if out of range.
8.« DIAC1I08TIC TEST PROCBDOm
for the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any particu-
lar situation, or for the current MAST ainiMuii test criteria,
e.g.: pass counts, etc., refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST.
Listed below are detailed step-by-step instructions for executing
each individual diagnostic contained in the checklist.
8.1 Console terainal will display the following Messages
upon conpletion of boot.
8.1.1 CPU HALTED, SOMM CLiSAR, STEP-NONE, CLOCK-NORM,
RAD-HEX,ADD-PHyS, DAT-LONG, PILL-i0,
REL-8iffii
INIT SEQ DONE
HALTED AT $B§§J§99
(RELOADING WCS)
LOAD DONE, iBiB32iB BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS-81 WCS-OD-12 FPLA-OD CON-V05-01-L
»>
Size
A
cooc
SP
NUMBEII
MA-v29ie-e-0
REV
B
■N-«lMtl»-N«7a-<Mn
•MlIT 12 OP 18
MANUFACrUMNO ITKinCAnQW
COMTINUAnON SMUT
mil
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.2 Removt RXl Diskette In drive, and Iniert RX2
Ditk«tt«.
T<CR>
ZZ-BSKAB Vl2.f
•1,12,13,14,
NO. OP WCS MODULES - 8801
85,86,87,88,89,8A,8B,8C,8D,0fc:.8F,18,ll,12,13,
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, ?E, IP, 28,
SYS ID REG- 81288996
21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,2A,23,2C,2D,2E,2F,
38,31,32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,3A,3»,3C,3D,
END PASS 888 1
MOUNT PLOPPY I'4-ESIAD k TYPE "DI"
MIO
8.1.3 Reaovt RX2 Ditkette ;n drive, and insert RX3
Diskette.
DI<CR>
31,
CPU TR- 88888818
MS788 16K CHIP AT TR 81
MAX ADR-fl- 88188888
DM788 AT TR 83
RH788 AT TR 88
RH788 AT TR 89
3P,48,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,4A,4B,4C,4D,
4E,
MS788 16K CHIP AT TR 81
ARRAY •: 88888888
f SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88888000
ARRAY •: 88888881
« SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88880000
ARRAY I: 88888882
« SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88888800
ARRAY •: 88888883
L
SIZE
COOK
SFI
NUMtEII
MA-V2918-0-0
RCV
B
CN-0iMaiMM7a-(Mt)
»HIET 13 OP _j8
MANUFACrUKIWO gBCmCATION
yin^f MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
COMTINUATION tNIIT
I SINGLE BIT BRRORSt 10000000
MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01
N82n ROMS OK
50,51,52
MP PPA
END PASS 0001
CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP-NONE, CLOCK-
NORM
RAD-HEX, ADD-PHYS , DAT-LONG , PILL-00 ,
REL-0000000i
INIT SEO DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
(RELOADING WCS)
LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED
VERt PCS-01 lfCS-0D-12 PPLA-0D
CON-V05-01-L
>»
8.1.4 Renove RX3 Diskette and aount VAX CHANNEL
DIAG. RX7.
BOOT<CR>
CPU HALTED
INIT SEO DONE
LOAD DONE, 00014200 BYTES LOADED
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, 22-ESSAA-6. 1-370
7-AUG-1980 04:57:54
DS>
MZt
A
cooc
SP
NUMICII
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
B
CN-010tt-l«-M«7a-<Ma)
•NICT
OF
MAWUFACrmUWO gBCinCATION
Trat MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
CONTINUATION tNtlT
ATT RH78i SBI RHt 8 5 <CR>
DS> ATT
DS>I!n
DS> SBL
DS> JSH
RH78f
SBI
RHl 9 5 <CR>
ISST <CR>
.. PROGRAM: ESvlAA-REV, 6. 2 RH78f DIAGNOSTIC,
REV 6.2 29 TESTS, AT ll!4f:37.22.
TESTING: -RHi -RHl
RHl BASE ADDRESS IS 2fflli0f
DRIVE (f] RESPONDED
•**•••• NO MBE PRESENT ON MASSBUS •*•••♦•
RHl BASE ADDRESS IS: 28112881
DRIVE [8] RESPONDED
•*••••* NO MBE PRESENT ON MASSBUS •••••••
..END OP RUN. 8 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1
TIME: 5-AUG-1988 11:42:82.54
DS>
CBND OP TEST)
I
Size
CODC
SP
NUMieil
MA-V2918-8-0
REV
B
IN-«1 MM«-N«7a-<Ma)
•HiiT 11. or Jl
MANUTACrURIWO gECITICATTOW
Trat
COMTINUATION tNCCT
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
BR
SB I BUS
I
♦5V ♦S RET
(''.NO)
FIGURE 1 RH780 BACKPLANE
(Rear View)
5PAf»E
r.f-.
Sbl lilJL
Size
A
cooe
SP
NUMBCII
MA-V2910-0-0
REV
B
:d' 1 g ! t'a'
CH-«10«2- 1«^«72(S«2)
SMI IT 16 OF _iL
MAWUTACnJMWO OTCmCATTON
CONTINUATION tNtCT
Tini
ILl
"B"
'A'
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
:r7^.
SIOL
1 ( )
-i — (^
U
<ne:t'i^
90
FOLD
(ALL CADLES)
.Aii" E rtun
EXAM?LE
(to TR 9';
[J
(CAPL[s A'f Kou;:u
AoovE J3 r')»nLCTrj:x:.
J4
(to TR 3)
J3
LLGUELX-CAIiLlNG
(Cabling To Kedr I '0 "anol Of CPU Can),
(as viewed frori inside of cab).
SIZE
COOC
NUMteil
MA-V?qiQ-0-Q
REV
B
I'al
0-. «lMa-l«-N«72-(ltt)
SHEET
OF
nni
CONTINUATION SHEIT
MODULAR APPROmCH TO SYSTEMS TEST
r
'3
.14
"5"
('0 TRIO) (TO tr:i)
A C
|MWHM
•J 1,
'3"
•A"
CABLES ^■iL 'JUTEO
EMEIJ CABLING M%0?-H ? EXPANDfC f.ABINi T
(Cab! inn "^"^ ^*'^'* ^/'^ E<pan.ler f.Tl;.
(dS viewed from in.ide of cab).
Size
CODC
SP
NUMBeR
REV
d!i q I ttal
EN-01M2-U-N«72-(3«21
•Mirr 18 OP J8.
m
I"
II
In
DIGITAL caUIPMBNT CORPORA'^^ON
*»MHMkO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SFECinCATION
DATE 4/8/81
Tint
IW7 50 HAST BACKUP
IICVttlONS
RCV
OEicmmoN
NEW RELEASE
;ho no
MLOll
ORIQ
D. MONACC
' '/
OATC
APPD SY
i^^
DATE
tf/V-*'
77^^^^^^^ir\A^
ENO
D. MONACO
AP^O Rob Beck-i
T — -XJ
WTA
SIZE
A_
CODE
SP
NUMBER
^4A-V2912-0-0
REV
A
■N-010IS-l«-N«7f-(»tt)
Si:ZET 1 OF Z2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHIIT
TITLI
Modui-^r Approach To Syittn- Ttit
i .0 Intn ductlon. t
Thf RH750 or ^ASSRUS Ad«pttr (^RA) li a q»ntr«l purpoi*
Intarfact bttwttn th« Coutt »*ffftory Intfrconntct (CNI) and
high tpt«d n<«ffbuf drlvti. It if » ilnqlt txttndtd htx nodult
that if Inttallad in ont of thrt* VAX ka^so CPU option ilott.
Tht nxttnsivt ufi of Gatt Arrays allo»s this compact packaqlng.
A slnglt MBA can control up to aight ilfftrant davlcas on
tht massbus. A maxlMua of th«'at PHTSO'i may ba Installad In tha
KA7S0. Tht MBA can handla data transtar ratts up to 2 MB/itc.
2.0 Rtfcrtnct Oocumantatlon
2.1 Manuals
1. 750 Diagnostic Systam Overvlaw
2. Hardwart Handbook
3. VAXll Archltacturt HandbooK
4. VAXll Softwara Handbook
5. VAX Instruction Card
6. 750 Install. 6 Accapt. Manual
7. KC750 Microdlagnostlcs Tach. Manual
fl. Remota Diagnostics Users Guide
9. HH750 Ttchnlcal Olscriptlon
CK-VXD75-UC
eB-17281-20
EB-l75fJ0-l8
CB«'llC57-20
AV-D927A-Tt
EK-SI750-1M
CK-KC750-TM
i:K-Kt750-UC
tK-«H750-TD
2.2 Prints
1. 11750
2. KA750
3. RH750
Flald Maintenance
Field Maintenance
Field Maintenance
Print set
Print set
Print set
Mp-00131
MP-01024
MP-0104S
3.0 Required Test Eauipetnt
1. VAX 11/750 CPU Mith 512KB Memory
2. EIA console Teminal (ie. LA36,LM20)
3. Approplate Load Media.
3.1 Optional Test Equipment
1. Ocilloscopa Tektronix 465 or equivalent
2. D.v.M. accurate to .1 Vdc at IS Vdc.
3. KC750 (RDMi
4. L9101 Coiret Extender Module
5. Massbus Exerciser
4.0 Required Diagnostics
1. Dlaqnostic Supervisor
2. PH7S0 Diagnostic
ECSAA.EXC
ECCAA.EXE
SIZE
A
CODE
SPl
NUMtEh
MA-V2912«0''Q
REV
A
OK
SHEET
OF
12
. — .» .» ■» j»»»« »■
Hf\r<yfAaV'^IN(, SPK(IPIC,ATI()N
CONTINUATION SHI ET
TITLi
Modular AocroAch To Systipm Ttit
^.0 Sp«cl«l Initructlont
5.1 Throughout this proctdurt» It It 4«fun«td that tht
uttr if famtlUr with OCC hardwart, and tht vAX U/7S0,
S«2 Th« RH7S0 may bt varlflfl without tht utt of a drlvt
or >*nE through tht utt of Itt ■rap-around trodt.
ft.o Ihitailation and Ttat Stt«up Inttruetlona
6.1 impacting Initrucciont ai rtctlvtd from High-volynt.
6,6,1 Unpack and lavt all boxti and packing mattrlal
If It la nttdtd to rt^packaqt tht RH750 for
fhlPRtnt.
♦
6.2 Visual Chtcka
6,2.1 t»ith RH750 unboxtd chtck for probltmt at ptr
DKC standard 116 (broktn parts , ttc), •
6.3 Harflwart Configuration
6.3.1 Inttall L0007 Into KA750 (slots 7 - 9) «s ptr
tysttii configuration shttt, rtftrtnct flg^jrt !•
6.3.2 Removt LOOU Comtt "twory Controlltr from CPU,
slo;. 10 rtftrtnct nodult utilization taction 6.4
6.3.3 Inscall M«ttbua Boot Rom 23908A9 Into £84
ot tht LOOll Cowtt '<f»ory Controlltr,
rtftrtnct flgurt 2.
6.3.4 Reinstall LOOll Into CPU slot 10.
CAUTIONI
Mhtn Installing Backpiant Housing Conntctors
makt surt that pins art tnq^gtd In tht guldt
at tach and of tht housing and ktyvay is to
tht Itft as vitvtd fro* tht rtar of back*
Plant. 00 NOr USE excess FORCE as conntctor
will rtst on tht tops of tht pins in tht
guldt holts.
6.3.5 Install Backpiant Housing Conntctors onto
i(A750 Backpiant In slot dtslgnattd by systtii
configuration shttt rtftrtnct flgurt 3.
SIZF
CODE
SP
NUMBER I REV
MA-V2912-0-0 I »
a&c ^H»^K»mn
SHEET
OF
12
MANUrACrURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATIOM SHEET
Ttni
•4orlulAr Anrroach To Syittn Ttit
ft. 1.6 Rtmovt BG Junptri Aft7 - A6I, A69 - A70,
A7] • A74 «nd A77 • A7I (roiR backplint
■lot RN If btlng Installtd Into rtftrtnct
flqurt J and itctlon ft. 4 pin nuMborlnq,
ft,},7 Init«ll dtvlct stltct and arbitration Itvtl
Juaptra aa par lyatta configuration thaat and
lloura 1 •
• •l,y For noraal Silo fill rata inatail .^llo nil
Rata Juapar into A43 • A4S,
6.3.9 Rtmova appropriata blank panal covar froa
I/O panal, rafaranca (Iqura 4.
ft.J.lO Install ona and of tna Maasbui cabla aasaably
7018909*00 onto tha BacKplana Houilnq
* Connaetors. Routa cablat up ovar cabla caqa
and iniart tna othar and through th« I/O Pantl
and into tha ^ASSBMS Racaptacla Houslna Any.
rafaranca figuraa 4 and 9.
6.3.11 Install NASSBUS Racaptacla Housing Assy, in
I/O panal assawbly on tha raar of tha 11/790
rafaranca flgura S»
6.4 xodula Utilization
11/790 MODULE UTILIZATION
-*™.--.-..- . -— — — ---™ •....—..«.- ....
I I f I : — I
INI I I I I i I iRi iMi I I : I I I I I I I I I I i I I i I
191 I i I I I I 191 191 I I I I I I I ICINININIRICIUMIDiri
131 I I I I I I 121 121 I I I I I I I INIBIBIBIOICIBIIIPIPI
IIIOI I I I I I 101 I0IM|N|N|N|N|N|N|N|CIA|A|A|N|SIIICIN|AI
I3IZI I I I I I 121 I2I8ISISISISISISISI I I I I I I I I I I
I 111 I I I I I I I I I7I7I7I7I7I7I7I7ILILILILILILILILILILI
ISI1I8ISI8ISISISISI I 1212121212121212101010101010101010101
IPI IPIPIPIPtPIPIPI I ISlSISISillSIIISIOIOICIOIOlOIOIOIOIOI
ICI ICICICICICICICI I I I I I I I I I lilOIOIOIOIOlOIOIOIOl
I I I I I I I I I r I It|llllllllllllllil7|7|7|ft|9l4l3l2lll
I I I I I I I I I I 1 I7I6I9I4I3I2I1I0I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I ia|a|a|«|«|«|«| | |a|a|*|*|fc| | | |«|
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ( i I I I
I2I2I2I2I2I2I2I2I2I I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I9ISI7I6I9I4I3I2I1I
I8I7I6I9I4I3I2I1I0I 191 1 17 I6I9I4I 31 21 1 i 0| I I I I I I I I I
a • OPTIONAL
& a WCS MOUNTS ON CCS MODULE
Front via«
SIZE
A
COOf
— 2£
NUMBER
MA-y2912-0-0
REV
A
oic
SHEET
OF 12-..
HATfyrAaviiw ^ri<;ifi<;AHpf!
CONTINUATION SHIIT
TITU
Nodular Approach To sytttm rtic
NOTti Thtrt art enrtt utthods of pin nuntoarlno
uatd in U/7S0 CPU's,
PIN NUKiCRIKC AND PLACEMCNT CXAMPLCSI
OOll-OK
AOIAI . . AOlA'i
AOim • • A01B3
AOiCl , • A01C2
AOIDI . • A0i02
I
AOIVI • • A01V2
MSTSO
AOUl • • A01A2
i.Ultt . • A0lt2
AOICI . • A01C2
AOIDI • • A01D2
I
AOtVI • . A01V3
11/7S0
AOlOl
AOlOi
AOIOS
A0107
AOlf]
I
A0t02
A0t04
AOlOft
AOIOI
A0t94
7.0 Powtr Cntckf
7.1 Powor rtqulrtNitnta for IIN750.
♦ 5,0 volt!
♦ 5,0 volti
♦ 2.9 volts
MOTCi voltaqts art providtd by CPU oovtr supply and art
non ad)ustablt «lth no chtcKlnq ntctssary.
••0 Dlaqnostle Itst Procttfurttt
Por Cht sptctflc stQUtnct of dlaanostlcs to bt run in any
situation, or for tht currt^it MAST iilniauii ttst crittrla»
t.q.t pass-counts» tte.» rtftr to tnt approoflatt xast
CHrCKLIST. Llsttd btlov art tht dttailtd sttp*bysttp
Instructions for txteutinq individual dlaqnostlcs containtd
in tht CHECKLIST.
NO CNRORS alloiftd on <lia«nostlei.
I.i casstttt Load of Dlaqnostle Suptrvlsor
f.1.1 Instrt casstttt contalnlnq ECSAA.Exe
Dlaqnostle Suparvisor* Into tht TUSt.
1.1.2 Stt'^tht Consols Powtr on Action Switch
to tht Boot position,
1.1.3 Stt tht Dtvlct stltce Snitch to A.
CODE
SPl
NUMMM
MA«V29l2*0-0
RfV
A
OM
SHiir
OP^Ji..
MANyrA^Tviinvf ?ri<^iri^ATi9i
COMTINUATION SHltT
Tim
Modular Approach To syitra Ttie
••1.4 Prtti tno Rtftt Sutton loe^tt4 on thf
coniolf pantJL,
Mhtn boot if conplttt eoniolt »lll
rtipona with tht foUowlno.
OIACHOSTIC 8UPIHVIS0H. ZZ-CCSAA-S. 4-121 00-»»MN.YYt
0S>
• •2 Syittii Dlikk Load of Olaonottlc Suptrvltor
• •2.1 Plaet corrtct ntdla In ayattw ditic
and po»ar up.
• .2,2 sot tht front Pantl Powor on Act'ion iwtten
to tht Halt position.
••3.1 Sat tho Oavlea Saltct to •, C ot 0,
tihatavtr your atdia it aounttd on.
••2.4 Otprtfi tht Console Rasat iutton«
and vait for tha consola preiRPt.
••2.S Mow typa 1/10 (driva typa,cont^ollar,unit) <ca>
ixaapiai
»>t/10 OIAO <CII>
Mhtn boot is coiiplata consola will print
tha following aassaqa.
DIAGNOSTIC SUPEPVISOa. ZZ-ECSAA-§. 1-175 ob->«WW-YYYr
08>
COOf
SPi
NUMieM
WA-V2912-0-0
HCV
A
•MEIT «2 OP *"■
MANUPACTURING SPEClFICATrON
CONTINUATION tHIlT
TITUI
Modular Approach To syittm Ttbt
1.3 Confiqurlng T^« Oi«qnoitle Suptrvlior
••3.1 Btfort running RH7S0 dlaqnottlc tht
biaqnoitlc Suptrvltor (iust bt
condourtd, rollovina Is an txawplt.
DS> ATTACH IIH7S0 CMX RHO 9 <CII>
D8> SEL ALL <CR>
NOTE!
It is «ssu»td that tht proptr diaanostlcs
art locatad on tht load mtdla btlng ustd.
Tht follor<Aq foriiat «ill bt ustd to
lllustrat* running diagnostics undtr tht
Diagnostic Suptrvlsor.
e.x Diagnostic na»t
DS> RUN XXXXX <CR>
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1.4 D8> RUN eCCAA <CR>
(hot! to start diagnostic)
(optrator input indicator)
(btglnnlng of run print out)
(sptclai instructions)
(and of run print out)
(ExaiRPlt of running «rap<-a<ound mod*)
PROGRA«lt ECCAA-REV. 1.0 RH7S0 DIAGNOSTIC, REV 1.0, 20 TEST
TESTING: .RHO
RHO BASE ADDRESS ISt 40P2t000
NO DRIVE RESPONDED.
«$••««« NO MBE PRESENT ON NASS6US ««««ttt
•• END OP RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS ^UNTX 1.
(Exaapla of running with drlvt conntcttd)
PR03RAMI ECCAA-REV. 1.0 RH790 DIAGNOSTIC, REV 1.0, 20 TEST
TESTING! .RHO
RHO BASE ADDRESS ISl 40P2t0C0
DRIVE 0 RESPONDED.
••«««•« NO MBE PRESENT ON MASSBUS ««ttttt
•• END or RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS roUNT: !•
CODE
SPI
NUMtEfl
NA-V2912-0-0
A
IMC
SHEET 1 OF il
MAWUFACrURINC SrECITICATION
CONTINUATION fHf CT
TITU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
TU58 DRIVE
FRONT PANEL
FIGURE 1
RM750 MODULE
INSTALLATION
SIZE
A
cope
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2912-0-0
REV I
OCC lVOMMMa<#M7a
SHEET Ǥ OF _11
MAWWACnmiKG gBCinCATTOW
CONTINUATION iHtET
▼»▼*•« NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
4
c^
LOon c^A.c.
Mi
Ml
J
d
IM Ml
FIGURE 2
CoiMt M«mory
Controller
SIZI
A
coot
SP
NUMtCR
MA-V2912-0.0
fiev
A
MC l«-t.iM>-IM2<«l«7a
•HItT
OF «.*i-
12
MANUfACniRINC STECinCATION
Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
CONTIMUATION tNIET
SLO FILL RATI
RH750 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS |
RH SELECT
9
BASE ADDRESS
F28000
JUMPERS
A51-A53
A32.A54
\
F2A000
A51-A53
2
JF^M
AS^Xy
ARBITRATION
LEVEL
JUMPEkS
3
M'kU
2
•
AA3.A44
1
AiU>-,AA»
A61-A63
SILO FILL RATE
NORMAL
JUMPERS
A43-A45
HOUSING
CONNECTOR
KEYWAYS
FIGURE 3
BACKPLANE SETUP
7 8 <?
• * • • ■ •
• • • f ••
:: :i m
• t • • ••
t i:
H M
CGI
.' ::
^
cw
BiZE CODE
A ISP
|*UliBI[R
MA-V?912-D-0
RCV
A
occ iH>tt)iofa-M«7a
SHEET
10
OF
ir.
MAWUFACTURINC SPEdFICATION
CONTINUATION SHIfT
TITlt MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
L0007
( Sloh 7 - 9 )
MASSBUS
CABLE ASSY.
FIGURE 4
RH750 CABLE ROUTiNG
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2912-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1*-(>M)10<3-N«72
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTliRlNO STECIFICATION
CONTINUATION tNtIT
Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
U/7S0
{/O FANBL
RICfPTACLf
HOUSING
ASSEMftLY
FIGURE 5
(/O PORT CABLING
RH750 CPU
SLOT LOCATION
MASSBUS
I/O PORTS
FIGURE 6
t/O PANFL WITH
MASSBUS CONNECTOR
SIZE
_A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-V2912-0-0
REV
A
occ t«-(S«2)iMa-N«rs
:*HEET 12 Of .iZ,
DRAW I
A - S P -
^■ ^p
A-SP
a-::p
A-3P
rt-SP
A-SP
A-3P
A-SP
A-3P
A-3P
A-SP
A-SP
A-SP
A-SP
A-SP
A-3P
A-SP
A-SP
A-SP
A-SP
NG NO.
- M A A 6 1 7 6
-MAA6 1 BO
- M A A 6 Ti 0
-MAAb ^92
-MAA6205
-MAA62 1 0
- M A A 5 2 2 0
-MAA622'3
-MAA622 7
-MAA6230
-MAA5 2M0
- M A A 6 2 6 0
- M A A 6 2 7 5
-MAA7 1 1 0
-MAA7 120
-MAA7 1 jO
- M A A 7 2 1 0
-MAA7 5 10
-MAA7600
-MAA80 10
-MAA9025
REV.Nn.pPS,
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
it
A
C
A
A
A
2 a
T
c.
2
6
'\
j
8
2
2
5
2
2
2
2
1 4
10
2
4
OCSCPIPT
DPM50
API! 3
N C 1 1 G
N (■ V 1 1
DR1 1-A
D R n - B
DRIl-C
b H V 1 ;
D R V 1 1 -
DTG j B
D A 1 1 - B
DR1 1 -K
OKI 1 - W
BDOj A
BDOM D
BD05 L
HEORDt
LPD-1 1
CSIG2-
UNIBUS
PRE AC
DIS
YST
\ '* V
G A M
GF
DM
GE
1 D
J P
US
!) U
GE
GE
SCI
ISK
INE
R T
/LP
A R
TE
CEP
T I/O SUBSYSTEM
EM
MEH
NER
A D
NER
Bl-r
AHA
SWI
N 1 1^
MER
NEH
I/B
IN
CO
RA-
CO 1
AIN
STE
TAN
AHE
A C
AL
EVI
A I.
PL
LLE
TCH
US
AL
AL
INA
T A
NTR
D£
IN
BOW
R
CE
RA
A.MERA INTERFAf'E
DEVICE
CE
DEVICE
U-PDP 1 1/0 j
L I '.' T E d F A ': E
WINDOW
I/O
PURPOSE (DMA)
L A H M
OL
VICE
TERFACE
■^Sr-ACCP . PRJC.
HARDWARE O.C.
A-SP-MAD2440 A 12
A-3P-MAD4216 A 16
■-3P-MAE0050 C 6
•.-3P-MAE1G00 A 4U
KFS-A
RL8-A/KL01
MAST PHASE
I I : UETP
PHASE III BACKUP DOC. RSXII-M
■,-SP-MAF1050 A
\-SP-MAF2050 A
.-SP-MAV2100 B
.\-SP-MAV2102 A
14 WPS-8/2n PHASE III
16 WP3-8/212 PHASE III
26
32
USER '3 GUIDE
GUIDE
1 1/780 CPU
: 1/750 MAST
n
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T
^^^^ 20 June 80
TITLE
DPM50 DISTHTBUTF.D I/O SUIiSYSTKM
REVISIONS
^-3
s " ^
a
Si
*' O w
E o ^
?i o
5 • -c
REV
C
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ENG
Updated and revised
MA-
/ioooo
MLOIO
ORIG
DATE
20/06/
APPD BY
50
DATE
BILL WHITBY
^""p^A^S^
SIZE
A
W
lAAk 6
m?^^
0
EN-ni9«3-I»-N6 72|392>
SHEET 1 OF 24
REV
C
MANUFACTURINr, SPECIFICATION
BOSuOSD
CONTt:<UATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
DPM-50 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM
1.0 INTRODUCTION:
.The DPM-50 distributed systems are based on single boxed
configurations of either the KD11-H LSI-II microcomputer or the
KDFll-AA (11/23) nlcrocompute. .power suppl y .process I/O modules
and DEC DATAWAY interface. The purpose Is to provide process
1/0 for the LSI-11 and thereby offer low cost distributed
intelligent systeus fully supported by software. The KDFILAA
configuration offers in addition RDP-ll/B** functionality on the
LSI-11 bus, memory management as a standard feature and optional
floating point option (KEF 11-A ) .
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION:
2. 1 MANUALS:
2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER HANDBOOK: EB 15836-18/79
2.1.2 MSVll-D.-E USERS MANUAL: EK MSVID-OP-???
2.1.3 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUir^E: EK-PIOS-UG-???
2.1.4 DPM50 USERS GUIDE: Er-DPM50-UG-?77
2.1.5 KDFll-AA USERS GUIDE: EK-KDF 1 l-UG-7??
2.1.6 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK EB- 17723-20/80
2,2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS;
2.2.1 H333 PRINT SET: MP00i42il
2.2.2 ISVll-A PRINT SFT. MP00609
2.2.3 TEVll P"-" :cf: MP0OO7'4
2 " ' ■ . o t'RINT SET: MPOOi<33
2,2.-:> DLVll-F PRINT SET: MP00i<6l
2.2.6 KUFII-AA PRINT SET MP00734
2,2. ( rtSV
I — u rnxni <j c t
in A W w > v w
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
3 . 1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA:
3.1.1 Valid DPM host system configuration,
3.1.2 RSX11-M on appropriate me^iia.
3.1.3 Attenuation panel.
3.1.'* HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent accurate to .OIV § 15V.
3.1.5 Serial line unit IE. DLVll-F and terminal for LSI erro-
Informatlon output (local).
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA
^eW-'S
•0
REV
C
OCC )H<M)-10«2-N«73
SHEET
OF
24
M,\NUFACTUR1NG SPECIFICATION
BBSOOBB
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPx<OACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
iJ.O REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS;
H.y DPM50 Diagnostics Kit #ZP125-RD
NAME DESCRIPTION
Remote Terminal Tester
Serial Bus Exerciser
Task Handler
Basic Instruction Test
EIS Instruction Test
FIS Instruction Test
LSI-11 Traps Test
DLV15-F Test
IK System Exerciser
0-12HK Memory Exerciser
PCS Test
F-1 1 MMU Test
F-11 rpu Test
DLV11-J Test
KEF11-AA Diag
KEFII-AA Diag
0-1214K Memory
^ . U 1
DZKCI
U. 1.2
DZKCH
1. 1. 3
CZKMP
M. l.i»
DVKAA
1. 1.5
DVKAB
k, 1.6
DVKAC
H. 1.7
DVKAD
^. 1.8
DVDVC
H. 1.9
DVKAH
k. 1. 10
CZQMC
*l. 1. 11
DVPCA
1. 1. 12
CJKDA
4.1. 13
CJKDB
4.1. n
CVDLA
H. 1. 15
CJKDC
H, 1. 16
CJKDD
^. 1. 17
CZKMA
1
2
Exerci ser
MODE
Remote
Remote
N/A
Local& Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Local&Remote
Loc£l&Remote
Local&remote
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
5.1.1 RSX11-M must be running
diagnostics kit #ZP125-RD.
in the host system with DPM50
5.1.2 Due to power supply limitations, only two of the below
supported options can be Installed at any one time in F and H
variations of the DPM50. Since a terminal interface is required
to run diagnostics in local mode one of the two options must be
the DLV11-F or DLV 1 1-J
A. DLVn-F
B. DLV11-J/DLV11-KA
C. DZV11-B
D. MSVll-D
E. RXV11 or RXV21 ■
• Floppy disk options not supported by a local boot.
0«C IH>M 4-lM2-N«7t
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
EttSCiEa
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
6 . 0. INSTALLATION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:
6 . 1 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION:
6.1.1 Save all packing material for equipment to be shipped that
is not cab mounted.
6 . 2 MOpUL£_CONF IGURAT ION_SETUPS_FOR_DPM50
6.2.1 KDn-H(M726ll) LSI CPU MODULE
JUMPER DESIGNATION
JUMPER STATE
W1
W2
W3
w^
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
WIG
W1 1
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
The KEV11A EIS/FIS chip is installed in location E75 on M726^
LSI CPU module. Refer to Figure 1.
6.2.2 KDFn-AA(M8l36) LSI 11/23 CPU module (DPM50 F/H variations
only) .
JUMPER DESIGNATION
JUMPER STATE
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8 THRU
W15
W16
W17
• W18
IN
AS RECEIVED
AS RECEIVED
OUT
OUT
OUT
IK
DON 'T
IN
IN
IN
CARE
Reference Figure 2 for Jumper locations.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OeC 16-(a92)-10«2-N6]'2
SHEtr
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
tSSMSi
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
6.2.3 MSVn-DD(M80^i4-D?) FIRST 32K
SI SWITCHPACK
SW1
SW2
SW3
SWITCH STATE
ON
ON
ON
ON
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
W2
W3
PIN 1 TO 3
PIN 5 TO 7
PIN 10 TO l**
PIN 15 TO 16
Reference Figure 1 for switch and Jumper locations.
6. 2.^4 DLVn-F(M8028) SERIAL LINE UNIT
JUMPER DESIGNATION JUMPER STATE
TO
T1
T2
T3
RO
R 1
R2
R3
The DLVll-F la default Jumpered for console use, but the baud
rate Jumpers must be reconfigured from 110 baud operation to 300
baud .
The DLVll-F is not a standard part of the DPM50 system, but
la a frequent option. See Figure 9 for Jumper locations.
6.2.5 ISVIl-A (M8080,5M13290) SERIAL BUS INTERFACE
FACTORY CONFIGURED:
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
CSR ADDRESS
VECTOR ADDRESS
160U0
1601^42
1601^^
300
30^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA 6176-0-0
RE
■<y
DCC lHaM)-lM>-N«7a
SHEET
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
PB?,:
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
JUMPERS
W1 THRU W6
W7 THRU W10
W11 THRU W16
W17 THRU W20
W21 THRU W23
W1.W3.W5,W7,W9
W2.U^.'.<6,W8,W10
STATE
LOCATION
CUT
M8080
IN
M8080
OUT
MBOSO
IN
M8080
OUT
H8080
IN
5*113290
OUT
5*413290
See Figures 7.1 and 7.2 for Jumper locationa.
If DLV11-J installed default starting vector address of 300
must be reconfigured because of its conflict with the ISV11-A.
6.2.6 I/O CONTROL HCDULE(H7958 )
GSR ADDRESS
VECTOR ADDRESS
VECTOR SWITCH PACK E7
SWl
SW2
SW3
SW*<
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
ADDRESS SWITCH PACK E3*l
SWl
SW2
SW3
SW*!
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
171000
231
SWITCH ^TATE
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
SWITCH STATE
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Ntiferenoe Figure 8 for awitchpack locationa.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OCC lft-(392)-10«2-NC72
SHEET
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEZT
TITLE
6.3
8.0
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
6.2.7 TCVn(M9'400-yB) TERMINATOR MODULE
JUMPER DESICNAVIOH JUMPER SIATE
W1
W2
W3
WD
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Reference Figure 3 for Jumper locations.
CABLING OF THE DPM50
6.3.1 Cabling of the DPM50 consists of a serial bus cable
(70-15928-03) coming from the daughter board (5'*-13290) of the
ISV11-A oother/daughf er pair, which interconnects with the DEC
DATAWAY cable ( 70- 1 ^4 1 52 ) . which in turn is run through an
attenuation panel to simulate cable length .finally exiting the
attenuation panel and connecting to the host CPU'S ISBll. See
Figures 5,7.2 and 10.
Attenuation panel la only used for test and is not ahippeJ
with the system,
DEC DATAWAY is keyed.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7. .1 ♦S. 1VDC +. .1-. 15
♦12VDC ♦.1-.36
If voltages are out of tolerance remove the H7870 power
supply cover and sli'' the power supply out until access to the
adjustments is possible. Reference Figure 6.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
The host processor .whether it be an 11/70 or 11/3^4 along with
its ISBII'S Bust be fully checked out according to MAST prior to
connecting a DPM50 to the DATAWAY.
8.1 bPH50 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PROCEDURE
8
1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host media which
has the RSX11-M host package #AP-F152A-MC and install it int(
DRIVE #0. Load DRIVE #0 and insure that "WRITE PROTECT" is off.
8.1.2 When DRIVE #0 is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) BOOT
the drive.
SIZE
CODE
SP
MAA
^H«?6?(
LEV
OCC lHMtMM2-f««7X
SHEET
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
EuZCaSD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.1.3 When the program asks for the date and time, you may
either enter t)ie information or default it by typing a carrl age
return. An example would be 08:30 OU-JUN-80.
8 . 1 . ^4 The program will continue setting up parameters and will
ask: "Do you want to loed IPC diagnostics from magtape [Y/N]:".
Type in a carriage return which will default your answer to a NO
condition .
8.1.5 The program will now output:
>§ <EOF> (This signifies end of file and parameters are
now set) and waits for you to key in a command.
8.1.6 Type in :
Set /UIC=[200 :^03 (This may not be necessary if the UIC
is already at 200,270.)
8.2 RUN THE ERROR REPORT TASK IN ORDER TO CLEAR OUT THE ERROR
LOG
<RUN ISBRPT>
<N>
<N>
<Y>
8.2. 1 >RUN ISBRPT TYPE
ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR N]?N TYPE
PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N ] ?N TYPE
DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]'>Y TYPE
ISBRPT. ..OPERATION COMPLETE
TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
PC=125130
PSsl70000
R0=120720
R1=125576
R2=125650
R3=000000
R^rl'43^70 •
R5=000000
SPsl20476
8.2.2 TyperCTRL C to terminate ISBRPT task and receive back
MCR> prompt.
8.3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA bf/b-O
HO
REV
C
OCC l«()«9) IOia-N«>«
SHEET
fl
OF
yA
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
ursM
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.3.1 >RUJ[ DZKCH TYPE:<RUK DZKCH>
DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA>
lUNITS (D)?2 TYPE:<1>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER :( 0 ) 0?0 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER:
(0)1?2 TYPE:<1>
NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALSsI
UN IT ■•CONTROLLER ••LOGICAL SB^^LUN»»
GDI
000
001
01 1
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES = 21. ACTIVE TERMINALSrI, TIMEs8:33
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES * 41, ACTIVE TERMINALSsI, TIMEs8:3i*
8.3.2 After required r-^n time has elapsed terminate running of
diagnostic by typing CTRL C.
TASK "TTO" TERMINATED
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O
pcso^eooo
PS=170000
R0-000002
RlcOOOOOO
R2=000000
R3*000000
Ri;i:n00003
R5=000001
SP50012I46
8.^ After DZKCH has run, The error log must be checked for
errors that may have occured during running.
8.^.1 >RUN ISBRPT TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT>
ISBRPT-DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK
>
PRINT SUMMARy[Y OR N]?Y TYPE:<Y>
PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N ] ? N TYPE:<N>
OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER [Y OR N ]?N-^-TYPE : <N>
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR N ] ?N TYPE:<N>
DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]?N TYPE:<N>
ISBRPT. . .ERROR FILE IS EMPTY
ISBRPT. . .OPERATION COMPLETE
8.^.2 Type: CTRL C to terminate ISBRPT task and receive back
MCR> prompt .
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OCC IH1M)-10«2-N«72
SHEET
OF .21
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
liimm
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH '^0 SYSTKiMS TEST
8.1.3 Error reporting can be in the form of hard errors, typed
out immed ■ atel y , or soft errors; Errors that are logged by the
-or logger. No errors are allowed.
8 . 5 RUN ROM RESIDENT TESTS OF ISVII-A
8.5.1 MCR>RUN CZKCIB TYPE:<RUN CZKCIB>
>
DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA>
# UNITS (D) ? 2 TYPE:<1>
UNIT 1
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER:(0)0?0 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLEH:
(D) 172 TYPE:<1>
SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS
UN IT ••CONTROLLER ••LOGICAL SB»»LUN^^TYPE
1 0 001 9 DPM50-PORT 0
START OF TESTING
END OF PASS 0, TIME z 9:29
END OF PASS 1, TIME = 9:31
8.5.2 After required ruii time has elapoed terminate running of
the diagnostic by typing CTRL C.
8 . 6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR CZKMPB
8.6.1 >RUN CZKMPB TYPE : < RUN__CZKMPB>
>
CZKMPB \^ERSION 2.2
SELECT MODE: LOCAL, HOST, AUTO-MAP, COMMUNICATION OR EXIT
(L.H,A,C,E)L TYPE.<L>
ENTER NUMBER OF TERMINALS [D]=2 TYPE:<1>
ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER [ 0 ] = 0 TYPE:<0>
ENTER TERMINAL NUMBERS [0]=^ TYPE:<1>
NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS = 1 .
UNIT^»CONTROLLER^^LOGICAL SB^»
1 0 1
At this poin*- '•^'.i console terminal at the DPM50 subsystem
comes " line iand is used to ask for and run subsystem
d i a g r. c s .
SIZE
A
CODE J NUMBER
SP MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OeC 1M392)-10«2-N«71
SHEET
10
OF
24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
ESaiDSII
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
if DPMCO cc.itains an 11/23 CPU (KDF11-AA), proceed tc
..ectlon 8.8 otherwise go to section 8.7.
8 . 7 RUN 11/03 (KDII-H) BASED DPH50 LSI PI AGNOSTICS
See Figure 11 for explanat' j of monitor interaction at
DPM50 local terminal .
Lie switch must be in the off position to run diagnostics.
8.7.1 >VKAACO TYPE:<VKAACO>
157776
§2 00G TYPE:<200C>
END PASS
END PASS
8.7.2 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 console
terminal .
8.7.3 §7 6_OU_VOOOC0O 2 TYPE : <760 Ui^/>
TYPE:<2i
>VKABAO TYPE:<VKABAO>
157776
§200G — TYPE:<200G>
END 'PASS
END PASS
8.7.'* After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
tne diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 :.onsole
terminal .
8-7-5 g7C0U4/000000 2 • T YPE : <760 Ui./>
TYPE:<2>
>VKACC1 TYPE:<VKACC1>
157776
§2000-.
.S INSTRUCTION TEST
■TyPE;<200G>
DVKAGC-LSI-
END PASS
END PASS
8.7.6 After' required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 console
terminal.
SIZE
W
.MAA (^.^?6?0
l^^
Dec ifr-C393t-lM2-M«;2
SHEET -^-^ OF ^"^
'^'
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
"'■'TLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.7.7 #760^^/000000 2 TYPL : <760 Ui4/>
TYPF.:<2>
>VKA^CO . TYPE:<VKADCO>
15 7 7 7 6
§2 0 0G TYPE:<200G>
CVKADCO L..^-n TRAPS TEST
EI^/FIS 0?TION PRESENT
- DIDOL INSTRUCTION SET NOT PRESENT
END OF PASS
8.7.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPH50 console
terminal. *,
8.7.9 §_jOJJ4_|4/ 0 00000 2 TYPE : <760 Ull/>
TYPE:<2>
>ZKMA_F0 TYPE:<ZKMAFO>
157776
e200G TYPE:<200G>
OZKMAFO
000000-157776
TST 13 BNK 00
TST 13 BNK 01
TST 13 BNK 02
TST 13 BNK 03
TST 13 BNK OH
TST 13 BNK 05
TST 13 BNK 06
RELOC
TST 13 BNK 00
PASS! 01
8.7.10 After required run time has elapsed , terminate running of
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 console
terminal.
8.7.11 Load .and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option
modules added to the 'ase DPM50 system, using same method used
to run CPU tests.
8.7.12 After all LSI modules have been run, if any D Bus I/O'
modules exist, load in diagnostic VPCAEO from the host processor
and follow procedure P"O-00COA-00-000-WM-06-8055 . Reference
section IJ.O DIAGNOSTIC TESTING
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OCC 1MM2)10I2-N«72
SHEET -12 OF 24
BSSSflSD CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPnCiMCATION faiimwuM
"^'"'"'■E MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.8 RUN 11/23(KDF1 1-AA) BASED DPM50 DIAGNOSTICS
See Figure 11 for explanation of monitor Interaction
Inputs and outputs at local DPH50 terminal.
Lie switch must be In OFF position to run diagnostics.
8.8.1 >JKDACO TYFE:<JKDACO>
157776
§20 OG TYPE:<200G>
CJKDACO KTFll-AA MMU DIAC.
SWR = 0 00000 NEW=£R TYPE:<CR>
END PASS# 1 ;T0TAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 0
8.8.2 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPH50 console terminal by depressing the
>reak key .
8.8.3 §76U_1J4J^OOOOOO 2 TYPE : <760 U*4/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDBCO TYPE:<JKDBCO>
157776
g200G TYPE:<200G>
CJKDBCO DCF11-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC
- END PASSI 1
END PASSI 15
8.8.'* After required run time has elapsed , terminate running *-he
diagnostic at the DPH50 console terminal by depressing the break
key.
8.8.5 §760JJljr/000000 2 TYPE : <760 1 i<i4/>
TYPE:<2>
>ZQMCGO TYPE:<ZQMCCO>
157776
§200G TYPE : <200G>
SWRzOOOOOO NEWr CR TYPE:<CR>
KTIKMEMORY HAN AGEMENT) AVAILABLE
MEMORY MAP
FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH ^ MSVll-D INSTALLED)
NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000
PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000
END PASSI 1
SIZE
CODE
S?
Number
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OCC 1«-(J»1)1M2-N«7t
SHEET
OF .2L
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHilET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKST
Above will be received when ^ MSV11-D modules are
installed, typeouts will vary with lesser amounts of memory. No
relocation will occur when only 1 MSV11-D installed.
8.8.6 •NOTE THE following two tests are to be run If the
optional KEF11 chip is installed.
8.8.7 #760Jj4a/C 00000 2 TYPE: <760 UH/ >
TYPE:<?>
>JKDCBO TYPE:<JKDCBO>
157776
g200G TYPE:<200G>
CJKDCB, KEFII-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1
SWR = 000000 NEWsCR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS # 1
END PASS #2
8.8.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagn'-stic at the DPM50 console terminal by depressing the
break key .
8.8.9 g760HH4/000000 2 TYPE : <760 1 «4»4/>
TYPE:<2>
>JKDDBO TYPE:<JKDDBO>
157776
g200G TYPE:<2G0G>
CJKDDB KEFll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2
SWR r 000000 NEW sCiR TYPE:<CR>
END PASS #1
END PASS #2
8.8.10 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of
the diagnostic at the DPM50 con.-,ole terminal by depressing the
break key.
8. ft. 11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option
ff.'Qu'-.T . stalled, using saoie method used to run the CPU tests.
8.8.12 after 11 LSI modules have been run, if any D BUS I/O
modulea exist within the DPM50 subsystem, load diagnostic VPCAEO
and follow procedure POO-OOCOA-OO-OOOOWM-06-8 055 . Reference
section U.O DIAGNOSTIC TESTING.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
MAA ^H^^g^O If
OCC l«-(aMMM2-N672
SHEET ^^ OF ^^
MANUFACTURING SPEriPICATIC V
<riW.iil.v
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
M77M ITCH nCV I (ANO LATEMi
KD11-H
^=L
^£^1^
C75
M
E70
I
a
u
i
W3
9
wio|
W4
1
T
I JUMf En nCMOVEO
I
AJMPER INSTALLED
EU
I
m
o
o
B
EM
<
O
T
i
W1
6
9
{ W11
FIGURE 1
!•
99
'• I
66
ws
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
OCC t«HlMMM2-M«72
SHEET ^5 OF .i±
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
mm
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
ij:
DIODE Dl
1
W18
c
c —
• a
ii
o D
11
0
E
e
o
E
E
o
KJ
c .9-r
- j: 0
- W c
£ - o
*5 — "Z
». M. a
at
c i
i< 3.
ll
c
o 3
c a.
W1
wu-
wio"
W8-
W6
•WIS
•W13
■wn
-W9
■ W7
•W5
W4
W3
W2
W16
W17
KDFII-AA
(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE)
FIGURE 2
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
gEV
OCC l*-<*t2MO«2-N«72
SHEET 16 OF 24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
SQSUSI
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
TEV11 M9400-YB
^
oec i*(a»«(io*2-N6r}
3X
o o
W1
I
n
FIGURE 3
o
I DMA
W2 I RfFRESH
CNABl.E
W4
BOOTSTRAP
ROM
ENABLE
W3
(ALWAYS 1
iNSTALLtOl
SIZE
_A
CODE
NUMDEH
f^J\ h\ 7(',-f)-0
REV
C
SHEET 17 OF 74
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
mim
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
^n^
1 c
^n^
BATTfRV BACKUP
>OAId JUMFfPS *
• • •
2 1 1
BANK 7
ENABLs/DI^ABLC
*'2J^ .5V
M8044-D?
i i
M£MOnV
tiZI
(II* • •10
17* • tU
7»-'
14
PAHITV/NO PARITY
OfE RATION
M" 0'«5
Figure 4 MSVl l-D. MSVl l-E Switch and Jumper Locations
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MAA 6
m'iS-^'
?E<
DCC ii^Ai»2)-lO»2-Ht72
SHEET ^8 OF J±
MANUrAClUUING SIMiClllCATION
iiiyiuiiii
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
70IS>7I 03
SfNIAL tUS CAIll
m7»70
Figure 5 DECdataway Connector Mounting
M7U70POWM >aWL>
vt^lTAOf AflJOSTMCNT
ON PC ■OARouNoenu
FIGURE 6
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
■a :c i*-<Mt)ie«2-N«72
SHEET 19 OF 24
CONTINUATION SHEET
M Art ur AC lUKJiNo artii-iricAiiuni
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
TM3
VVft WD W12 W1« W}0 W(7 Wit W«4 W73 W21 wai
IIOS
TM
^ DDDDDD
, .DDDDflDDO
1 00 0000003
•22* trr*
Figure 7-1 M8080 Board
USVMKT
DlD'fln
DflOdOD
DDQDD
DDDDD
-N^GATIVt I
VOLTASt I
CXtNVfRTtnS
nDDDDDDD
moMO r«K]ui
Figure 7-2 5413290 Board
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
REV
C
DCC 1*H«MMM«-M«yt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPtClFlCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
V
■^
4i
r
ir
STATUS
INOlCATORS
( 1
*% V
( 1
♦ 12 V
( 1
OEV tIL
r-\
INTR
CD
TIMtOUT
osc
XTAL
VCCTOd
SELfCT
■ 7
OH
y •
OfF
A00HES8
SELECT
II*
OM 1
OFF
IMlTlALIZi
SiLiCT
Fig ure 8
M7958 I/O Control Module
A)
*<
C)
VI
A1
VI
A1
VI
CT
A1
VI
MA-Oitt
CODE
SP
SIZE
A
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-0
OCC l»-(S9<)-10«t-N«7t
REV
C
SHEET __l\_ OF 21
MANL -ACTURING SPtClFlCATION
S2ZIO
CONT.NUATION SHEET
•ilTLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
3-x:
^
n
0
Ot
i% %i fcsjij
CCSK
liM»r« Sc
t
iP
MT
■0
>>>>>>
Figure 9
M8028
DLVll-F Jumper Locations
MM I8?4
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA 6176-0-C
^
EV
OCC l*-(392M0t2-N«7<
SHEET ^^ OF _24
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
SEE
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
# OF TERMINALS
1 TO 9
10 TO 19
20 TO 29
30 TO 39
4 0 TO 49
50 TO 59
60 TO 63
1
ATTENUATOR
SETTING
i
25DB
24DB
23DB
22DB
21DB
20DB
19DB
FIGURE 10 !
V
KJ
O
O
O
s
5
p
L
11/70 OR 11/34.
ISBll
t
1
1
..J
LPM HOST
(n
M
(A
D
to
D
CD
O
tD
0\
O
C0
o
o
CB
o
o
OB
M
,1
(A
O
*^
ISVll-A
DPMSI"
^^
SIZE
A
CQDE
MAA 6
w-n
¥'
OC.C l»-<J»»)-104a-N6/2
SHEET ^-^ OF ^"^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
im^^
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
MONTTOR INTERACTION AT LOCAL TFRMINAL
> ■
Deposit
Deposit
Jitpu.t
file names
200G
Break
760144/
2
1
CoDtrol Z
Opcriior may caler file oAtne lo call next dtagnotuc. or type control Z to put LSl-1 1 in
viDT mole.
If follow; jg I57T76 after a file name has been erttered, indiuaict the diagnostic u in
the LSI- 1 1 and the operator may communicate v. iih it via GDI
If following "End pau" and the current PC. indicatci the operator may give funher
instructions in GOi Giving "760144" reestablishes communication with local
monitor
I'se/ following ">" to call drajLiioaUcs
Not t'* monitor - tuna uiagnoauc if LSI- 1 1 is in GOT
Not to monitor - iioy>a diagnotuc.
RecsublishcscomiT'jnicauoa wiUi local monitor u''LSI-I I u in GDF.
FoUowmg "OOOOOU" tcUi mooiwr that operator wishes to run another diagnosuc
Follow "000000" abonj monitor m hoat Thu is the last mput by the operator
Following ">" puu LSI- 11 in GDI
Ouipuu
1S7T76 FoUowmg file name entry indicates the diagnt^uc has been downloaded
NX The re()uestcd Ale cannot be found
BOLD Tiic ailempi to download the diagnostic was unsucceuful.
END PASS Diagnostic has completed a pass.
Current FC Folio, ng break indicates diagnostic has stopped ai addrcu pnnicd
000000 FoIloMing "760144** indicates opeiaior may input furUicr instructioni lo local monitor
(I or 2),
EX • Monitor has tcrmirutcJ at host.
FIGUKE 11
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NgMBER R^
AA 61/G-O-^ C
hV'A
OEC J*-{3»J)-1082-N672
SHEET
OF
24
5?E
3
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFlCATION
M . A . S . T ,
DATE
TITLE
AP.]1 l^YSTHM INSTALI ATIOr. AND AfCrP I'AN' -j-. rPcCEnHRF. ApD ondix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
I?
i
■o
c
«
C
= IK
12
c <•
9 '
^ tr
|S
o E
^ o
c
t) %t
E o
Wl 3 » X
Pr<;v. 7».f.a')01-0-hl80
ENG
-rz^^ J'f'^/^acorik'f
APPD
7^
SIZE
A
CODE
t", T)
NUMBER
M/\An 18 0-0-0
REV
A
rN 010(3 16-N«73(39?)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TLST
Appendix A
— I L
AKll SYSTEM INSXALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE
1.0 ARll INSTALLATION/ACCEPTANCE
Refer to Documeait A-SP-ARll-0-4
1.1 Diignostlc Package
(A) ARll Logic Test M«tnDEC-ll-DZARA-A
(B) ARll An*log Tests M«lnDEC-ll-DZARB-A
(C) ARll Wrap -Around Test MainDEC-11-DZARC-A
Error Diagnosis and Repair
Refer to Document A-SP-ARll-0-6
1.2
1.3
Other Related Documents
(A) ARll Circuit Description A-SP-ARll-0-5
(B) ARll Users Guide DEC-11-HARU6-B-D
SIZE
CODE
SP
NIIURPD
MAA6180-0-n
REV
A
DEC 1»-(J92)-I0a2-N67j
SHEET
OF 2
* c •• S
a o "• :
S E I
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T .
DATE
TITLF
NC 11-A GAMMA lAMKRA INTERKACF Ap()('ndix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD PY
DATE
A
Prev. 7b6300]-0-6190
ENG
Ue
;^/y«^k^//*/
r^
EN^«IMai»-N«?t.(393)
~ML
SIZE
A
CODE
Si'
NUMBER
'WA6 13 0-0-0
REV
A
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TES'i Appendix A
±
NC 11 -A a\MMA CAMERA TNTERFACE
Ref. AdJuBtiaent Procedure A-SP-NCll-A-23
Checkout and Acceptance A-SP-NCll-A-22
OeC I»-(J»l)-10«J.N«72
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6190-0-0
REV
A
SHEET
OF
-9.
'J*
'/lalTAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION
M.A.S.T,
DATE
TITtE NCVll GAMMA CAMERA INTERFACE
Appendix A
REVISIONS
in
I K m
II
*^ X -
^ f I 2
5 3 « £
I- W 5 ff
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
ENG
APPD
j^ (jM.xJi*^^xi^l^
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
CN-OlMA-l^-NArt-OtS)
SHEET 1 OF 6
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Appendix A
NCVll GAMMA CAMERA INTERFACE
1.0 INTRODUCTION;
The Ganna Canera Is used to record the diBtrlbutlon of radioactive isotopes
that are introdaced into a patient under study and concentrated in the
organ of interest. The output of the Gamma camera is processed by the
NCVll interface, loaded into a computer memory, and written on a mass
storage device. The stored information may be called back and displayed
at a later date.
2.0 REFERENCE DOaHENTATTON:
2.1 Reference Manual EK-NCVll-TM-???
2.2 Reference Parts List PL-NCVll
2.3 Checkout Procedure SP-NCVll-O-K
2.4 Print Set MP00491
3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT;
3.1 Test philosophy will be to module swap and return for repair.
3.2 The Self Test connector (Part No. 70-12894) is the only special
equipment required to run these tests. The connector is shipped with
the NCVll option. You may find it plugged into Jl on the AC17 module,
3.3 Add DVM - Voltmeter.
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS:
4.1 DVNCA NCVll Logic Test
4.2 DVNCA NCVll Differential Linearity Test
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS;
None
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6192-0-0
-A.
occ iMMt)-ieax-«4«rt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Appendix A
6 . 0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET UP INSTRUCTIONS:
Unibus Based Systems - When making an add-on Installation of the NCVll-B
Interface Option to an eiiistlng Unibus-based system, proceed as follows:
6.1 Mount the DDVll-C backplane In the CPU or expander box in tne same
manner as a standard Unibus system mounting unit.
NOTE
Disks should normally be first on the Unibus to
give them higher priority in DMA arbitration than
that of the NCVll.
6.2 If it is necessary to provide an additional SPC slot for the M8217
Converter module, mount the DDll backplane in the CPU or expansion
box.
NOTE
Some old Unibus backplanes are incompatible with
the M8217 module. If in doubt, check the DWll
Installation Manual.
6.3 Connect the backplane power harness(es) to the power distribution
panel(s) .
6. A Install the M9401 module in slot ABOl of the DDVll-C backplane.
6.5 Install the M8217 In the Unibus backplane.
NOTE
When the M8217 module is mounted in a Unibus
backplane, remove the NPG IN/NPG OUT jumper
between pins CAl and CBl of the SPC slot to
be used.
6.6 Connect the two BC05L cables between the M9401 and M8217 modules,
Jl to Jl, and J2 tr J2 (colored stripe adjacent to pins UU/VV) .
6.7 Install the NCVll modules in the DDVll-C backplane in the sequence
shown in Figure 2-1.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6192-0-0
REV
A
MC lMSt»-lMa-H«7t
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TLST
Appendix A
6.8 Install the M9400-YB module in slot AB02 , directly behind the
M9A01 nodule In the LSI-ll Bus backplane.
6.9 Install the H322 distribution panel.
6.10 Interconnect the NCVll modules and the H322, shown In Figure 2-1
7.0 mUY.R CHECKS:
7.1 Check BAl 1 box voltages. -h5V + 5Z, il5V ->■ 5X, -15V + 5%
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE:
"For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run In any particular
situation, or for the current MAST minimum test criteria; e.g. pass-counts
etc., refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are detailed
step-by-step instructions for executing each individual diagnostic
contained in the CHECKLISTS."
8.1 NCVll Logic Test (Checks the M8026 and M8036)
8.1.1 Load the MD-11-DVNCA program Into memory.
8.1.2 Start the program at location 200. (Re&tart address is 20A)
8.1.3 Type L (CR) to start the test
8.1.4 To terminate the test type CTRL/C.
8.2 NCVll Differential Linearity Teat (Checks the A0i7 and M8036)
8.2.1 Switch the Maintenance Switch (SI) on the A017 module to
MAINTENANCE (toward the I/O connector).
8.2.2 Plug the Self Teat Connector into Jl on the A017 module.
Connect the red Jumper wire on the connector to test point
R (TPR) on the A017 module.
8.2.3 Load the MD-11-DVNCA program into memory.
8.2.4 Start the program at location 200.
8.2.5 Type D (CR) to start the test.
8.2.6 Type CTRL/C to terminate test.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6192-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1MW>->M>-M«7|
SHEET
OF
<#^<%
'^^t
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Appendix A
8.3 NCVll Final Acceptance Test (This test repeats the logic anr!
differential linearity tests)
8.3.1 MD-11-DVNCA must be loaded Into tn.>raory.
8.3.2 Make sure the Self Test Connector Is plugged Into connector
Jl on the ^017 module. The red Jumper wire is connected to
test point TPR on the A017, and switch SI on the A017 ircdule
is switched to MAINTENANCE.
8.3.3 Type F (CR) to start the test
8.3.4 Type CTRL/C to terminate the test.
9.0 TEST PROCEDURE;
Reference 8.0
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MA-\6 192-0-0
REV
-JL.
OCC lft-(JB2)10«2-N«72
SHEET
OF A.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Append Lx A
t
«0)0M
LSill BUS
MOT(
AauA:>ll€CT«0|TATIC
U. -ID (TAUT NO UOOOJI 021
If MOUNTfDSfTWtfNTMt
AOU AMD MtOM MCOOLtt
MM-<M»6
Figure 2-1 DW| I-NCVI 1-H3:2 interconnections (Unibus-Bascd Sysiem)
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
Oec lft-(3»2.> 10«2-Nr 72
SHEET
OF
%
- ° o
k " -
•i = ••
111
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . ? . T,
DATE
TITLE
DHll-A GKNKPAL DKVICK INTFHFACl: ADperidix A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
i
«= 2 «"
9 " c
^ c i
5 * V
t> t g 5
•• 5 • -c
c a c ^
ENG
Prov. 7668001-0-6205
de^^.^^
-fg^v Kxef^^,
ENOIO8J 16-N6/2-(392)
'/''^ s^
NUMBER
yAA6 2 0 5 - 0 - U
REV
A
bMLb I 1 Uh-
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICAVION
fBKJi
rriE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYST ,S TL^ 1 Appendix ^
« I 1
DRll-A GENERAL DEVICF INTERTACE
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
DRll-A Eogineerlrg Dravliigs . Print Set.
MAST Phase I Check-off List.
Wo rlounship Manual, DEC.
Finish and Color Standard, DEC STD 092.
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPME^
FDP-11 System with 5iiput device.
M980 Maintenance Module.
Digital Voltmeter, Fluke Model 465 or equivalent.
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
MAINDEC-11-D8LA Diagnostic Write-up, DRl lA Device Register Test.
MAINDEC-11-D8LA Diagnostic Tape.
CHECKOUT INSPECTION
Following Receipt of the test itenj(s) , perform a brief (quick scan)
visual inspection for obvlou discrepancies per the DEC Worlcmanship
Manual and DEC STD 092.
TEST SET-UP
Set-up the test iteni(s) , with all power off, in the configuration shown
in Figure 1. Note that the test item has a floating vector. Check that
it has the proper Jumper configuration.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NIIMBFR
MAAfi^.ns-n-n
REV
A
DCC S*-()t2)10«3-M672
SHEET _£ _ OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TU SYbTtMS VhSl Appendix A
I .1 . 1 1
VOLTAGE CHECKOUT
Power up the system to check the +5VDC at each SPC slot containing a test
plan. Use the digital voltmeter to measure the voltage between pins A2
(•+-5VDC and C2 (GND) at each applicable SPC slot on backplane. The voltage
shall be 5.00 VDC jp.25 VDC. Note that the H744 Regulator has a +5 VDC
voltage adjust potentiometer.
11 SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURZ
Perform the checkout test in the sequence detailed in this section.
Program starting address, switch settings and operator action are contalrtd
herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-up, MAINDEC-11-DLSa.
for more detailed infomation, should the need arise.
DEVICE REGISTER TEST
Load starting address 20(1.
Start program with all control switches down (zero) .
Allow test to run for 15 minutes. Note that bell will ring at cotspletion
of each pass.
No errors allowed.
For restart a r.er fix, repeat 7.1.1 and 7.1.2.
SIZE 'CODE
NUMBER
MAAr,2 0 5-G-0
REV
A
oec i»-()9i)iota-N«72
SHEET
3
OF _i_
MANUFACTURING
SPECIFICATION
nnni
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR
APPROACH
TO
SYSTEMS
TEST Append
ix A
1
1
PDP-11
SYSTEM
IJNIDUS
L__
I
-^.
V
Notes
* An M980 Special Maintenance Module must be connected to each DRU-A
at the M786 dual connectors.
♦*
A maximum total of 32 sequential DRll-A's may be connected for teat.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6205-0-n
REV
A
occ it-<i*a)-io«j-M«7i
SHEET _i OF
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
ill
■ u ..
^ w C
.11
•I?
lis
ill
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T
DATE
i
TITLE DRll-B DIRECT MEMORY (DM^.) INTERFACE Appendix A
I
c
S
9 • c
i c * J
•|| '
O E 0 3
Q £ 5
• 5 > £
E5e?
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 766PJ01-0-b210
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
-7^^ S^'frtfreoo r^
APPD
^
SIZE
A
CODE
SI'
NUMBER
MAAoJ 10-^-0
REV
A
EN010ia-16-N672(39a)
SHEET 1 OF *+
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
I
DRII-B DIRECT MEMORY (DMA) INTERFACE
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
DRll-B Engineering Drawings, Print Set.
MAST Phase I Check-off List.
Workmanship M^nuAl, DEC.
Finish and Color Standard, DEC STD 092.
DRll-B Manual, DEC-11-HDRC-D.
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
PDP-11 Syaten vlth input davice.
Digit&^ Vola..eL. . luke Model 465 or equivalent.
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWAPi:
MAINDEC-11 DZDRB Diagnostic Write-up, DRllB PDPll General NPR Interface.
MAlNDEC-11-DZDRB Diagnostic Tape.
CHECKOUT INSPECTION
Following Receipt of the test item, perform a brief (quick scan) visual
inspection for obvious discrepancies per the DEC Workmanthip Manual and
DEC STD 092.
TEST SET-UP
Set-up the test item, with all power off, in the configuration shown in
Figure 1. Remove modules from slots CDA. Then transfer the Test Board
from Slots AB2 to Slots CD4.
VOLTAGE CHECKOUT
Power up the system to check the -fSVDC at the test item backplane. Use the
digital voltmeter to measure the voltage between pins A2 (+5 FDC) and
C2 (GND) on the backplane. The voltage shall be 5.00 VDC +0.25 VDC. Note
that the U744 Regulator has a -(■5 VDC voltage adjust potentiometer.
SIZE
CODE
£P
NUMBER REV
M/.A6210-0-0 A
OCC l»-<3*ai-lM3-N«72
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO bYbTtMb Thb'i Appondix A
■
11 SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURi:
Ptrfonn the checkout teat In the sequence detailed in this section.
Program starting address, switch settings and operat -^r action are
contained herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-Up,
MAINDEC-11-DZDRB, for more detailed information, should the need arise,
DE\rLCE REGISTER TEST
Load starting address 200.
Start orogram with all control switches dovro (zero) .
Allow test to run for 30 minutes.
No errors allowed.
For restart after fix, rape/ ^irst two steps of this section.
SIZE
CODE
3P
NUMBcR
MAA6 2 10-0-0
REV
OCC lfr-(392) lw«2-f««7J
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TU bYSTtMb Thbl" Appendix A
' . — I L
PDP-11
SYSTEM
<^
V
JIMUiiiiL
-S.
V
.Slot AlU
DRU-B
FirNCTTONAL TEST CONFIGURATION
FUTURE 1
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6210-0-3
REV
A
OeC l*-(3«2) 10t2-Nt7|
SHEET
OF
li
•it
c u »
^|8
lis
Ills
« c c
O — o
«» 3 • r
£ a c 5
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M. A.S.I
DATE
TITLE
DP.ll-C Gi-::,'r.P^\L OKVICi: INTERIACK Appendix A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
F^rtv. 76680G1-0-6220
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
^c^J^^i
l-rto^/bTi
L.
tN 01983 16Ne72-( 39?)
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
N^AAOJ?0-0-')
REV
SHEET 1 OF ^t
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPHGAwii 'i'U SYbii-Mi 'i'tST Appendix A
DRll-C GENERAL DEVICE INTEllFACF.
REFERENCE DOT JMENTC
DRII-C Engtneerliig Drawings , Frint Set.
MAST Phase I '.hcrk-Of f List.
Worknanship Manual , DEC.
Finish and Color Standard, DEC STD 092.
DRlI-C General Device Interface Manual, PEC-U-lIRDai.-D-D.
REQUIRED TEST EQUIiyENT
PDP-11 Systesn with Input device.
BC38R Maintenance Cable.
Digital Voltmeter, Fluke Model 465 or equivalent.
REQUIRED TEST SOFr.>ARZ
'lAINDEC-11 DZDRC Diagnostic Write-up, DRllC Device Register Test.
MAE^DEC-ll-DZDRC Diagnostic Tape.
CKECK.OUT PRQCEDIT^
Following Reciipt of the test iteni(s) , perfona a brief (quick scan)
visual inspection for obvious discrepancies per the DEC WorkniAnship
ManuLal and DEC STD 092.
TEST SET-UP
Set-up the test item(s) , with all power off. in the configuration
shown in Figure 1. Note that the test item has a floating vector.
Check that it Ixas the proper Jumper configuration.
VOLTAGE CHEa;OUT
Power up the system to check the -r5VDC at each SPC slot containing a test
item. Use the digital voltmeter to measure the voltage between pins
A2 C+S VDC) and C2 (GND) at each applicable SPC slot on brckplane. V..e
voltage shall be 5.00 VDC + 0.23 VTX:.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6 2 20-O-'i
REV
OCC l»-(392MOa2-N«72
SHEET
OF _1,
MAJSUFACTURJNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SY5TEM:-. TKST Apppndix A
II SYSTO'lS CHECKOUT TEST PR(X:EDUR£
Perform Che checkouu test in the sequence detailed in this section.
Program starting address, switch settings and operator action are
contained herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-Up,
MAINDEC-11-DZDRC, for more detailed information, should .he need arise.
DEVICE REGISTER TEST
Load starting address 200.
Start program with all control switches down (zero) .
Allow test to run for one pass. Note that at completion cf each pass,
of each test item, au * will be printed.
No errors allowed.
For restart after fix, repeat f.^at two steps of tl.is aecti.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6220-0-0
REV
JCC 16-(392) 10a3-Ne72
SHEET
OF _J_
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ■■■
1 CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO bYSTcMt) Tt&T
Appendix A
1 1
PDF-ll
SYSTZM
C
DRll-C
M860
UN I BUS
SPC Slot
CONN. #1
BC08R
**
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
>
CONN. #2
Notes : *A BC(j8R Special Maintenance Cable must be connected to each DRll-C
at the W860 dual connectors.
— A maximum total of 32 sequential DRll-C's ray be connected for test
FUNCTIONAL TEST CONFIGURATION
FIGURE 1
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6220-O-0
REV
A
ntcc i*-()tt)iM3-N«7a
SHEET
OF
-7.
? 5 ♦:
(. « d
c •
59
s&
c '
i r
T3 C
a
n
w t
O w
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPFCIFICATION
M . A . S . T
DATE
TITLE
DRVll 16 IT para: I.ri, LINK DNTT F^R ]'np 11/0 1 Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
A
OESCHIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7b680ul-0-6225
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
ENG / /
APPD //
SIZE
A
CODE
.'^r
NUMBER REV
MAAo.;.^5-'.-0 A
EKfeiP«» i«-N«?«(«»*)
SHEET 1 OF 3
MANUFACTURJNG SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR \PPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
DRVll 16 BIT PARALLEL LINE INIT F^ -^ PDP -11/03
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Intent of this procedure la to summarize the diagnostic wrlteups. For
the purpose of expediency, the procedure has been kept brief, and to the
point, to keep from confusing the user. For additional inf onaation, It
will be necessary to refer to the diagnostic wrlteup.
2.0 REFERENCE POCL'MENTATION
2.1 Workmanship Manual (STD 116)
2.2 DRVll Engineering Specification A-SP-DRVll
2.3 LSIll PD? 11/03 User's Manual EK LSIll-TM-Ml
2.4 DRVll Printset
2.5 ADVll-A, KVVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll-A, User's Manual EK-ADVll-OP-001
2.6 LSIll PDP 11/03 Configuration and Installation Guide EK-LSIll-IN-001
3.0 RFQUIRED TEST EQ^•IPMEyT
3.1 LSIll Standard Computer
3.2 DRVll Module
3.3 BC08H-1 Test Cable
3.4 Output tenninal/DLVll
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE
4.1 MAINDEC ll-DVILVF DRVll Test Diagnostic and Write up
4.2 MAINDEC 11-DXDRC DEC/Xll Exerciser and Write up
5.0 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CHECKS
5.1 If part of DEC LAB 03 System variation H or J, module will have 2
BC042-15 cables plugged into JI --nd J2 for communication with the
outside world.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6225-0-0
REV
A
SQSDDSD
CN OlOl; 16'N672 (]92|
SHEET J OF 3.
MANUFACTURJNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
6.0 TEST SET UP
6.1 Insure that jumpers A3 thru All are removed and Jumper A12 is inserted
for a device address of 167770.
6.2 Insure that vector Jumpers V3, V4, and V5 are installed and vector
Jumpers V6 and V7 are removed for a vector of 300.
6.3 Install BC08R-1 Test Cable into Berg connectors Jl and J2.
7.0 11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE
7.1 DRVll Test (DVKAF)
7.1.1 Load program through appropriate load media
7.1.2 Program starting address
7.1.2.1 Load address 200
7.1.2.2 Start 0(90000 software SR default value
7.1.3 Alternate software SR settings (loc 122)
7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Continue on error
7.1.3.2 SWR14 - 1 Loop on current error
7.1.3.3 SWRIO - 1 Loop on current test
7.1.3.4 SWR 9-1 Run teot module
7.1.4 Operator Action
7.1.4.1 Type 200G
7.1.5 Evidence of End of Pass and Runtime
7.1.5.1 "END OF PASS" will be typed every 10 seconds.
7.1.6 Acceptable Errorf: None
SBSODSD
SIZE
n
CODE
SP
eN oiO»: 6 N67r J9;i
NUMBER
SHEET L OF
REV
A
3
-7.
51s
X ^ •
ill
i
m
E
Ml
« 3 1 £
« ^ c «
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE
12/11/31
TITLE MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVU-J PARALLEL INTERFACE
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
PRELIMINARY
ORIGINAL
CHG NO ORIG
MtO/O
A. RICHARD
1^. RICHARD
DATE
12/11/11 B
APPO BY
t/
DATE
?//r/f
ENG
ART RICHARD
APPO
BOB 3ECK
/.^/
SIZE
A
CODE
MA
NUMBER
~Z17 0 0
REV
A
EN OlO«3i6-N672 ' 3<»>i
^•F 3
wnm
MANITAC TIRING SPECIFICATION
DSOQED
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 . 0 SCOPE PAGE 3
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY PAGE 3
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATI : N PAGE 3
4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMEN*^ PAGE 4
5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS PAGE 4
6 . 0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4
7.0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4
8.0 POWER CHECKS PAGE 6
9.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE PAGE 6
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6227-0-0
REV
A
OK i*43U)-i(»3M»r;
SHEET _2 OF _L
wnm
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
OSQQCO
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALf.Fr. TNTFRFACF
DRVll-J {M8049) PARALLEL INTERFACE
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 The DRVll-J is a double-height parallel line interface
module designed for use in LSI-11 microcomputer systems.
It conrains four programable ports designated A, B, C, and
D. Each port contains 16 I/O lines and is capable of
transferring a 16-bit word between the LSI-11 bus and the
user device(s) .
1.2 This procedure establishes the minimum test and electrical
standards that a DRVll-J must meet to be considered
acceptable for customer shipment.
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY:
2.1 It is the responsibility of the originator to maintain this
document. Changes should be requested through the
originator if possible, or his/her group (if originator is
no longer available), or through MAST Administration in
Salem (NI) .
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION:
3.1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications:
3.1.1 DRVll-J Engineering Specif ica':ion
3.1.2 DRVll-J Parallel Interface User's
Guide
SP-DRVll-J-2
EK-DRVIJ-UG
3.2 Prints and Schematics:
3.2.1 DRVll-J Field Maintenance Print Set
MP00866
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
aec i*4]K>^tca3Ne72
NUMBER
MA-A6227-0-3
SHEET 3_
OF
REV
A
MANUFA^ » . UNG SPECIFICATION
SDSDQED
CONTINUATiON SHFET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE
i 4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT:
4.1 Hardware & Media:
4.1.1 LSI CPU with a console device (LA36 or equ.valent)
4.1.2 At least 16K words of memory.
4.1.3 Digital voltmeter accurate to .01V § 15V.
5.0 REQUIRED PTAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS;
5.1 CVDRC DRVll-J Diagnostic Part 1
5.2 CVDRD DRVll-J Diagnostic Part 2
6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
6.1 None.
7.0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS:
7.1
Module Jumper Configurations:
7.1.1 Jumpers W10 and Wll must be in.
Note: Refer to DRVll-J Parallel Interface User's
Guide, EK-DRVIJ-UG, for further information
7.1.2
Three standard device addresses have been assigned
for use with DRVll-Js. The DRVll-J module, M8049,
is configured at the factory for an address of
764160. If more than one DRVll-J is used in a
system, the modules are configured as follows:
1st DRVll-J
2nd DRVll-J
3rd DRVll-J
address
address
address
764160
764140
764120
Reference Table A located and Figure 1 for
appropriate jumper configuration.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6227-0-0
REV
A
occ ^^3Bt^\<m3mn
SHEET
OF
8
G SPECIFICATION
SQ!OQ!a
CONTINUATION SHEET
. .T BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE
7.1.3 If the system application requires more than three
DRVll-Js, addresses for the additional modules must
be selected from the user-reserved area of the
address map and assigned in descending order in a
moiulus of 20 (octal). When selecting addresses
other than the three standard addresses, refer to
the current issue of the "Microcomputer Interfaces
Handbook" to avoid possible I/O device address
conflicts .
7.1.4 The DRVll-J interrupt vector addresses are to ke
programmed into a RAM (vector address memory) and
cannot be jumper or switch selected.
7.2 Loopback Cable Insta. lat ion :
7.2.1 The loopback cable BC05W-02 is installed with a half
twist connecting Jl-1 to J2-50. This cable must be
in for test purposes.
TAriLE A
Address: 15:
Bit : :
14:
•
•
13:
•
•
12:
•
•
11:
•
•
10:
•
•
9
•
•
•
•
8
•
•
•
•
7 :
6 :
5 :
•
•
4 :
3 : 2: 1: 0:
• • • •
• • • •
Jumper
•
•
Wl:
W2:
W3:
W4
:
W5
:
W6.
W7:
W8:
W9,
Dev ice
Address
764160
«
•
•
«
•
«
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
*
•
•
•
•
•
•
X :
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
a
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
X :
•
•
•
•
•
X :
X
764140
•
•
•
•
X :
•
•
•
•
•
X :
X :
764120
•
•
•
X :
•
•
•
•
X :
•
•
X
X = Jumper in for a logical 1. All other jumpers out
si::e
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6227-a-0
REV
A
DEC -SiJSiviasjNer;
SHEET
OF_i
MANl FACTLRIN<. SPECIFKATIOS
!a»a:D
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDUHE FOR DRVll-.: P/.^^ALLEL INTERFACE
8.0 POWER CHECKS:
8.1 The following voltages must, be present and within tolerance
on the backplane containing rh-> DRVll-J:
VOLTAGE
TOLERANCE
MEASURED AT
+ 5VDC
■••4.7 5 VDC to -^5.2 5 VDC
AA2
9.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE;
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any
particular situation, and for current MAST minimunj test
criteria (e.g. pass-counts, etc.), refer to the appropriate
MAST CHECKLIST. The following is a list of step-by-step
instructions for executing each individual diagnostic
contained in the CHECKLIST. No errors are allowed.
9.1 Run the DRVll-J Diagnostic Test Psrt 1, CVDRC :
9.1.1 The starting location is 200 and the switch
register should - 000000.
9.1.2 This diagnostic does not "auto-size" the number of
DRVll-Js connected. If more than one DRVll-J is
to be tested, the user must set up "DEVM" address
location 1246 for the diagnostic to sequentially
test up to four DRVll-Js. If only one DRVll-J is
to be tested, modification to this address
location is not necessary.
Set address
Set address
DRVll-Js.
Set address
DRVll-Js.
location 1246 to = 3 i f two DRVll-Js.
location 1246 to « 7 if three
location 1246 to = 17 if fouL
1st DRVll-J
2nd DRVll-J
3rd DRVll-J
4th DRVll-J
address 76U63
address 764140
address 764120
address 764133
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6227-0-(3
REV
A
X-. i*<382V'0*2Ne?2
SHEET
OF
MANLFACTURING SPECIFICATION
:d!!:o3:q
CONTINUATION SWEET
TITLE
MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE
CVDRCA DRVUJ DIAG TEST PART 1
DRVllJ CABLE REQ'D
SWR = 000000 NEW = <CR>
END PASS
9.2 Run the DRVll-J Diagnostic Test Part 2, CVDRD:
9.2.1 The starting location is 200 and the switch
register should = 000000.
9.2.2 This diagnostic does not "auto-size" the number of
DRVll-Js connected. If more than one DRVll-J is
to be tested, the user must set up "DEVM" address
location 2246 for the diagnostic to sequentially
test up to four DRVll-Js. If only one DRVll-J is
to be tested, modification to this address
location is not necessary.
Set address location 2246 to
Set address location 2246 to
DRVll-Js.
Set address location 2246 to
DRVll-Js.
3 if two DRVll-Js
7 if '_nree
17 if four
1st DRVll-J
2nd DRVll-J
3rd DRVll-J
4th DRVll-J
address 764160
address 764140
address 764120
address 764100
CVDROA DRVllJ DIAG TEST PART 2
DRVllJ CABLE REQ'D
SWR « 000000 NEW = <CR>
END PASS
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6227-0-0
REV
A
ncc i»^3Kv<(a3N«7:
SHEET
OF
8
MANL'FACTURl.NG SPECIFICATION
iJ ibiHtUi
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE
i
W4 W3
■f
■^^ LT
PORT C AND D
PORT A AND B
wn
• J4
w8 wg
W7 W6
j3
XE9
W10
Figure 1 DRVll-J M804 9
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A6Zi7-0-0
REV
A
Oec !6-(392)'10«2-N672
SHEET _5 OF __8.
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
o
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . '1'
DATE
o
U
I?
TITLE
DTn3 - FM - FP
Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
• - r
Prt'V. 7668001-0-6230
Arpvi \^ff(€t
in>^
ijff^t
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
My\A6 2 3 0-0-0
REV
n
Er'l010«ll6-N«72-(39;)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TLbT Appendix A
i
DT03 - FM - FP
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
Before poverlag up DT03-FM/FP read the option deecrlptlon thoroughly.
The DT03-FM/FP Power Supply, end ell ehered bu» ("C" Bus) devices pover source
must be on non-switched pcwer from the 861-Power Controller, or from some other
unswltched power source.
TEST EQUIPMENT
Two (2) PDP-11 processors
Unibus tester, or s I/O device that can be shared by both PDP-11 CPU's.
For further infornui:ion refer to option description.
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
Manuals
Checkout Procedures:
Acceptance Procedures
Engineering Specs:
Prints:
MAINDEC Listings:
CSS-MO-F-1" -19
Option Description
Reference Option Description Psge 2.3
Section 2.5 thru 2.6
Reference Option Description Page A-2
Section A. 5 thru A. 7
Reference Option Description Page 1-3
Section 1.6
DT03-F
DEC SPEC-11-ATV-ADC
ABS MD1:T:TY Processer Diag.
DEC SPEC-ll-AXAAXC
DAS Must be used with slave module DATS
DEC SPEC-11-AXJAXB
DAS DT03FR Controller Module (Single
Device)
DEC SPEC-ll-AXTAXA
DAS DT03FR Controller Module (Multiple
Devic'i)
DEC SPEC-ll-AXASXA
SRC DTAS Slave Module for DXAC
SIZE
A
COOEi NUMBER
SP I MAA6230-0-0
REV
A
Dec 1*-<S«2) 10«3-N«72
SHEET
OF
I
y 5
c o
I*
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPF( IFICATION
v r. (,
DATE
o
.?
3
c
3
c
•I
£
TITLE
DAll-BD Appendix A
Us
n
Si
„ o
C
> r
a
i
I-'
REVISIONS
REV
A
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7668001-0-6240
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
"T^/y J<^/^r//^o^*r
AffD
SIZE
A
CODE
iSt'
NUMBER
REV
/\
EN-oisaa ia-N«7».(j92)
SHE
CT
OF
MANUFACTURINC SPECBFICATION
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
,11 I I. I i .,
PAll-BD
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
R«far«nc« option datcrlption p«ga 2-1, ■ecClon 2.1 for liCi contlderatloac ,
and taction 2.2 for cabling.
For furthar infonnatlon, read tha option docvaaentatloQ.
Two (2) PDP-11 processors
For further Information refer to the option description, and the DRII-B Manual.
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
CSS-MO-F-l0.4-iM
Page 2.2, section 2.4.1
Manuals:
Checkout Procedures :
Acceptance Procedures;
Engineering Specs
Prints:
MAINDEC Listings:
Reference Diagnostic Listing page 7,
jectlon twelve (12)
Page 1, section 1.3
Refeitncc DRll-B-DAlI-B
DEC SPEC-li-DZDRB-C-D
HBS
DEC SPEC-ll-AWYAXa
OBJ. (DEC Xll)
SIZE
COOE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6240-0-n
otc i*-<i*»-iMa-N«7a
REV ,
JLJ
SHEET 2 OF 2.
o
5 °
«i = ••
c • 5
?9 * r
'^ ^
T i: " K
-° - £
» • •
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPICIIK ATION
K . :■. . :- . T
DATE
TITLE
DHll-K GP'>ir;RAL DIGITAL I/O INTKRFACK Appondix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
A
Prov. 7Gh8001-0-6260
^^^^T
ENG
d^lriff
e^j^Kj
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAAt. 26 0-0-0
REV
A
EN-010«» il>-N«72 ()•>)
SHEET 1 OF 4
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
YiTlE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
X
i
DRll-K GENERAL DIGITAL I/O INTERFACE
kZTERENCE DOaJMENTS
DRll-K Engineering Dravlnga, Print Set.
MAST Phase I Check-off Llrt.
VorknuAship Manual, DEC.
Flnlah and Color Standard, DEC STD 092.
DRll-K Interface User's Guide and Maintenance Manual, EK-DRIIK-MM-OOI.
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
FDP-11 Systsa vlth input device.
DDll-A or DDll-B.
BC08-R-1, one foot long Maintenance Gable.
Digital Voltmeter, Fluke Model 465 or equivalent.
REQUIRED TEST SOFTVAJIE
MAINDEC-ll-DZDRG Diagnostic Write-up, DRll-K Digital I/O Test.
MAINDEC-11-DZDRG Diagnostic Tape.
CHECKOUT INSPECTION
Following Receipt of the test item(s) , perform a brief (quick scan)
visual inspection for obvious discrepancies per the DEC Workmanship
Manual and DEC STD 092.
TF.ST SET-UP
Set-up the test Item(s) , vlth all povcr off, in the configuration shown
In Figure 1. Note that the test Itan has a floating vector. Check
that it has the proper "factory" jimper configuration and M7843 Interrupt
Enable switch positions per Chapter 5 of the Maintenance Manual,
EK-DRllK-MM-001.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
Dec ifr-1)>2) l(>£j-N«;2
NUMBER
MAA626G-0-0
SHEET J OF
REV
A
MANUFACTURING SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSThMS TtST
Appendix A
I
VOLiAGE CHECKOUT
Power up the systfln to check the +SVDC at each SPC slot containing a test
Itflm. Use the digital volcneter to measure the voltage between pics
A2 (+5 VDC) and C2 (GNP) at each applicable SPC slot on backplane. The
vcltaga shall ba 5.00 VDC ^0.25 VDC. Note that the a/4A Regulator has
a 4-5 VDC voltage adjust potentioneter.
11 SYSTPIS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
Jumper W21, W22 and W2j in the A position.
Perfonn the checkout test in the sequence detailed in this scctioa.
Program starting address, switch settings and operator action are
contained herein. However, refer to the Diagnoatic Write-Up,
MAINDEC-11-DCL.vG, for more detailed information, should the need arise.
LOGIC TEST
1. Load starting address 200.
2. Set til tho M7843 Module INTERRUPT ENABLE switches on.
3. Start program *riLth all control switches down (rero),
4. Allow "est to run for five minutes.
5. Set all the M7843 Module INTE.IRUPT ENABLE switches off.
6. Start this program with all control switches down (zero).
7. Allow test to run for ten minutes.
No errors allowed.
For restart after fix, repeat 1 through 3 for the Interrupt Enable
switches on test and repeat 1, 5, and 6 for the Interrupt Enable
switches off tast.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6260-0-0
REV
A
OCC 16-<3«<)-10«2-N«72
SHEET
3
OF
MANUFACrURINC SPECfflCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
THIC
MODULAR APPFO^CK TO gYSTgWS VS3t Appendix A |
PDP - 11
SYSTEM
DDll-A or DDll-B
DRll-K
M7843
hbTTE] W
WIBUS
Afil
H8 54
r
I I
1
L_
* *
, r
■1— ;
L J
_l
BC08-R-1
yot:e«: * The DRK-ll plugs into SPC .lot 2 or 3 of the DDll-B or SPC alot 2 of
the DDll-A.
All DRll-K's have the same Interrupt •«'ltch settings and data path
Jumper/,
FUNCTIONAL TEST CONFIGURATKN
Figure 1
>
[
SIZE {CODE
MAA6260-0-0
REV
A
OCC l*-(3ta) 10«1-M«72
SHEET ^- OF _1
^o
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
> i *>
U w
w o
^?
• 5
S " r
lit
£•»
Si o
MANUFACTURINC; SPICIFICATION
M . A . .'". . T
DATE
3/27/80
TITLE PHASE I BACKUP DOCUMENTATION FOR DRll-W
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
ENG
MA-
AO0e!0-
L.l.KCI.i.nC 8 -HO
KSTES
8-80
BILL WHITBY
APPD
TOM JELENIKkVSKT
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
KN alO«a ia-M«7P 1397)
SHEET 1 OF 5
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The HRll-W is a general purpose, direct memory access (DMA) device that
operates directly to or from memory. It is designed for use In any hex
(SPC) small peripheral controller slot. The DRllW can be Interfaced
with n DRVllB (Q Bus) as well as connected back to back with another
DRll-W to form an interprocessor system link. Any number can be added
to a single system, with respect to existing configuration guidelines.
The purpose of this document is to define minimum test criteria for FA&T
for a single module option and any special steps required to set up
option for test. For multiples of this option, refer to reference
documentation and diagnostic writcup.
2 . 0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.1 Manuals and Engineering Specifications:
2.1.1 IKllW Engineering Specification SP DRll-W-C
2.1.2 DRllW Users' Guide EK-DRllW-UG
2.2 Prints and Schematics:
2.2.1 DRllW Field Maintenance Print Set MP00693
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Hardware & Modia:
3.1.1 PDPll with available Hex SPC Slot
3. l ^ ?K
Memor-
3.1.3 '.-■■y. vt.soie device
3.I.''' B>.'iL-Ul l.v^opback Cable (Supplied with DRll-W)
S.l.S I'lgital vjltmeter fluke Model 465 or equivalent
3.2 Special Tools:
3.2.1 None
A . 0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGR.\MS
4.1 CZDRL.?? DRll-W Gen. NPR INTFC.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6275-O-C:?
A
DEC U-|3«e)-10S2-N6 72
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
"'"'"'"'•^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
NOTE: Additional Diagnostic CZDRK?? URll-W IntrProc. Exer. Id not run In
KAiT due to need for additional 1>MA Intfrfaci' and HDPll Processor.
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 For Unlbus-11 Systems capacitor C8 ( IbOO mmt. ) m\ist be rut off of
of DRll-W Module.
5.2 For UBA (Unlbus Adapter) of VAX, both C7 (820 rranf.) .ind 08 (1600 naul . )
must be installed. Referen e Flguro 1 drawing for I orations of above
components .
5.3 Wire in backplane between CAO 1 and CiiOl (NPO jumper) must be removed
from .'-.lot In which DRll-W is Installed.
NOTE : Jumper must be reinstalled when module is removed unless module is
replaced with another DMA (Direct Memory Access) device.
6 . 0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 Unpacking Instructions:
6.1.1 If DRll-W module Is to be installed in a system, dispose of
box it was packed In. If part of an option order, retaiu
for repacking.
6.2 Set-Up instructions:
6.2.1 Remove G727A grant card from hex slot to be
us
ed,
6.2.2 Insure DRll-W module has DVA (Device Address) configured for
77241X. Switch pack E120 will have switches 2, A, 6, 7, 8
and 9 on and 1, 3, 5 and 10 off. Reference Figtjre I.
6.2.3 Insure DRll-W module has vector address configured for 124.
Switchpack El 5 will have switches 3, 5, 7 and 8 on and 2,
4, and 6 off. Switch Hi is unused and its position does
not matter. Reference Figure 1.
6.2.''* Insure DRll-W module has operational mode switchpack E105
configured with switches 1, 3 and 4 on and 2 and 5 off.
Reference Figure 1 .
6.2.5 Insure burst mode switch SI is in down position (toward row F
of module) to select two-cycle burst operation. Reference
Figure 1.
6.2.6 Insure BR plug Is installed on nodule in Lh? socket. BR5
Is the standard plug part //54-08778. (Supplied with DRll-W).
6.2.7 Install BC05L-01 cable (without a twist) between .11 and -12
of DRll-W module.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6275 -o- <^
REV
A
DEC l»(3«2) 1013 N672
SHEET
OF
5
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
"'"•"''*-^ MdDUI-AR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6.2.8 Inatall DRll-W module In hex slot In whlrli backplane Junpur
was removed.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
Tvplcallv when an additional module Is installed in u backplane, it
will cause a slight dip in voltage. Use a Digital voltmeter to
insure that +5V Is srlll within tolerance ±().25VnC. To do this
place voltmeter leads between A2 and C2 (any r(3w) of slot in which
module is installed. If necessary adjust applicable regulator for
proper voltage.
8 . 0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 CZDRL?? DRlI-W Gen. NPR INTFC.
8.1.1 Load program into memory using applicable load device.
8.1.2 Load address 200 and press start.
8.1.3 After "Do you wish burst data late calibration? (Y «= yes,
N - no):" Is typed out, type -^N^
8.1.4 After "Do you wish multiple board dialogue? (Y =■ yes, N »
no):" Is typed out, type <N>
8.1.5 If software switch register is invoked, then the following
will be printed "SWR - XXXXXX New - ", type<CR >
H.1.6 Program will now test module in malnt. & cable mode/with
Iterations.
8.1.7 End of pass will be indicated by "End Pass y/XXXXXX" after
approximately 7 seconds for first pass and 60 seconds for
each subsequent pass.
8.2 Allowable Errors:
8.2.1 None
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6275 - O- G
REV
A
Dec i»-(392) loaa-Mtrt
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROAOl TO SYSTEK:^ TEST
(
(
(
J1
J2
0.
<
1
R80
<^
<r>
in
c
3
3
o
Ui
ZU.
OO
:!
M8176
00
O
U.
ZU.
OO
OO
UJ
u.
Z u.
OO
o
UJ
FIGURE 1
UJ
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA6275 — cp • f 7
REV
A
OCC l*<S*2(>Ot3-M«7>
SHEET
OF
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
» 5 *:
3 °^
.11
.til
:5eI
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.S.T
DATE
TITLE
BD0 3 BINARY/ASCII/BIN'APY CONVERTER App'-ndix A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
A
Prev. 7b68001-C-7i]0
^^^
_r^Ys^^^^^r^JS^C
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER REV
MAA7110-0-0 A
EN-«4MS It-HHrtdtt)
SHEET 1 OF 2
^SMM
wm
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
L-
BD03 BINARY/ASCII/BINARY CONVERTER
SPECIAL mSTROCnONS
Refer to Option De«crlt/tion, Appendix A. Page A-l
TEST EQUIPMENT
REFERENCE DOCIMENTATION
HtnuAlf:
Checkout & Acceptance:
Engineering Specs:
Prints:
MelnDEC Listings:
Docxsentstlon #CSS-M0-F-4.4-8B
OPT. DES. SECT. 2.3 fit 2.4
OPT. DES. PAGE 1-1, SEC. 1.2
Drawing Sets #A-ML-BD03-0
DECSFEC-11-AUXADD
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBE'i REV
MAA7110-0-0 A
OCC lft-<3t2)10«2-N«72
SHEET 2. OF 2
2|e
b5i
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T .
DATE
"'"'"^'■^ flD04 DISK INTERRUPT ALARM Appendiv A
REVISIONS
* -
• £ S
= 2 S
„ 5 * c
i c ^ »
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 7668001-0-7120
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
M
ENG
7^
-^'
'f4^tvS^(^
APPO
■7
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
M/vA7 12 0-0-0
REV
A
EN etOai>tN«/3-(3t2)
SHEET 1 OF 2
MANUFACTURflMC SPECmCATlON
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
1 L
BD04 DISK DfTERRUFT ALAKM
SPECIAL mSTRDCriONS
BD04 must be cabled Co RFll controller vith cable P/N (ATOR cable BD04)
Cable plugs into alot D09 of RFll end alot B02 of BD04, end requlrea the
addition of e write from KPll pin D09H2 to D16J2 (jto be handvire(| .
TEST EQUIPMENT
Refer to Option Description Pege 2-1
Section 2.1-2.4 and pege S-1, sect. 5.1
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
Manuals:
Checkout & Acceptance;
Prints:
MalnDEC Listings:
Docxaient #CSS-MO-P-54-ll
Option Description Pege
2-2, Section 2.3.2
Drawing Set #A-ML-BDC4-0
DECSPEC-ll-AUXADC
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7120-0-0
REV
A
OCC 1»-<JM)-10«2-N«72
SHEET
OF
3
a
DIGITAL EQUIPriENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASS*..CHU SETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T .
DATE
TITLi"
RD05 LINE INTKRFACK CONTROLLER Apprndix. A
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
c
in
Hi
<>*U K
A
Prev. 7668001-0-7] 30
ENO
203:
Jr^'
r^^9^r
APPD /></
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7130-0-0
REV
A
Ff. Xt*** 4ll4«(sr2-<Mf|
SHEET 1 OF ?
MANUFACTUPiNG SPECIFICATION
TtnC i MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS ThST Appendix A
I
BD05 LINE INTERFACE CONTROLLER
8FECUL DISTRlXmONS
R«f«r to Option Deacrlptlon Page A-1. Appendix A lot all checkout and
accaptanca proceduraa.
To chack for Indication of a taat failura, tranemlttar taat - rafar to
App* A, aaction A. 5. 1.5.
Racaivar Taat - rafar to App. A, taction A. 6.
For DECJII SyatMB Ezarciaar aaa Syatcn Deacrlptioc CSS -MS -F- 73-^.
aactioD 5.4
TEST EQUUMENT
Refer to Option Daacriptlon page A-2, aectlon A. 4. 2
For teat box connactiona and aaction A. 5 thru A. 7
For aak.ting up teat box and running the diagnostic.
REFERENCE DOCIHENTATION
Manuals:
Engineering Speca;
Prints:
HainDEC Listings:
Doctaaant No. CSS-MO-F-33-17-A
Option Description page 1-2. section 1.3
A-ML-BD05-0
DECSPC-ll-AUZAD-?
SIZE I CODE
A I sp
NUMBER
MAA7130-0-0
REV
A
OCC I».(m)-1M2-M«7t
SHEET
OF
-9
5lC
? 5 *
" k ■
'-^
3
^ ^ -
Hi
in
Us*
III
6 E £
c c 2 a
?| §
•» 3 • X
£ a c ?
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURINC, SPtCIFICATION
M . A . ri . ']' .
DATE
TITLE
RKORDER TR;\P DrVICE Appendix A
REVISIONS
REV
A
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
Prev. 76b8001-0-7210
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
TTT
EKi^
M
7/r>^ J^^r^ri^t0^4^
^
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA A7.n 0-0-0
REV
A
EN010«3l6N6 7?O92)
SHEET 1 OF 2
^^A^f^FAC^JRING specification
Tine
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A,
. 1 L
RgORDER TRAP DEVICE
SPPriAL IRSTRDCTIONS
Tbttrc arc tvelv« (12) E281 flzad aanory. They ar« to be Inserted Into
&ov."C''frQa right to left for the frlet teat, (viewed fron module side of
For teft tvo (2) the K281 okodulea auat be taoved to Row 'D".
TEST BQUHWENT
Refer to Option D«scriptlon: page A-1, eectlon A-2
RLiLRLWCL I>v ..TIATION
Hanuals:
Checkout Procedures:
Acceptance Procedures:
Engineering Specs:
Prints:
HalnDEC Listings:
Document No. CSS-MO-y-37-3-B
Refer to Option Description page A-1
section A. 3 thru A. 4. 2
Same as Checkout Procedure
Refer to section 3.9.3 (M)
Drawing Set No. A -ML -7606 20 7-0
DECSPEC -11 -ASQAIA -PB
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MUySFR
MAA7210-0-0
REV
A
occ i«-iSM)-iMa-M«7a
SHEET J OF _L
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
'5 »;
MANUFACTURING SPICIFKATION
DATE 4/15/80
I
3
o •
TITLE
LPCni/LPDll M.A.S.T.
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
1^
c «. :;
si
MddL'd sections 3. 2. 13 thru 8.2.!!]
and Table G
;iA-
L.I.ICLKRC
8-80
S . CSTES
8-80
ENG
D. Ayotte
APPD
P0>^ ^ y
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
flA-A7510-0-0
REV
C
ff*^*^*"^ ififn*fti39it
SHEET 1 OF 11+
MANUFACTURINr. SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
LPCOI/LPDII M.A.S.T.
1.0 IMTaQDUCIIQM
Th« LPC01 is a general purpuae interface used in
conjunction with an LDP11. It oan be used by bo at PPF-ll'a
to provide output to a nuaber of photo-coapoai t ion aachinea.
All I/O froB the PDP-n thru the LPDll, thru the LPC01 to the
Photocoapoaer la done under prograa control. The LPC01
inoludea teat circuitry to aiaulate the photocoapoaer.
2.0 AEFEBKMCg POCUMgHTATIQH
2.1 Manuals and Engineering Spec i f icat iona
2.1.1 LFC01 Maintenance Manual eK>LPC01>HH
2.1.2 LDP11 Maintenance Manual
2.2 Prints and Scheaatics
DEC-1 1-HLPDA
2.2.1 LPC01 Maintenance Print Set DD-LPC01-0
2.2.2 LDPII Maintenance Print Set DD-LDP11-0
3.0 MfiJlIl£XL l&^l EQUIFMEMT
3.1 PDP-11 Syatea with an operators console.
3.2 Line Clock.
3.3 Two (2) BC06J-XX cablea.
3.1| A DVM accurate to .IV at 15VDC.
3.5 Oscilloscope, Tektronics Model M53 or equivalent
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
('
DCC l*()92) 1M2-Ne7i
SHEET
OF J±
MANUFACTURING SPtClFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MCDULAP APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TEST
k.} LPDIl Interface Diagnostic
5.0 SliLLiAL IMSIRUCTIQMS
DZLPJ
5.1 NOTE - The LPC01 must be testef In conjunction with
an LPD1 1 .
The LPD11 requires the adjus'.ment of the "DELAY
TIME". Using a scope check the delay settlni^s of
the M3020 module at pins B07F? (adjust TOP POT) and
B07T2 (adjust BOTTOM POT). Delay settings will
differ according to which model of thp LPC01 that
it will interface to. Use the following charts to
determine the pulse width and backplane pins that
must be wired together that will apply to the
Configuration you have.
NOTES
Be sure
width .
to measure the "Positive" pulse
Before an adjustment can be made it will be
necessary to have the following "toggle-in"
program runn ing :
200/
NEXT:
LOOP:
CLR
CLR
INC
MOV
INC
BNE
BR
RQ
Rl
R1
Rl,
RO
LOOP
NEXT
1727X?
5000
5001
5201
10 137
5200
1376
770
1727X2
SIZE
A
CODE
NMMBER
REV
C
OCC l«-()*»-lM2.N«72
SHEET
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTF.MS TEi.T
LPD11 DELAY TIME SETTINGS
TABLE A (M3020 ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FOH TOP POT)
♦ -♦__-_..,.«__♦ .
1 LPC01 I I CONNECT
1 TYPES ! DELAYTIME I PIN TO PIN
4..-. ♦--- ♦--- ■♦•
! A A/B I 1 .5 M SEC I L2 1 El
♦ -♦ ♦-- ♦__._-
! B A/B ! 150 uSEC I L2 1 J1
i C A/B I 100 uSEC ! L2 1 J1
♦ ---- ♦---._-__--__♦-__>_«♦._._._
1 D A/B I 3.5 M SEC ! L2 I El
I E A/B I 300 usee ! L2 I J1
IFA/BI1.5MSECI L2 1 El
4... ...-4^. ........ ..4...... -4... —
! H A/B I 2 M SEC I L2 I El
4..... 4 ._.--. 4... ...-4..-
I J A/B I 2.5 H SEC I L2 I El
4.. ...... 4 .... 4 -_4
I K A/B I 1 .0 M SEC ! L2 ! El
4--. -...4 ........4- ..4.....
; L A/B ; 100 uSEC I L2 i J1
4. ...... 4.- . -4.-.. 4...--.
1 M A/B ! 1 .5 M SEC ! L2 ! El
4. ..-.4- ......_4.-.-..-4_.-._
! N A/B ! 1 .5 M SEC I L2 ! El
4. 4 ...-.-4,-. 4.....
1 P A/B 1 150 uSEC I L2 I J1
4. ...... 4- .--.4. --...4-....
1 R A/B ! 60 uSEC ! L2 ! Jl
4.. ...--.4. ......4.. ....4 .
! S A/B I 50 uSEC i L2 ! Jl
4.-. .....4- .--4. .-.4 .
I T A/B ! 200 uSEC I L2 ! Jl
4..-. ....4. ........ ..4.. ----•*-•-. ---
I U A/B I 50 uSEC I L2 ; 01
4.. ......4.... .----.. 4. .....4.-...
1 V A/B 1 2.5 M SEC I L2 ! El
4... .....4 . .4.... — ♦-.
! W A/B I 100 uLEC I L2 ! Jl
4.. -..♦ — .4. .-..-♦..-..
SIZE
. n
CODE
op
NUMBER
f-V\-A7"Li-'j-0
REV
C
DCC 1«-<)*2)10«2-Ne72
SHEET
OF _1L.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SySTFMS TEST
TABLE B (M3020 ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FOR BOTTOM POT)
! LPC01 ! I CONNECT
1 TYPES 1 DELAYTIME 1 PIN TO PIN
♦ ---♦ ♦-- ♦
1 A A/B I 500 uSEC ! S2 1 U 1
■(.-.--. .-4.. ....... -.-4 .-..♦.._..
1 B A/B I 1 M SEC I S2 1 PI
♦ --.-.. -♦.....-... -.4... 4
1 C A/B ! 500 uSEC 1 S2 ! U1
♦ -.--.--4...-..- --♦ ♦
! D A/B 1 10 uSEC 1 S2 ! SI
1 E A/B 1 100 uSEC I S2 1 Ul
4... 4. ........4. ...4......
! F A/B 1 500 uSEC 1 32 1 Ul
4.. 4 .•.-•..4.-.. 4.
I H A/B ! 1 M SEC ! S2 1 PI
4. .-.4... .......4... ._.4,...._
1 J A/B 1 100 uSEC ! S2 ! Ul
4. ....4.. — . ..-4... ...-4.
! K A/B ! 350 uSEC 1 S2 1 Ul
4..... 4... ----_.-- -4....... 4. _-
I L A/B 1 100 uSEC 1 S2 1 Ul
4. -4. — -..4.. .4......
! M A/B I 200 uSEC I 32 ! Ul
; N A/B ! 3 .5 M SEC ! 32 ! PI
4-..- --4.. ...... .---4...-.-. 4.-... _
! F A/B 1 50 uSEC 1 S2 ! Ul
4. .4..-. .. — .4.. ....4
1 R A/B 1 35 uSEC ! S2 1 Ul
4. 4. .. — 4. — -.--4.
! 3 A/B 1 50 uSEC ! S2 1 Ul
4. 4. .-4. 4
! T A/B I 35 uSEC I S2 ! Ul
4 4. 4 4.
! U A/P 1 50 uSEC 1 32 ; SI
4. 4. 4 4-
I V A/B 1 100 uSEC 1 32 1 Ul
1 W A/B 1 25 uSEC 1 32 ! SI
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
C
DEC l«-(a92) 10t3-N672
SHEET
OF 04
MANUFACTURING SPtCIUCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAH APPROACH TO SYSTtM3 TEST
6.1 Unpacking Instructions as Received from High
Vol ume .
6.1.1 The LPCOl is packed in a cardbo?ird shipping
container. Unpack the LPCOl as follows:
A. Remove the LPCOl from the shipping
Container .
B. Remove the dyethylene cover from the
unit.
C. Ensure that the unit is clean an J free
of any for-eign material or damage.
D. Place the LPCOl in tne location in which
it 13 to be used (tested).
E Save all packing material if the in it is
to be Shi pped .
6.1.2 The LPDll is packed in a cardboard shipping
container. Unpack the LPDll as follows:
A. Remove the LPDll Logic Backplane from
it's container and mount as per
configuration sheet.
B. Unpack the modules and insert them into
the LPDll backplane as per MUL (Module
Utilization List ) .
C. Remove the H7i<0-D power supply from it's
shipping container and mount it in the cab
as per configuration sheet.
D. For ADDRESS and VECTOR assignments,
reference the Product Line supplied
Configuration Sheets for your system.
NOTE - The use of the FLOAT PROGRAM Is
Illegal in determining these assignments due
to "TYPESET" software limitations.
NOfE - b"or OPTION ORDERS use the following:
ADDRESS - 172720
VECTOR - 340
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
:iA-A7"i - -
REV
r
D€C 16 !392)1082-N6/i
SHEET
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPnCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
ADDRESS •• M105 - JUMPER "IN"
\E^10h - M7821 - JUMPER " U
6.2 LPC01/LPD11 Cabling and Terrainat Ions
a
a
lug lea 1
logical
0
1
7.0
6.2.1 The LPD11 Interface is connected to the
PDP11 Unibufl using a BCIIA cable uf
appropriate length (refer to Conf iguraf 1 on
.'iheet). The BC11A cable is plugged into
LPDn slot AB01, anj either a Unibus
Terminator or a BC11A Unibus cable is
plugged Into slot ABO?.
The LPC01 Interface is connected to the
LPD11 Control Interface via a BC06J-XX I/O
cable from slot location 801 on the LFC01 to
LPDIl slot location A12.
NOTE - Both ends of the BC06J-XX Interface
cable have identical si ng 1 e- he i ght M908
cable connectors either connector can
be inserted into the control interface or
the universal interface.
NOTE - The maximum allowable length for the
BC06J-XX Interface cable is 250 feet.
ISIMM CHECKS
7.1 Refer tc TABLES C and D.
TABLE C
LPCQl BACKFLAME YQLTAGc: CHECKQyi
VOLTAGE
TOLERANCE
PIN NO.
[ ♦SVDC
1 -12VDC
♦/-.25V
♦/-0.6V
A01A2
B07R1
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
;-V\-A7S] fl-0_-j
REV
c
DEC 16(393) 10«2'N672
SHEET _L
OF JA.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE 0
LPDII BACKPLAHE YOLTAflE CHECKOUT
VOLTAGE
♦ 5VDC
-15VDC
TOLERANCE
♦/-.25V
♦ /-I .OV
PIN NO
A01A2
A01B2
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in
any situation, or for the current HAST ninlnum test
criteria, e.g.: pass-counts, etc., refer to the
appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are the
detailed step-by-step Instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST".
NOTE - The LPD11 will be tested in stand-alone mode
by itself and then the LPDII/LPCOI will be tested
together. Also note that in either case; the saae
diagnostic is used (DZLPJ).
8.1 LPD11 STAND-ALONE DZLPJ
8.1.1 Check
muu u jk, S
to be sure that there is an M783
in location BOM and no module in
location A05. Also checK the 3 v itch
settings on the M523 module in location A10
for the correct settings as per TABLE E.
Note that SW 2-8 should be ON for testing
purposes .
SIZE
CODE
sr
NUMBER
REV
DCC l«-(S«»-IOa>-N«73
SHEET
OF
14
MANUFACTLlRING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHFEF
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
I
I
•f ■
I
TABLE E
LPDIl M523 SWITCH SETTINGS
>..... -..4.
SWITCH
8.1.
9.1.3
8. 1.U
8. 1 .5
8.1.6
8.1.7
8.1.8
4... .4... -4....
I 2 ! 3 I »♦
! 5 ! 6 1 7 1 8
ON ION
ION
ION
. 4. ...
ION
.4.
ION
ION
,4.
!0N
-...4.-.4'--'--*-«--4'---4-->-4'---4---.-4-------
ON ION ION ION lOFFlOFF!OFF!OFF-normal/ON
test ;
OFF I OFF I OFF! OFF I OFF I OFF I ON
I
!OFF
Luad and start the diagnustic at location
200 with tne switch register equal to 0.
The console will ask for VECTOR and ADDRESS.
Follow the Instructions on the prlit out.
Halt the CPU load address 20il , set switches
to all zeros and start. It should run with
no errors and type "END OF PASS*.
Set the console
CONTINUE twice,
error f r ee .
continuously run
t here fore will
oeasage .
switch 13 to a ••
It must run for
NOTE - This
the logic/ data
1 " , depress
1 0 minutes
test will
tests and
not print an END-OF-PASS
Halt the CPU power down and move the M783
module from location BC^ to location A05.
Plug the BC06J-XX cable inoo location A12
and the other end into location 815.
Power up, restart the maintenance diagnostic
at location 20U with console switch 13 un a
"1". It must run for 10 minutes error free.
Holt the CPU power down and move the M783
module from location A05 to location ECU.
Remove the BCO6J-XX cable from locations A12
and BI5. Power up, restart the maintenance
diagnostic at location 20M with console
switch n on a "1"
minutes error free.
It must run for 5
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
OCC l»-(3t<)-10tC-N«r<
SHEET
OF
REV
C
14
MANUFACTURING
SPECIFICATION
VHW
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
1
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfcMS TEST
8.2 LPDIl/
8.2.1
LPC01 TESTING
DZLP J
Cunneot the LFC01 to th
e LPDIl by plugging
the LPD11 I/O cable into LPC01 location B01
and LPDll location A12.
8
.2
.2
Plug In another BC06J-XX cable into location
B06 of the LPC01 and LPD11 location 815.
8
.2
.3
Set all switches on the M523 aodule in the
LPC01 to the off position.
8
.2
.M
Set switch 2-(8) on the M523 on the LPD11 to
a "1" and reaove the M783 from BOU and plug
It into A05.
8.
2.
5
Plug an Mill aodule Into location AG? of the
LPC01 and remove any modules that may be in
slots AOU, A05, A06.
8.
2.
6
Put all switches on the LPC01 control panel
to the normal position (DOWN).
8.
2.
7
Load and start the LPD Maintenance
Diagnostic at location 200 with SWR > 13.
8.
2.
8
The program will ask for VECTOR and ADDRESS.
Answer it accordingly. Run the program for
b minutes error free.
8.
2.
9
Halt the program and power down the system.
Remove the LPD11 I/O cable from LPC01
location B01 and plug it into BO3. Put
SYSTEM 1/SYSTEM 2 switch to SYSTEM 2
position and perform section 8.2.6 - 8.2.7
again .
8.
2.
10
Halt the program and power down the system.
Remove the LPDIl I/O cable from LPC01
location BO3 and plug it into BOM. Place
SYSTEM 1/SYSTEM 2 switch back to SYSTEM 1
position. Place ON-LINE/OFF-LINE switch to
the OFF-LINE position and repeat sections
8.2.6 - 8.2.7.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
OCC ie-(3tC)-10*2-N«7a
SHEET
10
OF
lA
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
8.2.11
Halt the program and pnwer down the system.
Remove the LPDll I/O cable from LPCCl
location B04 and plug it into B01. Place
the ON-LINE/OFF-LINE switch back to the
ON-LINE position.
Place the TEST ENABLE
switch in the ENABLE position and remove the
IN-HOUSE test cable from the LPDll and
LPCf)l. Place switch 32-(8) on the M523
module in the LPDll to the OFF ((^) position.
8.2.12 Remove the M78 3 modu". e from
into slot B04 of the LPDll.
A05 and plug it
8.2.13 Run the OUTPUT SECTION of the LPDll
Mai-.tenance Diagnostic by setting SWR bit 6
to a "1" and restart the program at location
204. Place the LPCOl TEST ENABLE switch to
the "ON" position, place the LPDll in .he
"NORMAL MODE" of operation (M523 SW 2-8=0)
and type a G. Then enter a series of
numeric characters (0-377) and terminate
with a "T". This will transmit the
characters to the LPC01. N<-)w depress the
"TEST" button on the LPC01 and the octal
patterns that were transmitted will appear
in the DATA LIGHTS of the LPC01.
8.2.14 Power down the system. Remove the LPDll I/O
cable. Set the switches on the M523 moaule
as per TABLE E for the LPDll and TABLE G for
the LPC01, then plug the correct modules
into slots A04, or A05, or 6, or A07 etc.
as per Table F.
8.2.15 All modules should be left plugged inLo
their proper slots in the backplane and the
LPC01 cover should be secured in place using
the screws provided.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A7510-G-0
REV
C
OCC t»-O92)-10«2-N672
SHEET
11
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPtCFIC ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TABLE F
PHOTOCOMP DRIVE/POLARITY
NOTE - LPC01 mudule usage la dependant on variation.
4.-....4----<--4---- ♦.----♦-----♦-_--.4. --+.- ---4.----_..«_4.
1LPC011M050 iMin 1M2051M62U 1 B7M 1 ! R EADER I I NTE RF ACE 1 M592S 1
1 i i 11 !T0 •! CABLE! CABLE 1 |
1 ! AU1A5! A6IA7IB10 1A6|A7IB7B21 B»4 | B^ I B 11 1 AB 1 2 1 AB 1 3 I
!A lYlNiNlNiN !N!N|B7A2iYES !Y 1 N|N | Nl
i B IN 1 NIY I Nl N IN I NiB7A2| YES 1 Y 1 N 1 /'
4-.-o--'f--'f--4«--*>--4'----4----t->'-'*'----4'----->-»---->'f---'*' 1
! C IN 1 Nl Yl Nl N IN 1 NIB7A2I YES 1 Y 1 Nil
♦ -----♦--♦ ♦--♦--♦--. -4.-»4.--4,----4.-_- 4. >.__.4. I
ID IN 1 Nl Nl Yl Y IN 1 N|B7A2t YES 1 Y ! Nil
♦ -----•••--•♦■--♦--•♦•--♦----♦--♦--♦----♦- 4.-. -.4.--.-^ 1
IE IN 1 N! Y I Nl N IN I NIB7A2I YES 1 Y ! Nil
4... -.4- -•*■--•*■--■*>--■*■---. ♦.>4-<--4'- ---•*'------♦ ♦--_-♦ 1
♦ --♦--♦--♦--♦--♦----♦--♦--♦----♦ -»-4._-__4. -4. j
1 H lY 1 Nl Nl Nl N IN 1 N|B7B2| --- 1 Y 1 Nil
♦_----♦--♦--♦--♦--♦----♦--♦--♦----♦------♦----♦----♦ 1
1 J IN 1 Nl N 1 Y 1 N INI NIB7A2I YES I Y 1 Nit
4....--4'--4'--'*'--'f<---*--- ♦- -♦«-♦-._--♦-- ----4. ^_4.-.«»-,4, j
4.---..4--->--4'---f---f»---»-»'--4'---*- --♦- --♦- -♦--»-.► 1
I L IN I Nl Yl Nl N IN I N|B7A2l YES t Y I N I |
4.. -.--_♦--♦--♦--♦--♦----♦--♦--♦-- --♦------■♦■---- f----+ 1
4>..-. 4.-. 4.- -4... 4.. -4.-.. .4.. .4... 4.. 4. _ 4. 4..___4 j
IN IN 1 Nl Yl Nl N IN 1 N|B7A2| 1 Y ! N 1 II
4. ---4. 4.-. 4.. .4.-. 4.. 4. 4. 4 ..4-. 4. -4. »4 1
4. -..4.. .4. -4..-4.. .4.__-.4. .4.. .4. _4_- -_.-4._ 4.- «,4. {
1 R IN 1 N! Nl Nl N IN 1 N|B7A2| I Y 1 N I |i
4.-----4---*---f--4--- + ----*--*-- + -♦----__ ♦----4. 4. j ]
4_-_-_4.--*--4---*-- + ---- + --*- -♦- -r -♦ ♦ ♦ 1 I
IT IN 1 N I Nl Nl N INI Y|B7A2| --- IN 1 Y 1 ! I
4.- _---4._ -4--* 4.. .4.. ...4. -4.. .4 .-4..... .4. .4..._.4 1
^ 1 /
1 1
' I \
\ 1
1 4-
1 •¥
1 -f
1 ■♦•
1 -f
1 ♦
1 ♦
1 4
1 4
1 4
I 4
1 4
1 4
I 4
I 4
/ 1
I V»» IN 1 N 1 Nl Nl N IN 1 Nl -- 1 --- | N | N 1 N ! Y I
1
N 1
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
C
OCC l»-(]»2)-10t2-N672
SHEET T^ OF IIl
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHF'T
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
Nutes from the chart un the previous page:
• - Wire B7M1 a:, directed by the above chart for
the desired option.
•• - The LPC01-V uses an M112 module In slot AU
and an M113 nodule in slot A15.
SIZE
CODE
;p
NUMBER
>V\-A7[, 10-0-1
REV
C
OCC l«-(392)-10ta-N67a
SHEET
13
OF
14
MANUFACTURING SPECIUCATION
■
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
TITLE
STFMS TEST |
TABLE G
M523 SWITCH
SETTINGS (SLOT 321
OF THE LPC01)
+ -
.___-.
_^. ^
-f + -
. + +
ILPC01
ISWITCH PACK 1 1
ISWITCH PACK 2 I
ISWITCH PACK 3 I
I OPTION ■♦--■»-- + -■»■- + - + - + -+ - +
4_4._ + _ + _ + _ + _^._ + _4
4--f-+-4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
11 |2|3|4|5|fi|7|8|
I1I2I3I4I5I6I7I8I
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1
+ -
- + -+- + - + - + --f -+- + - +
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-- +
•»--4--4--4--4--4--f-4--4-
1
A
lllllllllllllllll
il 1011 I1I0I0I1I0I
10 10 1010 11 1010 11 1
+ -
- + - + -■»-- + - + --♦■- + -■••-+
4--4--4- -+ -4- -4- -4--4-- 4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
B
10 I0I0I0I0I0 1010 1
10 I0I9I0I0I1 1010 1
I0I0I1 10 I0I0I0 1 1 1
+ -
-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
4--4-- + -4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4— 4--4-- +
1
C
I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I
I0I0I0I0I0I1 10 101
1010 11 10 1010 10 1 1 1
+ -
- + -4-- + --»--4--f - + - + -■♦•
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
D
10 I0I0I0I0I0 I0I0I
I0I1I0I0I0I1 I0I0I
I0I0I0I1 I0I0I0I0I
+ -
- + - + - + - + - + - + -■♦--+- +
4- -4- -4- -4---4--4- -4--4- -4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
I
E
10 I0I0I0I0I0 1010 1
I0I0I0I0I1I0I0I0I
1011 I0I0I0I0I0I1I
+ -
- + -+-+-+-+-•♦■-■♦•- + - +
4--4--4-4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
F
10 I0I0I0 1010 I0I0I
1010 10 I0I0I1 I0I0I
I0I0I1I0I0I0I0I1 1
+ -
-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
4--4- -4- - 4- -4- -4- - 4- -4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
H
lllllllllllllllll
I1I0I1I1I1I0I0I0I
I1I0I0I0I0I0I1 101
■»■-
.
-+-+-+- +-+-+-+-+-+
4--4--4--4--4— 4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
J
I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I
I0I0I0I0I0I1I0I0I
I0I0I0I1I0I0I0I1I
+ -
- + - + -4-- + - + - + - + - + - +
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4---i^-4-
1
K
10 10 10 |0|0 10 1010 1
I0I0I0I0I1I0I0I0I
|0|l|0|0l2i0|0|l|
+ -
-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
4--4--4--4--4--4-4--4--4-
4--4--4---h-4--4--4--4--4-
1
L
10 I0I0I0 1010 I0I0I
10 11 I0I0I0I0 I0I0I
|0|e|0|0|0|0|0|0|
+-
-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
4--4--4--4--4--4--4'-4--4-
4--+-4--4--4— 4--4--4--4-
1
M
10 1010 10 1010 I0I0I
I0I0I0I0I0I1 I0I0I
!0|0 1010 I0I0I0 11 1
+-
-+-+-+-+-+-4—+-+-+
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
N
10 I0I0I0I0I0 I0I0I
10 10 10 10 1011 10 IG 1
1010 1011 I0I0I1 101
+ -
-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
4-- + - + — ♦•-4--4--4--r-4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
P
10 I0I0I0I0I0I0I0 1
1011 I0I0I0I1 ;0|0|
1010 1011 I0I0I0 101
+ -
.
-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
4- -4- -4-- 4- -4- -■» -4- -4- -4-
4--4--4--4--4--4— 4--4--4-
1
R
10 10 10 I0I0I0 I0I0I
|0|0|0|0|'/l|l|0|0|
I0I0I0I1 1010 !1 10 1
+ -
-+- + - + --♦■-+- + - + - + --♦•
4- -4- -4- -4- -4- -4-- 4-- 4- -4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--f
1
S
10 1010 10 10 10 10 10 1
10111010:011 10 101
1010 11 1010 1011 101
+ -
—
- + - + - + - + - + ~4-- + -■♦■■- 4-
4--4-- + -4--4-- : - + -4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
T
10 1010 10 10101010 1
10111010101110101
1010 I0I1I0 1010 1 1 1
+ -
-■I-- + - + -4-- + - + -4— +- +
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4— 4--4--4--4--f
1
U
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1
1011 1010 I0I1I0 10!
1010 10 1110 1010 11!
■!>-
- + - + - + -4-- + - + - + - + - +
4--4--4- -4- -4- -4- -4- -4- -4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
V
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1
1011 10 10 1010 10 101
10 10 !0 10 10 10 10 10!
+ -
— _
- + -4-- + - + - + - + - + - + - +
4--4--4--4--4--4--4-- + -4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4
1
w
I0I0I0 10 10 10 1010 1
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 f: 1 0 1
10 10 10 10 !0 10 !0 10 1
+ -
-4--4--4--4--4--4-4--4--4-
4--4---4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4--4-
1
= Switch "ON" / 0 = Switch "OFF"
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-A2510-0-0
REV 1
^ 1
occ l^^^i9t^■xo%i■Nt7^
SHEET Ji OF _Ji.
o
t^ S t
I*
o
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUI A(TIIRIN(. SPI ( IFK AT.'ON
M . A . S . T
DATE
TITLE
CSir,2-A RAINB'V.v' TKST t, ACCHPTANCK f^H(K i 'J'JHH Appendix A
in
•Is
II-
111
0 E i
i c °5
• » •>
Si o
£ er c ?
REVISIONS
RtV
DESCRIPTION
Pr.-v. 7(,bR0ni-0-760n
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
^ sL/^rfu>^fi( \in
SIZE
A
CODE
^?'
NUMBER
REV
tNOlOta l«-N«7?-09?)
SHEET 1 OF 10
MANUFACrURINC SPECIFICATION
Tmc
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
CS1G2-A RAINBOW TEST & ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Thlf procedure will be used In conjunction vlth other Mast
Procedures to test the ■inlaun end Bsxlaum rainbow equipment.
Optional rainbow equipoent will also be included as part of
this procedure, but will be separsted prior to shipment.
1.1 The ■inimum conf igurstion will be comprised of the follow-
ing hardware:
1.1.1 1134A-DH - 16K Mob Memory, 10.5" box.
1.1.2 MSll-JP - 16R Mos Memory.
1.1.3 M9301-YX - Xerox Boot Terminator.
1.1.4 )L11-WB - SLU/RTC with BCD5C-25.
1.1.5 DRll-K - Digital I/O Interface.
1.1.6 H775-CA - Battery Backup for 113AA.
1.1.7 X020 & X030 - CDC Disk Interface.
1.1.8 X020 6 X021 " Character Diapatche-. .
1.1.9 X026 - IG Output.
1.1.10 X027 - IG Input
1.1.11 X025 - Font Memory.
1.1.12 r;60A - 14 Slot Backplane mounted in the 1134A.
1.1.13 BAll-LH - 5.25 Expander Box.
1.1. 14 X605 - 9 Slot Backplane mounted in the BAll-LH.
1.1.15 X023 - 4mpex Tape Controller.
1.1.16 Z031 " SV Regulator
1.1.17 BClU-02 - 2 ft Onthus Cable
1.1.18 M9202 * Unlbus Connector
1.1.19 M9001'YX - Counector aodule
1.1.20 J«Q8p.-08 - Cable
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
OtC lft-(»t)-lMl-M«71
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING STECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
1.2 The BaxiDum configuration will be comprised of the follow
log hardware:
1.2.1 The ■InlnuQ coDf igurat Ion , minus BCllA-^^.
1.2.2 XAUC - Auxiliary UnlbuB Controller.
1.2.3 X025 - Font Memory (3 additional array modules),
1.2.4 MSll-JP - 16K Mos Memory (2 additional) total of
32K on the Aux . Bus.
1.2.5 M7850 - Parity Controller for aemory on the Aux.
Bus .
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATi N
2.1 Standard DEC Equipment
2.1.1 Prints :
2.1.1.1 1134A Print Set
2.1.1.2 B775 Print Set -
2.1.1.3 DRll-K Print Set
- MP00190
' MP0001A
2. 1.1. A BAll-L Print Set - MP00018
2.1.1 Manuals:
2.1.2.1 EK-KDIEA-MM
2.1.2.2 11/34 System User's Guide - EK-11034-OP
2.1.2.3 M9301 -EK-M9301 - TM
2. 1.2. A MSll-B-J - EK-MSllE-MM
2.1.2.5 M7850 - EK-M7850-MM
2.1.2.6 BAll-L - EK-BAllL-MM
2.1.2.7 DRll-K - EK-DRllK-MM
2.1.2.8 DLll-W - EK-DLllW-MM
2.1.2.9 PDP 1134A Power System Desc EK-1134^-TM
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
EC IMStS) 1M2-N«7|
SHEET
OF
]0
MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEE.
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTF^S TF^T Appendix A
2.2 Rainbow Equlpoent:
2.2.1 Prlnti :
2.2.1.1 CS1G2-A Print Set MP00548
2.2.2 Manuale:
2.2.2.1 IC-CSS-MO-F-A.3-17
2.2.2.2 CD-CSS-MO-F-4.3-16
2.2.2.3 X023 Tape - CSS-HO-F-5 . 9-01
2.2.2.4 X022 - CSS-MO-F-IO. 3-11
2.2.2.5 X030 -
3 0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 CDC Disk Drive (9762)
3.2 ACT 11 or equivalent
3.3 VOM or Oacllloacope
3. A LA 3 6 or equivalent
3.5 VT50 or equivalent
3.6 Anpex Tape Drive
3.7 Three (3) X025 Font Meoory Arrays
3.8 Two (2) MSll-JP Mos Menorles
3.9 M7850 Parity Controller
3.10 Prewritten Tape for Ampex Tape Drive
3.11 XAUC
4.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTICS
4.1 11/34 Lib Xlt - ZJF04-RB
4.2 DRll-K Lib Kit - ZJ,187-RB
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
Oec l»-<JM)10«J-#'«7»
SHEET
OF
10
MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION
CONTINUATION SHE .
TITLE
5.0
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST ^;penc1ix /"
4.3 Disk Controller (X020-X030)
Mfi1ndec-ll-CIBBJ
Ma1ndec-ll-ciBBL
4.4 cd/IG Ma1ndec-Il-CIBBI
4.5 Tape Milndec-ll- CIBBK
4.6 Aux Window Ma1ndec-1 1 -CIBBH
4.7 DECX-11
4.7.1 Rainbow DECX-11 Module
4.7.1.1 Disk - RRA
4.7.1.2 Tape - TXA
4. /.1. 3 CD/IG - CXA
4.8 Diagnostic to generate prewritten tape for Ampex Drive.
Use tape diagnostic Malndec-11-CIBBK, ansvcr questions.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 Install the H785 Regulator Into the n34A. See 1134A
Power Description Manual - EK-1134A-TM.
5.2 Mount the X604 Backplane Into the 1134A box.
5.3 Mount the X605 Backplane Into the BAll-L Expander Box.
5.4 Remove the Battery Backup Jumpers fromthe DDU-PK Pro-
cessor Backplane. See drawing C-IA-7011523 In the 1134A
Print Set.
5.5 Connect the H775-B to the H7B5 Regulator using cable
7011906,
5.6 Remove the NPG wire (DD11-PK Backplane) C08A1 to C08B:.
5.7 Keaove the NPG vlre (Z60A Backplane) CC2A1 to C02B1. (Z020 Disk
controller)
5.8 ScBove the NPG vlre (Z604 Backplane) C12A1 to C12B1 (Z020 CD con-
troller)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
DSC 1MM2) 1M>-M«71
SHEET
OF
10
MANUFACrURINC gPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
itnt
MODULAR APPROACH' TO SYSTEMS TFST Appendix A
6.0 TEST SET UP
6.1 Place switch 2 on the M9301 to the "OFF" position.
6.2 Set the DRll-K to the following device and vector addresses
Device • 767770
Vector - 000160
Set the priority to BR4
6.3 Set the DLll-W to the following device and vector addres-
ses:
Device - 777560
Vector - 000060
Set the priority to BR4
6.4 Set the DL11-W RCVR/TRAN. Baud to 300.
6.5 Check the disk controller for the followl:. device and
vector addresses:
Device - 764000
Vector ■ 000160
Check the pri-rlty for BR5 (X020 & X030)
6.6 Check the CD (X020 ft X021) for the following device and
vector addresses :
Device - 764300
Vector - 000270
Check the priority for BR5
6.7 Check the tape controller (X023) for the following device
and vector addresses:
Device - 764100
Vector • 000110
Check priority for BR5
6.8 Set the MSU-JP aenorles to the following starting addres-
ses :
1st - 000000
2nd . 100000
3rd -
4th -
20000
300000
n
V
Test Memories will be placed on the Aux Bus
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7f O'^-O-O
REV
A
occ iMSM) iMi^tri
SHEtT
OF
MANUFACTURINC gPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TUIE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
6.9 Check the parity controllers for the following device
addresses :
1st . 7721fe
2nd - 7721^2 (Aux Bus)
6.10 Install nodule: according to UA drawings. Refer to
CS162-A Print Set, Drawing e-ua-csig5-a-0.
7.0 POWER CHECKS
7.1 Check the 1134A voltages as per hast CA2260, Section 6.5.2
7.2 Connect the H775-B to the H785 regulator.
7.3 Check the H775-C for proper "BATT' status Indication.
See Mast Procedure (CA2832).
7.4 Check H775-C voltages. See Mast Procedure (CA2832).
7.5 Check X604 Backplane voltages. The volt'age values are
labeled (etched) onto the Backplane.
7.6 Check BAll-L Expander Box voltages. See Mast CA2260.
Section 6.5.1.
NOTE: The core regulator vlll not be present ; therefore, •f20V and
-5V Toltagea, vli; be Tero.
7.7 Check X031 for -5V^ pg^ ^^^^ point located on X031 ■odule, voltage
la not adjustable.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE
8.1 Test 1134A as per Mast Procedure CA2260. See checklist
for CA2260.
8.1.1 Memory CA 2825.
8.2 Test DLU-W as per Mast Procedure CA 5330. See checklist
for CA 5330.
8.3 Test DRll-K as per Mast Procedure CA6260. See checklist
for CA6260.
8.4 Test H775-C as per Mast Procedure CA2832. See checklist
for CA2832.
8.5 Test M9301 as per Mast Proceuur*< CA3330. See checklist
for CA3330. Use the following CRC -521
UC - A6S26
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
Dec tMMD-lMX-NCTt
SHEPT "7- OF 10
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
WODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
i
8.6 Test the disk controller off-line diagnostic.
8.6.1 Load Into memory the disk diagnostic MAINDEC~11-
CIBBJ
8.6.2 Set the switch register to Htttt.
Load and start 000200. Run in accordance to check-
list.
8.6.3 Pass Indicator, "end pass #"
8.7 Test Disk Interface on-line
8.7.1 Cable the disk to the controller. Place disk on-
line.
8.7.2 Load Into memory MAINDEC-11- CIBBL.
8.7.3 Set the switch register to 000000.
8.7.4 Load and start 000200. Run 1r accordance to check
list.
8.7.5 Pass Indicator. "END PA3S #"
8.8 Test the CO and IG
8.8.1 Connect the CD to the IG.
8.8.2 Load Into memory the CD diagnostic, MAINDEC-U-
CIBBI.
8.8.3 Set the switch register to #00000.
Load and start 000200. Run In accordance to check
list.
8.8.4 Pass indicator.
8.9 Test the tape controller
8.9.1 Maintenance Mode
•*END PASS #'
8.9.1.1 Load Into memory the tape diagnostic
MAINDEC-11-CIBBK
8.9.1.2 Set switch register to #00000.
Load and start 000200, Run In accordance
to checklist.
8.9.1.3 Pass Indicator.
END PASS #'
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MliAieOO-O-O
REV
A
OCC lHM2hlMl-N«7?
SHEET
8
OF J±
iUNUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
mil
MODULAP. APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
8.9.2 On-line
8.9.2.1 Connect tape drive to the tape controller
8.9.2.2 Set switch register to #00000.
8.9.2.3 Load and start 000200. Run as per check-
list.
8.9.2.4 Pass Indicator.
END PASS #•
8.10 Test minimum configuration with DECX-11 (off-line)
8.10.1 Load Into memory the configured DECX-11.
NOTE
Enable DECX-ll to run off-line. See checklist
8.10.2 Load and start. Run In accordance with Mast check-
list
NOTE
Run with disk deselected
8.11 Test minimum configuration with DECX-11 (on-line)
8.11.1 Connect tape and disk drives to controllers. Place
joth on-line.
NOTE; Prewritten tape for DECX-11 must be in-
stalled on the tape drive.
8.11.2 Load and start. Run as per Mast checklist.
8.11.3 Perform Unlbus margining. See Mast Checklist.
8.12 Test maximum configuration (on-line)
8.12.1 Reconfigure system for maximum configuration.
8.12.2 Test auxllllary Unlbus control
8.12.2.1 Load Into memory the AUC diagnostic.
MAINDEC-11-CIBBH
8.12.2.2 Set the switch register to #00000.
8.12.2.3 Load and start 000200. Run as per Mast
checklist.
8.12.2,4 Pass indicator. "END PASS #25
II
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA7600-0-0
REV
A
CC l«-O02)ieM-Mft7>
^
SHEET
OF
10
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
8.12.3 Load into merrory DECX-11 for rraxlmum system.
8. II'. 4 Load and start. Run as per Mast checklist.
8.13 Test system as per specified on construction requisition
(rrax or iiiin) .
8.13.1 If necessary, reconfigure to mlnirrum system ccn-
f igurat ion .
8.13.2 Load and start DECX-ll, on-line. Run as per Mast
Checkl ist .
8.14 Check serial bit stream from IG.
8.15 Test DLll-W's 9 960Q Baud.
8.15.1 Load Into memory MAINDEC 'l-DZDLD.
8.15.2 Run as per Mast Procedur, for DLll-WB. See Mast
CA5330.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAA76QQ-0-Q
REV
A
OCC lfr-(l»}) tM2-N«71
SHEET 10 OF 10
III
V I
* E C
in
fill
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACrURING SPI CIFFCATION
M . A . S . T
DATE
TITLE
UNI BUS TKSTEP Appendix A
REV
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPO BY
DATE
U
e 3 • £
Piev. 7Gt.8001-a-H01C
rr
X.
^n^^ J^fftof^f ['^i\/X^
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
'^'\A8QlO-n-(
REV
EN-oioaa i6-Ne79-(a«3)
SHEET 1 OF 7
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
UNIBUS TESTER
;N§piUCT]:QNg
Insure that the Bus Teeter Is grounded to the System Under Test.
strap provided)
Always povar up tester first and down Last.
(Use ground
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
Ms int. Menus 1
Eogr. Specs:
Prints:
MAINDEC Listing:
A-SP-7605829-12
A-SP-7605829-11
D-BS-7605829-0'
II-DSA Unibus Test Uieg.
SIZE
CODE
SP
rln
NUMBER
MAA80iO-0-0
REV
A
DCC l»-<Sff»-10«2-N«72
SHEET
OF
?**
>> & 9
5 I
'U
C a •>
J| 5
S|S
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COAtPORATION
MAYNARD, MASSACHU5£Tl3
MANOt ACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . 'I
DATE
TI'LE PRE ACCEPTANCE QC HARDWAHK Appendix A
FEV
i
S 2 ^
• t: '-
^ X-
i c ^ 5
9^€ 0
•• 5 » r
c a c 5
- UJ s I
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHS NO
Prev. 7668001-0-9025
-l^y Jf^r^tvr^ fo
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
EN-OtOt3-16-N673-()92)
/^
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAA0Q2^>-0-J
REV
SHEET 1 OF h
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
Modular approach to systems test Appendix A
PRE ACCEPTANCE QC
HARDWARE
1. All hardware with opcion(s) or systcn.
2. All hardware tight (acrcva, aubaaaemblies , alidlng racks, etc.)
3. Check for damaged hardware (cruahed deota, deep scratches, etc.)
4. Spin fana for bearing or rubbing problems.
5. Wrong hardware (screws t»^ long or short, wrong type washers, etc.)
6. Check aligiBnenc of black latches.
7. Filler bars between cabs, kick plates where applicable.
8. Jones strip covers In place.
9. Check extractor and module guidea for tightness or cracks.
10. Cabs using only one carousel fan at top must have a plate covering second
hole.
11. Check all cab fans for proper direction of air flow, (see prints)
12. Door pins must be secured with "E" rings.
13. Levelers firm with skid.
14. Sliding track mounted units should not Interfere with other units in system
(verify by sliding in and out to each extreme).
15. Check for missing turn fastnets (devices with covers).
16. Three screws must be used on all ends of sliding tracks.
MODULES AND LOGICS
17. Shippability etatus. (REVCON va. ECO Status Sheet physical inrpection of
current ECO 'a) .
18. Visually inspect any exposed modules for broken components. (pull modulec
if necessary) .
19. DLll modules must have crystals taped. (tape part <k90-08269)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
MpJt^ur^-o-u
PEV
A
Oec 1»-(3»2)'10«;-Nft72
SHEET J OF
MANUFACTLRING SPECIFICATION
DHLjfl
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS ThbT Appendix A
20. Copper shield bet-ween MMllL 8K nemory Increments. (e.g. between slots 3^^ on
16K tneinory systen) (between slots 3,4,6 and 7 an 24K manoty system).
21. Check logics for tiaproper wraps or shorts (worknsnship) .
22. Check logics for cracks, bent pins, and pin markers (on wired logic only).
23. Shrlnkles on all pin comectors on logics (capacvtors, resistors, etc.)
WIRING/l bling
24. Harnesses ard wiring meet workiranship standards.
2^. Check cables for stripped wires and proper labeling (workmanships.
2b. Check cable stickons for tightness, etc.
27. Pin crimps secured properly In connectors.
28. All panel mounted power supply panels must be grounded to cabinet frame using
screw and Tlnnerman clamp not at each mounting hole.
29. Nw pinched wire insulation.
30. Loose tie wraps.
31. Strain raliefs or cabla clamps on tubing not wire^.
32. No sharp edges r^ar wiring.
33. Check black and white power wiring on reel motor in TUlO for proper criaptng.
34. All mate-n-lock wiling in expander box should not be excessively stressed.
(Pin crimps should luve limited stress on them)
35. Check for cat gronicet when blank panels are used near logics.
IDEVTIFICATION
36. Correct decals (115V or 240V).
37. Sevea digiw serial tag (system no.) Top left hand comer oi pvocesslng bay.
38. U.L. stickers where applicable.
39. Patent decals Machanical and caution stickers on BAH boxes.
40. All fuses for proper d'.cals.
I StZE CODE
I A 1^^
NUMBER
MAA902 5-0-0
MEV
A
OCC l»-()a2) 10*<-N672
SH..r:T _1
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFIC ,T10N
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPFOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A
MISCELUNEOUS
41. Check all circuit breaker switches for tightness and Action.
42. Check console keys for rubbing, •to.
A3. Check for recent ECO's.
44. Check cabs and doors for proper grounding.
45. Make sure slide on connectors are criirped properly.
46. Tight shipping blocks and flush with cab.
47. Filters on all cabs.
48. Cardboard on short cabs to eliminate excessive scratching.
49. Hour meters (hooked up at final inspection only). Exception
a slave timer to be removed at final inspection.
50. Check for push pennies on logics.
TUlO bay uses
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NliyBER
MAA9025-0-0
REV
A
OCC lft-(J»2)tOt2-M«72
SHEET
OF _i
II
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T .
DATE 2/19/7y
TITLE
KT8-A
1
I
vs
III
l;l
|!k
REV
ENQ
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
ORIG. PER ECO
CHG NO
MLOO.
ORIG
DATE
L.LtCLfRC''-M«r-^
APPD BY
DATt
y/ir?f
A^OTTE
APPp^
/
FN BlMAIIi M«»«-(«tk|
(7lt il^J:j^.t^»-^a£^
SIZE
A
CODE
Si
NUMBER
y.A-:)24 40- 0-0
REV
A
Sheet 1 of 12
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPRCA;:H TQ systems lLy\
1.0
2.0
3.0
KT8-A
I ntroduct ion
The KT8-A
the memory c
from 32K to
ing and memo
appl icat ions
DMA devices,
generated by
peripherals .
address and
Therefore ; t
address spac
address and
The intent
necessary in
checkout ( ac
is a memory ma
apabilities of
128K words. It
ry protection
with full ace
In other word
the CPU and b
However ; the
DMA devices ar
o reach a full
e, the KT8-A a
2 bits to a DM
of this proce
formation need
ceptance) of t
n a g em e n t
a PDP8
offers
in mult i
ess of m
s; memor
y direct
CP'] can
e limite
potent i
dds 5 bi
A genera
dure is
ed for i
he KT8-A
opt ion
fKK8-A
V irtual
-user ,
a i n m em
y addre
memory
only pr
d to 15
al of 1
t s to a
ted add
to prov
nstal la
that extends
or KK8-F) CPU
field address-
real t ime
ory space by
sses are
access (DMA )
ovide a 12-blt
-bit addresses.
28K word memory
CPU generated
resses .
ide the
tion and
Reference Documentation
2.1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications
2.1.1 Engineering Product Spec . ( A-.'^^P-KT8-A )
2.1.2 User's Manual ( EK-KT08A-UG )
2.2 Prints and Schematics (both dev. & controller)
2.2.1 Manufacturing Print Set(MP0O56l)
2.2.2 Field Print Set (B-TC-KTR-A)
Required Test Equipment
3. 1 Hardware & Med ia
3.1.1 Any KK8-A or KK8-F CPU
3.1.2 At least MK of memory
3.1.3 KM8-AC Option
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-D2'440-0-O
REV
A
occ i»-<s»a)-io«3.N«7a
SHEET .3 OF U-
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Mfil^lil.AR APFRflACH TO 5YfJF.Mr, TF;:;T
M.o
3. 1 . ^4 Console Device
3.1.5 DVM accurate to .1 volts at ♦/-IS
3.1.6 Oscilloscope (453 or equivalent)
3.1.7 Assorted soldering tools
vol ts
Required D iagnost ic Programs
^4. 1 AJKTA-??
f) . 0 I nstallat ion 4 Test Set - U_p I nstruct ions
6.1 The KT8-A consists of a hex height yPin6 memory
management control module. Although the M8416 module may
be installed in any unused slot with an " E" connector ;
it is normally Installed in slot '4 cr 8 depending on
what type of CPU you have. If you have an 8A600 (KK8-F);
the KT8-A should be installed in slot 3. But if your CPU
is an 8AM00 (KK8-A); then the KT8-A should be installed
in slot i4.
A system with the KT8-A o^. -: can only be
configured using any combintticn of MM8AP (1 6K core) and
MS8C (16K or J2K MOS) memories.
6.?. The KM8-AC must have its jumpers reconfigured
the system has more than 3?K of memory,
(see table A and refer to figure 3)
if
TABLE A
I f System Has -
MORE THAN 32K -
LESS THAN 32K -
W1
W2
W3
WM
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
SIZE
A
CODE
SF
NUMBER
MA-D244n-0-0
REV
A
OCC l»-(3»2) 10k2-N67a
SHEET
OFi^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
6. ? MM8AB (CORE MEMORY)
6.3.1 If the system is made up of MMRA*^ core
memories (I6K), then they must be modified per ECO
MM8AB 91. But if the total memory is ??K or less;
then no changes need be made, (see table B and
refer to figure 2)
TABLE B
MMe-AB 16K CORE MEMORY CONNECTIONS
MEMORY
BANK
0
1
FIELD
0-3 (0-16K)
a-7 (16-32K)
0-3 (3?-48K)
4_7 (a8-64K)
0-3 (64-80K)
H>7 (80-96K)
0-3 (96-112K)
4-7 (112-128k)
CONNECTIONS
WIRE •
AB1 to EB2
AB1 to EB2
AB1 to ED2
AB1 to ED2
AB1 to EL2
AB1 to EL2
AB1 to ER?
AB1 to ER2
JUMPERS
»•
1-3
. V4
in
2-4
3-4
in
1-^,
3-4
in
2-4
, 3-4
in
1-3
3-4
in
2-4
3-4
in
1 - ■^
3-4
in
2-4
3-4
in
A wire must be tack soldered to the fingers of the module
for the purpose of Bank Select.
See figure 2 for locations
6.4 MS8C (MOS MEMORY - M8417)
6.3.1 If the system is made up of MS8C type
memories (I6K or 32K MOS), then refer to
taole C and D for the appropriate switch
conf igurat ion .
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA -D 24^4 0-0-'
REV
A
DEC le-OM) 10I2-N672
SHEET A.
OFl^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICAllON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
TARl.F C
MS8-:A 16K MOS MEMORY SWITCH SETTINGS
MEMORY : SWITCHES SET TO "OFF"
;iANK_
0
1
2
3
TiEnr
ALL uFHERS "ON"
«« t
0-3 (0-16K)
4-7 (16-3?K)
0-3 (^?-y8K)
i4-7 (a8-6MK)
0-3 (614-30K)
H-1 (8C-96K)
0-3 (96-n2K^
M-7 (n2-128K)
S1-1
SI -2
S1-3
S1-'4
SI-')
S1-6
S1-7
S1-8
••• - See figure ? for illustration
TABLE D
MS8-CB 32K MOS MEMORY SWITCH SETTING
MEMORY !
BANK
FIELD
SWITCHES SET TO "OFF"
ALL OTHMS "^N"
■ •4
0
1
2
3
0-7 (0-32K)
0-7 (32-6"K)
C-7 (64-96K)
0-7 (96-128K)
51-1 and SI-2
SI-3 and S1-'4
S1-5 and S1-6
Sl-7 and S1-8
- See figure ? for illustration
SIZE
CW>E
MA-D^W^Wo
f^y
DCC ie-(9«2MOt2-N«72
SHEET
OF
^?
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TC SYSTEMS TEST
7.0
Power Checks
7. 1
Voltage
Packpl ane Pi n
ANY A2
Tolerance
8 . 0 Diagnostic Test Procedure
For the specific seqjence of diaKnostics t^ Le run
in any particular situation, or for the current MAST
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, f»tc., refer
to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed belcw aro
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing e<ich
individual diagnostic contained in the 'THECKLIST".
8.1 AJKTA-?? KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTIC
8.1.1 It Is assumed that all basic CPU and memory
diagnostics have been run successfully before
attempting to run the KT8-A diagnostic.
8.1.2 Load the diagnostic using the appropriate
load mediam. eg . ( A PT, RX, RL, ETC . )
The starting and running of the test is determined
by the absence or presence of an operators
console .
8.1.3 Starting and running with a console-
A. Load address 200 -
B. Select the desired control switch
sett ings- ( see table E)
C. Depress clear; then continue-
D. The program will then print:
"AJKTA-??"
KT«-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTION
AMOUNT OF MEMORY(1-37)?" XX<CR>
-n-o^ XX 4s -o-perat-or -ijjput for the number of
memory fields. One field = UK
Ex am pi es :
8K = 01
16K = 03
32K = 07
SIZE
A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-D2Mi40-0-0
REV
A
OCC lfr-(l»2)-10«2-N«72
SHEET
OFli
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
nCgULAR APPfiQACH TQ SYSTEMS TFif/
At tnis point you should enter the number of
memory fields available for testing. This
figure is required for running the basic
addressing section of the diagnostic. If a "0"
is typed then the addressing test is not run.
E. Upon completion the diagnostic will type :
"END PASS # N."
No errors are allowed.
TABLE E
CONTROL SWITCHES
SWITCH
STATE
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
UNUSED
DESCRIPTION
Halt on error
Inhibit error halt con-
tinues on to next test
Continue on error
Loop on error
Don't loop on test
Loop on test displayed in
switches 6-1 1
Continue testing after a
completed pass.
Halt at the end of a pass
Print all errors
Inhibit error type-outs
SIZE
A.
CODE
3P
NUMBER
MA-DPy^O-O-G
REV
f
DEC 16-()92)-10*2-N«72
SHEET :^
OF,t^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MQ[)'JLAR APPfjgAC-'ti TV SYSTlM^^- IE^T
8.1.5 FtartinR and running without an operators console.
A. Because a hardware console is not necessary a
console packaf^^e has been added to the KT8-A
diagnostic. In order to utilize and activate the
console pac'r-iage there are three parameter control
words that must be altered. These three words are
contained in rrieniory locations ?0,?1 and ?2 where:
Location 20 / PSEUDO SWITCH REGISTER
Location 21 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 1
Location 22 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 2
8.1.6 To activate the console packcgc, you must
set location 22 - bit 3 = 1 and you tr.ust also
set location 21 - bit 0=0 in order to enable the
pseudo switch register.
You ca.i access these locations by running ODT
(Octal Debugging Technique) before starting the
program. As the following example depicts.
note - the underscored characters are user inputs
TYPE:
RESPONSE
TYPE:
TYPE:
TYPE:
.ODT
20/
oooo
XXXX<LF>
5T7 ???? T5M<Cr>~(SY.s. mas opt
— "T5?l —
III ???? iOO£CR>. (SYS. HAS NO
CONS. )
note - The ? are previous contents of.
The X are your desired contents
note - see table E for
control switch settings
See tables F and G for a conplete breakdown of
the hardware identifier 1 and 2 functions.
SIZE
CODE
5P
NUMBER
MA-D2Mi40-0-0
REV
A
Oec l«-(393)-10t3-N«72
SHEET .a OF 12-
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIE
MODULAR APPROACH Tl SYSTFMS TEST
8.1.7 Starting tfie progrnm can be accomplished by
typing in the following:
200G<CR>
8.1.8 The program will then print the following
mess age :
"A.JKTA-??"
KT8-A MEMCRY MANAGEMENT nPTlON
AMOUNT Or M :M0RY ( 1 - 37 ) ?" <CR>
note - <CR> is the default
8.1.9 Type :' n the number of extended memory
fields and type a caraige return. The program
should - un error free and will terminate wit . the
message :
"END PASS il N."
Run times will vary according to how much memory
is selected.
8.1.10 Control chat caters are supplied to give
the user the ability to perform various functions
while the program is running. They are as follows:
CONTROL C CO
CONTROL S ("S)
CONTROL Q C'Q)
This forces a restart at location
7600 of field zero or return to the
console monitor.
This will step any output to a
console terminal. The only way to
continue is to type a '0 to resume
printing or a "C to abort the
program completely. This is a non
printing characte'*.
This is to continue a program after
a ' S is typ'.^d. This is a non
printing character.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
KA-D2'4T<0-0-0
REV
A
Oec l»-(3«2) 10t2-N«72
SHEET ^
OFl^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
7-1 1
CONTROL G CO
The "G allows thr u3er to change the
value of the psuedo- swi tch register.
Upon typing 'G the runsole terminal
will print ""G" nnd then the switch
register question. At this point the
user may change the vslue of the
pseudo-switches or type a terminat-
i ng character .
TABLE F
LOCATION 21 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 1
BIT OCTAL VALUE
0
^4000
1
2000
2
1000
3
400
n
200
5
100
6
no
FUNCTION WHEN 0
use pseudo switches
no option 1
no option 2
no 8 A simulator
no option simulator
not on 8A XOR
not PDP8-E type CPU
I 'UNCTION _WH E _N_2
use hard .«? witches
has option 1
has option 2
has simulator
has simulator
on 8A XOR
PDP8-E type CPU
8A memory size EX. i4K = C J
8K = 01
28K = C6
12 8K = ^7
ISIZE I CODE
NUMBER
MA-D2i4UO-0-0
REV
A
DEC It (392) 10t2-N«72
SHEET JD OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHELF
TITLE
MCDUL/»R APPROACH "^ 0 SYSTEMS TEST
TABLF G
LCCATION 22 I HARDWARE IDENTIFIER ?
BIT
OCTAL VALUE
FUNCTION WHEN 0
0
AOOO
1
2GC0
2
1000
3
400
FUNCTION WHEN 1
not on API line on APT FA line
not on ACT Line on ACT 8E line
not yet de f i ned
use pseudo swi t c he s
KM8 -AC (M8317-YB)
- 8
52
I
W3
W2
I
I
W4
I
W1
I
J
n
n
L__
SA'iTCH SETTINGS
1 2
SI
OFF
ON
OFF OFF ON ON
ON
S2: OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
FIGURE 1
SIZE code:
i.
sr
MA-D2i40-0-0
REV
A
DCC 16(39?) 1082-N67^
SHEET 11 D5 __!
MANUFACTLIRING SPFCIKICATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITLE
^ -I
MuUULAH Al-»'KwAn: .J o\,. iVA^ * Li>'i
MM8-AB COfiV. MEMOHV
_j [_..
_ _J
FIGURE 2
W1-3
W1-2
n
W2-^
W3-4
MS8-CA/CB (M8417)
-W9 —
WA —
W3-
W2-
S1-1
S1-8
n r
J L-
I
r
J L.
JUMPER CONFIGURATIONS (REFERENCE ONLY-SET AT FACTCRY):
IN. W2 . W3, Wi. W9
OUT Wl , W5. W6. W7. W8, WIO. W12 . W13 . WU . WIS. W16
FIGURE 3
SIZS
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-U. .40-0-0
REV
A
OCC l*-{i*iy.0%2-HiJ2
SHEET
\2
OF
12
3
o »
3 •
9
C
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACIDRING SPECIFICATION
M . A . S . T
DATE
.' / J 1 1 / /I)
I
TITLE
RI.B-A/RLOI
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
^S
? • =
m£ i
c •• *
e " c
^^ i.
• •>
E ox
A
ORIG. PER LCO
\^LiJ)Q3
LLL'CLbRC
r, •
MA< r.
> /< 'j\
1
ENG
D. AVOTTF.
APPI
^y^^^^c.^^..^^
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
VA-!:.'} .: 1 f -fi-,-
REV
FN<>t«i«S-|«-N«>7 (»»»|
Sheet 1 of lb
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MCDULAR APPROACH TO SYSIFM? TEST
fiL8-A/Rl.01
1 .0 Introduction
The RL8-A/RL01 Disk Subsystem is a random access, mass storage
system that stores up to 3.5 million 12-bit words (per disk) in
fixed length blocks on pre- formatted disk cartriges. The RLP-A
controller provides the interface and the control functions
between all Onnibus PDP-8's and tht RL01 disk drives.
The RL8-A (M8M33) interface and control Icgic is contained on a
single multi-layer hex height module. It is inserted into the
Omnibus backplane and connected to the firjt drive via a BC0RJ-2C
interface cable. Connections between thr> controller and the
drives are made using the conventional daisy chain method with a
70-12122-08 cable.
The RLB-A controller can control up to four RL01 disk drives. It
can communicate with one or more drives, but can only transfer
data to or from one drive at a time.
2.0 Reference Documentation ^
2.1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications
2.1.1 RL8-A Qnnibus controller Technical Manual EK-RL8A-TM
2.1.2 RL01 Drive Technical Description Manual
2.1.3 RL01 Disk Subsystem Service Manual
2.1.^< RL01 Disk Drive, Parts Breakdown
2.1.5 FDPS-A Miniprocessor User's Manual
2.1.6 PDP8-A Operator's Handbook
EK-RL01-TD
EK-RL01-SV
EK-RLOI-IPR
EK-81002-MM
DEC-8A-H0PHB
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-D'»PK-0-0
REV
A
OeC l«-O9«)-10l2-Me73
SHEET ^^
Of^4r
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODDLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM? TFST
2.2 Prints and Schematics (Both Drive A Controllor)
2.2. ^ RLSA Field Maintenance Print ?.et MPC0538
P.2.2 PLOl Field Maintenance Print Set MP005?7
3'^ Rg'l'-iifod Test F.quipment
3. 1 Hardware & Media
3.1.1 A PDP8A,F,F or 8M CPU
3.1.2 At least 8K of m«nory
3.1.3 An RL8A/RL01 Controller/Drive
3.1.^ Diagnostic loader (Diskette , Paper tape, etc.)
3-1.5 A console device
3.1.6 DVM, accurate at .IV § 15V
^.C Required Diagnostic Programs
i4.1 08-AJRLA DISKLESSS CONTROLLER
^.2 08-AJRLB DRIVE FUNCTION 1
4.3 08-AJRLC DRIVE FUNCTION 2
H.H OS-AJRLD DRIVE CCMPATI3ILITY
4.5 08-AJ:^LE PERFORMANCE EXERCISER
4.6 08-AJRLG PACK VERIFIER
5.0 Special Instructior^s
5.1 When ccmverting a RL01 from 115V to 230V, it is only
necessary to invert the voltage selector plug, change the
power plug and trie serial tag. The voltage range plug should
be left on "NCM".
SIZE
CODE
SF
NUMBER
MA-D'4216-0-0
REV
A
DCC U(>9t|-10l3-N672
SHEET _^
OFia.
M XNUFACrURING SPtCIFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAh APPRjACM T'^ :'j>:iKMr TKST
^r-'l P/N's
CO Installation And Tost Sot. I'p ins^ru'tion
6.1 Unpacking and Installation
6.1.1 Rcnove the drive from the shipping cartoi, and 1nspt-»'^t
for physical signs of shipping fJ.tiicigc. The rhippirs^
carton should contain the following itemp:
- RL01 disk drive assembly
- envelope w/ paperwork
- I/C cable assefnbly - 10 ft.
- Set of chassis slides
- Bag of mounting hardware ( quant i tie:
specified by A-FI.-RL02-A-0)
- RL01 Disk subsysttrn users guiie
- Field Maintenance print set
6.1,2 Shipping Brackets
6.1-2.1 There if a shipping bracket; the head
retainer bracket. When the drive is pcw.?'-p.1
on, the top cover may be opened and tiie
bracket can be seen in front of the
positioner assembly. Loosen the cie scr'=-w
holding it in plaoe, and let the bracket
pivot downwards 90 degrees. Re-tightffi the
screw.
6.1.2.2 When shipping the jrive, ; estore the head
restraint shipping bracket to its upright
pcisition, and if the drive Is si i<ie rrounted ,
install the 2 shipping brackets which were
contained in the hardware kit. Fr)r
instructions, refer to drawings F-UA-RLPA-!--0
or E-UA-RL01AK-0-G for bracket location.
SIZE
CpDE
y.t.
-.m^.^"-
REV
Dec l»-(39t) )»»^ •^•72
SHEET JL
0F1L
MANUFACTURING SPhClKIC MION
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITLE
MOD'JLAR AFPRCACfi Tv^ "Y^.TKHf TF.Vr
6.2 Controller Installation
6.2.1 To make the RL8-A (K843;0 compatable with the F102
disk (double density), retnove W9 and insinll W8.
Refer to figure 1.
6.2.? Verify that the lOT Device codr and Prer»k Priority
JLinpers are configured properly. Refer to tables A, B
a:.d C. {Zeo figure 1 for junper and ROM locations.)
NOTE! - standard Device Codes are 60/61 and priority 0
TABLE A
Jll*^PERS TNSTALLE C
W1 W2
I or L£v. ccr/E
60/61
6?/6:
IN
IN
OUT
TN
TADLE B
FFTtAlTrRToinTy'
~ JUmpCI^?. iNSTALL^r-
W3 WM W^.
TN
OUT
T^UT
IN
IN
OUT
TABLE C
FACTOPY INT'T. JU^?ERS
W1
1 — 3
2—5
W
V.^
ROM PN// 23012E2-00 IN OUT
UV PROM PN// 2 30^0B7-O0 IN IN
IN IN OUT
CUT OUT IN
SIZE
?P' MA.pWyf^-^"-
?
EV
OCC 1«-(J«3) 10»;N6/2
SHEET _5 OF 11.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MCr.l'L^r APPF(OAC!i
ty'tf-m:-^ tfst
6.?. 3 Dress the BCOPJ-PO interface edible in the PPP-B
chassis and connect the Berg connector to the
M8433 controller module.
6.2.y Install the M8^33 module in ony unused sr)t that i ies
below the last memory slot in the Omnibus backpleine.
(Slot 17 in KK8-F "Word Processors")
6.?. 5 Insert the free end of the PCn8J-?0 interface cable
into the RL01 "CABLE IN" connector of the rear of
the first disk drive.
6.2.6 If this is a multi-drive system, connect the daisy
chain cable (70-12122-08) from the "CABLE OUT"
connector of the previous drive to the "CABLE IN"
connector on the next drive.
6.2.7 Install the drive terminator module (70-12293) in the
last drive's connector marked, "CABLE OUT".
6.2.8 Install the proper unit select plug at the front of
each drive.
SELECT PLUG
0
1
2
3
PART NUMBER
12-12691-00
12-12691-01
12-12691-02
12-12691-03
7.0 Power Checks:
7.1 Inspect the terminal block assembly at the rear of the
drive to ensure that it is configured properly for the
input power to be used. There are two voltage ranges:
Low 90-132 VAC, High 180-26^^ VAC
The power requirements for the RL8-A (M8^33) ai'e :
+5 Vdc +/- .25 V -at test point/Finger AA2
♦ Id Vdc ♦/- .C V -at test point/Finger rA2
Vdc +/- .5 V -at test point/ Finger DB2
-15
SIZE
^w MA-Dtfm?&?f
0
I
EV
DEC U(3»» lOlf-Ntirt
SHEET A
0F1L
MANUFACTURINC; SPFCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPR OACtl T<> SY^.T^Mf
8.0 Diagnostic Test Procedure
"For the specific sequence of diagnostic's to be run in any
particular situation, or for the current MAST minimtn test
criteria, e.g.: pass-counts, etc., refer t^ the appropriate
MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are detailed step-by-step in-
structions for executing each individual diagnostic contained
in the CHECKLIST."
The diagnostics that are run to checkout the RLP-A/HL01
all contain the "CONSOLE PACKAGE". This package is a part
of every diagnostic and supplies the user with a software
switch register and a few control keys that allow operator
intervention. A description of the control keys; along with a
ccmplete breakdown of the solftware parameters (switch register,
etc.), can be found in the diagnostic listings.
8.1 06-AJRLA - Diskless Controller Dipgnostic
8.1.1 It is assumed that the CPU, console device
and all available memory have successfully
run their respective diagnostics.
8.1.P Load the program into memory fields 0 and 1
using the appropriate load device. (eg., RX,
APT, etc.)
note - the drive with the terminator must be powered off or
turned off line because this is a "diskless"
diagnostic .
8.1.3 With the switch register = 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
S.l.'^ Upon start-up the program will ask the follow-
ing :
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-D'42 16-0-0
REV
A
OCC l»-(>tt)10a2-N«73
SHEET JL
OFl^
MANUFACTURING SPPriFlCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Hl.-ulaf APPROACii K.' ::Y.:;r,':: tf .i'
PROGRAM PROMPT
AJRLA?? RL8-A DSKLS CTRLR
SRrOOOO
OPF.RATOR RFSPONSR
<CR>
ENTFR AMOUNT OF CONTIGUOUS MEMORY AVAILABLE FOR USE: XX<CR>
where XX
= 1 - 3K
? - ""^K
^ - UK
U - 2CK
5 - Z"4K
^ - ?8K
7 - 3'?K
EXECUTE PHASE LOCKED LOOP ADJUSTMENT ROUTINE?
"END PASS OOOX"
<CR>
3.? G8-AJRLP - Drive Function 1
0.2.1
It is assumed that the t.'ir,kless f-ontroller
diagnostic (A.'RLA) has heen run error free
before continuing.
R.2.2 Load the program into memory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX, APT, etc.)
note - power up all drives
8.2.3 With the switch register r 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
8.2.^ Upon start-up the program will ask tho follow-
ing questions:
SIZE CODE NUMBER
A SP I KA-0'ic'16-n-(
REV
A
DEC lt-{i9i) lOȴHit2
SHEET A.
0F16-
MANUFACTURING SPtClUCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO f.Y.ITtM? Ttr^T
PROGRAM PRO^TT
AJHLP?? RL8-A/HL01 PR PT 1
SRsCOOO
OPERATOR RESPONSE
<CR>
TEST DRIVE 0 ?
TEST IRIVE 1 ?
TEST DRIVE 2
TEST DRIVE 3 ?
IS 8/A OPTION 1 AVAILACLE?
Y/rJ<CR>
Y/N<CH^
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y<r.R>
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? N<CR>
ENr- PASS OOOX
3.3 08-AJRLC - Drive Function 2
S-B*"! It is assumed that the urive function 1
diagnostic (AJRLD) has been run error free
before continuing.
8.3.2 Load the program into memory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX, APT, etc.)
8.3.3 With the switch register = 0; start the program
by typing:
2 COG
SIZE
W MA-D!f^tl?^?0 f^'
DEC l«(39t)-10ttNe72
SHEET 3,
0F16
V.ANUFACTURING SPKCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO 3YSTFM:; TKST
B.3.'* Upon start-up the program will ask the follow-
ing questions:
PROGRAM PROMPT
AJRLC?? RL8-A/RL01 DR PT2
SRrCOOO
TEST DRIVE 0 ?
TEST DRIVE 1 ?
TEST DRIVE 2 ?
TEST DRIVE 3 ?
IS 8/A OPTION 1 AVAILABLE?
OPERATOR RESPONSE
<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<cn>
Y/N<CR>
Y<CR>
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? <CR>
END PASS OOOX
8.^ 08-AJRLG - Pack Verifier
6.4.1 Load the program into memory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX, APT, etc.)
8.4.2 With the switch register = 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-D4? 16-0-0
REV
A
OF.C l6(S«t)-IOa2-N67t
SHEET _LQ__ OF U^
MANUFAaLRINCJ SPK IIICV I ION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MrnULAi- Ap; R' AfM ".'^ jYSI'^My Tr-ST
F.i4
PROGRAM PRO^!PT
A.IRLG?? HLH/'/HLi'l PCK VFYR
;F.Lt:CT N ON -DE FAULT PAFAMETF.R:-'
TEGT L>i?:VF. 0
TEST r'PTVE 1 ?
•EST" LRIVE :
TF^.T CHIVE 3
>PF YOU Sl.'RF?
Upon start-Lip Llie proprui will -f3l< th" follow-
ing quest ionr.:
OPERATOR RESPONSE
•'CR:
'/N<
Li.>
Y/N<CR>
V/N<CR>
Y/N<CR>
YKS<'CR:
VJ^'FKING o:. UNir X
PACK 3EMAL NO. : XXXXXX
NO NEW BAT SECTORS FOUND (FIELL^ PILES NOT HtWRITTT-N)
CONE
8.':; 08-A.JRLD - Drive Compat ibil i- y
6/).1 Load the progra.T, into mem n-y fi^^ld:- 0
and 1 using the appropriate lojd device.(ei
RX, A FT, etc.)
NOTE - at '.cTj^t ? disk drives cJ^e needed along with)
one RL01 PisK Pack with not more th<'jn 16 bad sectors
'..'ith the 3wit':h register r 0; stf^rt the progr.':rii
by typing
2'jQG
iIZE
copi
f'A
-r^m^^
BEV
DEC !• (392)1082-^<8/.
SHEET JJ OF 16.
MANUFACl UKINCi SPI CIFICAIION
CONTINUATION SHrTT
TITLE
Mor^r: ar apf'oa' h
f;Y.n :,?':" Tt::::'
P.5.'<
I' 1!
'^i'0.']PAK pnnf?
AJRI.D?? HLr^A/hl.OI DBIVh: CC-MI A T IF ILITY Th.^l
;NrT '') : TRIVF (0-7 i?
UNIT U :)N THIS SYSTF.M (Y/N)?
PEVICE CODP: (60/)1 ) (y/h:?
UNIT 1 = DRIVK (0-7)?
[IN IT 1 on TrilS SYSTEM (Y/N)?
L'F.VICK CCDE (60,61 ) (Y/N)?
u:;TT ? = DRIVE (0-7)?
! N : T .? ON THIS SYSTEM ( Y /N ) ?
[•EVKt (:nr.E (6(\;i1 ) (Y/N)?
UNIT 3 = DRIVE (0-7)?
I 'NIT ^, ON THIS SY:>TE^* (Y/N;?
I'KVi:.E CODE C^O,^! )?
3R=nO00
ARK YMJ SURE (Y/N)?
iprp/\T'-,f; ;<;-.-.p,' Mf-
Y<CR2
Y<Ch>
Yj.CP>
?£rR>
Y/N<CK2
Y£C_P>
Y_/N<rR^>
Y<CR>
<cR>
Y<CF>
SIZE
A
CODE
'■.A-'
-'J-''
fEV
OCC 16(392) 1083Ne73
SHEET J2 OF IS,
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO 3Y3TKMr IFf-T
NOTE - the following dialogue is for two drives selected
MOUNT PACK ON DRIVE 0 THIS SYSTEM
WAIT FOR DRIVE READY
TYPE <RETURN> TO CONTINUE . . . <CR>
MOUNT PACK ON DRIVE 1 THIS SYSTEM
WAIT FOR DRIVE READY
TYPE <RETURN> TO CONTINUE . . . <CR>
TEST COMPLETE - ALL DRIVES COMPATIBLE
NOTE - a <CR> will restart the program without the dialogue
- a <LF> will restart the progran completly
8.6 08-AJRLE - Performance Exerciser
8.6.1 Load the program into memory fields 0
and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg.,
RX, APT, etc.)
8.3.3 With the switch register = 0; start the program
by typing:
200G
SIZE
CO DP.
SP
NUMBER
MA-D^2l6-0-0
REV
A
OCC l%{i92) lOti-HtJt
SHEET 03 OF Ui.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Mrn!i!AR APPRriArn to .SYr.TFMr tf.s'
8.3.'*
PHOGRAM PROMPT
Upon start-up the program will ask the follow-
ing questions:
OPERATOR RESPONSE
AJRLE?? Rl.BA/RL.'^.l PERFCRMANCE EXERCISER
NUM FLDS EXTD R/W ME!' (1-7)?
TEST DRIVE 0 (Y/N)?
TEST DPIVE 1 (Y/N)?
TEST DRIVE 2 (Y/N)?
TEST DRIVE 3 (Y/N)?
DC (60,61) (Y/N)?
SRrOOCO
ACPT MODE (Y/N)?
ARE YOU SURE (Y/N)?
XX<CR>
where X
= 1
—
8K
?
-
1?K
3
-
16K
ii
-
2 OK
R
-
24K
6
-
?eK
1
-
32K
Y/N<CR>
y/n<cr;>
Y/N<CR>
Y/N<cn>
Y<CR>
<CR>
Y<CR>
Y<CR>
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-D^216-0-0
REV
OCC l»-(392)-10a3-N672
SHEET
■Vr
OF
r(r
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOnULAP APPROACii TO nYSlT.MS TtST
NOTE - the following is fur two d^lve^^ (0 .incj 1)
DhlVE C PACK WRITTEN
DP.IVE 0 PACK HEAD OK
DRIVE 1 PACK WRITTEN
DRIVE 1 PACK READ OK
END PASS DRIVE 0 SEEK
END PASS DRIVE 1 SEEK
END PASS DRIVE 0 DATA
END PASS DRIVE 1 DATA
END PASS DRIVE 0 ACPTD
END PASS DRIVE 1 ACPTD
8.7 Error Summary - no errors allowed
SIZE
CODE
SP
MA-P
PV,'^.?^?
"-0
RtV
Dec i»-(S»a)-io«f ix*'?
SHEET JJ
OF l£i_
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TF.ST
R LOI
DISK CONTROLLER BOARD
M8433
r
W10
o — ©
O 0
W'1
E13
B
W5
v\'6
a
W7
I
W8
W9
W^ W3 W1 W2
o--e o — o o — e o — -o
BERG
CONNECTOR
I
L-.
n
n
L
n
L
FIGURE ^
SIZE
CQDE
ip
MA
.^ffym'o f
lEV
oec i»-o»)ioa2-N672
SHEE" J6 OF Ul
<^
°^
■ V
r *
•A I
; = ••
■52
, * » 9
' c «• 5
' O "• r
M C J-
c S I
». c c
£.*
e ^^
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUhACTlJRlNr, SPI CIFICATION
DATE ?/:./?,]
TITLE
MAST P! ASC :i! UH'
REVISIONS
REV
ENG
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
1
9
ORIG
[Iste:
T. Kontirv
Initial Rf least?
AdJ to 'u»ec inst. and RSX^""'»- to
shoet !?.
r^t'Dovc r//'' rtforences and LSI
rcformccL. Add notp ^tujut "Q-Hl'S"
CPU's.
Add rS:-":M+ to L[T'' ruitrix on 'i.v'o y.i oiQi '■'• "^vntte
five.
DATE
.'./;'7/ '9
APPO BY
[ilOS
APPD r. beck
SIZE
A
CODE
'.f
NUMBER
A- r. )(;:.:.;
EN t^tf** »p •»«?? »»•«»
Sheet
or
DATE
REV
MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION
CONTINUATION SHLtT
TITLE
Modjiir Approach to Systoms Tost-
i.f
2.0
MAST PHASF I I I
UFTP
1 nt roduct iori
UF.TP ( User L'nvlronme
name for system test
oporatinq system. Cu
and PSXliM+ have some
Since every available
separate UFTP package
developed to aid the
packacjcs based on the
document is not inten
system software build
software- manuals for
procedures .
Note: This doc urn
processo r ' s .
ntal Test Packarje ) is a universal
S(ittware that runs under t^r^
rrently only RSXil, HfTS/F, RTii,
form of recognized UFTP package.
operatinq system does not have <i:i
, a decision matrix has been
user in the selection cf UFTP
Customer's conf iv] urat ion . This
ded to instruct the user on UFTP
Reference appropriate system
software and UFTP build and run
int is only applicable to PDPii family
o r
Reference Docupentat ion
2.1 Software Product Description (:^PD)
Table of Contents.
3.0 Hfequi red Test Egui pnent
3. 1
flininum Hardware (. ^'edia
Thi^ minimums presented m tf.is section may
override the 'No Software Crdered' matrix in
section S. 1. 2.
3.1.1 UFTP minim urns
3.1.1.1 For RSTS/F UFTP - More than
64KW of memory, memory
management (KT) and at
least one supported system
disk. NOTF: RSTS/E UFTP
DOFS NOT SUPPORT-Q-BUS"
CPU's.
SIZE
-A.
CODE
NUMBER
ma-:g::o-c ..
REV
C
EN-010a716-N672O42)
SHEET
i.
OF
MANUFACmjRJNG SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION f^HEET
TITLE
MoClJi'ir Appro«r-h to Sy:. tenif i«t,t
3.1.1.2 For RSXli UFTP -- 3 2KW of
.nemory, memory manaqempnt
(KT) and at least one
r. ipported system disk
(with a MAGTAPh) or two
supported system disks
(without a MAGTAPE) .
3.1.1.1 For PTli UETP - i*>KW of
mr.mory and at least two
supported system disks.
3.1.1.4 For RSXliM+ - ?Sr>KW of
memory arv) one supported
system disk (with MAGTAPF)
or two supported .syr. tern
disks (without MAGTAPE).
3.1.? Hardware ninimuns
3.1.2.1 VAX 11/78(5 systems run VAX
VMf. UETP.
3.1.2.2 RX floppy disks are
currently only supported
as a system disk by PTii.
3.1.2.3 All systems require a'^
appropriate console
term inal .
4.0 Requi red Pi agnost ic Programs
Not Appl i cable
SIZE
CODE
I Km
NUMBER
j:Mk^
REV
tN-010i21«-N6;? (39?)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Modular Approach to Systens Test
S.O
±1
ciiii Instructions
5.1 The UFTP decision matrix's listed in «;ecttons
5.1.1 and S.1.2 should be used as the quido for
select inn a particular operating system URTP
package .
Note: Should the Custorrer configuration support the
operating system software ordered but does nor meet the
UETP minimums as outlined in section 3.1.1 , Software
Support will determine which UETP will be run. Software
Support will either select the next level UETP (from
RSTS to RSX, from PSX to RTli) or modify the Software
build as deemed necesary.
5.1.1 This Matrix is to be used when Customer has
specified operating system software or
license. This matrix is based on the best
estimate of operating system similarities
with RT, RSTS/E, RSX, and RSX11M+. If
Customer software is not listed below, use
"No Software" Matrix in 5.1.2.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
Vin-1 J
NUMBER
,-:-o
REV
EN 010*216-N6 73-(392)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Modular Approach to Systems Test
UETP MATRIX
KNOWN CUSTOMER SOI-'TV^AHR
Customer ordered this | IICTP to be run
base software or •♦• + + -f +
license I RSXli I RSTS I RTli |R/,XiiM+|
+ + + f +
RSXii I X I I I I
TRAX I X I I I I
IAS I X I I I I
TMSli I X t I I I
RSTS/E I I X I I I
CTS-500 I I X I I I
rSMli (DEC STD. MUMPS) I | X I j |
RTll I I I X I I
CTS-3'lfi 1 I I X I I
RSXllM t LUS I I I I I
RSXilM+ I I I I X I
5.1.2 Matrix to be used when Customer has
not ordered an operating system
software or license. This matrix is
based on general RSX, RSTS/E and RT
software system usage and
1 im i tations.
SIZE
A.
CODE
S^
NUMBER
'0_ -r)- u^ .
^l-tj
REV
c
EN-010t2ieN«72-(392)
SHEET
OF _o.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
TITLE
CONTINUATION SHEET
Modular Approach tc ;^y. storm Test
UETF' MATiUX
:40 iSOFWARE OR LICF.NSF ORDKHFD
Custome r
did not order
I
+ ■
ULTP to bo run
+ + .
I
• +
any software or I PTil I Pf,Xii I Pi-:TS/F
1 icense I I I
^ ^ +
System has = .^?KW IX 1 I
c f m em o r y I I I
System has > 32KW I I I
but < r^4KW of merr.ory I I X I
System has > 64KW of I I I
memory I I IX
SIZE
-A-
CODE
NUMBER
>•/•-
r.-L'^^Z'^-
REV
r
CN 010I216-N6 73(392)
SHEET
OF
I Jl
DIOITAL KQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE
/o.
TITLE
I'l.ASF. I;i HA.'"K V] : f.' .MINTA'-T'
>-^' [-"■'}
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD LY
DATE
3
C
r
r;i:w p,v,t'jp
Is
: S M
c *« 5
' s » y
til
2eI
^ '/:,
-;ir-''
/
ENG
Tom Ken;-.-''
^^•"^-^^^^^i;
SIZE
CQpt
:.A-i- i;
NVME£R
I w - 0 -
REV
SH-^rr 1 Of 14(4
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTF^ TFST
'^ '^ INTRODUCTION
1.1 This document details the steps necessary in generalinp
an RSX11-M operatinq system and running the UbTP,
utiMzinq DYNAMIC LOADABLF DRIVERS (DLD).
1 . ? Doc ument Usage :
Section
Section
Section
users
B^ Sample Sysgen, provided for those
unfamiliar with RSXil DLD UETP.
7, UETP Flow Chart, brief instructions for
those users familiar with RSXil DLD UETP.
Special Instructions, further detail of
section 7 and ? usage.
5.
?.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
2.^
2.?
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE" by Ken Williams (Salem Systems
Software Support Group, Real-Time Team).
RSXil-M System Generation and Management Fuide, numb<»r
AA-H6P5A-TC.
2.? RSX11-M Utilities Manual, number AA-HP6PA-TC.
2.4 RSX11-M/M* MCR Operations Manual, number AA-H263A-TC.
3.0 MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
3.1 32KW of memory, memory management, and at le.. st one
supported system disk.
NOTE: RSX11-M DLD DOES NOT SUPPORT DUAL PORT DISK
CONFIGURATIONS.
A.O SOFTWARE REQUIRED
A.I System image on magtape or disk.
A. 1.1 For example: If you are using an RPOA as a
system disk, vou must use an PPP6 image t.Tpe or
an RPn6 disk pack with the DLD on it.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA- ^1000 -0-0
REV
A
DEC 16(S«3) 10I2-N6;3
SHEET
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TFST
4.2
"OSCSa" utility program on disk or maqtape. "DSCS16" on
magtape only.
4.?.1 You MUST use "0SCS16" if you are using a TSII^
or any other tape de>/ice that uses a recording
density of 1(^00 DPI exclusively .
NOTE: REFER TO APPENDIV
EACH "DSC".
FOP DEVICES SUPPORTED BY
4.3
4.4
"PAD" utility program on disk or "BADSYS" utility
program on mag t ape .
"DLD" software available frorr. SALEM SYSTEMS SOFTWARE
SUPPORT GROUP. (REAL-TIME TEAM)
5-0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 Ersure that the media used, matches thf DISK type being
used as the SYSTEM DISK.
NOTE: Magtape system image media is WOT BOOTAPLE^ therefore
you must use one of the "DSC" utility programs to copy
the image tape to the SYSTEM DISK.
5.2 Refer to section 7.1 pages 4 thru 8 for disk to disk
s y sgen f I owe hart.
5.3 Refer to section 7.2 pages 9 thru 14 for magtape to
disk sysgen flowchart.
c /
Ref tr to section 8.1 pages 16 thru ''3 for disk to disk
s amp I e sysgen .
5.5 Refer to section 8.2 pages "^4 thru 4? for magtape to
disk s ampl e sysgen .
6.0 SOFTWARE SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS
6.1 Ensure that the Distribution Media is protected from
accidentalerasure.
6.2 The system should be powered up with the CPU halted.
6.3 All turn-around connectors should be removed from any
and all COMM. GEAR.
SIZE
A
CODE
_SL
NUMBER
MA-l.Tfiflfl - '^ - 0
REV
DEC 16(392) 1082-N672
SHEET
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.0 SYSGEN AND UETP FLOW CHARTS
7.1 RSX11H V3.2 DLD SYSGEN FROM DISK TO DISK
INSTALL DISTRIBUTION MEDIA IN DISK DRIVE AND BOOT
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
BADDISK
USE INDIRECT COMMAND FILE TO LOCATE
BAD BLOCKS ON SYSTEM DISK.
a[2^3003BADDISK
DSCS8/DSCS16
ASSIGN NON-STANDARD ADDRESSES AND
VECTORS. COPY DISTRIBUTION MEDIA TO
SYSTEM DISK. REFER TO PG.24 IN "DLD-
SGN USERS GUIDE" AND APPENDIX IN THIS
DOCUMENT.
BOO C1^513DSCS8 (or DSCS16)
I
REMOVE DISTRIBUTION MEDIA
I
I
+ +
I BOOT SYSTEM DISK
^
I
1 HARDWARE BOOT THE SYSTEM DISK.
I
I
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA- r. 1000 -0-0
REV
DEC l»-(39>)'tO«2-f4673
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFK AIIOiN
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.4
/ . 1 . 5
/'.I. 6
7.1.7
■f •
I
♦ •
START OLD SVSGEN
TYPE aOLDSGN TO START SYSTEM GEN-
ERA riON.
REBUILD DEVICE DRIVERS
REFER TO PG. 38 IN "DLDSGN USERS
GUIDE" FOR PRE-BUILT DRIVER PARA-
METERS. REBUILD ANY DRIVERS THAT
DIFFER FROM LIST.
I
ENTER DEVICES THAT DID NOT NEED
TO BE REBUILT IN 7.1.5
CONSULT CONFIGURATION SHEET FOR
EXISTING DEVICES.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
•.A-i-lO'.''^ - >
PEV
DEC 16 ()»2) 10«2 N672
SHEET
OF -^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.8
SAVE IMAGE ON DISK
SET TIME AND DATE
SAV /WB
7.1.7
7.1.10
I
I
/\
/ \
/DE- \
/FAULT \ NO
/ CHECK- \
\ POINT? /
\ /
\ /
\ /
\/
YES I
I
4,
SET /UIC<2^3003
I
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ RX02 \
\ DISKS? /
\ /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
I
I
4. 4,
ACS SYO; /BLKS =
XXXX.
FORMULA FOR
XXXX.=(A ♦ MEM
SIZE) * 2
4. +
+ +
INS SFMT
DYO: /DENS =
DOUBLE refer
to pg . 21 in
"DLDSGN USERS
GUIDE"
4. 4
I
SIZE
A
CODE
i>r
NUMBER
.>-!A-F1(jC0 -•'!- U
REV
DEC I*-O«t)l0»l N«72
SHEET
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.11
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ PUBLIC \
\ DISKS? /
\ /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
^ 4.
BBADOISK
aiNIDISK
■f ♦
7.1.12 ♦
I
DELETE ERROR LOG
I TYPE ER^
I P^P TIj^ C1^63*.*;*/DE
I RUN ERRLOG
7.1.13 +
•-•♦•
START U.E.T.P,
TYPE iDLDUETP
RUN U.E.T.P. FOR EIGHT HOURS OR TWO
PASSES MINIMUM.
7.1.14 +•
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOGO -0-0
DEC l»(]M)-tOt>-N«72
REV
A
SHEET
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPFCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.1.15
7.1.16
7.1.17 ♦•
I
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ \
\ ERRORS /
\ /
\ ? /
\ /
\/
NO I
I
I
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ COHM. \
\ LINES /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
I
■ •♦••
SHUT SYSTEM DOWN
RUN SSHUTUP
•f ■
I
TAKE
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
.■!.♦
CONNECT A
TERMINAL TO A
LINE AND LOG
ON AND OFF OF
EACH LINE.
+ ^
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
y.A-j'.lOOO- 0 - :i
REV
Dec 1»-(3»3)'1082-N672
SHEET
B
OF il
MANUIACTURING SPI.CII ICATION
CONTINUATION SHbLT
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TtST
7.2 RSX11-M DLD V3.2 FOR TAPt fO DISK
MOUNT AND BOOT "BADSY5" TAPE
I
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
1 .7.1,
BADSYS
USE STAND-ALONE BAD BLOCK PROGRAM TO
LOCATE BAD BLOCKS ON SYSTEM DISK.
MOUNT AND BOOT THE "0SCS16" OR "DSCS8" TAPE
I
4. \ ♦
I DSCS16/DSCS8 |
4. . 4.
I ASSIGN NON-STANDARD VECTORS AND CSR
I ADDRESSES. REMOVE "DSCS??" TAPE AND
I MOUNT IMAGE TAPE. COPY IMAGE TAPE
TO SYSTEM DISK. REFER TO PG. 24 IN
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE" AND APPENDIX"A"
AND "B" OF THIS DOCUMENT.
4
I
REMOVE IMAGE TAPE
BOOT SYSTEM DISK
HARDWARE BOOT THE SYSTEM DISK
ENTER DATE AND TIME AND START THE
ERROR LOGGER.
I
START DLD SYS6EN
TYPE aDLOSGN TO START SYSTEM
GENERATION.
SIZE CODE
A I ^^'
NUMBER
MA-i-.l(;u;! -H- 'I
REV
DFC l»-(3«t)-1082N«;;
SHEET
OF
A
lt\1
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
I
I
7.2.5 ♦ 4 -♦
I REBUILD DEVICE DRIVERS |
+ ^
I REFER TO PG. 38 IN "DLDSGN USfcRS j
I GUIDE" FOR PRE-BUILT DRIVER PARA- |
I METERS. REBUILD ANY DRIVERS THAT |
I DIFFER FROM LIST. |
+ + +
I
7.2.6 * ♦ ♦
I ENTER DEVICES THAT DID NOT NEED |
I TO BE REBUILT IN 7.2.5 j
I CONSULT CON.'IGURATION SHEET FOR j
I EXISTING DEVICES.
I I
7.2.7
/\
/ \
/ \
/ EDIT \ YES
/ SYSVMR \
\ .CMD /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
EDI
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
.vA-F.inoo-o - n
DEC 16(3»2,-IO«2N6/2
SHEET
10
RcV
A
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.2.8 ♦
I
SAVE IMAGE ON DISK
SET TIME AND DATE
SAV /WB
7.2.9
7.2.10
i
/\
/ \
/DE- \
/FAULT \ NO
/ CHECK- \
\ POINT /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
YES I
I
+
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ RX02 \
\ DISKS /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
+ ^
ACS SYO: /BLKS =
XXXX.
FORMULA FOR
XXXX. =(4 * MEM
SIZE) ♦ 2
♦ 4
INS SFMT
DYO: /DE'NS =
DOUBLE, refer
to pg . 21 in
"dldsgn users
GUIDE"
I
DEC 16-{392) 10S2 N672
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
f^.A-riooi>r!-o
REV
SHEET
11
OF
44
MANlfALTl RIN(, SPI ( IFICATION
iJi'<M,C.|i)
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.2.11
I
SET /UIC=t 2.300]
r^^ —
I
/\
I \
I \
I ANY \ YES
/ PUBLIC \
\ OlbKS /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
7.2.12 +
I
DELETE ERROR LOG
I TYPE CR£
i ^-if 111 C1^6]*.*;*/DE
I RUN ERRLOG
MBMnn
CONTINUATION SHEET
"BAD"
"ALL"ocatc
"INr'tialize
"MOU"nt
the PUBLIC
DISKS
I
DtC 1»(39»(-Ii082-N6;?
SIZE
A
coorT
NUMPER
■■•;,-Fii,- ■. -■,
REV
SHEET
OF
44
M ANIJI ACr URING SPLC IF ICA I ION
CONTIKUATiON SHtEl
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.?. 13
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YFS
/DVS 11 'sN
\ TO /
\ TEST?/
\ /
\ /
\/
NO
♦ ♦
MOUNT 'DVS"
TAPE.
F_L_X SYO^ =
MHO: *.*
SDVS
KltN 'U.E. T.P.
+ 4.
7.2. U +■
START UETP
aDLDUETP
I
j RUN U.E. T.P. FOR EIGHT HOURS OR TWO 1
I PASSES MINIMUM |
■». + +
I
7.2.15 +■
CHECK FOR ERRORS
IF U.E. T.P. HAS COMPLETED THE REQUEST-
ED AMOUNT OF PASSES^ TYPE:
PIP TI;a[2^3003ERRL06.LST
IF NOT, TYPE:
SET /UIC = C1 .63
THEN RUN "PSE*' AND "SYE" refer to
pg. 27 in "DLDS6N USERS GUIDE."
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-'.:ioor - 0- f)
REV
DEC l«-(39?)10«2 N672
SHEET ^3 OF _ii
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
7.2.16
7.2.17
7.2.18 ♦•
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ ERRORS \
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO I
I
I
I
/\
/ \
/ \
/ ANY \ YES
/ COMM. \
\ LINES /
\ ? /
\ /
\ /
\/
NO i
I
I
SHUT SYSTEM DOWN
RUN SSHUTUP
+ 4.
TAKE
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
+ +
♦ +
CONNECT A
TERMINAL TO A
LINE AND LOG
ON AND OFF OF
EACH LINE.
I
DEC le-(3tS)10*3'N«7>
SIZE CODE
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -
REV
A
SHEET
14
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
8.0 SAMPLE SYS6ENS AND UETP PRINTOUTS
8.1 This section starts on the nex* page. The text is
printed with reduced character size and spacing due
to space restrictions on the MANUFACTURING SPEC,
paper .
8.2 These are SAMPLES ONLY^ your particular SYSGLN aay be
di f f erent .
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
••lA-ElOOO -0-0
REV
A
DEC i*(ift)ioa7 Nerf
SHEET 15 OF 44.
MANUFACTURING SPlCIHrATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
•ODI.'IJVP ArrROACII TO fYf.TEyr TKF.T
8.1 RSX11-M DLD SYfXlFN FROM DISK TO DISK
NOTE: 'i"his pxjnple wna generated for an 11/3'^, wlt-h IPfJl^ nf mfnory,
? RL02 iJisk (jrives, 2 RXOr disk drive.-, and 2 PZITs. User
responses are underlined. Explanatory corments are on the
ri(jM hand margin.
#DL1 <CR>
RSX-11W V3.? RI-P6 12'4K MAPPED
>RED DL1:=SY:
>RED DL1:=LB:
>MCXJ DL1:DLDRI26
P[1,2lDLrx^TART.CMr
>• Please .^rter time and date (DD^MM-YY HH:MM) [S]: <CR>
>TIM
08:3*^:5? PS-MAP-PO
^'INS IPIGMAC/PARrGEN
>INS $EIGTKP/PAf'=GEN
>INS $ERL
>INS $EFF
>• Do you want to run the Frrorlogger? [Y/N]:N <CR>
>** <FOF>
hardware boot the
distribution media
rsx identification
header
mt necessary here
net necessary here
at this point the
operating systen
waits for a response
fram you
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA- -F: 1000 -0-0
REV
A
DCC )«-(392)-10«? N672
SHEET
■±^
OF
44
onDBi
CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUhACrURINC. SPtCIHCATION
TITLE MODULAh WPPACH I'- .'"YS'iiM:- Tl: :
>OC2^30O3BADDISK <CR>
[STEP 13
this command 'ile
will allow you to
check your dis'<s for
bad blocks
>;
>;
disk mnemonics:
>* How many disks do you want to BAD CD Rrl.-I?. D:l.
]: <CR>
DO = RPO^/05/06
>INS SBAD/TASK=...BA1
DK = RK(ft
>♦ Disk to rtjn BAD on CS R:3-5]: DLO <CR>
DL = RLOI/O?
DW = RKOo/07
*"
DR = RM02/Q3
DX = RX01
DY = RX02
>BA1 DLO:
>a <EOF>
BAD — OLD: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 1.
>eOO C1^513DSCS8 <CR>
CSTFP 2]
refer to APPENDIX B
for proper DSC tf;
use. refer to
APPENDIX A for
device vectors and
addresses, bojt in
the DSC program
RSX11S V2.2 8L26 DISK SAVE AND COMPRESS UTILITY V 3.0
DS C S8>0L0 : /VEC=1 60 <CR>
assigns RL02 vector
to 160
DSCS8>oa):=t)L1: <CR>
copies dist. media
on DLl to DLO
DSCS8>
refer to pg.2A in
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE"
for more information
on DSC.
aOL <CR>
CS.EP 3]
hardware boot the
'system disk
RSX-11M V3.2 BL26 124K MAPPED
>RED DL:=SY:
>RED DL:=LB:
>WOU DL:DLD8L26
aC1^2DDLDSTART.C«D
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER ] REV
A
sr
V.A-ianfM; - :. - l( ;. j
OtC i9l392)irnt !••'?
SHEET
17
OF
^•1
MANUFACTrKINC. SPi Clf K A HON
CONTINUATION SHELT
TITLE
M.CDl'TJVR APM'OACH TO GYTTrMl- Ti:::".
>* Please onter time arvi date U)L)"W«-Y> HH:MM) LSI: 08:37 25-WAR-80 <CR> 24 hr. format
>TI1 08:37 25-MAR-aO
>IN:> ieiGKiAC/PA«=CEN
>INS SBItrrKB/PAfl=GLN
>1NS SEWL
>INS SERF
>* Do you want to run the Error Logger? [y/NTtY <CR>
>RUN ERRLOG
>a <EOF>
>
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>aOLDSGN <CR>
>Tn
08:?5:51 25-MAK-80
>;
>; Dynamic Loadable Driver Sysgen,
>; By Ken Williams 2/29 /W
>;
>; Dert: Saleti Manufacturing Product Support
>;
>SET /UIC=C1,34]
>* Is this an RLOI system? CY/ND: <CR>
>* Does this system have the Floating Point Unit? CY/ND: <CR>
>* Do you want long dialogue ? CY/ND: <CR>
>PIP C11/.0]RS)WC.MAC;*/DE/NM
>PIP C1^24]RSXBLD.CMD;*/DE/NM^RSX11M.0LB;*
>PIP C1^343RSX11M.MAP;*/DE/NM
>PIP C11J0J/F0=C1^54]RSXMC.MAC
>PIP C1^24j/FO=C1^5A]RS)BLD.CMO,RSX11M.OLB
>PIP C1,54D/F0=C1,5A]RSX11M.MAP
?lways "YES" during
sysgen session
LSTEP 43
this command starts
the sysgefi session
Typing a <CR> in
response to a
question^ results in
a "NO" or the
default answer for
that question.
consult sytems tech
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-ElG'JO -T- t
REV
A
DtC U-(393) 10t»M(>r2
SHEET lu OF
-11
MANUFACTURING SPEC'FICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTl'MS TEST
Begin Peripheral Options.
For an explanation
of each quest ion
individually, press
the <ESC> or aLT>
key in response to
the quest ion.
>* Expanded comments desired for peripheral options? CY/ND: <CR>
>SET /UIC=C1,5AD
>* Are you running on a system with a line printer? [Y/N]: <CR>
>* Assembly listing files desired? CY/N]: <CR>
>* Task builder map(s) desired? CY/ND: <CR>
>PIP C11,103DU)MC0.MAC;*/DE/NM,DL0MC;*
>PIP C11^24]DL0ASM.CMD;*/DE/NM
>PIP C1,24DDL0eLD.CM0;*/DE/NM,0LDL8R;*
>* Which device driver do you want to rebuild [S3: TT <CR>
CSTEP 53
>*
>*
>♦
>:
>*
Do you have any OHil's? CY/ND: <CR>
Do you have any OJll's? [Y/N3: <CR>
Do you have any DZII's? CY/n3;Y <CR>
If you have an LA120 or LA180S, you must answer Yes to the next
:|uestiQn.
Do you want form feeds passed directly to terminals? CY/N3: <CR>
; Include console in the answer to the next question,
>* Enter number of DLII line interfaces CD R:1.-16. D:1.3: <CR>
>* Enter vector address of the first 0L11 CO R:60-774 D:603: <CR>
>* What is its CSR address? CO R: 160000-1 77700 D: 1775603: <CR>
>* Enter number of DZll asynchronous multiplexers CD R:1.-16. D:1.3;
>* Do any of the lines require modem support? CY/N3: <CR>
>* Enter vector address of the first DZ11 CO R:300-7743: 300 <CR>
>* What is its CSR address? CO R: 16001 0-1 777003: 160010 <CR>
>* How many Lines does it have? CD R:1.-8. D:8.3: <CR>
>* Enter vector address of the next DZ11 CO R:300-777T: 310 <CR>
>* What is its CSR address? CO R: 160010-1 777003: 160020 <CR>
>* How many lines does it have? CD R:1.-8. D:8.3: <CR>
>* Whicl. device driver do you want to rebuild CS3: <CR>
consul: systems tech
for device addresses
and vectors.
2 <CR>
type <CR> if you
have no more drivers
to be rebuilt.
SIZE
CODE
SI'
NUMBER
MA-El(3OO-0-"
REV
A
DCC 1«-(1M)-10I>-N«73
SHEET 19 OF __44_
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
C0N"^INUATI0N SHEET
TITLE
MODILAP APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>PIP [11 J03DLDr*C.MAC/FO=t11JOJRSXWC.MAC,W.DHCO.MAC^RS)(MCU.MAC
>SET /UIC=[11,24J
>T1M
Oft:2/:W 25-«AR-fiO
>MAC aOLDASM
>TIM
08:29:20 25-MAR-fcO
>SET /UIC=C1,2^J
>PIP C11^34]*.*/PJ/M1
>TKB aC1^24]DLDBLD
>PIP [11^2A]*.0BJ;*/nE/fJ*l
>PIP C1,343*.MAP/PU/NM
>SET /UIC=L1,54]
>* Do you have any Card Readers? [Y/N]: <CR>
>*
>*
>*
>*
>*
>♦
>*
>*
>*
>*
>*
>*
>*
>♦
>*
>♦
>*
>*
>:
Do ycxj
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
Do you
have
have
have
have
have
h<jve
have
have
have
have
have
have
have
have
have
have
have
have
TA11 Cassettes? CY/ND: <CR>
RJP/RWP04/05/06's? CY/N3: <CR>
TU58's?
RFIVs?
RKl1/RKQ5's?
CY/N]:
CY/ND:
<CR>
: <CR>
cyTnI? <cr>
any
any
any
any
any
any
any RP11/RPR02/Rpa3's? CY/N3: <CR>
any RJ/IWH02/03's? CY/ND: <CR>
any RJS/RWSQS/O^'s? CY/ND: <CR>
any TC11/T\J56's? CY/ND: <CR>
any RXll/RXOI Floppy's? TyTnD: <CR>
any RX211/RXD2 Floppy's? CY/N3:Y <CR>
^y LP11/LS11/LV11/LA180'
any
RK611/RK06/RK07'S? CY/nT: <CR>
[STEP 6]
if you have built a
driver for each
device on /our
system^ you can
hit <ESC> to
bypass this section,
CY/N]:
CY/ND:
<CR>
<CR>
TJU/TVUl6/TE16/A5/77's?
»iy TS11/TS04'S? CY/ND: <CR>
any "mil /nilO/TEIO/TSOS's? CY/nD: <CR>
a PC 11 (Paper Tape Reader/Punch)? CY/ND:
a PR11 (Paper Tape Reader)? CY/ND: <CR>
<CR>
>; The FCP which will be used is MIDDLE.
0
>*
>*
>;
>;
>!
Do you want to set up the terminals? CY/ND:Y <CR>
Do you want to set up all the terminals the same? CY/ND ;Y <CR>
Note: DZ11 lir>es must have both the receiver & the transmitter
baud rates set lp the same speed.
Your first local terminal is TT1:
Your last local terminal is TT20:
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-0
REV
OCC l»-(>»2) lOa? Ne73
SHEET
2 0
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFICATION
BHH
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODULAR APPHC^ACH TO SYSTFMS TKST
>* Do you want the default values? CY/Nj: <ESC>
type <ESC> if you
want to r.»»e the
>•
Default valtn'-.
>; The default values are Vlbl, 80. character-^ per li
ne.
>; 9600:9603 baud rate, ard lowor case enabled.
>* Do you want the default values? CY/N]:Y <CR>
>PIP C1,54]SYSVMR.CM0;*/DE/NM
>;
>; [1, S433YSVMR.CMD will row be created.
>INS $VMR
>PIP C1,54]SYS\/MR.CMD=L200,2O0]TTY.CMD/AP
>SET /UIC=[1,34]
>* Enter size in K words for the system image? CO R:48.-124. 0:^8.
J: <CR>
>PIP [1,543RSX11M.SYS/NV/C0/BL:194.=C1,5ADRSX11M.TSK
>* Do you wish to edit CI, 34DSYS\WR.CMD? [Y/ND: <CR>
LSTEP 73
usual answer is "NO
or <cr>. only answer
"YES" if you want to
change partition
sizes, install
additional
>;
tdsks,etc..
>;
>; ^R is no'. being performed.
>;
>VMR aC1,54]SYS\/MR.CMD
VMR — INSTALLED TASKS P^Y NO LONGER FIT IN PARTITION
normal, warning
SET /TOP=DR\/PAR:-*
>;
>; The account UETP; password UETP; has been set Lf).
>eOO RSX11M
at this point the
new executive is
booted
automatically, and
waits for a response
RSX11M V3.2 BL26
from you.
>TIM 09:02 25-MAR-80 <CR>
CSTEP 8]
set the correct time
ard date
>SAV /UB <CR>
this command will
save and boot the
new systetn image.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
A
SF'
r'.A-ElOOG -1-0
A
oec ie-(St2) io«2-N»r:
SHEET
^ OF jii.
MANUFACrURlNG SPECIFIC ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM.'i TEfIT
RSX-11M \/3.? Bl26 124K MAPPED
>RED DL:=SY:
>«ED DL:^.B:
>«0U DL:DLDeLl'6
>a[1,2]STARTUP
>* Please enter time and date fDO-WM-YY HH:MM) [$3:
<CR>
>TIN
09:0?; 17 25-MAR-80
>SET /SYSUIC=[1,54]
>INS SeiGMAC /PAR=<iEN
>INS ©IGTKB /PAROGEN
>PIP ?Y:/FR
DLO: ^^S 3773. BLOCKS FREE, 16707. BLOCKS USED OUT Of 20A80.
LARGEST COffTIGUOUS SPACE = 2422. BLOCKS
>* Do you yam the default checkpoint file size [9923? CY/N]:Y
^ACS SY:/BLKS=992.
>RUN ERRLOG
>eRO ALL:RSX11M IS NOW ON THE AIR !!!!!
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>a <£0F>
•> •- •
>SET /UIC=C2^3003 <CR>
>INS $FNT <CR>
>FKT <CR>
FMT>DYO:/DENS=DOUBLE <CR>
FMT>0Y1 : /DENS=I>OUBLE <CR>
SIZE
CODE
ensure memory size
is correct.
if you entered the
correct time in step
S, it is not
necessary to do so
again.
[STEP 9]
use default
checkpoint file
size, ONLY if the
number of contiguous
blocks is greater
than the default
size
this is the account
that U.E.T.P.
resides in
[STEP 10]
this installs the
format task
this runs the format
task
this tells the FWT
task that you are
formatting RX02's
refer to pg. 21 in
"DLDSGN USERS
GUIDE".
NUMBER
MA-EIOOQ-O-'J
REV
A
OCC l«-()9»-1082-Mlirt
SHEET 22 OF
J4
MANUFACTURING SPKCIFIC ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
.'iODULAR API'KOACH TO SYSTEMS Ti:S :
'>*Z <CTRL Z>
>SA(>OISK <CR>
>; Bad the Disk Conwjnd File
>;
>* How many disks do you want to BAD CD R:1,-17. D:1,]: 3 <CR>
>INS SaAD/TASK=...3Al
>INS $eAD/TASK=...BA2
>INS $eAD/TASK=,..BA3
>* Device to run BAD on CS R:3-5]: DL1 <CR>
>eAl DL1:
>* Device to nr BAD on CS R:3-5]: DYO <CR>
>fiA2 DYO:
>* Device to an BAD on CS R:5-5]: DY1 <CR>
>fiA3 DY1:
>8 <EOF>
BAD — DL1: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0.
BAD — DYO: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0.
BAD — DY1: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0.
>aiNIDISK <CR>
this exits the FMT
task
CSTEP 11]
check for bad
blocks on remaining
disks
>; Disk Initializing Coimiand file
>;
>; Please enter the name of the disk to be initialized
>; type a <RETURN> when all disks have been entered.
>* what disk is to be initialized CDDN:] CSD: DLI <CR>
>ALL DLI:
>INI DL1:SCRATCH/INDX=«E6/BAD=AI;T0]
>* what disk is to be initialized CDDN:] CS]: DYO <CR>
>ALL DYO:
>INI DY0:SCRATCH/INDX=8EG/BAD=CAl/T0]
>* what disk is to be initialized CDDN:] CSD: DY1 <CR>
>ALL DY1:
>INI DY1 :SCRATCH/INDX=eEG/BAD=CAlJTO]
>♦ what disk is to be initialised CDDN:] CS]: <CR>
>;* Do you want to ar> a quick pass of lOX (the I/O exerciser)
>* on the disks that have just be initialized ? rY/N]:Y <CR>
>* How many minutes do you want it to rxr CO R:0-5 D:1T: <CR>
>* Do you want to rtr lOX on any other devices? CY/N]:Y <CR>
>; Please enter the name of the device to be tested;
; type a <RETURN> when all the devices have been entered.
>* What device is to be tested CSD; DLQ_<CR>
>* What device is to be tested LSJ: ^R>
CSTEP 12]
this cowwand file
allows you to
initialize the
remainirvj disks
optional
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-EIOOO -'i-0
REV
A
DEC lt-<Stt)10t2-N673
SHEET
23 OF 44
MANUFACTURING SPfcCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOO('U^H APT'FOACII TO SYSTKMS TFST
MOU 0L1:/0VR
>«0U DYO:/OVR
>«0U DY1:/0VR
>«0U DL0:/OVR
>IOX bOISKTEST
lOX — UNIT ALREADY CONFIGURED
lOX — UNIT ALREADY CONFIGURED
lOX — SU>WARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-80 08:41:01
the disks are
mounted
automatically.
TIME
DLO
DL1
DYO
DYl
RUN: 1 MIN. ELAPSED: 1 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
1^992. REQUESTS TOTALING 1,992. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
1,985. REQUESTS TOTALING 1,985. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
546. REQUESTS TOTALING 546. i3L0CKS WITH NO ERRORS
492. REQUESTS TOTALING 492. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 199. ITERATIONS
ACCUMULATED TOTALS:
lOLF-LOOP COUNT: 199. ITERATIONS
>DMO DL1
>DMO DYO
>OM0 DYl
>0MO DLO
>;
>a <£0F>
TIME
DLO
DLl
DYO
DYl
— RUN: 1 MIN. ELAPSED: 1 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
— 1,993. REQLiESTS TOTALING 1,993. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
— 1,985. REQUESTS TOTALING 1,985. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
— 546. REQUESTS TOTALING 546. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
— 492. REQUESTS TOTALING 492. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
the disks are
dismoijited auto-
matically.
at this point the
operating system
waits for a response
from you.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
N!A-Eir,f)n .. '■)
.lEV
DCC 16(39;) iOI2N672
SHEET :'^ OF Al.
MANiii ach;rin(, spb M[c.\rioN
CONTIN;.*AriON SHtt
Tiu:
:U . Ul.A'- Al'PP
:i! TC' jvsTiMr Ti':';
>aDLDUETP
LSI LP nj
this will utart U.t
'J.E.T.P. se^sicn
*«******. i^* ******* ***«*-* *******> *********** <k**4^***»**
* *
* RSX-11M INSTALLATION VtRIHCATlON PACK/«&£ *
* *
********************** **************«•****•«.**** ******
>
,>
>
>
>
>
>:ET /UIC=C2,300]
>RUN L'RRLOG
>
.* DO VOU WISH TO RUN RI^DEMO? [Y/NJ: <CR>
>;
^* ENTER VERSION OF l£TP TO BE RUN CSAM, SUB, MFG, ENG) TSl: P»FG <XR^
>♦ ENTER UNIT NUf«ER Of- T_FMIf^L LSD: 0 <CR>
b;
b* ENTf. Il^PUr DEVICE (DDNN) OR <CR> CSl: <CR>
always MFG
press <cr> if UCTP
resides on syster
uist.
**** NOTE ♦♦**
TEST MEDIA MUST BE LOADED Ofi ALL TAPE AND DISK DRIVES. USE SCRATCH TAPES
A^4D FlLES-11 FORf-'AT DISKS.
ALL WAGTAPES BEING TESTED ARL OVER-WRITTEN. THE DISKS ARL
TESTED WITH FILE-STRUCTURtD I/O WITH m NEGATIwE EFf^ECT ON DAIA
CR STRUCTURE.
BEFORE PLR.CR^xNG THE FILE-STRUCTURED I/O TEST, ALL UNKOUNTLD
DISKS ARE MOUNTED AUTOMATICALLY.
>* DO YOU NEED TO INITIALIZE ANY DISKS? CY/Nl: <CH>
>TIM
39:10:31 25-M/vR-80
if you forgot f:
INIT any jii,ks, type
"YES".
SIZE
A
CODE
uUMBER
REV
OCC 16(J92)108J -<«?«
SHEET
-£^ OF Al.
MANUI \(TL'KIN(. SPKII ICATION
CONTNIJATION SHEItT
TITLE
MODUi,.-.F' APPHOACii TC nysTr":: Ti..y
>;ONE CO.v,ilETE PASS OF THIS UETP WILL TAKE A HOURS
>;
>* HOW rANY PASSES DO YOll WISH TO RUN CD R:1.-^. D:1.J: 2 <CP>
>;THE
2 PASS (EG) YOU H/,VE SELECTED, WILL TAKE 8 HOURS TO RUN.
at 'east 2 passes
for minimum MAST
requirements
AT THIS POINTT THE
U.E.r.P. WILL RUN
UNATTENDED FOR 2
PASSES OR 8 HOURS.
>; NEEDED UTILITIES WILL BE INSTALLED NOW.
">• *-#******♦♦
>; #**«******«************************«*****•****« Ar***********
>PIP TAILOR. DAT=DeVM.SAM/AP
>«AC DEFINE=LB:[11,10]DLDMC.HAC/PA:1,SY:C2,300]DEFINE
>TKB DEFINE/PR/CP=DEFIf€,LB:C1,54]RSXl1«.STB,C1,1]EXELIB/LB
>INS OeFINE/TASK=OeFINE
>PIP *.*/PU
>RUN DEFINE
>;
>; START OF UETP PASS #1
>:
>; * CPU-BOUND LOAD TEST *
>;
>IHS DUWY/TASK=OUM00/PRI=A0.
>II6 LOGGER/ TASK =LOGCX)
>r'JS QTRUN /TASK=QTROO
>F,UN DOMOO
>;
>; FOR THE NEXT FEW MINUTES A NU^ER OF COMPUTE-BOUND TASKS WILL BE
>; EXERCISING THE MEMORY, THE MULTI-TASKING CAPABILITIES OF THE
>; SYSTEM AND, IF INCLUDED IN THIS SYSTEM, TWE ROUND-ROBIN SCHEDULER,
>; THE SHUFFLER AND CHECKPOINTING. THE ACTION OF THESE LAST THREE
>; FEATURES CAN BE SEEN ON THE RMDEMO SCREEN. IF THE SYSTEM IS
>; PERFORMING 'PROPERLY, ALL OF THE "GEN" PARTITION IS USED AND THE "QT'
>; TASKS ARE SHARING SYSTEM RESOURCES IN A MANNER CONSISTENT
>; WITH THE FEATURES AVAILABLE. NOTE THAT CHECKPOINTING IS DISABLED
>; FOR THE SECOND HALF OF THE TEST.
>;
>; *** THIS TEST RUNS FOR A MAXIMUM OF 120. MINUTES ♦*♦
>;
>RIJN QTROO
>
>TIM
09:11:27 25-MAR-80
>INS NUL2/TASK=QTX.OO
>INS NUL2/TASK=«T0100
>INS NUL2/TASK=QT0200
>INS NUL2/TASK=<JTIB00
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-LlOOO-n-O
REV
DCC U-(392)-10t3-f«ar?
SHEET
2G
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>; »»» THE LOAD TEST IS RUNNING «««
>TIM
11:11:22 25-MAR-80
>RB1 QTOOOO
>RE« QT0100
>RW QT0200
>RE« OTOSOO
>;
>; * TEST COMPLETED *
>;
>:
* SYSTEM 1/0 EXERCISER *
THE FOaOWING DEVICES W^VE BEEN GENERATED INTO YOUR SYSTEM. THOSE
LISTED AS "OFFLINE" ARE NOT PHYSICALLY PRESENT AND ARE NOT
TESTED. INDIVIDUAL MAG TAPE^ DEC TAPE AND RK05 UNITS CAN
ERRRONEOUSLY BE SHOWN AS ONLINE WHEN THE CONTROLLER IS ONLINE.
THEY ARE TESTED AND THE TEST FAILS AFTER SEVERAL MINUTES
OF ERROR MESSAGES.
>DEV
DLO:
0L1:
DYO:
DY1:
COO:
nO:
ni:
n2:
n3:
n4:
nS:
n6:
n7:
niO:
nil:
ni2:
ni3:
ni5:
•T16:
1T17:
•(T20:
NLO:
ROO:
TIO:
CLO:
LEO:
SYO:
>;
PUBLIC MOUNTED LOADED LABEL=RSX11MPBL6 TYPE=RL02
LOADED TYPE RL02
LOADED
LOADED
nO: LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
LOADED
no:
DLO:
DLO:
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F.it GO-0 -0
REV
A
DCC l«-C.-.l-10t2-N«yt
SHEET
27
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TKST
>;
>;
IF ANY OP I VERS ARE LNLOADED, THEY WILL BE LOADED NOW.
>; **********
>• ************ A*************-* *«**«***** *********************
>INS $IOX/TASK=...SIO
>;
>«0U X1:/0VR/VI
MOUNT **
VOLUME INFORMATION *♦
CLASS
= FILES 11
DEVICE
= DLI:
LABEL
= SCRATCH
UIC
= [1,13
VOL PRO
= CPWED,RWED,RWEO^RWEO]
FILE PRO
= CRWED,RWED,RWED,R]
CHAR
= D
ACP NM€
= F11ACP
>«CU OYO:
/OVR/VI
MOUNT *♦
VOLUME INFORMATION **
CLASS
- FILES 11
DEVICE
= DYO:
UBEL
= SCRATCH
UIC
= C1,1D
VOL PRO
= CRWED,RWEO,RWED,RWED]
FILE PRO
^ CRWED,RWED,RWEO,R]
CHAR
= D
ACP HmE
= F11ACP
>MOU DY1:
/OVP/VI
MOUNT **
VOLUME INFORMATION **
CLASS
= FILES 11
DEVICE
= DYl:
LABEL
« SCRATCH
UIC
= [1,13
VOL PRO
=■ CRWED,KWED^RWED,RWED3
FILE PRO
= [RWED,RWED,RWED^R3
C^iAR
= □
ACP NAME
= F11ACP
>;
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-n
REV
DCC lt-(S91)-10eS-f4e72
SHEET
28
OF
44
1
kJ A lu 1 icr A /^Ti iniiki/^ c*ni'^^ir^fl^^A i^fl#*v%.i
u t^i . . ^^H
CONTINUATION SHEET 1
MANUr A(TURINCi SPtClFICATION
1
'^'"^'■^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>; THE SYSTEM I/O EXERCISER Will RIU FOR 120 MINUTES
>TIM
11:12:12 25-MAR-<iO
>SIO SIOXCNf
SIC — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-mR-80 11:42:14
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 30 WIN. REMAINING: 90 WIN.
OLD: — 25^923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLaKS WITH NO ERRORS
OYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYl: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUMMARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-80 12:12:16
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. EUPSED: 60 MIN. REMAINING: 60 Mil,.
XO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BIOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYl: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-80 12:42:18
TlnE — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 90 MIN. REMAINING: 30 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
OYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYl: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-«AR-80 13:12:20
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. EUPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
r.0: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DL1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYl: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS
ACCUMULATED TOTALS:
TIME — RUN: 120 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
DLO: — 103,692. REQUESTS TOTALING 103,692. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 1
DL1: — 100,136. REQUESTS TOTALING 100,136. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS |
DYO: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYl: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLf-LOOP COUNT: 26,6«0. ITERATIONS
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A
Jp
XA-r.lO-'''. -G-('
Dec U-Ot2)IOt2-N«7>
SHEET Z'i OF AL.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTLTIS TF-fT
* TEST COHPLETED *
OF UETP PASS #2
* CRJ-BOUND LOAD TEST *
>RE« SIO
>TIM
13:12:54 25-«AR-«0
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;END Of UETP PASS #1
>;
>;
>;
>;STAR1
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;
>RUN DUMCX)
>;
>; *♦* THIS TEST RJ^S FOR A MAXIMIW OF 120. MINUTES ***
>;
>RUN QTROO
>
HIM
13:13:11 25-MAR-80
>INS MJL2/TASK=QT000n
>INS NUL2/TASK=«T0100
>INS NU.2/TASK=QT0200
>INS NUL2/TASK=<JTQ300
; »»» THE LOAD TEST IS RUNNING «««
>TIM
15:13:22 25-mR-80
>RB1 QTOOOO
>REM QT01GX)
>R91 QT0200
>REW QTOSOO
* TEST COMPLETED *
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MA-KiOOO-O-O
REV
OCC l«-(a9t)-10a2-NC72
SHEET
:'.o OF 44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION VMHMamu
CONTINUATION SHEET
MODUIJVR APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TFST
>; * SYSTEM I/O EXIERCISER *
>•
>; IF ANY DRIVERS ARE IWI.0AD6D, THEY WILL BE LOADED NOW.
>.
>; ♦♦♦»**•#♦*****♦*•♦***■»****♦♦♦*♦*****♦♦*♦♦*♦♦****♦******♦**
>INS $IOX/TASK=...SIO
>;
>«0U DL1:/0VR/VI
MOUNT ** VOLUME INFORMATION **
CLASS = FILES 11
DEVICE = XI:
LABEL = SCRATCH
UIC = [1,1]
VOL PRO = CRWED^RWED^WJED^RWED]
FILE PRO = CRWED,RWED,RirfED,R]
CHAR = D
ACP NAME = F11ACP
>MOU DYO:/OVR/VI
MOUNT *♦ VOLUME INFORMATION **
CLASS = FILES 11
DEVICE - DYO:
LABEL = SCRATCH
UIC = C1,1]
VOL mo - CRWED^RWED^RWED^RWEDD
FIL£ PRO = CRWED,RWED,RWED,RD
CHAR = G
ACP NAME = F11ACP
>MOU DY1:/0VR/VI
MOUNT *♦ VOLUME INFORMATION **
CLASS = FILES 11
DEVICE = DY1:
LABEL = SCRATCH
UIC = [1,1]
VOL PRO = [RWED,RWED,RW£D,RWED]
FILE PRO = [RWED,RWED,RWED,R]
CHAR = D
ACP NAME = F11ACP
>;
>; THE SYSTEM I/O EXERCISER WILL RUN FOR 120 MINUTES
>;
>TIM
15:13:57 25~MAR-80
>SIO aiOXCNF
SIO — SUWURY Of EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-80 15:43:59
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 30 MIN. REMAINING: 90 MIN.
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DL1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920- ITERATIONS
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV 1
A
SP
MA-EIOOO -O-T
^1
CCC 16-(392)-10S«-H»/*
SHEET
31
OF
44
IBHWl CONTINUATION SHEET
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION i««MI
TITLE
MODULAR Al'PROACH TO EYSTKMi^; TEST
SIO — SUmARY Of EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-«AR-eO 16:14:01
TIME — RUN: 30 NIN. ELAPSED: 60 MIN. REMAINING: 60 WIN.
OLD
: ■- 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DL1
: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
OYO
: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO tRRORS
0Y1
: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: S/'ZO. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUMMARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-80 16:44:03
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 90 MIN. REMAINING: 30 MIN.
DLO
: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS
DL1
: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO
: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITW NO ERRORS
DY1
: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERROhS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5^920. ITERATIONS
SIO — SUW1ARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-60 17:14:05
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: 0 MIN.
DLO
— 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DLI
. — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO;
— 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DY1;
— 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5/?20. ITERATIONS
ACCUMULATED TOTALS:
NG: 0 MIN.
TIME ~ RUN: 120 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINI
DLO:
— 103,692. R£(JUESTS TOTALING 103,692. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DLI:
— 100,136. REQUESTS TOTALING 100,136. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYO:
— 41,016. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
DYl:
~ 41,016. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS
IDLE -LOOP COUNT: 26,680. ITERATIONS
>REM SIO
>TIM
17:14:23 25-MAR-SO
>;
>; * TEST COMPLETED *
>;
>;CND Of UETP PASS tfZ
>;
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
A
£;i
y.A-r.iooo -ii-'
Dcc i»-(a»»i0f2N6^e
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPtTIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODriAF APPROACH TC SYSTEMS TKST
>PiP *.UAT;*/0€
>;
>; IF ANY ERRORS HAVE BEEN LOGGED BY ERROR LOGGER, WHEN T>IE COfflAND FILE
>; EXITS YOU SHOULD PRINT C£,300]ERRLOG.LST AND INVESTIGATE THE ERKORS.
>;
>€RF
ERF — REQUESTiD "ERRLOG" TO STOP LOGGING
>PSE SY:=SY:
ERL — LOGGING ENDED AFTER 0 ERRORS
>SYE SY:=SY:/-SP
SYE — 1. PAGES IN REPORT
>;
>RUN ERRLOG
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>
>;
>TIM
17.14:53 25-MAR-80
>;
>: *** END Of RSX-11M INSTALL/sTION VERIFICATION ♦**
>• 4r***** *************** AWAAAftAA-AAA*********************************-*****
>
>Qi <£0F>
>
>PIP TI;=C2,3003ERRL0G.LST <CR>
rSTEP K]
type this to see any
errors that have
been logged, further
information on the
ERROR LOGGER can b^
found on page 27 of
the "DLDSGN USERS
GUIDE".
SIZE
A
CO'^E
NUMQER
M.A-ElOr.--)-!!
REV
DCC J6 I39J) 108^ N672
SHEET
ii. OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPtClF ICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUIJVP APPPO'\CH TO SYSTRMS TKST
8.2 RSXil-W OLD SYSGEN - MAGTAPE TO DISK
NOTE:
This example was generated on an 11/70^ with Floating Point, 640K words of
K^IORY, a TE16 magtape, an RP06 disk drive and no comm. devices.
User responses are trderlincd. Explanatory comments on right margin.
RSX11S V2.1 BL22 BAD BLOCK LOCATOR
BAD>0e0:/LI/CSR=176700/VEC=254/WCHK <CR>
BAD — BAD BLOCK FOU^«) - LBN= 1292.
BAD — TOTAL NO. Of BAD CLOCKS = 1,
BAD>
RSX11S V2.2 BL260 DISK SAVE AND COMPRESS LTTILITY V 3.0
DSCS16>ftO; /VEC=224 <CR>
DSCS16>5ajr /VEC=25A <CR>
DSCS16>0B0:=ffO: <i:^>
)SC — *WARNING* 5'?-DeO:
)SCS16>
[STEP 1]
mount and boot
"aiDSYS" tape
refer to pg. 23 in
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE"
for more info, on
"BAD".
remove "BADSYS'
tape.
[STEP 2]
refe"- to APPENDIX B
for proper "DSC" to
use. refer to
APPENDIX A for
device addresses and
vectors.
mount and boot a
"DSC" tape.
assigns vector
add. to devices
copies image tape
to disk
refer to pg. 24 in
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE"
for more info, on
"DSC".
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
ma-p:iooo -0 -n
REV
A
OCC li-Oft)-10«2-N672
SHEET 34 OF
44
MANUFACTURIN(; SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOD'JI^^R APr-hOACH TO SYSTHMf. TK,ri'
RSX11M V3.2 BL26 124K MAPPcD [STEP 3]
hardware boot the
system disk,
>RED DB:*SY:
>RED OB:=LB:
>t10U DB:0L0eL26
>aDB:C1,2]STARTUP
>♦ Please enter time and date ( DD-*ff<-YY HH:MM ) CS]: 9-JIN-80 11;Q6<CR> 24 hr. time format
>TI« 9-JUN-80 11:C6
>INS $CDA
>INS SB IGMAC /PAROGEN
>INS ttIGTK:B/PAR=CEN
>1NS $ERL
>INS $ERF
>RUN ERRLOG
>a <EOf>
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>aOLDSGN <CR>
>TIM
11:06:13 09-JUN-8C
>;
>; Dynamic Loadable Driver Sysgen.
>; By Ken WiUiam;; 9/10/79
>;
>; Dept: Salem fiinufacturing Product Support
>;
>SET /UIC=C1,54]
>* Is this an 11/70 system? CY/N]: Y <CR>
>* Does this system have the Floating Point Unit? CY/N3: Y <CR>
>IHS $LBR
>INS $PIP
>INS $EDI
>* Do you want long dialogue ? CY/N]: <CR>
CSTEP 4]
this comnanfj starts
the sysgen session.
typing a <CR> in
response to a query,
results in a "NO "
or the default
answer for that
query.
consult systems
tech.
for an explanation
of each question
individually, press
the <esc> or <alt>
key in response to
the question.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
:'A-Fl(iOO -0-0
REV
OCC 16-(392)-10a2N67:>
SHEET 35 OF _il
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODL'I/iB APPPuACH TO SYSTEMS TKST
>PIP C11,10]hS)iMC.«AC;*/D£/NM
>PIP C1,2A]RS)GBLD.a0;*/DE/NM,RS)(11M.0ljB;*
>PIP C1,3^]RS)(1lH.MAP;*/De/NW
>PIP [11^ia3/F0«C1/57DRS)(MC.MAC
>P1P C1^2A]/F0=C1^57]RS)(BLD.CMD,RSXllM.0Lfl
>PIP C1,34]/F0=C1,S7]RSX11M.MAP"
PIP — NO SUCH FIL£(S)
SY0:C1,57]RSX11M.MAP
>;
>; Begin Peripheral Options
<CR>
>* Expanded cormnents desired for peripheral options? CY/Nl
>SET /UIC = [1^54;i
>* Are you running on a system with a line printer? [Y/ND: <CR>
>* AssewbLy listing files desired? CY/ND: <CR>
>* Task builder map(s) desirtfd? Li /Hi: <CR>
>P1P C11^10]DLDMCO.MAC;*/OE/NM,DLDMC;*
>PIP C11^24]DLDASM.CMD;*/DE/NM
CSTEP 5D
consult systems tech
for vectors and
addresses.
>PIP C1,24]DLDBLD.CMD;*/DE/NM^0LDe0R;*
>* Wiich device driver do you want to rebuild CS]: DB <CR>
>* How many RJ/Ri#>04/5/6 disk pack cont. have you CD R:0.-16. 0:1.3: <CR>^
>* Enter vector address of the first RJ/IWPO4H35-06 CO R: 60-774 R:?S4T: <CR>
>* What is its C5R address? Co R: 160000-1 77700 0:1767003: <CR>
>* How many drives does it have? CD R:1.-*, 0:1.3: <CR>
>* Enter physical unit number of the first drive CO 0:03: <CR >
>* Is contr. 0 unit 0 an RP04 or RP05? CY/N3: <:r>
>* Which device driver do want to rebuild CS3: MH <CR>
>* How many JJ/T\t\H(r<5 magtape cont. do you have CD k;L).-16. 0:1.3: <CR>
>* Enter vector <iddress of the first TJ/TWU16-45 CO R:60-774 0:2243: <CR>
>* What is its CSIR address? CO R: 160000-1 77700 0:1724403: <CR>
CD R:1.-8.
TI103
>* How many drives does it have?
>* Enter physical cnit number of the
0:1.3: 2 _
formatter CO
<CR>
D:03: <CR>
>* Which device driver do you want to rebuild CS3: <CR>
>PIP C11J030LDM(;.MAC/FO=C11,103RSXMC.MAC,DLOMCO.MAC,RSXMCO.MAC
>PIP C1^2430LDLBR.CM0=C1,243*.LjBR
>PIP C1^243*.LBR;*/0E/NM
>SET /UIC=C11^243
press <CR> if there
are no more drivers
to be rebuilt
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-ElUOO -fi-0
REV
DCC l«-O92)-10t2-N672
SHEET _1^
OF
A±.
MANUFACTURING SFLCIFIC ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAP APPi'OACII TO «:;VsT1:KS Thf.T
>TIM
11:09:02 09-JUN-aC
>MAC iDLOASM
>TIM
11:09:28 09-JbN-80
>SeT /UIC=['!,24]
>P1P [11,343*.*/PU/fJM
>L8R aC1^24]()LDi.BR
MOW E "D8TAB " REPLACED
MODULE "WTA8 " REPLACED
>TKB aC1^243DLDBLD
>PIP C11,?4]*.0BJ;*/DE/fli
>PIP C1^34]*.MAP/PU/NM
>SET /UIC=C1^54J
>SET /UIC=C1,573
>* Do you have any Card Readers? CY/N3: <esc>
CSTEP 6]
if you have built a
driver for each
device on your
syst»ii^ you can
press <esc> to
bypass this section.
>: The fCF which will be ured is MIDDLE,
>P1P C1,57]SYSVMR.CM0;*/'DE/NM
>;
>; C1^57]SYS\/MR.CMD will now be created.
>;
>1NS WMR
>SET /UIC=C1,57D
>* Enter ?izt^ in K words for the system image CD R:48.-124. D:48.J: <CK>
>FIP C'.^b7:'RSXllM.SYS/NV/C0/3L:AVS.=C1,57]RSXllM.1SK
>* Do you wisn to edit C1,37]SYS\^R.CMD? LY/ND: <CR>
CSTEP 7]
usual oHSwer is "UO
"or <CR>. or.ly
ans«er "YE.V if you
have to change
partition sires,
install aciditional
tasks, etc.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
i\- L.
0 - n
REV
DEC 1* (J90) 1062-N6'0
SHEET ^7 OF
JLl
V1ANUFArTliRIN(i SFK UK AilON
TITLE
M',-:, 'I^M Al'PF A,1"; ■;■•'
:V; Ti,:-V '1 i SI
CONTINUATION SHEET
>; VMR is now being perfcmed.
>;
>VMR aCI^SnSYSVMH.CMD
VMR — INSTALLED TASKS MA.' NO lONGER FIT IN PARTITION
SET /TOP=Df<VPAR:-*
>;
>; Don't forget to create an acco'X^t file with SACNT.
>;
>TIM
11:12:21 09-jUN-SO
>;
>600 RSX11M
RSXllM V3.2 BL26
>TIM 11 :U 09-o'JN-80 <Cn>
>SAV . -* <CR>
RSX-11M V3.2 BL26 640K W,PPED
>RED DB:=SY:
>RED DB:=^B:
>WOU 0B:DLI>eL26
>1DB:C1,2]STARTJP
:•* PUase enter time and dite (DD-+WM-Y> HH:MM) [$]: <CR>
>TIM
11:K:19 09-JUN-80
SIZE
CODE
normal, warning -
disregard at this
tifne.
at this point, tfie
new executive is
booted automatically
find wait'j for a
rc'.pcnse from you.
[STEP 3]
set the correct time
arvj date
this connarri will
save jnd boot the
new s/stem image.
ensure that memor/
size is correct.
i^ you have set tno
correct time ^nd
date in step 8, it
ic not necescd*"/ to
do so again.
NUMBER REV
DEC l«-(3«2)-10b3-r »3
SHEET
Of-
MANDFACTURING SPtClFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Mor.in.AR -jpp'jAC!! tj SYfiL.yr ti'T
SET /SYSUIC<1,57D
>IHS $CDA
>INS SBIGMAC /PAR=CEN
>INS SBIGTKB /PAR=€EN
>INS $FLX
>PIP SY:/FR
DBO: HAS 101793. BLOCKS FREE, 2V887. BLOCKS USED Ol/T OF 131680.
LARGEST COmiGUOUS SI- ACE = 74786. BLOCKS
>* Do you want the default checkpoint file size C5120]? [Y/N]: <Y> <CR>
> ACS SY:/BLXS=5120,
>RUN ERRLOG
>eRO ALLiRSXlIM IS NOW CN THE AIR ! ! ! ! !
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED
>a <EOF>
[STEP 9]
use default
checkpoi.1t file
size, ONLY if the
number of cDntiguous
blocks is greater
than the default
size.
SIZE
CODE
sr
NUMBER
MA-!:lOO- -
- n
REV
DEC U-(at2) 10a2-N«7a
SHEET
JO
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST
>SET /UIC«C2^3003 <CR>
>aDLDUETF <CR>
>;
>; * *
>| * RSX-11M \/3.2 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PACKAGE *
>| * *
>;
>SET /UIC=[2,3O0]
>fiUN ERRLOG
>;
>* DO YOU WISH TO RUN RMOEMO? CY/ND: <CR>
>;
>* ENTER VERSION OF UETP TO BE RUN (SAM, SUB, MFG, ENG) CSl: WFG <CR>
>* ENTER UNIT NUMBER OF TERMINAL CS3: 0 <CR>
>;
>;
>♦ ENTER INPUT DEVICE (DDNN) OR <cr> CSD: <CR>
[STEP 103
this co»finard wi II
start the UETP
session.
always "MFG"
press <cr> if UtTP
resides on system
disk, if not, then
enter device it
resides on.
>;
>;
>;
>;
>*
**** NOTE ****
TEST MEDIA MUST BE LOADED ON ALL TAPE AND DISK DRIVES. USE SCRATCH TAPES
AND FILES-11 FORMAT DISKS.
ALL MAGTAPES BEING TESTED ARE OVER-WRIHEN. THE DISKS ARE
TESTED WITH FILE-STRUCTURED I/O WITH NO NEGATIVE EFFECT ON DATA
OR STRUCTURE.
BEFORE PERFORMING THE FILE-STRUCTURED I/O TEST^ ALL UNMOUNTED
DISKS ARE MOUNTED AUTOMATICALLY.
DO YOU NEED TO INITIALIZE ANY DISKS? CY/N3: <CR>
if you forgot to
"init" any disks,
type "YES"
SIZE
A.
CODE
NUMBER
MA-ElOOO-0-i)
F.:v
DEC U(3»2)-10a2-N672
SHEET
4C
OF
44
MANUFACTl'RING SPtCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLP
MODl'lJ^P APPROACH TO SYFTKMS TFS I"
>T1M
11:21:U 0<?-J'JN-80
>;
>;
>; ONE COMaETE PASS Of THIS UETP WILL TAKE 4 HOURS
>;
>♦ HOW MANf PASSES DO YOU WISH TO RUN CD R:1.-6. D:1.]: 2 <CR>
>;
>;
>;THE 2 PASS(ES) YOU HAVE SELECTED^ WILL TAKE 8 HOURS TO RUN.
>;
; NEEDED UTILITIES WILL BE INSTALLS; NOW.
>INS LB:$CMP
>• ******* ft*****************^******************************'**
>PIP TAILOR. DAT=0£VM.SAM/AP
>«AC DEF INE=LB: C11 ,103DLDMC. MAC/PA: 1^SY: C2^3003DEr- INE
>TKB DEF1N£/PR/CP=DEFINE,LB:C1,57]RSX11M.STB^C1J]EXELIB/La
>INS OEF INE /TASK=OE FINE
>PIP *.*/PU
>RUN DEFINE
a* least 2 Ct.sses to
meet TiipiiTujn MAST
requirentents.
>; START Of UETP PASS
>;
>:
ft^
♦ C™'-f»OL»<D LOAD TEST ♦
►;
>;
>INS DUWY/TASK--=OUW0O/PRI=40.
>INS L06GER/TASK=L0600
>INS QTRUN /TASK=«TR0O
>R[h Dunoo
FOR THE l€XT FEW MINUTES A NU«ER ETC. At this point the
U.E.T.P. will run for the selected amount of time.
The CPU tests are an first, for 2 HOURS, followed by 2 HOURS cf
10 EXERCISER, arxj then repeated until the pass count is satisfied.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-raooo - '"■ - 1
RhV
MC U(9«a) )o<2-N«7a
SHEET IL
OF
44
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
4'UlJ\r', APPROACH TO SYtiTFrtS TKSI
>RE« SIO
>TI«
19:31:25 09-JUN-60
♦TEST COMKETEO*
>;
>;
>;
>;
>;END OF UETP PASS tfl
>;
>;
>fIP ♦.MT;*/0£
>;
>; IF ANY EPRORS HAVE BEEN LOGGED BY ERROR LOGGER, WHEN THE COfflAND FILE
>; EXITS YOU SHOULD PRINT C2,300]ERRLOG.LST AND INVESTIGATE THE ERRORS.
>;
>€RF
ERF — REQUESTED "ERRLOG" TO STOP LOGGING
>PSE SY:=SY:
ERL — LOGGING ENDED AFTER 0 ERRORS
>SYE SY:=SY:/-SP
SYE — 1. PAGES IN REPORT
>;
>RUN ERRLOG
ERL — 2RR0R LOG INITIALIZED
>
>;
>;
>;
>;
>TIM
17:14:53 25-MAR-80
>;
>; *♦* END OF RSX-11M INSTALLATION VERIFICATION **♦
>;
>/
>a <EOF>
>
>f>IP TI:=«C2,500]ERRLOG.LST <CR>
[STEP 11]
type this to see any
errors that have
been logged, further
information on the
ERROR LOGGER can be
found on page 27 of
the "OLDSGN USERS
GUIDE".
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-Finoo -1-0
REV
A
OCC l«-(l«2)-10«a-N672
SHEET 42 OF
-14
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
9.0 APPENDIX
9.1 APPENDIX A
CSR and VECTOR addresses supported
by St and-a lone DSC
Syste«-6enerated CSR and Vector Addresses
♦ ^
DEVICE TYPE | CSR | VECTOR |
DB
DK
DL;
DM;
DP;
DR:
MM;
MT:
MS:
I
176700
177404
174400
177440
176714
176700
172440
172522
172522
254
220
160
210
300 *
320 *
224
320 *
224
* Indicates nonstandard vector address
SIZE
CODE
sr
NUMBER
MA-i:iOO J- I
REV
Dec l«-O«f|-10«?-N67?
SHEET
41
OF
MANUFACTURING SPK IFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
9.2 APPENDIX B
DEVICES SUPPORTED BY "DSC" VARIATIONS
DSCS8
RP04/05/06
RK05
RL01 /02
RK06/07
RP02/03
RM02/03
TE10/16
TU45/77
OeC U-(3t3) 10a2N«;2
0SCS16
RP04/05/06
RK05
RL01 /02
RK06/07
RM02/03
TE16
TS11/TS04
TU45/77
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
'•A-r:iooc-n-o
REV
A
SHEET
-44- OF 44
H
& *
F. E
;• :;
5 H S
is!
5sl
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARO, MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE
•f / rl •
TITLE
REV
y, . A . .
.vps-H'2li p:iAr:: t : i 'ni-,; "■
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
CHO NO ORIG
I.M C
M^ -
(Wt. C I'
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
'-\:
4Lz:
/
/
ENQ
■''Oaiinic i'i9..h..tola
APPD
#rv,.^.!Sif.f y
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
PN»«<'««>>*-<^A''3-(.}»?l
>■ I
MANUFACTURINC. SPFCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPnOA^ii T^ nV.TFM TK';?'*
TABLK OF CONTENTf.
. 0 scopf: p.-^qp 1
?..0 HFFF.UFMCE DOrUMFNTATION p.icjo 1
l.fl RESPONJSIRILITV Pacjo 3
4.0 SPFCIAI, TNSTRUCTI^N^' Paqe -1
S.P GKMRRAL nVKRVIFW [aqe 4
...0 WPS-B/211 OPERATING PROCKDURES Page 7
7.0 WP'.-.-8/2ll RUN SUMMARY p.-3ge 12
APPFNDTX A RUN SUMMARY CHFCKLIST Page 13
0<£C 16 (3W2) 10J2 N6/2
SIZE
cc^
maIWPI?
,> - n
R^V
SHEET _2 OF ii.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUI-M^ APPROACH TO nYSTKM TETTf.
1.0 SCOPE
Thi
(Jocument is an atLompt to provido WORD PROCESSING
operators and technicians direction in running PHASE III on
the WS211 Series systems. It does not try to explain how to
run Word Processing Software in any environment other than
F.A.& T.
The WPS -8/211 Phase III is a software/hardware system
verification test designed to simulate the environment in
which Word Processing Systems are used. This WPS-8/211 Phase
III Package is written to provide an easy to use, consistent
method of exercising WS211 Series Systems.
1.1 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
- 32K of memory
- A console terminal (VTlOfl)
- RX02 Dual Floppy Drive
The Optional Hardware supported by this test package is as
fol lows :
- Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47)
1.2 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
-WPS-8/211 Phase III Test Package
This Test package can be obtained by contacting the
Salem Systems Manufacturing Engineering Group.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
MP0O780
QF711-HZ
3.0 RESPONSIBILITY
WS211 Field Maintenance Print Set
WPS Documentation Kit
The SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
responsible for maintaining this document.
R 0 U P
1 s
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
REV
/\
OCC 1»()92)-10«2-N672
SHEET
OF OA.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHECT
TITLE
MODULAFv APPHOACH TO SYSTEM T^.^TV-^
1.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 This 'I'etit Package i r, dosiqnorl to exercise the following only:
RXfl2 dual floppy drive
Memory
KL3-A Conmunication Lines (KL8-A FT 4h,47)
4.2 If iiysconi has an H326 prinel , move all switches to the "OFF"
pos i t ion .
4.3 Conrioct a VTIDC to the console terminal port located on the
r.tatic filter bracket.
4.4 Throughout this document the user responses aro underlined.
Preceding the underlined response are the words Press or
Type. Example: Press -> GOLD ^^E'^U (in respnne to this
example the user must press the GOLD key, located on the to^-
loft h.ind side of the mini-keypad, then the letter M) .
F.xdmple: Type -> P 2 <CR> ( in respone to this example the
user must type the letter E, space, number 2, carriage
return) .
b.O GENERAL OVERVIEW
5.1 WPS-8/2 11 EXERCISER PROGRAM CONTENTS
The WPS-8/211 Phase III Exerciser Program consists of the
following files:
Doc #
Name
ABBREV. .
File that contains stored text that will
be called from an abbreviation code.
3
4
5
6
LIST Used to perform List Processing.
SPEC Used as the Selection Specification File
during List Processing.
FORM
Output format of List Processir.q.
UDKl 139 block document. Used to exercise
the RX floppy drives.
COMM TEST. Document that is sent to the Host
Terminal during the communication lino
test.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-FIOSO -r. -0
REV
A
DEC 16(392) 108? N672
SHEET
OF ^u-
MANUI ACTI;RIN(. SFICIFICATION
Su^mN
COMINUAriON SHF.F.T
TITLE
Monui.Af* Ai'rMU)A('n TO :'y;^tkm tf.s::.
The WPG-8/211 Phase III l.'o^ta'ivi fro^^r.im wor. tics ifin<-fi to
mininize ")i)erir<->r int erv<nt i<in ti'^o. Thi'. w»r, c!.-)no 1/ ij:-:ing
the Goftw.iro's "U er Def ir.r> K» ys" (iJDK'i). The UDK':: fh.it
nre used aro numbered fro-n 1 thfi 9. The tollowiii-j ':octi:>n
includen a r.ur\m?»ry r\n<i a li:THn<j of i ach UDK.
UDK 1
will initiaii.:r' th" iirketto in Drive 1 .^s a flomjitient
diskette and crenlo n file nnmeri i'^''[' on Driv-* l. Tho
(""Af-S tiiif.' i 1^ used lo l.u] the f.fjftw.ire f«.>iturt':i ai,
they aro pertoimod to rhe hardware. The uner v/ill
tiien tie usked to type the Syatein's DIJC tiuniher.
M C HFTURN 0 RFTUi^N lU^T'JKN (30LD:M
RnTUWN GOI,D:=r.T
'JPA^K P A
'jnK
I r I V'f s t.
II'K will
- will run tlii? conpleLo Wp;";-B':'l» Phar.e
PajK'igc without op'Tutor i nlor v(.it ion . Th i
perform UDK 3 thru UDK 7 ami UDK 9 t ->r ti^e tu-q.-'^r' J
two (2) p.isses.
GOLD; 3 GOLD: 3 OnLDrQ
UDK 1 - will perform one ra:;;i, inf-,»eo<l ot the recju'red t'.>M2)
passes one would gef by prf^/.sir/, UDK ?.
GOLD: 4 GOLD:S GOLP:^ GOLD:?
UDK 4 - will exercise the PX Drive 1. It will perform a :;ET
document of 139 blocks from Drive fi to Drive 1, it
will then find the beginnii.i o! the document, t h.eii
find the end of the document. Vihr:v it finds th'.' erul
of the document it will read the docunfr.t backwards
on the screen. Snciessful completion of this
function will be logged into tli'-- Pass t i 1 o .
C SPACE U D K 1 RKTJF^N GOLD:G fl . U :) K 1 .^iTUPN
nOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK G(.LD:F I) lUA^T U D K 1 ;-I::T'.J t<'; Y
K M RCTURN F SPACK ?. RKTUR'' ;-APV GOLL':^I)'-' GOLi. :\
RLIURN GOLD:F
UDK S - will pert or Ji a Diskette V.-iiri^i .tion check )i! Driv-^
1. Successful conpl el : oil of vhi' functi"!. v/iM 'm.^
lofjjed into the Pass file.
f^ r RFTL.v"' V RPrUWrJ RFTur-N nfiVURN G'Jr.'^iM K ri7/'K ?
(.TURN J-ADV CCtl.Di^l.J GOLP-\ iU'Tl.'RN GOLDzF
SIZE
A
CODE
.J t
NUMBER
•^.A-Fi:^';!'
REV
DtC I6(3y2) 1082N»);r
SHEET
OF .^
MANUFACTURING SPI TIFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEtT
TITLE
MODULAF^ APPnOACH TO SVSTKy TKSTS
ULK r. - will perform a Irirqo Llia Prorpssinq functiofi of
select inq 4'-) rororclr; . Tho ohjectivc is ro exercise
memory. Succe'jf.f ul conpl »'t- i on of this function will
be locj'jeci into the P.Tr>s file.
L P RETURN D RKTURN (' . 1 HKTIJHM f1 . 4 RKTURN 0 . '')
RKT'JHN R RETURN G 0 I^KTURN GnL..^:M K ; PACR 2 RKTURN
G-AI^V GOLD:^LP GOLDA RrTURN GOLD:F H SPACE R RETURN
YEf, RETURN
UDK 7 - will copy an indfx into .i file. fiiJccoBrjf >il
f:omplotion of tfiii-. fiuiction will b-.- loqqe'l into the
P.iss file,
C I RETURN 1 SPACE X RETURN (.' T HETURN H SPACE X
RETURN A RETURN E SPACr ? RETURN G-ADV G()LD:=CI
c;ULD:\ RETURN GOLD:=EN GOLD:\ GULDrE P SPACE X RETURN
YES RETURN
JDK 0 - nee section 5.2.
UHK ? - it UDK 2 is used, UDK 8 will thrn loj an END OK TEST
into the Pass file.
E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLP:=FF GuED:F
5.2 UDK 8 COMMUNICATION TEST
Test was rlesiqned
This WTS done by
This UDK f. will
The WPS-B/211 Phase III Communication Li n<.'
to minimize operator intervention tim*.-.
using the Software's U.s.r Define Keys,
perform the following functions:
-- Set Uoer terininal in communicT»- ion mode
-- Tr-»ns:nit. i\ documt.'nt called COMM TEST to tt.e Host tori-iinal.
User terminal will receive cnar.u't er r, from the HMSt
terminal t-y operator ' .. ter vent i on .
C X RETURN RUF^WkD 11 S- SPACE D H liET'lRN 0 .
lU. TURN GeLD:'^!
I SIZt
I A
CODE
NUMBER
MA-FlOSl^ -M -
REV
A
DFt 16 (39?) loa.'-rjt,;.'
SHElT
OF .^
MANDFAtTllRING SPtilMCAIION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULA'^ APPRi).'^'! TO ''YlJTEM T'-TiTf
6.0 WPS-8/211 OPERATING PROCEDURES
6.1 PRERFQUISITFS
'"'.2
Before one attempts to run this proce(Jurp it \ii assimeJ i.hat
all (Haqnostics and DRC-X/O havo bnen ;-i.iccesnf uU y run to
rompl ot i on .
RUNNING THE WPS-8/2 11 PHASE III TEST
To begin the WPS-8/211 Phase III Test, thr u.st-r must first^:
^.2.1 Apply power to the equipment in tho main c-<hinot.
This is done by depressing tho switch at Che top of
the cabinet marked "1".
fi.2.2 Apply power to the console terminal.
6.2.3 Insert the WPS-8/211 Pmr.e III Test Disk in Drive 0.
6.2.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the
Cobinot. The following message is displiyed at the
consolr" terminal indicating that the boot floppy has
successfully loaded into the system;
Digital Equipment Corporation
Vers ion x . x
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 0
And press RETURN
6.2.5 Insert a jingle density scratch diskette in Drive 1.
6.2.6 Press the RETURN key on your console keyboard.
6.2.7 At this point the DATE/TIME MENU is displayed cit the
console terminal. The user must enter a valid d^ate
and time followed by a RETURN.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F1O50 -0-0
REV
A
OCC 16(392) 1083-Ne72
SHEET
OF .44.
MANUFACTURING SPLCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR AP. >)ArU TO '^^YSTHM TRST'"
r>.3 HIINNING WI'S-B/Pll EXERMSKR PROGRAM
r>.1.1 Press -> GOLD J, -- In i t ifil i zat ion of RX drive 1 will
now takp plrjc".
6.3.2 Type -> DEC njjmber of system that is being tested .
6. 3. 3 Prers -> GOLD F
6. 3.4 Preiis -> GOLD 2
th is test will now exercise the system for
approximately 3fl mins. Upon completion the
Main Menu will be displayed.
h. 3.5 Type -> E 2 <CR>
C.3.6 Prer.s -> PARA -- key until your VTlfJO sounds a beep.
This will enable you to check the pass
file to determine if there were any
errors. See Appendix A.
b. 3.7 Press -> GOLD F
- will file document.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
REV
A
ore 16 (i9?) 1082^6/2
SHEET
OF
MANLI ACrURING SPtCIFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
'POPULAR ^ppH^Acn T ) vrr.vTKK TK' r:'.
t>.4 TESTING COMMUNICATION LINKS
ri.4.1 Attach a VT 1 iHI to pr> {PC i 5 loratPci nr» thc»
Cominiinicrit ion H U6 rnnol . rhls VTIOO will ho
ri?ferpncei as Ho:it VTlHO. Set Hont VTIOO up to 1/00
b.iud by:
a) Press the Host VTlflO SKT-UP KKY loc».t..H on t!,o
upper loft hand orner oi your Host VT10I3 Keybo<ir<i.
b) Press the number S to e/itrr SP,T-UP n.
c) Pref5S the Trnnsmit (Key 7 1 and Reccivo (Key 8) Keys
until the display reads 1200. Your host VTIOO
should look like this on the screen:
1 OlOe 2 0101 3 '0000 1 0010
T SPKED 1700
^ SPKLD 1200
d) To exit SET-UP B press fhe Ho3t VTlOfl SE'^-UP KtY
locatOv] on the upper left hmnd corner of your llort
VT10O keyboard.
0) Return to the console terminal and
fi.1.2 Typo -> SO <CR>
f.4.3 Type -> CL 1 <CR>
(^.A.^, Pro..r, -> GOLD MENU
G . 4 . 5
Press -> GOLD B
now loo kin'] at the Host VTIOC that is
connected ':o P'l, you should roe the
follovnn'? flashing:
COMf^UNICATlON LINE TEST - WORKING,
The last line ycni will see on your host
VTIOO wi 11 state:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \r< ON U'-Efi TERMINAL TO EXIT
Typo the following} on your Host VTIOO Termi lal
6.4.6 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
The above messaqe will then be di'jplayed on
the Console Terninal.
6.4.7 Type -> \R --on the Console Term ina] to exit.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F10 50 -0-n
REV
DCC U(J92) l08;-N6/2
SHEET
OF
-H-
MANUFAtTURINC. SPtClUCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOD'JLAR APPRO;^rH TO f.YHTKM TESTS
f^.4.8
Move P6 Lo P7. Ret Host VTIOO up to iOO l)au<i, Datd
Bits = 1, Pf^rity Genne = Kven, and Parity = On by:
a) Press the HoPt VTi00 i'.KT-UP KFY loratecJ on the
upper left hand corner of your Host VTlflO Keyboard.
b) Press the number S to enter SET-UP D.
(') Position the cursor above tho feature switch to be
changed by using tho sp^ace bar. Change the feature
settingr. by pressing the Ci kr-y on the keyboard.
Each time the key is presf^ed the feature will
change to the opposite state,
d) Piess the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key ^) Keyc
until the display reads 300.
Your Host VT 100 Set-Up R .should look like this:
1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 1100
T SPEED 300 R SPEED JOC
e) To exit SET-UP B press the SET UP key on your Host
VTIOO.
f) Return to the console terminal and
6.4.9 Type -> SO <CR>
6.4.10 Type -> CL 2 <CR>
6.4.11 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4. 12 Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the Host VT10O that i
connected to P7, you should see the followinr
flashing :
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING
The last line you will see on your Host
VTlOfl wi 11 state;
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VTIOO T<'rninal
6.4. 1 J Type
^ lyi? L? A TEST
The above message will then b.^ dir;played on
the Console Terminal.
6.4.14 Hit -> \R -- on the Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-FIOSO -'i
REV
A
Oec i«-(392)10S2-N6/2
SHEET
4^ OF — ^4.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPRnACH TO f.YSTKM TESTS
6.4.15 Move P7 to P8. Host VT 100 should still be at 300
bciud. Chancje your Horn VT 100 Set-Up B, Woivi 4,
(follow stepr. a thru f in Section 6.4.8) to the
f ol lowing :
4 ooTo
r>.4.ir, Type -> SO <CR>
6.4.17 Typo -> CL 3 <CR>
6.4.18 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.19 Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the VT1>10 that is; connected to
PS, you should see the following flashing:
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING
The last line you will see on your Host \'T100 will
state:
ECHO Cil.^RACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VTIOO Terminal:
6.4.20 Type - > THIS IS A TEST
Tne above message will then be displayed on
your Console Terminal.
6.4.21 Type -> \R — on your Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
REV
A
Dec l«(39r) 10Si-N672
SHEET
4-1-
OF
■i-4-
MANUFACTURING SPtCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPi^OACH TO SYSIFM TE'-ITH
7.11 i;PS-8/2U RUN SUMMARY
The WPS-8/211 Phase III Test was dcsinned to report to the
Pass tile the mtmc of the ;;pocific fa notion it lust
ronpleted. If one of the functions t]id not report to the
P.iS' file, we then have an error.
Check the Run Summary Checklist (Appendix A) to determine if
you have .in error. If you found an error, perform the
specific function separately. This is <ione by typinn the
followinn Ui'or Define Keys: GOLD n (n = either 1,4,5,6,7).
Error
INITIALIZATION OF DRIVE 1
copy FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 1
EDIT HAS BEEN TESTED
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED
DISKETTE VERIFICATION
LIST PROCESSING
CREATE INDEX
Action
Prons -> GOLD 1
Presr, -> GOLD 4
Presr. -> GOLD 'J
Press -> GOLD 6
Press -> GOLD 7
If error persists advise the Manufacturing Engineering Group
for technical assistance.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-FinSO- 0-
REV
/\
D£C 16(392) 10t2N672
SHEET 12 OF
-M-
MANUF ACTl RING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITLE
MODULAR APFi^'ArM T'.' :Y,STKM '! KS'i
APPENDIX A
F^UN SUMMAPY CHECKLIST
!n order to cJ«^tcrmine a ';uccesst')l cnmplHii.n of the Pha';e
lli Tost, the following page contains nn example of a
successful run of Fhasc III tentino. Vout riuinnary which is
located in a file called PAHS, nrrnr.t be ex.i-tly the sine a-i
the example on the next paje . If not rorcr
WP^:-8/2l] P.un Summary.
sect i') I, 7.P
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
DCC lft{,39ii I0t2-Nb72
REV
A
SHEET 13 OF _i4^
MANlf ACTUKING SPECIFIC ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO r.Yf.TKV TF..T:".
iiALEM SYf.TL'Mf, MANUFA^'TUPI NC WPr>-R/Ml PHASF III Tt'ST
VERf, If'N 1.0
THIS IS THK STAHT OF TE^JTING F^^H
DKC i (The DfcX H you orifjinally typci in)
INITIALIZATION OF DRIVF 1 - PASL".
COPY F'nOV DRIVK '.) T.) DRIVF 1 - PAST,
EDIT HAS SiEEN TESTEL* - PACf,
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTEC - PASS (OATE,TIMK)
DISKETTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS ( DAT:-:, TIME )
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS {DATE, TIME)
CHEATE INDEX TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME)
I INITIALIZATION OF DRIVE 1 - PASS
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 1 - PASS
EDIT HAS BEEN TEST - PASS
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
DISKETTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
LIST PROCESSING MAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
CREATE INDEX TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
PASS
COMPLETED (DATE, TIME)
IF SYSTEM HAr WO (2) COMPLETED PASSES THEN
THIS IS THE END OF THE TEST
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
VA-FinSO -'-1
REV
A
DEC l»-(3»2( 10«?N«"
SHEET j4 OF j^
Is
P
III
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
DATE
]<'' < '." /O'l
TITLE
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CMC NO
ORIQ
DATE
AP'^O BY
DATE
.<<'■*' . t.' i( ant^
M>9 -
/) QOQ o
/.r
• • y /
/
.^i^
l^n^f '^y
ENO Ooninic -.i,c!u.tol.i
APP
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
PN.M4««4.«a M«72-(39?)
iMi^r;j 1
ir
MANLIFACTURfNC. SPLCniCATlON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Mn!)iJLM< APPnOAfM T") HYr.TFM TF:f^Tn
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE Pa^e 3
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION Page 3
3.0 REHPONSIBILITY p,i,je 3
4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 4
^j.O GENERAL OVERVIEW Page f,
6.0 WPS-3/212 OPERATING PROCEDURES Page 7
7.0 TESTING USER LINES Pajo U
8.0 WPS-8/212 RUN SUMMARY Page 14
APPENDIX A RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST Paqe Ifi
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA- F 2050 -'^'^>
REV
A
Dec 16 (392)108;;-N672
SHEET
OF
r^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHFtT
TITLE
MODULAH APPfKiACH TO SYSTEM TK.r.T',
1 .0 SCOPE
This document is an nttenpt to provide WORD PUOCFli;:'- 1 NG
ouerators and technician?^ 'lirtM-tion in running p \SV. Ill on
t!ie WPSiMi^ Eorios systems. It doer, -lOt try ^o expl.^iri how to
tun Word Processinq Uoftw/ire in any «nv i roninent other thjn
K . A . f, T .
The WPG-8/2 12 Phase III is a so f t Wri r ».'/fia r d wa re system
ve t I f icat ion te;:t designed to siTiulate the environrntnt in
which Word Proces:^.ing fjystems are used. Thin WPS-8/212 i'h.ise
III Pack'T;je is written to provide an eafiy to use, consistent
me ^ hod of exerciuintj WS212 Series Systems.
1.1 HARDWAuE RKQUIRICMKNTS
- 32K of memory
- A console terminal (VTlflfl)
- Two (2) Dual RX02 Floppy Drives
The Optional Hardware supported by this test packacje is as
fol lows :
- Conmunication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46, /17)
- User Lines (KLB-A 40,41)
1.2 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
- WPS-8/212 Phase III Test Pickaqe
This Test package can be obtained by contacting the
SaleiTi Systems Manuf actur inq Engineer in'] Group.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
MP00780
0F7 11-GZ
3.1) RF.f.PJNSIBILITY
WS211 f'ield Mnintonance Print Se t
WPS Pocumentat i on Kit
The SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING ENGINEKPING GRO'Jl' i f
respciisilue for mriinta in i nq this document.
SIZE
code] number
Sr I KA-F/0S(1 -0
REV
A
DEC 16 (39J) 1082 N(,7?
SHEET
-i-
OF
-ffr-
MANUhACIlJKINC. SI'K UK \IION
CONTINUAIION SHttT
TITLE
MODULAH AI'PPO'-.H T
(', <
lyc't-j.-^, TK^'T:
11 SP-:r!AL INIiTIUJCTION;
4.1 This 'I'.^iit r.iCK.vj'-^ Ir f).?r, I'jnj'.l t >
<'X' r
Ll.
1 () i I 1 w 1 ! r
Tv;o (2) Du.il f<X FLOiM'. IMMVK:"
Mei'.ory
Ki.n-A Conniunic.Tt ion I.in»v. ( I OT '\<',-',l)
K'.8-A U;'«'i fines ( [OT 1:^,4 1 )
A,?. If ^ho GyGtoin hnr, .in 111?*' P.in-M , pov» .ill nwitcht»s lo the
"OFl- " par. J t ion .
4.3 Connect i V'i'liUl to tlie ••nr.olu torninfll ^irt 1 x-^at e t on the
;-tt5t ic t i 1 1 er bracket- .
4.4 ThroucjhoiJt thiis document th»? arjer rfsponsos ,iic untlerlme'l
Prc.cdin'j the under PnecJ rt-sponso are the wor;ls Prers
u
Type
Example: Press -> nnLD MKNU (in ror.pone ta this
example the user must press the GOLD key, lo-'cited on the top
left \,cir\<] si:Je of the n in i -keyjmi! , then thf 1 otter M) .
F:xfTiiiF'>le : Type -> E 2 <52^"*^ ( in respone to thi:- ex.inpie the
user nitj'-t type the lt?ttcr F. , space
return) .
number 2
ar r 1 .kjo
n GENi.RAL OVERVIEW
■">.] WP:".-8/21.^ EXKHCLoTR PROr.RAM CONTFNTJ
The WP!;-']/.n.^ Pha'
KTlluwinj fil.'S:
in KXKH("I!-KR PHT^I^AM f;)M;nrT5; {)l THE
DOC »
NAME
AHB^i^V,
. File that contains stor.'J text that v.i H
t)e '-allf") from an abbreviation cod'..
LliV U .«-.i to perform Lir^t Processing.
I'.PIC Used af. the r>r-lectiori [^pec i i i cat i (jm File
: oi<M
djriruj List Process "nn.
.... Output format of Eir>t Proc»'Ssinq.
IJDKI l?il Mock document. Use(i to exercise
the UX floppy drives.
COMM TEST. Dojument that is sent to the Host
Terminal during the Comnun i cat i on lint.'
test
MESS I
^,^^R■?
Will display <i procedure for
i n i t i a 1 i 2 i tuj diskettes.
File that loqs t!ie System DV.'^ nu-:/cr
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
VA
'H-jD - ')
REV
DEC ib 13'92) lCb2 No/P
SHEET f, OF
-r^
MANIF AtTURING SPidl K AllON
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOi)(JI,M< AiTKr^A 'M
■"n r.Yf'Ti-y Th'^T''-.
Tho WPr>-.S/;./ Ph-i.se ITT Fx-rrist-r Pr'.iarflm vic-i < d< s i -jriod Lo
niniinizp oporritor i ntet v^mU i jji tin- . T i; wt; 'lont? hy ti;iing
M-.o Softw,3ro':j "Ust>r Ui-fine Koy;'." (UPK';,;. Tho iJDK';. thnl
cjre used nro nn ib< rt' 1 fron 1 thru 9. The followin'] ;ie.:t' ion
incliidon >i .iumn.uy ia ' fi liiitirr^ of '• ich "!.K.
IJDK 1 will cilit t.h<:> iU ^ r t I i 1 c to 'if.'lct-o th<^ previous
.■^yst. i.»n' s np*" niint'er. Vhe nst-r will then he askr 1 to
•ypr the Sy^iLcn ' ■■• P'-!'" ntiiilj^r.
F SPA'^K 0 . 'i RKTUHN GDID:, -.nLi.:. ADVANC [^KLWPO
lIPK 2 - will ill form r.ho ur.or to hit GOI D 0 to init. iilize
acr.itch diskettes.
F iiPACE 0.8 RETURN GOLD:R
DDK 3 - will create a tile named PAST on Drive 1. The f'TART
file on Drive t1 will be copier^ into the PAGf; file on
Drive 1 by the GET document command. The PA^-S file
is used to loq the software features as they ire
performed to the hardware.
This DDK will then proceed to exerciso PX Drive i) and
1 hy performing a GET document of 1?0 blocks from
Drive 0 to Drive 1, it will then find tlie be.]inning
of the document, then find the end of the document.
When it findb the end of the document it wxll read
the document backwards oti the screen. Successful
completion of this function will be logged into the
PA^n file.
i'his UPK will then perform t h*- above exerciser to RX
Drive 2 from RX Drive 1, then to RX Drive 3 fron RX
Drive 0.
C SPACE PASS RETURN GOLD:G 45 . 9 RETURN GOLD:F C
SPACE F RETURN GOLDrC (1 . ^ RETURN GOLD:T GOLD:B
G-BACK GOLD:F E SPACE 2 RETURN! G-ADV GOLD:AA GQLD:\
RETURN GOLD:F
PACE 2
F r^ETURN GOLD:G F RETURN
GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ACV
GOLD:BB GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F C SPACE 3 . F RETURN
GOLD:G 0 . f^ RETURN GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLO:F E
SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLDrCC GOED:\ RETUI^N GOl.D:F
GOLD: 4
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2n50 -i-n
REV
A
DCC 16 (3921 1082 N67i
SHEET
OF JJ^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPnOACM TO SYSTKM TESTS
UDK 4 - will perform a diskette verification check on Drive
1. Successful completion of this function will be
loqqed into the PAS:> file.
M C RKTURN V RKTIJHN PFT'JRN RETURN GOLn:M E SPACE 2
RETURN G-ADV GOLD:DV GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F GOLD: 5
UDK 5 - will perform a larqe List Processing function of
select incj 49 records. A GET Document wil'. copy,
FORM tiom Drive (1 to Drive 2, SPEC fron Drive P to
Drive 3. Li.st Process inq will then merqo the
documents LIST on Drive 0, FORM on Drive ? , and SPE."
on Drive 3 into a document n.Tmef} R on Drive 1.
Successful completion of this function will be logqed
into the Pasr, file.
C SPACE 3 . S RETURN GOLD:G H . 4 RETURN GOLD:F r
SPACE 2 . M RETURN GOLD:G 0 . 5 RETURN GOLD:F L P
RETURN D RETURN 0 . 3 RETURN 3 . S RETURN 2 . M
RETURN R RETURN G 0 RETURN (]OLD:M E SPACE 2 RETURN
G-ADV GOLD: LP GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F GOLD: 6
UDK 6 - will log an END OF TEST into thj PASS file.
UDK 7 - reserved for future use.
UDK 8 - see Section 5.2.
UDK 9 - will initialize diskettes as document diskettes.
After initialization this UDK will go back to UDK §2.
M C RETURN D RETURN RETURN GOLD:M GOLD: 2
5.2 UDK 8 COMMUNICATION TEST
The WPS-3/212 Phase III Communication Line Test was designed
This was done by
This UDK 8 wiU
to minimize operator intervention time,
uijing the Software's User Define Keys,
perform the following functions:
-- Set User terminal in communication node.
-- Transmit a document called COMM TEST to the Host terminal.
Uner terminal will receive characters from the Flost
terminal by operator intervention.
C X RETURN RUBWHD M S SPACE D H RETURN i) . 7 RETURN GOLD:M
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050-0-0
REV
A
DEC 16(392) I082-N672
SHEET ..
Of" 4i^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHFET
TITLE
MODULAR APrnOArM TO SYIJTFK TKr.T,-;
6.0 WPS-8/212 OPERATING PROCEDURES
♦..1 PHEHEQUISITES
6.2
Before one attempt.-; to run thi'i proceduro it is c>.i3iinc(i thil
all diagnostics >ind DKC X/8 have been succcncf ully run tc
complet ion .
RUNNING THK WPS-8/2 12 PHASR III TEST
To begin the WPS-8/212 rhase III Test, the user nuir.t firs«. :
6.2.1 Apply power to tho equipni<''nt i;. ttie main cabinet. Th.s
is done by depressing the switch at the top of the
cabinet marked " 1 " .
6.2.2 Apply power to the console terminal.
6.2.3 Insert the WPS-8/212 Phase III Test Disk in Drive fl.
6.2.4
Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the
calunet. The following message is dis-played .it the
console terminal indicating that the hoot flopp/ haii
successfully loaded into the syijt'^'^;
6.2.5
6.2.6
Digital Equipment Corporation
Vers i ')n x . x
Make sure your system diskette is ) r. drive 0
And pres-. RETURM
Press the IRKTURN key on your console keyboard.
At this point the DATE/TIMK MENU is displayed at the
console terminal. The user must enter a "^^l!^ 'l^L^
and time followed by a RETURN^
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2R50-0-0
REV
A
DCC J6-(i92) 10S?N6;2
SHEET
OF j^
MANUFACTURING SPfcClFICATION
CONTINUA-'ION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO ny^TFM TKriTf^
f.3 RUNNINr, WP5-H/:>12 KXEHOTSFR PROGRAM
ft. 3. 1 Pro.io -> GOLD 1
^.^.2 Type -> the DEC number of system t^hat i_s being tested
f). 3. 3 Press -> GOLD F
<>. 3.4 Press -> GOLD 2
ft. 3.'^ ->INSKRT A niNGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN DRIVE I
6. 3.6 Preiis -> GOLD F
r. 3.7 Press -> GOLD 9
6.3.8 -> REMOVE DISKETTE FROM DRIVE 1 AND INSERT IT IN
DRIVE 3.
6.3.9 -> INSERT ANOTHER SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE ]N
DRIVE 1.
6.3.10 Press -> GOLD P
6.3.11 Press -> GOLD 9
6.3.12 -> REMOVE DISKETTE FROM DRIVE 1 AND INSERT IT IN
DRIVE 2.
6.3.13 -> INSERT ANOTHER SINGLE DENSITY SCIiATru DISKETTE IN
DRIVE 1.
6.3.14 Press -> GOLD F
6.3.15 Press -> GOLD 9
6. 3. 16 Press -> GOLD F
6.3.17 Pres:
-^ GOLD 3
th i s test will now exercise the system tor
approximately 3fl m i ns . Upon completion the
Main Menu will be displayed.
6. 3. IB Type -> E 2 <CR>
6.3.19 Press -> PARA -
key until your VTIOO sounds a beep.
This will enable you to check the
pass file to determine if there were
any errors. See Appendix A.
6.3.20 Type -> GOLD F --will file document.
SIZE
.A.
CODE
NUMBER
MA-F205fl -0-0
REV
A
Dec ]6 (393) 10S2 Nb'^
SHEET __8 OF 4^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS
6.4 TESTING CO^IMUrJICATION LINES
.'1.4.1 Att.ich a VTlOn to V^^ (P6 is located on tht
commi:nicat ion H32r, panol). Thir, VT10P will be
referenced as Host VTlOfl. Sot Host VTlOfl up to 1200
baud by:
a) Press the Host VTlPrt SET-UP KEY located on the
upper left hand corner of your Host VT10P Keyboard.
b) Press the number S to enter SET-UP B.
c) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Keys
until the display reads 1200. Your Host VTIOO
should look like this on the scrct-n:
1 0100 : 0101 3 0000 4 0010
T SPEED 1200
R SPEED 1200
d) To exit SET-UP n press the Host VTlOfl SET-UP KEY
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host
VT1O0 keyboard.
e) Return to the corisole terminal and
r^.4.2 Type -> SO <CR>
r^.4.3 Type -> CL 1. <CR>
6.4.4 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4.5
Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the Host VTIOO that is
connected to P6, you should see the following
flash inq :
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST
WORKING
The last line you will see on your Host
VT10O wi 11 St ite:
ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VTlOw Terminal
6.4.6 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
cbove
The cbove message will
the Console Terminal.
then je tj i r.i>i nyed on
4.7 Type -"> \R -- on the Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MA-F2050 -n-0
REV
A
DEC 16 (392) 10«2N67?
SHEET
OF
tir
MANUFAtlURINC. SPtClIK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROArH TO SYSTKM TRSTS
6.-^.8
Mov-^ Pfi to P7. LJot. Host VTlfltl u[ to 300 bflU'i, D.it.i
fiits ^ 1, rarity r.ensn - F-v<?n, ^ui\ P.irity « On l)y:
b)
d)
Press the Ho'-.t VTlOn SKT-Ur KKY locflteH on the
upper lett h^nd corner r»f your Hour VTIOO K.?yboard.
Pre'js the number S to enter r.FT-UP B.
Position the curnor above ttie feature switch to be
chjn-jed by using the S[)'ice bar. Chanqe the feature
settings by preasinq the ^ key on the keyboard.
Each time the key is pressed the feature will
change to the opposite state.
Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Heccivo (Key 8) Keys
until the display reads 300.
Your Host VT 100 Set-Up B should look like this:
1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 1100
T r.PEFD 300 R SPEED 300
6.4.9
0.4.10
6.4.11
f' . 4 . 1 2
e) To exit SET-UP [3 press the Host VTIOO SET-UP KEY
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host
VT1O0 keyboard.
f) Return to the console terminal and
Type -> SO <CR>
Type -> CL 2 <CR>
Press -> GOLD MENU
Press -> GOLD 8
now looking at the Host VTI.IO that is
connected to P7, you should see the following
f 1 ash i ng :
COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING
The last line you will see on your Host
VTIOO wi 1 1 state:
VQkV> ^'HARACTERS FF^OM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON UT^FR TERMINAL TO EXIT
Type the following on your Host VTIOO Terminal
6.4.13 Type -> THIS IS A TEST
The above message will then be displ.iyed on
the Console Termir.al.
^.4.14 Type -^ \R -- on the Console Terminal to exit.
SIZE
A
^°^F^
f^^mm
-n-o
RE.V
DEC 16()t2) 10a2N672
SHEET 10 OF Ifi
MANUFACIlRINt. SPI CIFIt ATiON
CONTINUATION SHCET
TITLE
MOL'UIAH Apt HOA'"M 70 TY^rKM rK:"'.'.'.
r..4.1S Move P7 to P8. Host VTllMl shodld ^till ^e JJt h^O tvTU'J.
Chan'je your Ho:',t VT 100 Set -Up B, Word 4, (follow stops
a thru f in Section S.4.8) to the rollowiri']:
4 {^010
6.4. 16 Type -> SO <CRy
6.4.17 Typo -> CL 3 <CR>
6.4.18 Press -> GOLD MENU
6.4. 19 Proiis -> GOLD 8
now looking rtt the VTIOO th.it is connected to
P8, you should see thr foj'owinfj flnr.hini:
COMMUNICATION LINK TL'ST - WUHKING
The last line you will r.pe on your I!o.'.t ^'TIHO v.'ill
Ll3te :
ECIiO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R OS 'JSKR TERMINAL TO F.VIT
Type the followinq oi". your Host VTIOO Teminal:
6.4.20 Type -> Til IS IS A TEST
The jbove message will then be dijplayccl f'H
your Console Ter-nina''.
6.4.21 Type -> \R -- on vcjr Usei Teimina] t c xit.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MA-F2(150 -P -^'
RtV
A
Dec 16 (392) lua?Nb72
SHEET
-i-h
OF
±fr
MANUFACriRING SPK IFICATION
CONTINUATION SHELT
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO f.VSTKM TFfTS
7.0 TESTING USER LINES
7.1 If yoiir system h.is a KI.fi-A al TOT 4fl,41 or lOT 46,^7 connect
a VTinO to P5 (LO) on the in?f, Panel. This VT1(10 i r. hereafter
know as VTUIO 12.
NOTF: If your systen i ;-. conf i*-) iired for two (2) KLR-A'jj
and two (2) H3?^ Distribution Panels -- I OT 4(1,4 1
and lOT 46,47, the KL8-A at lOT 40,41 is
inoperative. In this situation, lOT 46,47 H32r)
Panel P5 fLO) is reserved for VT10O 12, antJ PG -
P8 are reserved for conmuni cat ion-^j . In order to
test out r5 (Ml) your VTUM f^?. must be set up for
96(^C baud.
7.2 F^emove scratch diskette fron Drive 2.
7.3 Insert another WPS-8/212 PHASE III Te:it Disk in Drive 2.
7.4 Depresr, the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the cabinet
The following message should now appear on your VT100 #2:
Digital Equipment Corporation
Version x.x
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 2
And press RETURN
7.5 Press -"> <CR> -- on VT1O0 #2
7.6 At this point the DATE/TIME MENU is displ-nyod on the VTlOil )l 2
terminal. The user must enter a val id date arid time followed
bv CI RETURN.
SIZE
-A-
CO
w
HA^-rai
0 - n - 0
REV
A
DEC l»-(3»3)-10a2-N672
SHEET 12 OF If.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TFSTS
7.7
The MAIN MENU should now be displayed on the VTHJfl 12
terminal. Visually check that the date and time you typed
into the DATE/TIME MENU now appears in the upper riqht-hand
corner .
7.8
Typo -> F
NOTE
<CR> - to log off system.
If you have another KL8-A at lOT 40,4 1 power down
system, unseat KL8-A lOT 4r),47, pi uq VTIOO |2 into
PS (L0) of the distribution panel (lOT 40,41).
Power up system and follow the steps 7.4 though
7.8. After successful completion t eseat KL8-A lOT
4fi,47.
T
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
REV
MA-F2050-0-0 ) A
Oec l*-(S»f)10«9-Nft72
SHEET
-t^
OF
-tfr
MANUFA(TllRIN(; SPR IFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAH APPi?OACH TO SYf-TKM TEl^TS
8.n WPS-8/212 RUN SUMMARY
The WPS-8/212 Phflse Til Test was desirjned to report to llie
P.3SG file the name of the sprcific functioi. it just
completed. If one of t\\e functions rUd not report to the
Paiis file, wo then have an error.
Check the R in Summary Checklist (Appendix A) to determine if
you have 3D error. If you found nn error, perform the
i.pecific function separately. This is done by typing the
following User Define Keys: GOLD n (n = either 3,4,5).
Error
COPY FROM DRIVE « TO DRIVF 1
COPY FROM DRIVE 1 TO DRIVE ?
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 3
DISKETTE VERIFICATION
LIST PROCESSING
Action
Hit>GOLD 3
Hit>GOLD 4
Hit>GOLD 5
If error persists advise the Manufacturing Engineering Group
for technical assiscance.
SIZE
CODE
SF
NUMBER
MA-F2t^50 -.1-0
REV
OtC l»-(3«»)IO«2-N679
SHEET _^4_ OF _^
MANUrACriRING SPfcCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
tiil:
MODULAR APPKHACH TO SYSTEM TKST;
APPKNDIX A
RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST
In order to determine a •successful completion of the Phase
III Test, the followinq pa<je contains ^n example of 3
successful run of Phdse III ter.tinq. Your summary which is
located in a file called PASS, must be exactly the Mamo a:j
the example on the next paqe . If not refer to section U.O
WI^S-8/212 Run Summary.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
A
Oec J6 <392) 10t2-N«72
SHEET
■«-
OF
-H^
MANUI ACniRINt. SPtC iH( ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOnULAH APPi^OACM TO I^YS'ftM TKST.^
SALf;M .iV..TLM;> MANUFACTURINv' WPS--8/7 12 P?1A.'K III TliST
VKRfaON 1.0
THIS 113 THF: START OF TKf.TING FOR
DEC • (The DEC I you oricjinally typed in)
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DHTVR 1 - PASS (DATE, TIME)
COPY FROM DRIVE 1 TO DRIVE 2 - PAST, (DATE, TIME)
COPY FROM DRIVE 0 TO DRIVE 3 - PASS (DATE, TIME)
DRIVE i DISKETTE VERIFICATION - PASS (DATE, TIME)
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME)
PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME)
THIS IS THE END OF THE TEST
SIZE
COD."
SP
NUMBER
V:A-F2C5n •'-':
REV
A
UtC 16 (392) 10a2-N6/2
SHEET ..^^ OF _^
It
if
3
e
n
• «
lli
III
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
M.A.s.r.
DATE
TITLE
• I. 1 : ' '
■ )Dia.A'^ AP"'^n.l' , • SVSTi "'-> T[
REVISIONS
REV
DESCRIPTION
CHG NO
ORIG
DATE
APPD BY
DATE
VAX 11780 CPU f rocedure LVd-it'.-
and rewrite
r-iL-Ol"^
ENQ
Al r,fiuthi(?r
APPD
[>ob \]rc^
eN.n«a««-i*-N«7?(39:
Al iVduthitr
3/:4/:-i
SIZE
A
CODE
sr
NUMBER
IlAVIlOO-O-f:
REV
S':'_n
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
♦KJDIKAR AP'^ROAC' TO SYSTTMS TLST
VAX 11780 CPU
1 . P INTRODUCTION
The VAX 11/780 CPU is a hiqh-specd, m ic roproq rflmned 32-bit
hoxadecimal computer. The 11/780 exec'Jfor, VAX-U variable
length instructions in ..ative mode, aiui non-pr iv i 1 eqed PDP-li
■nstructions in compatibility mode. The proces55or can
directly address 4 gigabytes of virtual address space, and
provides a complete and powerful Instruction set th'^t
includes integral decimal, character string, and floating
point instructions. The 11/780 CPU includes an 8KB memory
cache, integral memory management, translation buffer, 8B
instruction buffer, 16 general registers, 32 interrupt
priority levels, and an intelligent console. (LSI-11)
2.0 REFERSNCE DOCUMENTATION
2. 1 Manual s
2.1.1 Micro Computer Handbook
2.1.2 PDP-11/03 Users Manual
2. 1. 3 HXVll Users Manual
2.1.4 Floppy Disk System Maint. Man
2. 1. b RX01 Floppy IPB
2.1.6 PDP 11/03 System Manu.Tl
2.1.7 CPU Processor Manual
2.1.8 TB/CACHE/SBI Control Manual
2.1.9 Console Manual
2.1.1C Power System Overview
2.1.11 Diagnostic System Manual
2.1.12 Hardware Users Guide
2.1.13 System Maint. Guide
EB-07948
EK-LSIU-TM
EK-RXVll-OP
EK-RX01-MM
EK-RXCl-IP
EK-11V03-TM
EK-KA780-TD
EK-MM780-TD
EK-KC780-TD
EK-PS7B0-TD
EK-DS780-TD
EK-UG780-UG
EK-11780-PG
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
'1Ay.tT;{l-Q-n
REV
EN-010«2-16-N672 (J«2)
SHEET
OF -^^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
I100U!.AR APPf^OACM ;0 S^SItflS TI-.ST
2.2 Reference Llstlnqs
2. 2. 1 Wirol ist & Pin Sort
2.2.2 Micro Code Listlno (Ficho)
2.2.3 WCS Code Listing (Fiche)
2.2.4 LSI-11 Proqrflnrwinq Pef . Car'i
2.2.5 VAX Instruction CarcJ
2.2.6 VAX n78P Architecture llndtk
2.2.7 VAX 11 Software Kindbook
7013628-0■•^^
EP-VAX-P<S
ep-vax-wcs
f:j-G2hp(!
EJ-S2k5(?e
EB-074G6
ED -061:6
2.3 Maintenance Print Sets
2. 3. 1
7 ■: 0
2. 3. 3
2. 3. 4
2. J. 5
KA78fl Ma int . Print Set
M3780 Malnt. Print Set
DW780 M.iint. Print Set (OPT)
RH780 Maint. Print Set (OPT)
KP780 Maint. Print Set (OPT)
MPtHM'^r
MP0P49(<
MF3e407
MPP!3499
MPP03f 5
:\,0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Diaqnostic Diskettes
3.1.1 RXl Floppy Diskette
3.1.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette
3.1.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette
i.].4 RX7 Floppy Diskette
3.1.5 Rxe Floppy Diskette
3.1.6 RX2L Floppy Diskette
3.2 W9025 extender board
3.2 Asi.orted chip clips
A5 -Et'33?-YE
AS-K1587-DE
A5-E1597-DE
AS-E1607-YE
AS-E1617-YE
AS -F 748? -YE
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
MA v.: 00- 0-0
Rev
EN-OiOa216N672IJ92)
SHEET
OF
Jli.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
mnii!AR Af^iiiA Vu :iiu:i:'^ 'i^J
3.1 Oscilloscope Tektronix 465 or equivalent
3.4 Voltmeter Tektronix DM44 or equivfllent
3.5 Console Terminal
4 . a RFQUTRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
4.1 LEVEL 4 -The followinq Diagnostics i-lo not require
Diagnostic Supervisor.
ESKAH Microdi/»qnost ic Test II
ESKAJ M ic rod i agnostic Test 12
4. r EVKAA This Diagnostic needs to be run only if
operator experiences trouble with Diagnostic
Superv isor .
4.3 LEVEL 3 -These Diagnostics run standalone under
Diagnostic Supervisor.
4. 5
EVKAB Ba.'^ic Instruction Exerciser
EVKAC Floating Point Inst. Exerciser. Bun thiii
test whether Floating Point is installed
or not
EVKAD Compatabil ity Mode Instruction
EVKAE Privileged Architecture
LE^/EL 2 -These Diagnostics run standalone under
Diagnostic Supervisor or with Diagnostic
Supervisor running under VMS.
LEVEL 1 -VMS must be running for these Diagnostics.
5. 0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
^* ^ CAUTION ; No metallic jewelry sliould be worn while
serv ic i ng this equipmen*-, due to the high current
capabilities of the power supplies.
5.2 Jumper conversion used is:
T = Jumper IN, 0 = Jumpci Out, X = Unimportant
Jumper configurations are explicit or standard
configuration is shown by an arow { >).
SIZE
.A.
CODE
NUMBER
REV
EN-OlOt? 1<
'392)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MUDULA'^ APPROA..,! TO SYSTff'S nST
.. 3
To run floppy ZZ -ESZAC-X . X without the SHI coniecred to
the CPU, jumper t hp tollowinq: {KA780 bdckpKme)
FROM
K01F1
E (1 1 F 2
E01H2
E01J1
E01J2
E01K2
TO
J5-T
J 5. 7
J'i-R
JS-Z
J5-X
J5 BB
5.4 In section S.^, the user's response is .nder 1 1 nerl .
6.^ INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION
f. 1
KG 780
(11/03 Subsystem)
Module Uti 1 i zat ion
M7264
KDll-F
M7940 DLV-11
M7946 RXV-11
M7944 MSV-llBI M9400-YE
SPARE
I
SPARE
f. 2
(Front View-Module Handle Side)
Jumper Configuration KDll-F (M7264) Refer to Figure 1
JUMPER IN/OUT RESULT
Resident memory at bank 0
Resident memory at bank 0
LTC Interrupt enabled
Memory Refresh enabled
Power up at 173000
Power up at 173 00 0
Preconf igured
Pr econf igured
Disables resident memory
BRPLYL
Enables on board memory
sel ec t
Wl
0
W2
I
W3
0
W4
0
W5
0
W6
I
W7
*
W8
*
W9
0
WI0
0
WU
I
CN oiexi
•o?)
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
'iAv:roo-o-o
SHEET L- OF
REV
3
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MiinniA'^ ^?^\m:. Wi :>ystl'Ij tls:
r». 3 M94UP-VE C<ible Connection. Refer tu Figure 2 Cables
ate BC(l!^L-10
From
M940O-YE
To
Backpanel
(btrip'" Lefr
Smooth side
( S t r i pe Do wn ,
Wibbo^ Side
to bHCkpanel)
J2'
-J 8
-J 7
6. • Configuration of RXV-11 (M7946)
Refer to Figure 3
Address Jumpers are set to: 177170-177172
ADDRESS
JUMPER
IN/OUT
A12
All
AlO
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
W17
W16
W 1 s
W14
W13
W12
Wll
W10
W9
WB
W7
0
Vector Jumpers are set: 264
VECTOR
JUMPER
IN /OUT
V7
W6
0
V6
W5
I
V5
W4
0
V4
W3
0
V3
W2
I
V2
Wl
0
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
;ViY^lil^-^r'.)
REV
p
EN 01083 :
2 (392)
SHEET
OF ..^L.
MANUI ACTDRINCi SPEClflCATION
CONTINUATION SHCEV
TITLE
!-.r.!MAR APr-rtriArH [0 W^TrM-
r ' r r
6.5 Configuration ot PLVll (M7940). Hi^fer to Fiqure 4.
JUMPER IN /OUT RESUr.T
No Pa r i t y
1 Stop DiL
8 Data Bi ts
8 Da t a B i t n
Un imix) r taru whether
par ity od^Veven
KLH 0 f^ hc^lt on framminq
error
EIA 0 EIAope ration
FR3 0 Selects ^00 Baud
FR2 '' Selects 3PkJ Baud
^m I Selects 300 Baud
FR0 0 Selects 31.? f Baud
CL4-CL0 I 20MA Active Xr i t
NP
0
2 SB
I
NB2
0
NBl
0
PEV
X
NOTE
When usi
Refer to
ar, 1
nq ail IJM2 0 the
table bo low.
Rt'ce ive
Ba ud is
let for i:i'0
JUMPER
IN/OUT
6. [. 1
6. 6. 2
EIA
I
rR2
I
FRl
0
Vector Jum
pers
r.et
to 60-64
Vector
^
In/Out
V7
I
V6
I
V5
0
V4
0
V3
I
Address
Jum
pe r J
l s
et to
Addres
3
tn/Out
A12
0
All
0
AlP
n
A9
0
A 8
0
A7
I
Ac
0
A 5
0
A4
0
A3
I
SIZE
CODE
A
'.
1 7 7 L f", C - 1 7 7 L^ 6 6
EN-OIO**
'C72.(]«2)
NUMBER
> :no-')-o
SHEET L
REV
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
M^)nm AR A^^QOA^tl TO SYrjr'lS TFST
6. 6
6.8
Joiif iqur^tion of M^V-'.ID (M7944). Hf?fer to Figure S
JUMPER IN/OUT RESULT
Wl
W2
W3
W4
I
I
0
0
Memory l^.ink select
Enables HHPLY dur inq
refresh
6.7 Ku^78;^ Module Utilization Chart. Refer lo Fiqure 0
Control Store Jumpers
6. 8. 1
PCS, M8234 - Backplane Slot 22 Bank
Address, Select. For location an! pinning
of J12 refer to Figures 7 nnd 8, a. id to
table below.
I Bank
I Adds
I
0-4K
J12-LI J
B
till
0 I 0
0
6 . 8 . <
J 5 ! J4 I J.3 I J2 I Jl I
NOTE: Jl-5 for cross ref. to module
schematic only.
Update System I.D. Rogir.ter to proper Rev level
by instal 1 ing/remov inq Jumpers on J 12 (, J 13.
Refer to Fiqure 8.
SIZE
CODE
r '
J)
NUMBER
MA v. : 00-0-0
REV
B
EN-Ol^ Pi?16N673 (3»3)
SHEET '^ OF _^(L
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
f^DULAR APPROACri 10 SYSTEMS TEST
6.8.3 Optional WCS {Me23.n or PCS {MP234). Slot IP
Bc^nk Address Select. For location and pinning
of Jll, refer to Fiqurcs 1, 8 and table below.
NOTL': ^i7} and W24 needs to he installed in the
M823? Module for optional WCS/PCS.
Refer to Fiqure 9.
i Bank
Jll-
-FF
DDI
EiP
z
X 1
1 Adds.
Boar
d
J4
J3
J2
Jl 1
J5
CMl
CL?
CLl
CBl 1
CV2
1 IK
I
1
I
I
I
0 1
1 2K
1
1 I
I
[
0
r 1
1 3K
1 I
1
I
0
I
I 1
1 4K
1
t I
0
I
I
I 1
1 5K
i
1 0
1
I
I
I
0 1
1 6K
1
1 0
1
I
I
0
I 1
1 7K
1
1 0
1
I
0
I
I 1
1 8K
1
1 0
0
I
I
I i
I J5 IJ4 I J3 I J2 i Jl I
NOTE: Jl-5 for cross ref . to module
schematic only.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
f^;v_:oQ-Q-Q
REV
EN01Ct2 It-NliT? (392)
SHEET
OF
'JL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NoniiiAR APPP.QA',H TQ SYS Li:; tl;^t
6.8.4 Console Riqnalr: at 11/780 CPU bflckpl^ne
SIGNAL
J9 PIN
1 BACKPL
SCPA Boot
SW H
B
A79A1
SCIA AUTO
Rest.irt H
D
A29B2
SCPA LOCK
H
F
A29F1
SCPA RhWOTF
H
K 1
A29K1
CIBN Run H
K
Ai9Dl
CIBN ATTN H
L
A29E1
r«ii[f
SIZE
Jl.
CODE
NUMBER
REV
£r4-OiO»2 J6 ' •■> 392)
SHEET ID OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONIINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MM'IIIAK APPi^i^n.M. ' :i\.M\\,-i !i,
■u.
f).9 TH Arbitration Level Frl cr t icn . K>r loraflnj . r.ii
pinr>lnq of JIO, refer ^(- Inhlc trlDW ^s well a^ Kiqutes
"I jiid 8.
1 Jie
br\
r kpl fine 1
!
r^ur. TR 1
wi
r»> F<?2M2
li\/rl 1
1 J F
D B
to
,
1 I I
1 I I
I I
I 0
l(' 1
15 1
FP2U2
1 I I
0 I
Fl^2Ul
I'J 1
1 I I
0 0
Ff 2T2
1 I 0
I I
FC23 2
1.' 1
1 I 0
I 0
F112P2
11 1
1 I 0
U I
Ft'2PJ
11' 1
1 I 0
0 0
F??tn
0^ 1
1 0 I
I I
F02M1
k' B !
1 0 I
I 0
F02J2
B7 i
1 0 I
0 I
FO.'Jl
06 1
1 0 I
0 0
FP2H2
0b 1
1 0 c
i I
Fti?F2
k^A 1
1 0 0
I c
F02k;i
03 1
1 0 ^
I 0
rR2Dl
(!2 1
1 0 0
0 0
I-L32Ci
iM 1
6.1P HrTform visual inspection for obvious discrepancies,
•lam.ine, or potential ixiwer problf\ns.
I REvI
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
SQBEID
EN 01U«2
IQ7)
SHEET T: OF
[
^'ANUFACIl'HING SPFCIFICATION
^'■'■'•^ i: iDi,"..Af< Af'".' i*.'
CONTINUATION SHEET
f'. il Chock to see that modulen ^re in t^.o proptr idiots.
Hff(»r to Fiqure f«.
:• . 12
Diskette Lrjad
6.12.1 HolodSi' drivp lork u.! irwir.'i out floppy Itivt'
(^.12.? InntTt .i;.«»k.'trp kXl Fl.pp/, ' A;' -K f, ^ i ;- Vir: ; into
NXiM ilr 1 .•(• ab.senh 1 y .
fi.i:.J r.Mse liirkotto slot
'•/♦•r .
'. ^ «
F^wor on/ boo t i. trap
6.i;^! With Main Hrt'akf»r 'KK, pluq power cord into
l-roper powor o';tl<»t.
r..:?./ Turn 0r9 P.J wo r Co nl roller Fun i- Men iwitci, to
REMOTE position.
G.13.3. With the H7111 Tiine Of Dri y lowr-r .upply, l.l.I-ll
DC, and all H710(^ CKT Breakers OFF, apply pjwf^r
L o 8 69 Po we r Co n t r o 1 1 e r .
r.l3.'1 Kiddle blower nhould bo uK', with ri i r «"xit-ifij
from center exhaust.
e>. 1 3. 5 Turn on H7111 Time Of Day Kjwei Supply. Power
CJN indicator should li'jht.
6.rUf Power On System by Key Switch, and verify
operation and air flow direction of th- other
t wo blowers .
^.13.7 Power on LSI -11, by placing DC ON/oFF f-Wit-h to
ON. DC and LKD should liqht. Place
HALT/ ENABLE Switch to FNAR LE .
NOTE: If DC on LKi:) is not lit, check powei
o witch on le^i of LSI -11 for cri jK^sition.
f.i?..e Set CPU Control Panel AUTO/JvLSTAPT '/witch to
OF F .
f.n.9 Turn on l\':i<^-i) CKT Preikt/rr one r<t a time
observing Power Indicrilor LLD's. iihould ;''t
qr^en [xswer nor'^
inc; i>;a to t, .
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
mjxm
CN OlOiSU
392)
SHEET
or
MANUFACTLiUNC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
'I i}t!:.A'^ ^p'J^uA^ •■ TO :y..i(''^3 ^.'r:.\
6. 13.10 With Key in LOCAL position, Console proqrflm
will boot .
6.13.11 Console Terminal will ou'-pur. nessaqe. CFU
should now to ready to run diagnostics.
Message is sbowr^ at- 8.1.1 of this procedure.
7 . 0 POWER CHECK
"7.1 Check D.C. voltages, observing safoly rules, as follows
CAUTION: Remove rings and watches which could short
across vol'-age point?, resulting in severe burns.
VOLTAGE/SIGNAL PJJJ^
C?4A2
+5A (PSIl)
+ 5B I PS 92)
+5C (PS #3)
CeiA2
CP4A2
+ 5
-5
T.O.D. CLK J2P-1
(PS#2)
-10 VOLT
0
w
J18-1
JlR-2
Jl'l-l
J14 -2
J15-1
J15-2
J16-1
J16-2
J17-1
J17-2
FROM-
-TO
4.9V 5.2V
4.9V 5.2V
4.9V 5.2V
4.75V 5.25V
-5.CV 5. 3V
-8. C
-8.0
-8. 0
-8.0
-8. 0
-8.0
-8. 0
-8.0
-11. 0V
1.0V
1. 0V
1.0V
1. 0V
1. 0V
1. 0V
1.0V
NOTE: H710C POWER Supplies are not adjustable
and must be repaired or replaced if out of
spec .
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
TiVi^nn-n-n
REV
EN-010a2-l«-N '392)
SHEET ^3 OF «Z£.
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
fViDULAt^ A^PR'iA.rl TO OYLTF.M'j Tl C f
7,2 If there are no problp.ns, CPU should hoot. Me235 will
display a UPr of FF. If a DBA is present, the M8271
will display an MPr of 3.
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDUHE
For the specific sequence of diaqnoGtics to be run In
any particular situation, or tor the current MAST
minimun tert criteria, e.g.: pasn counts, etc., refer to
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each
individual diagnostic contained in the CHECKLIST.
8.1 Console terminal will display the following mess-
age upon completion of boot.
8.1.1 CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP=NONE ,
CLOCK-NORM,
RAD=«HEX, ADD = PHYS, DAT = LONG, FILL=e0,
REL=000000
INIT SEO DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
RELOADING WCS)
LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED
VER: PCS=01 WCS^OD-12 FPLA=OD LON=VP5-01-L
>>>
8.1.2 Remove RXl Diskette in drive, and inr,«?rt
RX2 Diskette.
T<CR>
ZZ-ESKAB V12.0
01, 02, 03, 04
NO. OF WCS MODULES = 0001
05, 06, 07, 08, 09, OA, Ob<OC<OD<OEiOF<lC, 11,12,
13, 1
, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, 20,
SYS ID REG= 01200996
21, 22,23,24,25,26, 27,28,29, 2A , 2B , 2C , 2D, ?E ,
2F,
3, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 36, 39, 3A , 38, 3C , 3D,
END PASS 0001
MOUNT FLOPPY ZZ-ESSZAD 4, TYPE " D I "
MIO
SIZE
CODE
f.p
IIL
NUMDER
nn-ivn
REV
CNoioa:
'Of 2)
SHEET _iiL OF
2L
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROAC.I TO SV->Tr.:!S UZJ
8.1.3 Remove RX2 Diskette In driv#, ^nd insert
RX3 Diskette.
DI <CR>
3E,
CPU TR» 004J0HHO1O
MS780 IfK CHIP AT TR k91
MAX ADR^l » klJU'f^Hk^y
DW780 AT TR ;? i
RH780 AT TR P8
RH780 AT TR i5 9
3F , 4 0 , 4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 , 4 4 , 4 ^ , 4 f
4D, 4E
CHIP AT TR 01
00000000
BIT ERRORS
00000001
BIT ERRORS
00000002
BIT ERRORS
00000003
BIT ERRORS
MS780 16K
ARRAY i:
• SINGLE
ARRAY I:
I SINGLE
ARRAY I:
I SINGLE
ARRAY I:
i SINGLE
MS780 16K
M8213 ROMS
50, 51, 52
MP FPA
CHIP AT
OK
TR 01
47, 4R, 49, 4A, 4B , 4C,
00000002
00000000
00000000
00000000
END PASS 0001
CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP=NONE, CLOC K =
NORM
RAD-HEX, ADD=PHyS, nAT=LONG, FILL=00,
RLL»00000000
INIT SEO DONE
HALTED AT 00000000
(RELOADING WCS)
LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTi:S LOADED
VER: K'S = 01 WCr.=0D-12 FPLA=OD
CON=V05-01-L
>>>
SIZE
CODE
J'
NUMBER
V. 100-0-0
REV
EN-OlOtI 16-NAT7 (342)
SHEET _JJi.
OF .ik
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
f^)[)l)L;»^ A^f ROACH V) r^YSILMS Tl^T
8.1.4 Memove RX3 Diskette <Hnd mount VAX Instruction
Diflqnostir §1 RX8.
BOOT<CR>
CPU MALTED
IN IT SEC DONK
LOAD Df'JE, 0ti^lA2? BYTES LOADED
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, ZZ -ESSAA-6 . 1 - 3 70
7-AUG-19efl H4: 57: 54
DS> ATT KA780 SPI KAO NO NO 0 0 <CR>
DS> 5rr~1<XF'<rR>
D6> gfTinr <cp>
DS> RUN EV^n^<CR>
PROGRAM; VAX b^.sic InstrucMons
Exerciser ,ZZ -EVKAB, REV 2.2, 10 TESTS, AT
05:03:52.76. TESTING: KA0
.. END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS
COUNT; 1
TIME: 5-AUG-1980 11:52:41.98
DS>
8.1.5 Remove RX8 Dis'<etto and mount VAX INST.
DIAG. Diskette |2, RX25.
RUN EVKAC <CR>
..PROGRAM: VAX Floating Point Instruction
Exerciser, ZZ-EVKAC, REV 2.0, 3 TESTS, AT
05: 06: 34.89
TESTING: KA0
.. END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED.
1. TIME: 7-AUG-1980 05:08:55.78.
DS> RUN EVKAD <CR>
PASS COUNT:
..PROGRAM: VAX Compatibility Mode Instructions
Lxerciser, EVKAD, REV 1.2 4 TESTS, AT TESTING:
-KAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1
TIME: l-JAN-1980 01:43:55.53.
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
EN oioa:
72 (392)
SHEET
OF _iL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
fH)[)lil,AH ArrRUALh \[] ^YdlLfiij Wi]
DS> RUN EVKAF <CR>
. . PROGRAM : VKIT PrivUpqed Architecture
Exerciser, EVKAE, REV 1.2, 9 TEGTS, AT TESTING:
KA0
7. END OF RUN. d ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1.
TIME: 5-AUG-19PP 11:14:56.40
DS>
8.1.6 R.?move RX25 Diskette from the drive And mount
VAX CHANNEL DIAG. RX7.
ATT DW78 0 SB I DW0 34 <CR>
DS> SEL DWfl <CR>
DS> RUN ESCBA""<^R>
. .PRCGRaM: 11 - E^CBA - 7.1 DW780 HKPAIR
DIAGNOSTIC, REV 7.1, 54 TESTS, AT 11:38:11.71
TESTING: DWP
UBA UNIT UNDER TEST IS _DW0
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTEi:
TIME: 5 AUG-1980 11:39:14.58
PASS COUNT: 1
DS> ATT RH780 SBI RHO 8 5 <CR ^
DS> ATT Rh75aj6t ^Hl f) ^ <(:H>
DS> SEL RHO <CR>
DS> 5EL Rhl <gf^
DS> RTJN esc a a '<g"R>
..PROGRAM: ESCAA-REV, 6. 2 RH780 DIAGNOSTIC , HEV
6.2, 20 TESTS, AT 11:40:37.22.
TESTING: __RH0 _RH1
RH0 BASE ADDRESS IS: 20010000
DRIVE [0] RESPONDED
♦ •♦**«*N0 MBE PRESENT ON MASSB US ****** *
RHl BASE ADDRESS IS: 20012000
DRIVE [1] RESPONDED
.. END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT:
1. TIME: 5-AUG-1980 11:42:02.54
DS>
[END OF TEST]
SIZE
A.
CODE
NUMBER
REV
CNOlOt? 16 •"'2(393)
SHEET
OF _Z^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MnniiiAP APrROAr.' rn '^v.TfMS usi
* wa —
'Ah'"
W3
WlO-r-
W4 ^'
- — U
M7:64
FIGURE I
I
1 n fi Tl
\?
V.'j
•PRELt'NFIUinCI)
DO NOT CHA.'f.E (W7 & WH)
r
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
eN-010«3UNb72-(397)
SHEET
OF
Jl.
MANUFACTURING SPFCIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
rauL^p r''?,')",' '') ^ivi'> '{"'^
y
/
A V ^
yf
. i
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
REV
EN-OiOa2 16-N4 79 <
SHEET l^J OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
M(;DllLAR APl'f<()ACH TO SYSirMf, TtST
i;j ( \ 1 )
i;;;Ai')
'..lUAf./
ri_. ...
l...._.a._.. J
<'
■v.^
J L.
L..
;Mvt;
1. 1 '^ ' . t
I''
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
iAv:>Miri-n-n
REV
fN OJOiJ 16-N6;2 (39?)
SHEET ?n OF
.i^
MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MQDULAK ArrR','A':ri !0 DvSTLf^S ]i^\
I •>•
. •■<
PfV
^
y
^
,-' NBl
y
,^flR2
^-"^SB
-NP
FFH
Al?
-All
FIGURE 4
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
■V :nn-n-n
REV
CN-010S2 IK 'I6 72-<392|
SHEET L- OF _^
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOnHLAQ APPkOAC! TO SfSTt'lS TTST
p:r^J t
J
M7944
FIGURt 5
I
SIZE
A
CODE
^
NUMBER
! REV
EN 010a2-U-N67? (102)
SHEET
OF _^
MANUFACrURlNt, SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHELT
TITLE
Mon'iLAR AP-'^poArn to systems test
Lid P<' 'i';T c^N^,^I^ MO nr i f
I '
M i M ' '•• '1
I ^
I
IS \t\ U \? 11
— .
-1
1 ■ 'y ■■■
[ '
[^
r—
"-[
<
M 1
M,
H
M
H M 1
, 1
' ■ 1
1
&|
t
h
«
"' 1
>
■;
n
«•,
T
«>
1 1
'
( '
C
(
C
1.
3
3
3|
3
3
3
3
s •
1
f.
1
3
0«<
^
1
0
1
* •
F1
M
M
f;
8
2
Y
i.
?
t.
2
9
y.
?
\'^
H
r—.^
t*
r — '
1
' — -
r- —
f
1 .
«
"
'* i'1 'm
Im
K
(
■
: ir
1 'r.
«
<
7
>
1
?
2
2 \?
1
*
9
- W
'•
S
A
c'
» J
I I
< I
I ' r
, 1-
i 11 i .,
i _i
• 0
I I
^
I r
A 1 f
! .^
P !r ! P
' i. ! :
P i^-
I f
III 1 • I ■
_j i_.i L .i_i_x .1 . 1. J. ,,
'. '• -1 .V,. My," •- '. ,•..!.• in V
SIZE
A.
CODE
NUMBER
REV
CN.010t2 16N6 72 (J92)
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITIC
MODULAR m>R)M:\ fn SY^^FMS f^ST
PINNING USED ON JiU. JIl, aiul JU'.
B D J_ .) IN K T V K 7 HB Ji'. M J J U 'rj
I) t t v ■
• •
". ]
o i
riGlJRL 7
TR Select Pin
I
SIZE
CODE
SP
^M.
NUMBER
REV
E.N 010e216N6;? ( t92)
SHEET ^ OF _ZL
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
I't
111
<>
-•t,
ij
io
;vyyL/^R ,^;^l^^_y) :^Yri,.':, Ti.'.r
K7iiu i'..icl'P<iiie1 ^it?w
Jl 1 111 M
o
! I
o
I I I
-r— ♦-t— • ^
o
I ' I
lUJJ .[1^_
i > I
O iO
U
O 0(0
1.V
1,-1
'• I
L_.
n
u
P
1 J
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
1AV.jO!J-0-U
MA^
REV
EN 010«S Ib-Nfc'J n*^?'
SHEET
OF
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
'T'liiiifti: Arf.p'bH i
>v:v:l::.
J-L
o
o
wio
iwii
o
!W9
0
p
o
o
x_/l ._A_
,0
,4'.
I.
ri^
..Jl
L _ _- I
o
r.^
o
s
FIGU'T ' •<•../•.
NOTE: Wl through ri\^-\i, *or FPA
W23 and W^'^-In for WCS
SIZE
CODE
NUMBER
fiAj?inn-n-Q
REV
C
EN-OK
■•' 7?(39?»
SHEET ?r. OF _2L
«1|
*|2
Ml
hi
Hi
II
§
" f St
^ ^ ? 3
a i 8
^ wj S i
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS
MANl>ACTURIiN(l SPK IKK ATION
DATE
li/l.O
TITLE
REV
ENG
(■
1 I /7Mt MAST 1
DESCRIPTION
NI.W IJKl.l.AliL
l)tin Mun.u o
APPO
REVISIONS
CMC NO
Ml.017.
ORIQ
!^. MdNAc '
DATE
APPD BY
H^iYh^ijft
DATE
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
A
ff«mOtJ I6-N§?? (3«J»
MANUFAt Tl RIN(, SPK UK ATION
CONriNUATION SHEET
TITLi
MODULAH AFPROACH Tf $iSl^>* TI5T
l.O IMMODIiCTION:
1.1 Tht VAX-U/750 it thf cld-rangt* ^•^hanct'tf nt of tr\t vAJf-n
family. It carrlti with It «U the architectural itrfn^ths
of the VAX fa^^lly Ihclurtlng virtual addrtsilm, hoth native
mode and non-pr 1 vl leged PDP-11 oi^pat IM 1 1 ty -"ode Initruc-
tloni, and the VAX virtual nerrory operating tyite*. The
use of Gate Array Technology olvei all thli Performance in
a reliable co^pect 4 module CPU. The basic ll/75(' Is housed
In a fyftetr cabinet 401n.M x lOln.n v 2<»ln.i» *hlch Includes
the rAlSO, 256KP of nne'^ory, DDll-n>^, PZll ar-i TU-5« cassette
tape drive,
1.3 The intent of this procedure is to estahllsh the mlni^uir
tilt rtqulrerrents necessary to test a vax ll/7«>o CPU.
2.0 RFFtPENCt DOCUMENTATIONl
2.1 Manuals
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
fl.
9.
10.
11.
12.
n.
14.
15).
IbO
DZll
TU58
Hard
VAXl
VAXl
VAXl
VAX
750
UBI
MeTo
Powe
750
KC75
Pemo
Dlflonostlc Systefr overvle*
user's Guide
User's Guide
ware Handbootf
1 Architecture wandnooif
1 Software Handbco»c
1 Technical SumTar^
Instruction card
Technical Descrlpt.'on
Technical Description
ry System Tech. Des.
r System Tech. Des.
Install. f» Accept, ••an.
0 "Icrodlagnost Ic Tech. ^^r,
te tiaanostlci Us^ri Guide
EK-DT
E«.17
ER-17
FP-lfl
Kh-lfi
Av-r.b
EK-KA
EK-hh
£^-••5
FK-PS
FK-.*:i
KK-KC
F^ -t-C
D7b-UG
1 10-. ;g
L'5*i-nG
281-20
057-20
81b-7^
27A-Tt':
750-Tr
7b0-TL>
750-Tr
750-lli
750-1'
750-T«^
750-UG
2.2 Prints
6.
7.
8.
11750 Field Maintenance Print Set *'i>'OChl>i
KA750 Field Maintenance Print Set •'P-010;4
LOOll Field Maintenance Print Set »'P-008b8
M8728 Field Maintenance Print set HP-on857
875 Field Maintenance Print set ^'p-01022
H7104C Field Maintenance Print Set hp-01020
H7104D Field Maintenance Print Set "P-OIO?!
DZll Field Maintenance Print Set Mp-o&l32
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
Oic tfr<Mi>. .<Mam72
SHEET
OF
3^
MANl'l A( Tl RIN(. SPF( IH( ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
•n0IL*P APPROACH TT SYSTM TF5T
3,P RfCUII^tD Tl.Sl !(JUIFMFN1:
3.1 VAX n/750 with 256KB of m^irory.
3.2 Conioie terirlnal ultr E.I, A. lurn ai in l*lt or LA170
or eaulvaWnt.
3.3 Arororrlat** load wtdla.
3.4 H125 Test Corrector
3,'> h3271 or H327 Teft Connector
3, ft Optional ttit eaulpmtrt
1, Ccilloscope Te<tronlx 46S or ^aulveierr
2. D.V.M. accurate to .1 Vdc, at lb Vdc.
1. KC750 (F'D>« wod Jle) .
4. L9101 Cofret Ex:ender »'odule
5, V''>046 Hex Extender "Odule
4.C KFCUIHED DIACN05T1C5
4.1 VAxn Haricore Dlaan<.stlc
4.2 vAxn f*aslc Instruction Fxerclser
4.3 VAxll Flcatlro Point Instruction ^y^rclse
4.4 Vftxn Corr'atlMllty >crte Instruction l-*e.
4.5 VAXll Privileged ArcMtecture CFU Cluster
4,f. 117*«0 Specific CPU Cluster Fxercl^^r
4.7 fA7bO Cacne T.P, Test
4.8 ►'S7S0 Merory Diagnostic
4.'! r*7'^0 Diagnostic
4.10 Conf luurat Icn Coirmand File
4.11 nia'3nnstlc Supervisor
4.1? rzil ft Line Async mux Test
4.13 Cptlcral »' 1 cr odi agnos t i c»
yh\ n/750 Micrortl^gnostlc monitor
KC750 vicrodlaonost ic Test
VAX 11/75C Data Paths •'icrodiaonost Ic
v;»x ll/7'50 Mpfpory Interconnect "icrodl^o.
vtx ii/7bO Merpory Controller Nicrodlao,
5.0 srtCIAL I^S^Pl CTION5:
i VKA
>■ V r A
rvfr A
F v'KA
EAI" A
f:cka
FCXA
FCKA
rrsA
L ; '' A
A .FXL
»i . F X F
C . F X f
D.EX^
F. , E X F
X , F X F
L . F X ^
M . F r K
A . F X F
iG.crk
A . F > F
A.FXF
I- r r A A . ^• y »-
M; » A F . ► X r
►" O A H . F Y f-
F'r^ flC.FX*-
FC^Ai«,FAF
5.1 Tnro'JOhout this procedure, It is a«5ufrted that the user
fa-^lllar *ltn CFC hardware, and tne VAX 11/7^.-^.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
M A V ? 1 '^ V
Is
REV
Of C 1»<JU> MM3 mi3
SHEET
OFiL
MANl'FAdl RINd SPI < UK M lON
SBSDOSO
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
iTrtL**' AFPkCACH TC SYST^f T^ST
5.2 Caution, ro "rft^lUr jewelry ihould tp *»orn wiUt sfrvlci'*-)
tr, Is equlr^f't, duf to the nlo^ currrrt carsfiMtlef .>f tre
power iupciy,
5.3 »»lth bettery tacKup Installed, oriy loss r't Input POi»er
• 111 Invoke rattery tactcun (turnin off iraln nr^akpr).
6.0 INSTALLATITK fc TE?T SFT-l P XNSTPliCTinN5 S
e.l Lnracxlnc; Instructlor* as recelve-i frc Hi<3h-yolu'^e,
6.1.1 Sftve all bcx^s and caciflnrj nn«terl*l If 1^ Is ree-«ei
to re-pac<«ae a u-^lt *cr s'-lrffent.
t .2 VI 5 jal ejects :
6.2.1 »»lth CPU urboxe'i checK for rroMe*s
luch aft (ref ntc staniafj 116):
A. structural fla-'aie to car anj ra''»*]s.
f« , Pent cr rlafaq^i nflcirrl^n#» p 1 -^ s .
C. Loose pcwT conn^rtlons ard bro<fn •Ires.
[ . Loose hardware (e.n. -roiintlf^;
cable hold do*'-s, etc).
scre.s ,
6,3 Hardware set ur.
6.3.1 KA7'rO Set lip
6.3.1.1 ''odule Utlllratinr
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
^*^y 21 h?-
REV
OCC lA^JMyiOU Ht'
SHEET
OF ^
MANl'FAC Tl RINf. SPK IFK AVION
SBPOOCD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLI
i-onuLA*- APPROACH Tr sy^T^^ tist
1
1— -.
DCll-D>'
|M| 1
1 \^\
IVI 1
t 1^1
131 1
1 121
inci
1 101
DIZI
1 121
1 111
11/750 fJOl fJ UT11I7*TI(<'. (itOduU $HpJ
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I
I I I
1 5 1 n s I s I s I r 1 5 1 s I s I
IFI IPIPIPIPIPIPIPI
ICI ICICICICICICICI
I I I I I t
I I I i I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
II I I I
I I i I
I I
121
I I I I
2I2I2I2I
21
lfii|7|6|SI4|3l
2I2I2I
21 1 101
I
I--
|H|
191
121 I I I I I
|0|^|M|W|M|M|M
l2l8IHMIPIblH
I I7I7I7I7I7I7
lU I 2 I 2 I 2 t 2 I 2 I V
|N|BI6|fi|BIUIH
lUI I I I I I
I 5 I ll I I • I • I • i I
IE 17161514 I 312
IDI I I I I I
I |«|«|«|»|«|«
I I I I I I I
I 11 1 111 1 I 1 I 1 11
I<)|8l7|6|5l4|3
l»- IP!
I 7171
I 7 121
I • I • I
I 1 101
I I I
Ml I
I I
I 1 I 1 I
121 1 I
C I M I ^
M I H I f*
C I * I A
I I
L I I, I I.
f) I 0 I 0
r I DIO
1 I 0 I 0
11717
I I
i I I
M If- I
I h It I
I A I*' I
I I I
ILiLt
I r in »
10 10 I
lOIOl
I 7 I M
I I I
Clb
('\t
^1 1
I
I.IL
'.' 10
0 I 0
nio
•jM
I
I
I I I
1 I9IB
ni I
I I I
17 161
I I I
514
I I I
I " I r I K
I I I P I P
IC I - I A
I I I
I I I L I L
I 0 I 0 I 0
I n I n I 0
1 0 I n I f.
I 31211
I I I
I I I
I I M
I I I
I .1 I 2 M
I I I
• « OPTin^'AL
fc s wCS ''OUNT.'' 0^ CCS ^'ODULF (ret. flo'ire M
NOTt: There are three methods cf pin ru^'Derlnc Ard plAcerrf-.t
used in n/750 CPl''i.
PIN NUMBFPINc; tXAXPLKS:
CDl 1-DK
MS750
A 0 1 A 1 .
AOIPI
AOICI .
AOlOl
AOIVI .
A (M A 2
. A 0 1 R 2
Anic2
.AOir?
AiM V2
AOlAl
AOIMI
A01C1
.401A2
.A0iP2
.AOIC?
.A0ir2
AOlVl. .AOl.2
ll/75f
A 0 1 r. 1 . . A 0 1 0 ?
A 'M C 3 . . A 0 1 0 4
A n J f ' 5 , . « h 1 0 ^
A f 1 r, 7 . . A ' 1 1 0 ^
I
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
" A ; ? 1 0 2 -
REV
OCC tft^MtytOUNtr}
SHEET
OF _ji^
MAM K AC n KIN(. SPK IH( ATloN
SaSflOED
CO^'TINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAh APPhUACH TT SYSTM* T^5T
6,3,2 I'Aur PA^^ slifction J^)»'^^^'^ (ret. f:aur^ n
PATt
• 300
60O
1200
2400
3600
4800
9600
19200
384C0
0
t
0
1
1
1
0
!
0
I
I
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
I
1
0
0
0
1
\
1
f.
0
r
I
1
I
1
1
!
PIN •
JUMpEP TO G^JD
€00045
C00643
C00b4h
r00844
Cnnb4<i
rrobSi
C 0 n 6 s 0
coots 2
jurper In b i
• Denotes standard console ^«u:^ r«te of tl/7')"
as sMpre'i fro*^ ffanufscturlna.
6.3.3 OPTICN SLOT PUS GhAM Jli^'PFws (ret. flQure 1)
TC SELECT
PF^CVF JiiMpi-u
PG4
PGb
HG6
PG7
AOCX 67
AOCX 69
ACnx 73
AOOX 77
X«SL^T 7,P,nh 9
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
*V 21 02 - '-J
REV
OflC i»43t»iau Ntn
SHEET
OF
-u/^
MANl'FA( TURINC, SPE( IFK ATION
EmOCD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
>»0CILAP APPMOACH TO SKSTt*' IVSl
fc,3.4 HABDWAJ^F HEVISION LFVtL CJ- SYSIF** J f;
(Undefined, for future retererce)
PIT
PIN
0
I
3
)
4
5
7
B004S6
B00455
H00454
B004«»3
P004^0
B0044<)
P00448
B0044^
6.3.5 Verify that the TOY (Tl-r^ of Year) Cloc>^
battery Dactcur is conn^ct^'i to of
CPU bacrrlane. (rel, flour* fc)
6.3.6 LOOll C»»C Module CO-^talrs 4 ir soc-rts
for the n/7S0 boot ro'B.(ref. flaur<» ?)
LHCATILN DEVICh PFVICi- SLL^Cl
A
u
C
r
• Denotes Initalled In Hinr. volu-^e.
6.3.7 nzil Installation (ref. flaure 4 ^r-l
i^.A.S.T. KAV 5145).
• F81
TUSH
» FB2
HK07
♦ F83
M.02
E84
xxxx
H7H19 Switch Settings
E81
Address = 160100
loffloffloffjonjoffloffloffloffloffloftl
ni
3 4
Vector « 100
1 0
lon|cr|onlonlof*lofflonlor I
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
A 210? -0-0
REV
Ofc t»4»»iauNe72
SHEET
7
OF
MANI'FACTl'RINC. SPK II l< A HON
BflSDDCD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAf* APPROACH TO SYSTt** TRST
6,4 Power Conversions (ref. flourt b)
All 11/750's "111 be snlpced fro-'' Hlqh Volu-^e
as • U/750-AA 120 volt 50/60 H7, Bec«uie of this
the following procedure Is nperted to convert
the 11/750-AA to a 11/750-ah 230 volt 50/bC HZ.
NOTE:
HYPOT TFSTING 15 RKGUIREH ON UMTS
THAT ARt CONVERTtD. Removal of the
11/750 side panel will i^aKe access
to power Plugs easier.
6.4.1 Required Material
70-16707-03
90-07R80-OC
36-15180-00
36-lb<)46-00
Power Conversion
Tie wrap (x3)
Blant( serial Tao
Product Variation
Kit
(x2)
T^- (x2)
6,4.2 Required Tools
• ? PnlUlps Screwdriver
Allen kkrench Set
Nut Driver or Socket Set
Tit wrap Tool
6.4,3 worK Steps For Conversion
Caution:
ue to Mah current capability of tne
ower suorlles, disconnect tTor^ poi»rr source
efore proceeding.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
7.
Open r
Rerrove
Remove
Remove
Dlscon
Power
rear o
the 2.
70-169
Cut th
Remove
(115 V
Remove
rear o
Instal
Power
in the
ear
rea
rea
lef
nect
Cont
f th
5 vo
oe-0
e Li
scr
olt)
con
f th
1 th
Cont
pre
door
r po»
r ace
t Sid
Plr
rolle
e Pow
It se
0 (11
ne Co
ews s
Powe
troll
e cab
e 70-
rolie
V 1 0 u 5
on 11/750.
er supcly cover,
ess panel.
e panel on i i /750.
P2, P3 on the toe of tne
T, and PI , P2 on the
er Controller, then disconnect
nse cable and unplug tne
5 Volt)Bloiier Cord,
rd free of snipplna tie wrars,
ecurlnq the 70-15929-^0
r Controller .
er by slldlm It out of tne
15929-01 (23^. Volt)
r wltn the hardware
steps .
removed
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
"AV 2102-')-;i
REV
MC *MaK>«CnM72
SHEET _£L^ OF
a^
MAN!'FA( TIRINC. SPF( IFK ATlOS
BKBDQD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
HODULAF APPPOACH If SiSlk** TKST
8. Disconnect the 70-16908-00 (lib Volt)
Blower cord from jl of the Hlo*er A$»f*Dly,
9 . Connect the 70-16908-01 (220 Volt)
Blower Cord to Jl of the blower •ssefrniy,
10, Connect PI, P2, P3 on the top of tht
Power Controller, •hd Pi , P2 on the
rear of the Power Controller, then connect
the 2.!> volt lenie cable an^l plug in the
70-16908-01 (220 Volt)Blower Cord.
11 Tie wrap Line Cord In place for Rhlpment.
12. Replace rear power lupply cover,
13. Replace 11/750 ilde panel.
14. Replace Rear Access Cover.
15. Change Serial Tags and Install Pronurt variation lacs
(rear door and front rail) to reflect tne new version.
16. Change 11/750 fcCO Status Sheet to reflect
new version.
7.0 PO-ER CHECKS (ref. floures 5 and 7)
7.1 with power applied and the Rotary Key 5(.ltch on
the following power Indicators should he lit.
LOCAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Green Po*er Cn located on Console Panel.
Oranoe power Indicator on power controller.
Green DC OK Indicator on power controller.
Green power Indicator on (rerrory arrays.
Green power indicator on metrory controller.
7.2 Voltages Supplied by H7104 Fower Supply
(Non adjustable self monitored)
♦ 2.5
V . r) , c .
at
85.0 an-ps.
♦ 5.0
V.P.C.
at
135.0 amps.
♦ 5.0
V.D.C.
at
1 0 . v'* amps.
♦ 12.0
V.D.C.
at
10.0 amps .
♦ 15.0
V.D.C.
at
2,0 amps.
-5.0
V.D.C.
at
1 .5 amps .
-15.0
V.D.C.
at
3 . 5 arps .
POhEP REF, FOP Jl ,J2,J3
1/1 4 71
II 2 5 811
I 3 6 91
I/+15 -15 ♦SH
I
I I GND GND ♦SB
I ♦U GND -5B
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
DCC 1»^3»2> tOU Ne72
SHEET ..
„ OF
I m « mm •<••«*« <• X •
MANUFACTURING SPECIFK ATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
J4 Jb
A I 3 2 1 I D I 2 i T
CM lie 110
L I 6 5 4 I L I 1 I Y
7.3 Optional Battery BacKup (11 applicable) (ref. figure 7)
7.3.1 Optional Battery Backup
figure 7,
li installed as shown In
1.
2.
3.
4.
Hount H7112 Battery Backup on volume Installed
brackets In lower left of CPU cab, as viewed
from the front of the CPU.
Connect Battery Backup cable harness to Jl
(battery backup harness plate).
Connect P4 of Harness assembly to Jll of H7112
Connect H7112 line cord to Jib (unswltcned)
socket of power controller.
7,3.2 There are no Indicators snowing the state
of the Battery Backup.
The only quick check Is to deposit data
Into memory and then shut off the main
breaker (CBl), wait 60 sec then aprly
power and check memory contents. During
the power down, power indicators on memory
arrays should be lit.
7,3.3 See section B.lO of this docui^^ent
detail testing of Battery Backup.
for more
8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURES:
NOTE:
Reference KC750 Microdiagnostlcs ani Technical >«anual EK-KCTSO-i"
and the Mlcrodiagnostic listings, for detail information on
installation and use of KC750 and Microdlaonost Ics .
For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any
Situation, or for the current mast minimum test criteria,
e.g.: pass-counts, etc., refer to the Aooropriate mast CHECKLIST.
Listed below are the detailed step-by-sten instructions for
executing individual diagnostics contained in the CHECKLIST.
NO ERRORS allowed on diagnostics.
CODE'
SIZE
A
NUMBER
*'AV 210? -0-^^
REV
MC tVOnyHMNcrj
SHEET ]'J OF -_J,.
sj?oan
MANrFA( Tl KINC. SHI ( IPK ATlON ^^
MOIULAfv APPPLACH TC SY^Tf** TFST
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
Operator Inputs will he undffil'^fi.
8.1 Stand alone diagnostic cassette lofld ef. figure b)
NOTE t
It ii aisu(red t^at the CPi Is In a
pover dn«n ttotc ,
9.1.1 Set Poot Device Selection Switch to
position A (Selects TUbHj
8.1.2 Set Power On Action S*iic- to Hrct c*
power up,
8.1.3 Insert cassette with EV><aa.fxf HAM^)^^,w^
inrc tre TUSft located in the 11/750
console panel.
9.1.4 Set Pctary Key Switch to LCiCAL.
Systefr powers up, Po*er lloht is r»r
Console Should print %%. The first *
indicates beqirnlnq the »lcrc verify
routine. The secori % In^lr^tes sjccess
ful con^pletlcn of tne '^Icrc verify.
Tare motion light or Tu^b cot^s or
9.1.5 FVKAA.EXE will load and heoln runnino,
if successfully run, console will crlnt.
EVKAA-5,0 done!
8.1.6 Insert cassette containing c'CML.MK
Cache TB into TU58.
8.1.7 Press the Reset butter locflt^d or the
ll/'750 console panel.
Console should print %% tare motion
llQht on TU'^B will t'.'rn en and tare
will begin loading.
8.1.8 ECKAL.EXF will load and he^n runninj,
i •! successiully run, console vlli i^rint.
ECKAL-2.0 DONEl
8.2 Cassette Load of Diagnostic Supervisor
8.2,1 Insert cassette contalnira FrsAA.Fx»-'
Diagnostic Supervisor, Into the TL'5H.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
■< A V ^ 1 0 ? - 0 •
REV
MC y*i3k^ 10(2 Htn
SHEET 11 OF
MANl'FACTrRlNr. SPkCIFICM ION
BB»OSfl
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MOUULAP APPPUACH TC SYSTP*' Th ST
8.2.2 Press tr.e Peset button locMt^o or it'C
J 1/750 console panel .
When boot Is cof^plete console will
respond with t^e foHo»lno.
DIAGNOSTIC Sl'PERVISOP. ZZ-ECSA A-5 . 4- I 2 I nr-fMM-YYY
DS>
fl.3 System Disk Load of Dlaanostlc Supervisor
8.3.1 Place correct media In system disk
and spin disk up.
8.3.2 Set the Console Po*^er on Actl"^ S»ltcn
to the halt position.
9.3.3 Set the nevlcs select to A, R, c ci ^\
whichever Is your syste'^ -^evice,
8.3.4 Ceoresf the Console Reset Hutton,
and »alt for the console prorrt.
0.3.?- Now type "P/lO DCCi'" <CP>
Example:
>>>B/10 DMAh <CP>
i»hen boot Is complete console will print
the follOMlng message.
DIAGNOSTIC SUPEPVISOP. ZZ-ECSA A-5 . 4- 1 2 1 Dh-MMM-yvYY
DS>
P. 4 Running The Dlaanostlc Supervisor
8,4,1 Before running any diagnostic the
Diagnostic Supervisor must tr
configured. Following Is an example
of a dual RK07 11/750 system.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
^ A V 210? -0-0
REV
A
Otc ^*aBy^<m mr2
SHEET J2 OF _X.
MANUFACTURING SPFflFKATION
SDBOOEia
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTF" TKST
DS> ATTACH KA750 C**! KAO NO NP YK"? 0 0 <CU>
DS> ATTACH DW750 CMI DNO <CM>
DS> ATTACH PK6n Di»0 DMA 777440 210 5 <C^>
DS> ATTACH RK07 DMA DMAO <CM>
DS> ATTACH PK07 DMA DMAl <CW>
DS> ATTACH DZll DM0 TTA 760100 300 5 FlA <CR>
DS> ATTACH VTIOO TTA TTAO <CK>
NOTE:
These ATTACH Comirands tray ^e located
In a conflg command procefiDre.
To run the comrrand procedure Input
the following to attach devices.
DS> acONFiG <CR>
8.4.2 Mith devices to be tested conflourei
Into the system, tyre the following
to select all devices for test.
D.S> SEL ALL <CH>
NUTF:
It Is assumed that the proner diainostlcs
are located on the load f-edla heina oseci.
The following format will be usei tn
Illustrate runnlno dlaanostlcs under the
Dlaanostlc Supervisor.
8,X Diagnostic name
DS> PUN XXXX <CR>
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
(how to start dlaTrostlc.)
(roerator Innut indicator)
(t Inning of run print out)
(sk 'al instructions)
(end of run print out)
OtC t«<]H^tOKNir2
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAV 2102 -0-0
SHEET
1,
OF
REV
32
MANrPACTURING SPF( IFICA't ON
TITH
CONTINUATION SHEET
MOt'ULAP APPROACH TC SY5TEM TFST
1,5 EVKAR.EXF VAX hBtic Instruction Fx^rrl?fr.
DS> RUN EVKAP <CR>
,.PROGhAP«t VAX Basic Initructlor Fxerclser, ZZ-FVhAB,
rev ?.0, 10 testf, at hh:«m:s5
TESTING: .KAO
..END or RUN. 0 ERRORS DFTECTFI; PAS5 COl'T: 1. TI*M
6.6 EVKAC.EXE VAX Floating Point Instruction Exerciser.
DS> PI)'. EVKAC <Cf^>
..PhOGkAMt VAX Floatlna Point Irstructlcn Exerciser,
ZZ-EVKAC, PtV 1.0, 2 TKSTS, AT H^r^^lSS
TESTING: -KAO
..ENH OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DFTCCTEO ^'AS^ COIIST: 1. Tl***-:
8.7 EVKAD.EXE VAX Compatibility Node Instruction Fxerclser.
DS> PUN EVKAD <CR>
..PROGMAm: VAX CorrpatlDlllty "ode Instruction Exerciser,
ZZ-FVKAP, PFV l,'i, 4 TESTS, AT H^':^•':5S
TESTUG: «KAO
..ENL OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTED PkSS COI'NT: I. TI-F:
8.8 EVKAE.EXE VAX Privlleoed Architecture Fxerclser.
DS> RUN EVKAE <CR>
..PROGRAM: VAX Privileged Architecture l-xprciser,
ZZ-FVKAE, REV 1.0, 9 TESTS, AT MM:i^:c;S
TESTING: .KAO
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DETECTKC PAS5 COU'^T: 1. TI*'!-:
6.9 ECCBA.EXF VAX 11/750CURI), IU750 [«i a- nos "^ 1 C
DS> Rbtv ECCBA <CF>
,.PPOGPAM| e:<"''^A-PFV 1.0 VfiX 11/7S0(UW1), L*7S.. MaTPOStlc
R^V 1.0 32 Tl >. AT HH:v>':SS.
testing: -TWO
NO UbtS SELFCTED. SKIPPING TEST
..END OF RUN. 0 ERRORS DFTFCTED » 455 fPUKT: 1. TJi-F:
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
>^AV 2102 -^-'-J
REV
^
ofc t*4ai»iatt Ntr2
SHEET K OF
MANUF A( Tl RINCi SPK IH( ATU )N
BO!!!IIOBO
CONTINUATION SHEEl
TITLI
•tCDULAP APPROACH TO SYSTtX TtST
i.lO ECrAX.FXF VAX 11/750 Specific CPU Cluittr txncUer.
NOTCl
Install • write enat leri scratch tape Into 7U5B
aft^ ECKAX If loaded into memory,
D5> LOAD ECKAX <CR>
DS> ST/SEiALL <CR>
..program: VAX 11/750 Specific CPU Cluster Fxerclser - ZZ-ECKAX-l
RFV 1.0 9 TESTS, AT hH:MMiSS
testing: .kao
Betore continuing, set the front panel switch to HALT/RESTART
Good Restart Paran-eter BlocK subtest - This subtest
•111 restart Itself if the RPP Is properly Interpreted,
Push the Inlt switch to power fall...
%%
Bad Checicsuffi subtest - This subtest will halt the processor
with a halt cc^e of 11. After this has harrenei tne suotest
It restarted by tyolncj s 100 <CR> on tne console terirlnal.
Push the inlt switch to power fall...
%%
00000000 11
>>>S 100 <CR>
Search for Good RPP - This suhrest win restart itself
if the good ppp is found and interpreted properly.
Push the inlt switch to power fail...
%%
i»arw start Flag Subtest » This subtest will halt the urocessor
with a halt code of 12. After this has happened the subtest
is restarted by typing S lOO <CR> on the console terminal.
Push the inlt switch to power fall...
%%
00000000 12
>>>S 100 <CR>
SIZE
A
code
NUMBER
WAV 2102-0-0
REV
MC t*4MMat2N«a
SHEET «_1L
OF
MANlfFACTl'RINd SPF.C IFK A HON
SDSBDSO
CONTINUATION SHEET
J
TITLE
MODULAF APPF<nACH TC SY^IKM ?► ST
It thli lyittr eaulprf<^ •it.n battery h^c- jc?
(If no, tn#r itt the front oan^l f*ltc^^ to th# Hail position)
C(NO) ,\IS)
wARMNCt The front panel iwltch muit be In H*LT
for tMi test to operate properly,
HALT expected with following printout!
00006136 06
To continue frof console mo'ie do the tollonlro:
D/G F 100 <CM> and then C <CN>
00006136
>>>D/C r 100 <CR>
>>^C <CH>
HALT expectefi with following printout:
0000633F 04
To continue frof^ console f^ode do the fnili3<»lno:
D/G F 100 <CP> and then C <CP>
0000633F 04
>>>D/G F 100 <CP>
>>>C <CP>
HALT expecte'i with following printout:
0000650C 04
To continue fror console mode do the foilnt^ln:
D/C F 100 <CR> and then C <CP>
0000650C 04
>>>D/G F 100 <CP>
>>>C <CR>
HALT exoected with following printout:
0000668P OA
To continue from console mode do the frllo.lra:
D/G F 100 <CP> and then C <CH>
00006f)88 OA
>>>D/G F 100 <CP>
>>>C <CR>
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
Of c i»<]>» ton NtT]
SHEET Jih Of
2Z.
MANrFACTl'RING SPECIFICATION
SKIIOOO
CONTINUATION SHLET
TITLE
MOCULAf IPPPOACH ir SYST^M rrsT
HALT txpectefi Kith followlrg rrlntout:
00006ROR OA
To continue frorr coniole fno6f do th§ foPo^lno!
D/C r 100 <CR> and th»n C <CP>
00006BOB OA
>>>D/G r 100 <CR>
>>>C <CP>
HALT fxoecttd irlth followloq printout:
0000698R OA
To continue frow eon»ole mode do the fol)o*lno
D/C r 100 <CP> and then C <CH>
0006988 OA
>>>D/G F 100 <CR>
>>>C <CJ'>
HALT expected with followlna orlntnut:
00006HOR
To continue frot console mode do the follo^^lnQ:
D/G F 100 <rp> and then C <CH>
00006B08
>>>D/G F 100 <CP>
>>>C <CP>
Fxltlna ^CS test, WC5 last address = '^ ,
txltlna t»cs test, WC5 last address = o.
,.EKD OF PUN. 0 FPWf^S DfTFCTFD PAS5 fr L' .: 1. T I ' ^"
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
VAV 2 J 02 -0-0
REV
Dfci«43KvianMfr;
SHEET _L7_ OF 2L
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATfON SHEET
TITLf
MODUlhh API-POACH TC SYSTM TtST
S.ll frKA»«.FXF ^S750 Mftnery Dlflonosflc.
NOffi
ririt wtfirry array if not t^it^d, must
f\§w9 512KP for teit to run,
DS> PUN ECKAW <CR>
,. PROGRA*': ECKAN-PPV.
n TESTS, AT HHl»«»<iSS
1.0 nS7«)n uri-nHY '' TAr.KPfTIC, RFV i.n
HIGHrST LONG KOpn ADDRESS IS :
WfMORY MAP VALID: 00003FFF (X)
SLOTIOJ IS FULLY POPULATED {256Kh)
SLOTtn IS FULLY PCPULATED (256KP)
SLOTOJ IS FMPTY
SL0Tf4) IS EMPTY
SLOTtS) IS tMPTY
SL0T(6) IS FMPTY
5LOTI7) IS EMPTY
POM NUMBER: A DEVICF TYPE: DC
ROM NUi'PEP: P DFVICF TYPt": C"
ROM NUMRFP: C DFVICF TYPE: Tt
APRAYtn SIKGLF BIT EPPOPS:
ROW 0-0
POM 1 - 0
POM 2*0
ROM 3-0
,,E'JD CF PUN, 0 EPPOPS DETECTED PASS C'U' T: 1.
8.12 EVDAA.FXt DZll 8 Line Async Njx Test
TI
•» fc •
NOTE: This Is an example of runninc internal
*rap around mode (referencr ^.A.s.T,
wP-MAV-5145 for detail testina).
DS> RUN FVDAA <CP>
..PROGPA": 0711 fi IINF ASYNC MUX TFST,PKV ?.l ?l TKSTS
TESTING: -TIA
DEVICE .TTA IS PFJNG TESTED AS A H7R19 fFIA) MOOdL!:
..END OF RUN. 0 ERPQPS DETECTED PASS COU'T: 1. TI-E:
SIZE
A
CODE
sr
MC \t<3t»^m2mT7
NUMBER
»- & V 7]U 7 J. 0 -1)
SHEET 1« OF
REV
■ii-
MANUFAC Tl'RING SPE( IFKATION
Ensnoco
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
"ODULAK APPNOACH TU SYST^*- 7K51
9.0 CoPiolf Routines
9,1 Coniolt CoiPirandi
Thf cons'*!* prompt Is tne sa*^ «!< th* VAif 11/7P0
■>>>" and ipueari at the heglnnlrn of every line.
•"P" Fnter 11/750 Console moi**.
Rr)i->
>>>F
>>>C
Fpter f>D** console mode
(•Itn RDM instalied)
Fxairlne co'r'rand
Deposit coTTand
>>>I<CR> Irlt command, Invalidates Ir , Cache, an*^
does Processor Inlt arrj Unltus Inlt.
>>>T<CR> Test command, runs micro verify
mlcrorootlne explained later,
>>>5 AnR<CH> start comfranr), Tre conram Tay un^^
>>>S <Ch> an address araument follo»lno, or a
carriage return If the PC Is used.
Tne start command dnes an Irlt sea-
uence before qolna to IPDI of the
rracro Instruction printed to fcy tne PC,
>>>C The continue cor»mand Is f^e same ^$ the 5tart
command and starts macro execution at the
address In the PC.
>>>N Next co-^mand Is used to slnole step tne macro
Instruction after tne PC Is loaded.
>>>b The Root rcrr^and In this •Xismrle *I11 ooot the
'levlce selected by the front panel DFVICF
switch,
>>>X APT load and dump comtflnc!.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
OfC \*ij»»vmm73
SHEET 19 OF JZ.
MANl'FAC TIRING SPE( IFK ATION
EBSeOCfl
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
KOrULAH 4PPR0ACM TL SYSIF*- TFST
9,2 Coc^Tani ••ltch#s for exa^lnp Anrj rtet-rslt cc^'^nrfs,
Slzf Switches
/L
•etf the data size to nyt^
sets the rtrtt>* size to wori
sets the riata sl7e to lor 3
Function Switches
/C CPR
/I IPP
/P Physclal ••emory
/v Virtual "e-^ory
<SP>P PSL
9.3 Cc^mand Switches for Boot Console Cowmard,
>>>P/X<CP>
>>>B/nnnn<CP>
Boot device selected ty front oa'^el
DFVICE SFLFCT $»ltcn and Innlhlt
Micro Verify Test.
Root device selected by tront ofln^l
DFVICF SFI,FCT s-'ltch and oass a four
dlalt nurt.pr as software control fl<<os
to V*- H.EXF In B5.
>>>F DDCU<CR> Boot device specified by operator,
Fxa'Tples J
>>>D/G/L F 1000<CP>
>>>D/P 1000 00525:D0
>>>F/I 25<CP>
>>>I<CR>
>>>p/io/x c^An<cp>
9.4 Console Cotr^and trror Codes.
Put 1000 In PC.
Put code In address 1000.
FxflT'lne cache dlsaMe register.
Do an Inlt secuerce.
Foot Diagnostic Suoervlsor
without ricro verily froT' i^«o.
9.4.1 If an llleaal console comr^na is atte-rtei or
con^frand Is aborted because of a rrlcrotr<»o or
or sorr.e other condition a two digit error co-ie
Is typed out and the console *alts for ne* Iro-Jt.
Exatrcle:
>>>F P<CR>
>>>k <CP>
?n
>>>
Exar'lr? FSL
IfTDlles examine next location (llleaal)
Error Code typed ry console.
Ready for Input
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
OtC 1*43M»lOUN«r2
SHEET go OF _i
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLi
KODUL*!^ APPROACH TO SYST^** TK5T
Frror Codes:
20
11
79
33
34
Depoilt or examine o* '^e-^ory f^llei.
(access violation, translation not valldi
bus error, IB or cs oarlty error.)
Illeaal access of an IPP or PSl..
Binary transfer chectcsum error.
Attempt to boot fro*^ unknoiin device tvce.
Boot device not
9.5 Console Halt Error Codes
or "D
00 ■ Halt command typed at console,
02 s "p halt or single "^cro Instruction f^ode.
04 s Interrupt stacif not valid,
06 « Halt Instruction executed.
07 ■ Vector Bits <!:0>=3, Halt at vector
08 « Vector Bits <1:0> = 7, wcs disabled or (Tissjrr:
OA c Cbanoe ^ode Instruction executed on
Interrupt stack.
OB = Cnanae Mode Instruction executed and
Vector Bits <l:0> not * 0,
or « Double Bus write i-rror Halt.
11 s Pofcer up and can't find hPP, FPSi at
PESTART/HALT.
12 « Power up warm start flao false FPSl at
RESTART/HALT,
13 = Power up can't find aood 64k of memorv.
14 « Power up and bootlno, but bad Root h'lM,
15 « Power up and cold start flag set durln
boot subroutine.
16 = Power up halt FPSl at halt oosltlon.
FF = Micro Verify Test failure.
9.6 »'lcro Verify
9.6.1 ihe Micro Verify Routine is run at power up
and durlna Inlt sequences to tne 11/7^0.
At the beginning of Micro verify a % »ill
be outputed to the console. A successful
completion win yield another * . a
failure will output one of the follo-lnj
failure codes.
NOTES
Reference KC750 Mlcrodlagnostlcs and Technical Manual KK-h C75^'-T'
a-^.d the Mlcrodlagnost Ic listings for detail Information o»"
installation and use of KC750 if microdlagncst ics are to be run.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
n-i)
REV
OK ^^m»vm4»t^
SHEET 21 OF 3r
MANI IFACTl'RING SPECIFIC ATION
EBEBOSD
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TP 5YSTF.M TtST
T«it Number
1
7
I
4
S
l(
7
•
f
to
tl
12
13
14
lb
Tttt Nan«e
Tests
N-Pus, w-Bus, D Reg
N-Bui, 0-Reg Teit
Scratchpad Test
Explicit Addr.leit
Explicit Adrtr.Teit
Explicit Addr.lest
Explicit Addr.Test
XB, IR, and OSP Test
XB, PC, and PC^IsUe
PNU»'/D-Sl2e Tests
PNUM/D-SUe Tests
Cache Parity Error Test
TB Parity Error Test
Control Store Parity Error
CBCf^t Test
Kte-^P
HteTD
IPf-s
GP>'s
Test
Test
Eallure Cr>'*^
C
c
r
I
J
c
0
0
T
X
t
J
EXAMPLE!
Micro Verify Failure
%E This Indicates a failure of Mtef^c Scr«tch^a^
OOOOI^XXX FF PC contains loop count or pol^^t at *hlcn
>>> test failed and KF Indicates micro
verify failure.
9.7 VAX 11/750 BOGTbB Console Emulator
9,7,1 General
<locatlon> = <value> or <realster>
<value>
<nufTiber >
<reolster>
<shorthand>
m 0 n
» ^ •
« s N
man
<loc.Qual>
"/P"
"/G"
"/I"
s <number> or <shorthaf^d>
s Any nonneaatlve HFX ArECI*«Ar. nuarer.
= 0...F
= Any of the followlnq:
= Use last <locatlon> specified.
s Use last <locatlon> ■♦ i .
= Use last <locatlon> -1,
= Us« contents of last <locatlon>,
= Anv of the fcllowlnn:
= Physical Memory Address.
= General Peolster.
= Internal Processor PeQlster.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
(XC 1»0«VH»2 Ntrj
SHEET _uL_ OF _i2.
MANUFA( :TI!R1NCi SPK IFICATI )N
SBSOD&D
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APfHOACH TO SYSTFM TFST
<llze-qual> = Any of the
■/L" a Lonaworcj
s nord
« Bytf
eollowlngi
<devipec>
■ A device spec of the for'p roCh
DC « Generic device type (ei, np)
C « Controller 'leslgnator (ft or P)
U « unit numoer 0, . ,9
<flletpec> «
NAMF ■
TYPF. ■
9.7.? B00T5H COMMANDS
A legal Rt-n filename na-E.TYF^
Any alonanumerlc string of not
more than 6 chart.
Any alpnaru'terlc string of not
more th^n 3 c^ars a null Is
accertable.
BOOT Kdevspeo)
Boot from tne device specified, if nr
device Is 5reclfle(i boot froffi default
hoot device. This ccrmanri cannot fte
In an Indirect comrr-and file.
DFPOSIT Kloc-oual ><slze.anfll>J <locatlon> <value:
Deposit <value> at location soeclfle'i
by <locatlon>. Tne <locatlon> Is
interpreted according to the qualifiers,
EXA^'lNE (<loc-qual><slze-oual>J <locatlon>
Displays the contents of <location>
according to the Qualifiers,
HFf p
LOAD
START
JMF
Displays B0OT5H HKLP FILL.
<fllespec>[/STAHT:<value>)
Load a file fro^ the hoot device Intc
memory startlna at tne address specified
<number>. If no startlna location is
specified, load the file bealmlnn at
the first free location in men-ory.
<value>
<value>
SIZE
A
CODE
DCC 1*^3a2>1QUNtT?
NUMBER REV
M fc V 71^7 -0-0 _^A^
23 OF_iL_
SHEET
MANI 'FA( Tl RIN(. SPFCIHC ATION
eonoco
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITH
MODULAH IPHROACH TL SySlh^ T^"S1
NOTFi
All BOOTSB co»«i^andi tav ^* l»^br•vl atefi to th#
Irait •'"ount of tlQnificflnt char«ct#»rs. v^lrce
the flrft rhiir«cti»r of <»/^ch cofrtan.! Is urtqje
tnli »ean» all co'T"»ands rrav ^e annr^viatu tc
one cnaracter, (POOT "ray he enttr**-' as "M"),
Soi^e pror»ifor reol^tprs are ^lth»r r^^^H rr
• rlt» only. Alte-^ptl'^a iPt »rora oner-^tlon
on »uch a reolst^r will yield unr r#dlct«t.l»»
results .
9.8 vxP PrliT«fy wort
9.fl.l rCPT is tne proqra'» nar^e for v»«f,m^,
which Is userl (or Pootlm of syst** device?!
for v^S and the Olagnostlc S^rervlsor.
FollOfclni Is a lilt of V"h errors.
%HCDT-F- unitnown processor
IP COT-F»Wr, expected exception
This Indicates t^al ♦he CPi Is
net A ll/7bn or n/7H0 cnrck
Sin realster fo; prot-er jj'^rer
conf 1 iur«t ion In the CPU tyre
field on the tacxrlane.
This iP'ilrates thflt o'^e of the
followln exceptions occurred.
1 Access violation
2 hreancolnt ipcodp
3 Reserved Onerard
4 Thlt Tr-!P
«. Paoe Kault (T^V)
%K0.1T-F-unexrect ed ►'ac^lne Cher< This Indicates some sort of
Machine Check occurred. C^'ec'r
all adtiprers uslm console
examine and aeooslt co""^'-)*,
PronaMv a tlrecut occurred.
*POCT-F-Nonexlstant Drive
Self e X r 1 a n t^ t r r V .
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
M a V ? r ?
REV
DiC t»43B^tUJN«7j
SHEET
or
3Z
TITIE
-ODULAf. API^POAC" TO SYSTEM '^5T
MAMFAC TIRINC, SHFC.IFK A HON
CONTINUATION SHEET
IBOCT-F-Unible to locate Boot file
%POOT-F-Hoot f K e not contlquous
%F^OT-F-I/C error reading boot file
VMU can't f{rsf} fSYS'- Xt )
SY."OOT.FXF or If rit 4
In Kb Is set, VR Crtn't
flrri [SYS^Ai'iTiri AGprn
Tnr'lcates mat (SV,«;^yK^
5yw<;H0m .F.Afc- or if "-it 4
in P5 Is set, [SYS^ 1 1- 7]
ni AGHr.OT.^ AT Is nrt cop-
tlauous on systeT ilsk.
Indlcfltes rroMrr r'^'^iino
ho-^t tile fro*^ dlsit ry
Sfjjr\ fervlce.
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
REV
occi»<3n>iouN«r2
SHEE1 7iFi OF 32
MANtFAfTlRING SPECIFIC ATh )N'
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
ane
NUMBER
t*0i^
-0-0
SMEFf ^L. OF
REV
.«ii.
MANUFACTURING SPFCIFKATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODUUAP APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
r
)
4
4
4
4
i
LOon
C.M.C.
'L
!•) lit
iM m
FIGURE 2
Comet Meriiory
Controller
occ t»-(iit)-io«2-N«7a
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAV 2102-0-0
REV
SHEET _:: _ oF ^-«_
■■
MANl'FACTl'RINC SPFCFflCATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TLLT
LOOS
CCS.
4
n1
I
c
^
FIGURE 3
Comet Control Store
(WCS Mounted)
OCC 1» (IttI l***-N*'f
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAV 2102 -0-0
SHEET
T
REV
A
OF jif _
MANUFACTllRING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHEET
TITLE
modulAk approach to systkm test
M7ei9 Dzn -A
}
4
CZZEZTl]
i
|M
TV
C
C
III
1
i
FIGURE 4
DBll-A Module
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
NAY ^IQ^-I-;
REV
OCC l*(Jt2| 10t2'M«72
SHEET ^- OF __2^
MVNUFACnUINC STECIFKATION
CONTINUATION SHCCT
riTit
MODULAR APPROACH TO 8TSTEM TEST
ruairM««
'Jill
a
VAX 1^7 50
• 00' 01 (Id
• •«l • on <c r iO ■
o o o o
•f •C'l
FIGURE 5
11/750 Control
Panel
t4ZE
A
r.ODC
occ i*-(i*t>-iMf-«i«yt
NUMtC«
MAV 2102-0-Q
tMCCT 3') Of
REV
MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION
CONTINUATION SHCCT
TITLE
MOl)U..AH APPPOACH TO SYFTFM TFf/I'
Contfol Pur* I
Ffont fon«
Slgnol Cobl
Utt Drive
TU58 PDw»f
TUS8 Signal
^Dw«r ContiolUr
2.5 Voir
l\>w«r Supp
DZn M3I7
Dlitrlbgllon Pof>«l
Toy BoHtry
lor.kup
J1
Rotfry Backup
Cabit Attembly
12.5 Vol»
Pow«r Sypp'y
Comolf T«r»n!fKil Cabi«
l>4
BoHery Bocl" jp
R«mott S«nie line
Moubui
|/0»terti
CobU ^>rf
I/O fort
Pon«l
FIGURE 6
11/750 Pear View
SIZE
A
CODE
NUMBER
MAV 2102-0-0
REV
OCC 1*-Off2)10«>-N«7t
SHEET
OF _i£.
M»MI MTl'RINC 5P^CIFKA^I0^
nnoED
CONTINUATION SH£|.T
TITLE
MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST
(iURE
0711
DiSTRIBl/riON
PANfLS
TO JT6
PWR CONT.
BATT B/U
DC HARNESS
H7n2
BATTERY
BACKUP
ON MU
liO V- III
nu pw« Bii'. ^
M A» Vlt\* ( 'I
1/11/ > il'IM >f J
M 701 6 3 rv -00
IIIM 61 HI
/Ill6n)7
11/750 Side View
(Covers Removed)
SIZE
A
CODE
SP
NUMBER
MAV 2102 -j-0
REV
DC C 16 iJii. iOtl tiOi
SHEET 32- OF ^
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11